TK Syllabus Comparison Document

General Information
This document has been created to support EASA in implementing the Basic Instrument Rating (BIR) in the ECQB, aligning w
objectives and examination procedures for the theoretical knowledge (TK) examinations associated with the ATPL(A), CPL(
(referred to as “professional licences” in this document), IR(A and H), CBIR(A) and BIR, as published in ED Decision 2020/01
FCL.310; FCL.515(b); FCL.615(b); FCL.835(d), AMC1 ARA.FCL.300(b) and AMC2 ARA.FCL.300(b)).

Comparison is made with the TK syllabi and LOs as published in the ED Decisions listed below:
- Amendment 4 to AMC/GM to Part-FCL, EDD 2018/001/R,
- Amendment 6 to AMC/GM to Part-FCL, EDD 2018/011/R,
- Amendment 8 to AMC/GM to Part-FCL, EDD 2019/017/R.

Change information from version 2 to version 3:

- Comparison is made between the syllabus and LOs published in 2018-2019 (in versions 1 & 2 referred to as the "new" syl
2020.
- Data based on the syllabus & LOs published in 2016 (in versions 1 and 2 referred to as the "old" syllabus) are removed.
- Additional columns are added, indicating as appropriate the "Source" information that has been removed from the LO te
to Part-FCL, and also for the BIR.

Feedback: the Agency welcomes feedback on this TK syllabus comparison from stakeholders via email to [email protected]

Proposals for amendments / improvements to the TK syllabus and LOs should be communicated to the Agency following th
as described on the Agency website: https://www.easa.europa.eu/document-library/rulemaking-programmes/rulemaking

Disclaimer
The TK Syllabus Comparison Document is made available for information purposes only. While every care has been taken i
Syllabus Comparison Document to avoid errors, EASA makes no warranty as to the accuracy, completeness or currency of
for any kind of damages or other claims or demands incurred as a result of incorrect, insufficient or invalid data, or arising
use, copying or display of the content, to the extent permitted by European and national laws. The information contained
construed as legal advice.

Contents
The following are covered in individual worksheets:
- Source information
- 010 Air Law
- 021 Aircraft General Knowledge – Airframe, Systems and Powerplant
- 022 Aircraft General Knowledge - Instrumentation
- 031 Mass & Balance
- 032 Performance – Aeroplanes
- 033 Flight Planning and Monitoring
- 034 Performance – Helicopters
- 040 Human Performance and Limitations
- 050 Meteorology
- 061 General Navigation
- 062 Radio Navigation
- 070 Operational Procedures
- 081 Principles of Flight – Aeroplanes
- 082 Principles of Flight - Helicopters
- 090 Communications
A standard format has been applied to each sheet. In addition there are filters to allow the information to be sorted in the
the old or new syllabus structure, and to apply filters relating to the nature of the modification, and the licence/rating type
structure, starting from column A:

Index: each row has a unique number. The sequence is primarily based on that of The new syllabus.
2018-2019 syllabus text: based on amendments 4, 6 & 8 AMC & GM to Part-FCL.
2018-2019 syllabus reference: the numbering published in amendments 4, 6, & 8 AMC & GM to Part-FCL is modified to inc
and to number each LO
2020 syllabus reference: the numbering as published in amendment 10 AMC & GM to Part-FCL is modified to include dots
Moved to/from another subject: a brief comment is made where this is the case.
2020 syllabus text: based on amendment 10 AMC & GM to Part-FCL.
Renumbered: an “x” indicates that there is a difference between the syllabus references.
New: an “x” indicates that the LO is new with amendment 10 AMC & GM to Part-FCL
Deleted: an “x” indicates that the LO is not retained in amendment 10 AMC & GM to Part-FCL.
Text unmodified: an “x” indicates that the wording of the text is the same in the two syllabi.
Reworded, intent the same: an “x” indicates that the revised working does not alter the specific issue or depth of knowled
to know/understand (e.g. grammatical improvements, abbreviations written out or terms abbreviated).
Reworded, intent modified: an “x” indicates that a significant change is introduced (e.g. accounting for technological adva
/ modified terms, or a different depth of knowledge is indicated by the key verb, considering GM1 FCL.310; FCL.515(b); FCL

BK: the “x” is as per the syllabus of amendment 10 AMC & GM to Part-FCL, and indicates that the LO must be taught but is
dedicated question in the ECQB. These LOs are not the subject of dedicated examination questions, which focus only on th
by the LO, for example, recalling the appropriate unit of measurement to be used. However, student pilots will still be requ
knowledge required by the BK LOs in order to have the ability to answer examination questions based on LOs which target
the same subject. These other LOs, themselves, build upon this basic knowledge. The ATOs must ensure that all LOs (includ
applicable to the course of training being delivered are covered.

Columns N to U on the licences and instrument ratings: an “x” or 1-3 indicates that the LO applies to this licence/rating, as
AMC & GM to Part-FCL.
BIR BK: the number 1-3 is as per the syllabus of amendment 10 AMC & GM to Part-FCL. It indicates that the LO applies to t
module(s) of the BIR, but is not addressed directly by a dedicated question in the ECQB.
Source / Comment: amendment 10 AMC & GM to Part-FCL removed the source information that had been included within
010, 032 and 070 the source information is available in this Document, in the final table column.

Differences between the old and new syllabi and LOs are not indicated.
Version: 3
Date: 2/16/2021

For ECQB 2021

release:
Source information

Detailed references have been removed from the LOs with amendment 10 AMC & GM to Part-FCL, and are available in a d
in the subject-specific sheets of this TK Syllabus Comparison Document. The preamble of AMC1 FCL.310; FCL.515(b); FCL.6
still contains information on the references. It is important that the syllabus and LOs remain current, and stay aligned with
amendments made to those legal/regulatory documents and standards. In some cases, amendments have been made to l
documents/standards that do not affect the content of the rule/standard, but only change its number/title. In other cases
amendments change the rule/standard, but do not require a re-wording of the Part-FCL LO. As updating EASA AMC & GM
performed in accordance with the Rulemaking Procedure, there is a risk that the syllabus and LOs become misaligned with
legal material, without frequent updates. In order to reduce the need for frequent amendments to AMC1 FCL.310; FCL.515
FCL.835(d), EASA has removed the detailed source references directly within the LOs; they are provided in this document,
column for the relevant subject. This is a gradual process and has been applied in the first instance to Subjects 010, 032 an

The source information is based on amendments 4, 6 and 8 AMC & GM to Part-FCL but further modified where the legal/re
document or standard has been amended since 2018.

Source title Amendments considered for ECQB 2021

Air Operations AMC & GM AMC & GM to Annex I Definitions up to issue 1,
amendment 11
AMC & GM to Part-ARO up to issue 3, amendment
10
AMC & GM to Part-ORO up to issue 2, amendment
15
AMC & GM to Part-CAT up to issue 2, amendment
17
AMC & GM to Part-SPA up to issue 1, amendment
8
AMC & GM to Part-NCO up to issue 2, amendment
9
AMC & GM to Part-SPO up to initial issue,

Air Operations Reg. (EU) No 965/2012 Annex I amendments up to Reg. (EU) No 2019/1387
Definitions, Part-ARO, Part-ORO, Part-CAT, Part-
SPA, Part-NCO (BIR only), Part-SPO
Aircrew Reg. (EU) No 1178/2011 amendments up to Reg. (EU) No 2019/27

ATM/ANS Services Reg. (EU) No 2017/373, Annex Amendments up to Reg. (EU) No 2020/469
VI (Part-AIS)

Civil Aviation Security Reg. (EC) No 300/2008

CS-23 Normal, Utility, Aerobatic & Commuter For pilot training, the amendment 4 material is
Aeroplanes used: amendment 5 (2017) specifically CS 23.2010
and AMC2&3 CS-23/CS-VLA Subpart B allow for
CS-23 amendment 4 Subpart B to be used as
acceptable means of compliance with the relevant
specifications in CS 23 amendment 5.

CS-25 Large Aeroplanes Amendment 25, 2020

EASA Basic Regulation (EU) No 2018/1139 Note that some definitions are only available in
Reg. (EU) No 2016/2008
ICAO Annex 1 12th edition, 2018
ICAO Annex 11 15th edition, 2018
ICAO Annex 12 8th edition, 2004
ICAO Annex 13 11th edition, 2016
 ICAO Annex 14, Vol. I 8th edition, 2018
ICAO Annex 15 16th edition, 2018
ICAO Annex 17 10th edition, 2017
ICAO Annex 18 4th edition, 2011
ICAO Annex 2 10th edition, 2005
ICAO Annex 6 Part III 9th edition, 2018
ICAO Annex 6, Part I 11th edition 2018
ICAO Annex 6, Part I 11th edition, 2018
ICAO Annex 6, Part III
ICAO Annex 7 9th edition, 2018
ICAO Annex 8 11th edition, 2010
ICAO Annex 9 15th edition, 2017
ICAO Circular 186 ‘Wind Shear’ 1987
ICAO Doc 10066 Aeronautical Information 1st edition, 2018
Management
ICAO Doc 4444 PANS-ATM 16th edition, 2016
ICAO Doc 7030 Regional Supplementary 5th edition, 2008
Procedures
ICAO Doc 7300 Chicago Convention 5th edition, 2007
ICAO Doc 8168 PANS-OPS, Vol. I 6th edition, 2018
ICAO Doc 8168 PANS-OPS, Vol. II 6th edition, 2014
ICAO Doc 8168 PANS-OPS, Vol. III 1st edition, 2018
ICAO Doc 8364 — Convention on Offences and 1963
Certain Other Acts Committed on Board Aircraft,
signed in Tokyo on 14 September 1963

ICAO Doc 9137 Airport Services Manual 5th edition, 2020

ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical Instructions For The Safe
Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air’

ICAO Doc 9426 ‘Air Traffic Services Planning 1st edition, 1984
Manual’
ICAO Doc 9626 International Air Transport 3rd edition, 2018
ICAO Doc 9640 Manual of Aircraft Ground De-Icing 3rd edition, 2018
/ Anti-Icing Operations
ICAO Doc 9740 Convention for the Unification of 1999
Certain Rules for International Carriage — The
Montreal Convention of 1999
ICAO NAT Doc 007 Version 1, 2020

Investigation and prevention of accidents and

incidents Reg. (EU) No 996/2010
NASA Technical Memorandum 85652 “Factors 1983
influencing aircraft ground handling
performance”, T.J. Yager
Compensation & assistance to passengers Reg.
(EC) No 261/2004
Reporting, analysis and follow-up of occurrences
Reg. (EU) No 376/2014
SERA AMC & GM: Up to issue 1 amendment 2
Available via
SERA Reg. (EU) No 923/2012 Amendments up to Reg. (EU) No 2020/469
 GM to Part-FCL, and are available in a dedicated column
mble of AMC1 FCL.310; FCL.515(b); FCL.615(b); FCL.835(d)
Os remain current, and stay aligned with any
ases, amendments have been made to legal
y change its number/title. In other cases, the
rt-FCL LO. As updating EASA AMC & GM must be
yllabus and LOs become misaligned with the relevant
amendments to AMC1 FCL.310; FCL.515(b); FCL.615(b);
Os; they are provided in this document, in a dedicated
the first instance to Subjects 010, 032 and 070.

L but further modified where the legal/regulatory

If available online
https://www.easa.europa.eu/document-
library/acceptable-means-of-compliance-and-
guidance-materials

https://www.easa.europa.eu/regulation-
groups/air-operations?page=1

https://www.easa.europa.eu/document-
library/regulations#aircrew
https://www.easa.europa.eu/regulations#regulati
ons-atmans-provision-of-services----air-traffic-
managementair-navigation-services
https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?
uri=CELEX:32008R0300
https://www.easa.europa.eu/document-
library/certification-specifications/group/cs-23-
normal-utility-aerobatic-and-commuter-
aeroplanes#group-table

https://www.easa.europa.eu/certification-specifications/cs-25-large-aeroplanes

https://www.easa.europa.eu/document-
library/regulations#basic-regulation
 Latest versions are posted on ICAO EUR/NAT
website https://www.icao.int/EURNAT/

https://ntrs.nasa.gov/search.jsp

https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?
uri=CELEX:32004R0261
https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?
uri=CELEX:32014R0376
https://www.easa.europa.eu/document-
library/acceptable-means-of-compliance-and-
guidance-materials
 https://www.easa.europa.eu/document-
library/regulations#sera---standardised-european-
rules-of-the-air
 2018-2019 syllabus text 2018-2019 2020 syllabus Moved
syllabus reference to/from
reference another
Index

subject

1 AIR LAW 010.00.00.00 010.00.00.00

2 INTERNATIONAL LAW: CONVENTIONS, AGREEMENTS 010.01.00.00 010.01.00.00
AND ORGANISATIONS
3 The Convention on International Civil Aviation 010.01.01.00 010.01.01.00
(Chicago) - ICAO Doc 7300/9. Convention on the High
Seas (Geneva, 29 April 1958)
4 The establishment of the Convention on International 010.01.01.01 010.01.01.01
Civil Aviation, Chicago, 7 December 1944

5 Explain the circumstances that led to the establishment 010.01.01.01.01 010.01.01.01.01

of the Convention on International Civil Aviation,
Chicago, 7 December 1944. Source: ICAO Doc 7300/9
Preamble

6 Part I - Air navigation 010.01.01.02 010.01.01.02

7 Recall the general contents of relevant parts of the 010.01.01.02.01 010.01.01.02.01
following chapters general principles and application of
the Convention; flight over territory of Contracting
States; nationality of aircraft; international standards
and recommended practices (SARPs), especially
notification of differences and validity of endorsed
certificates and licences. Source: ICAO Doc 7300/9 Part
1, Articles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 16, 17, 18,
19, 20, 37, 38, 39, 40

8 General principles. Describe the application of the 010.01.01.02.02 010.01.01.02.02

following terms in civil aviation: sovereignty; territory
and high seas according to the UN Convention on the
High Seas. Source: Convention on the High Seas
(Geneva, 29 April 1958) Articles 1, 2; ICAO Doc 7300/9
Part 1, Articles 1, 2

9 Explain the following terms and how they apply to 010.01.01.02.03 010.01.01.02.03
international air traffic: right of non-scheduled flight
(including the two technical freedoms of the air);
scheduled air services; cabotage; landing at customs
airports; Rules of the Air; search of aircraft. Source:
ICAO Doc 7300/9, Articles 5, 6, 7, 10, 12, 16

10 Explain the duties of Contracting States in relation to: 010.01.01.02.04 010.01.01.02.04

documents carried on board the aircraft: certificate of
registration; certificates of airworthiness; licences of
personnel; recognition of certificates and licences;
cargo restrictions; photographic apparatus. Source:
ICAO Doc 7300/9, Articles 29, 31, 32, 33, 35, 36

11 Part II - The International Civil Aviation Organization 010.01.01.03 010.01.01.03

(ICAO)
12 Describe the objectives of ICAO. Source: ICAO Doc 010.01.01.03.01 010.01.01.03.01
7300/9, Article 44
13 Recognise the organisation and duties of the ICAO 010.01.01.03.02 010.01.01.03.02
Assembly, Council and Air Navigation Commission
(ANC). Source: ICAO Doc 7300/9, Articles 48, 49, 50, 54,
56, 57

14 Describe the annexes to the Convention. Source: ICAO 010.01.01.03.03 010.01.01.03.03

Doc 7300/9, Articles 54, 90, 94, 95
15 Other conventions and agreements 010.01.02.00 010.01.02.00
16 The International Air Services Transit Agreement (ICAO 010.01.02.01 010.01.02.01
Doc 7500)
17 Explain the two technical freedoms of the air. Source: 010.01.02.01.01 010.01.02.01.01
ICAO Doc 7500
18 The International Air Transport Agreement (ICAO Doc 010.01.02.02 010.01.02.02
9626)
19 Explain the three commercial freedoms of the air. 010.01.02.02.01 010.01.02.02.01
Source: ICAO Doc 9626
20 Suppression of Unlawful Acts Against the Safety of 010.01.02.03 010.01.02.03
Civil Aviation - The Tokyo Convention of 1963
21 Describe the measures and actions to be taken by the 010.01.02.03.01 010.01.02.03.01
pilot-in-command (PIC) of an aircraft in order to
suppress unlawful acts against the safety of the aircraft.
Source: ICAO Doc 8364 - Convention on Offences and
Certain Other Acts Committed on Board Aircraft, Tokyo,
14 September 1963

22 Intentionally left blank 010.01.02.04 010.01.02.04

23 Private international law 010.01.02.05 010.01.02.05
24 Explain the legal significance of the issue of a passenger 010.01.02.05.01 010.01.02.05.01
ticket or of baggage/cargo documents (that the issue is
a form of contract). Source: ICAO Doc 9740 Convention
for the Unification of Certain Rules for International
Carriage - The Montreal Convention of 1999

25 Describe the consequences for an airline or the PIC 010.01.02.05.02 010.01.02.05.02

when a document of carriage is not issued (that the
contract is unaffected). Source: ICAO Doc 9740
Convention for the Unification of Certain Rules for
International Carriage - The Montreal Convention of
1999

26 Explain the consequences for an airline operator of 010.01.02.05.03 010.01.02.05.03

Regulation (EC) No 261/2004 on passenger rights in the
event of delay, cancellation or denial of boarding.
Source: Regulation (EC) No 261/2004

27 Explain the liability limit in relation to destruction, loss, 010.01.02.05.04 010.01.02.05.04

damage or delay of baggage. Source: ICAO Doc 9740
Convention for the Unification of Certain Rules for
International Carriage - The Montreal Convention of
1999

28 World organisations 010.01.03.00 010.01.03.00

29 The International Air Transport Association (IATA) 010.01.03.01 010.01.03.01
30 Describe the objectives of IATA. Source: IATA web page 010.01.03.01.01 010.01.03.01.01

31 European organisations 010.01.04.00 010.01.04.00

32 European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) 010.01.04.01 010.01.04.01
Regulation (EU) 2018/1139
33 Describe the objectives of EASA. 010.01.04.01.01 010.01.04.01.01

34 Describe the role of EASA in European civil aviation. 010.01.04.01.02 010.01.04.01.02

35 State that the structure of the regulatory material 010.01.04.01.03 010.01.04.01.03

related to EASA involves: hard law (regulations,
delegated acts, implementing acts, and implementing
rules); soft law (certification specifications, acceptable
means of compliance, and guidance material).

36 State the meaning of the terminology associated with 010.01.04.01.04 010.01.04.01.04

the structure of the regulatory material related to EASA,
specifically: regulations, delegated acts, implementing
acts, and implementing rules, as applicable until 11
September 2023; and certification specifications,
acceptable means of compliance, and guidance
material.

37 EUROCONTROL 010.01.04.02 010.01.04.02

38 Describe the Single European Sky (SES) regulations. 010.01.04.02.01 010.01.04.02.01

39 AIRWORTHINESS OF AIRCRAFT, AIRCRAFT 010.02.00.00 010.02.00.00

NATIONALITY AND REGISTRATION MARKS
40 Intentionally left blank 010.02.01.00 010.02.01.00
41 Certificate of Airworthiness (CofA) 010.02.02.00 010.02.02.00
42 Certificate of Airworthiness (CofA) - Details 010.02.02.01 010.02.02.01
43 State the issuing authority of a CofA. Source: ICAO 010.02.02.01.01 010.02.02.01.01
Annex 8, Chapter 3.2 Issuance and continued validity of
a Certificate of Airworthiness

44 State the necessity to hold a CofA. Source: ICAO Doc 010.02.02.01.02 010.02.02.01.02
7300, Article 31
45 Explain the prerequisites for the issue of a CofA 010.02.02.01.03 010.02.02.01.03
according to Commission Regulation (EU) No 748/2012.
Source: Commission Regulation (EU) No 748/2012,
SUBPART H

46 State who shall determine an aircraft’s continuing 010.02.02.01.04 010.02.02.01.04

airworthiness. Source: ICAO Annex 8, Chapter 3.2
Issuance and continued validity of a Certificate of
Airworthiness

47 Describe how a CofA can be renewed or may remain 010.02.02.01.05 010.02.02.01.05

valid. Source: ICAO Annex 8 Chapter 3.2 Issuance and
continued validity of a Certificate of Airworthiness;
Chapter 3.5 Temporary loss of airworthiness; Chapter
3.6 Damage to aircraft

48 ICAO Annex 7 - Aircraft Nationality and Registration 010.02.03.00 010.02.03.00

Marks
49 ICAO Annex 7 - Definitions 010.02.03.01 010.02.03.01
50 Recall the definition of the following terms: aircraft; 010.02.03.01.01 010.02.03.01.01
heavier-than-air aircraft; State of Registry. Source: ICAO
Annex 7, Chapter 1 Definitions
51 Nationality marks, common marks and registration 010.02.04.00 010.02.04.00
marks
52 Nationality marks, common marks and registration 010.02.04.01 010.02.04.01
marks - assignment and location. Source: ICAO Annex
7
53 State the location of nationality marks, common marks 010.02.04.01.01 010.02.04.01.01
and registration marks. Source: ICAO Annex 7, Chapter
4.3 Heavier-than-air aircraft; ICAO Annex 7, Chapter 9
Identification plate

54 Explain who is responsible for assigning nationality 010.02.04.01.02 010.02.04.01.02

marks, common marks and registration marks. Source:
ICAO Annex 7, Chapter 3 Nationality, common and
registration marks to be used

55 Intentionally left blank 010.03.00.00 010.03.00.00

56 PERSONNEL LICENSING 010.04.00.00 010.04.00.00
57 ICAO Annex 1 010.04.01.00 010.04.01.00
58 Differences between ICAO Annex 1 and Regulation (EU) 010.04.01.01 010.04.01.01
No 1178/2011 (hereinafter: Aircrew Regulation)

59 Describe the relationship and differences between ICAO 010.04.01.01.01 010.04.01.01.01

Annex 1 and the Aircrew Regulation.

60 Aircrew Regulation - Annex I (Part-FCL) Source: 010.04.02.00 010.04.02.00

Aircrew Regulation
61 Definitions 010.04.02.01 010.04.02.01
62 Define the following Category, class and type of aircraft, 010.04.02.01.01 010.04.02.01.01
cross-country, dual instruction time, flight time, student
pilot-in-command (SPIC), instrument time, instrument
flight time, instrument ground time, night, private pilot,
proficiency check, renewal, revalidation, skill test, solo
flight time. Source: Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.010
Definitions

63 Define the following: multi-crew cooperation (MCC), 010.04.02.01.02 010.04.02.01.02

multi-pilot aircraft, rating. Source: Aircrew Regulation,
point FCL.010 Definitions; Note: 'rating' is defined in
point 1.1 Definitions of ICAO Annex 1
64 Content and structure 010.04.02.02 010.04.02.02
65 Explain the structure of Part-FCL. Source: Aircrew 010.04.02.02.01 010.04.02.02.01
Regulation, Article 1 Subject matter
66 Explain the requirements to act as a flight crew member 010.04.02.02.02 010.04.02.02.02
of a civil aircraft registered in a Member State, and
know the general principles of the licensing system
(light aircraft pilot licence (LAPL), private pilot licence
(PPL), commercial pilot licence (CPL), multi-crew pilot
licence (MPL), airline transport pilot licence (ATPL)).
Source: Regulation (EU) 2018/1139, Article 21 and point
2 of Annex IV 'Essential requirements for aircrew' to this
Regulation; Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.015
Application and issue, revalidation and renewal of
licences, ratings and certificates
67 List the two factors that are relevant to the exercise of 010.04.02.02.03 010.04.02.02.03
the privileges of a licence. Source: Aircrew Regulation,
point FCL.040 Exercise of the privileges of licences

68 State the circumstances in which a language proficiency 010.04.02.02.04 010.04.02.02.04

endorsement is required. Source: Aircrew Regulation,
point FCL.055 Language proficiency

69 List the restrictions for licence holders with an age of 010.04.02.02.05 010.04.02.02.05
60 years or more. Source: Aircrew Regulation, point
FCL.065 Curtailment of privileges of licence holders
aged 60 years or more in commercial air transport

70 Explain the term ‘competent authority’. Source: Aircrew 010.04.02.02.06 010.04.02.02.06

Regulation, point FCL.001 Competent authority

71 Describe the obligation to carry and present documents 010.04.02.02.07 010.04.02.02.07

(e.g. a flight crew licence) under Part-FCL. Source:
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.045 Obligation to carry
and present documents

72 Commercial pilot licence (CPL) 010.04.02.03 010.04.02.03

73 State the requirements for the issue of a CPL. Source: 010.04.02.03.01 010.04.02.03.01
Aircrew Regulation: point FCL.300 CPL - Minimum age;
Appendix 3, D. CPL integrated course - Aeroplanes,
Flying Training (8, a–f); Appendix 3, E. CPL modular
course - Aeroplanes, Experience (12, a-d)

74 State the privileges of a CPL. Source: Aircrew 010.04.02.03.02 010.04.02.03.02

Regulation, point FCL.305 CPL - Privileges and
conditions
75 Airline transport pilot licence (ATPL) and multi-crew 010.04.02.04 010.04.02.04
pilot licence (MPL)
76 State the requirements for the issue of an ATPL. Source: 010.04.02.04.01 010.04.02.04.01
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.500 ATPL - Minimum age;
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.510.A ATPL(A) -
Prerequisites, experience and crediting ((a) and (b));
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.510.H ATPL(H) -
Prerequisites, experience and crediting

77 State the privileges of an ATPL. Source: Aircrew 010.04.02.04.02 010.04.02.04.02

Regulation, point FCL.505 ATPL - Privileges
78 State the requirements for the issue of an MPL. Source: 010.04.02.04.03 010.04.02.04.03
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.400.A MPL - Minimum
age; Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.410.A MPL - Training
course and theoretical knowledge examinations and
Appendix 5 (items 1 to 8)
79 State the privileges of an MPL. Source: Aircrew 010.04.02.04.04 010.04.02.04.04
Regulation, point FCL.405.A MPL - Privileges
80 Ratings 010.04.02.05 010.04.02.05
81 State the requirements for class ratings, their validity 010.04.02.05.01 010.04.02.05.01
and privileges. Source: Aircrew Regulation, point
FCL.740 Validity and renewal of class and type ratings;
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.705 Privileges of the
holder of a class or type rating; Aircrew Regulation,
point FCL.720.A Experience requirements and
prerequisites for the issue of class or type ratings -
aeroplanes

82 State the requirements for type ratings, their validity 010.04.02.05.02 010.04.02.05.02
and privileges. Source: Aircrew Regulation, point
FCL.705 Privileges of the holder of a class or type rating;
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.720.A Experience
requirements and prerequisites for the issue of class or
type ratings - aeroplanes; Aircrew Regulation, point
FCL.740 Validity and renewal of class and type ratings

83 State the requirements for instrument ratings, their 010.04.02.05.03 010.04.02.05.03

validity and privileges (instrument rating (IR),
competency-based instrument rating (CBIR) and en-
route instrument rating (EIR)). Source: Aircrew
Regulation, point FCL.610 IR - Prerequisites and
crediting; Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.605 IR -
Privileges; Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.625 IR -
Validity, revalidation and renewal

84 State the requirements for other ratings, their validity 010.04.02.05.04 010.04.02.05.04
and privileges according to Part-FCL. Source: Aircrew
Regulation, point FCL.800 Aerobatic rating; Aircrew
Regulation, point FCL.805 Sailplane towing and banner
towing ratings; Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.810 Night
rating; Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.815 Mountain
rating; Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.820 Flight test
rating.

85 Aircrew Regulation - Annex IV (Part-MED) 010.04.03.00 010.04.03.00

86 Aircrew Regulation - Annex IV (Part-MED) - Details 010.04.03.01 010.04.03.01
87 Describe the relevant content of Part-MED - Medical 010.04.03.01.01 010.04.03.01.01
requirements (administrative parts and requirements
related to licensing only). Source: Aircrew Regulation,
point MED.A.001 Competent authority; Aircrew
Regulation, point MED.A.005 Scope; Aircrew Regulation,
point MED.A.045 Validity, revalidation and renewal of
medical certificates

88 State the requirements for the issue of a medical 010.04.03.01.02 010.04.03.01.02

certificate. Source: Aircrew Regulation, point
MED.A.040 Issue, revalidation and renewal of medical
certificates

89 Name the class of medical certificate required when 010.04.03.01.03 010.04.03.01.03

exercising the privileges of a CPL, MPL or ATPL. Source:
Aircrew Regulation, point MED.A.030 Medical
certificates

90 State the actions to be taken in case of a decrease in 010.04.03.01.04 010.04.03.01.04

medical fitness. Source: Aircrew Regulation, point
MED.A.020 Decrease in medical fitness
91 RULES OF THE AIR ACCORDING TO ICAO ANNEX 2 AND 010.05.00.00 010.05.00.00
SERA
92 Overview of ICAO Annex 2 and SERA (Commission 010.05.01.00 010.05.01.00
Implementing Regulation (EU) No 923/2012 and its
references and subsequent amendments)
93 ICAO Annex 2 and SERA - Relationship and content 010.05.01.01 010.05.01.01
94 Explain the scope and purpose of ICAO Annex 2. Source: 010.05.01.01.01 010.05.01.01.01
ICAO Annex 2, Foreword, Applicability
95 Explain the scope and main content of SERA. Source: 010.05.01.01.02 010.05.01.01.02
SERA, Article 1 Subject matter and scope
96 Rules of the Air 010.05.02.00 010.05.02.00
97 Applicability of the Rules of the Air 010.05.02.01 010.05.02.01
98 Explain the principle of territorial application of the 010.05.02.01.01 010.05.02.01.01
various Rules of the Air, e.g. ICAO, SERA, national rules.
Source: ICAO Annex 2, Chapter 2, 2.1 Territorial
application of the rules of the air; SERA.1001 and
SERA.2001

99 Explain the necessity to comply with the Rules of the 010.05.02.01.02 010.05.02.01.02
Air. Source: SERA.2005 Compliance with the rules of the
air
100 State the responsibilities of the PIC. Source: SERA.2010 010.05.02.01.03 010.05.02.01.03
Responsibilities.
101 Identify under what circumstances departure from the 010.05.02.01.04 010.05.02.01.04
Rules of the Air may be allowed. Source: SERA.2010
Responsibilities
102 Explain the duties of the PIC concerning pre-flight 010.05.02.01.05 010.05.02.01.05
actions in case of an instrument flight rule (IFR) flight.
Source: SERA.2010 Responsibilities
103 State that the PIC of an aircraft has final authority as to 010.05.02.01.06 010.05.02.01.06
the disposition of the aircraft while in command.
Source: SERA.2015 Authority of pilot-in-command of an
aircraft
104 Explain when the use of psychoactive substances, taking 010.05.02.01.07 010.05.02.01.07
into consideration their effects, by flight crew members
is prohibited. Source: SERA.2020 Problematic use of
psychoactive substances

105 General rules 010.05.03.00 010.05.03.00

106 General rules - Collision avoidance - SERA 010.05.03.01 010.05.03.01
107 Describe the rules for the avoidance of collisions. 010.05.03.01.01 010.05.03.01.01
Source: SERA Chapter 2 Avoidance of collisions (except
water operations)
108 Describe the lights, including their angles, to be 010.05.03.01.02 010.05.03.01.02
displayed by aircraft. Source: SERA.3215 Lights to be
displayed by aircraft; ICO Annex 2, Chapter 3, 3.2.3;
ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 6, 6.10 and Appendix 1;
and ICAO Annex 6, Part III, Chapter 4, 4.42.

109 Interpret marshalling signals. Source: SERA Appendix 1, 010.05.03.01.03 010.05.03.01.03

Chapter 4 Marshalling signals
110 State the basic requirements for minimum height (HGT) 010.05.03.01.04 010.05.03.01.04
for the flight over congested areas of cities, towns or
settlements, or over an open-air assembly of persons.
Source: SERA.3105 Minimum heights

111 Define when the cruising levels shall be expressed in 010.05.03.01.05 010.05.03.01.05
terms of flight levels (FLs). Source: SERA.3110 Cruising
levels
112 Define under what circumstances cruising levels shall be 010.05.03.01.06 010.05.03.01.06
expressed in terms of altitude (ALT). Source: SERA.3110
Cruising levels
113 Explain the limitation for proximity to other aircraft and 010.05.03.01.07 010.05.03.01.07
the right-of-way rules, including holding at runway
(RWY) holding positions and lighted stop bars. Source
SERA.3205 Proximity; SERA.3210 Right-of-way

114 Describe the meaning of light signals displayed to 010.05.03.01.08 010.05.03.01.08

aircraft and by aircraft. Source: SERA.3215 Lights to be
displayed by aircraft; SERA, Appendix 1, Chapter 3
Signals for aerodrome traffic

115 Describe the requirements when carrying out simulated 010.05.03.01.09 010.05.03.01.09
instrument flights. Source: SERA.3220 Simulated
instrument flights
116 Explain the basic rules for an aircraft operating on and 010.05.03.01.10 010.05.03.01.10
in the vicinity of an aerodrome (AD). Source: SERA.3225
Operation on and in the vicinity of an aerodrome

117 Explain the requirements for the submission of an air 010.05.03.01.11 010.05.03.01.11
traffic service (ATS) flight plan. Source: SERA.4001
Submission of a flight plan

118 Explain the actions to be taken in case of flight plan 010.05.03.01.12 010.05.03.01.12
change or delay. Source: SERA.4015 Changes to a flight
plan; SERA.8020 Adherence to flight plan
119 State the actions to be taken in case of inadvertent 010.05.03.01.13 010.05.03.01.13
changes to track, true airspeed (TAS) and time estimate
affecting the current flight plan. Source: SERA.8020
Adherence to flight plan

120 Explain the procedures for closing a flight plan. Source: 010.05.03.01.14 010.05.03.01.14
SERA.4020 Closing a flight plan
121 State for which flights an air traffic control (ATC) 010.05.03.01.15 010.05.03.01.15
clearance shall be obtained. Source: SERA.8015 Air
traffic control clearances
122 State how a pilot may request ATC clearance. Source: 010.05.03.01.16 010.05.03.01.16
SERA.8015 Air traffic control clearances

123 State the action to be taken if an ATC clearance is not 010.05.03.01.17 010.05.03.01.17
satisfactory to a PIC. Source: SERA.8015 Air traffic
control clearances
124 Describe the required actions to be carried out if the 010.05.03.01.18 010.05.03.01.18
continuation of a controlled visual flight rule (VFR) flight
in visual meteorological conditions (VMC) is not
practicable any more. Source: SERA.8020 Adherence to
flight plan

125 Describe the provisions for transmitting a position 010.05.03.01.19 010.05.03.01.19

report to the appropriate ATS unit including time of
transmission and normal content of the message.
Source: SERA.8025 Position reports

126 Describe the necessary action when an aircraft 010.05.03.01.20 010.05.03.01.20

experiences a communication (COM) failure. Source:
SERA.8035 Communications
127 State what information an aircraft being subjected to 010.05.03.01.21 010.05.03.01.21
unlawful interference shall give to the appropriate ATS
unit. Source: SERA.11001 Unlawful interference

128 Visual flight rules (VFR) 010.05.04.00 010.05.04.00

129 Visual flight rules (VFR) - SERA 010.05.04.01 010.05.04.01
130 Describe the VFR as contained in Commission 010.05.04.01.01 010.05.04.01.01
Implementing Regulation (EU) No 923/2012. Source:
SERA.5001 VMC visibility and distance from cloud
minima; SERA.5005 Visual flight rules; SERA.5010
Special VFR in control zones

131 Instrument flight rules (IFR) 010.05.05.00 010.05.05.00

132 Instrument flight rules (IFR) - SERA 010.05.05.01 010.05.05.01
133 Describe the IFR as contained in Commission 010.05.05.01.01 010.05.05.01.01
Implementing Regulation (EU) No 923/2012. Source:
SERA.5015 Instrument flight rules (IFR) - Rules
applicable to all IFR flights; SERA.5020 IFR - Rules
applicable to IFR flights within controlled airspace;
SERA.5025 IFR - Rules applicable to IFR flights outside
134 controlled
Interception airspace
of civil aircraft 010.05.06.00 010.05.06.00
135 Interception of civil aircraft - SERA 010.05.06.01 010.05.06.01
136 List the circumstances in which interception of a civil 010.05.06.01.01 010.05.06.01.01
aircraft may occur. Source: SERA.11015 Interception;
ICAO Doc 9433, 1.2 Circumstances in which interception
may occur

137 State what primary action should be carried out by an 010.05.06.01.02 010.05.06.01.02
intercepted aircraft. Source: SERA.11015 Interception
138 State which frequency should primarily be tried in order 010.05.06.01.03 010.05.06.01.03
to contact an intercepting aircraft. Source: SERA.11015
Interception
139 State on which mode and code a transponder on board 010.05.06.01.04 010.05.06.01.04
the intercepted aircraft should be operated. Source:
SERA.11015 Interception
140 Recall the interception signals and phrases. Source: 010.05.06.01.05 010.05.06.01.05
SERA.11015 Interception, Tables S11-1, S11-2, S11-3

141 AIRCRAFT OPERATIONS 010.06.00.00 010.06.00.00

142 Intentionally left blank 010.06.01.00 010.06.01.00
143 Definitions and abbreviations (PANS-OPS Flight 010.06.02.00 010.06.02.00
Procedures, ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I)
144 Definitions and abbreviations - ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I 010.06.02.01 010.06.02.01

145 Recall all definitions included in ICAO Doc 8168, Volume 010.06.02.01.01 010.06.02.01.01
I, Part I, Section 1, Chapter 1. Source: ICAO Doc 8168,
Volume I, Part I, Section 1, Chapter 1
146 Interpret all abbreviations and acronyms as shown in 010.06.02.01.02 010.06.02.01.02
ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1, Chapter 2.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1,
Chapter 2

147 Departure procedures - (ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I) 010.06.03.00 010.06.03.00

148 General criteria (assuming all engines operating) 010.06.03.01 010.06.03.01
149 State the factors dictating the design of instrument 010.06.03.01.01 010.06.03.01.01
departure procedures. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume
I, Part II, Section 1, Chapter 1, 1.1 General
150 Explain in which situations the criteria for 010.06.03.01.02 010.06.03.01.02
omnidirectional departures are applied. Source: ICAO
Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 2, Chapter 3,
Omnidirectional departures, 3.1.1; 3.1.2; 3.1.3

151 Standard instrument departures (SIDs) 010.06.03.02 010.06.03.02

152 Explain the terms ‘straight departure’ and ‘turning 010.06.03.02.01 010.06.03.02.01
departure’. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 2, Chapter 2, 2.1 General; 2.3 Straight
Departures; 2.4 Turning Departures (excluding
maximum speeds)

153 Omnidirectional departures 010.06.03.03 010.06.03.03

154 Explain what is the meaning of an ‘omnidirectional 010.06.03.03.01 010.06.03.03.01
departure'. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I,
Attachment B, paragraph 2.5
155 Intentionally left blank 010.06.03.04 010.06.03.04
156 Intentionally left blank- 010.06.03.05 010.06.03.05
157 Approach procedures - ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I 010.06.04.00 010.06.04.00
158 General criteria 010.06.04.01 010.06.04.01
159 State the general criteria (except ‘Speeds for procedure 010.06.04.01.01 010.06.04.01.01
calculations’) of the approach procedure design:
instrument approach areas; accuracy of fixes; fixes
formed by intersections; intersection fix-tolerance
factors; other fix-tolerance factors; descent gradient.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 5,
Chapter 1

160 Name the five possible segments of an instrument 010.06.04.01.02 010.06.04.01.02

approach procedure. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I,
Part II, Section 5, Chapter 1, 1.2.3 Segments of the
approach procedure
161 State the reasons for establishing aircraft categories for 010.06.04.01.03 010.06.04.01.03
the approach. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 5, Chapter 1, 1.4 Categories of aircraft

162 State the maximum angle between the final approach 010.06.04.01.04 010.06.04.01.04
track and the extended RWY centre line to still consider
a non-precision approach as being a ‘straight-in
approach’. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 5, Chapter 1, 1.2.4 Types of approach

163 State the minimum obstacle clearance (MOC) provided 010.06.04.01.05 010.06.04.01.05
by the minimum sector altitudes (MSAs) established for
an aerodrome. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 4, Chapter 1, 1.3 Minimum sector altitudes
(MSA)/terminal arrival altitudes (TAA)

164 State that a pilot shall apply wind corrections when 010.06.04.01.06 010.06.04.01.06
carrying out an instrument approach procedure.

165 State the most significant factor influencing the conduct 010.06.04.01.07 010.06.04.01.07
of instrument approach procedures. Source: ICAO Doc
8168, Volume II, Part I, Section 2, Chapter 1

166 Explain why a pilot should not descend below obstacle 010.06.04.01.08 010.06.04.01.08
clearance altitude/height (OCA/H), which are
established for: precision approach procedures; non-
precision approach procedures; visual (circling)
procedures; APV approach procedures. Source: ICAO
Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 5, Chapter 1, 1.6
Obstacle clearance altitude/height (OCA/H)

167 Describe in general terms the relevant factors for the 010.06.04.01.09 010.06.04.01.09
calculation of operational minima. Source: ICAO Doc
8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 5, Chapter 1, 1.7 Factors
affecting operational minima

168 State the following acronyms in plain language: DA, DH, 010.06.04.01.10 010.06.04.01.10
OCA, OCH, MDA, MDH, MOC, DA/H, OCA/H, MDA/H.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1,
Chapters 1 and 2

169 Explain the relationship between the terms: DA, DH, 010.06.04.01.11 010.06.04.01.11
OCA, OCH, MDA, MDH, MOC, DA/H, OCA/H, and
MDA/H. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 5, Chapter 1 General requirements

170 Approach procedure design 010.06.04.02 010.06.04.02

171 Describe how the vertical cross section for each of the 010.06.04.02.01 010.06.04.02.01
five approach segments is broken down into the various
areas. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section
5, Chapter 1 General requirements

172 State within which area of the cross section the 010.06.04.02.02 010.06.04.02.02
minimum obstacle clearance (MOC) is provided for the
whole width of the area. Source: ICAO Doc 8168,
Volume I, Part II, Section 1, Chapter 1, 1.3 Areas, 1.3.1
173 Define the terms ‘IAF’, ‘IF’, ‘FAF’, ‘FAP’, ‘MAPt’ and ‘TP’. 010.06.04.02.03 010.06.04.02.03
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1
Definitions, abbreviations and acronyms and units of
measurement

174 State the accuracy of facilities providing track (VHF 010.06.04.02.04 010.06.04.02.04
omnidirectional radio range (VOR), instrument landing
system (ILS), non-directional beacon (NDB)). Source:
ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Attachment A, Section 2,
Table A-2-1. System use accuracy (2 SD) of facility
providing track guidance and facility not providing track
guidance

175 State the optimum descent gradient (preferred for a 010.06.04.02.05 010.06.04.02.05
precision approach) in degrees and per cent. Source:
ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 5, Chapter 1,
1.10 Descent gradient.

176 Arrival and approach segments 010.06.04.03 010.06.04.03

177 Name the five standard segments of an instrument 010.06.04.03.01 010.06.04.03.01
approach procedure, and state the beginning and end
for each of them. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part
II, Section 5, Chapter 1, 1.2 Instrument approach
procedure

178 Describe where an arrival route normally ends. Source: 010.06.04.03.02 010.06.04.03.02
ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 4 Arrival
procedures, Chapter 1 General requirements

179 State the main task of the initial approach segment. 010.06.04.03.03 010.06.04.03.03
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 5,
Chapter 3 Initial approach
180 Describe the maximum angle of interception between 010.06.04.03.04 010.06.04.03.04
the initial approach segment and the intermediate
approach segment (provided at the intermediate fix) for
a precision approach and a non-precision approach.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 5,
Chapter 3 Initial approach

181 Describe the main task of the intermediate approach 010.06.04.03.05 010.06.04.03.05
segment. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 5, Chapter 4 Intermediate approach

182 State the main task of the final approach segment. 010.06.04.03.06 010.06.04.03.06
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 5,
Chapter 5 Final approach
183 Name the two possible aims of a final approach. Source: 010.06.04.03.07 010.06.04.03.07
ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 5, Chapter 1
General requirements and Chapter 5 Final approach

184 Explain the term ‘final approach point’ in case of an ILS 010.06.04.03.08 010.06.04.03.08
approach. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 5, Chapter 5 Final approach
185 State what happens if an ILS glide path (GP) becomes 010.06.04.03.09 010.06.04.03.09
inoperative during the approach. Source: ICAO Doc
8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 5, Chapter 5 Final
approach

186 Missed approach 010.06.04.04 010.06.04.04

187 Name the three phases of a missed approach procedure 010.06.04.04.01 010.06.04.04.01
and describe their geometric limits. Source: ICAO Doc
8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 5, Chapter 7 Missed
approach

188 State the main task of a missed approach procedure. 010.06.04.04.02 010.06.04.04.02
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 5,
Chapter 7 Missed approach
189 Define the term ‘missed approach point (MAPt)’. 010.06.04.04.03 010.06.04.04.03
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1
Definitions, abbreviations and acronyms and units of
measurement

190 Describe how an MAPt may be established in an 010.06.04.04.04 010.06.04.04.04

approach procedure. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I,
Part II, Section 5, Chapter 7 Missed approach

191 State the pilot’s action if, upon reaching the MAPt, the 010.06.04.04.05 010.06.04.04.05
required visual reference is not established. Source:
ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 5, Chapter 7
Missed approach

192 Describe what a pilot is expected to do in the event a 010.06.04.04.06 010.06.04.04.06

missed approach is initiated prior to arriving at the
MAPt. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section
5, Chapter 7 Missed approach

193 State whether the pilot is obliged to cross the MAPt at 010.06.04.04.07 010.06.04.04.07
the height (HGT)/altitude (ALT) required by the
procedure or whether they are allowed to cross the
MAPt at a HGT/ALT greater than that required by the
procedure. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 5, Chapter 7 Missed approach

194 Visual manoeuvring (circling) in the vicinity of the 010.06.04.05 010.06.04.05

aerodrome (AD)
195 Describe what is meant by ‘visual manoeuvring 010.06.04.05.01 010.06.04.05.01
(circling)’. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 5, Chapter 6 Visual manoeuvring (circling)

196 Describe how a prominent obstacle in the visual 010.06.04.05.02 010.06.04.05.02

manoeuvring (circling) area outside the final approach
and missed approach area has to be considered for the
visual circling. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 5, Chapter 6 Visual manoeuvring (circling)

197 State for which category of aircraft the obstacle 010.06.04.05.03 010.06.04.05.03
clearance altitude/height (OCA/H) within an established
visual manoeuvring (circling) area is determined.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 5,
Chapter 6 Visual manoeuvring (circling)

198 Describe how the minimum descent altitude/height 010.06.04.05.04 010.06.04.05.04

(MDA/H) is specified for visual manoeuvring (circling) if
the OCA/H is known. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I,
Part II, Section 5, Chapter 6 Visual manoeuvring
(circling)
199 State the conditions to be fulfilled before descending 010.06.04.05.05 010.06.04.05.05
below MDA/H in a visual manoeuvring (circling)
approach. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 5, Chapter 6 Visual manoeuvring (circling)

200 Explain why there can be no single procedure designed 010.06.04.05.06 010.06.04.05.06
that will cater for conducting a circling approach in
every situation. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part
II, Section 5, Chapter 6 Visual manoeuvring (circling)

201 State how the pilot is expected to act after initial visual 010.06.04.05.07 010.06.04.05.07
contact during a visual manoeuvring (circling). Source:
ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 5, Chapter 6
Visual manoeuvring (circling)

202 Describe what the pilot is expected to do if visual 010.06.04.05.08 010.06.04.05.08

reference is lost while circling to land from an
instrument approach. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I,
Part II, Section 5, Chapter 6 Visual manoeuvring
(circling)

203 Intentionally left blank. Note: VOR and VOR/DME are 010.06.04.06 010.06.04.06
covered under 062 02 03 00 and 062 02 04 00.
204 Holding procedures - ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I 010.06.05.00 010.06.05.00
205 Entry and holding 010.06.05.01 010.06.05.01
206 Explain why deviations from the in-flight procedures of 010.06.05.01.01 010.06.05.01.01
a holding established in accordance with ICAO Doc 8168
are dangerous. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part
II, Section 6

207 State that if for any reason a pilot is unable to conform 010.06.05.01.02 010.06.05.01.02
to the procedures for normal conditions laid down for
any particular holding pattern, this pilot should advise
ATC as early as possible. Source: ICAO Doc 8168,
Volume I, Part II, Section 6

208 Describe the shape and terminology associated with the 010.06.05.01.03 010.06.05.01.03
holding pattern. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part
II, Section 6
209 State the bank angle and rate of turn to be used whilst 010.06.05.01.04 010.06.05.01.04
flying in a holding pattern. Source: ICAO Doc 8168,
Volume I, Part II, Section 6
210 Explain why a pilot in a holding pattern should attempt 010.06.05.01.05 010.06.05.01.05
to maintain tracks and how this can be achieved.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 6

211 Describe where outbound timing begins in a holding 010.06.05.01.06 010.06.05.01.06

pattern. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 6
212 State where the outbound leg in a holding terminates if 010.06.05.01.07 010.06.05.01.07
the outbound leg is based on DME. Source: ICAO Doc
8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 6
213 Describe the three heading entry sectors for entries into 010.06.05.01.08 010.06.05.01.08
a holding pattern. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I,
Part II, Section 6
214 Describe the terms ‘parallel entry’, ‘offset entry’ and 010.06.05.01.09 010.06.05.01.09
‘direct entry’. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 6
215 Determine the correct entry procedure for a given 010.06.05.01.10 010.06.05.01.10
holding pattern. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part
II, Section 6
216 State the still-air time for flying the outbound entry 010.06.05.01.11 010.06.05.01.11
heading with or without DME. Source: ICAO Doc 8168,
Volume I, Part II, Section 6
217 Describe what the pilot is expected to do when 010.06.05.01.12 010.06.05.01.12
clearance is received specifying the time of departure
from the holding point. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume
I, Part II, Section 6

218 Obstacle clearance 010.06.05.02 010.06.05.02

219 Describe the layout of the basic holding area, entry area 010.06.05.02.01 010.06.05.02.01
and buffer area of a holding pattern. Source: ICAO Doc
8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 6
220 State which obstacle clearance is provided by a 010.06.05.02.02 010.06.05.02.02
minimum permissible holding level referring to the
holding area, the buffer area (general only) and over
high terrain or in mountainous areas. Source: ICAO Doc
8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 6

221 Altimeter-setting procedures - ICAO Doc 8168 010.06.06.00 010.06.06.00

222 Basic requirements and procedures 010.06.06.01 010.06.06.01
223 Describe the two main objectives of altimeter settings. 010.06.06.01.01 010.06.06.01.01
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 1

224 Define the terms ‘QNH’ and ‘QFE’. Source: ICAO Doc 010.06.06.01.02 010.06.06.01.02
8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1, Chapter 2; ICAO Doc
8168, Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 1

225 Describe the different terms for ALT or flight levels (FLs) 010.06.06.01.03 010.06.06.01.03
respectively, which are the references during climb or
descent to change the altimeter settings from QNH to
1013.2 hPa and vice versa. Source: ICAO Doc 8168,
Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 1

226 Define the term ‘flight level (FL)’. Source: ICAO Doc 010.06.06.01.04 010.06.06.01.04
8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1 Definitions,
abbreviations and acronyms and units of measurement

227 State where FL zero shall be located. Source: ICAO Doc 010.06.06.01.05 010.06.06.01.05
8168, Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 2
228 State the interval by which consecutive FLs shall be 010.06.06.01.06 010.06.06.01.06
separated. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III, Section
2, Chapter 2
229 Describe how FLs are defined. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, 010.06.06.01.07 010.06.06.01.07
Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 2
230 Define the term ‘transition altitude (TA)’. Source: ICAO 010.06.06.01.08 010.06.06.01.08
Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1 Definitions,
abbreviations and acronyms and units of measurement

231 State how TAs shall normally be specified. Source: ICAO 010.06.06.01.09 010.06.06.01.09
Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 2
232 Explain how the HGT of the TA is calculated and 010.06.06.01.10 010.06.06.01.10
expressed in practice. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume
III, Section 2, Chapter 2
233 State where TAs shall be published. Source: ICAO Doc 010.06.06.01.11 010.06.06.01.11
8168, Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 2
234 Define the term ‘transition level (TRL)’. Source: ICAO 010.06.06.01.12 010.06.06.01.12
Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1 Definitions,
abbreviations and acronyms and units of measurement
235 State when the TRL is normally passed on to the 010.06.06.01.13 010.06.06.01.13
aircraft. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 2,
Chapter 2
236 State how the vertical position of the aircraft shall be 010.06.06.01.14 010.06.06.01.14
expressed at or below the TA and TRL. Source: ICAO Doc
8168, Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 2
237 Define the term ‘transition layer’. Source: ICAO Doc 010.06.06.01.15 010.06.06.01.15
8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1 Definitions,
abbreviations and acronyms and units of measurement

238 Describe when the vertical position of an aircraft 010.06.06.01.16 010.06.06.01.16

passing through the transition layer shall be expressed
in terms of FLs and when in terms of ALT. Source: ICAO
Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 2

239 State when the QNH altimeter setting shall be made 010.06.06.01.17 010.06.06.01.17
available to departing aircraft. Source: ICAO Doc 8168,
Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 2
240 Explain when the vertical separation of an aircraft 010.06.06.01.18 010.06.06.01.18
during en-route flight shall be assessed in terms of ALT
and when in terms of FLs. Source: ICAO Doc 8168,
Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 3

241 Explain when, in air–ground communications during an 010.06.06.01.19 010.06.06.01.19

en-route flight, the vertical position of an aircraft shall
be expressed in terms of ALT and when in terms of FLs.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 3

242 Describe why QNH altimeter-setting reports should be 010.06.06.01.20 010.06.06.01.20

provided from sufficient locations. Source: ICAO Doc
8168, Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 2

243 State how a QNH altimeter setting shall be made 010.06.06.01.21 010.06.06.01.21
available to aircraft approaching a controlled
aerodrome (AD) for landing. Source: ICAO Doc 8168,
Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 2

244 State under which circumstances the vertical position of 010.06.06.01.22 010.06.06.01.22
an aircraft above the TRL may be referenced in ALT.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 2

245 Procedures for operators and pilots 010.06.06.02 010.06.06.02

246 State on which setting at least one altimeter shall be set 010.06.06.02.01 010.06.06.02.01
prior to take-off. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,
Section 2, Chapter 3
247 State where during the climb the altimeter setting shall 010.06.06.02.02 010.06.06.02.02
be changed from QNH to 1013.2 hPa. Source: ICAO Doc
8168, Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 3
248 Describe when a pilot of an aircraft intending to land at 010.06.06.02.03 010.06.06.02.03
an AD shall obtain the TRL. Source: ICAO Doc 8168,
Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 3
249 Describe when a pilot of an aircraft intending to land at 010.06.06.02.04 010.06.06.02.04
an AD shall obtain the actual QNH altimeter setting.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 3

250 State where the altimeter settings shall be changed 010.06.06.02.05 010.06.06.02.05
from 1013.2 hPa to QNH during descent for landing.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 2, Chapter 3
251 Parallel or near-parallel instrument RWYs - ICAO Doc 010.06.07.00 010.06.07.00
8168, Volume III
252 Simultaneous operation on parallel or near-parallel 010.06.07.01 010.06.07.01
instrument RWYs
253 Describe the difference between independent and 010.06.07.01.01 010.06.07.01.01
dependent parallel approaches. Source: ICAO Doc 8168,
Volume III, Section 3, Chapter 1
254 Describe the following different operations: 010.06.07.01.02 010.06.07.01.02
simultaneous instrument departures; segregated
parallel approaches/departures; semi-mixed and mixed
operations. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III, Section
3, Chapter 1

255 Describe the terms ‘normal operating zone (NOZ)’ and 010.06.07.01.03 010.06.07.01.03
‘no transgression zone (NTZ)’. Source: ICAO Doc 8168,
Volume III, Section 1, Chapter 1; ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 6 (Note: For the dimensions of the NTZ)

256 State the aircraft avionics requirements for conducting 010.06.07.01.04 010.06.07.01.04
parallel instrument approaches. Source: ICAO Doc 8168,
Volume III, Section 3, Chapter 1

257 State where guidance material may be located for 010.06.07.01.05 010.06.07.01.05
simultaneous operations on parallel or near-parallel
instrument runways. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,
Section 3, Chapter 1

258 State the radar requirements for simultaneous, 010.06.07.01.06 010.06.07.01.06

independent, and parallel instrument approaches, and
how weather conditions effect these. Source: ICAO Doc
8168, Volume III, Section 3, Chapter 1; ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 6

259 State the maximum angle of interception for an ILS 010.06.07.01.07 010.06.07.01.07
localiser course (CRS) or microwave landing system
(MLS) final approach track in case of simultaneous,
independent, and parallel instrument approaches.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 3, Chapter 1

260 Describe the special conditions for tracks on missed 010.06.07.01.08 010.06.07.01.08
approach procedures and departures in case of
simultaneous or parallel operations. Source: ICAO Doc
8168, Volume III, Section 3, Chapter 1

261 Secondary surveillance radar (transponder) operating 010.06.08.00 010.06.08.00

procedures - ICAO Doc 8168
262 Operation of transponders 010.06.08.01 010.06.08.01
263 State when and where the pilot shall operate the 010.06.08.01.01 010.06.08.01.01
transponder. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,
Section 4, Chapter 1
264 State the modes and codes that the pilot shall operate 010.06.08.01.02 010.06.08.01.02
in the absence of any ATC directions or regional air
navigation agreements. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume
III, Section 4, Chapter 1

265 State when the pilot shall operate Mode C. Source: 010.06.08.01.03 010.06.08.01.03
ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 4, Chapter 1
266 State when the pilot shall ‘SQUAWK IDENT’. Source: 010.06.08.01.04 010.06.08.01.04
ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 4, Chapter 1
267 State the transponder code to indicate: a state of 010.06.08.01.05 010.06.08.01.05
emergency; a COM failure; unlawful interference.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 4, Chapter 1

268 Describe the consequences of a transponder failure in 010.06.08.01.06 010.06.08.01.06

flight. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 4,
Chapter 1
269 State the primary action of the pilot in the case of an 010.06.08.01.07 010.06.08.01.07
unserviceable transponder before departure when no
repair or replacement at the given AD is possible.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 4, Chapter 1

270 State when the pilot shall operate Mode S. Source: ICAO 010.06.08.01.08 010.06.08.01.08
Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 4, Chapter 1
271 Operation of airborne collision avoidance system 010.06.08.02 010.06.08.02
(ACAS) equipment
272 Describe the main reason for using ACAS. Source: ICAO 010.06.08.02.01 010.06.08.02.01
Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 4, Chapter 3, 3.1 ACAS
overview
273 State whether the ‘use of ACAS indications’ described in 010.06.08.02.02 010.06.08.02.02
ICAO Doc 8168 is absolutely mandatory. Source: ICAO
Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 4, Chapter 3, 3.2 Use of
ACAS indications

274 Explain the pilots’ reaction required to allow ACAS to 010.06.08.02.03 010.06.08.02.03
fulfil its role of assisting pilots in the avoidance of
potential collisions. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,
Section 4, Chapter 3, 3.2 Use of ACAS indications

275 Explain why pilots shall not manoeuvre their aircraft in 010.06.08.02.04 010.06.08.02.04
response to traffic advisories (TAs) only. Source: ICAO
Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 4, Chapter 3, 3.2 Use of
ACAS indications

276 Explain the significance of TAs in view of possible 010.06.08.02.05 010.06.08.02.05

resolution advisories (RAs). Source: ICAO Doc 8168,
Volume III, Section 4, Chapter 3, 3.2 Use of ACAS
indications

277 State why a pilot should follow RAs immediately. 010.06.08.02.06 010.06.08.02.06
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 4, Chapter 3,
3.2 Use of ACAS indications
278 List the reasons which may force a pilot to disregard an 010.06.08.02.07 010.06.08.02.07
RA. Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III, Section 4,
Chapter 3, 3.2 Use of ACAS indications

279 Explain the importance of instructing ATC immediately 010.06.08.02.08 010.06.08.02.08

that an RA has been followed. Source: ICAO Doc 8168,
Volume III, Section 4, Chapter 3, 3.2 Use of ACAS
indications

280 Explain the duties of a pilot with regard to ATC when an 010.06.08.02.09 010.06.08.02.09
RA situation is resolved. Source: ICAO Doc 8168,
Volume III, Section 4, Chapter 3, 3.2 Use of ACAS
indications

281 REGULATION (EU) No 965/2012 ON AIR OPERATIONS 010.06.09.00 010.06.09.00

282 Regulation structure 010.06.09.01 010.06.09.01

283 Describe the subject matter and scope of that 010.06.09.01.01 010.06.09.01.01
Regulation. Source: Regulation (EU) No 965/2012,
Article 1 Subject matter and scope
284 State that Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 covers all types 010.06.09.01.02 010.06.09.01.02
of commercial and non-commercial operations.

285 Definitions (Annex I) 010.06.09.02 010.06.09.02

286 Recall the definitions in the Regulation not already 010.06.09.02.01 010.06.09.02.01
given in ICAO PAN-OPS. Source: Regulation (EU) No
965/2012, Article 2 Definitions
287 Part-SPA (Annex V), Part-NCC (Annex VI) and Part-NCO 010.06.09.03 010.06.09.03
(Annex VII)
288 Describe the scope of these Parts. 010.06.09.03.01 010.06.09.03.01

289 Explain the main content of these Parts, except the 010.06.09.03.02 010.06.09.03.02
operational procedures.
290 AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES (ATS) AND AIR TRAFFIC 010.07.00.00 010.07.00.00
MANAGEMENT (ATM)
291 ICAO Annex 11 - Air Traffic Services 010.07.01.00 010.07.01.00
292 Definitions 010.07.01.01 010.07.01.01
293 Recall the definitions given in ICAO Annex 11. Source: 010.07.01.01.01 010.07.01.01.01
ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 1 Definitions
294 General 010.07.01.02 010.07.01.02
295 State the objectives of ATS. Source: ICAO Annex 11, 010.07.01.02.01 010.07.01.02.01
Chapter 2, 2.2 Objectives of ATS
296 Describe the three basic types of ATS. Source: ICAO 010.07.01.02.02 010.07.01.02.02
Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.3 Divisions of the air traffic
services
297 Describe the three basic types of ATC services. Source: 010.07.01.02.03 010.07.01.02.03
ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.3 Divisions of the air traffic
services
298 State on which frequencies a pilot can expect ATC to 010.07.01.02.04 010.07.01.02.04
contact them in case of an emergency. Source: ICAO
Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.24 Service to aircraft in the
event of an emergency, 2.25 In-flight contingencies,
Chapter 5, 5.3 Use of communication facilities, and
Chapter 6, 6.1.1.1 (referring to Annex 10, Volumes II
and V), Chapter 4, 4.1.3.1

299 Describe the procedure for the transfer of an aircraft 010.07.01.02.05 010.07.01.02.05
from one ATC unit to another. Source: ICAO Annex 11,
Chapter 3, 3.6.1 Transfer of responsibility for control

300 Airspace 010.07.01.03 010.07.01.03

301 Describe the purpose for establishing flight information 010.07.01.03.01 010.07.01.03.01
regions (FIRs) including upper flight information regions
(UIRs). Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2: 2.10; 2.11.

302 Describe the various rules and services that apply to the 010.07.01.03.02 010.07.01.03.02
various classes of airspace. Source: ICAO Annex 11,
Chapter 2, 2.6 Classification of airspaces and Annex 11,
Appendix 4

303 Explain which airspace shall be included in an FIR or 010.07.01.03.03 010.07.01.03.03

UIR.
304 State the designation for those portions of the airspace 010.07.01.03.04 010.07.01.03.04
where flight information service (FIS) and alerting
service shall be provided. Source: ICAO Annex 11,
Chapter 2, 2.5 Designation of the portions of the
airspace and controlled aerodromeswhere air traffic
services will be provided

305 State the designations for those portions of the airspace 010.07.01.03.05 010.07.01.03.05
where ATC services shall be provided. Source: ICAO
Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.5 Designation of the portions of
the airspace and controlled aerodromeswhere air traffic
services will be provided

306 Identify whether or not control areas (CTAs) and control 010.07.01.03.06 010.07.01.03.06
zones (CTRs) designated within an FIR shall form part of
that FIR. Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.5
Designation of the portions of the airspace and
controlled aerodromeswhere air traffic services will be
provided

307 State the lower limit of a CTA as far as ICAO Standards 010.07.01.03.07 010.07.01.03.07
are concerned. Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2,
2.11.3 Control areas
308 State whether or not the lower limit of a CTA has to be 010.07.01.03.08 010.07.01.03.08
established uniformly. Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter
2, 2.11.3 Control areas
309 Explain why a UIR or upper CTA should be delineated to 010.07.01.03.09 010.07.01.03.09
include the upper airspace within the lateral limits of a
number of lower FIRs or CTAs. Source: ICAO Annex 11,
Chapter 2, 2.11 Specifications for flight information
regions, control areas and control zones

310 Describe in general the lateral limits of CTRs. Source: 010.07.01.03.10 010.07.01.03.10
ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.11.5 Control zones

311 State the minimum extension (in NM) of the lateral 010.07.01.03.11 010.07.01.03.11
limits of a CTR. Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2,
2.11.5 Control zones
312 State the upper limits of a CTR located within the lateral 010.07.01.03.12 010.07.01.03.12
limits of a CTA. Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2,
2.11.5 Control zones
313 Air traffic control (ATC) services 010.07.01.04 010.07.01.04
314 Name all classes of airspace in which ATC services shall 010.07.01.04.01 010.07.01.04.01
be provided. Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.1
Application
315 Name the ATS units providing ATC services (area control 010.07.01.04.02 010.07.01.04.02
service, approach control service, aerodrome control
service). Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.2
Provision of air traffic control service

316 Describe which unit(s) may be assigned with the task to 010.07.01.04.03 010.07.01.04.03
provide specified services on the apron. Source: ICAO
Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.2 Provision of air traffic control
service

317 State the purpose of clearances issued by an ATC unit. 010.07.01.04.04 010.07.01.04.04
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.3 Operation of air
traffic control service
318 List the various (five possible) parts of an ATC clearance. 010.07.01.04.05 010.07.01.04.05
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.7.1 Contents of
clearances
319 Explain why the movement of persons, vehicles and 010.07.01.04.06 010.07.01.04.06
towed aircraft on the manoeuvring area of an AD shall
be controlled by the aerodrome control tower (TWR)
(as necessary). Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.8
Control of persons and vehicles at aerodromes, 3.8.1

320 Flight information service (FIS) 010.07.01.05 010.07.01.05

321 State for which aircraft FIS shall be provided. Source: 010.07.01.05.01 010.07.01.05.01
ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.1 Application
322 State whether or not FIS shall include the provision of 010.07.01.05.02 010.07.01.05.02
pertinent significant meteorological information
(SIGMET) and air meteorological information report
(AIRMET) information. Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter
4, 4.2 Scope of flight information service

323 State which information FIS shall include in addition to 010.07.01.05.03 010.07.01.05.03
SIGMET and AIRMET information. Source: ICAO Annex
11, Chapter 4, 4.2 Scope of flight information service

324 Indicate which other information the FIS shall include in 010.07.01.05.04 010.07.01.05.04
addition to the special information given in Annex 11.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.2 Scope of flight
information service, 4.2.2 Note 2 and Attachment B

325 State the meaning of the acronym ‘ATIS’ in plain 010.07.01.05.05 010.07.01.05.05
language. Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.3.4
Voice-automatic terminal information service (Voice-
ATIS) broadcasts

326 List the basic information concerning automatic 010.07.01.05.06 010.07.01.05.06

terminal information service (ATIS) broadcasts (e.g.
frequencies used, number of ADs included, updating,
identification, acknowledgment of receipt, language
and channels, ALT- setting). Source: ICAO Annex 11,
Chapter 4, 4.3.4 Voice-automatic terminal information
service (Voice-ATIS) broadcasts

327 State the content of an ATIS message. Source: ICAO 010.07.01.05.07 010.07.01.05.07
Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.3.7 ATIS for arriving and
departing aircraft
328 State the reasons and circumstances when an ATIS 010.07.01.05.08 010.07.01.05.08
message shall be updated. Source: ICAO Annex 11,
Chapter 4, 4.3.6 Automatic terminal information service
(voice and/or data link)

329 Alerting service 010.07.01.06 010.07.01.06

330 State who provides the alerting service. Source: ICAO 010.07.01.06.01 010.07.01.06.01
Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.10 Establishment and
designation of the units providing air traffic services

331 State who is responsible for initiating the appropriate 010.07.01.06.02 010.07.01.06.02
emergency phase. Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 5
Alerting service
332 State the aircraft to which alerting service shall be 010.07.01.06.03 010.07.01.06.03
provided. Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 5 Alerting
service
333 State which unit shall be notified by the responsible ATS 010.07.01.06.04 010.07.01.06.04
unit immediately when an aircraft is considered to be in
a state of emergency. Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 5
Alerting service

334 Name the three stages of emergency and describe the 010.07.01.06.05 010.07.01.06.05
basic conditions for each kind of emergency. Source:
ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 5 Alerting service
335 State the meaning of the expressions ‘INCERFA’, 010.07.01.06.06 010.07.01.06.06
‘ALERFA’ and ‘DETRESFA’. Source: ICAO Annex 11,
Chapter 5 Alerting service
336 State the information to be provided to those aircraft 010.07.01.06.07 010.07.01.06.07
that operate in the vicinity of an aircraft that is either in
a state of emergency or unlawful interference. Source:
ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 5 Alerting service

337 Principles governing required navigation performance 010.07.01.07 010.07.01.07

(RNP) and air traffic service (ATS) route designators

338 State the meaning of the acronym ‘RNP’. Source: ICAO 010.07.01.07.01 010.07.01.07.01
Annex 11, Chapter 1 Definitions
339 State the factors that RNP is based on. Source: ICAO 010.07.01.07.02 010.07.01.07.02
Annex 11, Chapter 1 Definitions (Navigation
specification)
340 Describe the reason for establishing a system of route 010.07.01.07.03 010.07.01.07.03
designators and navigation specifications. Source: ICAO
Annex 11, Appendix 1, 1. Designators for ATS routes
and navigation specifications

341 State whether or not a prescribed RNP type is 010.07.01.07.04 010.07.01.07.04

considered an integral part of the ATS route designator.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Appendix 1, 1. Designators for
ATS routes and navigation specifications

342 Explain the composition of an ATS route designator. 010.07.01.07.05 010.07.01.07.05

Source: ICAO Annex 11, Appendix 1, 2. Composition of
designator (not to the extent of memorising the codes
in 2.2.1)

343 ICAO Doc 4444 - Air Traffic Management 010.07.02.00 010.07.02.00

344 Foreword (Scope and purpose) 010.07.02.01 010.07.02.01
345 State which ATS units provide clearances that do, and 010.07.02.01.01 010.07.02.01.01
do not, include the prevention of collision with terrain.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Foreword, 2 Scope and
purpose, 2.1

346 Definitions 010.07.02.02 010.07.02.02

347 Recall all definitions given in ICAO Doc 4444 except the 010.07.02.02.01 010.07.02.02.01
following accepting unit/controller, AD taxi circuit,
aeronautical fixed service (AFS), aeronautical fixed
station, air-taxiing, allocation, approach funnel,
assignment, data convention, data processing, discrete
code, D-value, flight status, ground effect, receiving
unit/controller, sending unit/controller, transfer of
control point, transferring unit/controller, unmanned
free balloon. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 1
Definitions

348 ATS system capacity and air traffic flow management 010.07.02.03 010.07.02.03
(ATFM)
349 Explain when and where ATFM services shall be 010.07.02.03.01 010.07.02.03.01
implemented. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 3, 3.2 Air
traffic flow management, 3.2.1 General
350 General provisions for air traffic services (ATS) 010.07.02.04 010.07.02.04
351 Describe who is responsible for the provision of flight 010.07.02.04.01 010.07.02.04.01
information and alerting services within an FIR, within
controlled airspace and at controlled ADs. Source: ICAO
Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.2 Responsibility for the provision
of flight information service and alerting service

352 ATC clearances 010.07.02.05 010.07.02.05

353 State which information the issue of an ATC clearance is 010.07.02.05.01 010.07.02.05.01
based on. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5 Air
traffic control clearances, 4.5.1 Scope and purpose

354 Describe what a PIC should do if an ATC clearance is not 010.07.02.05.02 010.07.02.05.02
suitable. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5 Air
traffic control clearances, 4.5.1 Scope and purpose

355 State who bears the responsibility for adhering to the 010.07.02.05.03 010.07.02.05.03
applicable rules and regulations whilst flying under the
control of an ATC unit. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter
4, 4.5 Air traffic control clearances, 4.5.1 Scope and
purpose

356 State the two primary purposes of clearances issued by 010.07.02.05.04 010.07.02.05.04
ATC units. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5 Air
traffic control clearances, 4.5.1 Scope and purpose

357 State why clearances must be issued ‘early enough’ to 010.07.02.05.05 010.07.02.05.05
aircraft. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5 Air
traffic control clearances, 4.5.1 Scope and purpose

358 Explain what is meant by the expression ‘clearance 010.07.02.05.06 010.07.02.05.06

limit’. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5.7
Description of air traffic control clearances, 4.5.7.1
Clearance limit

359 Explain the meaning of the phrases ‘cleared via flight 010.07.02.05.07 010.07.02.05.07
planned route’, ‘cleared via (designation) departure’
and ‘cleared via (designation) arrival’ in an ATC
clearance. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5.7
Description of air traffic control clearances, 4.5.7.2
Route of flight

360 List which items of an ATC clearance shall always be 010.07.02.05.08 010.07.02.05.08
read back by the flight crew. Source: ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 4, 4.5.7.5 Readback of clearances
361 Horizontal speed control instructions 010.07.02.06 010.07.02.06
362 Explain the reason for speed control by ATC. Source: 010.07.02.06.01 010.07.02.06.01
ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.6 Horizontal speed control
instructions, 4.6.1 General
363 Define the maximum speed changes that ATC may 010.07.02.06.02 010.07.02.06.02
impose. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.6.3
Descending and arriving aircraft
364 State within what distance from the THR the PIC should 010.07.02.06.03 010.07.02.06.03
not expect any kind of speed control. Source: ICAO Doc
4444, Chapter 4, 4.6.3 Descending and arriving aircraft

365 Change from IFR to VFR flight 010.07.02.07 010.07.02.07

366 Explain how the change from IFR to VFR can be initiated 010.07.02.07.01 010.07.02.07.01
by the PIC. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.8
Change from IFR to VFR flight
367 Describe the expected reaction of the appropriate ATC 010.07.02.07.02 010.07.02.07.02
unit upon a request to change from IFR to VFR. Source:
ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.8 Change from IFR to VFR
flight

368 Wake turbulence 010.07.02.08 010.07.02.08

369 State the wake-turbulence categories of aircraft. 010.07.02.08.01 010.07.02.08.01
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.9.1 Wake
turbulence categories of aircraft
370 State the wake-turbulence separation minima. Source: 010.07.02.08.02 010.07.02.08.02
ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.8 Time-based wake
turbulence longitudinal separation minima; ICAO Doc
4444, Chapter 8, 8.7.3.4 (table of distance-based wake
turbulence separation minima) and 8.7.3.4.1
(appropriate conditions for application)

371 Describe how a ‘heavy’ aircraft shall indicate this in the 010.07.02.08.03 010.07.02.08.03
initial radiotelephony contact with ATS. Source: ICAO
Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.9.2 Indication of heavy wake
turbulence category

372 Altimeter-setting procedures 010.07.02.09 010.07.02.09

373 Define the following terms: TRL; transition layer; andTA. 010.07.02.09.01 010.07.02.09.01
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 1 Definitions

374 Describe how the vertical position of an aircraft in the 010.07.02.09.02 010.07.02.09.02
vicinity of an AD shall be expressed at or below the TA,
at or above the TRL, and while climbing or descending
through the transition layer. Source: ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 4, 4.10.1 Expression of vertical position of
aircraft

375 Describe when the HGT of an aircraft using QFE during 010.07.02.09.03 010.07.02.09.03
an NDB approach is referred to the landing THR instead
of the AD elevation. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4,
4.10.1 Expression of vertical position of aircraft

376 State in which margin altimeter settings provided to 010.07.02.09.04 010.07.02.09.04

aircraft shall be rounded up or down. Source: ICAO Doc
4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.4 Provision of altimeter setting
information

377 Describe the expression ‘lowest usable FL’. Source: ICAO 010.07.02.09.05 010.07.02.09.05
Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.4 Provision of altimeter
setting information
378 Determine how the vertical position of an aircraft on an 010.07.02.09.06 010.07.02.09.06
en-route flight is expressed at or above the lowest
usable FL and below the lowest usable FL. Source: ICAO
Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.1 Expression of vertical
position of aircraft

379 State who establishes the TRL to be used in the vicinity 010.07.02.09.07 010.07.02.09.07
of an AD. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.2
Determination of the transition level
380 Decide how and when a flight crew member shall be 010.07.02.09.08 010.07.02.09.08
informed about the TRL. Source: ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 4, 4.10.4 Provision of altimeter setting
information

381 State whether or not the pilot can request TRL to be 010.07.02.09.09 010.07.02.09.09
included in the approach clearance. Source: ICAO Doc
4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.4 Provision of altimeter setting
information

382 Position reporting 010.07.02.10 010.07.02.10

383 Describe when position reports shall be made by an 010.07.02.10.01 010.07.02.10.01
aircraft flying on routes defined by designated
significant points. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4,
4.11.1 Transmission of position reports, 4.11.1.1

384 List the six items that are normally included in a voice 010.07.02.10.02 010.07.02.10.02
position report. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4,
4.11.2 Contents of voice position reports

385 State the requirements for using a simplified position 010.07.02.10.03 010.07.02.10.03
report with FL, next position (and time-over) and
ensuing significant points omitted. Source: ICAO Doc
4444, Chapter 4, 4.11.2 Contents of voice position
reports

386 State the item of a position report which must be 010.07.02.10.04 010.07.02.10.04
forwarded on to ATC with the initial call after changing
to a new frequency. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4,
4.11.2 Contents of voice position reports

387 Indicate the item of a position report which may be 010.07.02.10.05 010.07.02.10.05
omitted if secondary surveillance radar (SSR) Mode C is
used. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.11.2
Contents of voice position reports

388 Explain in which circumstances the airspeed should be 010.07.02.10.06 010.07.02.10.06

included in a position report. Source: ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 4, 4.11.2 Contents of voice position reports

389 Explain the meaning of the acronym ‘ADS’. 010.07.02.10.07 010.07.02.10.07

390 Describe which expression shall precede the level 010.07.02.10.08 010.07.02.10.08
figures in a position report if the level is reported in
relation to 1013.2 hPa (standard pressure). Source:
ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5.7.5 Readback of
clearances; ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.11.2 Contents
of voice position reports

391 Reporting of operational and meteorological 010.07.02.11 010.07.02.11

information
392 List the occasions when special air-reports shall be 010.07.02.11.01 010.07.02.11.01
made. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.12.3
Contents of special air-reports 4.12.3.1 (a to k inclusive)

393 Separation methods and minima 010.07.02.12 010.07.02.12

394 Explain the general provisions for the separation of 010.07.02.12.01 010.07.02.12.01
controlled air traffic. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5,
5.2.1 General and 5.2.2 Degraded aircraft performance
395 Name the different kinds of separation used in aviation. 010.07.02.12.02 010.07.02.12.02
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5; ICAO Annex 11,
Chapter 3, 3.5.2
396 State the difference between the type of separation 010.07.02.12.03 010.07.02.12.03
provided within the various classes of airspace and the
various types of flight. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter
5, 5.2 Provisions for the separation of controlled traffic

397 State who is responsible for the avoidance of collision 010.07.02.12.04 010.07.02.12.04
with other aircraft when operating in VMC. Source:
ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.9 Clearances to fly
maintaining own separation while in VMC

398 Describe how vertical separation is obtained. Source: 010.07.02.12.05 010.07.02.12.05

ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.3.1 Vertical separation
application
399 State the required vertical separation minimum. Source: 010.07.02.12.06 010.07.02.12.06
ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.3.2 Vertical separation
minimum
400 Describe how the cruising levels of aircraft flying to the 010.07.02.12.07 010.07.02.12.07
same destination and in the expected approach
sequence are correlated with each other. Source: ICAO
Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.3.3 Assignment of cruising levels
for controlled flights

401 Name the conditions that must be adhered to when 010.07.02.12.08 010.07.02.12.08
two aircraft are cleared to maintain a specified vertical
separation between them during climb or descent.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.3.4 Vertical
separation during climb or descent

402 State the two main methods for horizontal separation. 010.07.02.12.09 010.07.02.12.09
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5
403 Describe how lateral separation of aircraft at the same 010.07.02.12.10 010.07.02.12.10
level may be obtained. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter
5, 5.4.1 Lateral separation, 5.4.1.1.2
404 Explain the term ‘geographical separation’. Source: 010.07.02.12.11 010.07.02.12.11
ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.4.1 Lateral separation

405 Describe track separation between aircraft using the 010.07.02.12.12 010.07.02.12.12
same navigation aid or method. Source: ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 5, 5.4.1.2 Lateral separation criteria and
minima, 5.4.1.2.1.2

406 Describe the three basic means for the establishment of 010.07.02.12.13 010.07.02.12.13
longitudinal separation. Source: ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 5, 5.4.2
407 State the minimum standard horizontal radar 010.07.02.12.14 010.07.02.12.14
separation in NM. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5

408 Describe the method of the Mach number technique. 010.07.02.12.15 010.07.02.12.15
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.4.2.4 Longitudinal
separation minima with mach number technique based
on time

409 Separation in the vicinity of aerodromes (ADs) 010.07.02.13 010.07.02.13

410 Describe the expression ‘essential local traffic’. Source: 010.07.02.13.01 010.07.02.13.01
ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.2 Essential local traffic
411 State which possible decision the PIC may choose to 010.07.02.13.02 010.07.02.13.02
take if they are asked to accept take-off in a direction
which is not ‘into the wind’. Source: ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 6, 6.3.3 Departure sequence

412 State the condition to enable ATC to initiate a visual 010.07.02.13.03 010.07.02.13.03
approach for an IFR flight. Source: ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 6, 6.5.3 Visual approach, 6.5.3.1
413 State whether or not separation shall be provided by 010.07.02.13.04 010.07.02.13.04
ATC between an aircraft executing a visual approach
and other arriving or departing aircraft. Source: ICAO
Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.3 Visual approach, 6.5.3.4

414 State in which case, when the flight crew are not 010.07.02.13.05 010.07.02.13.05
familiar with the instrument approach procedure being
carried out, only the final approach track has to be
given to them by ATC. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter
6, 6.5.4 Instrument approach

415 Describe which FL should be assigned to an aircraft first 010.07.02.13.06 010.07.02.13.06

arriving over a holding fix for landing. Source: ICAO Doc
4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.5 Holding

416 State which kinds of priority can be applied to aircraft 010.07.02.13.07 010.07.02.13.07
for a landing. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.6
Approach sequence, 6.5.6.1 General

417 Describe the situation when a pilot of an aircraft in an 010.07.02.13.08 010.07.02.13.08

approach sequence indicates their intention to hold for
weather improvements. Source: ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 6, 6.5.6 Approach sequence, 6.5.6.1 General

418 Explain the term ‘expected approach time’ and the 010.07.02.13.09 010.07.02.13.09
procedures for its use. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter
6, 6.5.7 Expected approach time
419 State the reasons which could probably lead to the 010.07.02.13.10 010.07.02.13.10
decision to use another take-off or landing direction
than the one into the wind. Source: ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 7, 7.2 Selection of runway-in-use

420 State the possible consequences for a PIC if the ‘RWY- 010.07.02.13.11 010.07.02.13.11
in-use’ is not considered suitable for the operation
involved. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7

421 Miscellaneous separation procedures 010.07.02.14 010.07.02.14

422 State the minimum separation between departing and 010.07.02.14.01 010.07.02.14.01
arriving aircraft. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.7
Separation of departing aircraft from arriving aircraft

423 State the non-radar wake-turbulence longitudinal 010.07.02.14.02 010.07.02.14.02

separation minima. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5
and 6
424 Describe the consequences of a clearance to ‘maintain 010.07.02.14.03 010.07.02.14.03
own separation’ while in VMC. Source: ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 5, 5.8 Time-based wake turbulence longitudinal
separation minima, 5.8.1; ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6,
6.5.3 Visual approach
425 Give a brief description of ‘essential traffic’ and 010.07.02.14.04 010.07.02.14.04
‘essential traffic information’. Source: ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 5, 5.10 Essential traffic information
426 Describe the circumstances under which a reduction in 010.07.02.14.05 010.07.02.14.05
separation minima may be allowed. Source: ICAO Doc
4444, Chapter 6, 6.1 Reduction in separation minima in
the vicinity of aerodromes

427 Arriving and departing aircraft 010.07.02.15 010.07.02.15

428 List the elements of information which shall be 010.07.02.15.01 010.07.02.15.01
transmitted to an aircraft as early as practicable if an
approach for landing is intended. Source: ICAO Doc
4444, Chapter 6, 6.6 Information for arriving aircraft

429 List the elements of information to be transmitted to an 010.07.02.15.02 010.07.02.15.02

aircraft at the commencement of final approach.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.6 Information for
arriving aircraft

430 List the elements of information to be transmitted to an 010.07.02.15.03 010.07.02.15.03

aircraft during final approach. Source: ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 6, 6.6 Information for arriving aircraft

431 State the prerequisites for operating on parallel or near- 010.07.02.15.04 010.07.02.15.04
parallel RWYs including the different combinations of
parallel arrivals or departures. Source: ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 6, 6.7 Operations on parallel or near-parallel
runways

432 State the sequence of priority between aircraft landing 010.07.02.15.05 010.07.02.15.05
(or in the final stage of an approach to land) and aircraft
intending to depart. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7,
7.8 Order of priority for arriving and departing aircraft

433 State the significant changes in the meteorological 010.07.02.15.06 010.07.02.15.06

conditions in the take-off or climb-out area that shall be
transmitted without delay to a departing aircraft.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.4.1 Meteorological
conditions

434 State the significant changes that shall be transmitted as 010.07.02.15.07 010.07.02.15.07
early as practicably possible to an arriving aircraft,
particularly changes in the meteorological conditions.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.6 Information for
arriving aircraft

435 Procedures for aerodrome (AD) control service 010.07.02.16 010.07.02.16

436 Name the operational failure or irregularity of AD 010.07.02.16.01 010.07.02.16.01
equipment which shall be reported by the TWR
immediately. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.1.3
Failure or irregularity of aids and equipment

437 Explain that, after a given period of time, the TWR shall 010.07.02.16.02 010.07.02.16.02
report to the area control centre (ACC) or flight
information centre (FIC) if an aircraft does not land as
expected. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.1.2
Alerting service provided by aerodrome control towers
438 Describe the procedures to be observed by the TWR 010.07.02.16.03 010.07.02.16.03
whenever VFR operations are suspended. Source: ICAO
Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.13 Suspension of visual flight
rules operations

439 Explain the term ‘RWY-in-use’ and its selection. Source: 010.07.02.16.04 010.07.02.16.04
ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.2 Selection of runway-in-
use
440 List the information the TWR should give to an aircraft 010.07.02.16.05 010.07.02.16.05
prior to: taxiing for take-off; take-off; entering the traffic
circuit. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.4.1.2
Aerodrome and meteorological information

441 Explain that a report of surface wind direction given to a 010.07.02.16.06 010.07.02.16.06
pilot by the TWR is magnetic. Source: ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 11, 11.4.3.2 Messages containing
meteorological information

442 Explain the exact meaning of the expression ‘RWY 010.07.02.16.07 010.07.02.16.07
vacated’. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.10.3.4

443 Radar services 010.07.02.17 010.07.02.17

444 State the basic identification procedures used with 010.07.02.17.01 010.07.02.17.01
radar. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.2.3 SSR
and/or MLAT identification procedures and Chapter 8,
8.6.2.4 PSR identification procedures

445 Define the term ‘PSR’. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 010.07.02.17.02 010.07.02.17.02
1 Definitions
446 Describe the circumstances under which an aircraft 010.07.02.17.03 010.07.02.17.03
provided with radar service should be informed of its
position. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.4
Position information

447 List the possible forms of position information passed 010.07.02.17.04 010.07.02.17.04
on to the aircraft by radar services. Source: ICAO Doc
4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.4 Position information

448 Describe the term ‘radar vectoring’. Source: ICAO Doc 010.07.02.17.05 010.07.02.17.05
4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.5 Vectoring
449 State the aims of radar vectoring as shown in ICAO Doc 010.07.02.17.06 010.07.02.17.06
4444. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.5
Vectoring
450 Describe how radar vectoring shall be achieved. Source: 010.07.02.17.07 010.07.02.17.07
ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.5 Vectoring
451 Describe the information which shall be given to an 010.07.02.17.08 010.07.02.17.08
aircraft when radar vectoring is terminated and the
pilot is instructed to resume own navigation. Source:
ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.5 Vectoring

452 Explain the procedures for the conduct of surveillance 010.07.02.17.09 010.07.02.17.09
radar approaches (SRAs). Source: ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 8, 8.9.7.1 Surveillance radar approach

453 Describe what kind of action (concerning the 010.07.02.17.10 010.07.02.17.10

transponder) the pilot is expected to perform in case of
emergency if they have previously been directed by ATC
to operate the transponder on a specific code. Source:
ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.8.1 Emergencies
454 Air traffic advisory service 010.07.02.18 010.07.02.18
455 Describe the objective and basic principles of the air 010.07.02.18.01 010.07.02.18.01
traffic advisory service. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter
9, 9.1.4.1 Objective and basic principles

456 State to which aircraft air traffic advisory service may be 010.07.02.18.02 010.07.02.18.02
provided. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 9, 9.1.4.1
Objective and basic principles
457 Explain the difference between advisory information 010.07.02.18.03 010.07.02.18.03
and clearances, stating which ATS units are responsible
for their issue. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 9,
9.1.4.1.3

458 Procedures related to emergencies, communication 010.07.02.19 010.07.02.19

(COM) failure and contingencies
459 State the mode and code of SSR equipment a pilot 010.07.02.19.01 010.07.02.19.01
might operate in a (general) state of emergency or
(specifically) in case the aircraft is subject to unlawful
interference. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15, 15.1
Emergency procedures

460 State the special rights an aircraft in a state of 010.07.02.19.02 010.07.02.19.02

emergency can expect from ATC. Source: ICAO Doc
4444, Chapter 15, 15.1.1 General; 15.1.2 Priority; 15.1.3
Unlawful interference and aircraft bomb threat

461 Describe the expected action of aircraft after receiving a 010.07.02.19.03 010.07.02.19.03
broadcast from ATS concerning the emergency descent
of an aircraft. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15,
15.1.4 Emergency descent

462 State how it can be ascertained, in case of a failure of 010.07.02.19.04 010.07.02.19.04

two-way COM, whether the aircraft is able to receive
transmissions from the ATS unit. Source: ICAO Doc
4444, Chapter 15, 15.3 Air-ground communications
failure

463 State on which frequencies appropriate information, for 010.07.02.19.05 010.07.02.19.05

an aircraft encountering two-way COM failure, shall be
sent by ATS. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15, 15.3.5

464 State what is meant by the expressions ‘strayed aircraft’ 010.07.02.19.06 010.07.02.19.06
and ‘unidentified aircraft’. Source: ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 15, 15.5.1 Strayed or unidentified aircraft

465 Explain the reasons for fuel-dumping and state the 010.07.02.19.07 010.07.02.19.07
minimum level. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15,
15.5.3 Fuel dumping
466 Explain the possible request of ATC to an aircraft to 010.07.02.19.08 010.07.02.19.08
change its radio-telephone (RTF) call sign.
467 Miscellaneous procedures 010.07.02.20 010.07.02.20
468 Explain the meaning of ‘AIRPROX’. Source: ICAO Doc 010.07.02.20.01 010.07.02.20.01
4444, Chapter 1 Definitions; ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter
16, 16.3 Air traffic incident report

469 Describe the task of an air traffic incident report. 010.07.02.20.02 010.07.02.20.02
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 16, 16.3 Air traffic
incident report
470 AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION SERVICE (AIS) 010.08.00.00 010.08.00.00

471 Introduction 010.08.01.00 010.08.01.00

472 Introduction to ICAO Annex 15 - Aeronautical 010.08.01.01 010.08.01.01
Information Service (AIS)
473 State, in general terms, the objective of an AIS. Source: 010.08.01.01.01 010.08.01.01.01
ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 1, Note 1
474 Definitions of ICAO Annex 15 010.08.02.00 010.08.02.00
475 Definitions of ICAO Annex 15 010.08.02.01 010.08.02.01
476 Recall the following definitions aeronautical information 010.08.02.01.01 010.08.02.01.01
circular (AIC), aeronautical information publication
(AIP), AIP amendment, AIP supplement, aeronautical
information regulation and control (AIRAC), danger
area, aeronautical information management,
international airport, international NOTAM office (NOF),
manoeuvring area, movement area, NOTAM, pre-flight
information bulletin (PIB), prohibited area, restricted
area, SNOWTAM, ASHTAM. Source: ICAO Annex 15,
Chapter 1, 1.1 Definitions

477 Aeronautical information products and services 010.08.03.00 010.08.03.00

478 General - AIS responsibilities and functions 010.08.03.01 010.08.03.01
479 State during which period of time an AIS shall be 010.08.03.01.01 010.08.03.01.01
available with reference to an aircraft flying in the area
of responsibility of an AIS, provided a 24-hour service is
not available. Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 2, 2.2 AIS
responsibilities and functions

480 List, in general, the kind of aeronautical 010.08.03.01.02 010.08.03.01.02

information/data which an AIS service shall make
available in a suitable form to flight crew. Source: ICAO
Annex 15, Chapter 2, 2.2 AIS responsibilities and
functions

481 Summarise the duties of an AIS concerning aeronautical 010.08.03.01.03 010.08.03.01.03

information data for the territory of a particular State.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 2, 2.2 AIS
responsibilities and functions; ICAO Annex 15, Chapter
2, 2.3 Exchange of aeronautical data and aeronautical
information

482 Aeronautical information products and services 010.08.04.00 010.08.04.00

483 Aeronautical information publication (AIP) 010.08.04.01 010.08.04.01
484 State the primary purpose of the AIP. Source: ICAO 010.08.04.01.01 010.08.04.01.01
Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.2.2, Notes 1 and 2
485 Name the different parts of the AIP. Source: ICAO Annex 010.08.04.01.02 010.08.04.01.02
15, Chapter 5, 5.2.1, Note 1; PANS-AIM (ICAO Doc
10066), Chapter 5, 5.2.1.2.5
486 State the main parts of the AIP where the following 010.08.04.01.03 010.08.04.01.03
information can be found: differences from the ICAO
Standards, Recommended Practices and Procedures;
location indicators, AIS, minimum flight ALT,
meteorological information for aircraft in flight
(VOLMET) service, SIGMET service; general rules and
procedures (especially general rules, VFR, IFR, ALT-
setting procedure, interception of civil aircraft, unlawful
interference, air traffic incidents); ATS airspace
(especially FIR, UIR, TMA); ATS routes (especially lower
ATS routes, upper ATS routes, area navigation routes);
AD data including aprons, taxiways (TWYs) and check
locations/positions data; navigation warnings (especially
prohibited, restricted and danger areas); aircraft
instruments, equipment and flight documents; AD
surface movement guidance and control system and
markings; RWY physical characteristics, declared
distances, approach (APP) and RWY lighting; AD radio
navigation and landing aids; charts related to an AD;
entry, transit and departure of aircraft, passengers,
crew and cargo, and the significance of this information
to flight crew. Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.2.1,
Note 1; PANS-AIM (ICAO Doc 10066), Appendix 2

487 State how permanent changes to the AIP shall be 010.08.04.01.04 010.08.04.01.04
published. Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.4
Distribution services and Chapter 6, 6.3.1 AIP updates,
6.3.1.2; PANS-AIM (ICAO Doc 10066), Chapter 5, 5.2.1
Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP), 5.2.1.3, 5.4
Distribution services, Chapter 6, 6.1.2 Specifications for
AIP amendments

488 Explain what kind of information shall be published in 010.08.04.01.05 010.08.04.01.05

the form of AIP Supplements. Source: ICAO Annex 15,
Chapter 6, 6.3.1 AIP updates, 6.3.1.3; PANS-AIM (ICAO
Doc 10066), Chapter 5, 5.2.1.4 Specifications for AIP
Supplements

489 Notices to airmen (NOTAMs) 010.08.04.02 010.08.04.02

490 Describe how information shall be published which in 010.08.04.02.01 010.08.04.02.01
principle would belong to NOTAMs but includes
extensive text or graphics. Source: ICAO Annex 15,
Chapter 6, 6.3.1.3, 6.3.2.1 and 6.3.2.2

491 Summarise the essential information which leads to the 010.08.04.02.02 010.08.04.02.02
issue of a NOTAM. Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 6,
6.3.2.3
492 State how NOTAMs shall be distributed. Source: ICAO 010.08.04.02.03 010.08.04.02.03
Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.4.2
493 Explain how information regarding snow, ice and 010.08.04.02.04 010.08.04.02.04
standing water on AD pavements shall be reported.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.2.6 Note; PANS-
AIM (ICAO Doc 10066), Appendix 4 Instructions for the
completion of the SNOWTAM format

494 Describe the means by which NOTAMs shall be 010.08.04.02.05 010.08.04.02.05

distributed. Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.4
Distribution services; PANS-AIM (ICAO Doc 10066), 5.2.5
NOTAM, 5.2.5.1.3, and Appendix 7

495 Define and state which information an ASHTAM may 010.08.04.02.06 010.08.04.02.06
contain. Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.2.6 Note;
PANS-AIM (ICAO Doc 10066), Appendix 5 ASHTAM
format

496 Aeronautical information regulation and control 010.08.04.03 010.08.04.03

(AIRAC)
497 List the circumstances under which the information 010.08.04.03.01 010.08.04.03.01
concerned shall or should be distributed as an AIRAC.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 6, 6.2

498 Aeronautical information circulars (AICs) 010.08.04.04 010.08.04.04

499 Describe the type of information that may be published 010.08.04.04.01 010.08.04.04.01
in AICs. Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.2.4
Aeronautical Information Circulars; PANS-AIM (ICAO
Doc 10066), Chapter 5, 5.2.2 Aeronautical Information
Circulars (AIC)

500 Explain the organisation of AICs. Source: ICAO Annex 15, 010.08.04.04.02 010.08.04.04.02
Chapter 5, 5.2.4, Note; PANS-AIM (ICAO Doc 10066),
Chapter 5, 5.2.2 Aeronautical Information Circulars
(AIC), 5.2.2.3 to 5.2.2.9

501 Pre-flight and post-flight information/data 010.08.04.05 010.08.04.05

502 Summarise, in addition to the elements of the 010.08.04.05.01 010.08.04.05.01
integrated AIP and maps/charts, the additional current
information relating to the AD of departure that shall be
provided as pre-flight information. Source: ICAO Annex
15, Chapter 5, 5.5 Pre-flight information service; PANS-
AIM (ICAO Doc 10066), Chapter 5, 5.5 Pre-flight
information services

503 Describe how a recapitulation of current NOTAM and 010.08.04.05.02 010.08.04.05.02

other information of urgent character shall be made
available to flight crew. Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter
5, 5.5 Pre-flight information service, Note 2

504 State which post-flight information from flight crew 010.08.04.05.03 010.08.04.05.03
shall be submitted to AIS for distribution as required by
the circumstances. Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5,
5.6 Post-flight information service

505 ATM service providers 010.08.05.00 010.08.05.00

506 ATM 010.08.05.01 010.08.05.01
507 State that Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 010.08.05.01.01 010.08.05.01.01
No 2017/373 provides: general requirements for the
provision of air navigation services; specific
requirements for the provision of air traffic services;
specific requirements for the provision of
meteorological services; specific requirements for the
provision of aeronautical information services; specific
requirements for the provision of communication,
navigation or surveillance services.

508 AERODROMES (ICAO Annex 14 and Regulation (EU) 010.09.00.00 010.09.00.00

No 139/2014)
509 General 010.09.01.00 010.09.01.00
510 General - AD reference code 010.09.01.01 010.09.01.01
511 Describe the intent of the AD reference code and state 010.09.01.01.01 010.09.01.01.01
the functions of the two code elements. Source: ICAO
Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 1, 1.6 Reference Code

512 Aerodrome (AD) data 010.09.02.00 010.09.02.00

513 Aerodrome (AD) reference point 010.09.02.01 010.09.02.01
514 Describe where the AD reference point shall be located 010.09.02.01.01 010.09.02.01.01
and where it shall normally remain. Source: ICAO Annex
14, Volume 1, Chapter 2, 2.2 Aerodrome reference
point

515 Pavement strengths 010.09.02.02 010.09.02.02

516 Explain the terms: ‘pavement classification number 010.09.02.02.01 010.09.02.02.01
(PCN)’ and ‘aircraft classification number (ACN)’, and
describe their mutual dependence. Source: ICAO Annex
14, Volume 1, Chapter 2, 2.6 Strength of pavements

517 Describe how the bearing strength for an aircraft with 010.09.02.02.02 010.09.02.02.02
an apron mass equal to or less than 5 700 kg shall be
reported. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 2,
2.6 Strength of pavements

518 Declared distances 010.09.02.03 010.09.02.03

519 State that ICAO Annex 14 provides guidance on the 010.09.02.03.01 010.09.02.03.01
calculation of declared distances (TORA, TODA, ASDA,
LDA).
520 Recall the definitions for the four main declared 010.09.02.03.02 010.09.02.03.02
distances. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 1,
1.1 Definitions
521 Condition of the movement area and related facilities 010.09.02.04 010.09.02.04

522 State the purpose of informing AIS and ATS units about 010.09.02.04.01 010.09.02.04.01
the condition of the movement area and related
facilities. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 2,
2.9 Condition of the movement area and related
facilities

523 List the matters of operational significance or affecting 010.09.02.04.02 010.09.02.04.02

aircraft performance which should be reported to AIS
and ATS units to be transmitted to aircraft involved.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 2, 2.9
Condition of the movement area and related facilities
524 Describe the three different types of water deposit on 010.09.02.04.03 010.09.02.04.03
RWYs. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 2, 2.9
Condition of the movement area and related facilities

525 Explain the different types of frozen water on the RWY 010.09.02.04.04 010.09.02.04.04
and their impact on aircraft braking performance.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 1, 1.1
Definitions and Chapter 2, 2.9 Condition of the
movement area and related facilities

526 Describe the five levels of braking action including the 010.09.02.04.05 010.09.02.04.05
associated coefficients and codes. Source: ICAO Annex
14, Volume 1, Attachment A, 6. Assessing the surface
friction characteristics of snow-, slush-, ice- and frost-
covered paved surfaces

527 Physical characteristics 010.09.03.00 010.09.03.00

528 Runways (RWYs) 010.09.03.01 010.09.03.01
529 Describe where a THR should normally be located. 010.09.03.01.01 010.09.03.01.01
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.1.5 and
3.1.6 Location of threshold
530 Describe the general considerations concerning RWYs 010.09.03.01.02 010.09.03.01.02
associated with a stopway (SWY) or clearway (CWY).
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.1.9
Runways with stopways or clearways

531 Runway (RWY) strips 010.09.03.02 010.09.03.02

532 Explain the term ‘runway strip’. Source: ICAO Annex 14, 010.09.03.02.01 010.09.03.02.01
Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.4 General, 3.4.1
533 Runway-end safety area 010.09.03.03 010.09.03.03
534 Explain the term ‘runway-end safety area’. Source: ICAO 010.09.03.03.01 010.09.03.03.01
Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.5 Runway end safety
area 3.5.1 and 3.5.2
535 Clearway (CWY) 010.09.03.04 010.09.03.04
536 Explain the term ‘clearway’. Source: ICAO Annex 14, 010.09.03.04.01 010.09.03.04.01
Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.6 Clearways
537 Stopway (SWY) 010.09.03.05 010.09.03.05
538 Explain the term ‘stopway’. Source: ICAO Annex 14, 010.09.03.05.01 010.09.03.05.01
Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.7 Stopways
539 Intentionally left blank 010.09.03.06 010.09.03.06
540 Taxiways (TWYs) 010.09.03.07 010.09.03.07
541 Describe the reasons and the requirements for rapid- 010.09.03.07.01 010.09.03.07.01
exit TWYs. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 3,
3.9 Taxiways – Rapid-exit taxiways
542 Explain TWY widening in curves. Source: ICAO Annex 14, 010.09.03.07.02 010.09.03.07.02
Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.9.5 Taxiways curves

543 Explain when and where holding bays should be 010.09.03.07.03 010.09.03.07.03
provided. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 3,
3.12
544 Describe where RWY holding positions shall be 010.09.03.07.04 010.09.03.07.04
established. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter
3, 3.12
545 Describe the term ‘road holding position’. Source: ICAO 010.09.03.07.05 010.09.03.07.05
Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 1, 1.1 and Chapter 3, 3.12
546 Describe where intermediate TWY holding positions 010.09.03.07.06 010.09.03.07.06
should be established. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume
1, Chapter 3, 3.12
547 Visual aids for navigation 010.09.04.00 010.09.04.00
548 Indicators and signalling devices 010.09.04.01 010.09.04.01
549 Describe the wind-direction indicators with which ADs 010.09.04.01.01 010.09.04.01.01
shall be equipped. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 5, 5.1.1 Wind direction indicator (Application,
Location and Characteristics)

550 Describe a landing-direction indicator. Source: ICAO 010.09.04.01.02 010.09.04.01.02

Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.1.2 Landing direction
indicator
551 Explain the capabilities of a signalling lamp. 010.09.04.01.03 010.09.04.01.03

552 State which characteristics a signal area should have. 010.09.04.01.04 010.09.04.01.04
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.1.4
Signal panels and signal area, 5.1.4.1 to 5.1.4.3

553 Interpret all indications and signals that may be used in 010.09.04.01.05 010.09.04.01.05
a signal area. Source: Commission Implementing
Regulation (EU) No 923/2012 (SERA) - Appendix 1
Signals, 3.2 Visual ground signals

554 Markings 010.09.04.02 010.09.04.02

555 Name the colours used for the various markings (RWY, 010.09.04.02.01 010.09.04.02.01
TWY, aircraft stands, apron safety lines). Source: ICAO
Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.2 Markings

556 State where a RWY designation marking shall be 010.09.04.02.02 010.09.04.02.02

provided and describe the different layouts (excluding
dimensions). Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter
5, 5.2 Markings

557 Describe the application and general characteristics 010.09.04.02.03 010.09.04.02.03

(excluding dimensions) of: RWY-centre-line markings;
THR markings; touchdown-zone (TDZ) markings; RWY-
side-stripe markings; TWY-centre-line markings; RWY
holding position markings; intermediate holding
position markings; aircraft-stand markings; apron safety
lines; road holding position markings; mandatory
instruction markings; information markings. Source:
ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.2 Markings

558 Lights 010.09.04.03 010.09.04.03

559 Describe the mechanical safety considerations 010.09.04.03.01 010.09.04.03.01
regarding elevated approach lights and elevated RWY,
SWY and TWY lights. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 5, 5.3.1.4 to 5.3.1.8 (Elevated approach lights,
elevated lights and surface lights)

560 List the conditions for the installation of an aerodrome 010.09.04.03.02 010.09.04.03.02
beacon (ABN) and describe its general characteristics.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.3.3
Aeronautical beacons

561 Describe the different kinds of operations for which a 010.09.04.03.03 010.09.04.03.03
simple approach lighting system shall be used. Source:
ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.3.4 Approach
lighting systems
562 Describe the basic installations of a simple approach 010.09.04.03.04 010.09.04.03.04
lighting system including the dimensions and distances
normally used. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 5, 5.3.4.2

563 Describe the principle of a precision approach category I 010.09.04.03.05 010.09.04.03.05

lighting system including information such as location
and characteristics. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 5, 5.3.4.10; ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter
5, 5.3.4.14

564 Describe the principle of a precision approach 010.09.04.03.06 010.09.04.03.06

category II and III lighting system including information
such as location and characteristics, especially the inner
300 m of the system. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 5, 5.3.4.22; ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter
5, 5.3.4.30; ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5,
5.3.4.31

565 Describe the wing bars of the precision approach path 010.09.04.03.07 010.09.04.03.07
indicator (PAPI) and the abbreviated precision approach
path indicator (APAPI). Interpret what the pilot will see
during the approach using PAPI. Source: ICAO Annex 14,
Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.3.5.24 to 5.3.5.27 PAPI and
APAPI

566 Interpret what the pilot will see during an approach 010.09.04.03.08 010.09.04.03.08
using a helicopter approach path indicator (HAPI).
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume II, Chapter 5, 5.3.6
Visual approach slope indicator

567 Explain the application and characteristics (as 010.09.04.03.09 010.09.04.03.09

applicable, but limited to colour, intensity, direction and
whether fixed or flashing) of: RWY-edge lights; RWY-
THR and wing-bar lights; RWY-end lights; RWY-centre-
line lights; RWY-lead-in lights; RWY-TDZ lights; SWY
lights; TWY-centre-line lights; TWY-edge lights; stop
bars; intermediate holding position lights; RWY guard
lights; road holding position lights. Source: ICAO Annex
14, Volume 1, Chapter 5

568 State the timescale within which aeronautical ground 010.09.04.03.10 010.09.04.03.10
lights shall be made available to arriving aircraft.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Section 7.15 Aeronautical
ground lights

569 Signs 010.09.04.04 010.09.04.04

570 Explain which signs are the only ones on the movement 010.09.04.04.01 010.09.04.04.01
area utilising red. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 5.4 Signs
571 List the provisions for illuminating signs. Source: ICAO 010.09.04.04.02 010.09.04.04.02
Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs
572 Name the kinds of signs which shall be included in 010.09.04.04.03 010.09.04.04.03
mandatory instruction signs. Source: ICAO Annex 14,
Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs
573 Name the colours used for mandatory instruction signs. 010.09.04.04.04 010.09.04.04.04
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs
574 Describe by which sign a pattern ‘A’ RWY holding 010.09.04.04.05 010.09.04.04.05
position (i.e. at an intersection of a TWY and a non-
instrument, non-precision approach or take-off RWY)
marking shall be supplemented. Source: ICAO Annex 14,
Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs

575 Describe by which sign a pattern ‘B’ RWY holding 010.09.04.04.06 010.09.04.04.06
position (i.e. at an intersection of a TWY and a precision
approach RWY) marking shall be supplemented. Source:
ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs

576 Describe the location of: a RWY designation sign at a 010.09.04.04.07 010.09.04.04.07
TWY/RWY intersection; a ‘NO ENTRY’ sign; a RWY
holding position sign. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 5.4 Signs

577 State which sign indicates that a taxiing aircraft is about 010.09.04.04.08 010.09.04.04.08
to infringe an obstacle limitation surface or interfere
with the operation of radio navigation aids (e.g. ILS/MLS
critical/sensitive area). Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume
1, Chapter 5.4 Signs

578 Describe the various possible inscriptions on RWY 010.09.04.04.09 010.09.04.04.09

designation signs and on holding position signs. Source:
ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs

579 Describe the colours used in connection with 010.09.04.04.10 010.09.04.04.10

information signs. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 5.4 Signs
580 Describe the possible inscriptions on information signs. 010.09.04.04.11 010.09.04.04.11
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs

581 Explain the application, location and characteristics of 010.09.04.04.12 010.09.04.04.12

aircraft stand identification signs. Source: ICAO Annex
14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs

582 Explain the application, location and characteristics of 010.09.04.04.13 010.09.04.04.13

road holding position signs. Source: ICAO Annex 14,
Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs

583 Markers 010.09.04.05 010.09.04.05

584 Explain why markers located near a RWY or TWY shall 010.09.04.05.01 010.09.04.05.01
be HGT limited. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 5.5 Markers
585 Explain the application and characteristics (excluding 010.09.04.05.02 010.09.04.05.02
dimensions) of: unpaved RWY-edge markers; TWY-edge
markers; TWY-centre-line markers; unpaved TWY-edge
markers; boundary markers; SWY-edge markers.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.5 Markers

586 Visual aids for denoting obstacles 010.09.05.00 010.09.05.00

587 Marking of objects 010.09.05.01 010.09.05.01
588 State how fixed or mobile objects shall be marked if 010.09.05.01.01 010.09.05.01.01
colouring is not practicable. Source: ICAO Annex 14,
Volume 1, Chapter 6, 6.2.3.1 Marking
589 Describe marking by colours (fixed or mobile objects). 010.09.05.01.02 010.09.05.01.02
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 6, 6.2.2
Mobile objects: 6.2.2.1, 6.2.2.2; 6.2.2.3; 6.2.2.4; ICAO
Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 6, 6.2.3 Fixed objects:
6.2.3.1; 6.2.3.2; 6.2.3.3

590 Explain the use of markers for the marking of objects, 010.09.05.01.03 010.09.05.01.03
overhead wires, cables, etc. Source: ICAO Annex 14,
Volume 1, Chapter 6, 6.2.5 Overhead wires, cables, etc.,
and supporting towers

591 Explain the use of flags for the marking of objects. 010.09.05.01.04 010.09.05.01.04
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 6, 6.2.3
Fixed objects: 6.2.3.5; 6.2.3.6; 6.2.3.7
592 Lighting of objects 010.09.05.02 010.09.05.02
593 Name the different types of lights to indicate the 010.09.05.02.01 010.09.05.02.01
presence of objects which must be lighted. Source:
ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 6, 6.2 Marking
and/or lighting of objects: 6.2.1.1

594 Describe (in general terms) the location of obstacle 010.09.05.02.02 010.09.05.02.02
lights. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 6, 6.2
Marking and/or lighting of objects: 6.2.1.3

595 Describe (in general and for normal circumstances) the 010.09.05.02.03 010.09.05.02.03
colour and sequence of low-intensity obstacle lights,
medium-intensity obstacle lights and high-intensity
obstacle lights. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 6: Table 6-1. Characteristics of obstacle lights

596 State that information about lights to be displayed by 010.09.05.02.04 010.09.05.02.04

aircraft is provided in both ICAO Annex 2 (Rules of the
Air) and SERA.
597 Visual aids for denoting restricted use of areas 010.09.06.00 010.09.06.00
598 Visual aids for denoting restricted use of areas on 010.09.06.01 010.09.06.01
RWYs and TWYs
599 Describe the colours and meaning of ‘closed markings’ 010.09.06.01.01 010.09.06.01.01
on RWYs and TWYs. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 7, 7.1 Closed runways and taxiways, or parts
thereof

600 State how the pilot of an aircraft moving on the surface 010.09.06.01.02 010.09.06.01.02
of a TWY, holding bay or apron shall be warned that the
shoulders of these surfaces are ‘non-load-bearing’.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 7, 7.2 Non-
load-bearing surfaces

601 Describe the pre-THR marking (including colours) when 010.09.06.01.03 010.09.06.01.03
the surface before the THR is not suitable for normal
use by aircraft. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 7, 7.3 Pre-threshold area

602 Aerodrome (AD) operational services, equipment and 010.09.07.00 010.09.07.00

installations
603 Rescue and firefighting (RFF) 010.09.07.01 010.09.07.01
604 State the principal objective of RFF services. Source: 010.09.07.01.01 010.09.07.01.01
ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 9, 9.2 Rescue and
firefighting
605 Explain the basic information the AD category (for RFF) 010.09.07.01.02 010.09.07.01.02
depends upon. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 9, 9.2 Rescue and firefighting
606 Describe what is meant by the term ‘response time’, 010.09.07.01.03 010.09.07.01.03
and state its normal and maximum limits. Source: ICAO
Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 9, 9.2 Rescue and
firefighting

607 Apron management service 010.09.07.02 010.09.07.02

608 State who has a right-of-way against vehicles operating 010.09.07.02.01 010.09.07.02.01
on an apron. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter
9, 9.5 Apron management service

609 Ground-servicing of aircraft 010.09.07.03 010.09.07.03

610 Describe the necessary actions during the ground- 010.09.07.03.01 010.09.07.03.01
servicing of an aircraft with regard to the possible event
of a fuel fire. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter
9, 9.6 Ground servicing of aircraft

611 Supplementary Guidance Material 010.09.08.00 010.09.08.00

612 Declared distances 010.09.08.01 010.09.08.01

613 List the four types of ‘declared distances’ on a RWY and 010.09.08.01.01 010.09.08.01.01
also the appropriate abbreviations. Source: ICAO Annex
14, Volume 1, Attachment A, 3. Calculation of declared
distances: 3.1

614 Explain the circumstances which lead to the situation 010.09.08.01.02 010.09.08.01.02
that the four declared distances on a RWY are equal to
the length of the RWY. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume
1, Attachment A, 3. Calculation of declared distances:
3.2

615 Describe the influence of a CWY, SWY or displaced THR 010.09.08.01.03 010.09.08.01.03
upon the four ‘declared distances’. Source: ICAO Annex
14, Volume 1, Attachment A, 3. Calculation of declared
distances: 3.3; 3.4; 3.5

616 Intentionally left blank 010.09.08.02 010.09.08.02

617 Approach lighting systems 010.09.08.03 010.09.08.03
618 Name the two main groups of approach lighting 010.09.08.03.01 010.09.08.03.01
systems. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Attachment
A, 12.1 Types and characteristics
619 Describe the two different versions of a simple 010.09.08.03.02 010.09.08.03.02
approach lighting system.
620 Describe the two different basic versions of precision 010.09.08.03.03 010.09.08.03.03
approach lighting systems for CAT I.
621 Describe the diagram of the inner 300 m of the 010.09.08.03.04 010.09.08.03.04
precision approach lighting system in the case of CAT II
and III.
622 Describe how the arrangement of an approach lighting 010.09.08.03.05 010.09.08.03.05
system and the location of the appropriate THR are
interrelated.
623 FACILITATION (ICAO Annex 9) 010.10.00.00 010.10.00.00
624 Intentionally left blank 010.10.01.00 010.10.01.00
625 Entry and departure of aircraft 010.10.02.00 010.10.02.00
626 General declaration 010.10.02.01 010.10.02.01
627 Describe the purpose and use of aircraft documents as 010.10.02.01.01 010.10.02.01.01
regards a ‘general declaration’. Source: ICAO Annex 9,
Chapter 2 Entry and departure of aircraft, Section B
Documents - requirements and use and Section D
Disinsection of aircraft
628 Entry and departure of crew 010.10.02.02 010.10.02.02
629 Explain entry requirements for crew. Source: ICAO 010.10.02.02.01 010.10.02.02.01
Annex 9, Chapter 3, K. Entry procedures and
responsibilities; N. Identification and entry of crew and
other aircraft operators’ personnel

630 Explain the reasons for the use of crew member 010.10.02.02.02 010.10.02.02.02
certificates (CMC) for crew members engaged in
international air transport. Source: ICAO Annex 9,
Chapter 3, N. Identification and entry of crew and other
aircraft operators’ personnel

631 Explain in which cases Contracting States should accept 010.10.02.02.03 010.10.02.02.03
the CMC as an identity document instead of a passport
or visa. Source: ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 3, N.
Identification and entry of crew and other aircraft
operators’ personnel

632 Entry and departure of passengers and baggage 010.10.02.03 010.10.02.03

633 Explain the entry requirements for passengers and their 010.10.02.03.01 010.10.02.03.01
baggage. Source: ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 3 Entry and
departure of persons and their baggage A. General; B.
Documents required for travel; F. Entry/re-entry visas;
P. Emergency assistance/entry visas in cases of force
majeure

634 Explain the requirements and documentation for 010.10.02.03.02 010.10.02.03.02

unaccompanied baggage. Source: ICAO Annex 9,
Chapter 3, M. Disposition of baggage separated from its
owner; ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 4, C. Release and
clearance of export and import cargo

635 Identify the documentation required for the departure 010.10.02.03.03 010.10.02.03.03
and entry of passengers and their baggage. Source:
ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 3. Entry and departure of
persons and their baggage

636 Explain the arrangements in the event of a passenger 010.10.02.03.04 010.10.02.03.04

being declared an inadmissible person. Source: ICAO
Annex 9, Chapter 5, INADMISSIBLE PERSONS AND
DEPORTEES: A. General; B. Inadmissible persons

637 Describe the pilot’s authority towards unruly 010.10.02.03.05 010.10.02.03.05

passengers. Source: ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 6, E. Unruly
passengers
638 Entry and departure of cargo 010.10.02.04 010.10.02.04
639 Explain the entry requirements for cargo. 010.10.02.04.01 010.10.02.04.01

640 SEARCH AND RESCUE (SAR) 010.11.00.00 010.11.00.00

641 Essential SAR definitions 010.11.01.00 010.11.01.00
642 Essential SAR definitions - ICAO Annex 12 010.11.01.01 010.11.01.01
643 Recall the definitions of the following terms alert phase, 010.11.01.01.01 010.11.01.01.01
distress phase, emergency phase, operator, PIC, rescue
coordination centre, State of Registry, uncertainty
phase. Source: ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 1 Definitions
644 SAR - Organisation 010.11.02.00 010.11.02.00
645 SAR - Organisation - Establishment and provision 010.11.02.01 010.11.02.01
646 Describe how ICAO Contracting States shall arrange for 010.11.02.01.01 010.11.02.01.01
the establishment and prompt provision of SAR
services. Source: ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 2

647 Explain the establishment of SAR by Contracting States. 010.11.02.01.02 010.11.02.01.02

Source: ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 2
648 Describe the areas within which SAR services shall be 010.11.02.01.03 010.11.02.01.03
established by Contracting States. Source: ICAO Annex
12, Chapter 2
649 State the period of time per day within which SAR 010.11.02.01.04 010.11.02.01.04
services shall be available. Source: ICAO Annex 12,
Chapter 2
650 Describe for which areas rescue coordination centres 010.11.02.01.05 010.11.02.01.05
shall be established. Source: ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 2

651 Operating procedures for non-SAR crews 010.11.03.00 010.11.03.00

652 Operating procedures for non-SAR crews - PIC 010.11.03.01 010.11.03.01
653 Explain the SAR operating procedures for the PIC who 010.11.03.01.01 010.11.03.01.01
arrives first at the scene of an accident. Source: ICAO
Annex 12, Chapter 5, 5.6 Procedures at thescene of an
accident

654 Explain the SAR operating procedures for the PIC 010.11.03.01.02 010.11.03.01.02
intercepting a distress transmission. Source: ICAO
Annex 12, Chapter 5, 5.7 Procedures for a pilot-in-
command intercepting a distress transmission

655 Search and rescue signals 010.11.04.00 010.11.04.00

656 Search and rescue signals - Survivors 010.11.04.01 010.11.04.01
657 Explain the ‘ground–air visual signal code’ for use by 010.11.04.01.01 010.11.04.01.01
survivors. Source: ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 5.8 Search
and rescue signals and Appendix
658 Recognise the SAR ‘air-to-ground signals’ for use by 010.11.04.01.02 010.11.04.01.02
survivors. Source: ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 5.8 Search
and rescue signals and Appendix
659 SECURITY - Safeguarding International Civil Aviation 010.12.00.00 010.12.00.00
against Acts of Unlawful Interference (ICAO Annex 17)

660 Definitions of ICAO Annex 17 010.12.01.00 010.12.01.00

661 Essential definitions of ICAO Annex 17 010.12.01.01 010.12.01.01
662 Recall the definitions of the following terms airside, 010.12.01.01.01 010.12.01.01.01
aircraft security check, screening, security, security
control, security-restricted area, unidentified baggage.
Source: ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 1 Definitions

663 General principles 010.12.02.00 010.12.02.00

664 General principles - Objectives of security 010.12.02.01 010.12.02.01
665 State the objectives of security. Source: ICAO Annex 17, 010.12.02.01.01 010.12.02.01.01
Chapter 2, 2.1 Objectives
666 Intentionally left blank 010.12.03.00 010.12.03.00
667 Preventive security measures 010.12.04.00 010.12.04.00
668 Preventive security measures 010.12.04.01 010.12.04.01
669 Describe the objects not allowed (for reasons of 010.12.04.01.01 010.12.04.01.01
aviation security) on board an aircraft that is engaged in
international civil aviation. Source: ICAO Annex 17,
Chapter 4, 4.1 Objective

670 State what each Contracting State is supposed to do if 010.12.04.01.02 010.12.04.01.02

passengers subjected to security control have mixed
after a security screening point. Source: ICAO Annex 17,
Chapter 4, 4.4 Measures relating to passengers and
their cabin baggage

671 Explain what has to be done when passengers who are 010.12.04.01.03 010.12.04.01.03
obliged to travel because of judicial or administrative
proceedings are supposed to board an aircraft. Source:
ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 4, 4.7 Measures relating to
special categories of passengers

672 Explain what has to be considered if law enforcement 010.12.04.01.04 010.12.04.01.04

officers carry weapons on board. Source: ICAO Annex
17, Chapter 4, 4.7 Measures relating to special
categories of passengers

673 Management of response to acts of unlawful 010.12.05.00 010.12.05.00

interference
674 Management of response to acts of unlawful 010.12.05.01 010.12.05.01
interference
675 Describe the assistance each Contracting State shall 010.12.05.01.01 010.12.05.01.01
provide to an aircraft subjected to an act of unlawful
seizure. Source: ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 5, 5.2
Response

676 State the circumstances which could prevent a 010.12.05.01.02 010.12.05.01.02

Contracting State from detaining an aircraft on the
ground after being subjected to an act of unlawful
seizure. Source: ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 5, 5.2
Response

677 Operators’ security programme 010.12.06.00 010.12.06.00

678 Operators’ security programme - Principles 010.12.06.01 010.12.06.01
679 Describe the principles of the written operator’s 010.12.06.01.01 010.12.06.01.01
security programme each Contracting State requires
from operators. Source: ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 3, 3.3
Aircraft operators

680 Security procedures in other documents, i.e. ICAO 010.12.07.00 010.12.07.00

Annexes 2, 6 and 14, ICAO Doc 4444, Regulation (EU)
No 965/2012 and CS-ADR-DSN
681 ICAO Annex 2 - Rules of the Air, including Attachment 010.12.07.01 010.12.07.01
B - Unlawful interference
682 Describe what the PIC should do, in a situation of 010.12.07.01.01 010.12.07.01.01
unlawful interference, unless considerations aboard the
aircraft dictate otherwise. Source: ICAO Annex 2,
Chapter 3, 3.7 Unlawful interference

683 Describe what the PIC, of an aircraft subjected to 010.12.07.01.02 010.12.07.01.02

unlawful interference, should do if the aircraft must
depart from its assigned track; the aircraft must depart
from its assigned cruising level; the aircraft is unable to
notify an ATS unit of the unlawful interference. Source:
ICAO Annex 2, Attachment B ‘Unlawful interference’
684 Describe what the PIC should attempt to do with regard 010.12.07.01.03 010.12.07.01.03
to broadcast warnings and the level at which to
proceed, in a situation of unlawful interference, if no
applicable regional procedures for in-flight
contingencies have been established. Source: ICAO
Annex 2, Attachment B ‘Unlawful interference’

685 ICAO Annex 6 - Operation of Aircraft Chapter 13 - 010.12.07.02 010.12.07.02

Security

686 Describe the special considerations referring to flight 010.12.07.02.01 010.12.07.02.01

crew compartment doors with regard to aviation
security. Source: ICAO Annex 6, Part I - International
Commercial Air Transport - Aeroplanes, Chapter 13,
13.2 Security of the flight crew compartment

687 ICAO Annex 14 Volume I - Aerodromes Chapter 3 - 010.12.07.03 010.12.07.03

Physical characteristics
688 Describe what minimum distance an isolated aircraft 010.12.07.03.01 010.12.07.03.01
parking position (after the aircraft has been subjected
to unlawful interference) should have from other
parking positions, buildings or public areas. Source:
ICAO Annex 14 Volume I, Chapter 3, 3.14 Isolated
aircraft parking position

689 ICAO Doc 4444 - Air Traffic Management 010.12.07.04 010.12.07.04

690 Describe the considerations that must take place with 010.12.07.04.01 010.12.07.04.01
regard to a taxi clearance in case an aircraft is known or
believed to have been subjected to unlawful
interference. Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15, 15.1.3
Unlawful interference and aircraft bomb threat

691 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT AND INCIDENT INVESTIGATION 010.13.00.00 010.13.00.00

692 Essential definitions of ICAO Annex 13 010.13.01.00 010.13.01.00
693 Definitions and descriptions 010.13.01.01 010.13.01.01
694 Recall the definitions of the following terms accident, 010.13.01.01.01 010.13.01.01.01
aircraft, flight recorder, incident, investigation,
maximum mass, operator, serious incident, serious
injury, State of Design, State of Manufacture, State of
Occurrence, State of the Operator, State of Registry.
Source: ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 1 Definitions

695 Explain the difference between ‘serious incident’ and 010.13.01.01.02 010.13.01.01.02
‘accident’. Source: ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 1 Definitions
and Attachment C ‘List of examples of serious incidents’

696 Determine whether a certain occurrence has to be 010.13.01.01.03 010.13.01.01.03

defined as a serious incident or as an accident. Source:
ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 1 Definitions and Attachment C
‘List of examples of serious incidents’
697 Recognise the description of an accident or incident. 010.13.01.01.04 010.13.01.01.04
Source: ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 1 Definitions

698 Accident and incident investigation in ICAO Annex 13 010.13.02.00 010.13.02.00

699 Objectives and procedures 010.13.02.01 010.13.02.01

700 State the objective(s) of the investigation of an accident 010.13.02.01.01 010.13.02.01.01
or incident according to ICAO Annex 13. Source: ICAO
Annex 13, Chapter 3, 3.1 Objective of the investigation

701 Describe the general procedures for the investigation of 010.13.02.01.02 010.13.02.01.02
an accident or incident according to ICAO Annex 13.
Source: ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 4, 4.1; ICAO Annex 13,
Chapter 5, 5.1 to 5.4.1

702 Accident and incident investigation in EU regulations 010.13.03.00 010.13.03.00

703 Occurrences 010.13.03.01 010.13.03.01

704 Identify an occurrence as being either an accident, 010.13.03.01.01 010.13.03.01.01
incident or serious incident in Regulation (EU) No
996/2010 of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 20 October 2010 on the investigation and
prevention of accidents and incidents in civil aviation.
Source: Regulation (EU) No 996/2010, Article 2(1), (7)
and (16) and Annex ‘List of examples of serious
incidents’

705 Describe the relationship between Regulation (EU) No 010.13.03.01.02 010.13.03.01.02

996/2010 of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 20 October 2010 on the investigation and
prevention of accidents and incidents in civil aviation
and Regulation (EU) No 376/2014 of the European
Parliament and of the Council of 3 April 2014 on the
reporting, analysis and follow-up of occurrences in civil
aviation. Source: Regulation (EU) No 376/2014, p.
L122/18 (3) and p. L122/21 (28); Regulation (EU) No
996/2010

706 State the subject matter and scope of Regulation (EU) 010.13.03.01.03 010.13.03.01.03
No 376/2014 (Article 3). Source: Regulation (EU) No
376/2014, Article 3
707 Identify occurrences that must be reported (Regulation 010.13.03.01.04 010.13.03.01.04
(EU) No 376/2014, Article 4). Source: Regulation (EU)
No 376/2014, Article 4
708 Identify occurrences that should be voluntarily reported 010.13.03.01.05 010.13.03.01.05
(Regulation (EU) No 376/2014, Article 5). Source:
Regulation (EU) No 376/2014, Article 5
709 Describe how information from occurrences is 010.13.03.01.06 010.13.03.01.06
collected, stored and analysed (Regulation (EU) No
376/2014, Articles 6, 8, 13 and 14). Source: Regulation
(EU) No 376/2014, Articles 6, 8, 13 and 14

Total
 2020 syllabus text

Reworded, intent the

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR
modified

ATPL(A)
Deleted

CPL(H)
CPL(A)
same
New

BK
AIR LAW
INTERNATIONAL LAW: CONVENTIONS, AGREEMENTS
AND ORGANISATIONS
The Convention on International Civil Aviation
(Chicago) - ICAO Doc 7300/9 - Convention on the High
Seas (Geneva, 29 April 1958)
The establishment of the Convention on International
Civil Aviation, Chicago, 7 December 1944

Explain the circumstances that led to the establishment X X X X X X X

of the Convention on International Civil Aviation,
Chicago, 7 December 1944.

Part I - Air navigation

Recall the general contents of relevant parts of the X X X X X X X
following chapters: general principles and application of
the Convention; flight over territory of Contracting
States; nationality of aircraft; international standards
and recommended practices (SARPs), especially
notification of differences and validity of endorsed
certificates and licences.

General principles - Describe the application of the X X X X X X X

following terms in civil aviation: sovereignty; territory
and high seas according to the UN Convention on the
High Seas.

Explain the following terms and how they apply to X X X X X X

international air traffic: right of non-scheduled flight
(including the two technical freedoms of the air);
scheduled air services; cabotage; landing at customs
airports; Rules of the Air; search of aircraft.

Explain the duties of Contracting States in relation to: X X X X X X X

documents carried on board the aircraft: certificate of
registration; certificates of airworthiness; licences of
personnel; recognition of certificates and licences;
cargo restrictions; photographic apparatus.

Part II - The International Civil Aviation Organization

(ICAO)
Describe the objectives of ICAO. X X X X X X X
Recognise the organisation and duties of the ICAO X X X X X X X
Assembly, Council and Air Navigation Commission
(ANC).

Describe the annexes to the Convention. X X X X X X X

Other conventions and agreements

The International Air Services Transit Agreement (ICAO
Doc 7500)
Explain the two technical freedoms of the air. X X X X X X

The International Air Transport Agreement (ICAO Doc

9626)
Explain the three commercial freedoms of the air. X X X X X X

Suppression of Unlawful Acts Against the Safety of

Civil Aviation - The Tokyo Convention of 1963
Describe the measures and actions to be taken by the X X X X X X
pilot-in-command (PIC) of an aircraft in order to
suppress unlawful acts against the safety of the aircraft.

Intentionally left blank

Private international law
Explain the legal significance of the issue of a passenger X X X X X X
ticket or of baggage/cargo documents (that the issue is
a form of contract).

Describe the consequences for an airline or the PIC X X X X X X

when a document of carriage is not issued (that the
contract is unaffected).

Explain the consequences for an airline operator of X X X X X X X

Regulation (EC) No 261/2004 on passenger rights in the
event of delay, cancellation or denial of boarding.

Explain the liability limit in relation to destruction, loss, X X X X X X

damage or delay of baggage.

World organisations
The International Air Transport Association (IATA)
Describe the objectives of IATA. X X X X

European organisations
European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA)
Regulation (EU) 2018/1139
Describe the objectives of EASA. X X X X X X X

Describe the role of EASA in European civil aviation. X X X X X X

State that the structure of the regulatory material X X X X X X

related to EASA involves: hard law (regulations,
delegated acts, implementing acts, and implementing
rules); soft law (certification specifications, acceptable
means of compliance, and guidance material).

State the meaning of the terminology associated with X X X X X X

the structure of the regulatory material related to EASA,
specifically: regulations, delegated acts, implementing
acts, and implementing rules, as applicable until 11
September 2023; and certification specifications,
acceptable means of compliance, and guidance
material.

EUROCONTROL
Describe the Single European Sky (SES) regulations. X X X X X X X

AIRWORTHINESS OF AIRCRAFT, AIRCRAFT

NATIONALITY AND REGISTRATION MARKS
Intentionally left blank
Certificate of Airworthiness (CofA)
Certificate of Airworthiness (CofA) - Details
State the issuing authority of a CofA. X X X X X X

State the necessity to hold a CofA. X X X X X X

Explain the prerequisites for the issue of a CofA X X X X X X X

according to Commission Regulation (EU) No 748/2012.

State who shall determine an aircraft’s continuing X X X X X X

airworthiness.

Describe how a CofA can be renewed or may remain X X X X X X

valid.

ICAO Annex 7 - Aircraft Nationality and Registration

Marks
ICAO Annex 7 - Definitions
Recall the definition of the following terms: aircraft; X X X X X X X
heavier-than-air aircraft; State of Registry.
Nationality marks, common marks and registration
marks
Nationality marks, common marks and registration
marks - assignment and location

State the location of nationality marks, common marks X X X

and registration marks.

Explain who is responsible for assigning nationality X X X X X X

marks, common marks and registration marks.

Intentionally left blank

PERSONNEL LICENSING
ICAO Annex 1
Differences between ICAO Annex 1 and Regulation (EU)
No 1178/2011 (hereinafter: Aircrew Regulation)

Describe the relationship and differences between ICAO X X X X X X X

Annex 1 and the Aircrew Regulation.

Aircrew Regulation - Annex I (Part-FCL) Source:

Aircrew Regulation
Definitions
Define the following: Category, class and type of X X X X X X
aircraft, cross-country, dual instruction time, flight time,
student pilot-in-command (SPIC), instrument time,
instrument flight time, instrument ground time, night,
private pilot, proficiency check, renewal, revalidation,
skill test, solo flight time.

Define the following: multi-crew cooperation (MCC), X X X X X X

multi-pilot aircraft, rating.

Content and structure

Explain the structure of Part-FCL. X X X X X X X

Explain the requirements to act as a flight crew member X X X X X X

of a civil aircraft registered in a Member State, and
know the general principles of the licensing system
(light aircraft pilot licence (LAPL), private pilot licence
(PPL), commercial pilot licence (CPL), multi-crew pilot
licence (MPL), airline transport pilot licence (ATPL)).
List the two factors that are relevant to the exercise of X X X X X X X
the privileges of a licence.

State the circumstances in which a language proficiency X X X X X X X

endorsement is required.

List the restrictions for licence holders with an age of X X X X X X X

60 years or more.

Explain the term ‘competent authority’. X X X X X X X

Describe the obligation to carry and present documents X X X X X X

(e.g. a flight crew licence) under Part-FCL.

Commercial pilot licence (CPL)

State the requirements for the issue of a CPL. X X X X X X X

State the privileges of a CPL. X X X X X X

Airline transport pilot licence (ATPL) and multi-crew

pilot licence (MPL)
State the requirements for the issue of an ATPL. X X X X X

State the privileges of an ATPL. X X X X

State the requirements for the issue of an MPL. X X X

State the privileges of an MPL. X X

Ratings
State the requirements for class ratings, their validity X X X
and privileges.

State the requirements for type ratings, their validity X X X X X X

and privileges.

State the requirements for instrument ratings, their X X X

validity and privileges (instrument rating (IR),
competency-based instrument rating (CB-IR) and basic
instrument rating (BIR).

State the requirements for other ratings, their validity X X X X X X

and privileges according to Part-FCL.

Aircrew Regulation - Annex IV (Part-MED)

Aircrew Regulation - Annex IV (Part-MED) - Details
Describe the relevant content of Part-MED - Medical X X X X X X X
requirements (administrative parts and requirements
related to licensing only).

State the requirements for the issue of a medical X X X X X X

certificate.

Name the class of medical certificate required when X X X X X X

exercising the privileges of a CPL, MPL or ATPL.

State the actions to be taken in case of a decrease in X X X X X X

medical fitness.

RULES OF THE AIR ACCORDING TO ICAO ANNEX 2 AND

SERA
Overview of ICAO Annex 2 and SERA (Commission
Implementing Regulation (EU) No 923/2012 and its
references and subsequent amendments)
ICAO Annex 2 and SERA - Relationship and content
Explain the scope and purpose of ICAO Annex 2. X X X X X X

Explain the scope and main content of SERA. X X X X X X

Rules of the Air

Applicability of the Rules of the Air
Explain the principle of territorial application of the X X X X X X
various Rules of the Air, e.g. ICAO, SERA, national rules.

Explain the necessity to comply with the Rules of the X X X X X X

Air.

State the responsibilities of the PIC. X X X X X X

Identify under what circumstances departure from the X X X X X X

Rules of the Air may be allowed.

Explain the duties of the PIC concerning pre-flight X X X

actions in case of an instrument flight rule (IFR) flight.

State that the PIC of an aircraft has final authority as to X X X X X X

the disposition of the aircraft while in command.
Explain when the use of psychoactive substances, taking X X X X X X
into consideration their effects, by flight crew members
is prohibited.

General rules
General rules - Collision avoidance - SERA
Describe the rules for the avoidance of collisions. X X X X X X

Describe the lights, including their angles, to be X X X X X X

displayed by aircraft.

Interpret marshalling signals. X X X X X X

State the basic requirements for minimum height (HGT) X X X X X X

for the flight over congested areas of cities, towns or
settlements, or over an open-air assembly of persons.

Define when the cruising levels shall be expressed in X X X X X X

terms of flight levels (FLs).

Define under what circumstances cruising levels shall be X X X X X X

expressed in terms of altitude (ALT).

Explain the limitation for proximity to other aircraft and X X X X X X

the right-of-way rules, including holding at runway
(RWY) holding positions and lighted stop bars.

Describe the meaning of light signals displayed to X X X X X X

aircraft and by aircraft.

Describe the requirements when carrying out simulated X X X

instrument flights.

Explain the basic rules for an aircraft operating on and X X X X X X

in the vicinity of an aerodrome (AD).

Explain the requirements for the submission of an air X X X X X X

traffic service (ATS) flight plan.

Explain the actions to be taken in case of flight plan X X X X X X

change or delay.
State the actions to be taken in case of inadvertent X X X X X X
changes to track, true airspeed (TAS) and time estimate
affecting the current flight plan.

Explain the procedures for closing a flight plan. X X X X X X

State for which flights an air traffic control (ATC) X X X X X X

clearance shall be obtained.

State how a pilot may request ATC clearance. X X X X X X

State the action to be taken if an ATC clearance is not X X X X X X

satisfactory to a PIC.

Describe the required actions to be carried out if the X X X X

continuation of a controlled visual flight rule (VFR) flight
in visual meteorological conditions (VMC) is not
practicable any more.

Describe the provisions for transmitting a position X X X X X X

report to the appropriate ATS unit including time of
transmission and normal content of the message.

Describe the necessary action when an aircraft X X X X X X

experiences a communication (COM) failure.

State what information an aircraft being subjected to X X X X X X

unlawful interference shall give to the appropriate ATS
unit.

Visual flight rules (VFR)

Visual flight rules (VFR) - SERA
Describe the VFR as contained in Commission X X X X X X
Implementing Regulation (EU) No 923/2012.

Instrument flight rules (IFR)

Instrument flight rules (IFR) - SERA
Describe the IFR as contained in Commission X X X
Implementing Regulation (EU) No 923/2012.

Interception of civil aircraft

Interception of civil aircraft - SERA
List the circumstances in which interception of a civil X X X X X X
aircraft may occur.

State what primary action should be carried out by an X X X X X X

intercepted aircraft.
State which frequency should primarily be tried in order X X X X X X
to contact an intercepting aircraft.

State on which mode and code a transponder on board X X X X X X

the intercepted aircraft should be operated.

Recall the interception signals and phrases. X X X X X X

AIRCRAFT OPERATIONS
Intentionally left blank
Definitions and abbreviations (PANS-OPS Flight
Procedures, ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I)
Definitions and abbreviations - ICAO Doc 8168, Volume
I
Recall all definitions included in ICAO Doc 8168, Volume X X X X
I, Part I, Section 1, Chapter 1.

Interpret all abbreviations and acronyms as shown in X X X X

ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1, Chapter 2.

Departure procedures - (ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I)

General criteria (assuming all engines operating)
State the factors dictating the design of instrument X X X X
departure procedures.

Explain in which situations the criteria for X X X

omnidirectional departures are applied.

Standard instrument departures (SIDs)

Explain the terms ‘straight departure’ and ‘turning X X X
departure’.

Omnidirectional departures
Explain what is the meaning of an ‘omnidirectional X X X
departure’.

Intentionally left blank

Intentionally left blank
Approach procedures - ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I
General criteria
State the general criteria (except ‘Speeds for procedure X X X
calculations’) of the approach procedure design:
instrument approach areas; accuracy of fixes; fixes
formed by intersections; intersection fix-tolerance
factors; other fix-tolerance factors; descent gradient.

Name the five possible segments of an instrument X X X

approach procedure.
State the reasons for establishing aircraft categories for X X X
the approach.

State the maximum angle between the final approach X X X

track and the extended RWY centre line to still consider
a non-precision approach as being a ‘straight-in
approach’.

State the minimum obstacle clearance (MOC) provided X X X

by the minimum sector altitudes (MSAs) established for
an aerodrome.

State that a pilot shall apply wind corrections when X X X X

carrying out an instrument approach procedure.

State the most significant factor influencing the conduct X X X

of instrument approach procedures.

Explain why a pilot should not descend below obstacle X X X

clearance altitude/height (OCA/H), which are
established for: precision approach procedures; non-
precision approach procedures; visual (circling)
procedures; APV approach procedures.

Describe in general terms the relevant factors for the X X X

calculation of operational minima.

State the following acronyms in plain language: DA, DH, X X X

OCA, OCH, MDA, MDH, MOC, DA/H, OCA/H, MDA/H.

Explain the relationship between the terms: DA, DH, X X X

OCA, OCH, MDA, MDH, MOC, DA/H, OCA/H, and
MDA/H.

Approach procedure design

Describe how the vertical cross section for each of the X X X
five approach segments is broken down into the various
areas.

State within which area of the cross section the X X X

minimum obstacle clearance (MOC) is provided for the
whole width of the area.
Define the terms ‘IAF’, ‘IF’, ‘FAF’, ‘FAP’, ‘MAPt’ and ‘TP’. X X X

State the accuracy of facilities providing track (VHF X X X X

omnidirectional radio range (VOR), instrument landing
system (ILS), non-directional beacon (NDB)).

State the optimum descent gradient (preferred for a X X X

precision approach) in degrees and per cent.

Arrival and approach segments

Name the five standard segments of an instrument X X X
approach procedure, and state the beginning and end
for each of them.

Describe where an arrival route normally ends. X X X

State the main task of the initial approach segment. X X X

Describe the maximum angle of interception between X X X

the initial approach segment and the intermediate
approach segment (provided at the intermediate fix) for
a precision approach and a non-precision approach.

Describe the main task of the intermediate approach X X X

segment.

State the main task of the final approach segment. X X X

Name the two possible aims of a final approach. X X X

Explain the term ‘final approach point’ in case of an ILS X X X

approach.

State what happens if an ILS glide path (GP) becomes X X X

inoperative during the approach.

Missed approach
Name the three phases of a missed approach procedure X X X
and describe their geometric limits.

State the main task of a missed approach procedure. X X X

Define the term ‘missed approach point (MAPt)’. X X X

Describe how an MAPt may be established in an X X X

approach procedure.

State the pilot’s action if, upon reaching the MAPt, the X X X
required visual reference is not established.

Describe what a pilot is expected to do in the event a X X X

missed approach is initiated prior to arriving at the
MAPt.

State whether the pilot is obliged to cross the MAPt at X X X

the height (HGT)/altitude (ALT) required by the
procedure or whether they are allowed to cross the
MAPt at a HGT/ALT greater than that required by the
procedure.

Visual manoeuvring (circling) in the vicinity of the

aerodrome (AD)
Describe what is meant by ‘visual manoeuvring X X X
(circling)’.

Describe how a prominent obstacle in the visual X X X

manoeuvring (circling) area outside the final approach
and missed approach area has to be considered for the
visual circling.

State for which category of aircraft the obstacle X X X

clearance altitude/height (OCA/H) within an established
visual manoeuvring (circling) area is determined.

Describe how the minimum descent altitude/height X X X

(MDA/H) is specified for visual manoeuvring (circling) if
the OCA/H is known.
State the conditions to be fulfilled before descending X X X
below MDA/H in a visual manoeuvring (circling)
approach.

Explain why there can be no single procedure designed X X X

that will cater for conducting a circling approach in
every situation.

State how the pilot is expected to act after initial visual X X X

contact during a visual manoeuvring (circling).

Describe what the pilot is expected to do if visual X X X

reference is lost while circling to land from an
instrument approach.

Intentionally left blank Note: VOR and VOR/DME are

covered under 062 02 03 00 and 062 02 04 00.
Holding procedures - ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I
Entry and holding
Explain why deviations from the in-flight procedures of X X X
a holding established in accordance with ICAO Doc 8168
are dangerous.

State that if for any reason a pilot is unable to conform X X X

to the procedures for normal conditions laid down for
any particular holding pattern, this pilot should advise
ATC as early as possible.

Describe the shape and terminology associated with the X X X

holding pattern.

State the bank angle and rate of turn to be used whilst X X X

flying in a holding pattern.

Explain why a pilot in a holding pattern should attempt X X X

to maintain tracks and how this can be achieved.

Describe where outbound timing begins in a holding X X X

pattern.

State where the outbound leg in a holding terminates if X X X

the outbound leg is based on DME.

Describe the three heading entry sectors for entries into X X X

a holding pattern.

Describe the terms ‘parallel entry’, ‘offset entry’ and X X X

‘direct entry’.

Determine the correct entry procedure for a given X X X

holding pattern.
State the still-air time for flying the outbound entry X X X
heading with or without DME.

Describe what the pilot is expected to do when X X X

clearance is received specifying the time of departure
from the holding point.

Obstacle clearance
Describe the layout of the basic holding area, entry area X X X X
and buffer area of a holding pattern.

State which obstacle clearance is provided by a X X X X

minimum permissible holding level referring to the
holding area, the buffer area (general only) and over
high terrain or in mountainous areas.

Altimeter-setting procedures - ICAO Doc 8168

Basic requirements and procedures
Describe the two main objectives of altimeter settings. X X X X X X

Define the terms ‘QNH’ and ‘QFE’. X X X X X X

Describe the different terms for ALT or flight levels (FLs) X X X X X X

respectively, which are the references during climb or
descent to change the altimeter settings from QNH to
1013.2 hPa and vice versa.

Define the term ‘flight level (FL)’. X X X X X X

State where FL zero shall be located. X X X X X X

State the interval by which consecutive FLs shall be X X X X X X

separated.

Describe how FLs are defined. X X X X X X

Define the term ‘transition altitude (TA)’. X X X X X X

State how TAs shall normally be specified. X X X X X X

Explain how the HGT of the TA is calculated and X X X X X X

expressed in practice.

State where TAs shall be published. X X X X X X

Define the term ‘transition level (TRL)’. X X X X X X

State when the TRL is normally passed on to the X X X X X X
aircraft.

State how the vertical position of the aircraft shall be X X X X X X

expressed at or below the TA and TRL.

Define the term ‘transition layer’. X X X X X X

Describe when the vertical position of an aircraft X X X X X X

passing through the transition layer shall be expressed
in terms of FLs and when in terms of ALT.

State when the QNH altimeter setting shall be made X X X X X X

available to departing aircraft.

Explain when the vertical separation of an aircraft X X X X X X

during en-route flight shall be assessed in terms of ALT
and when in terms of FLs.

Explain when, in air-ground communications during an X X X X X X

en-route flight, the vertical position of an aircraft shall
be expressed in terms of ALT and when in terms of FLs.

Describe why QNH altimeter-setting reports should be X X X X X X

provided from sufficient locations.

State how a QNH altimeter setting shall be made X X X X X X

available to aircraft approaching a controlled
aerodrome (AD) for landing.

State under which circumstances the vertical position of X X X X X X

an aircraft above the TRL may be referenced in ALT.

Procedures for operators and pilots

State on which setting at least one altimeter shall be set X X X X X X
prior to take-off.

State where during the climb the altimeter setting shall X X X X X X

be changed from QNH to 1013.2 hPa.

Describe when a pilot of an aircraft intending to land at X X X X X X

an AD shall obtain the TRL.

Describe when a pilot of an aircraft intending to land at X X X X X X

an AD shall obtain the actual QNH altimeter setting.

State where the altimeter settings shall be changed X X X X X X

from 1013.2 hPa to QNH during descent for landing.
Parallel or near-parallel instrument RWYs - ICAO Doc
8168, Volume III
Simultaneous operation on parallel or near-parallel
instrument RWYs
Describe the difference between independent and X X X X X X X
dependent parallel approaches.

Describe the following different operations: X X X X X X

simultaneous instrument departures; segregated
parallel approaches/departures; semi-mixed and mixed
operations.

Describe the terms ‘normal operating zone (NOZ)’ and X X X X X X

‘no transgression zone (NTZ)’.

State the aircraft avionics requirements for conducting X X X X X X

parallel instrument approaches.

State where guidance material may be located for X X X X X X

simultaneous operations on parallel or near-parallel
instrument runways.

State the radar requirements for simultaneous, X X X X X X

independent, and parallel instrument approaches, and
how weather conditions effect these.

State the maximum angle of interception for an ILS X X X X X X

localiser course (CRS) or microwave landing system
(MLS) final approach track in case of simultaneous,
independent, and parallel instrument approaches.

Describe the special conditions for tracks on missed X X X X X X

approach procedures and departures in case of
simultaneous or parallel operations.

Secondary surveillance radar (transponder) operating

procedures - ICAO Doc 8168
Operation of transponders
State when and where the pilot shall operate the X X X X X X
transponder.

State the modes and codes that the pilot shall operate X X X X X X
in the absence of any ATC directions or regional air
navigation agreements.

State when the pilot shall operate Mode C. X X X X X X

State when the pilot shall ‘SQUAWK IDENT’. X X X X X X

State the transponder code to indicate: a state of X X X X X X
emergency; a COM failure; unlawful interference.

Describe the consequences of a transponder failure in X X X X X X

flight.

State the primary action of the pilot in the case of an X X X X X X

unserviceable transponder before departure when no
repair or replacement at the given AD is possible.

State when the pilot shall operate Mode S. X

Operation of airborne collision avoidance system

(ACAS) equipment
Describe the main reason for using ACAS. X X X X X X

State whether the ‘use of ACAS indications’ described in X X X X X X

ICAO Doc 8168 is absolutely mandatory.

Explain the pilots’ reaction required to allow ACAS to X X X X X X

fulfil its role of assisting pilots in the avoidance of
potential collisions.

Explain why pilots shall not manoeuvre their aircraft in X X X X X X

response to traffic advisories (TAs) only.

Explain the significance of TAs in view of possible X X X X X X

resolution advisories (RAs).

State why a pilot should follow RAs immediately. X X X X X X

List the reasons which may force a pilot to disregard an X X X X X X

RA.

Explain the importance of instructing ATC immediately X X X X X X

that an RA has been followed.

Explain the duties of a pilot with regard to ATC when an X X X X X X

RA situation is resolved.

REGULATION (EU) No 965/2012 ON AIR OPERATIONS

Regulation structure
Describe the subject matter and scope of that X X X X X X
Regulation.
State that Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 covers all types X X X X X X X
of commercial and non-commercial operations.

Definitions (Annex I)
Recall the definitions in the Regulation not already X X X X X X
given in ICAO PAN-OPS.

Part-SPA (Annex V), Part-NCC (Annex VI) and Part-NCO

(Annex VII)
Describe the scope of these Parts. X X X X X X

Explain the main content of these Parts, except the X X X X X X X

operational procedures.
AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES (ATS) AND AIR TRAFFIC
MANAGEMENT (ATM)
ICAO Annex 11 - Air Traffic Services
Definitions
Recall the definitions given in ICAO Annex 11. X X X X X X X

General
State the objectives of ATS. X X X X X X X

Describe the three basic types of ATS. X X X X X X X

Describe the three basic types of ATC services. X X X X X X X

State on which frequencies a pilot can expect ATC to X X X X X X

contact them in case of an emergency.

Describe the procedure for the transfer of an aircraft X X X X X X

from one ATC unit to another.

Airspace
Describe the purpose for establishing flight information X X X X X X
regions (FIRs) including upper flight information regions
(UIRs).

Describe the various rules and services that apply to the X X X X X X

various classes of airspace.

Explain which airspace shall be included in an FIR or X X X X X X

UIR.
State the designation for those portions of the airspace X X X X X X
where flight information service (FIS) and alerting
service shall be provided.

State the designations for those portions of the airspace X X X X X X

where ATC services shall be provided.

Identify whether or not control areas (CTAs) and control X X X X X X

zones (CTRs) designated within an FIR shall form part of
that FIR.

State the lower limit of a CTA as far as ICAO Standards X X X X X X

are concerned.

State whether or not the lower limit of a CTA has to be X X X X X X

established uniformly.

Explain why a UIR or upper CTA should be delineated to X X X X X X

include the upper airspace within the lateral limits of a
number of lower FIRs or CTAs.

Describe in general the lateral limits of CTRs. X X X X X X

State the minimum extension (in NM) of the lateral X X X X X X

limits of a CTR.

State the upper limits of a CTR located within the lateral X X X X X X

limits of a CTA.

Air traffic control (ATC) services

Name all classes of airspace in which ATC services shall X X X X X X
be provided.

Name the ATS units providing ATC services (area control X X X X X X

service, approach control service, aerodrome control
service).

Describe which unit(s) may be assigned with the task to X X X X X X

provide specified services on the apron.

State the purpose of clearances issued by an ATC unit. X X X X X X

List the various (five possible) parts of an ATC clearance. X X X X X X

Explain why the movement of persons, vehicles and X X X X X X

towed aircraft on the manoeuvring area of an AD shall
be controlled by the aerodrome control tower (TWR)
(as necessary).

Flight information service (FIS)

State for which aircraft FIS shall be provided. X X X X X X X

State whether or not FIS shall include the provision of X X X X X X X

pertinent significant meteorological information
(SIGMET) and air meteorological information report
(AIRMET) information.

State which information FIS shall include in addition to X X X X X X X

SIGMET and AIRMET information.

Indicate which other information the FIS shall include in X X X X X X X

addition to the special information given in Annex 11.

State the meaning of the acronym ‘ATIS’ in plain X X X X X X X

language.

List the basic information concerning automatic X X X X X X

terminal information service (ATIS) broadcasts (e.g.
frequencies used, number of ADs included, updating,
identification, acknowledgment of receipt, language
and channels, ALT- setting).

State the content of an ATIS message. X X X X X X

State the reasons and circumstances when an ATIS X X X X X X

message shall be updated.

Alerting service
State who provides the alerting service. X X X X X X

State who is responsible for initiating the appropriate X X X X X X

emergency phase.

State the aircraft to which alerting service shall be X X X X X X

provided.
State which unit shall be notified by the responsible ATS X X X X X X
unit immediately when an aircraft is considered to be in
a state of emergency.

Name the three stages of emergency and describe the X X X X X X

basic conditions for each kind of emergency.

State the meaning of the expressions ‘INCERFA’, X X X X X X X

‘ALERFA’ and ‘DETRESFA’.

State the information to be provided to those aircraft X X X X X X X

that operate in the vicinity of an aircraft that is either in
a state of emergency or unlawful interference.

Principles governing required navigation performance

(RNP) and air traffic service (ATS) route designators

State the meaning of the acronym ‘RNP’. X X X X X X

State the factors that RNP is based on. X X X X X X

Describe the reason for establishing a system of route X X X X X X X

designators and navigation specifications.

State whether or not a prescribed RNP type is X X X X X X

considered an integral part of the ATS route designator.

Explain the composition of an ATS route designator. X X X X X X

ICAO Doc 4444 - Air Traffic Management

Foreword (Scope and purpose)
State which ATS units provide clearances that do, and X X X X X X
do not, include the prevention of collision with terrain.

Definitions
Recall all definitions given in ICAO Doc 4444 except the X X X X X X X
following: accepting unit/controller, AD taxi circuit,
aeronautical fixed service (AFS), aeronautical fixed
station, air-taxiing, allocation, approach funnel,
assignment, data convention, data processing, discrete
code, D-value, flight status, ground effect, receiving
unit/controller, sending unit/controller, transfer of
control point, transferring unit/controller, unmanned
free balloon.

ATS system capacity and air traffic flow management

(ATFM)
Explain when and where ATFM services shall be X X X X X X X
implemented.

General provisions for air traffic services (ATS)

Describe who is responsible for the provision of flight X X X X X X X
information and alerting services within an FIR, within
controlled airspace and at controlled ADs.

ATC clearances
State which information the issue of an ATC clearance is X X X X X X
based on.

Describe what a PIC should do if an ATC clearance is not X X X X X X

suitable.

State who bears the responsibility for adhering to the X X X X X X

applicable rules and regulations whilst flying under the
control of an ATC unit.

State the two primary purposes of clearances issued by X X X X X X X

ATC units.

State why clearances must be issued ‘early enough’ to X X X X X X

aircraft.

Explain what is meant by the expression ‘clearance X X X X X X

limit’.

Explain the meaning of the phrases ‘cleared via flight X X X X X X

planned route’, ‘cleared via (designation) departure’
and ‘cleared via (designation) arrival’ in an ATC
clearance.

List which items of an ATC clearance shall always be X X X X X X

read back by the flight crew.

Horizontal speed control instructions

Explain the reason for speed control by ATC X X X X X X

Define the maximum speed changes that ATC may X X X X X X X

impose.

State within what distance from the THR the PIC should X X X X X X
not expect any kind of speed control.

Change from IFR to VFR flight

Explain how the change from IFR to VFR can be initiated X X X
by the PIC.

Describe the expected reaction of the appropriate ATC X X X

unit upon a request to change from IFR to VFR.

Wake turbulence
State the wake-turbulence categories of aircraft. X X X X X X

State the wake-turbulence separation minima. X X X X X X

Describe how a ‘heavy’ aircraft shall indicate this in the X X X X X X

initial radiotelephony contact with ATS.

Altimeter-setting procedures
Define the following terms: TRL; transition layer; and X X X X X X
TA.

Describe how the vertical position of an aircraft in the X X X X X X

vicinity of an AD shall be expressed at or below the TA,
at or above the TRL, and while climbing or descending
through the transition layer.

Describe when the HGT of an aircraft using QFE during X X X X X X

an NDB approach is referred to the landing THR instead
of the AD elevation.

State in which margin altimeter settings provided to X X X X X X

aircraft shall be rounded up or down.

Describe the expression ‘lowest usable FL’. X X X X X X

Determine how the vertical position of an aircraft on an X X X X X X

en-route flight is expressed at or above the lowest
usable FL and below the lowest usable FL.

State who establishes the TRL to be used in the vicinity X X X X X X

of an AD.
Decide how and when a flight crew member shall be X X X X X X
informed about the TRL.

State whether or not the pilot can request TRL to be X X X X X X

included in the approach clearance.

Position reporting
Describe when position reports shall be made by an X X X X X X
aircraft flying on routes defined by designated
significant points.

List the six items that are normally included in a voice X X X X X X

position report.

State the requirements for using a simplified position X X X X X X X

report with FL, next position (and time-over) and
ensuing significant points omitted.

State the item of a position report which must be X X X X X X

forwarded on to ATC with the initial call after changing
to a new frequency.

Indicate the item of a position report which may be X X X X X X

omitted if secondary surveillance radar (SSR) Mode C is
used.

Explain in which circumstances the airspeed should be X X X X X X

included in a position report.

Explain the meaning of the acronym ‘ADS’. X X X X X X

Describe which expression shall precede the level X X X X X X

figures in a position report if the level is reported in
relation to 1013.2 hPa (standard pressure).

Reporting of operational and meteorological

information
List the occasions when special air-reports shall be X X X X X X
made.

Separation methods and minima

Explain the general provisions for the separation of X X X
controlled air traffic.
Name the different kinds of separation used in aviation. X X X X

State the difference between the type of separation X X X

provided within the various classes of airspace and the
various types of flight.

State who is responsible for the avoidance of collision X X X

with other aircraft when operating in VMC.

Describe how vertical separation is obtained. X X X

State the required vertical separation minimum. X X X

Describe how the cruising levels of aircraft flying to the X X X

same destination and in the expected approach
sequence are correlated with each other.

Name the conditions that must be adhered to when X X X

two aircraft are cleared to maintain a specified vertical
separation between them during climb or descent.

State the two main methods for horizontal separation. X X X

Describe how lateral separation of aircraft at the same X X X

level may be obtained.

Explain the term ‘geographical separation’. X X X

Describe track separation between aircraft using the X X X

same navigation aid or method.

Describe the three basic means for the establishment of X X X

longitudinal separation.

State the minimum standard horizontal radar X X X

separation in NM.

Describe the method of the Mach number technique. X X X

Separation in the vicinity of aerodromes (ADs)

Describe the expression ‘essential local traffic’. X X X X X X
State which possible decision the PIC may choose to X X X X X X
take if they are asked to accept take-off in a direction
which is not ‘into the wind’.

State the condition to enable ATC to initiate a visual X X X X X X

approach for an IFR flight.

State whether or not separation shall be provided by X X X X X X

ATC between an aircraft executing a visual approach
and other arriving or departing aircraft.

State in which case, when the flight crew are not X X X X X X

familiar with the instrument approach procedure being
carried out, only the final approach track has to be
given to them by ATC.

Describe which FL should be assigned to an aircraft first X X X X X X

arriving over a holding fix for landing.

State which kinds of priority can be applied to aircraft X X X X X X

for a landing.

Describe the situation when a pilot of an aircraft in an X X X X X X

approach sequence indicates their intention to hold for
weather improvements.

Explain the term ‘expected approach time’ and the X X X X X X

procedures for its use.

State the reasons which could probably lead to the X X X X X X

decision to use another take-off or landing direction
than the one into the wind.

State the possible consequences for a PIC if the ‘RWY- X X X X X X

in-use’ is not considered suitable for the operation
involved.

Miscellaneous separation procedures

State the minimum separation between departing and X X X X X X
arriving aircraft.

State the non-radar wake-turbulence longitudinal X X X X X X

separation minima.

Describe the consequences of a clearance to ‘maintain X X X X X X

own separation’ while in VMC.
Give a brief description of ‘essential traffic’ and X X X X X X
‘essential traffic information’.

Describe the circumstances under which a reduction in X X X X X X

separation minima may be allowed.

Arriving and departing aircraft

List the elements of information which shall be X X X X X X
transmitted to an aircraft as early as practicable if an
approach for landing is intended.

List the elements of information to be transmitted to an X X X X X X

aircraft at the commencement of final approach.

List the elements of information to be transmitted to an X X X X X X

aircraft during final approach.

State the prerequisites for operating on parallel or near- X X X X X X

parallel RWYs including the different combinations of
parallel arrivals or departures.

State the sequence of priority between aircraft landing X X X X X X

(or in the final stage of an approach to land) and aircraft
intending to depart.

State the significant changes in the meteorological X X X X X X

conditions in the take-off or climb-out area that shall be
transmitted without delay to a departing aircraft.

State the significant changes that shall be transmitted as X X X X X X

early as practicably possible to an arriving aircraft,
particularly changes in the meteorological conditions.

Procedures for aerodrome (AD) control service

Name the operational failure or irregularity of AD X X X X X X
equipment which shall be reported by the TWR
immediately.

Explain that, after a given period of time, the TWR shall X X X X X X

report to the area control centre (ACC) or flight
information centre (FIC) if an aircraft does not land as
expected.
Describe the procedures to be observed by the TWR X X X X X X
whenever VFR operations are suspended.

Explain the term ‘RWY-in-use’ and its selection. X X X X X X

List the information the TWR should give to an aircraft X X X X X X

prior to: taxiing for take-off; take-off; entering the traffic
circuit.

Explain that a report of surface wind direction given to a X X X X X X

pilot by the TWR is magnetic.

Explain the exact meaning of the expression ‘RWY X X X X X X

vacated’.

Radar services
State the basic identification procedures used with X X X X X X
radar.

Define the term ‘PSR’. X X X X X X

Describe the circumstances under which an aircraft X X X X X X

provided with radar service should be informed of its
position.

List the possible forms of position information passed X X X X X X

on to the aircraft by radar services.

Describe the term ‘radar vectoring’. X X X X X X

State the aims of radar vectoring as shown in ICAO Doc X X X X X X

4444.

Describe how radar vectoring shall be achieved. X X X X X X

Describe the information which shall be given to an X X X X X X

aircraft when radar vectoring is terminated and the
pilot is instructed to resume own navigation.

Explain the procedures for the conduct of surveillance X X X X X X

radar approaches (SRAs).

Describe what kind of action (concerning the X X X X X X

transponder) the pilot is expected to perform in case of
emergency if they have previously been directed by ATC
to operate the transponder on a specific code.
Air traffic advisory service
Describe the objective and basic principles of the air X X X X X X
traffic advisory service.

State to which aircraft air traffic advisory service may be X X X X X X

provided.

Explain the difference between advisory information X X X X X X

and clearances, stating which ATS units are responsible
for their issue.

Procedures related to emergencies, communication

(COM) failure and contingencies
State the mode and code of SSR equipment a pilot X X X X X X
might operate in a (general) state of emergency or
(specifically) in case the aircraft is subject to unlawful
interference.

State the special rights an aircraft in a state of X X X X X X

emergency can expect from ATC.

Describe the expected action of aircraft after receiving a X X X X X X

broadcast from ATS concerning the emergency descent
of an aircraft.

State how it can be ascertained, in case of a failure of X X X X X X

two-way COM, whether the aircraft is able to receive
transmissions from the ATS unit.

State on which frequencies appropriate information, for X X X X X X

an aircraft encountering two-way COM failure, shall be
sent by ATS.

State what is meant by the expressions ‘strayed aircraft’ X X X X X X

and ‘unidentified aircraft’.

Explain the reasons for fuel-dumping and state the X X X X X X

minimum level.

Explain the possible request of ATC to an aircraft to X X X X X X

change its radio-telephone (RTF) call sign.
Miscellaneous procedures
Explain the meaning of ‘AIRPROX’. X X X X X X

Describe the task of an air traffic incident report. X X X X X X

AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION SERVICE (AIS)

Introduction
Introduction to ICAO Annex 15 - Aeronautical
Information Service (AIS)
State, in general terms, the objective of an AIS. X X X X X X

Definitions of ICAO Annex 15

Definitions of ICAO Annex 15
Recall the following definitions: aeronautical X X X X X X
information circular (AIC), aeronautical information
publication (AIP), AIP amendment, AIP supplement,
aeronautical information regulation and control
(AIRAC), danger area, aeronautical information
management, international airport, international
NOTAM office (NOF), manoeuvring area, movement
area, NOTAM, pre-flight information bulletin (PIB),
prohibited area, restricted area, SNOWTAM, ASHTAM.

General
General - AIS responsibilities and functions
State during which period of time an AIS shall be X X X X X X
available with reference to an aircraft flying in the area
of responsibility of an AIS, provided a 24-hour service is
not available.

List, in general, the kind of aeronautical X X X X X X

information/data which an AIS service shall make
available in a suitable form to flight crew.

Summarise the duties of an AIS concerning aeronautical X X X X X X

information data for the territory of a particular State.

Aeronautical information products and services

Aeronautical information publication (AIP)
State the primary purpose of the AIP. X X X X X X

Name the different parts of the AIP. X X X X X X

State the main parts of the AIP where the following X X X X X X
information can be found: differences from the ICAO
Standards, Recommended Practices and Procedures;
location indicators, AIS, minimum flight ALT,
meteorological information for aircraft in flight
(VOLMET) service, SIGMET service; general rules and
procedures (especially general rules, VFR, IFR, ALT-
setting procedure, interception of civil aircraft, unlawful
interference, air traffic incidents); ATS airspace
(especially FIR, UIR, TMA); ATS routes (especially lower
ATS routes, upper ATS routes, area navigation routes);
AD data including aprons, taxiways (TWYs) and check
locations/positions data; navigation warnings (especially
prohibited, restricted and danger areas); aircraft
instruments, equipment and flight documents; AD
surface movement guidance and control system and
markings; RWY physical characteristics, declared
distances, approach (APP) and RWY lighting; AD radio
navigation and landing aids; charts related to an AD;
entry, transit and departure of aircraft, passengers,
crew and cargo, and the significance of this information
to flight crew.

State how permanent changes to the AIP shall be X X X X X X

published.

Explain what kind of information shall be published in X X X X X X

the form of AIP Supplements.

Notices to airmen (NOTAMs)

Describe how information shall be published which in X X X X X X
principle would belong to NOTAMs but includes
extensive text or graphics.

Summarise the essential information which leads to the X X X X X X

issue of a NOTAM.

State how NOTAMs shall be distributed. X X X X X X

Explain how information regarding snow, ice and X X X X X X
standing water on AD pavements shall be reported.

Describe the means by which NOTAMs shall be X X X X X X

distributed.

Define and state which information an ASHTAM may X X X X X X

contain.

Aeronautical information regulation and control

(AIRAC)
List the circumstances under which the information X X X X X X X
concerned shall or should be distributed as an AIRAC.

Aeronautical information circulars (AICs)

Describe the type of information that may be published X X X X X X X
in AICs.

Explain the organisation of AICs. X X X X X X

Pre-flight and post-flight information/data

Summarise, in addition to the elements of the X X X X X X
integrated AIP and maps/charts, the additional current
information relating to the AD of departure that shall be
provided as pre-flight information.

Describe how a recapitulation of current NOTAM and X X X X X X

other information of urgent character shall be made
available to flight crew.

State which post-flight information from flight crew X X X X X X

shall be submitted to AIS for distribution as required by
the circumstances.

ATM service providers

ATM
State that Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) X X X X
2017/373 provides: general requirements for the
provision of air navigation services; specific
requirements for the provision of air traffic services;
specific requirements for the provision of
meteorological services; specific requirements for the
provision of aeronautical information services; specific
requirements for the provision of communication,
navigation or surveillance services.

AERODROMES (ICAO Annex 14 and Regulation (EU)

No 139/2014)
General
General - AD reference code
Describe the intent of the AD reference code and state X X X
the functions of the two code elements.

Aerodrome (AD) data

Aerodrome (AD) reference point
Describe where the AD reference point shall be located X X X X X X
and where it shall normally remain.

Pavement strengths
Explain the terms: ‘pavement classification number X X X X X X
(PCN)’ and ‘aircraft classification number (ACN)’, and
describe their mutual dependence.

Describe how the bearing strength for an aircraft with X X X X X X

an apron mass equal to or less than 5 700 kg shall be
reported.

Declared distances
State that ICAO Annex 14 provides guidance on the X X X X X X
calculation of declared distances (TORA, TODA, ASDA,
LDA).
Recall the definitions for the four main declared X X X X X X
distances.

Condition of the movement area and related facilities

State the purpose of informing AIS and ATS units about X X X X X X

the condition of the movement area and related
facilities.

List the matters of operational significance or affecting X X X X X X

aircraft performance which should be reported to AIS
and ATS units to be transmitted to aircraft involved.
Describe the different types of contaminant on RWYs. X X X X X X

Explain the different types of frozen water on the RWY X X X X X X

and their impact on aircraft braking performance.

Describe the runway condition codes and the associated X X X X X X

runway braking action.

Physical characteristics
Runways (RWYs)
Describe where a THR should normally be located. X X X X X X

Describe the general considerations concerning RWYs X X X X X X

associated with a stopway (SWY) or clearway (CWY).

Runway (RWY) strips

Explain the term ‘runway strip’. X X X X X X

Runway-end safety area

Explain the term ‘runway-end safety area’. X X X X X X

Clearway (CWY)
Explain the term ‘clearway’. X X X X X X

Stopway (SWY)
Explain the term ‘stopway’. X X X X X X

Intentionally left blank

Taxiways (TWYs)
Describe the reasons and the requirements for rapid- X X X X X X
exit TWYs.

Explain TWY widening in curves. X X X X X X

Explain when and where holding bays should be X X X X X X

provided.

Describe where RWY holding positions shall be X X X X X X

established.

Describe the term ‘road holding position’. X X X X X X

Describe where intermediate TWY holding positions X X X X X X
should be established.

Visual aids for navigation

Indicators and signalling devices
Describe the wind-direction indicators with which ADs X X X X X X
shall be equipped.

Describe a landing-direction indicator. X X X X X X

Explain the capabilities of a signalling lamp. X X X X X X

State which characteristics a signal area should have. X X X X X X X

Interpret all indications and signals that may be used in X X X X X X X

a signal area.

Markings
Name the colours used for the various markings (RWY, X X X X X X
TWY, aircraft stands, apron safety lines).

State where a RWY designation marking shall be X X X X X X

provided and describe the different layouts (excluding
dimensions).

Describe the application and general characteristics X X X X X X

(excluding dimensions) of: RWY-centre-line markings;
THR markings; touchdown-zone (TDZ) markings; RWY-
side-stripe markings; TWY-centre-line markings; RWY
holding position markings; intermediate holding
position markings; aircraft-stand markings; apron safety
lines; road holding position markings; mandatory
instruction markings; information markings.

Lights
Describe the mechanical safety considerations X X X X X X
regarding elevated approach lights and elevated RWY,
SWY and TWY lights.

List the conditions for the installation of an aerodrome X X X X X X

beacon (ABN) and describe its general characteristics.

Describe the different kinds of operations for which a X X X X X X

simple approach lighting system shall be used.
Describe the basic installations of a simple approach X X X X X X
lighting system including the dimensions and distances
normally used.

Describe the principle of a precision approach category I X X X X X X

lighting system including information such as location
and characteristics.

Describe the principle of a precision approach X X

category II and III lighting system including information
such as location and characteristics, especially the inner
300 m of the system.

Describe the wing bars of the precision approach path X X X X X X

indicator (PAPI) and the abbreviated precision approach
path indicator (APAPI). Interpret what the pilot will see
during the approach using PAPI.

Interpret what the pilot will see during an approach X X X X

using a helicopter approach path indicator (HAPI).

Explain the application and characteristics (as X X X X X X

applicable, but limited to colour, intensity, direction and
whether fixed or flashing) of: RWY-edge lights; RWY-
THR and wing-bar lights; RWY-end lights; RWY-centre-
line lights; RWY-lead-in lights; RWY-TDZ lights; SWY
lights; TWY-centre-line lights; TWY-edge lights; stop
bars; intermediate holding position lights; RWY guard
lights; road holding position lights.

State the timescale within which aeronautical ground X X X X X X

lights shall be made available to arriving aircraft.

Signs
Explain which signs are the only ones on the movement X X X X X X
area utilising red.

List the provisions for illuminating signs. X X X X X X

Name the kinds of signs which shall be included in X X X X X X

mandatory instruction signs.

Name the colours used for mandatory instruction signs. X X X X X X

Describe by which sign a pattern ‘A’ RWY holding X X X X X X
position (i.e. at an intersection of a TWY and a non-
instrument, non-precision approach or take-off RWY)
marking shall be supplemented.

Describe by which sign a pattern ‘B’ RWY holding X X X X X X

position (i.e. at an intersection of a TWY and a precision
approach RWY) marking shall be supplemented.

Describe the location of: a RWY designation sign at a X X X X X X

TWY/RWY intersection; a ‘NO ENTRY’ sign; a RWY
holding position sign.

State which sign indicates that a taxiing aircraft is about X X X X X X

to infringe an obstacle limitation surface or interfere
with the operation of radio navigation aids (e.g. ILS/MLS
critical/sensitive area).

Describe the various possible inscriptions on RWY X X X X X X

designation signs and on holding position signs.

Describe the colours used in connection with X X X X X X

information signs.

Describe the possible inscriptions on information signs. X X X X X X

Explain the application, location and characteristics of X X X X X X

aircraft stand identification signs.

Explain the application, location and characteristics of X X X X X X

road holding position signs.

Markers
Explain why markers located near a RWY or TWY shall X X X X X X
be HGT limited.

Explain the application and characteristics (excluding X X X X X X

dimensions) of: unpaved RWY-edge markers; TWY-edge
markers; TWY-centre-line markers; unpaved TWY-edge
markers; boundary markers; SWY-edge markers.

Visual aids for denoting obstacles

Marking of objects
State how fixed or mobile objects shall be marked if X X X X X X
colouring is not practicable.
Describe marking by colours (fixed or mobile objects). X X X X X X

Explain the use of markers for the marking of objects, X X X X X X

overhead wires, cables, etc.

Explain the use of flags for the marking of objects. X X X X X X

Lighting of objects
Name the different types of lights to indicate the X X X X X X
presence of objects which must be lighted.

Describe (in general terms) the location of obstacle X X X X X X

lights.

Describe (in general and for normal circumstances) the X X X X X X

colour and sequence of low-intensity obstacle lights,
medium-intensity obstacle lights and high-intensity
obstacle lights.

State that information about lights to be displayed by X X X X X X

aircraft is provided in both ICAO Annex 2 (Rules of the
Air) and SERA.
Visual aids for denoting restricted use of areas
Visual aids for denoting restricted use of areas on
RWYs and TWYs
Describe the colours and meaning of ‘closed markings’ X X X X X X
on RWYs and TWYs.

State how the pilot of an aircraft moving on the surface X X X X X X

of a TWY, holding bay or apron shall be warned that the
shoulders of these surfaces are ‘non-load-bearing’.

Describe the pre-THR marking (including colours) when X X X X X X

the surface before the THR is not suitable for normal
use by aircraft.

Aerodrome (AD) operational services, equipment and

installations
Rescue and firefighting (RFF)
State the principal objective of RFF services. X X X X X X

Explain the basic information the AD category (for RFF) X X X X X X

depends upon.
Describe what is meant by the term ‘response time’, X X X X X X
and state its normal and maximum limits.

Apron management service

State who has a right-of-way against vehicles operating X X X X X X
on an apron.

Ground-servicing of aircraft
Describe the necessary actions during the ground- X X X X X X
servicing of an aircraft with regard to the possible event
of a fuel fire.

Supplementary Guidance Material

Declared distances
List the four types of ‘declared distances’ on a RWY and X X X X X X
also the appropriate abbreviations.

Explain the circumstances which lead to the situation X X X X X X

that the four declared distances on a RWY are equal to
the length of the RWY.

Describe the influence of a CWY, SWY or displaced THR X X X X X X

upon the four ‘declared distances’.

Intentionally left blank

Approach lighting systems
Name the two main groups of approach lighting X X X X X X
systems.

Describe the two different versions of a simple X X X X X X

approach lighting system.
Describe the two different basic versions of precision X X X X X X
approach lighting systems for CAT I.
Describe the diagram of the inner 300 m of the X X
precision approach lighting system in the case of CAT II
and III.
Describe how the arrangement of an approach lighting X X X X X X
system and the location of the appropriate THR are
interrelated.
FACILITATION (ICAO Annex 9)
Intentionally left blank
Entry and departure of aircraft
General declaration
Describe the purpose and use of aircraft documents as X X X X X X
regards a ‘general declaration’.
Entry and departure of crew
Explain entry requirements for crew. X X X X X X

Explain the reasons for the use of crew member X X X X X X

certificates (CMC) for crew members engaged in
international air transport.

Explain in which cases Contracting States should accept X X X X X X

the CMC as an identity document instead of a passport
or visa.

Entry and departure of passengers and baggage

Explain the entry requirements for passengers and their X X X X X X
baggage.

Explain the requirements and documentation for X X X X X X

unaccompanied baggage.

Identify the documentation required for the departure X X X X X X

and entry of passengers and their baggage.

Explain the arrangements in the event of a passenger X X X X X X

being declared an inadmissible person.

Describe the pilot’s authority towards unruly X X X X X X

passengers.

Entry and departure of cargo

Explain the entry requirements for cargo. X X X X X X

SEARCH AND RESCUE (SAR)

Essential SAR definitions
Essential SAR definitions - ICAO Annex 12
Recall the definitions of the following terms: alert X X X X X X
phase, distress phase, emergency phase, operator, PIC,
rescue coordination centre, State of Registry,
uncertainty phase.
SAR - Organisation
SAR - Organisation - Establishment and provision
Describe how ICAO Contracting States shall arrange for X X X X X X
the establishment and prompt provision of SAR
services.

Explain the establishment of SAR by Contracting States. X X X X X X

Describe the areas within which SAR services shall be X X X X X X

established by Contracting States.

State the period of time per day within which SAR X X X X X X

services shall be available.

Describe for which areas rescue coordination centres X X X X X X

shall be established.

Operating procedures for non-SAR crews

Operating procedures for non-SAR crews - PIC
Explain the SAR operating procedures for the PIC who X X X X X X
arrives first at the scene of an accident.

Explain the SAR operating procedures for the PIC X X X X X X

intercepting a distress transmission.

Search and rescue signals

Search and rescue signals - Survivors
Explain the ‘ground–air visual signal code’ for use by X X X X X X
survivors.

Recognise the SAR ‘air-to-ground signals’ for use by X X X X X X

survivors.

SECURITY - Safeguarding International Civil Aviation

against Acts of Unlawful Interference (ICAO Annex 17)

Definitions of ICAO Annex 17

Essential definitions of ICAO Annex 17
Recall the definitions of the following terms: airside, X X X X X X
aircraft security check, screening, security, security
control, security-restricted area, unidentified baggage.

General principles
General principles - Objectives of security
State the objectives of security. X X X X X X

Intentionally left blank

Preventive security measures
Preventive security measures
Describe the objects not allowed (for reasons of X X X X X X
aviation security) on board an aircraft that is engaged in
international civil aviation.

State what each Contracting State is supposed to do if X X X X X X

passengers subjected to security control have mixed
after a security screening point.

Explain what has to be done when passengers who are X X X X X X

obliged to travel because of judicial or administrative
proceedings are supposed to board an aircraft.

Explain what has to be considered if law enforcement X X X X X X

officers carry weapons on board.

Management of response to acts of unlawful

interference
Management of response to acts of unlawful
interference
Describe the assistance each Contracting State shall X X X X X X
provide to an aircraft subjected to an act of unlawful
seizure.

State the circumstances which could prevent a X X X X X X

Contracting State from detaining an aircraft on the
ground after being subjected to an act of unlawful
seizure.

Operators’ security programme

Operators’ security programme - Principles
Describe the principles of the written operator’s X X X X X X
security programme each Contracting State requires
from operators.

Security procedures in other documents, i.e. ICAO

Annexes 2, 6 and 14, ICAO Doc 4444, Regulation (EU)
No 965/2012 and CS-ADR-DSN
ICAO Annex 2 - Rules of the Air, including Attachment
B - Unlawful interference
Describe what the PIC should do, in a situation of X X X X X X
unlawful interference, unless considerations aboard the
aircraft dictate otherwise.

Describe what the PIC, of an aircraft subjected to X X X X X X

unlawful interference, should do if: the aircraft must
depart from its assigned track; the aircraft must depart
from its assigned cruising level; the aircraft is unable to
notify an ATS unit of the unlawful interference.
Describe what the PIC should attempt to do with regard X X X X X X
to broadcast warnings and the level at which to
proceed, in a situation of unlawful interference, if no
applicable regional procedures for in-flight
contingencies have been established.

ICAO Annex 6 - Operation of Aircraft - Security

Describe the special considerations referring to flight X X X X X X

crew compartment doors with regard to aviation
security.

ICAO Annex 14 Volume I - Aerodromes - Physical

characteristics
Describe what minimum distance an isolated aircraft X X X X X X
parking position (after the aircraft has been subjected
to unlawful interference) should have from other
parking positions, buildings or public areas.

ICAO Doc 4444 - Air Traffic Management

Describe the considerations that must take place with X X X X X X
regard to a taxi clearance in case an aircraft is known or
believed to have been subjected to unlawful
interference.

AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT AND INCIDENT INVESTIGATION

Essential definitions of ICAO Annex 13
Definitions and descriptions
Recall the definitions of the following terms: accident, X X X X X X
aircraft, flight recorder, incident, investigation,
maximum mass, operator, serious incident, serious
injury, State of Design, State of Manufacture, State of
Occurrence, State of the Operator, State of Registry.

Explain the difference between ‘serious incident’ and X X X X X X

‘accident’.

Determine whether a certain occurrence has to be X X X X X X

defined as a serious incident or as an accident.
Recognise the description of an accident or incident. X X X X X X

Accident and incident investigation in ICAO Annex 13

Objectives and procedures

State the objective(s) of the investigation of an accident X X X X X X
or incident according to ICAO Annex 13.

Describe the general procedures for the investigation of X X X X X X

an accident or incident according to ICAO Annex 13.

Accident and incident investigation in EU regulations

Occurrences
Identify an occurrence as being either an accident, X X X X X X
incident or serious incident in Regulation (EU) No
996/2010 of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 20 October 2010 on the investigation and
prevention of accidents and incidents in civil aviation.

Describe the relationship between Regulation (EU) X X X X X X

No 996/2010 of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 20 October 2010 on the investigation and
prevention of accidents and incidents in civil aviation
and Regulation (EU) No 376/2014 of the European
Parliament and of the Council of 3 April 2014 on the
reporting, analysis and follow-up of occurrences in civil
aviation.

State the subject matter and scope of Regulation (EU) X X X X X X

No 376/2014.

Identify occurrences that must be reported. X X X X X X

Identify occurrences that should be voluntarily X X X X X X

reported.

Describe how information from occurrences is X X X X X X

collected, stored and analysed.

0 0 0 22 ### ### 55 505 415 499 418 413

 Source / Comment

BIR exam
CBIR(A)

BIR BK
IR

ICAO Doc 7300/9 Preamble

ICAO Doc 7300/9 Part 1, Articles

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 37, 38, 39, 40

Convention on the High Seas

(Geneva, 29 April 1958) Articles 1,
2;
ICAO Doc 7300/9 Part 1, Articles
1, 2

ICAO Doc 7300/9, Articles 5, 6, 7,

10, 12, 16

ICAO Doc 7300/9, Articles 29, 31,

32, 33, 35, 36

ICAO Doc 7300/9, Article 44

ICAO Doc 7300/9, Articles 48, 49,
50, 54, 56, 57

ICAO Doc 7300/9, Articles 54, 90,

94, 95

ICAO Doc 7500

ICAO Doc 9626

ICAO Doc 8364 — Convention on

Offences and Certain Other Acts
Committed on Board Aircraft,
signed in Tokyo on 14 September
1963

ICAO Doc 9740 Convention for the

Unification of Certain Rules for
International Carriage — The
Montreal Convention of 1999

ICAO Doc 9740 Convention for the

Unification of Certain Rules for
International Carriage — The
Montreal Convention of 1999

Regulation (EC) No 261/2004

ICAO Doc 9740 Convention for the

Unification of Certain Rules for
International Carriage — The
Montreal Convention of 1999

Available via
http://www.iata.org/about/pages
/mission.aspx
 ICAO Annex 8, Chapter 3.2
Issuance and continued validity of
a Certificate of Airworthiness

ICAO Doc 7300, Article 31

Commission Regulation (EU) No

748/2012, SUBPART H

ICAO Annex 8, Chapter 3.2

Issuance and continued validity of
a Certificate of Airworthiness

ICAO Annex 8
Chapter 3.2 Issuance and
continued validity of a Certificate
of Airworthiness;
Chapter 3.5 Temporary loss of
airworthiness;
Chapter 3.6 Damage to aircraft

ICAO Annex 7, Chapter 1

Definitions
 ICAO Annex 7

ICAO Annex 7, Chapter 4.3

Heavier-than-air aircraft;
ICAO Annex 7, Chapter 9
Identification plate

ICAO Annex 7, Chapter 3

Nationality, common and
registration marks to be used

X X 1 Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.010

Definitions

Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.010

Definitions;
Note: 'rating' is defined in point
1.1 Definitions of ICAO Annex 1

X X 1 Aircrew Regulation, Article 1

Subject matter
X Regulation (EU) 2018/1139,
Article 21 and point 2 of Annex IV
‘Essential requirements for
aircrew’ to this Regulation;
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.015
Application and issue, revalidation
and renewal of licences, ratings
and certificates
X Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.040
Exercise of the privileges of
licences

X Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.055

Language proficiency

Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.065

Curtailment of privileges of
licence holders aged 60 years or
more in commercial air transport

X Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.001

Competent authority

X Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.045

Obligation to carry and present
documents

Aircrew Regulation
point FCL.300 CPL — Minimum
age;
Appendix 3, D. CPL integrated
course — Aeroplanes, Flying
Training (8, a–f);
Appendix 3, E. CPL modular
course — Aeroplanes, Experience
(12, a–d)

Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.305

CPL — Privileges and conditions

Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.500

ATPL — Minimum age;
Aircrew Regulation, point
FCL.510.A ATPL(A) —
Prerequisites, experience and
crediting ((a) and (b));
Aircrew Regulation, point
FCL.510.H ATPL(H) —
Prerequisites, experience and
crediting

Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.505

ATPL — Privileges

Aircrew Regulation, point

FCL.400.A MPL — Minimum age;
Aircrew Regulation, point
FCL.410.A MPL — Training course
and theoretical knowledge
examinations and Appendix 5
(items 1 to 8)
 Aircrew Regulation, point
FCL.405.A MPL — Privileges

Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.740

Validity and renewal of class and
type ratings;
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.705
Privileges of the holder of a class
or type rating;
Aircrew Regulation, point
FCL.720.A Experience
requirements and prerequisites
for the issue of class or type
ratings — aeroplanes

Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.705

Privileges of the holder of a class
or type rating;
Aircrew Regulation, point
FCL.720.A Experience
requirements and prerequisites
for the issue of class or type
ratings — aeroplanes;
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.740
Validity and renewal of class and
type ratings

X X 1 Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.610

IR — Prerequisites and crediting;
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.605
IR — Privileges;
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.625
IR — Validity, revalidation and
renewal
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.835
Basic instrument rating (BIR)

Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.800

Aerobatic rating;
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.805
Sailplane towing and banner
towing ratings;
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.810
Night rating;
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.815
Mountain rating;
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.820
Flight test rating.
X Aircrew Regulation, point
MED.A.001 Competent authority;
Aircrew Regulation, point
MED.A.005 Scope;
Aircrew Regulation, point
MED.A.045 Validity, revalidation
and renewal of medical
certificates

X Aircrew Regulation, point

MED.A.040 Issue, revalidation and
renewal of medical certificates

Aircrew Regulation, point

MED.A.030 Medical certificates

X Aircrew Regulation, point

MED.A.020 Decrease in medical
fitness

X ICAO Annex 2, Foreword,

Applicability
X SERA, Article 1 Subject matter and
scope

ICAO Annex 2, Chapter 2, 2.1

Territorial application of the rules
of the air;
SERA.1001 and SERA.2001

SERA.2005 Compliance with the

rules of the air

SERA.2010 Responsibilities

1, 2, SERA.2010 Responsibilities
3

X X 3 1 SERA.2010 Responsibilities

SERA.2015 Authority of pilot-in-

command of an aircraft
X SERA.2020 Problematic use of
psychoactive substances

SERA Chapter 2 Avoidance of

collisions (except water
operations)
SERA.3215 Lights to be displayed
by aircraft; ICAO Annex 2, Chapter
3, 3.2.3; ICAO Annex 6, Part I,
Chapter 6, 6.10 and Appendix 1;
and ICAO Annex 6, Part III,
Chapter 4, 4.42.

SERA Appendix 1, Chapter 4

Marshalling signals
SERA.3105 Minimum heights

SERA.3110 Cruising levels

SERA.3110 Cruising levels

SERA.3205 Proximity;
SERA.3210 Right-of-way

SERA.3215 Lights to be displayed

by aircraft;
SERA, Appendix 1, Chapter 3
Signals for aerodrome traffic

X X 3 1 SERA.3220 Simulated instrument

flights

SERA.3225 Operation on and in

the vicinity of an aerodrome

3 1 SERA.4001 Submission of a flight

plan

X 3 1 SERA.4015 Changes to a flight

plan;
SERA.8020 Adherence to flight
plan
X SERA.8020 Adherence to flight
plan

3 1, 2 SERA.4020 Closing a flight plan

3 1, 2 SERA.8015 Air traffic control

clearances (Reg. (EU) 2020/469)

3 1, 2 SERA.8015 Air traffic control

clearances (Reg. (EU) 2020/469)

SERA.8015 Air traffic control

clearances (Reg. (EU) 2020/469)

X X 3 2 SERA.8020 Adherence to flight

plan

X X 3 SERA.8025 Position reports

X X 3 SERA.8035 Communications

X SERA.11001 Unlawful interference

SERA.5001 VMC visibility and

distance from cloud minima;
SERA.5005 Visual flight rules;
SERA.5010 Special VFR in control
zones

X X 3 SERA.5015 Instrument flight rules

(IFR) — Rules applicable to all IFR
flights;
SERA.5020 IFR — Rules applicable
to IFR flights within controlled
airspace;
SERA.5025 IFR — Rules applicable
to IFR flights outside controlled
airspace
SERA.11015 Interception; ICAO
Doc 9433, 1.2 Circumstances in
which interception may occur

SERA.11015 Interception
 SERA.11015 Interception

SERA.11015 Interception

SERA.11015 Interception, Tables

S11-1, S11-2, S11-3

X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I,

Section 1, Chapter 1

X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I,

Section 1, Chapter 2

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 1, Chapter 1, 1.1 General

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 2, Chapter 3,
Omnidirectional departures, 3.1.1;
3.1.2; 3.1.3

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 2, Chapter 2, 2.1 General;
2.3 Straight Departures; 2.4
Turning (excluding maximum
speeds)

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I,

Attachment B, paragraph 2.5

X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 1

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 1, 1.2.3
Segments of the approach
procedure
X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 5, Chapter 1, 1.4
Categories of aircraft

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 1, 1.2.4 Types
of approach

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 4, Chapter 1, 1.3
Minimum sector altitudes
(MSA)/terminal arrival altitudes
(TAA)

X X 2

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume II, Part I,

Section 2, Chapter 1

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 1, 1.6 Obstacle
clearance altitude/height (OCA/H)

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II

Section 5, Chapter 1, 1.7 Factors
affecting operational minima

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I,

Section 1, Chapters 1 and 2

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 1 General
requirements

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 1 General
requirements

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 1, Chapter 1, 1.3 Areas,
1.3.1
X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I,
Section 1 Definitions,
abbreviations and acronyms and
units of measurement

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I,

Attachment A, Section 2, Table A-
2-1. System use accuracy (2 SD) of
facility providing track guidance
and facility not providing track
guidance

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 1, 1.10 Descent
gradient

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 1, 1.2
Instrument approach procedure

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 4 Arrival procedures,
Chapter 1 General requirements

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 3 Initial
approach
X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 5, Chapter 3 Initial
approach

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 4 Intermediate
approach

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 5 Final
approach
X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 5, Chapter 1 General
requirements and Chapter 5 Final
approach

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 5 Final
approach
X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 5, Chapter 5 Final
approach
X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 5, Chapter 7 Missed
approach

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 7 Missed
approach segment
X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I,
Section 1 Definitions,
abbreviations and acronyms and
units of measurement

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 7 Missed
approach

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 7 Missed
approach

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 7 Missed
approach

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 7 Missed
approach

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 6 Visual
manoeuvring (circling)

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 6 Visual
manoeuvring (circling)

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 6 Visual
manoeuvring (circling)

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 6 Visual
manoeuvring (circling)
X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 5, Chapter 6 Visual
manoeuvring (circling)

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 6 Visual
manoeuvring (circling)

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 6 Visual
manoeuvring (circling)

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 5, Chapter 6 Visual
manoeuvring (circling) area

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 6

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 6

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 6

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 6

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 6

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 6

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 6

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 6

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 6

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 6
X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,
Section 6

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 6

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 6

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II,

Section 6

X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 1

X X 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I,

Section 1, Chapter 2; ICAO Doc
8168, Volume III, Section 2,
Chapter 1

X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 1

X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I,

Section 1 Definitions,
abbreviations and acronyms and
units of measurement

X X 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 2
X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,
Section 2, Chapter 2

X X 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 2
X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I,
Section 1 Definitions,
abbreviations and acronyms and
units of measurement

X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 2
X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,
Section 2, Chapter 2

X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 2
X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I,
Section 1 Definitions,
abbreviations and acronyms and
units of measurement
X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,
Section 2, Chapter 2

X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 2

X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I,

Section 1 Definitions,
abbreviations and acronyms and
units of measurement

X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 2

X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 2

X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 3

X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 3

X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 2

X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 2

X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 2

X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 3

X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 3

X X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 3

X X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 3

X X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 2, Chapter 3
X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,
Section 3, Chapter 1

X X 2 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 3, Chapter 1

X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 1, Chapter 1; ICAO Doc
4444, Chapter 6 (Note: For the
dimensions of the NTZ)

X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 3, Chapter 1

X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 3, Chapter 1

X ICAO Doc 8168 Volume III, Section

3, Chapter 1; ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 6

X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 3, Chapter 1

X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 3, Chapter 1

X X 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 4, Chapter 1

X X 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 4, Chapter 1

X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 4, Chapter 1
X X 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,
Section 4, Chapter 1
X X 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,
Section 4, Chapter 1

X X 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 4, Chapter 1

X X 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 4, Chapter 1

X 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 4, Chapter 1

X X 2 3 ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 4, Chapter 3, 3.1 ACAS
overview
X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,
Section 4, Chapter 3, 3.2 Use of
ACAS indications

X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 4, Chapter 3, 3.2 Use of
ACAS indications

X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 4, Chapter 3, 3.2 Use of
ACAS indications

X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 4, Chapter 3, 3.2 Use of
ACAS indications

X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 4, Chapter 3, 3.2 Use of
ACAS indications
X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,
Section 4, Chapter 3, 3.2 Use of
ACAS indications

X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 4, Chapter 3, 3.2 Use of
ACAS indications

X ICAO Doc 8168, Volume III,

Section 4, Chapter 3, 3.2 Use of
ACAS indications

X X Regulation (EU) No 965/2012,

Article 1 Subject matter and scope
X X

X X Regulation (EU) No 965/2012,

Article 2 Definitions

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 1

Definitions

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.2

Objectives of ATS
X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.3
Divisions of the air traffic services

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.3

Divisions of the air traffic services

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.24

Service to aircraft in the event of
an emergency, 2.25 In-flight
contingencies, Chapter 5, 5.3 Use
of communication facilities, and
Chapter 6, 6.1.1.1 (referring to
Annex 10, Volumes II and V),
Chapter 4, 4.1.3.1

ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.6.1

Transfer of responsibility for
control

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2: 2.10;

2.11

X X 3 ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.6

Classification of airspaces and
Annex 11, Appendix 4

X
X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.5
Designation of the portions of the
airspace and controlled
aerodromes where air traffic
services will be provided

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.5

Designation of the portions of the
airspace and controlled
aerodromes where air traffic
services will be provided

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.5

Designation of the portions of the
airspace and controlled
aerodromes where air traffic
services will be provided

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.11.3

Control areas

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.11.3

Control areas

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.11

Specifications for flight
information regions, control areas
and control zones

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.11.5

Control zones

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.11.5

Control zones

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.11.5

Control zones

X 2, 3 ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.1

Application

X X 3 ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.2

Provision of air traffic control
service

X X 3 ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.2

Provision of air traffic control
service

X X 3 ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.3

Operation of air traffic control
service
X X 3 ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.7.1
Contents of clearances

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.8

Control of persons and vehicles at
aerodromes, 3.8.1

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.1

Application
X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.2
Scope of flight information service

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.2

Scope of flight information service

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.2

Scope of flight information
service, 4.2.2 Note 2 and
Attachment B

X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.3.4

Voice-automatic terminal
information service (Voice-ATIS)
broadcasts

X 2, 3 ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.3.4

Voice-automatic terminal
information service (Voice-ATIS)
broadcasts

ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.3.7

ATIS for arriving and departing
aircraft
X ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.3.6
Automatic terminal information
service (voice and/or data link)

ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.10

Establishment and designation of
the units providing air traffic
services

ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 5 Alerting

service

ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 5 Alerting

service
 ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 5 Alerting
service

3 ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 5 Alerting

service

ource: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 5

Alerting service

ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 5 Alerting

service

ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 1

Definitions
ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 1
Definitions (Navigation
specification)
ICAO Annex 11, Appendix 1, 1.
Designators for ATS routes and
navigation specifications

ICAO Annex 11, Appendix 1, 1.

Designators for ATS routes and
navigation specifications

ICAO Annex 11, Appendix 1, 2.

Composition of designator (not to
the extent of memorising the
codes in 2.2.1)

ICAO Doc 444

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Foreword, 2

Scope and purpose, 2.1

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 1

Definitions
X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 3, 3.2 Air
traffic flow management, 3.2.1
General

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.2

Responsibility for the provision of
flight information service and
alerting service

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5 Air

traffic control clearances, 4.5.1
Scope and purpose

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5 Air

traffic control clearances, 4.5.1
Scope and purpose

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5 Air

traffic control clearances, 4.5.1
Scope and purpose

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5 Air

traffic control clearances, 4.5.1
Scope and purpose

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5 Air

traffic control clearances, 4.5.1
Scope and purpose

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5.7

Description of air traffic control
clearances, 4.5.7.1 Clearance limit

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5.7

Description of air traffic control
clearances, 4.5.7.2 Route of flight

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5.7.5

Readback of clearances

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.6

Horizontal speed control
instructions, 4.6.1 General
X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.6.3
Descending and arriving aircraft

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.6.3

Descending and arriving aircraft
X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.8
Change from IFR to VFR flight

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.8

Change from IFR to VFR flight

X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.9.1

Wake turbulence categories of
aircraft
X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.8
Time-based wake turbulence
longitudinal separation minima;
ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.7.3.4
(table of distance-based wake
turbulence separation minima)
and 8.7.3.4.1 (appropriate
conditions for application)

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.9.2

Indication of heavy wake
turbulence category

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 1

Definitions

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.1

Expression of vertical position of
aircraft

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.1

Expression of vertical position of
aircraft

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.4

Provision of altimeter setting
information

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.4

Provision of altimeter setting
information
X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.1
Expression of vertical position of
aircraft. See also SERA.3110,
SERA.8105 (Reg. 2016/1185)

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.2

Determination of the transition
level
X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.4
Provision of altimeter setting
information

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.4

Provision of altimeter setting
information

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.11.1

Transmission of position reports,
4.11.1.1

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.11.2

Contents of voice position reports

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.11.2

Contents of voice position reports

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.11.2

Contents of voice position reports

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.11.2

Contents of voice position reports

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.11.2

Contents of voice position reports

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5.7.5

Readback of clearances;
ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.11.2
Contents of voice position reports

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.12.3

Contents of special air-reports
4.12.3.1 (a to k inclusive)

X X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.2.1

General and 5.2.2 Degraded
aircraft performance
X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5;
ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.5.2

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.2

Provisions for the separation of
controlled traffic

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.9

Clearances to fly maintaining own
separation while in VMC

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.3.1

Vertical separation application

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.3.2

Vertical separation minimum

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.3.3

Assignment of cruising levels for
controlled flights

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.3.4

Vertical separation during climb
or descent

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.4.1

Lateral separation, 5.4.1.1.2

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.4.1

Lateral separation

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.4.1.2

Lateral separation criteria and
minima, 5.4.1.2.1.2

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.4.2

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5

ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.4.2.4

Longitudinal separation minima
with Mach number technique
based on time

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.2

Essential local traffic
X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.3.3
Departure sequence

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.3

Visual approach, 6.5.3.1

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.3

Visual approach, 6.5.3.4

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.4

Instrument approach

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.5

Holding

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.6

Approach sequence, 6.5.6.1
General

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.6

Approach sequence, 6.5.6.1
General

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.7

Expected approach time

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.2

Selection of runway-in-use

X X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.7

Separation of departing aircraft
from arriving aircraft

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5 and 6

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.8

Time-based wake turbulence
longitudinal separation minima,
5.8.1;
ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.3
Visual approach
X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.10
Essential traffic information

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.1

Reduction in separation minima in
the vicinity of aerodromes

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.6

Information for arriving aircraft

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.6

Information for arriving aircraft

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.6

Information for arriving aircraft

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.7

Operations on parallel or near-
parallel runways

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.8

Order of priority for arriving and
departing aircraft

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.4.1

Meteorological conditions

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.6

Information for arriving aircraft

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.1.3

Failure or irregularity of aids and
equipment

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.1.2

Alerting service provided by
aerodrome control towers
X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.13
Suspension of visual flight rules
operations

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.2

Selection of runway-in-use

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.4.1.2

Aerodrome and meteorological
information

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 11,

11.4.3.2 Messages containing
meteorological information

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7,

7.10.3.4

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.2.3

SSR and/or MLAT identification
procedures and Chapter 8, 8.6.2.4
PSR identification procedures

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 1

Definitions
X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.4
Position information

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.4

Position information

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.5

Vectoring
X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.5
Vectoring

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.5

Vectoring
X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.5
Vectoring

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.9.7.1

Surveillance radar approach

X X 3 2 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.8.1

Emergencies
X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 9, 9.1.4.1
Objective and basic principles

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 9, 9.1.4.1

Objective and basic principles

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 9,

9.1.4.1.3

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15, 15.1

Emergency procedures

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15,

15.1.1 General; 15.1.2 Priority;
15.1.3 Unlawful interference and
aircraft bomb threat

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15,

15.1.4 Emergency descent

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15, 15.3

Air-ground communications
failure

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15,

15.3.5

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15,

15.5.1 Strayed or unidentified
aircraft

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15,

15.5.3 Fuel dumping

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 1

Definitions;
ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 16, 16.3
Air traffic incident report

X ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 16, 16.3

Air traffic incident report

ICAO Annex 15, ICAO Doc 10066

X ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 1, Note 1

X X 2 ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 1, 1.1

Definitions

X ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 2, 2.2 AIS

responsibilities and functions

X ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 2, 2.2 AIS

responsibilities and functions

X ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 2, 2.2 AIS

responsibilities and functions;
ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 2, 2.3
Exchange of aeronautical data and
aeronautical information

X ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.2.2,

Notes 1 and 2
X ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.2.1,
Note 1; PANS-AIM (ICAO Doc
10066), Chapter 5, 5.2.1.2.5
X X 2 ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.2.1,
Note 1; PANS-AIM (ICAO Doc
10066), Appendix 2

X ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.4

Distribution services and Chapter
6, 6.3.1 AIP updates, 6.3.1.2;
PANS-AIM (ICAO Doc 10066),
Chapter 5, 5.2.1 Aeronautical
Information Publication (AIP),
5.2.1.3, 5.4 Distribution services,
Chapter 6, 6.1.2 Specifications for
AIP amendments

X ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 6, 6.3.1

AIP updates, 6.3.1.3; PANS-AIM
(ICAO Doc 10066), Chapter 5,
5.2.1.4 Specifications for AIP
Supplements

X X 2 ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 6, 6.3.1.3,

6.3.2.1 and 6.3.2.2

X X 2 ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 6, 6.3.2.3

X ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5.4.2

X X ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.2.6
Note; PANS-AIM (ICAO Doc
10066), Appendix 4 Instructions
for the completion of the
SNOWTAM format

X ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.4

Distribution services; PANS-AIM
(ICAO Doc 10066), 5.2.5 NOTAM,
5.2.5.1.3, and Appendix 7

X ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.2.6

Note; PANS-AIM (ICAO Doc
10066), Appendix 5 ASHTAM
format

X X 2 ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 6, 6.2

X ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.2.4

Aeronautical Information
Circulars; PANS-AIM (ICAO Doc
10066), Chapter 5, 5.2.2
Aeronautical Information Circulars
(AIC)

X ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.2.4,

Note; PANS-AIM (ICAO Doc
10066), Chapter 5, 5.2.2
Aeronautical Information Circulars
(AIC), 5.2.2.3 to 5.2.2.9

X ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.5

Pre-flight information service;
PANS-AIM (ICAO Doc 10066),
Chapter 5, 5.5 Pre-flight
information services

X X 2 ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.5

Pre-flight information service,
Note 2

X ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.6

Post-flight information service
 ICAO Annex 14, Vol. I, Reg. (EU)
No 139/2014

ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 1, 1.6 Reference Code

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 2, 2.2 Aerodrome
reference point

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 2, 2.6 Strength of
pavements

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 2, 2.6 Strength of
pavements

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 1, 1.1 Definitions

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 2, 2.9 Condition of the
movement area and related
facilities

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 2, 2.9 Condition of the
movement area and related
facilities
X 2 1 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 2, 2.9 Condition of the
movement area and related
facilities

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 1, 1.1 Definitions and
Chapter 2, 2.9 Condition of the
movement area and related
facilities

2 1 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Attachment A, 6. Assessing the
surface friction characteristics of
snow-, slush-, ice- and frost-
covered paved surfaces

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 3, 3.1.5 and 3.1.6
Location of threshold
X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 3, 3.1.9 Runways with
stopways or clearways

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 3, 3.4 General, 3.4.1

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 3, 3.5 Runway end safety
area 3.5.1 and 3.5.2

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 3, 3.6 Clearways

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 3, 3.7 Stopways

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 3, 3.9 Taxiways – Rapid-
exit taxiways
X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 3, 3.9.5 Taxiways curves

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 3, 3.12

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 3, 3.12

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 1, 1.1 and Chapter 3, 3.12
X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 3, 3.12

X X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5, 5.1.1 Wind direction
indicator (Application, Location
and Characteristics)

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5, 5.1.2 Landing direction
indicator
X X

X X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5, 5.1.4 Signal panels and
signal area, 5.1.4.1 to 5.1.4.3

X X Commission Implementing
Regulation (EU) No 923/2012
(SERA) — Appendix 1 Signals, 3.2
Visual ground signals

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5, 5.2 Markings

X X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5, 5.2 Markings

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5, 5.2 Markings

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5, 5.3.1.4 to 5.3.1.8
(Elevated approach lights,
elevated lights and surface lights)

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5, 5.3.3 Aeronautical
beacons

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5, 5.3.4 Approach lighting
systems
X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 5, 5.3.4.2

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5, 5.3.4.10;
ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 5, 5.3.4.14

X X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5, 5.3.4.22;
ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 5, 5.3.4.30;
ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 5, 5.3.4.31

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5, 5.3.5.24 to 5.3.5.27
PAPI and APAPI

ICAO Annex 14, Volume II,

Chapter 5, 5.3.6 Visual approach
slope indicator

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5

X X ICAO Doc 4444, Section 7.15

Aeronautical ground lights

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5.4 Signs

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5.4 Signs
X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 5.4 Signs

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5.4 Signs
X X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 5.4 Signs

X X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5.4 Signs

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5.4 Signs

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5.4 Signs

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5.4 Signs

X X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5.4 Signs

X X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5.4 Signs

X X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5.4 Signs

X X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5.4 Signs

X X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5.5 Markers

X X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 5.5 Markers

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 6, 6.2.3.1 Marking
X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 6, 6.2.2 Mobile objects:
6.2.2.1, 6.2.2.2; 6.2.2.3; 6.2.2.4;
ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 6, 6.2.3 Fixed objects:
6.2.3.1; 6.2.3.2; 6.2.3.3

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 6, 6.2.5 Overhead wires,
cables, etc., and supporting
towers

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 6, 6.2.3 Fixed objects:
6.2.3.5; 6.2.3.6; 6.2.3.7

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 6, 6.2 Marking and/or
lighting of objects: 6.2.1.1

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 6, 6.2 Marking and/or
lighting of objects: 6.2.1.3

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 6: Table 6-1.
Characteristics of obstacle lights

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 7, 7.1 Closed runways
and taxiways, or parts thereof

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 7, 7.2 Non-load-bearing
surfaces

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 7, 7.3 Pre-threshold area

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 9, 9.2 Rescue and
firefighting
X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 9, 9.2 Rescue and
firefighting
X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 9, 9.2 Rescue and
firefighting

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 9, 9.5 Apron
management service

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Chapter 9, 9.6 Ground servicing of
aircraft

ICAO Annex 14, Vol. I, Guidance

Material Supplementary to Annex
14, Vol. I

X 1 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Attachment A, 3. Calculation of
declared distances: 3.1

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Attachment A, 3. Calculation of
declared distances: 3.2

X ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Attachment A, 3. Calculation of
declared distances: 3.3; 3.4; 3.5

X X 2 ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

Attachment A, 12.1 Types and
characteristics
X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

ICAO Annex 9, Facilitation

ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 2 Entry

and departure of aircraft, Section
B Documents — requirements
and use and Section D
Disinsection of aircraft
ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 3, K. Entry
procedures and responsibilities;
N. Identification and entry of crew
and other aircraft operators’
personnel

ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 3, N.

Identification and entry of crew
and other aircraft operators’
personnel

ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 3, N.

Identification and entry of crew
and other aircraft operators’
personnel

ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 3 Entry

and departure of persons and
their baggage:
A. General;
B. Documents required for travel;
F. Entry/re-entry visas;
P. Emergency assistance/entry
visas in cases of force majeure

ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 3, M.

Disposition of baggage separated
from its owner;
ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 4, C.
Release and clearance of export
and import cargo

ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 3. Entry

and departure of persons and
their baggage

ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 5,

INADMISSIBLE PERSONS AND
DEPORTEES: A. General; B.
Inadmissible persons

ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 6, E.

Unruly passengers

ICAO Annex 12
ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 1
Definitions
 ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 2

ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 2

ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 2

ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 2

ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 2

ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 5, 5.6

Procedures at the scene of an
accident

ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 5, 5.7

Procedures for a pilot-in-
command intercepting a distress
transmission

ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 5.8

Search and rescue signals and
Appendix
ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 5.8
Search and rescue signals and
Appendix
ICAO Annex 17

ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 1

Definitions

ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 2, 2.1

Objectives
0
0
0
 ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 4, 4.1
Objective

ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 4, 4.4

Measures relating to passengers
and their cabin baggage

ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 4, 4.7

Measures relating to special
categories of passengers

ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 4, 4.7

Measures relating to special
categories of passengers

ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 5, 5.2

Response

ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 5, 5.2

Response

ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 3, 3.3

Aircraft operators

ICAO Annex 2, Chapter 3, 3.7

Unlawful interference

ICAO Annex 2, Chapter 3, 3.7

Unlawful interference
 ICAO Annex 2, Chapter 3, 3.7
Unlawful interference

ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 13;

ICAO Annex 6, Part III, Chapter 11

ICAO Annex 6, Part I —

International Commercial Air
Transport — Aeroplanes,Chapter
13, 13.2 Security of the flight crew
compartment

ICAO Annex 14, Vol. I, Chapter 3

ICAO Annex 14 Volume I, Chapter

3, 3.14 Isolated aircraft parking
position

ICAO Doc 4444

ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15,
15.1.3 Unlawful interference and
aircraft bomb threat

0
ICAO Annex 13

ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 1

Definitions

ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 1

Definitions and Attachment C ‘List
of examples of serious incidents’

ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 1

Definitions and Attachment C ‘List
of examples of serious incidents’
 ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 1
Definitions

0
ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 3, 3.1
Objective of the investigation

ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 4, 4.1;

ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 5, 5.1 to
5.4.1

Reg. (EU) No 996/2010

0
Regulation (EU) No 996/2010,
Article 2(1), (7) and (16) and
Annex ‘List of examples of serious
incidents’

Regulation (EU) No 376/2014, p.

L122/18 (3) and p. L122/21 (28);
Regulation (EU) No 996/2010

Regulation (EU) No 376/2014,

Article 3

Regulation (EU) No 376/2014,

Article 4

Regulation (EU) No 376/2014,

Article 5

Regulation (EU) No 376/2014,

Articles 6, 8, 13 and 14

371 240 174 123

 2018-2019 syllabus text 2018-2019 2020 syllabus Moved
syllabus reference to/from
reference another
Index

subject

1 AIRCRAFT GENERAL KNOWLEDGE — AIRFRAME, 021.00.00.00 021.00.00.00

SYSTEMS AND POWER PLANT

2 SYSTEM DESIGN, LOADS, STRESSES, MAINTENANCE 021.01.00.00 021.01.00.00

3 System design 021.01.01.00 021.01.01.00
4 Design concepts 021.01.01.01 021.01.01.01
5 Describe the following structural design philosophy: 021.01.01.01.01 021.01.01.01.01
safe life; fail-safe (multiple load paths); damage-
tolerant.
6 Explain the purpose of redundancy in aircraft design. 021.01.01.01.02 021.01.01.01.02

7 Level of certification 021.01.01.02 021.01.01.02

8 Explain why some systems are duplicated or triplicated. 021.01.01.02.01 021.01.01.02.01

9 Explain that all aircraft are certified according to 021.01.01.02.02 021.01.01.02.02

specifications determined by the competent authority,
and that these certification specifications cover aspects
such as design, material quality and build quality.

10 State that the certification specifications for aeroplanes 021.01.01.02.03 021.01.01.02.03

issued by EASA are: CS-23 for Normal, Utility, Aerobatic
and Commuter Aeroplanes; CS-25 for Large Aeroplanes.

11 State that the certification specifications for rotorcraft 021.01.01.02.04 021.01.01.02.04

issued by EASA are: CS-27 for Small Rotorcraft; CS-29 for
Large Rotorcraft.
12 Loads and stresses 021.01.02.00 021.01.02.00
13 Stress, strain and loads 021.01.02.01 021.01.02.01
14 Explain how stress and strain are always present in an 021.01.02.01.01 021.01.02.01.01
aircraft structure both when parked and during
manoeuvring. Remark: Stress is the internal force per
unit area inside a structural part as a result of external
loads. Strain is the deformation caused by the action of
stress on a material.

15 Describe the following types of loads that an aircraft 021.01.02.01.02 021.01.02.01.02

may be subjected to, when they occur, and how a pilot
may affect their magnitude: static loads; dynamic loads;
cyclic loads.

16 Describe the areas typically prone to stress that should 021.01.02.01.03 021.01.02.01.03
be given particular attention during a pre-flight
inspection, and highlight the limited visual cues of any
deformation that may be evident.

17 Fatigue and corrosion 021.01.03.00 021.01.03.00

18 Describe and explain fatigue and corrosion 021.01.03.01 021.01.03.01
19 Describe the effects of corrosion and how it can be 021.01.03.01.01 021.01.03.01.01
visually identified by a pilot during the pre-flight
inspection.
20 Describe the operating environments where the risk of 021.01.03.01.02 021.01.03.01.02
corrosion is increased and how to minimise the effects
of the environmental factors.
21 Explain that aircraft have highly corrosive fluids on 021.01.03.01.03 021.01.03.01.03
board as part of their systems and equipment.
22 Explain fatigue, how it affects the useful life of an 021.01.03.01.04 021.01.03.01.04
aircraft, and the effect of the following factors on the
development of fatigue: corrosion; number of cycles;
type of flight manoeuvres; stress level; level and quality
of maintenance.

23 Intentionally left blank 021.01.04.00 021.01.04.00

24 Maintenance 021.01.05.00 021.01.05.00
25 Maintenance methods: hard-time and on-condition 021.01.05.01 021.01.05.01
monitoring
26 Explain the following terms: hard-time or fixed-time 021.01.05.01.01 021.01.05.01.01
maintenance; on-condition maintenance; condition
monitoring.
27 AIRFRAME 021.02.00.00 021.02.00.00
28 Attachment methods 021.02.01.00 021.02.01.00
29 Attachment methods and detecting the development 021.02.01.01 021.02.01.01
of faulty attachments
30 Describe the following attachment methods used for 021.02.01.01.01 021.02.01.01.01
aircraft parts and components: riveting; welding;
bolting; pinning; adhesives (bonding); screwing.

31 Explain how the development of a faulty attachment 021.02.01.01.02 021.02.01.01.02

between aircraft parts or components can be detected
by a pilot during the pre-flight inspection.

32 Materials 021.02.02.00 021.02.02.00

33 Composite and other materials 021.02.02.01 021.02.02.01
34 Explain the principle of a composite material, and give 021.02.02.01.01 021.02.02.01.01
examples of typical non-metallic materials used on
aircraft: carbon; glass; Kevlar aramid; resin or filler.

35 State the advantages and disadvantages of composite 021.02.02.01.02 021.02.02.01.02

materials compared with metal alloys by considering
the following: strength-to-weight ratio; capability to
tailor the strength to the direction of the load; stiffness;
electrical conductivity (lightning); resistance to fatigue
and corrosion; resistance to cost; discovering damage
during a pre-flight inspection.

36 State that several types of materials are used on aircraft 021.02.02.01.03 021.02.02.01.03
and that they are chosen based on type of structure or
component and the required/desired material
properties.

37 Aeroplane: wings, tail surfaces and control surfaces 021.02.03.00 021.02.03.00

38 Design 021.02.03.01 021.02.03.01
39 Describe the following types of design and explain their 021.02.03.01.01 021.02.03.01.01
advantages and disadvantages: high-mounted wing;
low-mounted wing; low- or mid-set tailplane; T-tail.

40 Structural components 021.02.03.02 021.02.03.02

41 Describe the function of the following structural 021.02.03.02.01 021.02.03.02.01
components: spar and its components (web and girder
or cap); rib; stringer; skin; torsion box.
42 Loads, stresses and aeroelastic vibrations (flutter) 021.02.03.03 021.02.03.03
43 Describe the vertical and horizontal loads on the ground 021.02.03.03.01 021.02.03.03.01
and during normal flight.
44 Describe the vertical and horizontal loads during 021.02.03.03.02 021.02.03.03.02
asymmetric flight following an engine failure for a multi-
engine aeroplane, and how a pilot may potentially
overstress the structure during the failure scenario.

45 Explain the principle of flutter and resonance for the 021.02.03.03.03 021.02.03.03.03
wing and control surfaces.
46 Explain the following countermeasures used to achieve 021.02.03.03.04 021.02.03.03.04
stress relief and reduce resonance: chord-wise and
span-wise position of masses (e.g. engines, fuel, balance
masses for wing and control balance masses); torsional
stiffness; bending flexibility; fuel-balancing procedures
during flight (automatic or applied by the pilot).

47 Fuselage, landing gear, doors, floor, windscreen and 021.02.04.00 021.02.04.00

windows
48 Construction, functions, loads 021.02.04.01 021.02.04.01
49 Describe the following types of fuselage construction: 021.02.04.01.01 021.02.04.01.01
monocoque, semi-monocoque.
50 Describe the construction and the function of the 021.02.04.01.02 021.02.04.01.02
following structural components of a fuselage: frames;
bulkhead; pressure bulkhead; stiffeners, stringers,
longerons; skin, doublers; floor suspension
(crossbeams); floor panels; firewall.

51 Describe the loads on the fuselage due to 021.02.04.01.03 021.02.04.01.03

pressurisation.
52 Describe the following loads on a main landing gear: 021.02.04.01.04 021.02.04.01.04
touch-down loads (vertical and horizontal); taxi loads on
bogie gear (turns).
53 Describe the structural danger of a nose-wheel landing 021.02.04.01.05 021.02.04.01.05
with respect to: fuselage loads; nose-wheel strut loads.

54 Describe the structural danger of a tail strike with 021.02.04.01.06 021.02.04.01.06

respect to: fuselage and aft bulkhead damage
(pressurisation).
55 Describe the door and hatch construction for 021.02.04.01.07 021.02.04.01.07
pressurised and unpressurised aeroplanes including:
door and frame (plug type); hinge location; locking
mechanism.

56 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of the 021.02.04.01.08 021.02.04.01.08

following fuselage cross sections: circular; double
bubble; oval; rectangular.
57 Explain why flight-deck windows are constructed with 021.02.04.01.09 021.02.04.01.09
different layers.
58 Explain the function of window heating for structural 021.02.04.01.10 021.02.04.01.10
purposes.
59 Explain the implication of a direct-vision window (see 021.02.04.01.11 021.02.04.01.11
CS 25.773(b)(3)).
60 Explain the need for an eye-reference position. 021.02.04.01.12 021.02.04.01.12
61 Explain the function of floor venting (blow-out panels). 021.02.04.01.13 021.02.04.01.13
62 Describe the construction and fitting of sliding doors. 021.02.04.01.14 021.02.04.01.14

63 Helicopter: structural aspects of flight controls 021.02.05.00 021.02.05.00

64 Design and construction 021.02.05.01 021.02.05.01
65 List the functions of flight controls. 021.02.05.01.01 021.02.05.01.01
66 Explain why vertical and horizontal stabilisers may have 021.02.05.01.02 021.02.05.01.02
different shapes and alignments.
67 Structural components and materials 021.02.05.02 021.02.05.02
68 Describe the fatigue life and methods of checking for 021.02.05.02.01 021.02.05.02.01
serviceability of the components and materials of flight
and control surfaces.
69 Loads, stresses and aeroelastic vibrations 021.02.05.03 021.02.05.03
70 Describe the dangers and stresses regarding safety and 021.02.05.03.01 021.02.05.03.01
serviceability in flight when the manufacturer’s design
envelope is exceeded.
71 Explain that blade tracking is important both to 021.02.05.03.02 021.02.05.03.02
minimise vibration and to help ensure uniformity of
flow through the disc.
72 Describe the early indications and vibrations which are 021.02.05.03.03 021.02.05.03.03
likely to be experienced when the main-rotor blades
and tail rotor are out of balance or tracking, including
the possible early indications due to possible fatigue
and overload.

73 Explain how a vibration harmonic can be set up in other 021.02.05.03.04 021.02.05.03.04

components which can lead to their early failure.

74 State the three planes of vibration measurement, i.e. 021.02.05.03.05 021.02.05.03.05

vertical, lateral, fore and aft.
75 Structural limitations 021.02.06.00 021.02.06.00
76 Maximum structural masses 021.02.06.01 021.02.06.01
77 Define and explain the following maximum structural 021.02.06.01.01 021.02.06.01.01
masses: maximum ramp mass; maximum take-off mass;
maximum zero fuel mass; maximum landing mass.
Remark: These limitations may also be found in the
relevant part of Subjects 031 ‘Mass and balance’, 032
‘Performance (aeroplane)’ and 034 ‘Performance
(helicopter)’.

78 Explain that airframe life is limited by fatigue, created 021.02.06.01.02 021.02.06.01.02

by alternating stress and the number of load cycles.

79 Explain the maximum structural masses: maximum 021.02.06.01.03 021.02.06.01.03

take-off mass.
80 Explain that airframe life is limited by fatigue, created 021.02.06.01.04 021.02.06.01.04
by load cycles.
81 HYDRAULICS 021.03.00.00 021.03.00.00
82 Hydromechanics: basic principles 021.03.01.00 021.03.01.00
83 Concepts and basic principles 021.03.01.01 021.03.01.01
84 Explain the concept and basic principles of 021.03.01.01.01 021.03.01.01.01
hydromechanics including: hydrostatic pressure;
Pascal’s law; the relationship between pressure, force
and area; transmission of power: multiplication of force,
decrease of displacement.

85 Hydraulic systems 021.03.02.00 021.03.02.00

86 Hydraulic fluids: types, characteristics, limitations 021.03.02.01 021.03.02.01
87 List and explain the desirable properties of a hydraulic 021.03.02.01.01 021.03.02.01.01
fluid with regard to: thermal stability; corrosiveness;
flashpoint and flammability; volatility; viscosity.

88 State that hydraulic fluids are irritating to skin and eyes. 021.03.02.01.02 021.03.02.01.02

89 List the two different types of hydraulic fluids: synthetic; 021.03.02.01.03 021.03.02.01.03
mineral.
90 State that different types of hydraulic fluids cannot be 021.03.02.01.04 021.03.02.01.04
mixed.
91 State that at the pressures being considered, hydraulic 021.03.02.01.05 021.03.02.01.05
fluid is considered incompressible.
92 System components: design, operation, degraded 021.03.02.02 021.03.02.02
modes of operation, indications and warnings
93 Explain the working principle of a hydraulic system. 021.03.02.02.01 021.03.02.02.01

94 Describe the difference in the principle of operation 021.03.02.02.02 021.03.02.02.02

between a constant pressure system and a system
pressurised only on specific demand.

95 State the differences in the principle of operation 021.03.02.02.03 021.03.02.02.03

between a passive hydraulic system (without a pressure
pump) and an active hydraulic system (with a pressure
pump).

96 List the main advantages and disadvantages of system 021.03.02.02.04 021.03.02.02.04

actuation by hydraulic or purely mechanical means with
respect to: weight; size; force.

97 List the main uses of hydraulic systems. 021.03.02.02.05 021.03.02.02.05

98 State that hydraulic systems can be classified as either 021.03.02.02.06 021.03.02.02.06
high pressure (typically 3000 psi or higher) or low
pressure (typically up to 2000 psi).
99 State that a high-pressure hydraulic system is typically 021.03.02.02.07 021.03.02.02.07
operating at 3000 psi but on some aircraft a hydraulic
pressure of 4000 to 5000 psi may also be used.

100 Explain the working principle of a low-pressure (0–2000 021.03.02.02.08 021.03.02.02.08

psi) system.
101 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of a high- 021.03.02.02.09 021.03.02.02.09
pressure system over a low-pressure system.
102 Describe the working principle and functions of 021.03.02.02.10 021.03.02.02.10
pressure pumps including: constant pressure pump
(swash plate or cam plate); pressure pump whose
output is dependent on pump revolutions per minute
(rpm) (gear type).

103 Explain the following different sources of hydraulic 021.03.02.02.11 021.03.02.02.11

pressure, their typical application and potential
operational limitations: manual; engine gearbox;
electrical; air (pneumatic and ram-air turbine); hydraulic
(power transfer unit) or reversible motor pumps;
accessory.

104 Explain the following different sources of hydraulic 021.03.02.02.12 021.03.02.02.12

pressure, their typical application and potential
operational limitations: manual; engine; gearbox;
electrical.
105 Describe the working principle and functions of the 021.03.02.02.13 021.03.02.02.13
following hydraulic system components: reservoir
(pressurised and unpressurised); accumulators; case
drain lines and fluid cooler return lines; piston actuators
(single- and double-acting); hydraulic motors; filters;
non-return (check) valves; relief valves; restrictor
valves; elector valves (linear and basic rotary selectors,
two and four ports); bypass valves; shuttle valves; fire
shut‑off valves; priority valves; fuse valves; pressure and
return pipes.

106 Explain the function of the demand pump installed on 021.03.02.02.14 021.03.02.02.14
many transport aeroplanes.
107 Explain how redundancy is obtained by giving examples. 021.03.02.02.15 021.03.02.02.15

108 Interpret a typical hydraulic system schematic to the 021.03.02.02.16 021.03.02.02.16

level of detail as found in an aircraft flight crew
operating manual (FCOM).
109 Explain the implication of a high system demand. 021.03.02.02.17 021.03.02.02.17
110 List and describe the instruments and alerts for 021.03.02.02.18 021.03.02.02.18
monitoring a hydraulic system.
111 State the indications and explain the implications of the 021.03.02.02.19 021.03.02.02.19
following malfunctions: system leak or low level; low
pressure; high temperature.
112 LANDING GEAR, WHEELS, TYRES, BRAKES 021.04.00.00 021.04.00.00
113 Landing gear 021.04.01.00 021.04.01.00
114 Types 021.04.01.01 021.04.01.01
115 Name, for an aeroplane, the following different landing- 021.04.01.01.01 021.04.01.01.01
gear configurations: nose wheel; tail wheel.

116 Name, for a helicopter, the following different landing- 021.04.01.01.02 021.04.01.01.02
gear configurations: nose wheel; tail wheel; skids.

117 System components, design, operation, indications and 021.04.01.02 021.04.01.02

warnings, on-ground/in-flight protections, emergency
extension systems
118 Explain the function of the following components of a 021.04.01.02.01 021.04.01.02.01
landing gear: oleo leg/shock strut; axles; bogies and
bogie beam; drag struts; side stays/struts; torsion links;
locks (over centre); gear doors.

119 Explain the function of the following components of a 021.04.01.02.02 021.04.01.02.02

landing gear: oleo leg/shock strut; axles; drag struts;
side stays/struts; torsion links; locks (over centre); gear
doors.

120 Name the different components of a landing gear, using 021.04.01.02.03 021.04.01.02.03
the diagram appended to these LOs (21).
121 Describe the sequence of events during normal 021.04.01.02.04 021.04.01.02.04
operation of the landing gear.
122 State how landing-gear position indication and alerting 021.04.01.02.05 021.04.01.02.05
is implemented.
123 Describe the various protection devices to avoid 021.04.01.02.06 021.04.01.02.06
inadvertent gear retraction on the ground and explain
the implications of taking off with one or more
protection devices in place: ground lock (pins);
protection devices in the gear retraction mechanism.

124 Explain the speed limitations for gear operation (VLO 021.04.01.02.07 021.04.01.02.07
(maximum landing gear operating speed) and VLE
(maximum landing gear extended speed)).
125 Describe the sequence for emergency gear extension: 021.04.01.02.08 021.04.01.02.08
unlocking; operating; down-locking.
126 Describe some methods for emergency gear extension 021.04.01.02.09 021.04.01.02.09
including: gravity/free fall; air or nitrogen pressure;
manually/mechanically.
127 Nose-wheel steering 021.04.02.00 021.04.02.00
128 Design, operation 021.04.02.01 021.04.02.01
129 Explain the operating principle of nose‑wheel steering. 021.04.02.01.01 021.04.02.01.01

130 Explain, for a helicopter, the functioning of differential 021.04.02.01.02 021.04.02.01.02

braking with free-castoring nose wheel.

131 Describe, for an aeroplane, the functioning of the 021.04.02.01.03 021.04.02.01.03

following systems: differential braking with free-
castoring nose wheel; tiller or hand wheel steering;
rudder pedal nose-wheel steering.

132 Explain the centring mechanism of the nose wheel. 021.04.02.01.04 021.04.02.01.04
133 Define the term ‘shimmy’ and the possible 021.04.02.01.05 021.04.02.01.05
consequences of shimmy for the nose- and the main-
wheel system and explain the purpose of a shimmy
damper to reduce the severity of shimmy.

134 Explain the purpose of main-wheel (body) steering. 021.04.02.01.06 021.04.02.01.06

135 Brakes 021.04.03.00 021.04.03.00
136 Types and materials 021.04.03.01 021.04.03.01
137 Describe the basic operating principle of a disc brake. 021.04.03.01.01 021.04.03.01.01

138 State the different materials used in a disc brake (steel, 021.04.03.01.02 021.04.03.01.02
carbon).
139 Describe the characteristics, advantages and 021.04.03.01.03 021.04.03.01.03
disadvantages of steel and carbon brake discs with
regard to: weight; temperature limits; internal-friction
coefficient; wear.

140 System components, design, operation, indications and 021.04.03.02 021.04.03.02

warnings
141 Explain the limitation of brake energy and describe the 021.04.03.02.01 021.04.03.02.01
operational consequences.
142 Explain how brakes are actuated: hydraulically, 021.04.03.02.02 021.04.03.02.02
electrically.
143 Explain the purpose of an in-flight wheel brake system. 021.04.03.02.03 021.04.03.02.03

144 Describe the function of a brake accumulator. 021.04.03.02.04 021.04.03.02.04

145 Describe the function of the parking brake. 021.04.03.02.05 021.04.03.02.05
146 Explain the function of brake-wear indicators. 021.04.03.02.06 021.04.03.02.06
147 Explain the reason for the brake-temperature indicator. 021.04.03.02.07 021.04.03.02.07

148 Anti-skid 021.04.03.03 021.04.03.03

149 Describe the operating principle of anti‑skid where 021.04.03.03.01 021.04.03.03.01
excessive brake pressure applied is automatically
reduced for optimum breaking performance.

150 Explain that the anti-skid computer compares wheel 021.04.03.03.02 021.04.03.03.02
speed to aeroplane reference speed to provide the
following: slip ratio for maximum braking performance;
locked-wheel prevention (protection against deep skid
on one wheel); touchdown protection (protection
against brake-pressure application during touchdown);
hydroplane protection.

151 Give examples of the impact of an anti-skid system on 021.04.03.03.03 021.04.03.03.03

performance, and explain the implications of anti-skid
system failure.
152 Autobrake 021.04.03.04 021.04.03.04
153 Describe the operating principle of an autobrake 021.04.03.04.01 021.04.03.04.01
system.
154 Explain why the anti-skid system must be available 021.04.03.04.02 021.04.03.04.02
when using autobrakes.
155 Explain the difference between the three modes of 021.04.03.04.03 021.04.03.04.03
operation of an autobrake system: OFF (system off or
reset); Armed (the system is ready to operate under
certain conditions); Activated/Deactivated (application
of pressure on brakes).

156 Describe how an autobrake system setting will either 021.04.03.04.04 021.04.03.04.04
apply maximum braking (RTO or MAX) or result in a
given rate of deceleration, where the amount of braking
applied may be affected by: the use of reverse thrust;
slippery runway.

157 Wheels, rims and tyres 021.04.04.00 021.04.04.00

158 Types, structural components and materials, 021.04.04.01 021.04.04.01
operational limitations, thermal plugs
159 Describe the different types of tyres such as: tubeless; 021.04.04.01.01 021.04.04.01.01
diagonal (cross ply); radial (circumferential bias).

160 Define the following terms: ply rating; tyre tread; tyre 021.04.04.01.02 021.04.04.01.02
creep; retread (cover).
161 Explain the function of thermal/fusible plugs. 021.04.04.01.03 021.04.04.01.03
162 Explain the implications of and how to identify tread 021.04.04.01.04 021.04.04.01.04
separation and wear or damage with associated
increased risk of tyre burst.
163 Explain why the ground speed of tyres is limited. 021.04.04.01.05 021.04.04.01.05
164 Describe the following tyre checks a pilot will perform 021.04.04.01.06 021.04.04.01.06
during the pre-flight inspection and identify probable
causes: cuts and damages; flat spots.

165 Helicopter equipment 021.04.05.00 021.04.05.00

166 Flotation devices 021.04.05.01 021.04.05.01
167 Explain flotation devices, how they are operated, and 021.04.05.01.01 021.04.05.01.01
their limitations.
168 Explain why indicated airspeed (IAS) limitations before, 021.04.05.01.02 021.04.05.01.02
during and after flotation-device deployment must be
observed.
169 FLIGHT CONTROLS 021.05.00.00 021.05.00.00
170 Aeroplane: primary flight controls 021.05.01.00 021.05.01.00
171 Definition and control surfaces 021.05.01.01 021.05.01.01
172 Define a ‘primary flight control’. 021.05.01.01.01 021.05.01.01.01
173 List the following primary flight control surfaces: 021.05.01.01.02 021.05.01.01.02
elevator; aileron, roll spoilers, flaperon; rudder.
174 List the various means of control surface actuation 021.05.01.01.03 021.05.01.01.03
including: manual; fully powered (irreversible); partially
powered (reversible).
175 Manual controls 021.05.01.02 021.05.01.02
176 Explain the basic principle of a fully manual control 021.05.01.02.01 021.05.01.02.01
system.
177 Fully powered controls (irreversible) 021.05.01.03 021.05.01.03
178 Explain the basic principle of a fully powered control 021.05.01.03.01 021.05.01.03.01
system.
179 Explain the concept of irreversibility in a flight control 021.05.01.03.02 021.05.01.03.02
system.
180 Explain the need for a ‘feel system’ in a fully powered 021.05.01.03.03 021.05.01.03.03
control system.
181 Explain the operating principle of a stabiliser trim 021.05.01.03.04 021.05.01.03.04
system in a fully powered control system.
182 Explain the operating principle of rudder and aileron 021.05.01.03.05 021.05.01.03.05
trim in a fully powered control system.
183 Partially powered controls (reversible) 021.05.01.04 021.05.01.04
184 Explain the basic principle of a partially powered control 021.05.01.04.01 021.05.01.04.01
system.
185 Explain why a ‘feel system’ is not necessary in a partially 021.05.01.04.02 021.05.01.04.02
powered control system.
186 System components, design, operation, indications and 021.05.01.05 021.05.01.05
warnings, degraded modes of operation, jamming

187 List and describe the function of the following 021.05.01.05.01 021.05.01.05.01
components of a flight control system: actuators;
control valves; cables; electrical wiring; control surface
position sensors.

188 Explain how redundancy is obtained in primary flight 021.05.01.05.02 021.05.01.05.02

control systems of large transport aeroplanes.

189 Explain the danger of control jamming and the means of 021.05.01.05.03 021.05.01.05.03
retaining sufficient control capability.
190 Explain the methods of locking the controls on the 021.05.01.05.04 021.05.01.05.04
ground and describe ‘gust or control lock’ warnings.

191 Explain the concept of a rudder deflection limitation 021.05.01.05.05 021.05.01.05.05

(rudder limiter) system and the various means of
implementation (rudder ratio changer, variable stops,
blow-back).

192 Aeroplane: secondary flight controls 021.05.02.00 021.05.02.00

193 System components, design, operation, degraded 021.05.02.01 021.05.02.01
modes of operation, indications and warnings
194 Define a ‘secondary flight control’. 021.05.02.01.01 021.05.02.01.01
195 List the following secondary flight control surfaces: lift- 021.05.02.01.02 021.05.02.01.02
augmentation devices (flaps and slats); speed brakes;
flight and ground spoilers; trimming devices such as
trim tabs, trimmable horizontal stabiliser.

196 Describe secondary flight control actuation methods 021.05.02.01.03 021.05.02.01.03

and sources of actuating power.
197 Explain the function of a mechanical lock when using 021.05.02.01.04 021.05.02.01.04
hydraulic motors driving a screw jack.
198 Describe the requirement for limiting flight speeds for 021.05.02.01.05 021.05.02.01.05
the various secondary flight control surfaces.
199 For lift-augmentation devices, explain the load-limiting 021.05.02.01.06 021.05.02.01.06
(relief) protection devices and the functioning of an
auto-retraction system.
200 Explain how a flap/slat asymmetry protection device 021.05.02.01.07 021.05.02.01.07
functions, and describe the implications of a flap/slat
asymmetry situation.
201 Describe the function of an auto-slat system. 021.05.02.01.08 021.05.02.01.08
202 Explain the concept of control surface blow-back 021.05.02.01.09 021.05.02.01.09
(aerodynamic forces overruling hydraulic forces).
203 Helicopter: flight controls 021.05.03.00 021.05.03.00
204 Droop stops, control systems, trim systems, control 021.05.03.01 021.05.03.01
stops
205 Explain the methods of locking the controls on the 021.05.03.01.01 021.05.03.01.01
ground.
206 Describe main-rotor droop stops and how rotor flapping 021.05.03.01.02 021.05.03.01.02
is restricted.
207 Explain the principle of phase lag and advance angle. 021.05.03.01.03 021.05.03.01.03

208 Describe the following four axes of control operation, 021.05.03.01.04 021.05.03.01.04
their operating principle and their associated cockpit
controls: collective control; cyclic fore and aft (pitch
axis); cyclic lateral (roll axis); yaw.

209 Describe the swash plate or azimuth star control system 021.05.03.01.05 021.05.03.01.05
including the following: swash plate inputs; the function
of the non-rotating swash plate; the function of the
rotating swash plate; how swash plate tilt is achieved;
swash plate pitch axis; swash plate roll axis; balancing of
pitch/roll/collective inputs to the swash plate to
equalise torsional loads on the blades.

210 Describe the operation of the spider control system. 021.05.03.01.06 021.05.03.01.06

211 State the need for artificial feel in a hydraulically 021.05.03.01.07 021.05.03.01.07
actuated flight control system.
212 Describe and explain the purpose of a trim system using 021.05.03.01.08 021.05.03.01.08
the following terms: force-trim switch; force gradient;
parallel trim actuator; cyclic 4-way trim switch;
interaction of trim system with an SAS/SCAS/ASS
stability system; trim-motor indicators.

213 Describe the different types of control runs. 021.05.03.01.09 021.05.03.01.09

214 Explain the use of control stops. 021.05.03.01.10 021.05.03.01.10
215 Aeroplane: fly-by-wire (FBW) control systems 021.05.04.00 021.05.04.00
216 Composition, explanation of operation, modes of 021.05.04.01 021.05.04.01
operation
217 Explain that an FBW flight control system is composed 021.05.04.01.01 021.05.04.01.01
of the following: pilot’s input command (control
column/sidestick/rudder pedals); electrical signalling
paths, including: pilot input to computer; computer to
flight control surfaces; feedback from aircraft response
to computer; flight control computers; actuators; flight
control surfaces.

218 State the advantages of an FBW system in comparison 021.05.04.01.02 021.05.04.01.02

with a conventional flight control system including:
weight; pilot workload; flight-envelope protection.

219 Explain why an FBW system is always irreversible. 021.05.04.01.03 021.05.04.01.03

220 Explain the different modes of operation: normal 021.05.04.01.04 021.05.04.01.04
operation (e.g. normal law or normal mode);
downgraded operation (e.g. alternate law or secondary
mode); direct law.

221 Describe the implications of mode degradation in 021.05.04.01.05 021.05.04.01.05

relation to pilot workload and flight-envelope
protection.
222 Intentionally left blank 021.05.04.01.06 021.05.04.01.06
223 For aircraft using sidestick for manual control, describe 021.05.04.01.07 021.05.04.01.07
the implications of: dual control input made by the
pilot; the control takeover facility available to the pilot.

224 Intentionally left blank 021.05.04.01.08 021.05.04.01.08

225 Explain why several types of computers are needed and 021.05.04.01.09 021.05.04.01.09
why they should be dissimilar.
226 Explain why several control surfaces on every axis are 021.05.04.01.10 021.05.04.01.10
needed on FBW aircraft.
227 Explain why several sensors are needed on critical 021.05.04.01.11 021.05.04.01.11
parameters.
228 Helicopter: fly-by-wire (FBW) control systems - to be 021.05.05.00 021.05.05.00
introduced at a later date
229 PNEUMATICS — PRESSURISATION AND AIR- 021.06.00.00 021.06.00.00
CONDITIONING SYSTEMS
230 Pneumatic/bleed-air supply 021.06.01.00 021.06.01.00
231 Piston-engine air supply 021.06.01.01 021.06.01.01
232 Describe the following means of supplying air for the 021.06.01.01.01 021.06.01.01.01
pneumatic systems for piston-engine aircraft:
compressor; vacuum pump.
233 State that an air supply is required for the following 021.06.01.01.02 021.06.01.01.02
systems: instrumentation; heating; de-icing.

234 Gas turbine engine: bleed-air supply 021.06.01.02 021.06.01.02

235 State that the possible bleed-air sources for gas turbine 021.06.01.02.01 021.06.01.02.01
engine aircraft are the following: engine; auxiliary
power unit (APU); ground supply.
236 State that for an aeroplane a bleed-air supply can be 021.06.01.02.02 021.06.01.02.02
used for the following systems or components: ice
protection; engine air starter; pressurisation of a
hydraulic reservoir; air-driven hydraulic pumps;
pressurisation and air conditioning.
237 State that for a helicopter a bleed-air supply can be 021.06.01.02.03 021.06.01.02.03
used for the following systems or components: anti-
icing; engine air starter; pressurisation of a hydraulic
reservoir.

238 State that the bleed-air supply system can comprise the 021.06.01.02.04 021.06.01.02.04
following: pneumatic ducts; isolation valve; pressure-
regulating valve; engine bleed valve (HP/IP valves); fan-
air pre-cooler; temperature and pressure sensors.

239 Interpret a basic pneumatic system schematic to the 021.06.01.02.05 021.06.01.02.05

level of detail as found in an FCOM.
240 Describe the cockpit indications for bleed-air systems. 021.06.01.02.06 021.06.01.02.06

241 Explain how the bleed-air supply system is controlled 021.06.01.02.07 021.06.01.02.07
and monitored.
242 State the following bleed-air malfunctions: over- 021.06.01.02.08 021.06.01.02.08
temperature; over-pressure; low pressure;
overheat/duct leak; and describe the potential
consequences.

243 Helicopter: air-conditioning systems 021.06.02.00 021.06.02.00

244 Types, system components, design, operation, 021.06.02.01 021.06.02.01
degraded modes of operation, indications and
warnings
245 Describe the purpose of an air-conditioning system. 021.06.02.01.01 021.06.02.01.01

246 Explain how an air-conditioning system is controlled. 021.06.02.01.02 021.06.02.01.02

247 Describe the vapour cycle air-conditioning system 021.06.02.01.03 021.06.02.01.03

including system components, design, operation,
degraded modes of operation and system malfunction
indications.

248 Identify the following components from a diagram of an 021.06.02.01.04 021.06.02.01.04

air-conditioning system and describe the operating
principle and function: air-cycle machine (pack,
bootstrap system); pack-cooling fan; water separator;
mixing valves; flow-control valves; isolation valves;
recirculation fans; filters for recirculation; temperature
sensors.

249 List and describe the controls, indications and warnings 021.06.02.01.05 021.06.02.01.05
related to an air-conditioning system.
250 Aeroplane: pressurisation and air-conditioning system 021.06.03.00 021.06.03.00

251 System components, design, operation, degraded 021.06.03.01 021.06.03.01

modes of operation, indications and warnings
252 Explain that a pressurisation and an air-conditioning 021.06.03.01.01 021.06.03.01.01
system of an aeroplane controls: ventilation;
temperature; pressure.
253 Explain how humidity is controlled. 021.06.03.01.02 021.06.03.01.02
254 Explain that the following components constitute a 021.06.03.01.03 021.06.03.01.03
pressurisation system: pneumatic system as the power
source; outflow valve; outflow valve actuator; pressure
controller; excessive differential pressure-relief valve;
negative differential pressure-relief valve.
255 Explain that the following components constitute an 021.06.03.01.04 021.06.03.01.04
air‑conditioning system and describe their operating
principles and function: air-cycle machine (pack,
bootstrap system); pack-cooling fan; water separator;
mixing valves; flow-control valves (outflow valve);
isolation valves; ram-air valve; recirculation fans; filters
for recirculated air; temperature sensors. Remark: The
bootstrap system is the only air-conditioning system
considered for Part-FCL aeroplane examinations.

256 Describe the use of hot trim air. 021.06.03.01.05 021.06.03.01.05

257 Define the following terms: cabin altitude; cabin vertical 021.06.03.01.06 021.06.03.01.06
speed; differential pressure; ground pressurisation.

258 Describe the operating principle of a pressurisation 021.06.03.01.07 021.06.03.01.07

system.
259 Describe the emergency operation by manual setting of 021.06.03.01.08 021.06.03.01.08
the outflow valve position.
260 Describe the working principle of an electronic cabin- 021.06.03.01.09 021.06.03.01.09
pressure controller.
261 State how the maximum operating altitude is 021.06.03.01.10 021.06.03.01.10
determined.
262 Explain: why the maximum allowed value of cabin 021.06.03.01.11 021.06.03.01.11
altitude is limited; a typical value of maximum
differential pressure for large transport aeroplanes; the
relation between cabin altitude, the maximum
differential pressure and maximum aeroplane operating
altitude.

263 Explain the typical warning on a transport category 021.06.03.01.12 021.06.03.01.12

aircraft when cabin altitude exceeds 10 000 ft.

264 List and interpret typical indications of the 021.06.03.01.13 021.06.03.01.13

pressurisation system.
265 Describe the main operational differences between a 021.06.03.01.14 021.06.03.01.14
bleed-air-driven air-conditioning system and an
electrically driven air-conditioning system as found on
aircraft without engine bleed-air system.

266 ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING SYSTEMS 021.07.00.00 021.07.00.00

267 Types, operation, indications 021.07.01.00 021.07.01.00
268 Types, design, operation, indications and warnings, 021.07.01.01 021.07.01.01
operational limitations
269 Explain the concepts of anti‑icing and de‑icing. 021.07.01.01.01 021.07.01.01.01
270 Name the components of an aircraft which can be 021.07.01.01.02 021.07.01.01.02
protected from ice accretion.
271 State that on some aeroplanes the tail does not have an 021.07.01.01.03 021.07.01.01.03
ice-protection system.
272 State the different types of anti-icing/de-icing systems 021.07.01.01.04 021.07.01.01.04
and describe their operating principle: hot air;
electrical; fluid.
273 Describe the operating principle of the inflatable boot 021.07.01.01.05 021.07.01.01.05
de-icing system.
274 Ice warning systems 021.07.02.00 021.07.02.00
275 Types, operation, and indications 021.07.02.01 021.07.02.01
276 Describe the different operating principles of the 021.07.02.01.01 021.07.02.01.01
following ice detectors: mechanical systems using air
pressure; electromechanical systems using resonance
frequencies.

277 Describe the principle of operation of ice warning 021.07.02.01.02 021.07.02.01.02

systems.
278 Helicopter blade heating systems 021.07.03.00 021.07.03.00
279 Limitations 021.07.03.01 021.07.03.01
280 Explain the limitations on blade heating and the fact 021.07.03.01.01 021.07.03.01.01
that on some helicopters the heating does not heat all
the main-rotor blades at the same time.
281 FUEL SYSTEM 021.08.00.00 021.08.00.00
282 Piston engine 021.08.01.00 021.08.01.00
283 Fuel: types, characteristics, limitations 021.08.01.01 021.08.01.01
284 State the types of fuel used by a piston engine and their 021.08.01.01.01 021.08.01.01.01
associated limitations: diesel; JET-A1 (for high-
compression engines); AVGAS; MOGAS.
285 State the main characteristics of these fuels and give 021.08.01.01.02 021.08.01.01.02
typical values regarding their flash points, freezing
points and density.
286 Design, operation, system components, indications 021.08.01.02 021.08.01.02
287 State the tasks of the fuel system. 021.08.01.02.01 021.08.01.02.01
288 Name the following main components of a fuel system, 021.08.01.02.02 021.08.01.02.02
and state their location and their function: lines; boost
pump; pressure valves; filter, strainer; tanks (wing, tip,
fuselage); vent system; sump; drain; fuel-quantity
sensor; fuel-temperature sensor.

289 Describe a gravity fuel feed system and a pressure feed 021.08.01.02.03 021.08.01.02.03
fuel system.
290 Describe the construction of the different types of fuel 021.08.01.02.04 021.08.01.02.04
tanks and state their advantages and disadvantages:
drum tank; bladder tank; integral tank.

291 Explain the function of cross-feed. 021.08.01.02.05 021.08.01.02.05

292 Define the term ‘unusable fuel’. 021.08.01.02.06 021.08.01.02.06
293 List the following parameters that are monitored for the 021.08.01.02.07 021.08.01.02.07
fuel system: fuel quantity (low-level warning); fuel
temperature.
294 Turbine engine 021.08.02.00 021.08.02.00
295 Fuel: types, characteristics, limitations 021.08.02.01 021.08.02.01
296 State the types of fuel used by a gas turbine engine: 021.08.02.01.01 021.08.02.01.01
JET-A; JET-A1; JET-B.
297 State the main characteristics of these fuels and give 021.08.02.01.02 021.08.02.01.02
typical values regarding their flash points, freezing
points and density.
298 State the existence of additives for freezing. 021.08.02.01.03 021.08.02.01.03
299 Design, operation, system components, indications 021.08.02.02 021.08.02.02
300 Explain the function of the fuel system: lines; centrifugal 021.08.02.02.01 021.08.02.02.01
boost pump; pressure valves; fuel shut-off valve; filter,
strainer; tanks (wing, tip, fuselage, tail); bafflers/baffles;
sump; vent system; drain; fuel-quantity sensor; fuel-
temperature sensor; refuelling/defueling system; fuel
dump/jettison system.
301 Name the main components of the fuel system and 021.08.02.02.02 021.08.02.02.02
state their location and their function: trim fuel tanks;
bafflers; refuelling/defueling system; fuel dump/jettison
system. Remark: For completion of list, please see
021.08 01.02 (02).

302 Interpret a typical fuel system schematic to the level of 021.08.02.02.03 021.08.02.02.03
detail as found in an aircraft FCOM.
303 Explain the limitations in the event of loss of booster 021.08.02.02.04 021.08.02.02.04
pump fuel pressure.
304 Describe the use and purpose of drip sticks (manual 021.08.02.02.05 021.08.02.02.05
magnetic indicators) (may also be known as dip stick or
drop stick).
305 Explain the considerations for fitting a fuel 021.08.02.02.06 021.08.02.02.06
dump/jettison system and, if fitted, its function.
306 ELECTRICS Remark: For any reference to the direction 021.09.00.00 021.09.00.00
of current flow, the conventional current flow shall be
used, i.e. from positive to negative.
307 General, definitions, basic applications: circuit 021.09.01.00 021.09.01.00
breakers, logic circuits
308 Static electricity 021.09.01.01 021.09.01.01
309 Explain static electricity and describe the flying 021.09.01.01.01 021.09.01.01.01
conditions where aircraft are most susceptible to build-
up of static electricity.
310 Describe a static discharger and explain the following: 021.09.01.01.02 021.09.01.01.02
its purpose; typical locations; pilot’s role of observing it
during pre-flight inspection.
311 Explain why an aircraft must first be grounded before 021.09.01.01.03 021.09.01.01.03
refuelling/defueling.
312 Explain the reason for electrical bonding. 021.09.01.01.04 021.09.01.01.04
313 Direct current (DC) 021.09.01.02 021.09.01.02
314 Explain the term ‘direct current’ (DC), and state that 021.09.01.02.01 021.09.01.02.01
current can only flow in a closed circuit.
315 Explain the basic principles of conductivity and give 021.09.01.02.02 021.09.01.02.02
examples of conductors, semiconductors and insulators.

316 Describe the difference in use of the following 021.09.01.02.03 021.09.01.02.03

mechanical switches and explain the difference in
observing their state (e.g. ON/OFF), and why some
switches are guarded: toggle switch; rocker switch;
pushbutton switch; rotary switch. Explain the difference
in observing their state (e.g. ON/OFF) and why some
switches are guarded.

317 Define voltage and current, and state their unit of 021.09.01.02.04 021.09.01.02.04
measurement.
318 Explain Ohm’s law in qualitative terms. 021.09.01.02.05 021.09.01.02.05
319 Explain the effect on total resistance when resistors are 021.09.01.02.06 021.09.01.02.06
connected in series or in parallel.
320 State that resistances can have a positive or a negative 021.09.01.02.07 021.09.01.02.07
temperature coefficient (PTC/NTC) and state their use.

321 Define electrical power and state the unit of 021.09.01.02.08 021.09.01.02.08
measurement.
322 Alternating current (AC) 021.09.01.03 021.09.01.03
323 Explain the term ‘alternating current’ (AC), and compare 021.09.01.03.01 021.09.01.03.01
its use to DC with regard to complexity.
324 Define the term ‘phase’, and explain the basic principle 021.09.01.03.02 021.09.01.03.02
of single-phase and three-phase AC.
325 State that aircraft can use single-phase or three-phase 021.09.01.03.03 021.09.01.03.03
AC.
326 Define frequency and state the unit of measurement. 021.09.01.03.04 021.09.01.03.04

327 Define ‘phase shift’ in qualitative terms. 021.09.01.03.05 021.09.01.03.05

328 Intentionally left blank 021.09.01.04 021.09.01.04
329 Intentionally left blank 021.09.01.05 021.09.01.05
330 Electromagnetism 021.09.01.06 021.09.01.06
331 State that an electrical current produces a magnetic 021.09.01.06.01 021.09.01.06.01
field.
332 Describe how the strength of the magnetic field 021.09.01.06.02 021.09.01.06.02
changes with the magnitude of the current.
333 Explain the purpose and the working principle of a 021.09.01.06.03 021.09.01.06.03
solenoid.
334 Explain the purpose and the working principle of a 021.09.01.06.04 021.09.01.06.04
relay.
335 Explain the principle of electromagnetic induction and 021.09.01.06.05 021.09.01.06.05
how two electrical components or systems may affect
each other through this principle.
336 Circuit protection 021.09.01.07 021.09.01.07
337 Explain the working principle of a fuse and a circuit 021.09.01.07.01 021.09.01.07.01
breaker.
338 Explain how a fuse is rated. 021.09.01.07.02 021.09.01.07.02
339 Describe the principal difference between the following 021.09.01.07.03 021.09.01.07.03
types of circuit breakers: thermal circuit breaker sensing
magnitude of current; magnetic circuit breaker sensing
direction of current.

340 Describe how circuit breakers may be used to reset 021.09.01.07.04 021.09.01.07.04
aircraft systems/computers in the event of system
failure (when part of a described procedure).

341 Explain a short circuit in practical terms using Ohm’s 021.09.01.07.05 021.09.01.07.05
Law, power and energy expressions highlighting the risk
of fire due to power transfer and extreme energy
dissipation.

342 Explain the risk of fire resulting from excessive heat in a 021.09.01.07.06 021.09.01.07.06
circuit subjected to overcurrent.
343 Explain that overcurrent situations may be transient. 021.09.01.07.07 021.09.01.07.07

344 Explain the hazards of multiple resets of a circuit 021.09.01.07.08 021.09.01.07.08

breaker or the use of incorrect fuse rating when
replacing blown fuses.
345 Semiconductors and logic circuits 021.09.01.08 021.09.01.08
346 Describe the effect of temperature on semiconductors 021.09.01.08.01 021.09.01.08.01
with regard to function and longevity of the
component.
347 Describe the following five basic logic functions, as used 021.09.01.08.02 021.09.01.08.02
in aircraft FCOM documentation, and recognise their
schematic symbols according to the ANSI/MIL standard:
AND; OR; NOT; NOR; NAND.

348 Interpret a typical logic circuit schematic to the level of 021.09.01.08.03 021.09.01.08.03
detail as found in an aircraft FCOM.
349 Batteries 021.09.02.00 021.09.02.00
350 Types, characteristics and limitations 021.09.02.01 021.09.02.01
351 State the function of an aircraft battery. 021.09.02.01.01 021.09.02.01.01
352 Name the types of rechargeable batteries used in 021.09.02.01.02 021.09.02.01.02
aircraft: lead-acid; nickel-cadmium; lithium-ion; lithium-
polymer.
353 Compare the different battery types with respect to: 021.09.02.01.03 021.09.02.01.03
load behaviour; charging characteristics; risk of thermal
runaway.
354 Explain the term ‘cell voltage’ and describe how a 021.09.02.01.04 021.09.02.01.04
battery may consist of several cells that combined
provide the desirable voltage and capacity.
355 Explain the difference between battery voltage and 021.09.02.01.05 021.09.02.01.05
charging voltage.
356 Define the term ‘capacity of batteries’ and state the unit 021.09.02.01.06 021.09.02.01.06
of measurement used.
357 State the effect of temperature on battery capacity and 021.09.02.01.07 021.09.02.01.07
performance.
358 State that in the case of loss of all generated power 021.09.02.01.08 021.09.02.01.08
(battery power only) the remaining electrical power is
time-limited.
359 Explain how lithium-type batteries pose a threat to 021.09.02.01.09 021.09.02.01.09
aircraft safety and what affects this risk: numbers of
batteries on board an aircraft including those brought
on board by passengers; temperature, of both battery
and environment; physical condition of the battery;
battery charging.

360 Describe how to contain a battery thermal runaway 021.09.02.01.10 021.09.02.01.10

highlighting the following: how one cell can affect the
neighbouring cells; challenges if it happens in an aircraft
during flight.

361 Generation. Remark: For standardisation purposes, the 021.09.03.00 021.09.03.00

following standard expressions are used: DC
generator: produces DC output; DC alternator:
produces AC, rectified by integrated rectifying unit, the
output is DC; DC alternator: producing a DC output by
using a rectifier; AC generator: produces AC output;
starter generator: integrated combination of a
generator and a starter motor; permanent magnet
alternator/ generator: self-exciting AC generator.

362 DC generation 021.09.03.01 021.09.03.01

363 Describe the basic working principle of a simple DC 021.09.03.01.01 021.09.03.01.01
generator or DC alternator.
364 Explain the principle of voltage control and why it is 021.09.03.01.02 021.09.03.01.02
required.
365 Explain the purpose of reverse current protection from 021.09.03.01.03 021.09.03.01.03
the battery/busbar to the alternator.
366 Describe the basic operating principle of a starter 021.09.03.01.04 021.09.03.01.04
generator and state its purpose.
367 AC generation 021.09.03.02 021.09.03.02
368 Describe the working principle of a brushless three- 021.09.03.02.01 021.09.03.02.01
phase AC generator.
369 State that the generator field current is used to control 021.09.03.02.02 021.09.03.02.02
voltage.
370 State the relationship between output frequency and 021.09.03.02.03 021.09.03.02.03
the rpm of a three-phase AC generator.
371 Explain the term ‘frequency wild generator’. 021.09.03.02.04 021.09.03.02.04
372 List the following different power sources that can be 021.09.03.02.05 021.09.03.02.05
used for an aeroplane to drive an AC generator: engine;
APU; RAT; hydraulic.
373 List the following different power sources that can be 021.09.03.02.06 021.09.03.02.06
used for a helicopter to drive an AC generator: engine;
APU; gearbox.
374 Constant speed drive (CSD) and integrated drive 021.09.03.03 021.09.03.03
generator (IDG) systems
375 Describe the function of a CSD. 021.09.03.03.01 021.09.03.03.01
376 Explain the parameters of a CSD that are monitored. 021.09.03.03.02 021.09.03.03.02

377 Describe the function of an IDG. 021.09.03.03.03 021.09.03.03.03

378 Explain the consequences of a mechanical 021.09.03.03.04 021.09.03.03.04
disconnection during flight for a CSD and an IDG.
379 Explain that a CSD/IDG has its own, independent oil 021.09.03.03.05 021.09.03.03.05
system and how a leak from this may appear as an
engine oil leak.
380 Transformers, transformer rectifier units (TRUs), static 021.09.03.04 021.09.03.04
inverters
381 State the function of a transformer. 021.09.03.04.01 021.09.03.04.01
382 State the function of a TRU and its purpose, including 021.09.03.04.02 021.09.03.04.02
type of output.
383 State the function of a static inverter and its purpose, 021.09.03.04.03 021.09.03.04.03
including type of output.
384 Distribution 021.09.04.00 021.09.04.00
385 General 021.09.04.01 021.09.04.01
386 Explain the function of a busbar. 021.09.04.01.01 021.09.04.01.01
387 Describe the function of the following buses: AC bus; DC 021.09.04.01.02 021.09.04.01.02
bus; emergency AC or DC bus; essential AC or DC bus;
battery bus; hot bus, ground servicing or maintenance
bus.

388 State that the aircraft structure can be used as a part of 021.09.04.01.03 021.09.04.01.03
the electrical circuit (common earth) and explain the
implications for electrical bonding.
389 Explain the function of external power. 021.09.04.01.04 021.09.04.01.04
390 State that a priority sequence exists between the 021.09.04.01.05 021.09.04.01.05
different sources of electrical power on ground and in
flight.
391 Explain the term ‘load sharing’. 021.09.04.01.06 021.09.04.01.06
392 Explain the term ‘load shedding’. 021.09.04.01.07 021.09.04.01.07
393 Describe typical systems that can be shed in the event 021.09.04.01.08 021.09.04.01.08
of a supply failure, such as passenger entertainment
system and galley power.
394 Interpret a typical electrical system schematic to the 021.09.04.01.09 021.09.04.01.09
level of detail as found in an aircraft FCOM.
395 Explain the difference between a supply (e.g. generator) 021.09.04.01.10 021.09.04.01.10
failure and a bus failure, and the operating
consequences of either.
396 DC distribution 021.09.04.02 021.09.04.02
397 Describe a simple DC electrical system of a single- 021.09.04.02.01 021.09.04.02.01
engine aircraft.
398 Describe a DC electrical system of a multi-engine 021.09.04.02.02 021.09.04.02.02
aircraft (CS-23/CS-27) including the distribution
consequences of loss of generator(s) or bus failure.

399 Describe the DC part of an electrical system of a 021.09.04.02.03 021.09.04.02.03

transport aircraft (CS-25/CS-29) including the
distribution consequences of loss of DC supply or bus
failure.

400 Give examples of DC consumers. 021.09.04.02.04 021.09.04.02.04

401 AC distribution 021.09.04.03 021.09.04.03
402 Explain the difference in the principle of operation for a 021.09.04.03.01 021.09.04.03.01
split AC electrical system and a parallel AC electrical
system.
403 Describe the following distribution consequences: 021.09.04.03.02 021.09.04.03.02
power transfer between different power supplies;
power transfer in the event of a supply failure; loss of
all normal AC supplies.

404 Give examples of AC consumers. 021.09.04.03.03 021.09.04.03.03

405 Explain the conditions to be met for paralleling AC 021.09.04.03.04 021.09.04.03.04
generators.
406 State that volt-ampere (VA) is the unit for total power 021.09.04.03.05 021.09.04.03.05
consumed in an AC system.
407 Electrical load management and monitoring systems: 021.09.04.04 021.09.04.04
automatic generators and bus switching during normal
and failure operation, indications and warnings

408 Give examples of system control, monitoring and 021.09.04.04.01 021.09.04.04.01

annunciators using the following terms: generator
control unit (GCU) for monitoring generator output and
providing network protection; exciter
contactor/breaker/relay for control of generator exciter
field; generator contactor/breaker/relay for connecting
the generator to the network; bus-tie
contactor/breaker/relay for connecting busbars
together; generator switch on the flight deck for manual
control of exciter contactor; IDG/CSD disconnect switch
on the flight deck for mechanical disconnection of the
generator; bus-tie switch on the flight deck with AUTO
and OFF positions only.

409 Describe, for normal and degraded modes of operation, 021.09.04.04.02 021.09.04.04.02
the following functions of an electrical load
management system on ground and in flight using the
terms in 021.09 04 04 (01): distribution; monitoring;
protection in the event of incorrect voltage; protection
in the event of incorrect frequency; protection in the
event of a differential fault.

410 Describe the requirement for monitoring the aircraft 021.09.04.04.03 021.09.04.04.03
batteries.
411 Explain the importance of monitoring the temperature 021.09.04.04.04 021.09.04.04.04
of nickel-cadmium and lithium-type batteries.

412 Interpret various different ammeter indications of an 021.09.04.04.05 021.09.04.04.05

ammeter which monitors the charge current of the
battery.
413 Electrical motors 021.09.05.00 021.09.05.00
414 General 021.09.05.01 021.09.05.01
415 State that the purpose of an electrical motor is to 021.09.05.01.01 021.09.05.01.01
convert electrical energy into mechanical energy.
416 State that because of the similarity in design, a 021.09.05.01.02 021.09.05.01.02
generator and an electrical motor may be combined
into a starter generator.
417 Explain that the size of the engine determines how 021.09.05.01.03 021.09.05.01.03
much energy is required for starting, and state the
following: small turbine engines may be able to use the
battery for a very limited number of start attempts;
large turbine engines require one or more power
sources, either external or on-board.

418 Operating principle 021.09.05.02 021.09.05.02

419 Describe how the torque of an electrical motor is 021.09.05.02.01 021.09.05.02.01
determined by the supplied voltage and current, and
the resulting magnetic fields within the motor.
420 State that electrical motors can be either AC or DC. 021.09.05.02.02 021.09.05.02.02
421 Explain the consequences of the following: rotor 021.09.05.02.03 021.09.05.02.03
seizure; rotor runaway.
422 Components 021.09.05.03 021.09.05.03
423 Name the following components of an electrical motor: 021.09.05.03.01 021.09.05.03.01
rotor (rotating part of an electrical motor); stator
(stationary part of an electrical motor).
424 PISTON ENGINES Remark: This topic includes diesel 021.10.00.00 021.10.00.00
and petrol engines.
425 General 021.10.01.00 021.10.01.00
426 Types of internal-combustion engines: basic principles, 021.10.01.01 021.10.01.01
definitions
427 Define the following terms and expressions: rpm; 021.10.01.01.01 021.10.01.01.01
torque; manifold absolute pressure (MAP); power
output; specific fuel consumption; compression ratio,
clearance volume, swept (displaced) volume, total
volume.

428 Engine: design, operation, components 021.10.01.02 021.10.01.02

429 Describe the basic operating principle of a piston 021.10.01.02.01 021.10.01.02.01
engine: crankcase; crankshaft; connecting rod; piston;
piston pin; piston rings; cylinder; cylinder head; valves;
valve springs; push rod; camshaft; rocker arm; camshaft
gear; bearings.

430 Name and identify the various types of engine design 021.10.01.02.02 021.10.01.02.02
with regard to cylinder arrangement and their
advantages/disadvantages: horizontally opposed; in
line; radial; and working cycle (four stroke: petrol and
diesel).

431 Describe the differences between petrol and diesel 021.10.01.02.03 021.10.01.02.03
engines with respect to: means of ignition; maximum
compression ratio; regulating air or mixture supply to
the cylinder; pollution from the exhaust.

432 Fuel 021.10.02.00 021.10.02.00

433 Types, grades, characteristics, limitations 021.10.02.01 021.10.02.01
434 Name the type of fuel used for petrol engines including 021.10.02.01.01 021.10.02.01.01
its colour (AVGAS); 100 (green); 100LL (blue).
435 Name the type of fuel normally used for aviation diesel 021.10.02.01.02 021.10.02.01.02
engines (JET-A1).
436 Define the term ‘octane rating’. 021.10.02.01.03 021.10.02.01.03
437 Define the term ‘detonation’ and describe the causes 021.10.02.01.04 021.10.02.01.04
and effects of detonation for both petrol and diesel
engines.
438 Define the term ‘pre-ignition’ and describe the causes 021.10.02.01.05 021.10.02.01.05
and effects of pre-ignition for both petrol and diesel
engines.
439 Identify the conditions and power settings that promote 021.10.02.01.06 021.10.02.01.06
detonation for petrol engines.
440 Describe how detonation in petrol engines is 021.10.02.01.07 021.10.02.01.07
recognised.
441 Describe the method and occasions for checking the 021.10.02.01.08 021.10.02.01.08
fuel for water content.
442 State the typical value of fuel density for aviation 021.10.02.01.09 021.10.02.01.09
gasoline and diesel fuel.
443 Explain volatility, viscosity and vapour locking for petrol 021.10.02.01.10 021.10.02.01.10
and diesel fuels.
444 Engine fuel pumps 021.10.03.00 021.10.03.00
445 Engine-driven fuel pump 021.10.03.01 021.10.03.01
446 Explain the need for a separate engine-driven fuel 021.10.03.01.01 021.10.03.01.01
pump.
447 Carburettor/injection system 021.10.04.00 021.10.04.00
448 Carburettor: design, operation, degraded modes of 021.10.04.01 021.10.04.01
operation, indications and warnings
449 State the purpose of a carburettor. 021.10.04.01.01 021.10.04.01.01
450 Describe the operating principle of the simple float 021.10.04.01.02 021.10.04.01.02
chamber carburettor.
451 Describe the methods of obtaining mixture control over 021.10.04.01.03 021.10.04.01.03
the whole operating engine power setting range
(compensation jet, diffuser).
452 Describe the methods of obtaining mixture control over 021.10.04.01.04 021.10.04.01.04
the whole operating altitude range.
453 Explain the purpose and the operating principle of an 021.10.04.01.05 021.10.04.01.05
accelerator pump.
454 Explain the purpose of power enrichment. 021.10.04.01.06 021.10.04.01.06
455 Describe the function of the carburettor heat system. 021.10.04.01.07 021.10.04.01.07

456 Explain the effect of carburettor heat on mixture ratio 021.10.04.01.08 021.10.04.01.08
and power output.
457 Explain the purpose and the operating principle of a 021.10.04.01.09 021.10.04.01.09
primer pump.
458 Discuss other methods for priming an engine 021.10.04.01.10 021.10.04.01.10
(acceleration pumps).
459 Explain the danger of carburettor fire, including 021.10.04.01.11 021.10.04.01.11
corrective measures.
460 Injection: design, operation, degraded modes of 021.10.04.02 021.10.04.02
operation, indications and warnings
461 Explain the advantages and difference in operation of 021.10.04.02.01 021.10.04.02.01
an injection system compared with a carburettor
system.
462 Icing 021.10.04.03 021.10.04.03
463 Describe the causes and effects of carburettor icing and 021.10.04.03.01 021.10.04.03.01
the action to be taken if carburettor icing is suspected.
464 Name the meteorological conditions under which 021.10.04.03.02 021.10.04.03.02
carburettor icing may occur.
465 Describe the indications of the presence of carburettor 021.10.04.03.03 021.10.04.03.03
icing for both a fixed pitch and a constant speed
propeller.
466 Describe the indications of the presence of carburettor 021.10.04.03.04 021.10.04.03.04
icing for a helicopter.
467 Describe the indications that will occur upon selection 021.10.04.03.05 021.10.04.03.05
of carburettor heat depending on whether ice is present
or not.
468 Explain the reason for the use of alternate air on fuel 021.10.04.03.06 021.10.04.03.06
injection systems and describe its operating principle.

469 State the meteorological conditions under which 021.10.04.03.07 021.10.04.03.07

induction system icing may occur.
470 Cooling systems 021.10.05.00 021.10.05.00
471 Design, operation, indications and warnings 021.10.05.01 021.10.05.01
472 Specify the reasons for cooling a piston engine. 021.10.05.01.01 021.10.05.01.01
473 Describe the design features to enhance cylinder air 021.10.05.01.02 021.10.05.01.02
cooling for aeroplanes.
474 Describe the design features to enhance cylinder air 021.10.05.01.03 021.10.05.01.03
cooling for helicopters (e.g. engine-driven impeller and
scroll assembly, baffles).
475 Compare the differences between liquid- and air- 021.10.05.01.04 021.10.05.01.04
cooling systems.
476 Identify the cylinder head temperature indication to 021.10.05.01.05 021.10.05.01.05
monitor engine cooling.
477 Describe the function and the operation of cowl flaps. 021.10.05.01.06 021.10.05.01.06

478 Lubrication systems 021.10.06.00 021.10.06.00

479 Lubricants: characteristics, limitations 021.10.06.01 021.10.06.01
480 Describe the term ‘viscosity’ including the effect of 021.10.06.01.01 021.10.06.01.01
temperature.
481 Describe the viscosity grade numbering system used in 021.10.06.01.02 021.10.06.01.02
aviation.
482 Design, operation, indications and warnings 021.10.06.02 021.10.06.02
483 State the functions of a piston-engine lubrication 021.10.06.02.01 021.10.06.02.01
system.
484 Describe the working principle of a dry-sump lubrication 021.10.06.02.02 021.10.06.02.02
system and describe the functions of the following
components: oil tank (reservoir) and its internal
components: hot well, de-aerator, vent, expansion
space; check valve (non-return valve); pressure pump
and pressure-relief valve; scavenge pump; filters
(suction, pressure and scavenge); oil cooler; oil cooler
bypass valve (anti-surge and thermostatic); pressure
and temperature sensors; lines.

485 Describe a wet-sump lubrication system. 021.10.06.02.03 021.10.06.02.03

486 State the differences between a wet- and a dry-sump 021.10.06.02.04 021.10.06.02.04
lubrication system and their advantages and
disadvantages.
487 List the following factors that influence oil consumption: 021.10.06.02.05 021.10.06.02.05
oil grade; cylinder and piston wear; condition of piston
rings.
488 Describe the interaction between oil pressure, oil 021.10.06.02.06 021.10.06.02.06
temperature and oil quantity.
489 Ignition circuits 021.10.07.00 021.10.07.00
490 Design, operation 021.10.07.01 021.10.07.01
491 Describe the working principle of a magneto-ignition 021.10.07.01.01 021.10.07.01.01
system and the functions of the following components:
magneto; contact-breaker points; capacitor
(condenser); coils or windings; ignition switches;
distributor; spark plug; high-tension (HT) cable.

492 State why piston engines are equipped with two 021.10.07.01.02 021.10.07.01.02
electrically independent ignition systems.
493 State the function and operating principle of the 021.10.07.01.03 021.10.07.01.03
following methods of spark augmentation: starter
vibrator (booster coil); impulse-start coupling.
494 State the function and operating principle of the 021.10.07.01.04 021.10.07.01.04
following methods of spark augmentation: starter
vibrator (booster coil); both magnetos live.
495 Explain the function of the magneto check. 021.10.07.01.05 021.10.07.01.05
496 Explain how combustion is initiated in diesel engines. 021.10.07.01.06 021.10.07.01.06

497 Mixture 021.10.08.00 021.10.08.00

498 Definition, characteristic mixtures, control instruments, 021.10.08.01 021.10.08.01
associated control levers, indications
499 Define the following terms: mixture; chemically correct 021.10.08.01.01 021.10.08.01.01
ratio (stoichiometric); best power ratio; lean (weak)
mixture (lean or rich side of the exhaust gas
temperature (EGT) top); rich mixture.

500 State the typical fuel-to-air ratio values or range of 021.10.08.01.02 021.10.08.01.02
values for the above mixtures.
501 Describe the advantages and disadvantages of weak 021.10.08.01.03 021.10.08.01.03
and rich mixtures.
502 Describe the relation between engine-specific fuel 021.10.08.01.04 021.10.08.01.04
consumption and mixture ratio.
503 Describe the use of the exhaust gas temperature as an 021.10.08.01.05 021.10.08.01.05
aid to mixture-setting.
504 Explain the relation between mixture ratio, cylinder 021.10.08.01.06 021.10.08.01.06
head temperature, detonation and pre-ignition.

505 Explain the absence of mixture control in diesel engines. 021.10.08.01.07 021.10.08.01.07

506 Aeroplane: propellers 021.10.09.00 021.10.09.00

507 Definitions, general Remark: Definitions and 021.10.09.01 021.10.09.01
aerodynamic concepts are detailed in Subject 081
‘Principles of flight (aeroplane)’, Topic 07 (Propellers),
but need to be appreciated for this Subject as well.

508 Constant-speed propeller: design, operation, system 021.10.09.02 021.10.09.02

components
509 Describe the operating principle of a constant-speed 021.10.09.02.01 021.10.09.02.01
propeller system under normal flight operations with
the aid of a schematic.
510 Explain the need for a MAP indicator to control the 021.10.09.02.02 021.10.09.02.02
power setting with a constant-speed propeller.
511 State the purpose of a torque-meter. 021.10.09.02.03 021.10.09.02.03
512 State the purpose and describe the operation of a low- 021.10.09.02.04 021.10.09.02.04
pitch stop (centrifugal latch).
513 Describe the operating principle of a single-acting and a 021.10.09.02.05 021.10.09.02.05
double-acting variable pitch propeller for single- and
multi-engine aeroplanes.
514 Describe the function and the basic operating principle 021.10.09.02.06 021.10.09.02.06
of synchronising and synchro-phasing systems.

515 Explain the purpose and the basic operating principle of 021.10.09.02.07 021.10.09.02.07
an auto-feathering system and unfeathering.

516 Reduction gearing: design 021.10.09.03 021.10.09.03

517 State the purpose of reduction gearing. 021.10.09.03.01 021.10.09.03.01
518 Propeller handling: associated control levers, degraded 021.10.09.04 021.10.09.04
modes of operation, indications and warnings

519 Describe the checks to be carried out on a constant- 021.10.09.04.01 021.10.09.04.01

speed propeller system after engine start.

520 Describe the operation of a constant-speed propeller 021.10.09.04.02 021.10.09.04.02

system during flight at different true airspeeds (TAS)
and rpm including an overspeeding propeller.

521 Describe the operating principle of a variable pitch 021.10.09.04.03 021.10.09.04.03

propeller when feathering and unfeathering, including
the operation of cockpit controls.
522 Describe the operating principle of a variable pitch 021.10.09.04.04 021.10.09.04.04
propeller when reverse pitch is selected, including the
operation of cockpit controls.
523 Describe the operation of the propeller levers during 021.10.09.04.05 021.10.09.04.05
different phases of flight.
524 Performance and engine handling 021.10.10 00 021.10.10 00
525 Performance 021.10.10.01 021.10.10.01
526 Describe the effect on power output of a petrol and 021.10.10.01.01 021.10.10.01.01
diesel engine taking into consideration the following
parameters: ambient pressure, exhaust back pressure;
temperature; density altitude; humidity.

527 Explain the term ‘normally aspirated engine’. 021.10.10.01.02 021.10.10.01.02

528 Power-augmentation devices: explain the requirement 021.10.10.01.03 021.10.10.01.03
for power augmentation (turbocharging) of a piston
engine.
529 Describe the function and the principle of operation of 021.10.10.01.04 021.10.10.01.04
the following main components of a turbocharger:
turbine; compressor; waste gate; waste-gate actuator.

530 Explain the difference between an altitude-boosted 021.10.10.01.05 021.10.10.01.05

turbocharger and a ground-boosted turbocharger.
531 Explain turbo lag. 021.10.10.01.06 021.10.10.01.06
532 Define the term ‘critical altitude’. 021.10.10.01.07 021.10.10.01.07
533 Explain the function of an intercooler. 021.10.10.01.08 021.10.10.01.08
534 Define the terms ‘full-throttle height’ and ‘rated 021.10.10.01.09 021.10.10.01.09
altitude’.
535 Explain the purpose of a supercharger and the basic 021.10.10.01.10 021.10.10.01.10
differences from a turbocharger.
536 Engine handling 021.10.10.02 021.10.10.02
537 State the correct procedures for setting the engine 021.10.10.02.01 021.10.10.02.01
controls when increasing or decreasing power.
538 Define the following terms: take-off power; maximum 021.10.10.02.02 021.10.10.02.02
continuous power.
539 Describe the start problems associated with extreme 021.10.10.02.03 021.10.10.02.03
cold weather.
540 Describe the principal difference between a full- 021.10.10.02.04 021.10.10.02.04
authority digital engine control (FADEC) system-
controlled engine and traditional manual engine
controls.

541 Describe the engine controls available on the flight deck 021.10.10.02.05 021.10.10.02.05
for a FADEC-controlled engine.
542 Explain that the FADEC has full authority of the control 021.10.10.02.06 021.10.10.02.06
of all engine parameters ensuring efficient and correct
running of the engine, including protection in the event
of failure.

543 Explain the need for FADEC redundancy with regard to 021.10.10.02.07 021.10.10.02.07
power supply and data input and output.
544 TURBINE ENGINES 021.11.00.00 021.11.00.00
545 Basic principles 021.11.01.00 021.11.01.00
546 Basic generation of thrust and the thrust formula 021.11.01.01 021.11.01.01
547 Describe how thrust is produced by a basic gas turbine 021.11.01.01.01 021.11.01.01.01
engine.
548 Describe the simple form of the thrust formula for a 021.11.01.01.02 021.11.01.01.02
basic, straight jet engine and perform simple
calculations (including pressure thrust).
549 State that thrust can be considered to remain 021.11.01.01.03 021.11.01.01.03
approximately constant over the whole aeroplane
subsonic speed range.
550 Design, types and components of turbine engines 021.11.01.02 021.11.01.02
551 List the main components of a basic gas turbine engine: 021.11.01.02.01 021.11.01.02.01
inlet; compressor; combustion chamber; turbine; outlet.

552 Describe the variation of static pressure, temperature 021.11.01.02.02 021.11.01.02.02

and axial velocity in a gas turbine engine under normal
operating conditions and with the aid of a working cycle
diagram.

553 Describe the differences between absolute, 021.11.01.02.03 021.11.01.02.03

circumferential (tangential) and axial velocity.
554 List the different types of gas turbine engines: straight 021.11.01.02.04 021.11.01.02.04
jet; turbofan; turboprop.
555 State that a gas turbine engine can have one or more 021.11.01.02.05 021.11.01.02.05
spools.
556 Describe how thrust is produced by turbojet and 021.11.01.02.06 021.11.01.02.06
turbofan engines.
557 Describe how power is produced by turboprop engines. 021.11.01.02.07 021.11.01.02.07

558 Describe the term ‘equivalent horsepower’ (= thrust 021.11.01.02.08 021.11.01.02.08

horsepower + shaft horsepower).
559 Explain the principle of a free turbine or free-power 021.11.01.02.09 021.11.01.02.09
turbine.
560 Define the term ‘bypass ratio’ and perform simple 021.11.01.02.10 021.11.01.02.10
calculations to determine it.
561 Define the terms ‘propulsive power’, ‘propulsive 021.11.01.02.11 021.11.01.02.11
efficiency’, ‘thermal efficiency’ and ‘total efficiency’.

562 Describe the influence of compressor-pressure ratio on 021.11.01.02.12 021.11.01.02.12

thermal efficiency.
563 Explain the variations of propulsive efficiency with 021.11.01.02.13 021.11.01.02.13
forward speed for turbojet, turbofan and turboprop
engines.
564 Define the term ‘specific fuel consumption’ for 021.11.01.02.14 021.11.01.02.14
turbojets and turboprops.
565 Coupled turbine engine: design, operation, 021.11.01.03 021.11.01.03
components and materials
566 Name the main assembly parts of a coupled turbine 021.11.01.03.01 021.11.01.03.01
engine and explain its operation.
567 Explain the limitations of the materials used with regard 021.11.01.03.02 021.11.01.03.02
to maximum turbine temperature, engine and drive
train torque limits.
568 Describe the possible effects on engine components 021.11.01.03.03 021.11.01.03.03
when limits are exceeded.
569 Explain that when engine limits are exceeded, this event 021.11.01.03.04 021.11.01.03.04
must be reported.
570 Free-turbine engine: design, components and 021.11.01.04 021.11.01.04
materials
571 Describe the design methods to keep the engine’s size 021.11.01.04.01 021.11.01.04.01
small for installation in helicopters.
572 List the main components of a free-turbine engine. 021.11.01.04.02 021.11.01.04.02
573 Describe how the power is developed by a 021.11.01.04.03 021.11.01.04.03
turboshaft/free-turbine engine.
574 Explain how the exhaust gas temperature is used to 021.11.01.04.04 021.11.01.04.04
monitor turbine stress.
575 Main-engine components 021.11.02.00 021.11.02.00
576 Aeroplane: air intake 021.11.02.01 021.11.02.01
577 State the functions of the engine air inlet/air intake. 021.11.02.01.01 021.11.02.01.01

578 Describe the geometry of a subsonic (pitot-type) air 021.11.02.01.02 021.11.02.01.02

inlet.
579 Explain the gas-parameter changes in a subsonic air 021.11.02.01.03 021.11.02.01.03
inlet at different flight speeds.
580 Describe the reasons for, and the dangers of, the 021.11.02.01.04 021.11.02.01.04
following operational problems concerning the engine
air inlet: airflow separation; inlet icing; inlet damage;
foreign object damage (FOD); heavy in-flight
turbulence.

581 Compressor and diffuser 021.11.02.02 021.11.02.02

582 State the purpose of the compressor. 021.11.02.02.01 021.11.02.02.01
583 Describe the working principle of a centrifugal and an 021.11.02.02.02 021.11.02.02.02
axial flow compressor.
584 Name the following main components of a single stage 021.11.02.02.03 021.11.02.02.03
and describe their function for a centrifugal
compressor: impeller; diffuser.
585 Name the following main components of a single stage 021.11.02.02.04 021.11.02.02.04
and describe their function for an axial compressor:
rotor vanes; stator vanes.
586 Describe the gas-parameter changes in a compressor 021.11.02.02.05 021.11.02.02.05
stage.
587 Define the term ‘pressure ratio’ and state a typical value 021.11.02.02.06 021.11.02.02.06
for one stage of a centrifugal and an axial flow
compressor and for the complete compressor.

588 State the advantages and disadvantages of increasing 021.11.02.02.07 021.11.02.02.07

the number of stages in a centrifugal compressor.

589 Explain the difference in sensitivity for FOD of a 021.11.02.02.08 021.11.02.02.08

centrifugal compressor compared with an axial flow
type.
590 Explain the convergent air annulus through an axial flow 021.11.02.02.09 021.11.02.02.09
compressor.
591 Describe the reason for twisting the compressor blades. 021.11.02.02.10 021.11.02.02.10

592 State the tasks of inlet guide vanes (IGVs). 021.11.02.02.11 021.11.02.02.11
593 State the reason for the clicking noise whilst the 021.11.02.02.12 021.11.02.02.12
compressor slowly rotates on the ground.
594 State the advantages of increasing the number of 021.11.02.02.13 021.11.02.02.13
spools.
595 Explain the implications of tip losses and describe the 021.11.02.02.14 021.11.02.02.14
design features to minimise the problem.
596 Explain the problems of blade bending and flapping and 021.11.02.02.15 021.11.02.02.15
describe the design features to minimise the problem.

597 Explain the following terms: compressor stall; engine 021.11.02.02.16 021.11.02.02.16
surge.
598 State the conditions that are possible causes of stall and 021.11.02.02.17 021.11.02.02.17
surge.
599 Describe the indications of stall and surge. 021.11.02.02.18 021.11.02.02.18
600 Describe the design features used to minimise the 021.11.02.02.19 021.11.02.02.19
occurrence of stall and surge.
601 Describe a compressor map (surge envelope) with rpm 021.11.02.02.20 021.11.02.02.20
lines, stall limit, steady state line and acceleration line.

602 Describe the function of the diffuser. 021.11.02.02.21 021.11.02.02.21

603 Combustion chamber 021.11.02.03 021.11.02.03
604 Define the purpose of the combustion chamber. 021.11.02.03.01 021.11.02.03.01
605 List the requirements for combustion. 021.11.02.03.02 021.11.02.03.02
606 Describe the working principle of a combustion 021.11.02.03.03 021.11.02.03.03
chamber.
607 Explain the reason for reducing the airflow axial velocity 021.11.02.03.04 021.11.02.03.04
at the combustion chamber inlet (snout).
608 State the function of the swirl vanes (swirler). 021.11.02.03.05 021.11.02.03.05
609 State the function of the drain valves. 021.11.02.03.06 021.11.02.03.06
610 Define the terms ‘primary airflow’ and ‘secondary 021.11.02.03.07 021.11.02.03.07
airflow’, and explain their purpose.
611 Explain the following two mixture ratios: primary 021.11.02.03.08 021.11.02.03.08
airflow to fuel; total airflow (within the combustion
chamber) to fuel.
612 Describe the gas-parameter changes in the combustion 021.11.02.03.09 021.11.02.03.09
chamber.
613 State a typical maximum value of the outlet 021.11.02.03.10 021.11.02.03.10
temperature of the combustion chamber.
614 Describe the following types of combustion chambers 021.11.02.03.11 021.11.02.03.11
and state the differences between them: can type; can-
annular, cannular or turbo-annular; annular; reverse-
flow annular.

615 Turbine 021.11.02.04 021.11.02.04

616 Explain the purpose of a turbine in different types of gas 021.11.02.04.01 021.11.02.04.01
turbine engines.
617 Describe the principles of operation of impulse, reaction 021.11.02.04.02 021.11.02.04.02
and impulse-reaction axial flow turbines.
618 Name the main components of a turbine stage and their 021.11.02.04.03 021.11.02.04.03
function.
619 Describe the working principle of a turbine. 021.11.02.04.04 021.11.02.04.04
620 Describe the gas-parameter changes in a turbine stage. 021.11.02.04.05 021.11.02.04.05

621 Describe the function and the working principle of 021.11.02.04.06 021.11.02.04.06
active clearance control.
622 Describe the implications of tip losses and the means to 021.11.02.04.07 021.11.02.04.07
minimise them.
623 Explain why the available engine thrust is limited by the 021.11.02.04.08 021.11.02.04.08
turbine inlet temperature.
624 Explain the divergent gas-flow annulus through an axial- 021.11.02.04.09 021.11.02.04.09
flow turbine.
625 Explain the high mechanical thermal stress in the 021.11.02.04.10 021.11.02.04.10
turbine blades and wheels/discs.
626 Aeroplane: exhaust 021.11.02.05 021.11.02.05
627 Name the following main components of the exhaust 021.11.02.05.01 021.11.02.05.01
unit and their function: jet pipe; propelling nozzle;
exhaust cone.
628 Describe the working principle of the exhaust unit. 021.11.02.05.02 021.11.02.05.02
629 Describe the gas-parameter changes in the exhaust 021.11.02.05.03 021.11.02.05.03
unit.
630 Define the term ‘choked exhaust nozzle’ (not applicable 021.11.02.05.04 021.11.02.05.04
to turboprops).
631 Explain how jet exhaust noise can be reduced. 021.11.02.05.05 021.11.02.05.05
632 Helicopter: air intake 021.11.02.06 021.11.02.06
633 Name and explain the main task of the engine air 021.11.02.06.01 021.11.02.06.01
intake.
634 Describe the use of a convergent air-intake ducting on 021.11.02.06.02 021.11.02.06.02
helicopters.
635 Describe the reasons for and the dangers of the 021.11.02.06.03 021.11.02.06.03
following operational problems concerning engine air
intake: airflow separations; intake icing; intake damage;
FOD; heavy in-flight turbulence.

636 Describe the conditions and circumstances during 021.11.02.06.04 021.11.02.06.04

ground operations when FOD is most likely to occur.

637 Describe and explain the principles of air intake filter 021.11.02.06.05 021.11.02.06.05
systems that can be fitted to some helicopters for
operations in icing and sand conditions.

638 Describe the function of the heated pads on some 021.11.02.06.06 021.11.02.06.06
helicopter air intakes.
639 Helicopter: exhaust 021.11.02.07 021.11.02.07
640 Describe the working principle of the exhaust unit. 021.11.02.07.01 021.11.02.07.01
641 Describe the gas-parameter changes in the exhaust 021.11.02.07.02 021.11.02.07.02
unit.
642 Additional components and systems 021.11.03.00 021.11.03.00
643 Engine fuel system 021.11.03.01 021.11.03.01
644 Name the main components of the engine fuel system 021.11.03.01.01 021.11.03.01.01
and state their function: filters; low-pressure (LP) pump;
high-pressure (HP) pump; fuel manifold; fuel nozzles;
HP fuel cock; fuel control; or hydromechanical unit.

645 Name the two types of engine-driven high-pressure 021.11.03.01.02 021.11.03.01.02

pumps, such as: gear-type; swash plate-type.
646 State the tasks of the fuel control unit. 021.11.03.01.03 021.11.03.01.03
647 List the possible input parameters to a fuel control unit 021.11.03.01.04 021.11.03.01.04
to achieve a given thrust/power setting.
648 Engine control system 021.11.03.02 021.11.03.02
649 State the tasks of the engine control system. 021.11.03.02.01 021.11.03.02.01
650 List the following different types of engine control 021.11.03.02.02 021.11.03.02.02
systems: hydromechanical; hydromechanical with a
limited authority electronic supervisor; single-channel
FADEC with hydromechanical backup; dual-channel
FADEC with no backup or any other combination.

651 Describe a FADEC as a full-authority dual-channel 021.11.03.02.03 021.11.03.02.03

system including functions such as an electronic engine
control unit, wiring, sensors, variable vanes, active
clearance control, bleed configuration, electrical
signalling of thrust lever angle (TLA) (see also AMC to
CS-E-50), and an EGT protection function and engine
overspeed.

652 Explain how redundancy is achieved by using more than 021.11.03.02.04 021.11.03.02.04
one channel in a FADEC system.
653 State the consequences of a FADEC single input data 021.11.03.02.05 021.11.03.02.05
failure.
654 State that all input and output data is checked by both 021.11.03.02.06 021.11.03.02.06
channels in a FADEC system.
655 State that a FADEC system uses its own sensors and 021.11.03.02.07 021.11.03.02.07
that, in some cases, also data from aircraft systems is
used.
656 State that a FADEC must have its own source of 021.11.03.02.08 021.11.03.02.08
electrical power.
657 Engine lubrication 021.11.03.03 021.11.03.03
658 State the tasks of an engine lubrication system. 021.11.03.03.01 021.11.03.03.01
659 Name the following main components of a lubrication 021.11.03.03.02 021.11.03.03.02
system and state their function: oil tank and centrifugal
breather; oil pumps (pressure and scavenge pumps); oil
filters (including the bypass); oil sumps; chip detectors;
coolers.

660 Explain that each spool is fitted with at least one ball 021.11.03.03.03 021.11.03.03.03
bearing and two or more roller bearings.
661 Explain the use of compressor air in oil-sealing systems 021.11.03.03.04 021.11.03.03.04
(e.g. labyrinth seals).
662 Engine auxiliary gearbox 021.11.03.04 021.11.03.04
663 State the tasks of the auxiliary gearbox. 021.11.03.04.01 021.11.03.04.01
664 Describe how the gearbox is driven and lubricated. 021.11.03.04.02 021.11.03.04.02

665 Engine ignition 021.11.03.05 021.11.03.05

666 State the task of the ignition system. 021.11.03.05.01 021.11.03.05.01
667 Name the following main components of the ignition 021.11.03.05.02 021.11.03.05.02
system and state their function: power sources; igniters.

668 State why jet turbine engines are equipped with two 021.11.03.05.03 021.11.03.05.03
electrically independent ignition systems.
669 Explain the different modes of operation of the ignition 021.11.03.05.04 021.11.03.05.04
system.
670 Engine starter 021.11.03.06 021.11.03.06
671 Name the main components of the starting system and 021.11.03.06.01 021.11.03.06.01
state their function.
672 Explain the principle of a turbine engine start. 021.11.03.06.02 021.11.03.06.02
673 Describe the following two types of starters: electric; 021.11.03.06.03 021.11.03.06.03
pneumatic.
674 Describe a typical start sequence (on ground/in flight) 021.11.03.06.04 021.11.03.06.04
for a turbofan.
675 Define ‘self-sustaining rpm’. 021.11.03.06.05 021.11.03.06.05
676 Reverse thrust 021.11.03.07 021.11.03.07
677 Name the following main components of a reverse- 021.11.03.07.01 021.11.03.07.01
thrust system and state their function: reverse-thrust
select lever; power source (pneumatic or hydraulic);
actuators; doors; annunciations.

678 Explain the principle of a reverse-thrust system. 021.11.03.07.02 021.11.03.07.02

679 Identify the advantages and disadvantages of using 021.11.03.07.03 021.11.03.07.03
reverse thrust.
680 Describe and explain the following different types of 021.11.03.07.04 021.11.03.07.04
thrust-reverser systems: hot-stream reverser; clamshell
or bucket-door system; cold-stream reverser (only
turbofan engines); blocker doors; cascade vanes.

681 Explain the implications of reversing the cold stream 021.11.03.07.05 021.11.03.07.05
(fan reverser) only on a high bypass ratio engine.

682 Describe the protection features against inadvertent 021.11.03.07.06 021.11.03.07.06

thrust-reverse deployment in flight as present on most
transport aeroplanes.
683 Describe the controls and indications provided for the 021.11.03.07.07 021.11.03.07.07
thrust-reverser system.
684 Helicopter specifics on design, operation and 021.11.03.08 021.11.03.08
components for additional components and systems
such as lubrication system, ignition circuit, starter,
accessory gearbox

685 State the task of the lubrication system. 021.11.03.08.01 021.11.03.08.01

686 List and describe the common helicopter lubrication 021.11.03.08.02 021.11.03.08.02
systems.
687 Name the following main components of a helicopter 021.11.03.08.03 021.11.03.08.03
lubrication system: reservoir; pump assembly; external
oil filter; magnetic chip detectors, electronic chip
detectors; thermostatic oil coolers; breather.

688 Identify and name the components of a helicopter 021.11.03.08.04 021.11.03.08.04

lubrication system from a diagram.
689 Identify the indications used to monitor a lubrication 021.11.03.08.05 021.11.03.08.05
system including warning systems.
690 Explain the differences and appropriate use of straight 021.11.03.08.06 021.11.03.08.06
oil and compound oil, and describe the oil numbering
system for aviation use.
691 Explain and describe the ignition circuit for engine start 021.11.03.08.07 021.11.03.08.07
and engine relight facility when the selection is set for
both automatic and manual functions.
692 Explain and describe the starter motor and the 021.11.03.08.08 021.11.03.08.08
sequence of events when starting, and that for most
helicopters the starter becomes the generator after the
starting sequence is over.

693 Explain and describe why the engine drives the 021.11.03.08.09 021.11.03.08.09
accessory gearbox.
694 Engine operation and monitoring 021.11.04.00 021.11.04.00
695 General 021.11.04.01 021.11.04.01
696 Explain the following aeroplane engine ratings: take-off; 021.11.04.01.01 021.11.04.01.01
go-around; maximum continuous thrust/power;
maximum climb thrust/power.
697 Explain spool-up time. 021.11.04.01.02 021.11.04.01.02
698 Explain the reason for the difference between ground 021.11.04.01.03 021.11.04.01.03
and approach flight idle values (rpm).
699 State the parameters that can be used for setting and 021.11.04.01.04 021.11.04.01.04
monitoring the thrust/power.
700 Describe the terms ‘alpha range’, ‘beta range’ and 021.11.04.01.05 021.11.04.01.05
‘reverse thrust’ as applied to a turboprop power lever.

701 Explain the dangers of inadvertent beta-range selection 021.11.04.01.06 021.11.04.01.06

in flight for a turboprop.
702 Explain the purpose of engine trending. 021.11.04.01.07 021.11.04.01.07
703 Explain how the exhaust gas temperature is used to 021.11.04.01.08 021.11.04.01.08
monitor turbine stress.
704 Describe the effect of engine acceleration and 021.11.04.01.09 021.11.04.01.09
deceleration on the EGT.
705 Describe the possible effects on engine components 021.11.04.01.10 021.11.04.01.10
when EGT limits are exceeded.
706 Explain why engine-limit exceedances must be 021.11.04.01.11 021.11.04.01.11
reported.
707 Explain the limitations on the use of the thrust-reverser 021.11.04.01.12 021.11.04.01.12
system at low forward speed.
708 Explain the term ‘engine seizure’. 021.11.04.01.13 021.11.04.01.13
709 State the possible causes of engine seizure and explain 021.11.04.01.14 021.11.04.01.14
their preventative measures.
710 Describe the potential consequences of a leak in the 021.11.04.01.15 021.11.04.01.15
following two designs of fuel and oil heat exchanger: oil
pressure higher than fuel pressure with oil leaking into
the fuel system, potentially affecting the combustion
and running of the engine; fuel pressure higher than oil
pressure with fuel leaking into the oil system,
potentially increasing the risk of a fire due to fuel
entering warm parts of the engine that should be free
from fuel.

711 Explain oil-filter clogging (blockage) and the implications 021.11.04.01.16 021.11.04.01.16
for the lubrication system.
712 Give examples of monitoring instruments of an engine. 021.11.04.01.17 021.11.04.01.17

713 Describe how to identify and assess engine damage 021.11.04.01.18 021.11.04.01.18
based on instrument indications.
714 Starting malfunctions 021.11.04.02 021.11.04.02
715 Describe the indications and the possible causes of the 021.11.04.02.01 021.11.04.02.01
following aeroplane starting malfunctions: false (dry or
wet) start; tailpipe fire (torching); hot start; abortive
(hung) start; no N1 rotation; no FADEC indications.

716 Describe the indications and the possible causes of the 021.11.04.02.02 021.11.04.02.02
following helicopter starting malfunctions: false (dry or
wet) start; tailpipe fire (torching); hot start; abortive
(hung) start; no N1 rotation; freewheel failure; no
FADEC indications.

717 Relight envelope 021.11.04.03 021.11.04.03

718 Explain the relight envelope. 021.11.04.03.01 021.11.04.03.01
719 Performance aspects 021.11.05.00 021.11.05.00
720 Thrust, performance aspects, and limitations 021.11.05.01 021.11.05.01
721 Describe the variation of thrust and specific fuel 021.11.05.01.01 021.11.05.01.01
consumption with altitude at constant TAS.
722 Describe the variation of thrust and specific fuel 021.11.05.01.02 021.11.05.01.02
consumption with TAS at constant altitude.
723 Explain the term ‘flat-rated engine’ by describing the 021.11.05.01.03 021.11.05.01.03
change of take-off thrust, turbine inlet temperature and
engine rpm with outside air temperature (OAT).

724 Define the term ‘engine pressure ratio’ (EPR). 021.11.05.01.04 021.11.05.01.04
725 Explain the use of reduced (flexible) and derated thrust 021.11.05.01.05 021.11.05.01.05
for take-off, and explain the advantages and
disadvantages when compared with a full-rated take-
off.

726 Describe the effects of use of bleed air on rpm, EGT, 021.11.05.01.06 021.11.05.01.06
thrust, and specific fuel consumption.
727 Helicopter engine ratings, engine performance and 021.11.05.02 021.11.05.02
limitations, engine handling: torque, performance
aspects and limitations
728 Describe engine rating torque limits for take-off, 021.11.05.02.01 021.11.05.02.01
transient and maximum continuous.
729 Describe turbine outlet temperature (TOT) limits for 021.11.05.02.02 021.11.05.02.02
take-off.
730 Explain why TOT is a limiting factor for helicopter 021.11.05.02.03 021.11.05.02.03
performance.
731 Describe and explain the relationship between 021.11.05.02.04 021.11.05.02.04
maximum torque available and density altitude, which
leads to decreasing torque available with the increase
of density altitude.

732 Explain that hovering downwind, on some helicopters, 021.11.05.02.05 021.11.05.02.05

will noticeably increase the engine TOT.

733 Explain the reason why the engine performance is less 021.11.05.02.06 021.11.05.02.06
when aircraft accessories (i.e. anti-ice, heating, hoist,
filters) are switched on.
734 Describe the effects of use of bleed air on engine 021.11.05.02.07 021.11.05.02.07
parameters.
735 Explain that, on some helicopters, exceeding the TOT 021.11.05.02.08 021.11.05.02.08
limit may cause the main rotor to droop (slow down).

736 Describe overtorquing and explain the consequences. 021.11.05.02.09 021.11.05.02.09

737 Auxiliary power unit (APU) 021.11.06.00 021.11.06.00

738 Design, operation, functions, operational limitations 021.11.06.01 021.11.06.01

739 State that an APU is a gas turbine engine and list its 021.11.06.01.01 021.11.06.01.01
tasks.
740 State the difference between the two types of APU 021.11.06.01.02 021.11.06.01.02
inlets.
741 Define ‘maximum operating and maximum starting 021.11.06.01.03 021.11.06.01.03
altitude’.
742 Name the typical APU control and monitoring 021.11.06.01.04 021.11.06.01.04
instruments.
743 Describe the APU’s automatic shutdown protection. 021.11.06.01.05 021.11.06.01.05

744 PROTECTION AND DETECTION SYSTEMS 021.12.00.00 021.12.00.00

745 Smoke detection 021.12.01.00 021.12.01.00
746 Types, design, operation, indications and warnings 021.12.01.01 021.12.01.01
747 Explain the operating principle of the following types of 021.12.01.01.01 021.12.01.01.01
smoke detection sensors: optical; ionising.

748 Give an example of warnings, indications and function 021.12.01.01.02 021.12.01.01.02

tests.
749 Fire-protection systems 021.12.02.00 021.12.02.00
750 Fire extinguishing (engine and cargo compartments) 021.12.02.01 021.12.02.01

751 Explain the operating principle of a built-in fire- 021.12.02.01.01 021.12.02.01.01

extinguishing system and describe its components.

752 State that two discharges must be provided for each 021.12.02.01.02 021.12.02.01.02
engine (see CS 25.1195(c) Fire-extinguisher systems).

753 Fire detection 021.12.02.02 021.12.02.02

754 Explain the following principles of fire detection: 021.12.02.02.01 021.12.02.02.01
resistance and capacitance; gas pressure.
755 Explain fire-detection applications such as: bimetallic; 021.12.02.02.02 021.12.02.02.02
continuous loop; gaseous loop (gas-filled detectors).

756 Explain why generally double-loop systems are used. 021.12.02.02.03 021.12.02.02.03

757 Give an example of warnings, indications and function 021.12.02.02.04 021.12.02.02.04

tests of a fire-protection system.
758 Rain-protection system 021.12.03.00 021.12.03.00
759 Principle and method of operation 021.12.03.01 021.12.03.01
760 Explain the principle and method of operation of the 021.12.03.01.01 021.12.03.01.01
following windshield rain-protection systems for an
aeroplane: wipers; liquids (rain-repellent); coating.

761 Explain the principle and method of operation of wipers 021.12.03.01.02 021.12.03.01.02
for a helicopter.
762 OXYGEN SYSTEMS 021.13.00.00 021.13.00.00
763 Cockpit, portable and chemical oxygen systems 021.13.01.00 021.13.01.00
764 Operating principles, actuation methods, comparison 021.13.01.01 021.13.01.01

765 Describe the basic operating principle of a cockpit 021.13.01.01.01 021.13.01.01.01

oxygen system and describe the following different
modes of operation: normal (diluter demand); 100 per
cent; emergency.
766 Describe the operating principle and the purposes of 021.13.01.01.02 021.13.01.01.02
the following two portable oxygen systems: smoke
hood; portable bottle.
767 Describe the following two oxygen systems that can be 021.13.01.01.03 021.13.01.01.03
used to supply oxygen to passengers: fixed system
(chemical oxygen generator or gaseous system);
portable.

768 Describe the actuation methods (automatic and 021.13.01.01.04 021.13.01.01.04

manual) and the functioning of a passenger oxygen
mask.
769 Compare chemical oxygen generators to gaseous 021.13.01.01.05 021.13.01.01.05
systems with respect to: capacity; flow regulation.
770 State the dangers of grease or oil related to the use of 021.13.01.01.06 021.13.01.01.06
oxygen systems.
771 HELICOPTER: MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS 021.14.00.00 021.14.00.00
772 Variable rotor speed, active vibration suppression, 021.14.01.00 021.14.01.00
night-vision goggles (NVG)
773 Variable rotor speed 021.14.01.01 021.14.01.01
774 Explain the system for ‘beeping’ the NR to its upper 021.14.01.01.01 021.14.01.01.01
limit.
775 Active vibration suppression 021.14.01.02 021.14.01.02
776 Explain and describe how the active vibration 021.14.01.02.01 021.14.01.02.01
suppression system works through high-speed actuators
and accelerometer inputs.
777 NVG - to be introduced at a later date 021.14.01.03 021.14.01.03
778 HELICOPTER: ROTOR HEADS 021.15.00.00 021.15.00.00
779 Main rotor 021.15.01.00 021.15.01.00
780 Types 021.15.01.01 021.15.01.01
781 Describe the following rotor-head systems: teetering 021.15.01.01.01 021.15.01.01.01
(semi-articulated); articulated; hingeless (rigid);
bearingless (semi-articulated).
782 Describe in basic terms the following configuration of 021.15.01.01.02 021.15.01.01.02
rotor systems and their advantages and disadvantages:
tandem; coaxial; side by side.

783 Explain how flapping, dragging and feathering is 021.15.01.01.03 021.15.01.01.03

achieved in each rotor-head system.
784 Structural components and materials, stresses, 021.15.01.02 021.15.01.02
structural limitations
785 Identify from a diagram the main structural 021.15.01.02.01 021.15.01.02.01
components of the main types of rotor-head systems.

786 List and describe the methods used to detect damage 021.15.01.02.02 021.15.01.02.02
and cracks.
787 Explain and describe the structural limitations to 021.15.01.02.03 021.15.01.02.03
respective rotor systems, including the dangers of
negative G inputs to certain rotor-head systems.
788 Describe the various rotor-head lubrication methods. 021.15.01.02.04 021.15.01.02.04

789 Design and construction 021.15.01.03 021.15.01.03

790 Describe the material technology used in rotor-head 021.15.01.03.01 021.15.01.03.01
design, including construction, using the following
materials or mixture of materials: composites; fibre-
glass; alloys; elastomers.

791 Adjustment 021.15.01.04 021.15.01.04

792 Describe and explain the methods of adjustment which 021.15.01.04.01 021.15.01.04.01
are possible on various helicopter rotor-head
assemblies.
793 Tail rotor 021.15.02.00 021.15.02.00
794 Types 021.15.02.01 021.15.02.01
795 Describe the following tail-rotor systems: delta-3 hinge 021.15.02.01.01 021.15.02.01.01
effect; multi-bladed delta-3 effect; Fenestron or ducted
fan tail rotor; no tail rotor (NOTAR) low-velocity air jet
flows from tangential slots (the Coanda effect); NOTAR
high-velocity air jet flows from adjustable nozzles (the
Coanda effect).

796 Identify from a diagram the main structural 021.15.02.01.02 021.15.02.01.02

components of the four main types of tail-rotor
systems.
797 Explain and describe the methods to detect damage 021.15.02.01.03 021.15.02.01.03
and cracks on the tail rotor and assembly.
798 Explain and describe the structural limitations to the 021.15.02.01.04 021.15.02.01.04
respective tail-rotor systems and possible limitations
regarding the turning rate of the helicopter.

799 Explain and describe the following methods that 021.15.02.01.05 021.15.02.01.05
helicopter designers use to minimise tail-rotor drift and
roll: reducing the couple arm (tail rotor on a pylon);
offsetting the rotor mast; use of ‘bias’ in cyclic control
mechanism.

800 Explain pitch-input mechanisms. 021.15.02.01.06 021.15.02.01.06

801 Explain the relationship between tail-rotor thrust and 021.15.02.01.07 021.15.02.01.07
engine power.
802 Describe how the vertical fin on some types reduces the 021.15.02.01.08 021.15.02.01.08
power demand of the tail rotor.
803 Design and construction 021.15.02.02 021.15.02.02
804 List and describe the various tail-rotor designs and 021.15.02.02.01 021.15.02.02.01
construction methods used on helicopters currently in
service.
805 HELICOPTER: TRANSMISSION 021.16.00.00 021.16.00.00
806 Main gearbox 021.16.01.00 021.16.01.00
807 Different types, design, operation, limitations 021.16.01.01 021.16.01.01
808 Describe the following main principles of helicopter 021.16.01.01.01 021.16.01.01.01
transmission systems for single- and twin-engine
helicopters: drive for the main and tail rotor; accessory
drive for the generator(s), alternator(s), hydraulic and
oil pumps, oil cooler(s) and tachometers.

809 Describe the reason for limitations on multi-engine 021.16.01.01.02 021.16.01.01.02

helicopter transmissions in various engine-out
situations.
810 Describe how the passive vibration control works with 021.16.01.01.03 021.16.01.01.03
gearbox mountings.
811 Rotor brake 021.16.02.00 021.16.02.00
812 Types, operational considerations 021.16.02.01 021.16.02.01
813 Describe the main function of the disc type of rotor 021.16.02.01.01 021.16.02.01.01
brake.
814 Describe both hydraulic- and cable-operated rotor- 021.16.02.01.02 021.16.02.01.02
brake systems.
815 Describe the different options for the location of the 021.16.02.01.03 021.16.02.01.03
rotor brake.
816 List the following operational considerations for the use 021.16.02.01.04 021.16.02.01.04
of rotor brakes: rotor speed at engagement of rotor
brake; risk of blade sailing in windy conditions; risk of
rotor-brake overheating and possible fire when brake is
applied above the maximum limit, particularly when
spilled hydraulic fluid is present; avoid stopping blades
over jet-pipe exhaust with engine running; cockpit
annunciation of rotor-brake operation.

817 Auxiliary systems 021.16.03.00 021.16.03.00

818 Powering the air-conditioning system 021.16.03.01 021.16.03.01
819 Explain how power for the air-conditioning system is 021.16.03.01.01 021.16.03.01.01
taken from the auxiliary gearbox.
820 Driveshaft and associated installation 021.16.04.00 021.16.04.00
821 Power, construction, materials, speed and torque 021.16.04.01 021.16.04.01
822 Describe how power is transmitted from the engine to 021.16.04.01.01 021.16.04.01.01
the main-rotor gearbox.
823 Describe the material and construction of the 021.16.04.01.02 021.16.04.01.02
driveshaft.
824 Explain the need for alignment between the engine and 021.16.04.01.03 021.16.04.01.03
the main- rotor gearbox.
825 Identify how temporary misalignment occurs between 021.16.04.01.04 021.16.04.01.04
driving and driven components.
826 Explain the relationship between driveshaft speed and 021.16.04.01.05 021.16.04.01.05
torque.
827 Describe the methods with which power is delivered to 021.16.04.01.06 021.16.04.01.06
the tail rotor.
828 Describe and identify the construction and materials of 021.16.04.01.07 021.16.04.01.07
tail-rotor/Fenestron driveshafts.
829 Intermediate and tail gearbox 021.16.05.00 021.16.05.00
830 Lubrication, gearing 021.16.05.01 021.16.05.01
831 Explain and describe the various arrangements when 021.16.05.01.01 021.16.05.01.01
the drive changes direction and the need for an
intermediate or tail gearbox.
832 Explain the lubrication requirements for intermediate 021.16.05.01.02 021.16.05.01.02
and tail-rotor gearboxes and methods of checking
levels.
833 Explain how on most helicopters the tail-rotor gearbox 021.16.05.01.03 021.16.05.01.03
contains gearing, etc., for the tail-rotor pitch-change
mechanism.
834 Clutches 021.16.06.00 021.16.06.00
835 Purpose, operation, components, serviceability 021.16.06.01 021.16.06.01
836 Explain the purpose of a clutch. 021.16.06.01.01 021.16.06.01.01
837 Describe and explain the operation of a: centrifugal 021.16.06.01.02 021.16.06.01.02
clutch; actuated clutch.
838 List the typical components of the various clutches. 021.16.06.01.03 021.16.06.01.03

839 Identify the following methods by which clutch 021.16.06.01.04 021.16.06.01.04

serviceability can be ascertained: brake-shoe dust;
vibration; main-rotor run-down time; engine speed at
time of main-rotor engagement; belt tensioning; start
protection in a belt-drive clutch system.
840 Freewheels 021.16.07.00 021.16.07.00
841 Purpose, operation, components, location 021.16.07.01 021.16.07.01
842 Explain the purpose of a freewheel. 021.16.07.01.01 021.16.07.01.01
843 Describe and explain the operation of a: cam- and 021.16.07.01.02 021.16.07.01.02
roller-type freewheel; sprag-clutch-type freewheel.
844 List the typical components of the various freewheels. 021.16.07.01.03 021.16.07.01.03

845 Identify the various locations of freewheels in power 021.16.07.01.04 021.16.07.01.04

plant and transmission systems.
846 Explain the implications regarding the engagement and 021.16.07.01.05 021.16.07.01.05
disengagement of the freewheel.
847 HELICOPTER: BLADES 021.17.00.00 021.17.00.00
848 Main-rotor design and blade design 021.17.01.00 021.17.01.00
849 Design, construction 021.17.01.01 021.17.01.01
850 Describe the different types of blade construction and 021.17.01.01.01 021.17.01.01.01
the need for torsional stiffness.
851 Describe the principles of heating systems/pads on 021.17.01.01.02 021.17.01.01.02
some blades for anti-icing/de-icing.
852 Describe the fully articulated rotor with hinges and 021.17.01.01.03 021.17.01.01.03
feathering hinges.
853 Structural components and materials 021.17.01.02 021.17.01.02
854 List the materials used in the construction of main-rotor 021.17.01.02.01 021.17.01.02.01
blades.
855 List the main structural components of a main-rotor 021.17.01.02.02 021.17.01.02.02
blade and their function.
856 Describe the drag hinge of the fully articulated rotor 021.17.01.02.03 021.17.01.02.03
and the lag flexure in the hingeless rotor.
857 Explain the necessity for drag dampers. 021.17.01.02.04 021.17.01.02.04
858 Forces and stresses 021.17.01.03 021.17.01.03
859 Describe main-rotor blade-loading on the ground and in 021.17.01.03.01 021.17.01.03.01
flight.
860 Describe where the most common stress areas are on 021.17.01.03.02 021.17.01.03.02
rotor blades.
861 Show how the centrifugal forces depend on rotor rpm 021.17.01.03.03 021.17.01.03.03
and blade mass and how they pull on the blade’s
attachment to the hub. Justify the upper limit of the
rotor rpm.

862 Assume a rigid attachment and show how thrust may 021.17.01.03.04 021.17.01.03.04
cause huge oscillating bending moments which stress
the attachment.
863 Explain why flapping hinges do not transfer such 021.17.01.03.05 021.17.01.03.05
moments. Show the small flapping hinge offset on fully
articulated rotors and zero offset in the case of
teetering rotors.

864 Describe the working principle of the flexible element in 021.17.01.03.06 021.17.01.03.06
the hingeless rotor and describe the equivalent flapping
hinge offset compared to that of the articulated rotor.

865 Structural limitations 021.17.01.04 021.17.01.04

866 Explain the structural limitations in terms of bending 021.17.01.04.01 021.17.01.04.01
and rotor rpm.
867 Adjustment 021.17.01.05 021.17.01.05
868 Explain the use of trim tabs. 021.17.01.05.01 021.17.01.05.01
869 Tip shape 021.17.01.06 021.17.01.06
870 Describe the various blade-tip shapes used by different 021.17.01.06.01 021.17.01.06.01
manufacturers and compare their advantages and
disadvantages.
871 Origins of the vertical vibrations 021.17.01.07 021.17.01.07
872 Explain the lift (thrust) variations per revolution of a 021.17.01.07.01 021.17.01.07.01
blade and the resulting vertical total rotor thrust (TRT)
variation in the case of perfectly identical blades.

873 Show the resulting frequencies and amplitudes as a 021.17.01.07.02 021.17.01.07.02

function of the number of blades.
874 Explain the thrust variation in the case of an out-of- 021.17.01.07.03 021.17.01.07.03
track blade, causes, and frequencies (one-per-
revolution).
875 Lateral vibrations 021.17.01.08 021.17.01.08
876 Explain blade imbalances, causes, and effects. 021.17.01.08.01 021.17.01.08.01
877 Tail-rotor design and blade design 021.17.02.00 021.17.02.00
878 Design, construction 021.17.02.01 021.17.02.01
879 Describe the most common design of tail-rotor blade 021.17.02.01.01 021.17.02.01.01
construction, consisting of stainless steel shell
reinforced by a honeycomb filler and stainless steel
leading abrasive strip.

880 Explain that ballast weights are located at the inboard 021.17.02.01.02 021.17.02.01.02
trailing edge and tip of blades, and that the weights
used are determined when the blades are
manufactured.

881 Describe how, for some helicopters, anti-icing/de-icing 021.17.02.01.03 021.17.02.01.03

systems are designed into the blade construction.

882 Describe the two-bladed rotor with a teetering hinge, 021.17.02.01.04 021.17.02.01.04
and rotors with more than two blades.
883 Describe the dangers to ground personnel and to the 021.17.02.01.05 021.17.02.01.05
rotor blades, and how to minimise these dangers.

884 Intentionally left blank 021.17.02.02 021.17.02.02

885 Stresses, vibrations and balancing 021.17.02.03 021.17.02.03
886 Describe the tail-rotor blade-loading on the ground and 021.17.02.03.01 021.17.02.03.01
in flight.
887 Explain the sources of vibration of the tail rotor and the 021.17.02.03.02 021.17.02.03.02
resulting high frequencies.
888 Explain balancing and tracking of the tail rotor. 021.17.02.03.03 021.17.02.03.03
889 Structural limitations 021.17.02.04 021.17.02.04
890 Describe the structural limitations of the tail-rotor 021.17.02.04.01 021.17.02.04.01
blades.
891 Describe the method of checking the strike indicators 021.17.02.04.02 021.17.02.04.02
placed on the tip of some tail-rotor blades.

892 Adjustment 021.17.02.05 021.17.02.05

893 Describe the adjustment of yaw pedals in the cockpit to 021.17.02.05.01 021.17.02.05.01
obtain full-control authority of the tail rotor.

894 The Fenestron 021.17.02.06 021.17.02.06

895 Describe the technical layout of a Fenestron tail rotor. 021.17.02.06.01 021.17.02.06.01

896 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of a 021.17.02.06.02 021.17.02.06.02

Fenestron tail rotor.
897 No tail rotor (NOTAR) 021.17.02.07 021.17.02.07
898 Describe the technical layout of a NOTAR design. 021.17.02.07.01 021.17.02.07.01
899 Explain the control concepts of a NOTAR. 021.17.02.07.02 021.17.02.07.02
900 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of a NOTAR 021.17.02.07.03 021.17.02.07.03
design.
Total
 2020 syllabus text

Reworded, intent the

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR
modified

ATPL(A)
Deleted

CPL(H)
CPL(A)
same
New

BK
AIRCRAFT GENERAL KNOWLEDGE — AIRFRAME,
SYSTEMS AND POWER PLANT

SYSTEM DESIGN, LOADS, STRESSES, MAINTENANCE

System design
Design concepts
Describe the following structural design philosophy: X X X X X X X
safe life; fail-safe (multiple load paths); damage-
tolerant.
Explain the purpose of redundancy in aircraft design. X X X X X X

Level of certification
Explain why some systems are duplicated or triplicated. X X X X X X X

Explain that all aircraft are certified according to X X X X X X X

specifications determined by the competent authority,
and that these certification specifications cover aspects
such as design, material quality and build quality.

State that the certification specifications for aeroplanes X X X X

issued by EASA are: CS-23 for Normal, Utility, Aerobatic
and Commuter Aeroplanes; CS-25 for Large Aeroplanes.

State that the certification specifications for rotorcraft X X X X X

issued by EASA are: CS-27 for Small Rotorcraft; CS-29 for
Large Rotorcraft.
Loads and stresses
Stress, strain and loads
Explain how stress and strain are always present in an X X X X X X
aircraft structure both when parked and during
manoeuvring. Remark: Stress is the internal force per
unit area inside a structural part as a result of external
loads. Strain is the deformation caused by the action of
stress on a material.

Describe the following types of loads that an aircraft X X X X X X

may be subjected to, when they occur, and how a pilot
may affect their magnitude: static loads; dynamic loads;
cyclic loads.

Describe the areas typically prone to stress that should X X X X X X

be given particular attention during a pre-flight
inspection, and highlight the limited visual cues of any
deformation that may be evident.

Fatigue and corrosion

Describe and explain fatigue and corrosion
Describe the effects of corrosion and how it can be X X X X X X
visually identified by a pilot during the pre-flight
inspection.
Describe the operating environments where the risk of X X X X X X
corrosion is increased and how to minimise the effects
of the environmental factors.
Explain that aircraft have highly corrosive fluids on X X X X X X
board as part of their systems and equipment.
Explain fatigue, how it affects the useful life of an X X X X X X
aircraft, and the effect of the following factors on the
development of fatigue: corrosion; number of cycles;
type of flight manoeuvres; stress level; level and quality
of maintenance.

Intentionally left blank

Maintenance
Maintenance methods: hard-time and on-condition
monitoring
Explain the following terms: hard-time or fixed-time X X X X X X
maintenance; on-condition maintenance; condition
monitoring.
AIRFRAME
Attachment methods
Attachment methods and detecting the development
of faulty attachments
Describe the following attachment methods used for X X X X X X
aircraft parts and components: riveting; welding;
bolting; pinning; adhesives (bonding); screwing.

Explain how the development of a faulty attachment X X X X X X

between aircraft parts or components can be detected
by a pilot during the pre-flight inspection.

Materials
Composite and other materials
Explain the principle of a composite material, and give X X X X X X X
examples of typical non-metallic materials used on
aircraft: carbon; glass; Kevlar aramid; resin or filler.

State the advantages and disadvantages of composite X X X X X X X

materials compared with metal alloys by considering
the following: strength-to-weight ratio; capability to
tailor the strength to the direction of the load; stiffness;
electrical conductivity (lightning); resistance to fatigue
and corrosion; resistance to cost; discovering damage
during a pre-flight inspection.

State that several types of materials are used on aircraft X X X X X X

and that they are chosen based on type of structure or
component and the required/desired material
properties.

Aeroplane: wings, tail surfaces and control surfaces

Design
Describe the following types of design and explain their X X X
advantages and disadvantages: high-mounted wing;
low-mounted wing; low- or mid-set tailplane; T-tail.

Structural components
Describe the function of the following structural X X X
components: spar and its components (web and girder
or cap); rib; stringer; skin; torsion box.
Loads, stresses and aeroelastic vibrations (flutter)
Describe the vertical and horizontal loads on the ground X X X
and during normal flight.
Describe the vertical and horizontal loads during X X X
asymmetric flight following an engine failure for a multi-
engine aeroplane, and how a pilot may potentially
overstress the structure during the failure scenario.

Explain the principle of flutter and resonance for the X X X

wing and control surfaces.
Explain the following countermeasures used to achieve X X X
stress relief and reduce resonance: chord-wise and
span-wise position of masses (e.g. engines, fuel, balance
masses for wing and control balance masses); torsional
stiffness; bending flexibility; fuel-balancing procedures
during flight (automatic or applied by the pilot).

Fuselage, landing gear, doors, floor, windscreen and

windows
Construction, functions, loads
Describe the following types of fuselage construction: X X X X X X X
monocoque, semi-monocoque.
Describe the construction and the function of the X X X X X X
following structural components of a fuselage: frames;
bulkhead; pressure bulkhead; stiffeners, stringers,
longerons; skin, doublers; floor suspension
(crossbeams); floor panels; firewall.

Describe the loads on the fuselage due to X X X

pressurisation.
Describe the following loads on a main landing gear: X X X
touch-down loads (vertical and horizontal); taxi loads on
bogie gear (turns).
Describe the structural danger of a nose-wheel landing X X X
with respect to: fuselage loads; nose-wheel strut loads.

Describe the structural danger of a tail strike with X X X

respect to: fuselage and aft bulkhead damage
(pressurisation).
Describe the door and hatch construction for X X X
pressurised and unpressurised aeroplanes including:
door and frame (plug type); hinge location; locking
mechanism.

Explain the advantages and disadvantages of the X X X X

following fuselage cross sections: circular; double
bubble; oval; rectangular.
Explain why flight-deck windows are constructed with X X X
different layers.
Explain the function of window heating for structural X X X
purposes.
Explain the implication of a direct-vision window (see X X X
CS 25.773(b)(3)).
Explain the need for an eye-reference position. X X X
Explain the function of floor venting (blow-out panels). X X X
Describe the construction and fitting of sliding doors. X X X X

Helicopter: structural aspects of flight controls

Design and construction
List the functions of flight controls. X X X X
Explain why vertical and horizontal stabilisers may have X X X X
different shapes and alignments.
Structural components and materials
Describe the fatigue life and methods of checking for X X X X
serviceability of the components and materials of flight
and control surfaces.
Loads, stresses and aeroelastic vibrations
Describe the dangers and stresses regarding safety and X X X X
serviceability in flight when the manufacturer’s design
envelope is exceeded.
Explain that blade tracking is important both to X X X X
minimise vibration and to help ensure uniformity of
flow through the disc.
Describe the early indications and vibrations which are X X X X
likely to be experienced when the main-rotor blades
and tail rotor are out of balance or tracking, including
the possible early indications due to possible fatigue
and overload.

Explain how a vibration harmonic can be set up in other X X X X

components which can lead to their early failure.

State the three planes of vibration measurement, i.e. X X X X

vertical, lateral, fore and aft.
Structural limitations
Maximum structural masses
Define and explain the following maximum structural X X X
masses: maximum ramp mass; maximum take-off mass;
maximum zero fuel mass; maximum landing mass.
Remark: These limitations may also be found in the
relevant part of Subjects 031 ‘Mass and balance’, 032
‘Performance (aeroplane)’ and 034 ‘Performance
(helicopter)’.

Explain that airframe life is limited by fatigue, created X X X

by alternating stress and the number of load cycles.

Explain the maximum structural masses: maximum X X X X

take-off mass.
Explain that airframe life is limited by fatigue, created X X X X
by load cycles.
HYDRAULICS
Hydromechanics: basic principles
Concepts and basic principles
Explain the concept and basic principles of X X X X X X X
hydromechanics including: hydrostatic pressure;
Pascal’s law; the relationship between pressure, force
and area; transmission of power: multiplication of force,
decrease of displacement.

Hydraulic systems
Hydraulic fluids: types, characteristics, limitations
List and explain the desirable properties of a hydraulic X X X X X X X
fluid with regard to: thermal stability; corrosiveness;
flashpoint and flammability; volatility; viscosity.

State that hydraulic fluids are irritating to skin and eyes. X X X X X X X

List the two different types of hydraulic fluids: synthetic; X X X X X X

mineral.
State that different types of hydraulic fluids cannot be X X X X X X
mixed.
State that at the pressures being considered, hydraulic X X X X X X X
fluid is considered incompressible.
System components: design, operation, degraded
modes of operation, indications and warnings
Explain the working principle of a hydraulic system. X X X X X X

Describe the difference in the principle of operation X X X X X X

between a constant pressure system and a system
pressurised only on specific demand.

State the differences in the principle of operation X X X X X X

between a passive hydraulic system (without a pressure
pump) and an active hydraulic system (with a pressure
pump).

List the main advantages and disadvantages of system X X X X X X X

actuation by hydraulic or purely mechanical means with
respect to: weight; size; force.

List the main uses of hydraulic systems. X X X X X X

State that hydraulic systems can be classified as either X X X X X X
high pressure (typically 3000 psi or higher) or low
pressure (typically up to 2000 psi).
State that a high-pressure hydraulic system is typically X X X X X X
operating at 3000 psi but on some aircraft a hydraulic
pressure of 4000 to 5000 psi may also be used.

Explain the working principle of a low-pressure (0–2000 X X X X X X

psi) system.
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of a high- X X X X X X
pressure system over a low-pressure system.
Describe the working principle and functions of X X X X X X
pressure pumps including: constant pressure pump
(swash plate or cam plate); pressure pump whose
output is dependent on pump revolutions per minute
(rpm) (gear type).

Explain the following different sources of hydraulic X X X

pressure, their typical application and potential
operational limitations: manual; engine gearbox;
electrical; air (pneumatic and ram-air turbine); hydraulic
(power transfer unit) or reversible motor pumps;
accessory.

Explain the following different sources of hydraulic X X X X

pressure, their typical application and potential
operational limitations: manual; engine; gearbox;
electrical.
Describe the working principle and functions of the X X X X X X
following hydraulic system components: reservoir
(pressurised and unpressurised); accumulators; case
drain lines and fluid cooler return lines; piston actuators
(single- and double-acting); hydraulic motors; filters;
non-return (check) valves; relief valves; restrictor
valves; elector valves (linear and basic rotary selectors,
two and four ports); bypass valves; shuttle valves; fire
shut‑off valves; priority valves; fuse valves; pressure and
return pipes.

Explain the function of the demand pump installed on X X X

many transport aeroplanes.
Explain how redundancy is obtained by giving examples. X X X X X X

Interpret a typical hydraulic system schematic to the X X X X X X

level of detail as found in an aircraft flight crew
operating manual (FCOM).
Explain the implication of a high system demand. X X X X X X
List and describe the instruments and alerts for X X X X X X
monitoring a hydraulic system.
State the indications and explain the implications of the X X X X X X
following malfunctions: system leak or low level; low
pressure; high temperature.
LANDING GEAR, WHEELS, TYRES, BRAKES
Landing gear
Types
Name, for an aeroplane, the following different landing- X X X X
gear configurations: nose wheel; tail wheel.

Name, for a helicopter, the following different landing- X X X X X

gear configurations: nose wheel; tail wheel; skids.

System components, design, operation, indications and

warnings, on-ground/in-flight protections, emergency
extension systems
Explain the function of the following components of a X X X
landing gear: oleo leg/shock strut; axles; bogies and
bogie beam; drag struts; side stays/struts; torsion links;
locks (over centre); gear doors.

Explain the function of the following components of a X X X X

landing gear: oleo leg/shock strut; axles; drag struts;
side stays/struts; torsion links; locks (over centre); gear
doors.

Name the different components of a landing gear, using X X X X X X

a diagram.
Describe the sequence of events during normal X X X X X X
operation of the landing gear.
State how landing-gear position indication and alerting X X X X X X
is implemented.
Describe the various protection devices to avoid X X X X X X
inadvertent gear retraction on the ground and explain
the implications of taking off with one or more
protection devices in place: ground lock (pins);
protection devices in the gear retraction mechanism.

Explain the speed limitations for gear operation (VLO X X X X X X

(maximum landing gear operating speed) and VLE
(maximum landing gear extended speed)).
Describe the sequence for emergency gear extension: X X X X X X
unlocking; operating; down-locking.
Describe some methods for emergency gear extension X X X X X X
including: gravity/free fall; air or nitrogen pressure;
manually/mechanically.
Nose-wheel steering
Design, operation
Explain the operating principle of nose‑wheel steering. X X X X X X

Explain, for a helicopter, the functioning of differential X X X X

braking with free-castoring nose wheel.

Describe, for an aeroplane, the functioning of the X X X

following systems: differential braking with free-
castoring nose wheel; tiller or hand wheel steering;
rudder pedal nose-wheel steering.

Explain the centring mechanism of the nose wheel. X X X X X X

Define the term ‘shimmy’ and the possible X X X
consequences of shimmy for the nose- and the main-
wheel system and explain the purpose of a shimmy
damper to reduce the severity of shimmy.

Explain the purpose of main-wheel (body) steering. X X X

Brakes
Types and materials
Describe the basic operating principle of a disc brake. X X X X X X

State the different materials used in a disc brake (steel, X X X X X X

carbon).
Describe the characteristics, advantages and X X X X X X
disadvantages of steel and carbon brake discs with
regard to: weight; temperature limits; internal-friction
coefficient; wear.

System components, design, operation, indications and

warnings
Explain the limitation of brake energy and describe the X X X
operational consequences.
Explain how brakes are actuated: hydraulically, X X X X X X
electrically.
Explain the purpose of an in-flight wheel brake system. X X X

Describe the function of a brake accumulator. X X X X X X

Describe the function of the parking brake. X X X X X X
Explain the function of brake-wear indicators. X X X
Explain the reason for the brake-temperature indicator. X X X

Anti-skid
Describe the operating principle of anti‑skid where X X X
excessive brake pressure applied is automatically
reduced for optimum breaking performance.

Explain that the anti-skid computer compares wheel X X X

speed to aeroplane reference speed to provide the
following: slip ratio for maximum braking performance;
locked-wheel prevention (protection against deep skid
on one wheel); touchdown protection (protection
against brake-pressure application during touchdown);
hydroplane protection.

Give examples of the impact of an anti-skid system on X X X

performance, and explain the implications of anti-skid
system failure.
Autobrake
Describe the operating principle of an autobrake X X X
system.
Explain why the anti-skid system must be available X X X
when using autobrakes.
Explain the difference between the three modes of X X X
operation of an autobrake system: OFF (system off or
reset); Armed (the system is ready to operate under
certain conditions); Activated/Deactivated (application
of pressure on brakes).

Describe how an autobrake system setting will either X X X

apply maximum braking (RTO or MAX) or result in a
given rate of deceleration, where the amount of braking
applied may be affected by: the use of reverse thrust;
slippery runway.

Wheels, rims and tyres

Types, structural components and materials,
operational limitations, thermal plugs
Describe the different types of tyres such as: tubeless; X X X X X X X
diagonal (cross ply); radial (circumferential bias).

Define the following terms: ply rating; tyre tread; tyre X X X X X X X

creep; retread (cover).
Explain the function of thermal/fusible plugs. X X X
Explain the implications of and how to identify tread X X X
separation and wear or damage with associated
increased risk of tyre burst.
Explain why the ground speed of tyres is limited. X X X
Describe the following tyre checks a pilot will perform X X X
during the pre-flight inspection and identify probable
causes: cuts and damages; flat spots.

Helicopter equipment
Flotation devices
Explain flotation devices, how they are operated, and X X X X
their limitations.
Explain why indicated airspeed (IAS) limitations before, X X X X
during and after flotation-device deployment must be
observed.
FLIGHT CONTROLS
Aeroplane: primary flight controls
Definition and control surfaces
Define a ‘primary flight control’. X X X
List the following primary flight control surfaces: X X X
elevator; aileron, roll spoilers, flaperon; rudder.
List the various means of control surface actuation X X X
including: manual; fully powered (irreversible); partially
powered (reversible).
Manual controls
Explain the basic principle of a fully manual control X X X
system.
Fully powered controls (irreversible)
Explain the basic principle of a fully powered control X X X
system.
Explain the concept of irreversibility in a flight control X X X
system.
Explain the need for a ‘feel system’ in a fully powered X X X
control system.
Explain the operating principle of a stabiliser trim X X X
system in a fully powered control system.
Explain the operating principle of rudder and aileron X X X
trim in a fully powered control system.
Partially powered controls (reversible)
Explain the basic principle of a partially powered control X X X
system.
Explain why a ‘feel system’ is not necessary in a partially X X X
powered control system.
System components, design, operation, indications and
warnings, degraded modes of operation, jamming

List and describe the function of the following X X X

components of a flight control system: actuators;
control valves; cables; electrical wiring; control surface
position sensors.

Explain how redundancy is obtained in primary flight X X X

control systems of large transport aeroplanes.

Explain the danger of control jamming and the means of X X X

retaining sufficient control capability.
Explain the methods of locking the controls on the X X X
ground and describe ‘gust or control lock’ warnings.

Explain the concept of a rudder deflection limitation X X X

(rudder limiter) system and the various means of
implementation (rudder ratio changer, variable stops,
blow-back).

Aeroplane: secondary flight controls

System components, design, operation, degraded
modes of operation, indications and warnings
Define a ‘secondary flight control’. X X X
List the following secondary flight control surfaces: lift- X X X
augmentation devices (flaps and slats); speed brakes;
flight and ground spoilers; trimming devices such as
trim tabs, trimmable horizontal stabiliser.

Describe secondary flight control actuation methods X X X

and sources of actuating power.
Explain the function of a mechanical lock when using X X X
hydraulic motors driving a screw jack.
Describe the requirement for limiting flight speeds for X X X
the various secondary flight control surfaces.
For lift-augmentation devices, explain the load-limiting X X X
(relief) protection devices and the functioning of an
auto-retraction system.
Explain how a flap/slat asymmetry protection device X X X
functions, and describe the implications of a flap/slat
asymmetry situation.
Describe the function of an auto-slat system. X X X
Explain the concept of control surface blow-back X X X
(aerodynamic forces overruling hydraulic forces).
Helicopter: flight controls
Droop stops, control systems, trim systems, control
stops
Explain the methods of locking the controls on the X X X X
ground.
Describe main-rotor droop stops and how rotor flapping X X X X
is restricted.
Explain the principle of phase lag and advance angle. X X X X

Describe the following four axes of control operation, X X X X

their operating principle and their associated cockpit
controls: collective control; cyclic fore and aft (pitch
axis); cyclic lateral (roll axis); yaw.

Describe the swash plate or azimuth star control system X X X X

including the following: swash plate inputs; the function
of the non-rotating swash plate; the function of the
rotating swash plate; how swash plate tilt is achieved;
swash plate pitch axis; swash plate roll axis; balancing of
pitch/roll/collective inputs to the swash plate to
equalise torsional loads on the blades.

Describe the operation of the spider control system. X X X X

State the need for artificial feel in a hydraulically X X X X

actuated flight control system.
Describe and explain the purpose of a trim system using X X X X
the following terms: force-trim switch; force gradient;
parallel trim actuator; cyclic 4-way trim switch;
interaction of trim system with an SAS/SCAS/ASS
stability system; trim-motor indicators.

Describe the different types of control runs. X X X X

Explain the use of control stops. X X X X
Aeroplane: fly-by-wire (FBW) control systems
Composition, explanation of operation, modes of
operation
Explain that an FBW flight control system is composed X X X
of the following: pilot’s input command (control
column/sidestick/rudder pedals); electrical signalling
paths, including: pilot input to computer; computer to
flight control surfaces; feedback from aircraft response
to computer; flight control computers; actuators; flight
control surfaces.

State the advantages of an FBW system in comparison X X X

with a conventional flight control system including:
weight; pilot workload; flight-envelope protection.

Explain why an FBW system is always irreversible. X X X

Explain the different modes of operation: normal X X X
operation (e.g. normal law or normal mode);
downgraded operation (e.g. alternate law or secondary
mode); direct law.

Describe the implications of mode degradation in X X X

relation to pilot workload and flight-envelope
protection.
Intentionally left blank X
For aircraft using sidestick for manual control, describe X X X
the implications of: dual control input made by the
pilot; the control takeover facility available to the pilot.

Intentionally left blank X

Explain why several types of computers are needed and X X X
why they should be dissimilar.
Explain why several control surfaces on every axis are X X X
needed on FBW aircraft.
Explain why several sensors are needed on critical X X X
parameters.
Helicopter: fly-by-wire (FBW) control systems - to be X X X
introduced at a later date
PNEUMATICS — PRESSURISATION AND AIR-
CONDITIONING SYSTEMS
Pneumatic/bleed-air supply
Piston-engine air supply
Describe the following means of supplying air for the X X X X X X
pneumatic systems for piston-engine aircraft:
compressor; vacuum pump.
State that an air supply is required for the following X X X X X X
systems: instrumentation; heating; de-icing.

Gas turbine engine: bleed-air supply

State that the possible bleed-air sources for gas turbine X X X X X X
engine aircraft are the following: engine; auxiliary
power unit (APU); ground supply.
State that for an aeroplane a bleed-air supply can be X X X
used for the following systems or components: ice
protection; engine air starter; pressurisation of a
hydraulic reservoir; air-driven hydraulic pumps;
pressurisation and air conditioning.
State that for a helicopter a bleed-air supply can be X X X X
used for the following systems or components: anti-
icing; engine air starter; pressurisation of a hydraulic
reservoir.

State that the bleed-air supply system can comprise the X X X X X X

following: pneumatic ducts; isolation valve; pressure-
regulating valve; engine bleed valve (HP/IP valves); fan-
air pre-cooler; temperature and pressure sensors.

Interpret a basic pneumatic system schematic to the X X X X X X

level of detail as found in an FCOM.
Describe the cockpit indications for bleed-air systems. X X X X X X

Explain how the bleed-air supply system is controlled X X X X X X

and monitored.
State the following bleed-air malfunctions: over- X X X X X X
temperature; over-pressure; low pressure;
overheat/duct leak; and describe the potential
consequences.

Helicopter: air-conditioning systems

Types, system components, design, operation,
degraded modes of operation, indications and
warnings
Describe the purpose of an air-conditioning system. X X X X

Explain how an air-conditioning system is controlled. X X X X

Describe the vapour cycle air-conditioning system X X X X

including system components, design, operation,
degraded modes of operation and system malfunction
indications.

Identify the following components from a diagram of an X X X X

air-conditioning system and describe the operating
principle and function: air-cycle machine (pack,
bootstrap system); pack-cooling fan; water separator;
mixing valves; flow-control valves; isolation valves;
recirculation fans; filters for recirculation; temperature
sensors.

List and describe the controls, indications and warnings X X X X

related to an air-conditioning system.
Aeroplane: pressurisation and air-conditioning system

System components, design, operation, degraded

modes of operation, indications and warnings
Explain that a pressurisation and an air-conditioning X X X
system of an aeroplane controls: ventilation;
temperature; pressure.
Explain how humidity is controlled. X X X
Explain that the following components constitute a X X X
pressurisation system: pneumatic system as the power
source; outflow valve; outflow valve actuator; pressure
controller; excessive differential pressure-relief valve;
negative differential pressure-relief valve.
Explain that the following components constitute an X X X
air‑conditioning system and describe their operating
principles and function: air-cycle machine (pack,
bootstrap system); pack-cooling fan; water separator;
mixing valves; flow-control valves (outflow valve);
isolation valves; ram-air valve; recirculation fans; filters
for recirculated air; temperature sensors. Remark: The
bootstrap system is the only air-conditioning system
considered for Part-FCL aeroplane examinations.

Describe the use of hot trim air. X X X

Define the following terms: cabin altitude; cabin vertical X X X
speed; differential pressure; ground pressurisation.

Describe the operating principle of a pressurisation X X X

system.
Describe the emergency operation by manual setting of X X X
the outflow valve position.
Describe the working principle of an electronic cabin- X X X
pressure controller.
State how the maximum operating altitude is X X X
determined.
Explain: why the maximum allowed value of cabin X X X
altitude is limited; a typical value of maximum
differential pressure for large transport aeroplanes; the
relation between cabin altitude, the maximum
differential pressure and maximum aeroplane operating
altitude.

Explain the typical warning on a transport category X X X

aircraft when cabin altitude exceeds 10 000 ft.

List and interpret typical indications of the X X X

pressurisation system.
Describe the main operational differences between a X X X
bleed-air-driven air-conditioning system and an
electrically driven air-conditioning system as found on
aircraft without engine bleed-air system.

ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING SYSTEMS

Types, operation, indications
Types, design, operation, indications and warnings,
operational limitations
Explain the concepts of anti‑icing and de‑icing. X X X X X X
Name the components of an aircraft which can be X X X X X X
protected from ice accretion.
State that on some aeroplanes the tail does not have an X X X
ice-protection system.
State the different types of anti-icing/de-icing systems X X X X X X
and describe their operating principle: hot air;
electrical; fluid.
Describe the operating principle of the inflatable boot X X X
de-icing system.
Ice warning systems
Types, operation, and indications
Describe the different operating principles of the X X X
following ice detectors: mechanical systems using air
pressure; electromechanical systems using resonance
frequencies.

Describe the principle of operation of ice warning X X X

systems.
Helicopter blade heating systems
Limitations
Explain the limitations on blade heating and the fact X X X X
that on some helicopters the heating does not heat all
the main-rotor blades at the same time.
FUEL SYSTEM
Piston engine
Fuel: types, characteristics, limitations
State the types of fuel used by a piston engine and their X X X X X X
associated limitations: diesel; JET-A1 (for high-
compression engines); AVGAS; MOGAS.
State the main characteristics of these fuels and give X X X X X X
typical values regarding their flash points, freezing
points and density.
Design, operation, system components, indications
State the tasks of the fuel system. X X X X X X
Name the following main components of a fuel system, X X X X X X
and state their location and their function: lines; boost
pump; pressure valves; filter, strainer; tanks (wing, tip,
fuselage); vent system; sump; drain; fuel-quantity
sensor; fuel-temperature sensor.

Describe a gravity fuel feed system and a pressure feed X X X X X X

fuel system.
Describe the construction of the different types of fuel X X X X X X
tanks and state their advantages and disadvantages:
drum tank; bladder tank; integral tank.

Explain the function of cross-feed. X X X X X X

Define the term ‘unusable fuel’. X X X X X X
List the following parameters that are monitored for the X X X X X X
fuel system: fuel quantity (low-level warning); fuel
temperature.
Turbine engine
Fuel: types, characteristics, limitations
State the types of fuel used by a gas turbine engine: X X X X X X
JET-A; JET-A1; JET-B.
State the main characteristics of these fuels and give X X X X X X
typical values regarding their flash points, freezing
points and density.
State the existence of additives for freezing. X X X X X X
Design, operation, system components, indications
Explain the function of the fuel system: lines; centrifugal X X X X X X
boost pump; pressure valves; fuel shut-off valve; filter,
strainer; tanks (wing, tip, fuselage, tail); bafflers/baffles;
sump; vent system; drain; fuel-quantity sensor; fuel-
temperature sensor; refuelling/defueling system; fuel
dump/jettison system.
Name the main components of the fuel system and X X X X X X
state their location and their function: trim fuel tanks;
bafflers; refuelling/defueling system; fuel dump/jettison
system. Remark: For completion of list, please see
021.08 01.02 (02).

Interpret a typical fuel system schematic to the level of X X X X X X

detail as found in an aircraft FCOM.
Explain the limitations in the event of loss of booster X X X X X X
pump fuel pressure.
Describe the use and purpose of drip sticks (manual X X X
magnetic indicators) (may also be known as dip stick or
drop stick).
Explain the considerations for fitting a fuel X X X X X X
dump/jettison system and, if fitted, its function.
ELECTRICS Remark: For any reference to the direction
of current flow, the conventional current flow shall be
used, i.e. from positive to negative.
General, definitions, basic applications: circuit
breakers, logic circuits
Static electricity
Explain static electricity and describe the flying X X X X X X
conditions where aircraft are most susceptible to build-
up of static electricity.
Describe a static discharger and explain the following: X X X X X X
its purpose; typical locations; pilot’s role of observing it
during pre-flight inspection.
Explain why an aircraft must first be grounded before X X X X X X
refuelling/defueling.
Explain the reason for electrical bonding. X X X X X X
Direct current (DC)
Explain the term ‘direct current’ (DC), and state that X X X X X X
current can only flow in a closed circuit.
Explain the basic principles of conductivity and give X X X X X X X
examples of conductors, semiconductors and insulators.

Describe the difference in use of the following X X X X X X

mechanical switches and explain the difference in
observing their state (e.g. ON/OFF), and why some
switches are guarded: toggle switch; rocker switch;
pushbutton switch; rotary switch. Explain the difference
in observing their state (e.g. ON/OFF) and why some
switches are guarded.

Define voltage and current, and state their unit of X X X X X X

measurement.
Explain Ohm’s law in qualitative terms. X X X X X X X
Explain the effect on total resistance when resistors are X X X X X X X
connected in series or in parallel.
State that resistances can have a positive or a negative X X X X X X X
temperature coefficient (PTC/NTC) and state their use.

Define electrical power and state the unit of X X X X X X

measurement.
Alternating current (AC)
Explain the term ‘alternating current’ (AC), and compare X X X X X X X
its use to DC with regard to complexity.
Define the term ‘phase’, and explain the basic principle X X X X X X
of single-phase and three-phase AC.
State that aircraft can use single-phase or three-phase X X X X X X
AC.
Define frequency and state the unit of measurement. X X X X X X

Define ‘phase shift’ in qualitative terms. X X X X X X X

Intentionally left blank
Intentionally left blank
Electromagnetism
State that an electrical current produces a magnetic X X X X X X
field.
Describe how the strength of the magnetic field X X X X X X
changes with the magnitude of the current.
Explain the purpose and the working principle of a X X X X X X
solenoid.
Explain the purpose and the working principle of a X X X X X X
relay.
Explain the principle of electromagnetic induction and X X X X X X
how two electrical components or systems may affect
each other through this principle.
Circuit protection
Explain the working principle of a fuse and a circuit X X X X X X
breaker.
Explain how a fuse is rated. X X X X X X
Describe the principal difference between the following X X X X X X
types of circuit breakers: thermal circuit breaker sensing
magnitude of current; magnetic circuit breaker sensing
direction of current.

Describe how circuit breakers may be used to reset X X X X X X

aircraft systems/computers in the event of system
failure (when part of a described procedure).

Explain a short circuit in practical terms using Ohm’s X X X X X X

Law, power and energy expressions highlighting the risk
of fire due to power transfer and extreme energy
dissipation.

Explain the risk of fire resulting from excessive heat in a X X X X X X

circuit subjected to overcurrent.
Explain that overcurrent situations may be transient. X X X X X X

Explain the hazards of multiple resets of a circuit X X X X X X

breaker or the use of incorrect fuse rating when
replacing blown fuses.
Semiconductors and logic circuits
Describe the effect of temperature on semiconductors X X X X X X
with regard to function and longevity of the
component.
Describe the following five basic logic functions, as used X X X X X X
in aircraft FCOM documentation, and recognise their
schematic symbols according to the ANSI/MIL standard:
AND; OR; NOT; NOR; NAND.

Interpret a typical logic circuit schematic to the level of X X X X X X

detail as found in an aircraft FCOM.
Batteries
Types, characteristics and limitations
State the function of an aircraft battery. X X X X X X
Name the types of rechargeable batteries used in X X X X X X
aircraft: lead-acid; nickel-cadmium; lithium-ion; lithium-
polymer.
Compare the different battery types with respect to: X X X X X X
load behaviour; charging characteristics; risk of thermal
runaway.
Explain the term ‘cell voltage’ and describe how a X X X X X X
battery may consist of several cells that combined
provide the desirable voltage and capacity.
Explain the difference between battery voltage and X X X X X X
charging voltage.
Define the term ‘capacity of batteries’ and state the unit X X X X X X
of measurement used.
State the effect of temperature on battery capacity and X X X X X X
performance.
State that in the case of loss of all generated power X X X X X X
(battery power only) the remaining electrical power is
time-limited.
Explain how lithium-type batteries pose a threat to X X X X X X
aircraft safety and what affects this risk: numbers of
batteries on board an aircraft including those brought
on board by passengers; temperature, of both battery
and environment; physical condition of the battery;
battery charging.

Describe how to contain a battery thermal runaway X X X X X X

highlighting the following: how one cell can affect the
neighbouring cells; challenges if it happens in an aircraft
during flight.

Generation. Remark: For standardisation purposes, the

following standard expressions are used: DC
generator: produces DC output; DC alternator:
produces AC, rectified by integrated rectifying unit, the
output is DC; DC alternator: producing a DC output by
using a rectifier; AC generator: produces AC output;
starter generator: integrated combination of a
generator and a starter motor; permanent magnet
alternator/ generator: self-exciting AC generator.

DC generation
Describe the basic working principle of a simple DC X X X X X X
generator or DC alternator.
Explain the principle of voltage control and why it is X X X X X X
required.
Explain the purpose of reverse current protection from X X X X X X
the battery/busbar to the alternator.
Describe the basic operating principle of a starter X X X X X X
generator and state its purpose.
AC generation
Describe the working principle of a brushless three- X X X X X X
phase AC generator.
State that the generator field current is used to control X X X X X X
voltage.
State the relationship between output frequency and X X X X X X
the rpm of a three-phase AC generator.
Explain the term ‘frequency wild generator’. X X X X X X
List the following different power sources that can be X X X
used for an aeroplane to drive an AC generator: engine;
APU; RAT; hydraulic.
List the following different power sources that can be X X X X
used for a helicopter to drive an AC generator: engine;
APU; gearbox.
Constant speed drive (CSD) and integrated drive
generator (IDG) systems
Describe the function of a CSD. X X X
Explain the parameters of a CSD that are monitored. X X X

Describe the function of an IDG. X X X

Explain the consequences of a mechanical X X X
disconnection during flight for a CSD and an IDG.
Explain that a CSD/IDG has its own, independent oil X X X
system and how a leak from this may appear as an
engine oil leak.
Transformers, transformer rectifier units (TRUs), static
inverters
State the function of a transformer. X X X X X X
State the function of a TRU and its purpose, including X X X X X X
type of output.
State the function of a static inverter and its purpose, X X X X X X
including type of output.
Distribution
General
Explain the function of a busbar. X X X X X X
Describe the function of the following buses: AC bus; DC X X X X X X
bus; emergency AC or DC bus; essential AC or DC bus;
battery bus; hot bus, ground servicing or maintenance
bus.

State that the aircraft structure can be used as a part of X X X X X X

the electrical circuit (common earth) and explain the
implications for electrical bonding.
Explain the function of external power. X X X X X X
State that a priority sequence exists between the X X X X X X
different sources of electrical power on ground and in
flight.
Explain the term ‘load sharing’. X X X X X X
Explain the term ‘load shedding’. X X X X X X
Describe typical systems that can be shed in the event X X X X X X
of a supply failure, such as passenger entertainment
system and galley power.
Interpret a typical electrical system schematic to the X X X X X X
level of detail as found in an aircraft FCOM.
Explain the difference between a supply (e.g. generator) X X X X X X
failure and a bus failure, and the operating
consequences of either.
DC distribution
Describe a simple DC electrical system of a single- X X X X X X
engine aircraft.
Describe a DC electrical system of a multi-engine X X X X X X
aircraft (CS-23/CS-27) including the distribution
consequences of loss of generator(s) or bus failure.

Describe the DC part of an electrical system of a X X X X X X

transport aircraft (CS-25/CS-29) including the
distribution consequences of loss of DC supply or bus
failure.

Give examples of DC consumers. X X X X X X

AC distribution
Explain the difference in the principle of operation for a X X X X X X
split AC electrical system and a parallel AC electrical
system.
Describe the following distribution consequences: X X X X X X
power transfer between different power supplies;
power transfer in the event of a supply failure; loss of
all normal AC supplies.

Give examples of AC consumers. X X X X X X

Explain the conditions to be met for paralleling AC X X X X X X
generators.
State that volt-ampere (VA) is the unit for total power X X X X X X
consumed in an AC system.
Electrical load management and monitoring systems:
automatic generators and bus switching during normal
and failure operation, indications and warnings

Give examples of system control, monitoring and X X X X X X

annunciators using the following terms: generator
control unit (GCU) for monitoring generator output and
providing network protection; exciter
contactor/breaker/relay for control of generator exciter
field; generator contactor/breaker/relay for connecting
the generator to the network; bus-tie
contactor/breaker/relay for connecting busbars
together; generator switch on the flight deck for manual
control of exciter contactor; IDG/CSD disconnect switch
on the flight deck for mechanical disconnection of the
generator; bus-tie switch on the flight deck with AUTO
and OFF positions only.

Describe, for normal and degraded modes of operation, X X X X X X

the following functions of an electrical load
management system on ground and in flight using the
terms in 021.09 04 04 (01): distribution; monitoring;
protection in the event of incorrect voltage; protection
in the event of incorrect frequency; protection in the
event of a differential fault.

Describe the requirement for monitoring the aircraft X X X X X X

batteries.
Explain the importance of monitoring the temperature X X X X X X
of nickel-cadmium and lithium-type batteries.

Interpret various different ammeter indications of an X X X X X X

ammeter which monitors the charge current of the
battery.
Electrical motors
General
State that the purpose of an electrical motor is to X X X X X X X
convert electrical energy into mechanical energy.
State that because of the similarity in design, a X X X X X X
generator and an electrical motor may be combined
into a starter generator.
Explain that the size of the engine determines how X X X X X X
much energy is required for starting, and state the
following: small turbine engines may be able to use the
battery for a very limited number of start attempts;
large turbine engines require one or more power
sources, either external or on-board.

Operating principle
Describe how the torque of an electrical motor is X X X X X X
determined by the supplied voltage and current, and
the resulting magnetic fields within the motor.
State that electrical motors can be either AC or DC. X X X X X X X
Explain the consequences of the following: rotor X X X X X X
seizure; rotor runaway.
Components
Name the following components of an electrical motor: X X X X X X X
rotor (rotating part of an electrical motor); stator
(stationary part of an electrical motor).
PISTON ENGINES Remark: This topic includes diesel
and petrol engines.
General
Types of internal-combustion engines: basic principles,
definitions
Define the following terms and expressions: rpm; X X X X X X
torque; manifold absolute pressure (MAP); power
output; specific fuel consumption; compression ratio,
clearance volume, swept (displaced) volume, total
volume.

Engine: design, operation, components

Describe the basic operating principle of a piston X X X X X X
engine: crankcase; crankshaft; connecting rod; piston;
piston pin; piston rings; cylinder; cylinder head; valves;
valve springs; push rod; camshaft; rocker arm; camshaft
gear; bearings.

Name and identify the various types of engine design X X X X X X

with regard to cylinder arrangement and their
advantages/disadvantages: horizontally opposed; in
line; radial; and working cycle (four stroke: petrol and
diesel).

Describe the differences between petrol and diesel X X X X X X

engines with respect to: means of ignition; maximum
compression ratio; regulating air or mixture supply to
the cylinder; pollution from the exhaust.

Fuel
Types, grades, characteristics, limitations
Name the type of fuel used for petrol engines including X X X X X X
its colour (AVGAS); 100 (green); 100LL (blue).
Name the type of fuel normally used for aviation diesel X X X X X X
engines (JET-A1).
Define the term ‘octane rating’. X X X X X X X
Define the term ‘detonation’ and describe the causes X X X X X X
and effects of detonation for both petrol and diesel
engines.
Define the term ‘pre-ignition’ and describe the causes X X X X X X
and effects of pre-ignition for both petrol and diesel
engines.
Identify the conditions and power settings that promote X X X X X X
detonation for petrol engines.
Describe how detonation in petrol engines is X X X X X X
recognised.
Describe the method and occasions for checking the X X X X X X
fuel for water content.
State the typical value of fuel density for aviation X X X X X X
gasoline and diesel fuel.
Explain volatility, viscosity and vapour locking for petrol X X X X X X
and diesel fuels.
Engine fuel pumps
Engine-driven fuel pump
Explain the need for a separate engine-driven fuel X X X X X X
pump.
Carburettor/injection system
Carburettor: design, operation, degraded modes of
operation, indications and warnings
State the purpose of a carburettor. X X X X X X
Describe the operating principle of the simple float X X X X X X
chamber carburettor.
Describe the methods of obtaining mixture control over X X X X X X
the whole operating engine power setting range
(compensation jet, diffuser).
Describe the methods of obtaining mixture control over X X X X X X
the whole operating altitude range.
Explain the purpose and the operating principle of an X X X X X X
accelerator pump.
Explain the purpose of power enrichment. X X X X X X
Describe the function of the carburettor heat system. X X X X X X

Explain the effect of carburettor heat on mixture ratio X X X X X X

and power output.
Explain the purpose and the operating principle of a X X X X X X
primer pump.
Discuss other methods for priming an engine X X X X X X
(acceleration pumps).
Explain the danger of carburettor fire, including X X X X X X
corrective measures.
Injection: design, operation, degraded modes of
operation, indications and warnings
Explain the advantages and difference in operation of X X X X X X
an injection system compared with a carburettor
system.
Icing
Describe the causes and effects of carburettor icing and X X X X X X
the action to be taken if carburettor icing is suspected.
Name the meteorological conditions under which X X X X X X
carburettor icing may occur.
Describe the indications of the presence of carburettor X X X
icing for both a fixed pitch and a constant speed
propeller.
Describe the indications of the presence of carburettor X X X X
icing for a helicopter.
Describe the indications that will occur upon selection X X X X X X
of carburettor heat depending on whether ice is present
or not.
Explain the reason for the use of alternate air on fuel X X X X X X
injection systems and describe its operating principle.

State the meteorological conditions under which X X X X X X

induction system icing may occur.
Cooling systems
Design, operation, indications and warnings
Specify the reasons for cooling a piston engine. X X X X X X
Describe the design features to enhance cylinder air X X X
cooling for aeroplanes.
Describe the design features to enhance cylinder air X X X X
cooling for helicopters (e.g. engine-driven impeller and
scroll assembly, baffles).
Compare the differences between liquid- and air- X X X X X X
cooling systems.
Identify the cylinder head temperature indication to X X X X X X
monitor engine cooling.
Describe the function and the operation of cowl flaps. X X X

Lubrication systems
Lubricants: characteristics, limitations
Describe the term ‘viscosity’ including the effect of X X X X X X
temperature.
Describe the viscosity grade numbering system used in X X X X X X
aviation.
Design, operation, indications and warnings
State the functions of a piston-engine lubrication X X X X X X
system.
Describe the working principle of a dry-sump lubrication X X X X X X
system and describe the functions of the following
components: oil tank (reservoir) and its internal
components: hot well, de-aerator, vent, expansion
space; check valve (non-return valve); pressure pump
and pressure-relief valve; scavenge pump; filters
(suction, pressure and scavenge); oil cooler; oil cooler
bypass valve (anti-surge and thermostatic); pressure
and temperature sensors; lines.

Describe a wet-sump lubrication system. X X X X X X

State the differences between a wet- and a dry-sump X X X X X X
lubrication system and their advantages and
disadvantages.
List the following factors that influence oil consumption: X X X X X X
oil grade; cylinder and piston wear; condition of piston
rings.
Describe the interaction between oil pressure, oil X X X X X X
temperature and oil quantity.
Ignition circuits
Design, operation
Describe the working principle of a magneto-ignition X X X X X X
system and the functions of the following components:
magneto; contact-breaker points; capacitor
(condenser); coils or windings; ignition switches;
distributor; spark plug; high-tension (HT) cable.

State why piston engines are equipped with two X X X X X X

electrically independent ignition systems.
State the function and operating principle of the X X X
following methods of spark augmentation: starter
vibrator (booster coil); impulse-start coupling.
State the function and operating principle of the X X X X
following methods of spark augmentation: starter
vibrator (booster coil); both magnetos live.
Explain the function of the magneto check. X X X X X X
Explain how combustion is initiated in diesel engines. X X X X X X

Mixture
Definition, characteristic mixtures, control instruments,
associated control levers, indications
Define the following terms: mixture; chemically correct X X X X X X
ratio (stoichiometric); best power ratio; lean (weak)
mixture (lean or rich side of the exhaust gas
temperature (EGT) top); rich mixture.

State the typical fuel-to-air ratio values or range of X X X X X X

values for the above mixtures.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of weak X X X X X X
and rich mixtures.
Describe the relation between engine-specific fuel X X X X X X
consumption and mixture ratio.
Describe the use of the exhaust gas temperature as an X X X X X X
aid to mixture-setting.
Explain the relation between mixture ratio, cylinder X X X X X X
head temperature, detonation and pre-ignition.

Explain the absence of mixture control in diesel engines. X X X X X X

Aeroplane: propellers
Definitions, general Remark: Definitions and X X
aerodynamic concepts are detailed in Subject 081
‘Principles of flight (aeroplane)’, Topic 07 (Propellers),
but need to be appreciated for this Subject as well.

Constant-speed propeller: design, operation, system

components
Describe the operating principle of a constant-speed X X X
propeller system under normal flight operations with
the aid of a schematic.
Explain the need for a MAP indicator to control the X X X
power setting with a constant-speed propeller.
State the purpose of a torque-meter. X X X
State the purpose and describe the operation of a low- X X X
pitch stop (centrifugal latch).
Describe the operating principle of a single-acting and a X X X
double-acting variable pitch propeller for single- and
multi-engine aeroplanes.
Describe the function and the basic operating principle X X X
of synchronising and synchro-phasing systems.

Explain the purpose and the basic operating principle of X X X

an auto-feathering system and unfeathering.

Reduction gearing: design

State the purpose of reduction gearing. X X X
Propeller handling: associated control levers, degraded
modes of operation, indications and warnings

Describe the checks to be carried out on a constant- X X X

speed propeller system after engine start.

Describe the operation of a constant-speed propeller X X X

system during flight at different true airspeeds (TAS)
and rpm including an overspeeding propeller.

Describe the operating principle of a variable pitch X X X

propeller when feathering and unfeathering, including
the operation of cockpit controls.
Describe the operating principle of a variable pitch X X X
propeller when reverse pitch is selected, including the
operation of cockpit controls.
Describe the operation of the propeller levers during X X X
different phases of flight.
Performance and engine handling
Performance
Describe the effect on power output of a petrol and X X X X X X
diesel engine taking into consideration the following
parameters: ambient pressure, exhaust back pressure;
temperature; density altitude; humidity.

Explain the term ‘normally aspirated engine’. X X X X X X

Power-augmentation devices: explain the requirement X X X X X X
for power augmentation (turbocharging) of a piston
engine.
Describe the function and the principle of operation of X X X X X X
the following main components of a turbocharger:
turbine; compressor; waste gate; waste-gate actuator.

Explain the difference between an altitude-boosted X X X X X X

turbocharger and a ground-boosted turbocharger.
Explain turbo lag. X X X X X X
Define the term ‘critical altitude’. X X X X X X
Explain the function of an intercooler. X X X X X X
Define the terms ‘full-throttle height’ and ‘rated X X X X X X
altitude’.
Explain the purpose of a supercharger and the basic X X X X X X
differences from a turbocharger.
Engine handling
State the correct procedures for setting the engine X X X X X X
controls when increasing or decreasing power.
Define the following terms: take-off power; maximum X X X X X X
continuous power.
Describe the start problems associated with extreme X X X X X X
cold weather.
Describe the principal difference between a full- X X X X X X
authority digital engine control (FADEC) system-
controlled engine and traditional manual engine
controls.

Describe the engine controls available on the flight deck X X X X X X

for a FADEC-controlled engine.
Explain that the FADEC has full authority of the control X X X X X X
of all engine parameters ensuring efficient and correct
running of the engine, including protection in the event
of failure.

Explain the need for FADEC redundancy with regard to X X X X X X

power supply and data input and output.
TURBINE ENGINES
Basic principles
Basic generation of thrust and the thrust formula
Describe how thrust is produced by a basic gas turbine X X X
engine.
Describe the simple form of the thrust formula for a X X X
basic, straight jet engine and perform simple
calculations (including pressure thrust).
State that thrust can be considered to remain X X X
approximately constant over the whole aeroplane
subsonic speed range.
Design, types and components of turbine engines
List the main components of a basic gas turbine engine: X X X X X X
inlet; compressor; combustion chamber; turbine; outlet.

Describe the variation of static pressure, temperature X X X X X X

and axial velocity in a gas turbine engine under normal
operating conditions and with the aid of a working cycle
diagram.

Describe the differences between absolute, X X X X X X

circumferential (tangential) and axial velocity.
List the different types of gas turbine engines: straight X X X
jet; turbofan; turboprop.
State that a gas turbine engine can have one or more X X X X X X
spools.
Describe how thrust is produced by turbojet and X X X
turbofan engines.
Describe how power is produced by turboprop engines. X X X

Describe the term ‘equivalent horsepower’ (= thrust X X X

horsepower + shaft horsepower).
Explain the principle of a free turbine or free-power X X X X X X
turbine.
Define the term ‘bypass ratio’ and perform simple X X X
calculations to determine it.
Define the terms ‘propulsive power’, ‘propulsive X X X
efficiency’, ‘thermal efficiency’ and ‘total efficiency’.

Describe the influence of compressor-pressure ratio on X X X X X X

thermal efficiency.
Explain the variations of propulsive efficiency with X X X
forward speed for turbojet, turbofan and turboprop
engines.
Define the term ‘specific fuel consumption’ for X X X
turbojets and turboprops.
Coupled turbine engine: design, operation,
components and materials
Name the main assembly parts of a coupled turbine X X X X
engine and explain its operation.
Explain the limitations of the materials used with regard X X X X
to maximum turbine temperature, engine and drive
train torque limits.
Describe the possible effects on engine components X X X X
when limits are exceeded.
Explain that when engine limits are exceeded, this event X X X X
must be reported.
Free-turbine engine: design, components and
materials
Describe the design methods to keep the engine’s size X X X X
small for installation in helicopters.
List the main components of a free-turbine engine. X X X X
Describe how the power is developed by a X X X X
turboshaft/free-turbine engine.
Explain how the exhaust gas temperature is used to X X X X
monitor turbine stress.
Main-engine components
Aeroplane: air intake
State the functions of the engine air inlet/air intake. X X X

Describe the geometry of a subsonic (pitot-type) air X X X

inlet.
Explain the gas-parameter changes in a subsonic air X X X
inlet at different flight speeds.
Describe the reasons for, and the dangers of, the X X X
following operational problems concerning the engine
air inlet: airflow separation; inlet icing; inlet damage;
foreign object damage (FOD); heavy in-flight
turbulence.

Compressor and diffuser

State the purpose of the compressor. X X X X X X
Describe the working principle of a centrifugal and an X X X X X X
axial flow compressor.
Name the following main components of a single stage X X X X X X
and describe their function for a centrifugal
compressor: impeller; diffuser.
Name the following main components of a single stage X X X X X X
and describe their function for an axial compressor:
rotor vanes; stator vanes.
Describe the gas-parameter changes in a compressor X X X X X X
stage.
Define the term ‘pressure ratio’ and state a typical value X X X X X X
for one stage of a centrifugal and an axial flow
compressor and for the complete compressor.

State the advantages and disadvantages of increasing X X X X X X

the number of stages in a centrifugal compressor.

Explain the difference in sensitivity for FOD of a X X X X X X

centrifugal compressor compared with an axial flow
type.
Explain the convergent air annulus through an axial flow X X X X X X
compressor.
Describe the reason for twisting the compressor blades. X X X X X X

State the tasks of inlet guide vanes (IGVs). X X X X X X

State the reason for the clicking noise whilst the X X X X X X
compressor slowly rotates on the ground.
State the advantages of increasing the number of X X X X X X
spools.
Explain the implications of tip losses and describe the X X X X X X
design features to minimise the problem.
Explain the problems of blade bending and flapping and X X X X X X
describe the design features to minimise the problem.

Explain the following terms: compressor stall; engine X X X X X X

surge.
State the conditions that are possible causes of stall and X X X X X X
surge.
Describe the indications of stall and surge. X X X X X X
Describe the design features used to minimise the X X X X X X
occurrence of stall and surge.
Describe a compressor map (surge envelope) with rpm X X X X X X
lines, stall limit, steady state line and acceleration line.

Describe the function of the diffuser. X X X X X X

Combustion chamber
Define the purpose of the combustion chamber. X X X X X X
List the requirements for combustion. X X X X X X
Describe the working principle of a combustion X X X X X X
chamber.
Explain the reason for reducing the airflow axial velocity X X X X X X
at the combustion chamber inlet (snout).
State the function of the swirl vanes (swirler). X X X X X X
State the function of the drain valves. X X X X X X
Define the terms ‘primary airflow’ and ‘secondary X X X X X X
airflow’, and explain their purpose.
Explain the following two mixture ratios: primary X X X X X X
airflow to fuel; total airflow (within the combustion
chamber) to fuel.
Describe the gas-parameter changes in the combustion X X X X X X
chamber.
State a typical maximum value of the outlet X X X X X X
temperature of the combustion chamber.
Describe the following types of combustion chambers X X X X X X
and state the differences between them: can type; can-
annular, cannular or turbo-annular; annular; reverse-
flow annular.

Turbine
Explain the purpose of a turbine in different types of gas X X X X X X
turbine engines.
Describe the principles of operation of impulse, reaction X X X X X X
and impulse-reaction axial flow turbines.
Name the main components of a turbine stage and their X X X X X X
function.
Describe the working principle of a turbine. X X X X X X
Describe the gas-parameter changes in a turbine stage. X X X X X X

Describe the function and the working principle of X X X

active clearance control.
Describe the implications of tip losses and the means to X X X X X X
minimise them.
Explain why the available engine thrust is limited by the X X X
turbine inlet temperature.
Explain the divergent gas-flow annulus through an axial- X X X X X X
flow turbine.
Explain the high mechanical thermal stress in the X X X X X X
turbine blades and wheels/discs.
Aeroplane: exhaust
Name the following main components of the exhaust X X X
unit and their function: jet pipe; propelling nozzle;
exhaust cone.
Describe the working principle of the exhaust unit. X X X
Describe the gas-parameter changes in the exhaust X X X
unit.
Define the term ‘choked exhaust nozzle’ (not applicable X X
to turboprops).
Explain how jet exhaust noise can be reduced. X X X
Helicopter: air intake
Name and explain the main task of the engine air X X X X
intake.
Describe the use of a convergent air-intake ducting on X X X X
helicopters.
Describe the reasons for and the dangers of the X X X X
following operational problems concerning engine air
intake: airflow separations; intake icing; intake damage;
FOD; heavy in-flight turbulence.

Describe the conditions and circumstances during X X X X

ground operations when FOD is most likely to occur.

Describe and explain the principles of air intake filter X X X X

systems that can be fitted to some helicopters for
operations in icing and sand conditions.

Describe the function of the heated pads on some X X X X

helicopter air intakes.
Helicopter: exhaust
Describe the working principle of the exhaust unit. X X X X
Describe the gas-parameter changes in the exhaust X X X X
unit.
Additional components and systems
Engine fuel system
Name the main components of the engine fuel system X X X X X X
and state their function: filters; low-pressure (LP) pump;
high-pressure (HP) pump; fuel manifold; fuel nozzles;
HP fuel cock; fuel control; or hydromechanical unit.

Name the two types of engine-driven high-pressure X X X X X X

pumps, such as: gear-type; swash plate-type.
State the tasks of the fuel control unit. X X X X X X
List the possible input parameters to a fuel control unit X X X X X X
to achieve a given thrust/power setting.
Engine control system
State the tasks of the engine control system. X X X X X X
List the following different types of engine control X X X X X X
systems: hydromechanical; hydromechanical with a
limited authority electronic supervisor; single-channel
FADEC with hydromechanical backup; dual-channel
FADEC with no backup or any other combination.

Describe a FADEC as a full-authority dual-channel X X X X

system including functions such as an electronic engine
control unit, wiring, sensors, variable vanes, active
clearance control, bleed configuration, electrical
signalling of thrust lever angle (TLA) (see also AMC to
CS-E-50), and an EGT protection function and engine
overspeed.

Explain how redundancy is achieved by using more than X X X X

one channel in a FADEC system.
State the consequences of a FADEC single input data X X X X
failure.
State that all input and output data is checked by both X X X X
channels in a FADEC system.
State that a FADEC system uses its own sensors and X X X X
that, in some cases, also data from aircraft systems is
used.
State that a FADEC must have its own source of X X X X
electrical power.
Engine lubrication
State the tasks of an engine lubrication system. X X X
Name the following main components of a lubrication X X X
system and state their function: oil tank and centrifugal
breather; oil pumps (pressure and scavenge pumps); oil
filters (including the bypass); oil sumps; chip detectors;
coolers.

Explain that each spool is fitted with at least one ball X X X

bearing and two or more roller bearings.
Explain the use of compressor air in oil-sealing systems X X X
(e.g. labyrinth seals).
Engine auxiliary gearbox
State the tasks of the auxiliary gearbox. X X X
Describe how the gearbox is driven and lubricated. X X X

Engine ignition
State the task of the ignition system. X X X
Name the following main components of the ignition X X X
system and state their function: power sources; igniters.

State why jet turbine engines are equipped with two X X X

electrically independent ignition systems.
Explain the different modes of operation of the ignition X X X
system.
Engine starter
Name the main components of the starting system and X X X
state their function.
Explain the principle of a turbine engine start. X X X
Describe the following two types of starters: electric; X X X
pneumatic.
Describe a typical start sequence (on ground/in flight) X X X
for a turbofan.
Define ‘self-sustaining rpm’. X X X
Reverse thrust
Name the following main components of a reverse- X X X
thrust system and state their function: reverse-thrust
select lever; power source (pneumatic or hydraulic);
actuators; doors; annunciations.

Explain the principle of a reverse-thrust system. X X X

Identify the advantages and disadvantages of using X X X
reverse thrust.
Describe and explain the following different types of X X X
thrust-reverser systems: hot-stream reverser; clamshell
or bucket-door system; cold-stream reverser (only
turbofan engines); blocker doors; cascade vanes.

Explain the implications of reversing the cold stream X X X

(fan reverser) only on a high bypass ratio engine.

Describe the protection features against inadvertent X X X

thrust-reverse deployment in flight as present on most
transport aeroplanes.
Describe the controls and indications provided for the X X X
thrust-reverser system.
Helicopter specifics on design, operation and
components for additional components and systems
such as lubrication system, ignition circuit, starter,
accessory gearbox

State the task of the lubrication system. X X X X

List and describe the common helicopter lubrication X X X X
systems.
Name the following main components of a helicopter X X X X
lubrication system: reservoir; pump assembly; external
oil filter; magnetic chip detectors, electronic chip
detectors; thermostatic oil coolers; breather.

Identify and name the components of a helicopter X X X X

lubrication system from a diagram.
Identify the indications used to monitor a lubrication X X X X
system including warning systems.
Explain the differences and appropriate use of straight X X X X
oil and compound oil, and describe the oil numbering
system for aviation use.
Explain and describe the ignition circuit for engine start X X X X
and engine relight facility when the selection is set for
both automatic and manual functions.
Explain and describe the starter motor and the X X X X
sequence of events when starting, and that for most
helicopters the starter becomes the generator after the
starting sequence is over.

Explain and describe why the engine drives the X X X X

accessory gearbox.
Engine operation and monitoring
General
Explain the following aeroplane engine ratings: take-off; X X X
go-around; maximum continuous thrust/power;
maximum climb thrust/power.
Explain spool-up time. X X X X X X
Explain the reason for the difference between ground X X X
and approach flight idle values (rpm).
State the parameters that can be used for setting and X X X X X X
monitoring the thrust/power.
Describe the terms ‘alpha range’, ‘beta range’ and X X X
‘reverse thrust’ as applied to a turboprop power lever.

Explain the dangers of inadvertent beta-range selection X X X

in flight for a turboprop.
Explain the purpose of engine trending. X X X
Explain how the exhaust gas temperature is used to X X X X X X
monitor turbine stress.
Describe the effect of engine acceleration and X X X X X
deceleration on the EGT.
Describe the possible effects on engine components X X X X X X
when EGT limits are exceeded.
Explain why engine-limit exceedances must be X X X X X X
reported.
Explain the limitations on the use of the thrust-reverser X X X X
system at low forward speed.
Explain the term ‘engine seizure’. X X X X X X
State the possible causes of engine seizure and explain X X X X X X
their preventative measures.
Describe the potential consequences of a leak in the X X X X X X
following two designs of fuel and oil heat exchanger: oil
pressure higher than fuel pressure with oil leaking into
the fuel system, potentially affecting the combustion
and running of the engine; fuel pressure higher than oil
pressure with fuel leaking into the oil system,
potentially increasing the risk of a fire due to fuel
entering warm parts of the engine that should be free
from fuel.

Explain oil-filter clogging (blockage) and the implications X X X X X X

for the lubrication system.
Give examples of monitoring instruments of an engine. X X X X X X

Describe how to identify and assess engine damage X X X X X X

based on instrument indications.
Starting malfunctions
Describe the indications and the possible causes of the X X X
following aeroplane starting malfunctions: false (dry or
wet) start; tailpipe fire (torching); hot start; abortive
(hung) start; no N1 rotation; no FADEC indications.

Describe the indications and the possible causes of the X X X X

following helicopter starting malfunctions: false (dry or
wet) start; tailpipe fire (torching); hot start; abortive
(hung) start; no N1 rotation; freewheel failure; no
FADEC indications.

Relight envelope
Explain the relight envelope. X X X
Performance aspects
Thrust, performance aspects, and limitations
Describe the variation of thrust and specific fuel X X X
consumption with altitude at constant TAS.
Describe the variation of thrust and specific fuel X X X
consumption with TAS at constant altitude.
Explain the term ‘flat-rated engine’ by describing the X X X
change of take-off thrust, turbine inlet temperature and
engine rpm with outside air temperature (OAT).

Define the term ‘engine pressure ratio’ (EPR). X X X

Explain the use of reduced (flexible) and derated thrust X X X
for take-off, and explain the advantages and
disadvantages when compared with a full-rated take-
off.

Describe the effects of use of bleed air on rpm, EGT, X X X

thrust, and specific fuel consumption.
Helicopter engine ratings, engine performance and
limitations, engine handling: torque, performance
aspects and limitations
Describe engine rating torque limits for take-off, X X X X
transient and maximum continuous.
Describe turbine outlet temperature (TOT) limits for X X X X
take-off.
Explain why TOT is a limiting factor for helicopter X X X X
performance.
Describe and explain the relationship between X X X X
maximum torque available and density altitude, which
leads to decreasing torque available with the increase
of density altitude.

Explain that hovering downwind, on some helicopters, X X X X

will noticeably increase the engine TOT.

Explain the reason why the engine performance is less X X X X

when aircraft accessories (i.e. anti-ice, heating, hoist,
filters) are switched on.
Describe the effects of use of bleed air on engine X X X X
parameters.
Explain that, on some helicopters, exceeding the TOT X X X X
limit may cause the main rotor to droop (slow down).

Describe overtorquing and explain the consequences. X X X X

Auxiliary power unit (APU)

Design, operation, functions, operational limitations

State that an APU is a gas turbine engine and list its X X X X

tasks.
State the difference between the two types of APU X X X X
inlets.
Define ‘maximum operating and maximum starting X X X X
altitude’.
Name the typical APU control and monitoring X X X X
instruments.
Describe the APU’s automatic shutdown protection. X X X X

PROTECTION AND DETECTION SYSTEMS

Smoke detection
Types, design, operation, indications and warnings
Explain the operating principle of the following types of X X X X X X
smoke detection sensors: optical; ionising.

Give an example of warnings, indications and function X X X X X X

tests.
Fire-protection systems
Fire extinguishing (engine and cargo compartments)

Explain the operating principle of a built-in fire- X X X X X X

extinguishing system and describe its components.

State that two discharges must be provided for each X X X

engine (see CS 25.1195(c) Fire-extinguisher systems).

Fire detection
Explain the following principles of fire detection: X X X X X X
resistance and capacitance; gas pressure.
Explain fire-detection applications such as: bimetallic; X X X X X X
continuous loop; gaseous loop (gas-filled detectors).

Explain why generally double-loop systems are used. X X X X X X

Give an example of warnings, indications and function X X X X X X

tests of a fire-protection system.
Rain-protection system
Principle and method of operation
Explain the principle and method of operation of the X X X
following windshield rain-protection systems for an
aeroplane: wipers; liquids (rain-repellent); coating.

Explain the principle and method of operation of wipers X X X X

for a helicopter.
OXYGEN SYSTEMS
Cockpit, portable and chemical oxygen systems
Operating principles, actuation methods, comparison

Describe the basic operating principle of a cockpit X X X

oxygen system and describe the following different
modes of operation: normal (diluter demand); 100 per
cent; emergency.
Describe the operating principle and the purposes of X X X
the following two portable oxygen systems: smoke
hood; portable bottle.
Describe the following two oxygen systems that can be X X X
used to supply oxygen to passengers: fixed system
(chemical oxygen generator or gaseous system);
portable.

Describe the actuation methods (automatic and X X X

manual) and the functioning of a passenger oxygen
mask.
Compare chemical oxygen generators to gaseous X X X
systems with respect to: capacity; flow regulation.
State the dangers of grease or oil related to the use of X X X
oxygen systems.
HELICOPTER: MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS
Variable rotor speed, active vibration suppression,
night-vision goggles (NVG)
Variable rotor speed
Explain the system for ‘beeping’ the NR to its upper X X X X
limit.
Active vibration suppression
Explain and describe how the active vibration X X X X
suppression system works through high-speed actuators
and accelerometer inputs.
NVG - to be introduced at a later date X X X
HELICOPTER: ROTOR HEADS
Main rotor
Types
Describe the following rotor-head systems: teetering X X X X
(semi-articulated); articulated; hingeless (rigid);
bearingless (semi-articulated).
Describe in basic terms the following configuration of X X X X
rotor systems and their advantages and disadvantages:
tandem; coaxial; side by side.

Explain how flapping, dragging and feathering is X X X X

achieved in each rotor-head system.
Structural components and materials, stresses,
structural limitations
Identify from a diagram the main structural X X X X
components of the main types of rotor-head systems.

List and describe the methods used to detect damage X X X X

and cracks.
Explain and describe the structural limitations to X X X X
respective rotor systems, including the dangers of
negative G inputs to certain rotor-head systems.
Describe the various rotor-head lubrication methods. X X X X

Design and construction

Describe the material technology used in rotor-head X X X X
design, including construction, using the following
materials or mixture of materials: composites; fibre-
glass; alloys; elastomers.

Adjustment
Describe and explain the methods of adjustment which X X X X
are possible on various helicopter rotor-head
assemblies.
Tail rotor
Types
Describe the following tail-rotor systems: delta-3 hinge X X X X
effect; multi-bladed delta-3 effect; Fenestron or ducted
fan tail rotor; no tail rotor (NOTAR) low-velocity air jet
flows from tangential slots (the Coanda effect); NOTAR
high-velocity air jet flows from adjustable nozzles (the
Coanda effect).

Identify from a diagram the main structural X X X X

components of the four main types of tail-rotor
systems.
Explain and describe the methods to detect damage X X X X
and cracks on the tail rotor and assembly.
Explain and describe the structural limitations to the X X X X
respective tail-rotor systems and possible limitations
regarding the turning rate of the helicopter.

Explain and describe the following methods that X X X X

helicopter designers use to minimise tail-rotor drift and
roll: reducing the couple arm (tail rotor on a pylon);
offsetting the rotor mast; use of ‘bias’ in cyclic control
mechanism.

Explain pitch-input mechanisms. X X X X

Explain the relationship between tail-rotor thrust and X X X X
engine power.
Describe how the vertical fin on some types reduces the X X X X
power demand of the tail rotor.
Design and construction
List and describe the various tail-rotor designs and X X X X
construction methods used on helicopters currently in
service.
HELICOPTER: TRANSMISSION
Main gearbox
Different types, design, operation, limitations
Describe the following main principles of helicopter X X X X
transmission systems for single- and twin-engine
helicopters: drive for the main and tail rotor; accessory
drive for the generator(s), alternator(s), hydraulic and
oil pumps, oil cooler(s) and tachometers.

Describe the reason for limitations on multi-engine X X X X

helicopter transmissions in various engine-out
situations.
Describe how the passive vibration control works with X X X X
gearbox mountings.
Rotor brake
Types, operational considerations
Describe the main function of the disc type of rotor X X X X
brake.
Describe both hydraulic- and cable-operated rotor- X X X X
brake systems.
Describe the different options for the location of the X X X X
rotor brake.
List the following operational considerations for the use X X X X
of rotor brakes: rotor speed at engagement of rotor
brake; risk of blade sailing in windy conditions; risk of
rotor-brake overheating and possible fire when brake is
applied above the maximum limit, particularly when
spilled hydraulic fluid is present; avoid stopping blades
over jet-pipe exhaust with engine running; cockpit
annunciation of rotor-brake operation.

Auxiliary systems
Powering the air-conditioning system
Explain how power for the air-conditioning system is X X X X
taken from the auxiliary gearbox.
Driveshaft and associated installation
Power, construction, materials, speed and torque
Describe how power is transmitted from the engine to X X X X
the main-rotor gearbox.
Describe the material and construction of the X X X X
driveshaft.
Explain the need for alignment between the engine and X X X X
the main- rotor gearbox.
Identify how temporary misalignment occurs between X X X X
driving and driven components.
Explain the relationship between driveshaft speed and X X X X
torque.
Describe the methods with which power is delivered to X X X X
the tail rotor.
Describe and identify the construction and materials of X X X X
tail-rotor/Fenestron driveshafts.
Intermediate and tail gearbox
Lubrication, gearing
Explain and describe the various arrangements when X X X X
the drive changes direction and the need for an
intermediate or tail gearbox.
Explain the lubrication requirements for intermediate X X X X
and tail-rotor gearboxes and methods of checking
levels.
Explain how on most helicopters the tail-rotor gearbox X X X X
contains gearing, etc., for the tail-rotor pitch-change
mechanism.
Clutches
Purpose, operation, components, serviceability
Explain the purpose of a clutch. X X X X
Describe and explain the operation of a: centrifugal X X X X
clutch; actuated clutch.
List the typical components of the various clutches. X X X X

Identify the following methods by which clutch X X X X

serviceability can be ascertained: brake-shoe dust;
vibration; main-rotor run-down time; engine speed at
time of main-rotor engagement; belt tensioning; start
protection in a belt-drive clutch system.
Freewheels
Purpose, operation, components, location
Explain the purpose of a freewheel. X X X X
Describe and explain the operation of a: cam- and X X X X
roller-type freewheel; sprag-clutch-type freewheel.
List the typical components of the various freewheels. X X X X

Identify the various locations of freewheels in power X X X X

plant and transmission systems.
Explain the implications regarding the engagement and X X X X
disengagement of the freewheel.
HELICOPTER: BLADES
Main-rotor design and blade design
Design, construction
Describe the different types of blade construction and X X X X
the need for torsional stiffness.
Describe the principles of heating systems/pads on X X X X
some blades for anti-icing/de-icing.
Describe the fully articulated rotor with hinges and X X X X
feathering hinges.
Structural components and materials
List the materials used in the construction of main-rotor X X X X
blades.
List the main structural components of a main-rotor X X X X
blade and their function.
Describe the drag hinge of the fully articulated rotor X X X X
and the lag flexure in the hingeless rotor.
Explain the necessity for drag dampers. X X X X
Forces and stresses
Describe main-rotor blade-loading on the ground and in X X X X
flight.
Describe where the most common stress areas are on X X X X
rotor blades.
Show how the centrifugal forces depend on rotor rpm X X X X
and blade mass and how they pull on the blade’s
attachment to the hub. Justify the upper limit of the
rotor rpm.

Assume a rigid attachment and show how thrust may X X X X

cause huge oscillating bending moments which stress
the attachment.
Explain why flapping hinges do not transfer such X X X X
moments. Show the small flapping hinge offset on fully
articulated rotors and zero offset in the case of
teetering rotors.

Describe the working principle of the flexible element in X X X X

the hingeless rotor and describe the equivalent flapping
hinge offset compared to that of the articulated rotor.

Structural limitations
Explain the structural limitations in terms of bending X X X X
and rotor rpm.
Adjustment X
Explain the use of trim tabs. X X X X X
Tip shape
Describe the various blade-tip shapes used by different X X X X
manufacturers and compare their advantages and
disadvantages.
Origins of the vertical vibrations
Explain the lift (thrust) variations per revolution of a X X X X
blade and the resulting vertical total rotor thrust (TRT)
variation in the case of perfectly identical blades.

Show the resulting frequencies and amplitudes as a X X X X

function of the number of blades.
Explain the thrust variation in the case of an out-of- X X X X
track blade, causes, and frequencies (one-per-
revolution).
Lateral vibrations
Explain blade imbalances, causes, and effects. X X X X
Tail-rotor design and blade design
Design, construction
Describe the most common design of tail-rotor blade X X X X
construction, consisting of stainless steel shell
reinforced by a honeycomb filler and stainless steel
leading abrasive strip.

Explain that ballast weights are located at the inboard X X X X

trailing edge and tip of blades, and that the weights
used are determined when the blades are
manufactured.

Describe how, for some helicopters, anti-icing/de-icing X X X X

systems are designed into the blade construction.

Describe the two-bladed rotor with a teetering hinge, X X X X

and rotors with more than two blades.
Describe the dangers to ground personnel and to the X X X X
rotor blades, and how to minimise these dangers.

Intentionally left blank

Stresses, vibrations and balancing
Describe the tail-rotor blade-loading on the ground and X X X X
in flight.
Explain the sources of vibration of the tail rotor and the X X X X
resulting high frequencies.
Explain balancing and tracking of the tail rotor. X X X X
Structural limitations
Describe the structural limitations of the tail-rotor X X X X
blades.
Describe the method of checking the strike indicators X X X X
placed on the tip of some tail-rotor blades.

Adjustment
Describe the adjustment of yaw pedals in the cockpit to X X X X
obtain full-control authority of the tail rotor.

The Fenestron
Describe the technical layout of a Fenestron tail rotor. X X X X

Explain the advantages and disadvantages of a X X X X

Fenestron tail rotor.
No tail rotor (NOTAR)
Describe the technical layout of a NOTAR design. X X X X
Explain the control concepts of a NOTAR. X X X X
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of a NOTAR X X X X
design.
0 0 0 669 ### ### 29 510 498 484 484 473
 Source / Comment

BIR exam
CBIR(A)

BIR BK
IR

No entries in v.3 of this TK

Syllabus Comparison Document
Note: possible error re. The
CPL(H)
0 0 0 0
 2018-2019 syllabus text 2018-2019 2020 syllabus Moved
syllabus reference to/from
reference another
Index

subject

1 AIRCRAFT GENERAL KNOWLEDGE - 022.00.00.00 022.00.00.00

INSTRUMENTATION

2 SENSORS AND INSTRUMENTS 022.01.00.00 022.01.00.00

3 Pressure gauge 022.01.01.00 022.01.01.00
4 Units for pressure, sensor types, measurements 022.01.01.01 022.01.01.01
5 Define ‘pressure’, ‘absolute pressure’ and ‘differential 022.01.01.01.01 022.01.01.01.01
pressure’.
6 List the following units used for pressure measurement: 022.01.01.01.02 022.01.01.01.02
Pascal; bar; inches of mercury (in Hg); pounds per
square inch (psi).
7 State the relationship between the different units. 022.01.01.01.03 022.01.01.01.03
8 List and describe the following different types of 022.01.01.01.04 022.01.01.01.04
sensors used according to the pressure to be measured:
aneroid capsules; bellows; diaphragms; bourdon tube.

9 Identify pressure measurements that are applicable to 022.01.01.01.05 022.01.01.01.05

an aircraft: liquid-pressure measurement (fuel, oil,
hydraulic); air-pressure measurement (bleed-air
systems, air-conditioning systems); engine-pressure
measurement manifold pressure (MAP), engine
pressure ratio (EPR)).

10 Identify and read pressure measurement indications 022.01.01.01.06 022.01.01.01.06

both for engine indications and other systems.

11 Explain the implications of the following pressure 022.01.01.01.07 022.01.01.01.07

measurement errors both for engine indications and
other systems: loss of pressure sensing; incorrect
pressure indications.

12 Temperature sensing 022.01.02.00 022.01.02.00

13 Units for temperature, measurements 022.01.02.01 022.01.02.01
14 Explain temperature. 022.01.02.01.01 022.01.02.01.01
15 List the following units that can be used for 022.01.02.01.02 022.01.02.01.02
temperature measurement: Kelvin; Celsius; Fahrenheit.

16 State the relationship between these units and convert 022.01.02.01.03 022.01.02.01.03
between them.
17 Identify temperature measurements that are applicable 022.01.02.01.04 022.01.02.01.04
to an aircraft: gas temperature measurement (ambient
air, bleed-air systems, air-conditioning systems, air inlet,
exhaust gas, gas turbine outlets); liquid-temperature
measurement (fuel, oil, hydraulic); component-
temperature measurement (generator, transformer
rectifier unit (TRU), pumps (fuel, hydraulic), power
transfer unit (PTU).

18 Identify and read temperature measurement 022.01.02.01.05 022.01.02.01.05

indications for both engine indications and other
systems.
19 Fuel gauge 022.01.03.00 022.01.03.00
20 Units for fuel, measurements, fuel gauges 022.01.03.01 022.01.03.01
21 State that the quantity of fuel can be measured by 022.01.03.01.01 022.01.03.01.01
volume or mass.
22 List the following units used for fuel quantity: 022.01.03.01.02 022.01.03.01.02
kilogramme; pound; litres; gallons (US and imperial).

23 Convert between the various units. 022.01.03.01.03 022.01.03.01.03

24 Explain the parameters that can affect the 022.01.03.01.04 022.01.03.01.04
measurement of the volume or mass of the fuel in a
fuel tank: temperature; aircraft accelerations and
attitudes; and explain how the fuel-gauge system design
compensates for these changes.

25 Describe and explain the operating principles of the 022.01.03.01.05 022.01.03.01.05

following types of fuel gauges: float system;
capacitance-type of fuel-gauge system. ultrasound-type
of fuel-gauge system: to be introduced at a later date.

26 Describe and complete a typical post-refuelling 022.01.03.01.06 022.01.03.01.06

procedure for a pilot: recording the volume that was
filled; converting to the appropriate unit used by the
aircraft fuel gauge(s) to compare the actual indicated
fuel content to the calculated fuel content; assess
appropriate action if the numbers does not compare.

27 Fuel flowmeters 022.01.04.00 022.01.04.00

28 Fuel flow, units for fuel flow, total fuel consumption 022.01.04.01 022.01.04.01

29 Define ‘fuel flow’ and where it is measured. 022.01.04.01.01 022.01.04.01.01

30 State that fuel flow may be measured by volume or 022.01.04.01.02 022.01.04.01.02
mass per unit of time.
31 List the following units used for fuel flow when 022.01.04.01.03 022.01.04.01.03
measured by mass per hour: kilogrammes/hour;
pounds/hour.
32 List the following units used for fuel flow when 022.01.04.01.04 022.01.04.01.04
measured by volume per hour: litres/hour; imperial
gallons/hour; US gallons/hour.
33 Explain how total fuel consumption is obtained. 022.01.04.01.05 022.01.04.01.05
34 Tachometer 022.01.05.00 022.01.05.00
35 Types, operating principles, units for engine speed 022.01.05.01 022.01.05.01
36 List the following types of tachometers, describe their 022.01.05.01.01 022.01.05.01.01
basic operating principle and give examples of use:
mechanical (rotating magnet); electrical (three-phase
tacho-generator); electronic (impulse measurement
with speed probe and phonic wheel); and describe the
operating principle of each type.

37 Explain the typical units for engine speed: rpm for 022.01.05.01.02 022.01.05.01.02
piston-engine aircraft; percentage for turbine-engine
aircraft.
38 Explain that some types of rpm indicators require 022.01.05.01.03 022.01.05.01.03
electrical power to provide an indication.
39 Thrust measurement 022.01.06.00 022.01.06.00
40 Parameters, operating principle 022.01.06.01 022.01.06.01
41 List and describe the following two parameters used to 022.01.06.01.01 022.01.06.01.01
represent thrust: N1; EPR.
42 Explain the operating principle of using an engine with 022.01.06.01.02 022.01.06.01.02
EPR indication and explain the consequences of
incorrect or missing EPR to the operation of the engine,
including reverting to N1 mode.

43 Give examples of display for N1 and EPR. 022.01.06.01.03 022.01.06.01.03

44 Engine torquemeter 022.01.07.00 022.01.07.00
45 Torque, torquemeters 022.01.07.01 022.01.07.01
46 Define ‘torque’. 022.01.07.01.01 022.01.07.01.01
47 Explain the relationship between power, torque and 022.01.07.01.02 022.01.07.01.02
rpm.
48 List the following units used for torque: Newton meters; 022.01.07.01.03 022.01.07.01.03
inch or foot pounds.
49 State that engine torque can be displayed as a 022.01.07.01.04 022.01.07.01.04
percentage.
50 List and describe the following different types of 022.01.07.01.05 022.01.07.01.05
torquemeters, and explain their operating principles:
mechanical; electronic.
51 Compare the two systems with regard to design and 022.01.07.01.06 022.01.07.01.06
weight.
52 Give examples of display. 022.01.07.01.07 022.01.07.01.07
53 Synchroscope 022.01.08.00 022.01.08.00
54 Purpose, operating principle, display 022.01.08.01 022.01.08.01
55 State the purpose of a synchroscope. 022.01.08.01.01 022.01.08.01.01
56 Explain the operating principle of a synchroscope. 022.01.08.01.02 022.01.08.01.02
57 Give examples of display. 022.01.08.01.03 022.01.08.01.03
58 Engine-vibration monitoring 022.01.09.00 022.01.09.00
59 Purpose, operating principle of a vibration-monitoring 022.01.09.01 022.01.09.01
system, display
60 State the purpose of a vibration-monitoring system for 022.01.09.01.01 022.01.09.01.01
a jet engine.
61 Describe the operating principle of a vibration- 022.01.09.01.02 022.01.09.01.02
monitoring system using the following two types of
sensors: piezoelectric crystal; magnet.
62 Explain that there is no specific unit for vibration 022.01.09.01.03 022.01.09.01.03
monitoring, i.e. it is determined by specified numeric
threshold values.
63 Give examples of display. 022.01.09.01.04 022.01.09.01.04
64 Time measurement 022.01.10.00 022.01.10.00
65 On-board clock 022.01.10.01 022.01.10.01
66 Explain that the on-board aircraft clock provides a time 022.01.10.01.01 022.01.10.01.01
reference for several of the on-board systems including
aircraft communications addressing and reporting
system (ACARS) and engine and systems maintenance.

67 MEASUREMENT OF AIR-DATA PARAMETERS 022.02.00.00 022.02.00.00

68 Pressure measurement 022.02.01.00 022.02.01.00
69 Definitions 022.02.01.01 022.02.01.01
70 Define the following pressure measurements and state 022.02.01.01.01 022.02.01.01.01
the relationship between them: static pressure;
dynamic pressure; total pressure.
71 Pitot/static system: design and errors 022.02.01.02 022.02.01.02
72 Describe the design and the operating principle of a: 022.02.01.02.01 022.02.01.02.01
static port/source; pitot tube; combined pitot/static
probe.
73 For each of these indicate the various locations and 022.02.01.02.02 022.02.01.02.02
describe the following associated errors and how to
correct, minimise the effect of or compensate for them:
position errors; instrument errors; errors due to a non-
longitudinal axial flow (including manoeuvre-induced
errors).

74 Describe a typical pitot/static system and list the 022.02.01.02.03 022.02.01.02.03

possible outputs.
75 Explain the redundancy and the interconnections that 022.02.01.02.04 022.02.01.02.04
typically exist in complex pitot/static systems found in
large aircraft.
76 Explain the purpose of pitot/static system heating. 022.02.01.02.05 022.02.01.02.05
77 Describe alternate static sources and their effects when 022.02.01.02.06 022.02.01.02.06
used, particularly in unpressurised aircraft.
78 Describe a modern pitot static system using solid-state 022.02.01.02.07 022.02.01.02.07
sensors near the pitot probe or static port converting
the air data to numerical data (electrical signals) before
being sent to the air-data computer(s).

79 Temperature measurement 022.02.02.00 022.02.02.00

80 Definitions 022.02.02.01 022.02.02.01
81 Define the following and explain the relationship 022.02.02.01.01 022.02.02.01.01
between them: outside air temperature (OAT); total air
temperature (TAT); static air temperature (SAT).
82 Explain the term ‘ram rise’ and convert TAT to SAT. 022.02.02.01.02 022.02.02.01.02
83 Explain why TAT is often displayed and that TAT is the 022.02.02.01.03 022.02.02.01.03
temperature input to the air-data computer.
84 Design and operation 022.02.02.02 022.02.02.02
85 Indicate typical locations for both direct-reading and 022.02.02.02.01 022.02.02.02.01
remote-reading temperature probes, and describe the
following errors: position error; instrument error.

86 Explain the purpose of temperature probe heating and 022.02.02.02.02 022.02.02.02.02

interpret the effect of heating on sensed temperature
unless automatically compensated for.

87 Angle-of-attack (AoA) measurement 022.02.03.00 022.02.03.00

88 Sensor types, operating principles, ice protection, 022.02.03.01 022.02.03.01
displays, incorrect indications
89 Describe the following two types of AoA sensors: null- 022.02.03.01.01 022.02.03.01.01
seeking (slotted) probe; vane detector.
90 For each type, explain the operating principles. 022.02.03.01.02 022.02.03.01.02
91 Explain how both types are protected against ice. 022.02.03.01.03 022.02.03.01.03
92 Give examples of systems that use the AoA as an input, 022.02.03.01.04 022.02.03.01.04
such as: air-data computer; stall warning systems; flight-
envelope protection systems.
93 Give examples of and interpret different types of AoA 022.02.03.01.05 022.02.03.01.05
displays: simple light arrays of green, amber and red
lights; gauges showing a numerical scale.
94 Explain the implications for the pilot if the AoA 022.02.03.01.06 022.02.03.01.06
indication becomes incorrect but still provides data, e.g.
if the sensor is frozen in a fixed position.
95 Explain how an incorrect AoA measurement can affect 022.02.03.01.07 022.02.03.01.07
the controllability of an aircraft with flight-envelope
protection.
96 Altimeter 022.02.04.00 022.02.04.00
97 Units, terms, types, operating principles, displays, 022.02.04.01 022.02.04.01
errors, corrections
98 List the following two units used for altimeters and 022.02.04.01.01 022.02.04.01.01
state the relationship between them: feet; metres.

99 Define the following terms: height, altitude; indicated 022.02.04.01.02 022.02.04.01.02

altitude, true altitude; pressure altitude, density
altitude.
100 Define the following barometric references: ‘QNH’, 022.02.04.01.03 022.02.04.01.03
‘QFE’, ‘1013.25’.
101 Explain the operating principles of an altimeter. 022.02.04.01.04 022.02.04.01.04
102 Describe and compare the following three types of 022.02.04.01.05 022.02.04.01.05
altimeters and reason(s) why particular designs may be
required in certain airspace: simple altimeter (single
capsule); sensitive altimeter (multi-capsule); servo-
assisted altimeter.

103 Give examples of associated displays: pointer, multi- 022.02.04.01.06 022.02.04.01.06

pointer, drum, vertical straight scale.
104 Describe the following errors: static system error; 022.02.04.01.07 022.02.04.01.07
instrument error; barometric error; temperature error
(air column not at ISA conditions); lag (altimeter
response to change of height).

105 Demonstrate the use of an altimeter correction table 022.02.04.01.08 022.02.04.01.08

for the following errors: temperature corrections;
aircraft position errors.
106 Describe the effects of a blockage or a leakage on the 022.02.04.01.09 022.02.04.01.09
static pressure line.
107 Describe the use of GPS altitude as an alternative 022.02.04.01.10 022.02.04.01.10
means of checking erroneous altimeter indications, and
highlight the limitations of the GPS altitude indication.

108 Vertical speed indicator (VSI) 022.02.05.00 022.02.05.00

109 VSI and instantaneous vertical speed indicator (IVSI) 022.02.05.01 022.02.05.01

110 List the two units used for VSIs and state the 022.02.05.01.01 022.02.05.01.01
relationship between them: metres per second; feet per
minute.
111 Explain the operating principles of a VSI and an IVSI. 022.02.05.01.02 022.02.05.01.02

112 Describe and compare the following types of VSIs: 022.02.05.01.03 022.02.05.01.03
barometric type (VSI); instantaneous barometric type
(IVSI); inertial type (inertial information provided by an
inertial reference unit).

113 Describe the following VSI errors: static system errors; 022.02.05.01.04 022.02.05.01.04
instrument errors; time lag.
114 Describe the effects on a VSI of a blockage or a leakage 022.02.05.01.05 022.02.05.01.05
on the static pressure line.
115 Give examples of a VSI display. 022.02.05.01.06 022.02.05.01.06
116 Compare the indications of a VSI and an IVSI during 022.02.05.01.07 022.02.05.01.07
flight in turbulence and appropriate pilot technique
during manoeuvring using either type.
117 Airspeed indicator (ASI) 022.02.06.00 022.02.06.00
118 Units, errors, operating principles, displays, position 022.02.06.01 022.02.06.01
errors, unreliable airspeed indications
119 List the following three units used for airspeed and 022.02.06.01.01 022.02.06.01.01
state the relationship between them: nautical
miles/hour (kt); statute miles/hour (mph);
kilometres/hour (km/h).

120 Describe the following ASI errors and state when they 022.02.06.01.02 022.02.06.01.02
must be considered: pitot/static system errors;
instrument errors; position errors; compressibility
errors; density errors.

121 Explain the operating principles of an ASI (as 022.02.06.01.03 022.02.06.01.03

appropriate to aeroplanes or helicopters).
122 Give examples of an ASI display: pointer, vertical 022.02.06.01.04 022.02.06.01.04
straight scale, and digital (HUD display).
123 Demonstrate the use of an ASI correction table for 022.02.06.01.05 022.02.06.01.05
position error.
124 Define and explain the following colour codes that can 022.02.06.01.06 022.02.06.01.06
be used on an ASI: white arc (flap operating speed
range); green arc (normal operating speed range);
yellow arc (caution speed range); red line (VNE) or
barber’s pole (VMO); blue line (best rate of climb speed,
one-engine-out for multi-engine piston light
aeroplanes).

125 Define and explain the following colour codes that can 022.02.06.01.07 022.02.06.01.07
be used on an ASI: green arc (normal operating speed
range); red line (VNE); blue line (maximum airspeed
during autorotation).

126 Describe the effects on an ASI of a blockage or a leakage 022.02.06.01.08 022.02.06.01.08

in the static or total pressure line(s).
127 Define the term ‘unreliable airspeed’ and describe the 022.02.06.01.09 022.02.06.01.09
means by which it can be recognised such as: different
airspeed indications between ASIs; unexpected aircraft
behaviour; buffeting; aircraft systems warning; aircraft
attitude.

128 Describe the appropriate procedures available to the 022.02.06.01.10 022.02.06.01.10

pilot in the event of unreliable airspeed indications:
combination of a pitch attitude and power setting;
ambient wind noise inside the aircraft; use of GPS speed
indications and the associated limitations.

129 Machmeter 022.02.07.00 022.02.07.00

130 Operating principle, display, CAS, TAS and Mach 022.02.07.01 022.02.07.01
number
131 Define ‘Mach number’ and ‘local speed sound’ (LSS). 022.02.07.01.01 022.02.07.01.01
Calculate between LSS, TAS and Mach number.

132 Describe the operating principle of a Machmeter. 022.02.07.01.02 022.02.07.01.02

133 Explain why a Machmeter does not suffer from 022.02.07.01.03 022.02.07.01.03
compressibility error.
134 Give examples of a Machmeter display: pointer, drum, 022.02.07.01.04 022.02.07.01.04
vertical straight scale, digital.
135 Describe the effects on a Machmeter of a blockage or a 022.02.07.01.05 022.02.07.01.05
leakage in the static or total pressure line(s).
136 Explain the relationship between CAS, TAS and Mach 022.02.07.01.06 022.02.07.01.06
number. Explain how CAS, TAS and Mach number vary
in relation to each other during a climb, a descent, or in
level flight in different temperature conditions.
137 State the existence of maximum operating limit speed 022.02.07.01.07 022.02.07.01.07
(VMO) and maximum operating Mach number (MMO).

138 Describe typical indications of MMO and VMO on 022.02.07.01.08 022.02.07.01.08

analogue and digital instruments.
139 Describe the relationship between MMO and VMO with 022.02.07.01.09 022.02.07.01.09
change in altitude and the implications of climbing at
constant IAS and descending at constant Mach number
with respect to the margin to MMO and VMO.

140 Describe the implications of climbing or descending at 022.02.07.01.10 022.02.07.01.10

constant Mach number or constant IAS with respect to
the margin to the stall speed or maximum speed.

141 Air-data computer (ADC) 022.02.08.00 022.02.08.00

142 Operating principle, data, errors, air-data inertial 022.02.08.01 022.02.08.01
reference unit
143 Explain the operating principle of an ADC. 022.02.08.01.01 022.02.08.01.01
144 List the following possible input data: TAT; static 022.02.08.01.02 022.02.08.01.02
pressure; total pressure; measured temperature; AoA;
flaps position; landing gear position; stored aircraft
data.

145 List the following possible output data, as applicable to 022.02.08.01.03 022.02.08.01.03
aeroplanes or helicopters: IAS; TAS; SAT; TAT; Mach
number; AoA; altitude; vertical speed; VMO/MMO
pointer.

146 Explain how position, instrument, compressibility and 022.02.08.01.04 022.02.08.01.04

density errors can be compensated/corrected to
achieve a TAS calculation.
147 Give examples of instruments or systems which may use 022.02.08.01.05 022.02.08.01.05
ADC output data.
148 Explain that an air-data inertial reference unit (ADIRU) is 022.02.08.01.06 022.02.08.01.06
an ADC integrated with an inertial reference unit (IRU),
that there will be separate controls for the ADC part
and inertial reference (IR) part, and that incorrect
selection during failure scenarios may lead to
unintended and potentially irreversible consequences.

149 Explain the ADC architecture for air-data measurement 022.02.08.01.07 022.02.08.01.07
including sensors, processing units and displays, as
opposed to stand-alone air-data measurement
instruments.

150 Describe the consequences of the loss of an ADC 022.02.08.01.08 022.02.08.01.08

compared to the failure of individual instruments.
151 MAGNETISM - DIRECT-READING COMPASS AND FLUX 022.03.00.00 022.03.00.00
VALVE
152 Earth’s magnetic field 022.03.01.00 022.03.01.00
153 Magnetic field, variation, dip 022.03.01.01 022.03.01.01
154 Describe the magnetic field of the Earth. 022.03.01.01.01 022.03.01.01.01
155 Explain the properties of a magnet. 022.03.01.01.02 022.03.01.01.02
156 Define the following terms: magnetic variation; 022.03.01.01.03 022.03.01.01.03
magnetic dip (inclination).
157 Describe that a magnetic compass will align itself to 022.03.01.01.04 022.03.01.01.04
both the horizontal (azimuth) and vertical (dip)
components of the Earth’s magnetic field, thus will not
function in the vicinity of the magnetic poles.
158 Demonstrate the use of variation values (given as 022.03.01.01.05 022.03.01.01.05
East/West (E/W) or +/–) to calculate: true heading to
magnetic heading; magnetic heading to true heading.

159 Aircraft magnetic field 022.03.02.00 022.03.02.00

160 Permanent magnetism, electromagnetism, deviation 022.03.02.01 022.03.02.01

161 Explain the following differences between permanent 022.03.02.01.01 022.03.02.01.01

magnetism and electromagnetism: when they are
present; what affects their magnitude.

162 Explain the principles of and the reasons for: compass 022.03.02.01.02 022.03.02.01.02
swinging (determination of initial deviations); compass
compensation (correction of deviations found);
compass calibration (determination of residual
deviations).

163 Explain how permanent magnetism within the aircraft 022.03.02.01.03 022.03.02.01.03
structure and electromagnetism from the aircraft
systems affect the accuracy of a compass.
164 Describe the purpose and the use of a deviation 022.03.02.01.04 022.03.02.01.04
correction card.
165 Demonstrate the use of deviation values (either given 022.03.02.01.05 022.03.02.01.05
as E/W or +/–) from a compass deviation card to
calculate: compass heading to magnetic heading;
magnetic heading to compass heading.

166 Direct-reading magnetic compass 022.03.03.00 022.03.03.00

167 Purpose, errors, timed turns, serviceability 022.03.03.01 022.03.03.01
168 Explain the purpose of a direct-reading magnetic 022.03.03.01.01 022.03.03.01.01
compass.
169 Describe how the direct-reading magnetic compass will 022.03.03.01.02 022.03.03.01.02
only show correct indications during straight, level and
unaccelerated flight, and that an error will occur during
the following flight manoeuvres (no numerical
examples): acceleration and deceleration; turning;
during pitch-up or pitch-down manoeuvres.

170 Explain how the use of timed turns eliminates the 022.03.03.01.03 022.03.03.01.03
problem of the turning errors of a direct-reading
magnetic compass, and calculate the duration of a rate-
1 turn for a given change of heading.

171 Describe the serviceability check for a direct-reading 022.03.03.01.04 022.03.03.01.04

magnetic compass prior to flight, such as: the physical
appearance of the device; comparing the indication to
another known direction such as a different compass or
runway direction.

172 Flux valve 022.03.04.00 022.03.04.00

173 Purpose, operating principle, location, errors 022.03.04.01 022.03.04.01
174 Explain the purpose of a flux valve. 022.03.04.01.01 022.03.04.01.01
175 Explain its operating principle. 022.03.04.01.02 022.03.04.01.02
176 Indicate typical locations of the flux valve(s). 022.03.04.01.03 022.03.04.01.03
177 Give the remote-reading compass system as example of 022.03.04.01.04 022.03.04.01.04
application for a flux valve.
178 Explain that deviation is compensated for and, 022.03.04.01.05 022.03.04.01.05
therefore, eliminates the need for a deviation
correction card.
179 Explain that a flux valve does not suffer from the same 022.03.04.01.06 022.03.04.01.06
magnitude of errors as a direct-reading magnetic
compass when turning, accelerating or decelerating and
during pitch-up or pitch-down manoeuvres.

180 GYROSCOPIC INSTRUMENTS 022.04.00.00 022.04.00.00

181 Gyroscope: basic principles 022.04.01.00 022.04.01.00
182 Gyroscopic forces, degrees of freedom, gyro wander, 022.04.01.01 022.04.01.01
driving gyroscopes
183 Define a ‘gyro’. 022.04.01.01.01 022.04.01.01.01
184 Explain the fundamentals of the theory of gyroscopic 022.04.01.01.02 022.04.01.01.02
forces.
185 Define the ‘degrees of freedom’ of a gyro. Remark: As a 022.04.01.01.03 022.04.01.01.03
convention, the degrees of freedom of a gyroscope do
not include its own axis of rotation (the spin axis).

186 Explain the following terms: rigidity; precession; wander 022.04.01.01.04 022.04.01.01.04
(drift/topple).
187 Explain the three types of gyro wander: real wander; 022.04.01.01.05 022.04.01.01.05
apparent wander; transport wander.
188 Describe the two ways of driving gyroscopes and any 022.04.01.01.06 022.04.01.01.06
associated indications: air/vacuum; electrically.

189 Rate-of-turn indicator - Turn coordinator - Balance 022.04.02.00 022.04.02.00

(slip) indicator
190 Indications, relation between bank angle, rate of turn 022.04.02.01 022.04.02.01
and TAS
191 Explain the purpose of a rate-of-turn and balance (slip) 022.04.02.01.01 022.04.02.01.01
indicator.
192 Define a ‘rate-1 turn’. 022.04.02.01.02 022.04.02.01.02
193 Describe the indications given by a rate-of-turn 022.04.02.01.03 022.04.02.01.03
indicator.
194 Explain the relation between bank angle, rate of turn 022.04.02.01.04 022.04.02.01.04
and TAS, and how bank angle becomes the limiting
factor at high speed (no calculations).
195 Explain the purpose of a balance (slip) indicator and its 022.04.02.01.05 022.04.02.01.05
principle of operation.
196 Describe the indications of a rate-of-turn and balance 022.04.02.01.06 022.04.02.01.06
(slip) indicator during a balanced, slip or skid turn.

197 Describe the indications given by a turn coordinator (or 022.04.02.01.07 022.04.02.01.07
turn-and-bank indicator).
198 Compare the indications on the rate-of-turn indicator 022.04.02.01.08 022.04.02.01.08
and the turn coordinator.
199 Attitude indicator (artificial horizon) 022.04.03.00 022.04.03.00
200 Purpose, types, effect of aircraft acceleration, display 022.04.03.01 022.04.03.01

201 Explain the purpose of the attitude indicator. 022.04.03.01.01 022.04.03.01.01

202 Identify the two types of attitude indicators: attitude 022.04.03.01.02 022.04.03.01.02
indicator; attitude and director indicator (ADI).

203 State the degrees of freedom. 022.04.03.01.03 022.04.03.01.03

204 Describe the effects of the aircraft’s acceleration and 022.04.03.01.04 022.04.03.01.04
turns on instrument indications.
205 Describe a typical attitude display and instrument 022.04.03.01.05 022.04.03.01.05
markings.
206 Directional gyroscope 022.04.04.00 022.04.04.00
207 Purpose, types, drift, alignment to compass heading 022.04.04.01 022.04.04.01

208 Explain the purpose of the directional gyroscope. 022.04.04.01.01 022.04.04.01.01

209 Identify the two types of gyro-driven direction 022.04.04.01.02 022.04.04.01.02
indicators: direction indicator; horizontal situation
indicator (HSI).
210 Explain how the directional gyroscope will drift over 022.04.04.01.03 022.04.04.01.03
time due to the following: rotation of the Earth; aircraft
manoeuvring; aircraft movement over the Earth’s
surface/direction of travel.

211 Describe the procedure for the pilot to align the 022.04.04.01.04 022.04.04.01.04
directional gyroscope to the correct compass heading.

212 Remote-reading compass systems 022.04.05.00 022.04.05.00

213 Operating principles, components, comparison with a 022.04.05.01 022.04.05.01
direct-reading magnetic compass
214 Describe the principles of operation of a remote- 022.04.05.01.01 022.04.05.01.01
reading compass system.
215 Using a block diagram, list and explain the function of 022.04.05.01.02 022.04.05.01.02
the following components of a remote-reading compass
system: flux detection unit; gyro unit; transducers,
precession amplifiers, annunciator; display unit
(compass card, synchronising and set-heading knob,
DG/compass/slave/free switch).

216 State the advantages and disadvantages of a remote- 022.04.05.01.03 022.04.05.01.03

reading compass system compared to a direct-reading
magnetic compass with regard to: design (power
source, weight and volume); deviation due to aircraft
magnetism; turning and acceleration errors; attitude
errors; accuracy and stability of the information
displayed; availability of the information for several
systems (compass card, RMI, automatic flight control
system (AFCS)).

217 Solid-state systems - attitude and heading reference 022.04.06.00 022.04.06.00

system (AHRS)
218 Components, indications 022.04.06.01 022.04.06.01
219 Explain that the AHRS is a replacement for traditional 022.04.06.01.01 022.04.06.01.01
gyros using solid-state technology with no moving parts
and is a single unit consisting of: solid-state
accelerometers; solid-state rate sensor gyroscopes;
solid-state magnetometers (measurement of the Earth’s
magnetic field).

220 Explain that the AHRS senses rotation and acceleration 022.04.06.01.02 022.04.06.01.02
for all three axes and senses the direction of the Earth’s
magnetic field where the indications are normally
provided on electronic screens (electronic flight
instrument system (EFIS)).

221 INERTIAL NAVIGATION 022.05.00.00 022.05.00.00

222 Basic principles 022.05.01.00 022.05.01.00
223 Systems 022.05.01.01 022.05.01.01
224 State that inertial navigation/reference systems are the 022.05.01.01.01 022.05.01.01.01
main source of attitude and one of the main sources of
navigational data in commercial air transport
aeroplanes.

225 State that inertial systems require no external input, 022.05.01.01.02 022.05.01.01.02
except TAS, to determine aircraft attitude and
navigational data.
226 State that earlier gyro mechanically stabilised platforms 022.05.01.01.03 022.05.01.01.03
are (technically incorrectly but conventionally) referred
to as inertial navigation systems (INSs) and more
modern fixed (strap down) platforms are conventionally
referred to as inertial reference systems (IRSs). INSs can
be considered to be stand-alone, whereas IRSs are
integrated with the FMS.

227 Explain the basic principles of inertial navigation 022.05.01.01.04 022.05.01.01.04

(including double integration of measured acceleration
and the necessity for north–south, east–west and
vertical components to be measured/extracted).

228 Explain the necessity of applying correction for 022.05.01.01.05 022.05.01.01.05

transport precession, and Earth rate precession, coriolis
and gravity.
229 State that in modern aircraft fitted with inertial 022.05.01.01.06 022.05.01.01.06
reference system (IRS) and flight management system
(FMS), the flight management computer (FMC) position
is normally derived from a mathematical analysis of IRS,
global positioning system (GPS), and distance measuring
equipment (DME) data, VHF omnidirectional radio
range (VOR) and LOC.

230 List all navigational data that can be determined by a 022.05.01.01.07 022.05.01.01.07
stand-alone inertial navigation system.
231 State that a strap-down system is fixed to the structure 022.05.01.01.08 022.05.01.01.08
of the aircraft and normally consists of three laser ring
gyros and three accelerometers.
232 State the differences between a laser ring gyro and a 022.05.01.01.09 022.05.01.01.09
conventional mechanical gyro.
233 Alignment and operation 022.05.02.00 022.05.02.00
234 Alignment process, incorrect data entry, and control 022.05.02.01 022.05.02.01
panels
235 State that during the alignment process, the inertial 022.05.02.01.01 022.05.02.01.01
platform is levelled (INS) or the local vertical is
determined (IRS), and true north/aircraft heading is
established.

236 Explain that the aircraft must be stationary during 022.05.02.01.02 022.05.02.01.02
alignment, the aircraft position is entered during the
alignment phase, and that the alignment process takes
around 10 to 20 minutes at mid latitudes (longer at high
latitudes).

237 State that in-flight realignment is not possible and loss 022.05.02.01.03 022.05.02.01.03
of alignment leads to loss of navigational data although
attitude information may still be available.
238 Explain that the inertial navigation system (INS) 022.05.02.01.04 022.05.02.01.04
platform is maintained level and north-aligned after
alignment is complete and the aircraft is in motion.

239 State that an incorrect entry of latitude may lead to a 022.05.02.01.05 022.05.02.01.05
loss of alignment and is more critical than the incorrect
entry of longitude.
240 State that the positional error of a stand-alone INS 022.05.02.01.06 022.05.02.01.06
varies (a typical value can be quoted as 1–2 NM/h) and
is dependent on the gyro drift rate, accelerometer bias,
misalignment of the platform, and computational
errors.

241 Explain that, on a modern aircraft, there is likely to be 022.05.02.01.07 022.05.02.01.07

an air-data inertial reference unit (ADIRU), which is an
inertial reference unit (IRU) integrated with an air-data
computer (ADC).

242 Identify examples of IRS control panels. 022.05.02.01.08 022.05.02.01.08

243 Explain the following selections on the IRU mode 022.05.02.01.09 022.05.02.01.09
selector: NAV (normal operation); ATT (attitude only).

244 State that the majority of the IRS data can be accessed 022.05.02.01.10 022.05.02.01.10
through the FMS control and display unit (CDU)/flight
management and guidance system (FMGS)
multifunction control and display unit (MCDU).

245 Describe the procedure available to the pilot for 022.05.02.01.11 022.05.02.01.11
assessing the performance of individual IRUs after a
flight: reviewing the residual indicated ground speed
when the aircraft has parked; reviewing the drift given
as NM/h.

246 AEROPLANE: AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMS 022.06.00.00 022.06.00.00

247 General 022.06.01.00 022.06.01.00

248 Definitions and control loops 022.06.01.01 022.06.01.01
249 Describe the following purposes of an automatic flight 022.06.01.01.01 022.06.01.01.01
control system (AFCS): enhancement of flight controls;
reduction of pilot workload.
250 Define and explain the following two functions of an 022.06.01.01.02 022.06.01.01.02
AFCS: aircraft control: stabilise the aircraft around its
centre of gravity (CG); aircraft guidance: guidance of the
aircraft’s flight path.

251 Describe the following two automatic control principles: 022.06.01.01.03 022.06.01.01.03
closed loop, where a feedback from an action or state is
compared to the desired action or state; open loop,
where there is no feedback loop.

252 List the following elements of a closed-loop control 022.06.01.01.04 022.06.01.01.04

system and explain their basic function: input signal;
error detector; signal processor providing a measured
output signal according to set criteria or laws; control
element such as an actuator; feedback signal to error
detector for comparison with input signal.

253 Describe how a closed-loop system may enter a state of 022.06.01.01.05 022.06.01.01.05
self-induced oscillation if the system overcompensates
for deviations from the desired state.
254 Explain how a state of self-induced oscillations may be 022.06.01.01.06 022.06.01.01.06
detected and describe the effects of self-induced
oscillations: aircraft controllability; aircraft safety; timely
manual intervention as a way of mitigating loss of
control; techniques that may be used to maintain
positive control of the aircraft.

255 Autopilot system 022.06.02.00 022.06.02.00

256 Design and operation 022.06.02.01 022.06.02.01
257 Define the three basic control channels. 022.06.02.01.01 022.06.02.01.01
258 Define the three different types of autopilots: single or 022.06.02.01.02 022.06.02.01.02
1 axis (roll); 2 axes (pitch and roll); 3 axes (pitch, roll and
yaw).
259 Describe the purpose of the following components of 022.06.02.01.03 022.06.02.01.03
an autopilot system: flight control unit (FCU), mode
control panel (MCP) or equivalent; flight mode
annunciator (FMA) (see Subject 022 06 04 00); autopilot
computer; actuator.

260 Explain the following lateral modes: heading 022.06.02.01.04 022.06.02.01.04

(HDG)/track (TRK); VOR (VOR)/localiser (LOC); lateral
navigation/managed navigation (LNAV or NAV).

261 Describe the purpose of control laws for pitch and roll 022.06.02.01.05 022.06.02.01.05
modes.
262 Explain the following vertical modes: vertical speed 022.06.02.01.06 022.06.02.01.06
(V/S); flight path angle (FPA); level change (LVL
CHG)/open climb (OP CLB) or open descent (OP DES);
speed reference system (SRS); altitude (ALT) hold;
vertical navigation (VNAV)/managed climb (CLB) or
descent (DES); glideslope (G/S).

263 Describe how the autopilot uses speed, aircraft 022.06.02.01.07 022.06.02.01.07
configuration or flight phase as a measure for the
magnitude of control inputs and how this may affect
precision and stability.

264 Explain the following mixed modes: take-off; go-around; 022.06.02.01.08 022.06.02.01.08
approach (APP).
265 Describe the two types of autopilot configurations and 022.06.02.01.09 022.06.02.01.09
explain the implications to the pilot for either and when
comparing the two principles: flight-deck controls move
with the control surface when the autopilot is engaged;
flight-deck controls remain static when the autopilot is
engaged.

266 Describe the purpose of the following inputs and 022.06.02.01.10 022.06.02.01.10
outputs for an autopilot system: attitude information;
flight path/trajectory information; control surface
position information; airspeed information; aircraft
configuration information; FCU/MCP selections; FMAs.

267 Describe the purpose of the synchronisation function 022.06.02.01.11 022.06.02.01.11

when engaging the autopilot and explain why the
autopilot should be engaged when the aircraft is in trim.

268 Define the control wheel steering (CWS) mode as 022.06.02.01.12 022.06.02.01.12
manual manoeuvring of the aircraft through the
autopilot computer and autopilot servos/actuators
using the control column/control wheel.
269 Describe the following elements of CWS: CWS as an 022.06.02.01.13 022.06.02.01.13
autopilot mode; flight phases where CWS cannot be
used; whether the pilot or the autopilot is controlling
the flight path; the availability of flight
path/performance protections; potential different feel
and control response compared to manual flight.

270 Describe touch control steering (TCS) and highlight the 022.06.02.01.14 022.06.02.01.14
differences when compared to CWS: autopilot remains
engaged but autopilot servos/actuators are
disconnected from the control surfaces; manual control
of the aircraft as long as TCS button is depressed;
autopilot servos/actuators reconnect when TCS button
is released and the autopilot returns to previously
engaged mode(s).

271 Explain that only one autopilot may be engaged at any 022.06.02.01.15 022.06.02.01.15
time except for when APP is armed in order to facilitate
a fail-operational autoland.
272 Explain the difference between an armed and an 022.06.02.01.16 022.06.02.01.16
engaged mode: not all modes have an armed state
available; a mode will only become armed if certain
criteria are met; an armed mode will become engaged
(replacing the previously engaged mode, if any) when
certain criteria are met.

273 Describe the sequence of events when a mode is 022.06.02.01.17 022.06.02.01.17

engaged and the different phases: initial phase where
attitude is changed to obtain a new trajectory in order
to achieve the new parameter; the trajectory will be
based on rate of closure which is again based on the
difference between the original parameter and the new
parameter; capture phase where the aircraft will follow
a predefined rate of change of trajectory to achieve the
new parameter without overshooting/ undershooting;
tracking or hold phase where the aircraft will maintain
the set parameter until a new change has been
initiated.

274 Explain automatic mode reversion and typical situations 022.06.02.01.18 022.06.02.01.18
where it may occur: no suitable data for the current
mode such as flight plan discontinuity when in
LNAV/managed NAV; change of parameter during
capture phase for original parameter such as change of
altitude target during ALT ACQ/ALT*; mismanagement
of a mode resulting in engagement of the autopilot
envelope protection, e.g. selecting excessive V/S
resulting in a loss of speed control.

275 Explain the dangers of mismanagement of the following 022.06.02.01.19 022.06.02.01.19

modes: use of V/S and lack of speed protection, i.e.
excessive V/S or FPA may be selected with subsequent
uncontrolled loss or gain of airspeed; arming VOR/LOC
or APP outside the protected area of the localiser or ILS.
276 Describe how failure of other systems may influence the 022.06.02.01.20 022.06.02.01.20
availability of the autopilot and how incorrect data from
other systems may result in an undesirable aircraft
state, potentially without any failure indications. Explain
the importance of prompt and appropriate pilot
intervention during such events.

277 Explain an appropriate procedure for disengaging the 022.06.02.01.21 022.06.02.01.21

autopilot and why both aural and visual warnings are
used to indicate that the autopilot is being disengaged:
temporary warning for intended disengagement using
the design method; continuous warning for unintended
disengagement or using a method other than the design
method.

278 Explain the following regarding autopilot and aircraft 022.06.02.01.22 022.06.02.01.22
with manual trim: the autopilot may not engage unless
the aircraft controls are in trim; the aircraft will
normally be in trim when the autopilot is disconnected;
use of manual trim when the autopilot is engaged will
normally lead to autopilot disconnection and a risk of
an out-of-trim situation.

279 Flight director: design and operation 022.06.03.00 022.06.03.00

280 Purpose, use, indications, modes, data 022.06.03.01 022.06.03.01
281 Explain the purpose of a flight director system. 022.06.03.01.01 022.06.03.01.01
282 Describe the different types of display: pitch and roll 022.06.03.01.02 022.06.03.01.02
crossbars; V-bar.
283 Explain the differences between a flight director and an 022.06.03.01.03 022.06.03.01.03
autopilot and how the flight director provides a means
of cross-checking the control/guidance commands sent
to the autopilot.

284 Explain why the flight director must be followed when 022.06.03.01.04 022.06.03.01.04
engaged/shown, and describe the appropriate use of
the flight director: flight director only; autopilot only;
flight director and autopilot; typical job-share between
pilots (pilot flying (PF)/pilot monitoring (PM)) for
selecting the parameters when autopilot is engaged
versus disengaged; highlight when the flight director
should not be followed or should be disengaged.

285 Give examples of different scenarios and the resulting 022.06.03.01.05 022.06.03.01.05
flight director indications.
286 Explain that the flight director computes and indicates 022.06.03.01.06 022.06.03.01.06
the direction and magnitude of control inputs required
in order to achieve an attitude to follow a trajectory.

287 Explain how the modes available for the flight director 022.06.03.01.07 022.06.03.01.07
are the same as those available for the autopilot, and
that the same panel (FCU/MCP) is normally used for
selection.

288 Explain the importance of checking the FMC data or 022.06.03.01.08 022.06.03.01.08
selected autopilot modes through the FMA when using
the flight directors. If the flight directors are showing
incorrect guidance, they should not be followed and
should be turned off.
289 Aeroplane: flight mode annunciator (FMA) 022.06.04.00 022.06.04.00
290 Purpose, modes, display scenarios 022.06.04.01 022.06.04.01
291 Explain the purpose of FMAs and their importance 022.06.04.01.01 022.06.04.01.01
being the only indication of the state of a system rather
than a switch position.
292 Describe where the FMAs are normally shown and how 022.06.04.01.02 022.06.04.01.02
the FMAs will be divided into sections (as applicable to
aircraft complexity): vertical modes; lateral modes;
autothrust modes; autopilot and flight director
annunciators; landing capability.

293 Explain why FMAs for engaged or armed modes have 022.06.04.01.03 022.06.04.01.03
different colour or different font size.
294 Describe the following FMA display scenarios: 022.06.04.01.04 022.06.04.01.04
engagement of a mode; mode change from armed to
becoming engaged; mode reversion.
295 Explain the importance of monitoring the FMAs and 022.06.04.01.05 022.06.04.01.05
announcing mode changes at all times (including when
selecting a new mode) and why only certain mode
changes will be accompanied by an aural notification or
additional visual cues.

296 Describe the consequences of not understanding what 022.06.04.01.06 022.06.04.01.06

the FMAs imply or missing mode changes, and how it
may lead to an undesirable aircraft state.

297 Autoland 022.06.05.00 022.06.05.00

298 Design and operation 022.06.05.01 022.06.05.01
299 Explain the purpose of an autoland system. 022.06.05.01.01 022.06.05.01.01
300 Explain the significance of the following components 022.06.05.01.02 022.06.05.01.02
required for an autoland: autopilot; autothrust; radio
altimeter; ILS receivers.
301 Explain the following terms (reference to CS-AWO ‘All 022.06.05.01.03 022.06.05.01.03
Weather Operations’): fail-passive automatic landing
system; fail-operational automatic landing system; fail-
operational hybrid landing system; alert height.

302 Describe the autoland sequence including the following: 022.06.05.01.04 022.06.05.01.04
FMAs regarding the landing capability of the aircraft;
the significance of monitoring the FMAs to ensure the
automatic arming/engagement of modes triggered by
defined radio altitudes or other thresholds; in the event
of a go-around, that the aircraft performs the go-
around manoeuvre both by reading the FMAs and
supporting those readings by raw data; during the
landing phase, that ‘FLARE’ mode engages at the
appropriate radio altitude, including typical time frame
and actions if ‘FLARE’ does not engage; after landing,
that ‘ROLL-OUT’ mode engages and the significance of
disconnecting the autopilot prior to vacating the
runway.

303 Explain that there are operational limitations in order to 022.06.05.01.05 022.06.05.01.05
legally perform an autoland beyond the technical
capability of the aircraft.
304 Explain the purpose and significance of alert height, 022.06.05.01.06 022.06.05.01.06
describe the indications and implications, and consider
typical pilot actions for a failure situation: above the
alert height; below the alert height.

305 Describe typical failures that, if occurring below the 022.06.05.01.07 022.06.05.01.07
alert height, will trigger a warning: all autopilots
disengage; loss of ILS signal or components thereof;
excessive ILS deviations; radio-altimeter failure.

306 Describe how the failure of various systems, including 022.06.05.01.08 022.06.05.01.08
systems not directly involved in the autoland process,
can influence the ability to perform an autoland or
affect the minima down to which the approach may be
conducted.

307 Describe the fail-operational hybrid landing system as a 022.06.05.01.09 022.06.05.01.09

primary fail-passive automatic landing system with a
secondary independent guidance system such as a
head-up display (HUD) to enable the pilot to complete a
manual landing if the primary system fails.

308 HELICOPTER: AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMS 022.07.00.00 022.07.00.00

309 General principles 022.07.01.00 022.07.01.00

310 Stabilisation 022.07.01.01 022.07.01.01
311 Explain the similarities and differences between SAS 022.07.01.01.01 022.07.01.01.01
and AFCS (the latter can actually fly the helicopter to
perform certain functions selected by the pilot). Some
AFCSs just have altitude and heading hold whilst others
include a vertical speed or IAS hold mode, where a
constant rate of climb/decent or IAS is maintained by
the AFCS.

312 Reduction of pilot workload 022.07.01.02 022.07.01.02

313 Appreciate how effective the AFCS is in reducing pilot 022.07.01.02.01 022.07.01.02.01
workload by improving basic aircraft control harmony
and decreasing disturbances.
314 Enhancement of helicopter capability 022.07.01.03 022.07.01.03
315 Explain how an AFCS improves helicopter flight safety 022.07.01.03.01 022.07.01.03.01
during: search and rescue (SAR) because of increased
capabilities; flight by sole reference to instruments;
underslung load operations; white-out conditions in
snow-covered landscapes; an approach to land with
lack of visual cues.

316 Explain that the SAR modes of AFCS include the 022.07.01.03.02 022.07.01.03.02
following functions: ability to autohover; facility for
mark on target (MOT) approach to hover; automatically
transition from cruise down to a predetermined point
or over-flown point; ability for the rear crew to move
the helicopter around in the hover; the ability to
automatically transition from the hover back to cruise
flight; the ability to fly various search patterns.
317 Explain that earlier autohover systems use Doppler 022.07.01.03.03 022.07.01.03.03
velocity sensors and modern systems use inertial
sensors plus GPS, and normally include a two-
dimensional hover-velocity indicator for the pilots.

318 Explain why some SAR helicopters have both radio- 022.07.01.03.04 022.07.01.03.04
altimeter height hold and barometric altitude hold.

319 Failures 022.07.01.04 022.07.01.04

320 Explain the various redundancies and independent 022.07.01.04.01 022.07.01.04.01
systems that are built into the AFCSs.
321 Appreciate that the pilot can override the system in the 022.07.01.04.02 022.07.01.04.02
event of a failure.
322 Explain a series actuator ‘hard over’ which equals 022.07.01.04.03 022.07.01.04.03
aircraft attitude runaway.
323 Explain the consequences of a saturation of the series 022.07.01.04.04 022.07.01.04.04
actuators.
324 Components: operation 022.07.02.00 022.07.02.00
325 Basic sensors 022.07.02.01 022.07.02.01
326 Explain the basic sensors in the system and their 022.07.02.01.01 022.07.02.01.01
functions.
327 Explain that the number of sensors will be dependent 022.07.02.01.02 022.07.02.01.02
on the number of coupled modes of the system.

328 Specific sensors 022.07.02.02 022.07.02.02

329 Explain the function of the microswitches and strain 022.07.02.02.01 022.07.02.02.01
gauges in the system which sense pilot input to prevent
excessive feedback forces from the system.

330 Actuators 022.07.02.03 022.07.02.03

331 Explain the principles of operation of the series and 022.07.02.03.01 022.07.02.03.01
parallel actuators, spring-box clutches and the autotrim
system.
332 Explain the principle of operation of the electronic 022.07.02.03.02 022.07.02.03.02
hydraulic actuators in the system.
333 Pilot–system interface: control panels, system 022.07.02.04 022.07.02.04
indications, warnings
334 Describe the typical layout of the AFCS control panel. 022.07.02.04.01 022.07.02.04.01

335 Describe the system indications and warnings. 022.07.02.04.02 022.07.02.04.02

336 Operation 022.07.02.05 022.07.02.05
337 Explain the functions of the redundant sensors’ simplex 022.07.02.05.01 022.07.02.05.01
and duplex channels (single/dual channel).

338 Stability augmentation system (SAS) 022.07.03.00 022.07.03.00

339 General principles and operation 022.07.03.01 022.07.03.01
340 Explain the general principles and operation of an SAS 022.07.03.01.01 022.07.03.01.01
with regard to: rate damping; short-term attitude hold;
effect on static stability; effect on dynamic stability;
aerodynamic cross-coupling; effect on manoeuvrability;
control response; engagement/disengagement;
authority.

341 Explain and describe the general working principles and 022.07.03.01.02 022.07.03.01.02
primary use of an SAS by damping pitch, roll and yaw
motions.
342 Describe a simple SAS with force trim system which 022.07.03.01.03 022.07.03.01.03
uses magnetic clutch and springs to hold cyclic control
in the position where it was last released.

343 Explain the interaction of trim with SAS/stability and 022.07.03.01.04 022.07.03.01.04
control augmentation system (SCAS).
344 Appreciate that the system can be overridden by the 022.07.03.01.05 022.07.03.01.05
pilot and that individual channels can be deselected.

345 Describe the operational limits of the system. 022.07.03.01.06 022.07.03.01.06

346 Explain why the system should be turned off in severe 022.07.03.01.07 022.07.03.01.07
turbulence or when extreme flight attitudes are
reached.
347 Explain the safety design features built into some SASs 022.07.03.01.08 022.07.03.01.08
to limit the authority of the actuators to 10-20 per cent
of the full-control throw in order to allow the pilot to
override if actuators demand an unsafe control input.

348 Explain how cross-coupling produces an adverse effect 022.07.03.01.09 022.07.03.01.09

on roll-to-yaw coupling when the helicopter is subjected
to gusts.
349 Explain the collective-to-pitch coupling, side-slip-to- 022.07.03.01.10 022.07.03.01.10
pitch coupling and inter-axis coupling.
350 Autopilot - automatic stability equipment 022.07.04.00 022.07.04.00
351 General principles 022.07.04.01 022.07.04.01
352 Explain the general autopilot principles with regard to: 022.07.04.01.01 022.07.04.01.01
long-term attitude hold; fly-through; changing the
reference (beep trim, trim release).
353 Basic modes (3/4 axes) 022.07.04.02 022.07.04.02
354 Explain the AFCS operation on cyclic axes (pitch/roll), 022.07.04.02.01 022.07.04.02.01
yaw axis, and on collective (fourth axis).

355 Automatic guidance (upper modes of AFCS) 022.07.04.03 022.07.04.03

356 Explain the function of the attitude-hold system in an 022.07.04.03.01 022.07.04.03.01
AFCS.
357 Explain the function of the heading-hold system in an 022.07.04.03.02 022.07.04.03.02
AFCS.
358 Explain the function of the vertical-speed hold system in 022.07.04.03.03 022.07.04.03.03
an AFCS.
359 Explain the function of the navigation-coupling system 022.07.04.03.04 022.07.04.03.04
in an AFCS.
360 Explain the function of the VOR-/ILS-coupling system in 022.07.04.03.05 022.07.04.03.05
an AFCS.
361 Explain the function of the hover-mode system in an 022.07.04.03.06 022.07.04.03.06
AFCS (including Doppler and radio-altimeter systems).

362 Explain the function of the SAR mode (automatic 022.07.04.03.07 022.07.04.03.07
transition to hover and back to cruise) in an AFCS.
363 Flight director: design and operation 022.07.04.04 022.07.04.04
364 Explain the purpose of a flight director system. 022.07.04.04.01 022.07.04.04.01
365 Describe the different types of display: pitch and roll 022.07.04.04.02 022.07.04.04.02
crossbars; V-bar.
366 State the difference between the flight director system 022.07.04.04.03 022.07.04.04.03
and the autopilot system. Explain how each can be used
independently.
367 List and describe the main components of the flight 022.07.04.04.04 022.07.04.04.04
director system.
368 Give examples of different situations with the 022.07.04.04.05 022.07.04.04.05
respective indications of the command bars.
369 Explain the architecture of the different flight directors 022.07.04.04.06 022.07.04.04.06
fitted to helicopters and the importance to monitor
other instruments as well as the flight director.

370 Explain how some helicopter types have the collective 022.07.04.04.07 022.07.04.04.07
setting as a flight director command; however, the
command does not provide protection against a
transmission overtorque.

371 Describe the collective setting and yaw depiction on 022.07.04.04.08 022.07.04.04.08
flight director for some helicopters.
372 Automatic flight control panel (AFCP) 022.07.04.05 022.07.04.05
373 Explain the purpose and the importance of the AFCP. 022.07.04.05.01 022.07.04.05.01

374 State that the AFCP provides: AFCS basic and upper 022.07.04.05.02 022.07.04.05.02
modes; flight director selection, SAS and AP
engagement; failure and alert messages.
375 TRIMS - YAW DAMPER - FLIGHT-ENVELOPE 022.08.00.00 022.08.00.00
PROTECTION
376 Trim systems 022.08.01.00 022.08.01.00
377 Design and operation 022.08.01.01 022.08.01.01
378 Explain the purpose of the trim system and describe the 022.08.01.01.01 022.08.01.01.01
layout with one trim system for each control axis,
depending on the complexity of the aircraft.

379 Give examples of trim indicators and their function, and 022.08.01.01.02 022.08.01.01.02
explain the significance of a ‘green band/area’ for the
pitch trim.
380 Describe and explain an automatic pitch-trim system for 022.08.01.01.03 022.08.01.01.03
a conventional aeroplane.
381 Describe and explain an automatic pitch-trim system for 022.08.01.01.04 022.08.01.01.04
an FBW aeroplane and that it is also operating during
manual flight; however, during certain phases it may be
automatically disabled to alter the handling
characteristics of the aircraft.

382 Describe the consequences of manual operation on the 022.08.01.01.05 022.08.01.01.05

trim wheel when the automatic pitch-trim system is
engaged.
383 Describe and explain the engagement and 022.08.01.01.06 022.08.01.01.06
disengagement conditions of the autopilot according to
trim controls.
384 Define ‘Mach trim’ and state that the Mach-trim system 022.08.01.01.07 022.08.01.01.07
can be independent.
385 Describe the implications for the pilot in the event of a 022.08.01.01.08 022.08.01.01.08
runaway trim or significant out-of-trim state.
386 Yaw damper 022.08.02.00 022.08.02.00
387 Design and operation 022.08.02.01 022.08.02.01
388 Explain the purpose of the yaw-damper system. 022.08.02.01.01 022.08.02.01.01
389 Explain the purpose of the Dutch-roll filter (filtering of 022.08.02.01.02 022.08.02.01.02
the yaw input signal).
390 Explain the operation of a yaw-damper system and 022.08.02.01.03 022.08.02.01.03
state the difference between a yaw-damper system and
a 3-axis autopilot operation on the rudder channel.

391 Flight-envelope protection (FEP) 022.08.03.00 022.08.03.00

392 Purpose, input parameters, functions 022.08.03.01 022.08.03.01
393 Explain the purpose of the FEP. 022.08.03.01.01 022.08.03.01.01
394 Explain typical input parameters to the FEP: AoA; 022.08.03.01.02 022.08.03.01.02
aircraft configuration; airspeed information.
395 Explain the following functions of the FEP: stall 022.08.03.01.03 022.08.03.01.03
protection; overspeed protection.
396 Explain how the stall-protection function and the 022.08.03.01.04 022.08.03.01.04
overspeed-protection function apply to both
mechanical/conventional and FBW control systems, but
other functions (e.g. pitch or bank limitation) can only
apply to FBW control systems.

397 AUTOTHRUST - AUTOMATIC THRUST CONTROL 022.09.00.00 022.09.00.00

SYSTEM
398 Autothrust system 022.09.01.00 022.09.01.00
399 Purpose, operation, overcompensation, speed control 022.09.01.01 022.09.01.01

400 Describe the purpose of the autothrust system and 022.09.01.01.01 022.09.01.01.01
explain how the FMAs will be the only indication on
active autothrust modes.
401 Explain the operation of an autothrust system with 022.09.01.01.02 022.09.01.01.02
regard to the following modes: take-off/go-around
(TOGA); climb or maximum continuous thrust (MCT), N1
or EPR targeted (THR CLB, THR MCT, N1, THR HOLD,
EPR); speed (SPEED, MCP SPD); idle thrust (THR IDLE,
RETARD/ARM); landing (RETARD, THR IDLE).

402 Describe the two main variants of autothrust systems: 022.09.01.01.03 022.09.01.01.03
mode selections available on the FCU/MCP and thrust
levers move with autothrust commands; mode
selections made using the thrust levers which remain
static during autothrust operation.

403 Explain how flight in turbulence/wind shear giving 022.09.01.01.04 022.09.01.01.04

fluctuating airspeed indications may lead to the
autothrust overcompensating in an oscillating manner
and that manual thrust may be required to settle the
airspeed. Airspeed indications/trend vectors may give
an indication of appropriate thrust adjustments but any
reaction should not be too aggressive.

404 Explain the threats associated with the use of 022.09.01.01.05 022.09.01.01.05
autothrust resulting in the pilot losing the sense of
energy awareness (e.g. speed, thrust).
405 Explain the relationship between autopilot pitch modes 022.09.01.01.06 022.09.01.01.06
and autothrust modes, and how the autopilot and
autothrust will interact upon selecting modes for one of
the systems.

406 Explain the principles of speed control and how speed 022.09.01.01.07 022.09.01.01.07
can be controlled: by varying the engine thrust; by
varying the aircraft pitch.
407 Explain the potential implications on speed control 022.09.01.01.08 022.09.01.01.08
when the autothrust controls speed and the autopilot
pitch channel has a fixed pitch target for the following
mode combinations: MCP SPD/SPEED and ALT
HOLD/ALT; MCP SPD/SPEED and VSP (climb); MCP
SPD/SPEED and VSP (descent).

408 Explain the potential implications on speed control 022.09.01.01.09 022.09.01.01.09

when the autothrust has a fixed thrust target and the
autopilot pitch channel controls speed for the following
mode combinations: N1/THR CLB and LVL CHG/OP CLB;
ARM/THR IDLE and LVL CHG/OP DES.

409 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 022.10.00.00 022.10.00.00

410 Voice communication, data-link transmission 022.10.01.00 022.10.01.00
411 Definitions and transmission modes 022.10.01.01 022.10.01.01
412 Describe the purpose of a data-link transmission 022.10.01.01.01 022.10.01.01.01
system.
413 Compare voice communication versus data-link 022.10.01.01.02 022.10.01.01.02
transmission systems.
414 Describe the communication links that are used in 022.10.01.01.03 022.10.01.01.03
aircraft: high-frequency (HF) communications; very
high-frequency (VHF) communications; satellite
communications (SATCOM).

415 Consider the properties of the communication links 022.10.01.01.04 022.10.01.01.04

with regard to: signal quality; range/area coverage;
range; line-of-sight limitations; quality of the signal
received; interference due to ionospheric conditions;
data transmission speed.

416 Define and explain the following terms in relation to 022.10.01.01.05 022.10.01.01.05
aircraft data-link communications: message/data uplink;
message/data downlink.
417 Systems: architecture, design and operation 022.10.01.02 022.10.01.02
418 Describe the purpose of the ACARS network. 022.10.01.02.01 022.10.01.02.01
419 Describe the systems using the ACARS network through 022.10.01.02.02 022.10.01.02.02
the air traffic service unit (ATSU) suite:
aeronautical/airline operational control (AOC); air traffic
control (ATC).

420 Explain the purpose of the following parts of the on- 022.10.01.02.03 022.10.01.02.03
board equipment: ATSU communications computer;
control and display unit (CDU)/multifunction control
and display unit (MCDU); data communication display
unit (DCDU); ATC message visual annunciator; printer.

421 Give examples of airline operations communications 022.10.01.02.04 022.10.01.02.04

(AOC) data-link messages such as: out of the gate, off
the ground, on the ground, into the gate (OOOI); load
sheet; passenger information (connecting flights);
weather reports (METAR, TAF); maintenance reports
(engine exceedances); aircraft technical data; free-text
messages.

422 Give examples of ATC data-link messages such as: 022.10.01.02.05 022.10.01.02.05
departure clearance; oceanic clearance; digital ATIS (D-
ATIS); controller–pilot data-link communications
(CPDLC).

423 Future air navigation systems (FANSs) 022.10.02.00 022.10.02.00

424 Versions, applications, CPDLC messages, ADS contracts 022.10.02.01 022.10.02.01

425 Describe the existence of the ICAO communication, 022.10.02.01.01 022.10.02.01.01

navigation, surveillance/air traffic management
(CNS/ATM) concept.
426 Explain the two versions of FANSs: FANS A/FANS 1 using 022.10.02.01.02 022.10.02.01.02
the ACARS network; FANS B/FANS 2 using the ACARS
network and the aeronautical telecommunication
network (ATN).

427 List and explain the following FANS A/FANS 1 022.10.02.01.03 022.10.02.01.03

applications: ATS facility notification (AFN); automatic
dependent surveillance (ADS); CPDLC.
428 Compare the ADS application with the secondary 022.10.02.01.04 022.10.02.01.04
surveillance radar function, and the CPDLC application
with VHF communication systems.
429 State that an ATCU can use the ADS application only, or 022.10.02.01.05 022.10.02.01.05
the CPDLC application only, or both of them (not
including AFN).
430 Describe the AFN process for logging on with an ATCU 022.10.02.01.06 022.10.02.01.06
and typical data that will be included in the message.

431 Describe typical types of CPDLC messages and the 022.10.02.01.07 022.10.02.01.07
typical pilot work practices when requesting or
accepting a CPDLC clearance.
432 List and describe the different types of ADS contracts 022.10.02.01.08 022.10.02.01.08
that are controlled by the ATCU and beyond the control
of the pilot: periodic: data sent at set time intervals; on
demand: data sent when requested; on event: data sent
when an event occurs (e.g. heading change, climb
initiated, etc.); emergency mode.

433 Describe the purpose of the ADS emergency mode 022.10.02.01.09 022.10.02.01.09
contract and highlight the difference to the ATCU
controlled contracts.
434 FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (FMS) / FLIGHT 022.11.00.00 022.11.00.00
MANAGEMENT AND GUIDANCE SYSTEM (FMGS)
435 Design 022.11.01.00 022.11.01.00
436 Purpose, architecture, failures, functions 022.11.01.01 022.11.01.01
437 Explain the purpose of an FMS. 022.11.01.01.01 022.11.01.01.01
438 Describe a typical dual FMS architecture including the 022.11.01.01.02 022.11.01.01.02
following components: flight management computer
(FMC); CDU/MCDU; cross-talk bus.
439 Describe the following failures of a dual FMS 022.11.01.01.03 022.11.01.01.03
architecture and explain the potential implications to
the pilots: failure of one FMC; failure of one
CDU/MCDU; failure of the cross-talk bus.

440 Describe how the FMS integrates with other systems 022.11.01.01.04 022.11.01.01.04
and gathers data in order to provide outputs depending
on its level of complexity.
441 Explain how the FMS may provide the following 022.11.01.01.05 022.11.01.01.05
functions: navigation; lateral and vertical flight
planning; performance parameters.
442 FMC databases 022.11.02.00 022.11.02.00
443 Navigation database 022.11.02.01 022.11.02.01
444 Explain the purpose of, and describe typical content of, 022.11.02.01.01 022.11.02.01.01
the navigation database.
445 Describe the 28-day aeronautical information regulation 022.11.02.01.02 022.11.02.01.02
and control (AIRAC) update cycle of the navigation
database and explain the reason for having two
navigation databases (one active, one standby) and the
implication this has to the pilot.

446 Explain the purpose of typical user-defined waypoints 022.11.02.01.03 022.11.02.01.03

such as: latitude/longitude coordinates;
place/bearing/distance (PBD); place/bearing
place/bearing (PBX); place/distance (PD).

447 Explain that the pilot cannot change or overwrite any of 022.11.02.01.04 022.11.02.01.04
the data in the navigation database and that any user-
defined waypoints, routes and inputted data will be
erased when a different database is activated.

448 Explain the threats and implications to the pilot of 022.11.02.01.05 022.11.02.01.05
changing the database by error either on the ground or
while flying.
449 Aircraft performance database 022.11.02.02 022.11.02.02
450 Explain the purpose of, and describe the typical content 022.11.02.02.01 022.11.02.02.01
of, the aircraft performance database.
451 Explain the importance of verifying that the aircraft 022.11.02.02.02 022.11.02.02.02
performance database is based on the correct data,
such as engine type and aircraft variant.

452 Explain that the contents of the aircraft performance 022.11.02.02.03 022.11.02.02.03
database cannot be modified by the pilot.

453 Explain the purpose of performance factor and how it 022.11.02.02.04 022.11.02.02.04
influences the calculations.
454 Explain the purpose of cost index (CI) and how it 022.11.02.02.05 022.11.02.02.05
influences the calculations.
455 Operations, limitations 022.11.03.00 022.11.03.00
456 Data, calculations, position inputs, raw data 022.11.03.01 022.11.03.01
457 Describe typical data that may be provided by the FMS: 022.11.03.01.01 022.11.03.01.01
lateral and vertical navigation guidance; present
position; time predictions; fuel predictions;
altitude/flight level predictions.

458 Explain how the FMS will use a combination of 022.11.03.01.02 022.11.03.01.02
inputted/database and measured data in order to
calculate projections and provide output data.
459 Explain the issues and threats using inputted/database 022.11.03.01.03 022.11.03.01.03
data and give examples of consequences of inputting
data incorrectly/using incorrect data.

460 Describe fuel consumption calculations during standard 022.11.03.01.04 022.11.03.01.04

operations and explain typical data that will have an
influence on the accuracy of the calculations.

461 Explain the implications on the accuracy of the 022.11.03.01.05 022.11.03.01.05

calculations during flight in abnormal configurations
(such as engine out, gear down, flaps extended, spoilers
extended, etc.) if the FMS is unable to detect the
failure.
462 Describe and explain the purpose of an FMS having 022.11.03.01.06 022.11.03.01.06
dedicated radio-navigation receivers that it will tune
automatically.
463 Explain typical position inputs to an FMS: GPS; IRS; 022.11.03.01.07 022.11.03.01.07
DME; VOR; LOC; runway threshold (RWY THR).
464 Explain how the FMS will create its own FMS position fix 022.11.03.01.08 022.11.03.01.08
and that the FMS calculations will be based on the FMS
position. Depending on the type of system, the FMS
position may be calculated from: a single source of
position data where the most accurate data available at
a given time will be used; multiple sources from which a
position will be derived using the combined inputs.

465 Explain the implications of a reduction in available 022.11.03.01.09 022.11.03.01.09

position inputs to the FMS, especially GPS in relation to
the capability of performing RNP/PBN approaches.

466 Explain the difference between following the FMS data 022.11.03.01.10 022.11.03.01.10
compared to following raw data from radio-navigation
receivers and describe how there may be limitations for
using FMS data as primary source to follow an
instrument approach procedure (IAP) such as LOC, VOR
or NDB.

467 Human–machine interface (control and display unit 022.11.04.00 022.11.04.00

(CDU)/ multifunction control and display unit (MCDU))

468 Purpose, scratchpad, data input, set-up process 022.11.04.01 022.11.04.01

469 Describe the purpose of a CDU/MCDU. 022.11.04.01.01 022.11.04.01.01
470 Describe the typical layout of a CDU/MCDU and the 022.11.04.01.02 022.11.04.01.02
general purpose of the following: screen; line select
keys; menu select keys; alphanumerical keys.

471 Explain the function of the ‘scratchpad’ part of the 022.11.04.01.03 022.11.04.01.03
screen.
472 Describe how input of some data is compulsory for the 022.11.04.01.04 022.11.04.01.04
function of the FMS and other data is optional, and that
different symbology is used to highlight this: rectangular
boxes = compulsory information; dashed line = optional
information.

473 Describe a typical FMS pre-flight set-up process through 022.11.04.01.05 022.11.04.01.05
the CDU/MCDU to cover the most basic information
(with the aim to create awareness of required
information as this is irrespective of aircraft type and
FMS/FMGS make): ident page (who am I = aircraft
type/variant, engine type/rating and appropriate
navigation database); position initialisation (where am I
= position for aligning the IRS and FMS position); route
initialisation (where am I going to = place of
departure/destination and alternate(s)); route
programming (how will I get there = SIDs, STARS, route
(company or otherwise)); performance initialisation
(when will I arrive = weights, flap setting, FLEX/assumed
temperature/derate, take-off speeds).

474 ALERTING SYSTEMS, PROXIMITY SYSTEMS 022.12.00.00 022.12.00.00

475 General 022.12.01.00 022.12.01.00
476 Alerting systems according to CS-25 and CS-29 022.12.01.01 022.12.01.01
477 State definitions, category, criteria and characteristics of 022.12.01.01.01 022.12.01.01.01
alerting systems according to CS-25/AMC 25.1322 for
aeroplanes and CS-29 for helicopters as appropriate.

478 Flight warning systems (FWSs) 022.12.02.00 022.12.02.00

479 Annunciations, master warning, master caution, 022.12.02.01 022.12.02.01
advisory
480 State the annunciations given by the FWS and typical 022.12.02.01.01 022.12.02.01.01
location for the annunciator(s): master warning; master
caution; advisory.
481 Explain master warning: colour of annunciator: red; 022.12.02.01.02 022.12.02.01.02
nature of aural alerts: continuous; typical failure
scenarios triggering the alert.
482 Explain master caution: colour of the annunciator: 022.12.02.01.03 022.12.02.01.03
amber or yellow; nature of aural alerts: attention-
getter; typical failure scenarios triggering the alert.

483 Describe a typical procedure following a master warning 022.12.02.01.04 022.12.02.01.04

or master caution alert: acknowledging the failure;
silencing the aural warning; initiating the appropriate
response/procedure.

484 Explain advisory: colour of the annunciator: any other 022.12.02.01.05 022.12.02.01.05
than red, amber, yellow or green; absence of aural
alert; typical scenarios triggering the advisory.

485 Stall warning systems (SWSs) 022.12.03.00 022.12.03.00

486 Function, types, components 022.12.03.01 022.12.03.01
487 Describe the function of an SWS and explain why the 022.12.03.01.01 022.12.03.01.01
warning must be unique.
488 Describe the different types of SWSs. 022.12.03.01.02 022.12.03.01.02
489 List the main components of an SWS. 022.12.03.01.03 022.12.03.01.03
490 Explain the difference between the stall warning speed 022.12.03.01.04 022.12.03.01.04
and the actual stalling speed of the aeroplane.

491 Stall protection 022.12.04.00 022.12.04.00

492 Function, types 022.12.04.01 022.12.04.01
493 Describe the function of a stall protection system. 022.12.04.01.01 022.12.04.01.01
494 Describe the different types of stall protection systems 022.12.04.01.02 022.12.04.01.02
including the difference between mechanical and FBW
controls.
495 Explain the difference between an SWS and a stall 022.12.04.01.03 022.12.04.01.03
protection system.
496 Overspeed warning 022.12.05.00 022.12.05.00
497 Purpose, aural warning, VMO/MMO pointer 022.12.05.01 022.12.05.01
498 Explain the purpose of an overspeed warning system 022.12.05.01.01 022.12.05.01.01
(VMO/MMO pointer).
499 State that for large aeroplanes, an aural warning must 022.12.05.01.02 022.12.05.01.02
be associated to the overspeed warning if an electronic
display is used (see AMC 25.11, paragraph 10.b(2), p. 2-
GEN-22).

500 Describe and give examples of VMO/MMO pointer: 022.12.05.01.03 022.12.05.01.03

barber’s/barber pole pointer, barber’s/barber pole
vertical scale.
501 Take-off warning 022.12.06.00 022.12.06.00
502 Purpose 022.12.06.01 022.12.06.01
503 Explain the purpose of a take-off warning system and 022.12.06.01.01 022.12.06.01.01
list the typical abnormal situations which generate a
warning (see AMC 25.703, paragraphs 4 and 5).

504 Altitude alert system 022.12.07.00 022.12.07.00

505 Function, displays, alerts 022.12.07.01 022.12.07.01
506 Describe the function of an altitude alert system. 022.12.07.01.01 022.12.07.01.01
507 Describe different types of displays and possible alerts. 022.12.07.01.02 022.12.07.01.02

508 Radio altimeter 022.12.08.00 022.12.08.00

509 Purpose, range, displays, incorrect indications 022.12.08.01 022.12.08.01
510 Explain the purpose of a low-altitude radio altimeter. 022.12.08.01.01 022.12.08.01.01

511 Describe the principle of the distance (height) 022.12.08.01.02 022.12.08.01.02

measurement.
512 Describe the different types of radio-altimeter displays. 022.12.08.01.03 022.12.08.01.03

513 Describe how the radio altimeter provides input to 022.12.08.01.04 022.12.08.01.04
other systems and how a radio-altimeter failure may
impact on the functioning of these systems.
514 State the range of a radio altimeter. 022.12.08.01.05 022.12.08.01.05
515 Explain the potential implications of a faulty radio- 022.12.08.01.06 022.12.08.01.06
altimeter and how this in particular may affect the
following systems: autothrust (flare/retard); ground-
proximity warning systems (GPWSs).

516 Ground-proximity warning systems (GPWSs) 022.12.09.00 022.12.09.00

517 GPWSs: design, operation, indications 022.12.09.01 022.12.09.01
518 Explain the purpose of GPWSs. 022.12.09.01.01 022.12.09.01.01
519 Explain inputs and outputs of a GPWS and describe its 022.12.09.01.02 022.12.09.01.02
operating principle.
520 List and describe the different modes of operation of a 022.12.09.01.03 022.12.09.01.03
GPWS.
521 Terrain-avoidance warning system (TAWS); other 022.12.09.02 022.12.09.02
name: enhanced GPWS (EGPWS)
522 Explain the purpose of a TAWS for aeroplanes and of a 022.12.09.02.01 022.12.09.02.01
HTAWS for helicopters, and explain the difference from
a GPWS.
523 Explain inputs and outputs of a TAWS/HTAWS and 022.12.09.02.02 022.12.09.02.02
describe its working principle.
524 Give examples of terrain displays and list the different 022.12.09.02.03 022.12.09.02.03
possible alerts.
525 Give examples of time response left to the pilot 022.12.09.02.04 022.12.09.02.04
according to look-ahead distance, speed and aircraft
performances.
526 Explain why the TAWS/HTAWS must be coupled to a 022.12.09.02.05 022.12.09.02.05
precise-position sensor.
527 Explain the possibility of triggering spurious 022.12.09.02.06 022.12.09.02.06
TAWS/HTAWS warnings as a result of mismanaging the
flight path in the proximity to obstacles: high rate of
descent; high airspeed; a combination of high rate of
descent and high airspeed.
528 Intentionally left blank 022.12.09.03 022.12.09.03
529 ACAS/TCAS 022.12.10.00 022.12.10.00
530 Principles and operations 022.12.10.01 022.12.10.01
531 State that ACAS II is an ICAO standard for anti-collision 022.12.10.01.01 022.12.10.01.01
purposes.
532 Explain that ACAS II is an anti-collision system and does 022.12.10.01.02 022.12.10.01.02
not guarantee any specific separation.
533 Describe the purpose of an ACAS II system as an anti- 022.12.10.01.03 022.12.10.01.03
collision system.
534 Describe the following outputs from a TCAS: other 022.12.10.01.04 022.12.10.01.04
intruders; proximate intruders; traffic advisory (TA);
resolution advisory (RA).
535 State that ACAS II will issue commands in the vertical 022.12.10.01.05 022.12.10.01.05
plane only (climb, descent or maintain), and that the
commands are complied with as a manual manoeuvre.

536 Explain that an RA may or may not require any active 022.12.10.01.06 022.12.10.01.06
control input and the implications of reacting
instinctively without awareness of actual control inputs
required to comply with the RA.

537 Explain that if two aircraft are fitted with ACAS II, the RA 022.12.10.01.07 022.12.10.01.07
will be coordinated.
538 State that ACAS II equipment can take into account 022.12.10.01.08 022.12.10.01.08
several threats simultaneously.
539 State that a detected aircraft without altitude-reporting 022.12.10.01.09 022.12.10.01.09
can only generate a TA; describe typical type of traffic
and how this can create distractions during flight in
certain areas of significant air traffic activity.

540 Describe the interaction between the TCAS II system 022.12.10.01.10 022.12.10.01.10
and the transponder, radio altimeter and the air-data
computer: antenna used; computer and links with radio
altimeter, air-data computer and mode-S transponder.

541 Explain the principle of TCAS II interrogations. 022.12.10.01.11 022.12.10.01.11

542 State the typical standard detection range for TCAS II: 022.12.10.01.12 022.12.10.01.12
35–40 NM horizontally; approximately 2 000 ft above
and below (any setting); extension to approximately
10 000 ft above (ABV selected) or approximately 10 000
ft below (BLW selected).

543 Explain the principle of ‘reduced surveillance’. 022.12.10.01.13 022.12.10.01.13

544 Explain that in high-density traffic areas the range may 022.12.10.01.14 022.12.10.01.14
automatically be decreased in order to enable detection
of the threats in the proximity of the aircraft due to a
limitation of the maximum number of possible intruders
the system is able to process.

545 Identify the equipment which an intruder must be fitted 022.12.10.01.15 022.12.10.01.15
with in order to be detected by TCAS II.
546 Explain in the anti-collision process: the criteria used to 022.12.10.01.16 022.12.10.01.16
trigger an alarm (TA or RA) are the time to reach the
closest point of approach (CPA) (called TAU) and the
difference of altitude; an intruder will be classified as
‘proximate’ when being less than 6 NM and 1 200 ft
from the TCAS-equipped aircraft; the time limit to CPA
is different depending on aircraft altitude, is linked to a
sensitivity level (SL), and state that the value to trigger
an RA is from 15 to 35 seconds; in case of an RA, the
intended vertical separation varies from 300 to 600 ft
(700 ft above FL420), depending on the SL; below 1 000
ft above ground, no RA can be generated; below
1 450 ft (radio-altimeter value) ‘increase descent’ RA is
inhibited; at high altitude, performances of the type of
aircraft are taken into account to inhibit ‘climb’ and
‘increase climb’ RA.

547 List and interpret the following information available 022.12.10.01.17 022.12.10.01.17
from TCAS: the different possible statuses of a detected
aircraft: ‘other’, ‘proximate’, ‘intruder’; the appropriate
graphic symbols and their position on the horizontal
display; different aural warnings.

548 Explain the indications of a TA and an RA and how an RA 022.12.10.01.18 022.12.10.01.18

will generate a red area on the VSI. Some variants will
also include a green area. To manoeuvre the aircraft to
comply with the RA, the pilot should ‘avoid the red’ or
‘fly the green’.

549 Explain that the pilot must not interpret the horizontal 022.12.10.01.19 022.12.10.01.19
track of an intruder upon the display.
550 Rotor/engine overspeed alert system 022.12.11.00 022.12.11.00
551 Design, operation, displays, alarms 022.12.11.01 022.12.11.01
552 Describe the basic design principles, operation, displays 022.12.11.01.01 022.12.11.01.01
and warning/alarm systems fitted to different
helicopters.
553 INTEGRATED INSTRUMENTS - ELECTRONIC DISPLAYS 022.13.00.00 022.13.00.00
554 Electronic display units 022.13.01.00 022.13.01.00
555 Design, limitations 022.13.01.01 022.13.01.01
556 List the different technologies used, e.g. CRT and LCD, 022.13.01.01.01 022.13.01.01.01
and the associated limitations: cockpit temperature;
glare; resolution.
557 Mechanical integrated instruments 022.13.02.00 022.13.02.00
558 Attitude and director indicator (ADI)/horizontal 022.13.02.01 022.13.02.01
situation indicator (HSI)
559 Describe an ADI and an HSI. 022.13.02.01.01 022.13.02.01.01
560 List all the information that can be displayed on either 022.13.02.01.02 022.13.02.01.02
instrument.
561 Electronic flight instrument systems (EFISs) 022.13.03.00 022.13.03.00
562 Design, operation 022.13.03.01 022.13.03.01
563 List the following parts of an EFIS: control panel; display 022.13.03.01.01 022.13.03.01.01
units; symbol generator; remote light sensor.
564 Describe the typical layout of the EFIS display units and 022.13.03.01.02 022.13.03.01.02
how there may be a facility to transfer the information
from one display unit on to another if a display unit
fails.

565 Explain the need for standby instruments to 022.13.03.01.03 022.13.03.01.03

supplement the EFIS in the event of all the display units
failing and the challenge of using these standby
instruments, namely their size and position on the flight
deck.

566 Explain the difference between a symbol generator 022.13.03.01.04 022.13.03.01.04

failing and a display unit failing, and the implications if
there are redundant symbol generators available.

567 Describe the purpose of an EFIS control panel and 022.13.03.01.05 022.13.03.01.05
typical selections that may be available: altimeter
pressure setting; navigation display (ND) mode selector;
ND range selector; ND data selector (waypoints,
facilities, constraints, data, etc.); radio-navigation aids
selector (VOR 1/2 or ADF 1/2); decision altitude
(DA)/decision height (DH) selection.

568 Primary flight display (PFD), electronic attitude director 022.13.03.02 022.13.03.02
indicator (EADI)
569 Describe that a PFD (or an EADI) presents a dynamic 022.13.03.02.01 022.13.03.02.01
colour display of all the parameters necessary to control
the aircraft, and that the main layout conforms with the
‘basic T’ principle: attitude information in the centre;
airspeed information on the left; altitude information
on the right; heading/track indication lower centre;
flight mode annunciation; basic T; take-off and landing
reference speeds; minimum airspeed; lower selectable
airspeed; Mach number.

570 Describe the typical design of the attitude information: 022.13.03.02.02 022.13.03.02.02
artificial horizon with aircraft symbol; superimposed
flight director command bars.

571 Describe the typical design of the speed tape: rolling 022.13.03.02.03 022.13.03.02.03
speed scale with numerical read-out of current speed;
limiting airspeeds according to configuration; speed
trend vector; bug/indication for selected airspeed.

572 Explain the Mach number indications and how a 022.13.03.02.04 022.13.03.02.04
selected Mach number is presented with the speed bug
on a corresponding IAS on the speed tape with the
Mach number shown as a numerical indication outside
the speed tape.

573 Describe the typical design of the altitude information: 022.13.03.02.05 022.13.03.02.05
rolling altitude scale with numerical read-out of current
altitude; altimeter pressure setting; bug/indication for
selected altitude; means of highlighting the altitude if
certain criteria are met.

574 Describe the typical design of the heading/track 022.13.03.02.06 022.13.03.02.06

information: rolling compass scale/rose with numerical
read-out of current heading/track; bug/indication for
selected heading/track.
575 Describe the typical design and location of the following 022.13.03.02.07 022.13.03.02.07
information: flight mode annunciators (FMAs); vertical
speed indicator including TCAS RA command
indications; radio altitude; ILS localiser/glideslope and
RNP/PBN, GBAS or SBAS horizontal/vertical flight path
deviation indicator; decision altitude/height (DA/H).

576 Navigation display (ND), electronic horizontal situation 022.13.03.03 022.13.03.03

indicator (EHSI)
577 Describe that an ND (or an EHSI) provides a mode- 022.13.03.03.01 022.13.03.03.01
selectable colour flight ND.
578 List the following four modes typically available to be 022.13.03.03.02 022.13.03.03.02
displayed on an ND unit: MAP (or ARC); VOR (or ROSE
VOR); APP (or ROSE LS); PLAN.
579 List and explain the following information that can be 022.13.03.03.03 022.13.03.03.03
displayed with the MAP (or ARC) mode selected on an
ND unit: aircraft symbol, compass scale and range
markers; current heading and track (either one may be
‘up’ depending on selection), true or magnetic; selected
heading and track; TAS/GS; wind direction and speed
(W/V); raw data radio magnetic indicator (RMI)
needles/pointers for VOR/automatic direction-finding
equipment (ADF), if selected, including the frequency or
ident of the selected navigation facility; route/flight
plan data from the FMS; TO/next waypoint data from
the FMS; data from the navigation database such as
airports, waypoints or navigation facilities as selected;
weather radar information; TCAS traffic information (no
TCAS commands); TAWS (EGPWS) terrain information;
failure flags and messages.

580 List and explain the following information that can be 022.13.03.03.04 022.13.03.03.04
displayed with the VOR or APP (or ROSE VOR or ROSE
LS) mode selected on an ND unit: aircraft symbol and
compass scale; current heading and track (either one
may be ‘up’ depending on selection), true or magnetic;
selected heading and track; TAS/ground speed (GS);
wind direction and speed (W/V); VOR or ILS frequency
and identification of the selected navigation aid; VOR
selected course, deviation indicator and a TO/FROM
indicator in a HSI-type display format when in VOR
mode; localiser selected course, deviation indicator and
glideslope indicator in a HSI-type display format when in
APP mode. weather radar information; TCAS traffic
information (no TCAS commands); TAWS (EGPWS)
terrain information; failure flags and messages.
581 List and explain the following information that can be 022.13.03.03.05 022.13.03.03.05
displayed with the PLAN mode selected on an ND unit:
north-up compass rose and range markers; aircraft
symbol oriented according to aircraft heading; TAS/GS;
wind direction and speed (W/V); route/flight plan data
from the FMS; TO/next waypoint data from the FMS;
data from the navigation database such as airports,
waypoints or navigation facilities as selected; failure
flags and messages.

582 Explain the purpose of PLAN mode and its 022.13.03.03.06 022.13.03.03.06
characteristics such as: no compass information; north
is up on the display unit at all times; the centre
waypoint is the selected waypoint on the FMS CDU;
scrolling through the flight plan on the FMS CDU will
shift the map view along the flight path; the aircraft
symbol will be positioned in the appropriate place along
the flight path; using PLAN mode as the primary mode
during flight may lead to disorientation and loss of
situational awareness.

583 Distinguish the difference between the appearance of 022.13.03.03.07 022.13.03.03.07

an EXPANDED or FULL/ROSE mode and how the
displayed range differs between them.
584 Explain the combination of mode and range selection 022.13.03.03.08 022.13.03.03.08
including how selecting the appropriate range and
displayed data can improve situational awareness for a
given phase of flight.

585 Engine parameters, crew warnings, aircraft systems, 022.13.04.00 022.13.04.00

procedure and mission display systems
586 Purposes of systems, display systems, checklists 022.13.04.01 022.13.04.01
587 State the purpose of the following systems: engine 022.13.04.01.01 022.13.04.01.01
instruments centralised display unit; crew alerting
system/aircraft display unit; facility for appropriate on-
screen checklists; that the aircraft systems display unit
enables the display of normal and degraded modes of
operation of the aircraft systems; that the
systems/aircraft display unit is able to show pictorial
systems diagrams/schematics and associated
parameters.

588 Describe the similarities to EFIS with regard to basic 022.13.04.01.02 022.13.04.01.02
system architecture.
589 Give the following different names by which engine 022.13.04.01.03 022.13.04.01.03
parameters, crew warnings, aircraft systems and
procedures display systems are known: multifunction
display unit (MFDU); engine indication and crew alerting
systems (EICASs); engine and warning display (EWD);
electronic centralised aircraft monitor (ECAM); systems
display (S/D).

590 Give the names of the following different display 022.13.04.01.04 022.13.04.01.04
systems and describe their main functions: vehicle
engine monitoring display (VEMD); integrated
instruments display system (IIDS).

591 State the purpose of a mission display unit. 022.13.04.01.05 022.13.04.01.05

592 Describe the architecture of each system and give 022.13.04.01.06 022.13.04.01.06
examples of display.
593 Explain why awareness of the consequences of the 022.13.04.01.07 022.13.04.01.07
actions commanded by the automatic checklist is
required.
594 Explain the limited ability of the computer to assess a 022.13.04.01.08 022.13.04.01.08
situation other than using the exceedance of certain
thresholds to trigger the main and subsequent events
and programmed actions.

595 Describe an appropriate procedure for following an on- 022.13.04.01.09 022.13.04.01.09

screen checklist associated with a failure scenario
including the following: confirm the failure with the
other flight crew member prior to performing any of the
actions; seek confirmation prior to manipulating any
guarded switches or thrust levers; follow the checklist
slowly and methodically; assess the possible
implications of making certain selections, such as
opening the fuel cross-feed if there is a fuel leak even
though the electronic checklist may ask for the action.

596 Engine first limit indicator 022.13.05.00 022.13.05.00

597 Design, operation, information on display 022.13.05.01 022.13.05.01
598 Describe the principles of design and operation, and 022.13.05.01.01 022.13.05.01.01
compare the different indications and displays available.

599 Describe what information can be displayed on the 022.13.05.01.02 022.13.05.01.02

screen, when the screen is in the limited composite
mode.
600 Electronic flight bag (EFB) 022.13.06.00 022.13.06.00
601 Purpose, certification, malfunctions 022.13.06.01 022.13.06.01
602 Explain the purpose of the EFB and list typical 022.13.06.01.01 022.13.06.01.01
equipment: computer laptop; tablet device; integrated
avionics suite in the aircraft.
603 Describe the ‘class’ hardware certification: portable: 022.13.06.01.02 022.13.06.01.02
portable electronic device (PED) that can be used inside
or outside the aircraft, is not part of the certified
aircraft configuration and does not require tools to
remove it from the flight-deck cradle, if one exists;
installed: an electronic device that is considered an
aircraft part covered by the aircraft airworthiness
approval, thus is a minimum equipment list (MEL) item
in the event of failure.

604 Describe the ‘type’ software certification: type A: 022.13.06.01.03 022.13.06.01.03

applications whose misuse or malfunctions have no
adverse effect on flight safety; type B: applications for
which evaluation of the hazards presented by misuse or
malfunctions is required.

605 Explain implications of malfunctions with the EFB 022.13.06.01.04 022.13.06.01.04

installation in a fully electronic flight-deck environment:
mass and balance calculations; performance
calculations; access to charts; access to manuals.

606 Head-up display (HUD), synthetic vision system (SVS) 022.13.07.00 022.13.07.00
and enhanced visual system (EVS)
607 Components, benefits, modes of operation 022.13.07.01 022.13.07.01
608 State the components of a typical HUD installation: HUD 022.13.07.01.01 022.13.07.01.01
projector and stowable combiner; HUD controls such as
declutter and dimmer; HUD computer.

609 Explain the reasons and benefits of having an HUD: 022.13.07.01.02 022.13.07.01.02
increased situational awareness due to reduced need to
look inside to view primary flight information; lower
minima for both departure and landing; improved
accuracy of flying thus reduced susceptibility to enter a
state of aircraft upset.

610 Describe how the HUD replicates the information on 022.13.07.01.03 022.13.07.01.03
the primary flight display (PFD) by showing the
following data: altitude; speed, including speed trend;
heading; flight path vector (track and vertical flight
path); flight mode annunciator (FMA); CAS, TAWS and
wind shear command annunciations.

611 Describe the following modes of operation of an HUD: 022.13.07.01.04 022.13.07.01.04

normal display mode that may automatically adapt the
information based on the phase of flight; declutter
function.

612 Describe the principle of SVS: an enhanced database 022.13.07.01.05 022.13.07.01.05

used as reference to provide terrain and ground
features to be shown on the PFD; limitations due to
being a synthetic image not based on actual sensory
information thus not lowering landing minima;
implications if aircraft position accuracy becomes
reduced.

613 Describe the principle of EVS: includes external sensors 022.13.07.01.06 022.13.07.01.06
such as infrared cameras to generate a real-time image
on the PFD or on the HUD; limitation of the fact that an
infrared camera uses temperature and temperature
difference in order to produce an image; enables lower
minima because of the real-time image, thus enhancing
the visibility as experienced by the pilot.

614 MAINTENANCE, MONITORING AND RECORDING 022.14.00.00 022.14.00.00

SYSTEMS
615 Cockpit voice recorder (CVR) 022.14.01.00 022.14.01.00
616 Purpose, components, parameters 022.14.01.01 022.14.01.01
617 Describe the purpose of a CVR, its typical location, and 022.14.01.01.01 022.14.01.01.01
explain the implications of knowingly erasing or
tampering with any information or equipment.
618 List the main components of a CVR: a shock-resistant 022.14.01.01.02 022.14.01.01.02
tape recorder or digital storage associated with an
underwater locating beacon (ULB); a cockpit area
microphone (CAM); a control unit with the following
controls: auto/on, test and erase, and a headset jack;
limited flight-deck controls such as erase and test
switches.
619 List the following main parameters recorded on the 022.14.01.01.03 022.14.01.01.03
CVR: voice communications transmitted from or
received on the flight deck; the aural environment of
the flight deck; voice communication of flight crew
members using the aeroplane’s interphone system;
voice or audio signals introduced into a headset or
speaker; voice communication of flight crew members
using the public address system, if installed.

620 Flight data recorder (FDR) 022.14.02.00 022.14.02.00

621 Purpose, components, parameters 022.14.02.01 022.14.02.01
622 Describe the purpose of an FDR and its typical location. 022.14.02.01.01 022.14.02.01.01

623 List the main components of an FDR: a shock-resistant 022.14.02.01.02 022.14.02.01.02

data recorder associated with a ULB; a data interface
and acquisition unit; a recording system (digital flight
data recorder); two control units (start sequence, event
mark setting); limited flight-deck controls, but includes
an event switch.

624 List the following main parameters recorded on the 022.14.02.01.03 022.14.02.01.03
FDR: time or relative time count; attitude (pitch and
roll); airspeed; pressure altitude; heading; normal
acceleration; propulsive/thrust power on each engine
and flight-deck thrust/power lever position, if
applicable; flaps/slats configuration or flight-deck
selection; ground spoilers or speed brake selection.

625 State that additional parameters can be recorded 022.14.02.01.04 022.14.02.01.04

according to FDR capacity and applicable operational
requirements.
626 Maintenance and monitoring systems 022.14.03.00 022.14.03.00
627 Helicopter operations monitoring program (HOMP): 022.14.03.01 022.14.03.01
design, operation, performance
628 Describe the HOMP as a helicopter version of the 022.14.03.01.01 022.14.03.01.01
aeroplane flight data monitoring (FDM) program.
629 State that the HOMP software consists of three 022.14.03.01.02 022.14.03.01.02
integrated modules: flight data events (FDEs); flight
data measurements (FDMs); flight data traces (FDTs).

630 Describe and explain the information flow of an HOMP. 022.14.03.01.03 022.14.03.01.03

631 Describe HOMP operation and management processes. 022.14.03.01.04 022.14.03.01.04

632 Integrated health and usage monitoring system 022.14.03.02 022.14.03.02

(IHUMS): design, operation, performance
633 Describe the main features of an IHUMS: rotor system 022.14.03.02.01 022.14.03.02.01
health; cockpit voice recorder (CVR)/flight data recorder
(FDR); gearbox system health; engine health;
exceedance monitoring; usage monitoring; transparent
operation; ground station features; monitoring; rotor
track and balance; engine performance trending; quality
controlled to level 2.

634 Describe the ground station features of an IHUMS. 022.14.03.02.02 022.14.03.02.02

635 Summarise the benefits of an IHUMS including: reduced 022.14.03.02.03 022.14.03.02.03
risk of catastrophic failure of rotor or gearbox;
improved rotor track and balance giving lower vibration
levels; accurate recording of flight exceedances;
CVR/FDR allows accurate accident/incident
investigation and HOMP; maintenance cost savings.

636 State the benefits of an IHUMS and an HOMP. 022.14.03.02.04 022.14.03.02.04

637 Aeroplane condition monitoring system (ACMS): 022.14.03.03 022.14.03.03
general, design, operation
638 State the purpose of an ACMS. 022.14.03.03.01 022.14.03.03.01
639 Describe the structure of an ACMS including: inputs: 022.14.03.03.02 022.14.03.03.02
aircraft systems (such as air conditioning, autoflight,
flight controls, fuel, landing gear, navigation,
pneumatic, APU, engine), MCDU; data management
unit; recording unit: digital recorder; outputs: printer,
ACARS or ATSU.

640 State that maintenance messages sent by an ACMS can 022.14.03.03.03 022.14.03.03.03
be transmitted without crew notification.
641 Explain that data from the ACMS can be used as part of 022.14.03.03.04 022.14.03.03.04
an FDM and safety programme.
642 Explain that the FDM program collects data 022.14.03.03.05 022.14.03.03.05
anonymously; however, grave exceedance of
parameters may warrant a further investigation of the
event by the operator.

643 Explain the purpose of FDM as a system for identifying 022.14.03.03.06 022.14.03.03.06
adverse safety trends and tailoring training programmes
in order to enhance the overall safety of the operation.

644 DIGITAL CIRCUITS AND COMPUTERS 022.15.00.00 022.15.00.00

645 Digital circuits and computers 022.15.01.00 022.15.01.00
646 General, definitions and design 022.15.01.01 022.15.01.01
647 Define a ‘computer’ as a machine for manipulating data 022.15.01.01.01 022.15.01.01.01
according to a list of instructions.
648 Explain the term ‘bus’ being used as a term for a facility 022.15.01.01.02 022.15.01.01.02
(wiring, optical fibre, etc.) transferring data between
different parts of a computer, both internally and
externally.

649 Define the terms ‘hardware’ and ‘software’. 022.15.01.01.03 022.15.01.01.03

650 With the help of the relevant 022 references, give 022.15.01.01.04 022.15.01.01.04
examples of airborne computers and list the possible
peripheral equipment for each system, such as: ADC
with pitot probe(s), static port(s) and indicators; FMS
with GPS, CDU/MCDU and ND; GPWS with radio
altimeter, ADC and ND.

Total
 2020 syllabus text

Reworded, intent the

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR
modified

ATPL(A)
Deleted

CPL(H)
CPL(A)
same
New

BK
AIRCRAFT GENERAL KNOWLEDGE -
INSTRUMENTATION

SENSORS AND INSTRUMENTS

Pressure gauge
Units for pressure, sensor types, measurements
Define ‘pressure’, ‘absolute pressure’ and ‘differential X X X X X X X
pressure’.
List the following units used for pressure measurement: X X X X X X X
Pascal; bar; inches of mercury (in Hg); pounds per
square inch (psi).
State the relationship between the different units. X X X X X X X
List and describe the following different types of X X X X X X
sensors used according to the pressure to be measured:
aneroid capsules; bellows; diaphragms; bourdon tube.

Identify pressure measurements that are applicable to X X X X X X

an aircraft: liquid-pressure measurement (fuel, oil,
hydraulic); air-pressure measurement (bleed-air
systems, air-conditioning systems); engine-pressure
measurement manifold pressure (MAP), engine
pressure ratio (EPR)).

Identify and read pressure measurement indications X X X X X X

both for engine indications and other systems.

Explain the implications of the following pressure X X X X X X

measurement errors both for engine indications and
other systems: loss of pressure sensing; incorrect
pressure indications.

Temperature sensing
Units for temperature, measurements
Explain temperature. X X X X X X X
List the following units that can be used for X X X X X X X
temperature measurement: Kelvin; Celsius; Fahrenheit.

State the relationship between these units and convert X X X X X X X

between them.
Identify temperature measurements that are applicable X X X X X X
to an aircraft: gas temperature measurement (ambient
air, bleed-air systems, air-conditioning systems, air inlet,
exhaust gas, gas turbine outlets); liquid-temperature
measurement (fuel, oil, hydraulic); component-
temperature measurement (generator, transformer
rectifier unit (TRU), pumps (fuel, hydraulic), power
transfer unit (PTU).

Identify and read temperature measurement X X X X X X

indications for both engine indications and other
systems.
Fuel gauge
Units for fuel, measurements, fuel gauges
State that the quantity of fuel can be measured by X X X X X X
volume or mass.
List the following units used for fuel quantity: X X X X X X
kilogramme; pound; litres; gallons (US and imperial).

Convert between the various units. X X X X X X

Explain the parameters that can affect the X X X X X X
measurement of the volume or mass of the fuel in a
fuel tank: temperature; aircraft accelerations and
attitudes; and explain how the fuel-gauge system design
compensates for these changes.

Describe and explain the operating principles of the X X X X X X

following types of fuel gauges: float system;
capacitance-type of fuel-gauge system. ultrasound-type
of fuel-gauge system: to be introduced at a later date.

Describe and complete a typical post-refuelling X X X X X X

procedure for a pilot: recording the volume that was
filled; converting to the appropriate unit used by the
aircraft fuel gauge(s) to compare the actual indicated
fuel content to the calculated fuel content; assess
appropriate action if the numbers does not compare.

Fuel flowmeters
Fuel flow, units for fuel flow, total fuel consumption

Define ‘fuel flow’ and where it is measured. X X X X X X

State that fuel flow may be measured by volume or X X X X X X
mass per unit of time.
List the following units used for fuel flow when X X X X X X
measured by mass per hour: kilogrammes/hour;
pounds/hour.
List the following units used for fuel flow when X X X X X X
measured by volume per hour: litres/hour; imperial
gallons/hour; US gallons/hour.
Explain how total fuel consumption is obtained. X X X X X X
Tachometer
Types, operating principles, units for engine speed
List the following types of tachometers, describe their X X X X X X X
basic operating principle and give examples of use:
mechanical (rotating magnet); electrical (three-phase
tacho-generator); electronic (impulse measurement
with speed probe and phonic wheel); and describe the
operating principle of each type.

Explain the typical units for engine speed: rpm for X X X X X X

piston-engine aircraft; percentage for turbine-engine
aircraft.
Explain that some types of rpm indicators require X X X X X X
electrical power to provide an indication.
Thrust measurement
Parameters, operating principle
List and describe the following two parameters used to X X X
represent thrust: N1; EPR.
Explain the operating principle of using an engine with X X X
EPR indication and explain the consequences of
incorrect or missing EPR to the operation of the engine,
including reverting to N1 mode.

Give examples of display for N1 and EPR. X X X

Engine torquemeter
Torque, torquemeters
Define ‘torque’. X X X X X X
Explain the relationship between power, torque and X X X X X X
rpm.
List the following units used for torque: Newton meters; X X X X X X
inch or foot pounds.
State that engine torque can be displayed as a X X X X X X
percentage.
List and describe the following different types of X X X X X X X
torquemeters, and explain their operating principles:
mechanical; electronic.
Compare the two systems with regard to design and X X X X X X X
weight.
Give examples of display. X X X X X X
Synchroscope
Purpose, operating principle, display
State the purpose of a synchroscope. X X X
Explain the operating principle of a synchroscope. X X X X
Give examples of display. X X X
Engine-vibration monitoring
Purpose, operating principle of a vibration-monitoring
system, display
State the purpose of a vibration-monitoring system for X X X
a jet engine.
Describe the operating principle of a vibration- X X X X
monitoring system using the following two types of
sensors: piezoelectric crystal; magnet.
Explain that there is no specific unit for vibration X X X
monitoring, i.e. it is determined by specified numeric
threshold values.
Give examples of display. X X X
Time measurement
On-board clock
Explain that the on-board aircraft clock provides a time X X X X X X
reference for several of the on-board systems including
aircraft communications addressing and reporting
system (ACARS) and engine and systems maintenance.

MEASUREMENT OF AIR-DATA PARAMETERS

Pressure measurement
Definitions
Define the following pressure measurements and state X X X X X X
the relationship between them: static pressure;
dynamic pressure; total pressure.
Pitot/static system: design and errors
Describe the design and the operating principle of a: X X X X X X
static port/source; pitot tube; combined pitot/static
probe.
For each of these indicate the various locations and X X X X X X
describe the following associated errors and how to
correct, minimise the effect of or compensate for them:
position errors; instrument errors; errors due to a non-
longitudinal axial flow (including manoeuvre-induced
errors).

Describe a typical pitot/static system and list the X X X X X X

possible outputs.
Explain the redundancy and the interconnections that X X X X X X
typically exist in complex pitot/static systems found in
large aircraft.
Explain the purpose of pitot/static system heating. X X X X X X
Describe alternate static sources and their effects when X X X X X X
used, particularly in unpressurised aircraft.
Describe a modern pitot static system using solid-state X X X X X X
sensors near the pitot probe or static port converting
the air data to numerical data (electrical signals) before
being sent to the air-data computer(s).

Temperature measurement
Definitions
Define the following and explain the relationship X X X X X X
between them: outside air temperature (OAT); total air
temperature (TAT); static air temperature (SAT).
Explain the term ‘ram rise’ and convert TAT to SAT. X X
Explain why TAT is often displayed and that TAT is the X X X X X X
temperature input to the air-data computer.
Design and operation
Indicate typical locations for both direct-reading and X X X X X X
remote-reading temperature probes, and describe the
following errors: position error; instrument error.

Explain the purpose of temperature probe heating and X X X X X X

interpret the effect of heating on sensed temperature
unless automatically compensated for.

Angle-of-attack (AoA) measurement

Sensor types, operating principles, ice protection,
displays, incorrect indications
Describe the following two types of AoA sensors: null- X X X
seeking (slotted) probe; vane detector.
For each type, explain the operating principles. X X X
Explain how both types are protected against ice. X X X
Give examples of systems that use the AoA as an input, X X X
such as: air-data computer; stall warning systems; flight-
envelope protection systems.
Give examples of and interpret different types of AoA X X X
displays: simple light arrays of green, amber and red
lights; gauges showing a numerical scale.
Explain the implications for the pilot if the AoA X X X
indication becomes incorrect but still provides data, e.g.
if the sensor is frozen in a fixed position.
Explain how an incorrect AoA measurement can affect X X X
the controllability of an aircraft with flight-envelope
protection.
Altimeter
Units, terms, types, operating principles, displays,
errors, corrections
List the following two units used for altimeters and X X X X X X
state the relationship between them: feet; metres.

Define the following terms: height, altitude; indicated X X X X X X X

altitude, true altitude; pressure altitude, density
altitude.
Define the following barometric references: ‘QNH’, X X X X X X X
‘QFE’, ‘1013.25’.
Explain the operating principles of an altimeter. X X X X X X
Describe and compare the following three types of X X X X X X X
altimeters and reason(s) why particular designs may be
required in certain airspace: simple altimeter (single
capsule); sensitive altimeter (multi-capsule); servo-
assisted altimeter.

Give examples of associated displays: pointer, multi- X X X X X X X

pointer, drum, vertical straight scale.
Describe the following errors: static system error; X X X X X X
instrument error; barometric error; temperature error
(air column not at ISA conditions); lag (altimeter
response to change of height).

Demonstrate the use of an altimeter correction table X X X X X X

for the following errors: temperature corrections;
aircraft position errors.
Describe the effects of a blockage or a leakage on the X X X X X X
static pressure line.
Describe the use of GPS altitude as an alternative X X X X X X
means of checking erroneous altimeter indications, and
highlight the limitations of the GPS altitude indication.

Vertical speed indicator (VSI)

VSI and instantaneous vertical speed indicator (IVSI)

List the two units used for VSIs and state the X X X X X X
relationship between them: metres per second; feet per
minute.
Explain the operating principles of a VSI and an IVSI. X X X X X X

Describe and compare the following types of VSIs: X X X X X X

barometric type (VSI); instantaneous barometric type
(IVSI); inertial type (inertial information provided by an
inertial reference unit).

Describe the following VSI errors: static system errors; X X X X X X

instrument errors; time lag.
Describe the effects on a VSI of a blockage or a leakage X X X X X X
on the static pressure line.
Give examples of a VSI display. X X X X X X
Compare the indications of a VSI and an IVSI during X X X X X X
flight in turbulence and appropriate pilot technique
during manoeuvring using either type.
Airspeed indicator (ASI)
Units, errors, operating principles, displays, position
errors, unreliable airspeed indications
List the following three units used for airspeed and X X X X X X
state the relationship between them: nautical
miles/hour (kt); statute miles/hour (mph);
kilometres/hour (km/h).

Describe the following ASI errors and state when they X X X X X X

must be considered: pitot/static system errors;
instrument errors; position errors; compressibility
errors; density errors.

Explain the operating principles of an ASI (as X X X X X X

appropriate to aeroplanes or helicopters).
Give examples of an ASI display: pointer, vertical X X X X X X
straight scale, and digital (HUD display).
Demonstrate the use of an ASI correction table for X X X X X X
position error.
Define and explain the following colour codes that can X X X
be used on an ASI: white arc (flap operating speed
range); green arc (normal operating speed range);
yellow arc (caution speed range); red line (VNE) or
barber’s pole (VMO); blue line (best rate of climb speed,
one-engine-out for multi-engine piston light
aeroplanes).

Define and explain the following colour codes that can X X X X

be used on an ASI: green arc (normal operating speed
range); red line (VNE); blue line (maximum airspeed
during autorotation).

Describe the effects on an ASI of a blockage or a leakage X X X X X X

in the static or total pressure line(s).
Define the term ‘unreliable airspeed’ and describe the X X X X X X
means by which it can be recognised such as: different
airspeed indications between ASIs; unexpected aircraft
behaviour; buffeting; aircraft systems warning; aircraft
attitude.

Describe the appropriate procedures available to the X X X X X X

pilot in the event of unreliable airspeed indications:
combination of a pitch attitude and power setting;
ambient wind noise inside the aircraft; use of GPS speed
indications and the associated limitations.

Machmeter
Operating principle, display, CAS, TAS and Mach
number
Define ‘Mach number’ and ‘local speed sound’ (LSS). X X
Calculate between LSS, TAS and Mach number.

Describe the operating principle of a Machmeter. X X X

Explain why a Machmeter does not suffer from X X X
compressibility error.
Give examples of a Machmeter display: pointer, drum, X X
vertical straight scale, digital.
Describe the effects on a Machmeter of a blockage or a X X
leakage in the static or total pressure line(s).
Explain the relationship between CAS, TAS and Mach X X
number. Explain how CAS, TAS and Mach number vary
in relation to each other during a climb, a descent, or in
level flight in different temperature conditions.
State the existence of maximum operating limit speed X X
(VMO) and maximum operating Mach number (MMO).

Describe typical indications of MMO and VMO on X X

analogue and digital instruments.
Describe the relationship between MMO and VMO with X X
change in altitude and the implications of climbing at
constant IAS and descending at constant Mach number
with respect to the margin to MMO and VMO.

Describe the implications of climbing or descending at X X

constant Mach number or constant IAS with respect to
the margin to the stall speed or maximum speed.

Air-data computer (ADC)

Operating principle, data, errors, air-data inertial
reference unit
Explain the operating principle of an ADC. X X X X X X
List the following possible input data: TAT; static X X X X X X X
pressure; total pressure; measured temperature; AoA;
flaps position; landing gear position; stored aircraft
data.

List the following possible output data, as applicable to X X X X X X X

aeroplanes or helicopters: IAS; TAS; SAT; TAT; Mach
number; AoA; altitude; vertical speed; VMO/MMO
pointer.

Explain how position, instrument, compressibility and X X X X X X

density errors can be compensated/corrected to
achieve a TAS calculation.
Give examples of instruments or systems which may use X X X X X X
ADC output data.
Explain that an air-data inertial reference unit (ADIRU) is X X X X X X
an ADC integrated with an inertial reference unit (IRU),
that there will be separate controls for the ADC part
and inertial reference (IR) part, and that incorrect
selection during failure scenarios may lead to
unintended and potentially irreversible consequences.

Explain the ADC architecture for air-data measurement X X X X X X X

including sensors, processing units and displays, as
opposed to stand-alone air-data measurement
instruments.

Describe the consequences of the loss of an ADC X X X X X X

compared to the failure of individual instruments.
MAGNETISM - DIRECT-READING COMPASS AND FLUX
VALVE
Earth’s magnetic field
Magnetic field, variation, dip
Describe the magnetic field of the Earth. X X X X X X
Explain the properties of a magnet. X X X X X X X
Define the following terms: magnetic variation; X X X X X X
magnetic dip (inclination).
Describe that a magnetic compass will align itself to X X X X X X
both the horizontal (azimuth) and vertical (dip)
components of the Earth’s magnetic field, thus will not
function in the vicinity of the magnetic poles.
Demonstrate the use of variation values (given as X X X X X X
East/West (E/W) or +/–) to calculate: true heading to
magnetic heading; magnetic heading to true heading.

Aircraft magnetic field

Permanent magnetism, electromagnetism, deviation

Explain the following differences between permanent X X X X X X X

magnetism and electromagnetism: when they are
present; what affects their magnitude.

Explain the principles of and the reasons for: compass X X X X X X X

swinging (determination of initial deviations); compass
compensation (correction of deviations found);
compass calibration (determination of residual
deviations).

Explain how permanent magnetism within the aircraft X X X X X X

structure and electromagnetism from the aircraft
systems affect the accuracy of a compass.
Describe the purpose and the use of a deviation X X X X X X
correction card.
Demonstrate the use of deviation values (either given X X X X X X
as E/W or +/–) from a compass deviation card to
calculate: compass heading to magnetic heading;
magnetic heading to compass heading.

Direct-reading magnetic compass

Purpose, errors, timed turns, serviceability
Explain the purpose of a direct-reading magnetic X X X X X X
compass.
Describe how the direct-reading magnetic compass will X X X X X X
only show correct indications during straight, level and
unaccelerated flight, and that an error will occur during
the following flight manoeuvres (no numerical
examples): acceleration and deceleration; turning;
during pitch-up or pitch-down manoeuvres.

Explain how the use of timed turns eliminates the X X X X X X

problem of the turning errors of a direct-reading
magnetic compass, and calculate the duration of a rate-
1 turn for a given change of heading.

Describe the serviceability check for a direct-reading X X X X X X

magnetic compass prior to flight, such as: the physical
appearance of the device; comparing the indication to
another known direction such as a different compass or
runway direction.

Flux valve
Purpose, operating principle, location, errors
Explain the purpose of a flux valve. X X X X X X
Explain its operating principle. X X X X X X X
Indicate typical locations of the flux valve(s). X X X X X X
Give the remote-reading compass system as example of X X X X X X
application for a flux valve.
Explain that deviation is compensated for and, X X X X X X
therefore, eliminates the need for a deviation
correction card.
Explain that a flux valve does not suffer from the same X X X X X X
magnitude of errors as a direct-reading magnetic
compass when turning, accelerating or decelerating and
during pitch-up or pitch-down manoeuvres.

GYROSCOPIC INSTRUMENTS
Gyroscope: basic principles
Gyroscopic forces, degrees of freedom, gyro wander,
driving gyroscopes
Define a ‘gyro’. X X X X X X X
Explain the fundamentals of the theory of gyroscopic X X X X X X X
forces.
Define the ‘degrees of freedom’ of a gyro. Remark: As a X X X X X X X
convention, the degrees of freedom of a gyroscope do
not include its own axis of rotation (the spin axis).

Explain the following terms: rigidity; precession; wander X X X X X X X

(drift/topple).
Explain the three types of gyro wander: real wander; X X X X X X
apparent wander; transport wander.
Describe the two ways of driving gyroscopes and any X X X X X X
associated indications: air/vacuum; electrically.

Rate-of-turn indicator - Turn coordinator - Balance

(slip) indicator
Indications, relation between bank angle, rate of turn
and TAS
Explain the purpose of a rate-of-turn and balance (slip) X X X X X X
indicator.
Define a ‘rate-1 turn’. X X X X X X
Describe the indications given by a rate-of-turn X X X X X X
indicator.
Explain the relation between bank angle, rate of turn X X X X X X
and TAS, and how bank angle becomes the limiting
factor at high speed (no calculations).
Explain the purpose of a balance (slip) indicator and its X X X X X X
principle of operation.
Describe the indications of a rate-of-turn and balance X X X X X X
(slip) indicator during a balanced, slip or skid turn.

Describe the indications given by a turn coordinator (or X X X X X X

turn-and-bank indicator).
Compare the indications on the rate-of-turn indicator X X X X X X
and the turn coordinator.
Attitude indicator (artificial horizon)
Purpose, types, effect of aircraft acceleration, display

Explain the purpose of the attitude indicator. X X X X X X

Identify the two types of attitude indicators: attitude X X X X X X
indicator; attitude and director indicator (ADI).

State the degrees of freedom. X X X X X X X

Describe the effects of the aircraft’s acceleration and X X X X X X
turns on instrument indications.
Describe a typical attitude display and instrument X X X X X X
markings.
Directional gyroscope
Purpose, types, drift, alignment to compass heading

Explain the purpose of the directional gyroscope. X X X X X X

Identify the two types of gyro-driven direction X X X X X X
indicators: direction indicator; horizontal situation
indicator (HSI).
Explain how the directional gyroscope will drift over X X X X X X
time due to the following: rotation of the Earth; aircraft
manoeuvring; aircraft movement over the Earth’s
surface/direction of travel.

Describe the procedure for the pilot to align the X X X X X X

directional gyroscope to the correct compass heading.

Remote-reading compass systems

Operating principles, components, comparison with a
direct-reading magnetic compass
Describe the principles of operation of a remote- X X X X X X
reading compass system.
Using a block diagram, list and explain the function of X X X X X X
the following components of a remote-reading compass
system: flux detection unit; gyro unit; transducers,
precession amplifiers, annunciator; display unit
(compass card, synchronising and set-heading knob,
DG/compass/slave/free switch).

State the advantages and disadvantages of a remote- X X X X X X

reading compass system compared to a direct-reading
magnetic compass with regard to: design (power
source, weight and volume); deviation due to aircraft
magnetism; turning and acceleration errors; attitude
errors; accuracy and stability of the information
displayed; availability of the information for several
systems (compass card, RMI, automatic flight control
system (AFCS)).

Solid-state systems - attitude and heading reference

system (AHRS)
Components, indications
Explain that the AHRS is a replacement for traditional X X X X X X
gyros using solid-state technology with no moving parts
and is a single unit consisting of: solid-state
accelerometers; solid-state rate sensor gyroscopes;
solid-state magnetometers (measurement of the Earth’s
magnetic field).

Explain that the AHRS senses rotation and acceleration X X X X X X

for all three axes and senses the direction of the Earth’s
magnetic field where the indications are normally
provided on electronic screens (electronic flight
instrument system (EFIS)).

INERTIAL NAVIGATION
Basic principles
Systems
State that inertial navigation/reference systems are the X X X X
main source of attitude and one of the main sources of
navigational data in commercial air transport
aeroplanes.

State that inertial systems require no external input, X X X X

except TAS, to determine aircraft attitude and
navigational data.
State that earlier gyro mechanically stabilised platforms X X X X
are (technically incorrectly but conventionally) referred
to as inertial navigation systems (INSs) and more
modern fixed (strap down) platforms are conventionally
referred to as inertial reference systems (IRSs). INSs can
be considered to be stand-alone, whereas IRSs are
integrated with the FMS.

Explain the basic principles of inertial navigation X X X X

(including double integration of measured acceleration
and the necessity for north–south, east–west and
vertical components to be measured/extracted).

Explain the necessity of applying correction for X X X X

transport precession, and Earth rate precession, coriolis
and gravity.
State that in modern aircraft fitted with inertial X X X X
reference system (IRS) and flight management system
(FMS), the flight management computer (FMC) position
is normally derived from a mathematical analysis of IRS,
global positioning system (GPS), and distance measuring
equipment (DME) data, VHF omnidirectional radio
range (VOR) and LOC.

List all navigational data that can be determined by a X X X X

stand-alone inertial navigation system.
State that a strap-down system is fixed to the structure X X X X
of the aircraft and normally consists of three laser ring
gyros and three accelerometers.
State the differences between a laser ring gyro and a X X X X
conventional mechanical gyro.
Alignment and operation
Alignment process, incorrect data entry, and control
panels
State that during the alignment process, the inertial X X X X
platform is levelled (INS) or the local vertical is
determined (IRS), and true north/aircraft heading is
established.

Explain that the aircraft must be stationary during X X X X

alignment, the aircraft position is entered during the
alignment phase, and that the alignment process takes
around 10 to 20 minutes at mid latitudes (longer at high
latitudes).

State that in-flight realignment is not possible and loss X X X X

of alignment leads to loss of navigational data although
attitude information may still be available.
Explain that the inertial navigation system (INS) X X X X
platform is maintained level and north-aligned after
alignment is complete and the aircraft is in motion.

State that an incorrect entry of latitude may lead to a X X X X

loss of alignment and is more critical than the incorrect
entry of longitude.
State that the positional error of a stand-alone INS X X X X
varies (a typical value can be quoted as 1–2 NM/h) and
is dependent on the gyro drift rate, accelerometer bias,
misalignment of the platform, and computational
errors.

Explain that, on a modern aircraft, there is likely to be X X X X

an air-data inertial reference unit (ADIRU), which is an
inertial reference unit (IRU) integrated with an air-data
computer (ADC).

Identify examples of IRS control panels. X X X X

Explain the following selections on the IRU mode X X X X
selector: NAV (normal operation); ATT (attitude only).

State that the majority of the IRS data can be accessed X X X X

through the FMS control and display unit (CDU)/flight
management and guidance system (FMGS)
multifunction control and display unit (MCDU).

Describe the procedure available to the pilot for X X X X

assessing the performance of individual IRUs after a
flight: reviewing the residual indicated ground speed
when the aircraft has parked; reviewing the drift given
as NM/h.

AEROPLANE: AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMS

General
Definitions and control loops
Describe the following purposes of an automatic flight X X X
control system (AFCS): enhancement of flight controls;
reduction of pilot workload.
Define and explain the following two functions of an X X X
AFCS: aircraft control: stabilise the aircraft around its
centre of gravity (CG); aircraft guidance: guidance of the
aircraft’s flight path.

Describe the following two automatic control principles: X X X

closed loop, where a feedback from an action or state is
compared to the desired action or state; open loop,
where there is no feedback loop.

List the following elements of a closed-loop control X X X

system and explain their basic function: input signal;
error detector; signal processor providing a measured
output signal according to set criteria or laws; control
element such as an actuator; feedback signal to error
detector for comparison with input signal.

Describe how a closed-loop system may enter a state of X X X

self-induced oscillation if the system overcompensates
for deviations from the desired state.
Explain how a state of self-induced oscillations may be X X X
detected and describe the effects of self-induced
oscillations: aircraft controllability; aircraft safety; timely
manual intervention as a way of mitigating loss of
control; techniques that may be used to maintain
positive control of the aircraft.

Autopilot system
Design and operation
Define the three basic control channels. X X X
Define the three different types of autopilots: single or X X X
1 axis (roll); 2 axes (pitch and roll); 3 axes (pitch, roll and
yaw).
Describe the purpose of the following components of X X X
an autopilot system: flight control unit (FCU), mode
control panel (MCP) or equivalent; flight mode
annunciator (FMA) (see Subject 022 06 04 00); autopilot
computer; actuator.

Explain the following lateral modes: heading X X X

(HDG)/track (TRK); VOR (VOR)/localiser (LOC); lateral
navigation/managed navigation (LNAV or NAV).

Describe the purpose of control laws for pitch and roll X X X

modes.
Explain the following vertical modes: vertical speed X X X
(V/S); flight path angle (FPA); level change (LVL
CHG)/open climb (OP CLB) or open descent (OP DES);
speed reference system (SRS); altitude (ALT) hold;
vertical navigation (VNAV)/managed climb (CLB) or
descent (DES); glideslope (G/S).

Describe how the autopilot uses speed, aircraft X X X

configuration or flight phase as a measure for the
magnitude of control inputs and how this may affect
precision and stability.

Explain the following mixed modes: take-off; go-around; X X X

approach (APP).
Describe the two types of autopilot configurations and X X X
explain the implications to the pilot for either and when
comparing the two principles: flight-deck controls move
with the control surface when the autopilot is engaged;
flight-deck controls remain static when the autopilot is
engaged.

Describe the purpose of the following inputs and X X X

outputs for an autopilot system: attitude information;
flight path/trajectory information; control surface
position information; airspeed information; aircraft
configuration information; FCU/MCP selections; FMAs.

Describe the purpose of the synchronisation function X X X

when engaging the autopilot and explain why the
autopilot should be engaged when the aircraft is in trim.

Define the control wheel steering (CWS) mode as X X X

manual manoeuvring of the aircraft through the
autopilot computer and autopilot servos/actuators
using the control column/control wheel.
Describe the following elements of CWS: CWS as an X X X
autopilot mode; flight phases where CWS cannot be
used; whether the pilot or the autopilot is controlling
the flight path; the availability of flight
path/performance protections; potential different feel
and control response compared to manual flight.

Describe touch control steering (TCS) and highlight the X X X

differences when compared to CWS: autopilot remains
engaged but autopilot servos/actuators are
disconnected from the control surfaces; manual control
of the aircraft as long as TCS button is depressed;
autopilot servos/actuators reconnect when TCS button
is released and the autopilot returns to previously
engaged mode(s).

Explain that only one autopilot may be engaged at any X X X

time except for when APP is armed in order to facilitate
a fail-operational autoland.
Explain the difference between an armed and an X X X
engaged mode: not all modes have an armed state
available; a mode will only become armed if certain
criteria are met; an armed mode will become engaged
(replacing the previously engaged mode, if any) when
certain criteria are met.

Describe the sequence of events when a mode is X X X

engaged and the different phases: initial phase where
attitude is changed to obtain a new trajectory in order
to achieve the new parameter; the trajectory will be
based on rate of closure which is again based on the
difference between the original parameter and the new
parameter; capture phase where the aircraft will follow
a predefined rate of change of trajectory to achieve the
new parameter without overshooting/ undershooting;
tracking or hold phase where the aircraft will maintain
the set parameter until a new change has been
initiated.

Explain automatic mode reversion and typical situations X X X

where it may occur: no suitable data for the current
mode such as flight plan discontinuity when in
LNAV/managed NAV; change of parameter during
capture phase for original parameter such as change of
altitude target during ALT ACQ/ALT*; mismanagement
of a mode resulting in engagement of the autopilot
envelope protection, e.g. selecting excessive V/S
resulting in a loss of speed control.

Explain the dangers of mismanagement of the following X X X

modes: use of V/S and lack of speed protection, i.e.
excessive V/S or FPA may be selected with subsequent
uncontrolled loss or gain of airspeed; arming VOR/LOC
or APP outside the protected area of the localiser or ILS.
Describe how failure of other systems may influence the X X X
availability of the autopilot and how incorrect data from
other systems may result in an undesirable aircraft
state, potentially without any failure indications. Explain
the importance of prompt and appropriate pilot
intervention during such events.

Explain an appropriate procedure for disengaging the X X X

autopilot and why both aural and visual warnings are
used to indicate that the autopilot is being disengaged:
temporary warning for intended disengagement using
the design method; continuous warning for unintended
disengagement or using a method other than the design
method.

Explain the following regarding autopilot and aircraft X X X

with manual trim: the autopilot may not engage unless
the aircraft controls are in trim; the aircraft will
normally be in trim when the autopilot is disconnected;
use of manual trim when the autopilot is engaged will
normally lead to autopilot disconnection and a risk of
an out-of-trim situation.

Flight director: design and operation

Purpose, use, indications, modes, data
Explain the purpose of a flight director system. X X X
Describe the different types of display: pitch and roll X X X
crossbars; V-bar.
Explain the differences between a flight director and an X X X
autopilot and how the flight director provides a means
of cross-checking the control/guidance commands sent
to the autopilot.

Explain why the flight director must be followed when X X X

engaged/shown, and describe the appropriate use of
the flight director: flight director only; autopilot only;
flight director and autopilot; typical job-share between
pilots (pilot flying (PF)/pilot monitoring (PM)) for
selecting the parameters when autopilot is engaged
versus disengaged; highlight when the flight director
should not be followed or should be disengaged.

Give examples of different scenarios and the resulting X X X

flight director indications.
Explain that the flight director computes and indicates X X X
the direction and magnitude of control inputs required
in order to achieve an attitude to follow a trajectory.

Explain how the modes available for the flight director X X X

are the same as those available for the autopilot, and
that the same panel (FCU/MCP) is normally used for
selection.

Explain the importance of checking the FMC data or X X X

selected autopilot modes through the FMA when using
the flight directors. If the flight directors are showing
incorrect guidance, they should not be followed and
should be turned off.
Aeroplane: flight mode annunciator (FMA)
Purpose, modes, display scenarios
Explain the purpose of FMAs and their importance X X X
being the only indication of the state of a system rather
than a switch position.
Describe where the FMAs are normally shown and how X X X
the FMAs will be divided into sections (as applicable to
aircraft complexity): vertical modes; lateral modes;
autothrust modes; autopilot and flight director
annunciators; landing capability.

Explain why FMAs for engaged or armed modes have X X X

different colour or different font size.
Describe the following FMA display scenarios: X X X
engagement of a mode; mode change from armed to
becoming engaged; mode reversion.
Explain the importance of monitoring the FMAs and X X X
announcing mode changes at all times (including when
selecting a new mode) and why only certain mode
changes will be accompanied by an aural notification or
additional visual cues.

Describe the consequences of not understanding what X X X

the FMAs imply or missing mode changes, and how it
may lead to an undesirable aircraft state.

Autoland
Design and operation
Explain the purpose of an autoland system. X X
Explain the significance of the following components X X
required for an autoland: autopilot; autothrust; radio
altimeter; ILS receivers.
Explain the following terms (reference to CS-AWO ‘All X X
Weather Operations’): fail-passive automatic landing
system; fail-operational automatic landing system; fail-
operational hybrid landing system; alert height.

Describe the autoland sequence including the following: X X

FMAs regarding the landing capability of the aircraft;
the significance of monitoring the FMAs to ensure the
automatic arming/engagement of modes triggered by
defined radio altitudes or other thresholds; in the event
of a go-around, that the aircraft performs the go-
around manoeuvre both by reading the FMAs and
supporting those readings by raw data; during the
landing phase, that ‘FLARE’ mode engages at the
appropriate radio altitude, including typical time frame
and actions if ‘FLARE’ does not engage; after landing,
that ‘ROLL-OUT’ mode engages and the significance of
disconnecting the autopilot prior to vacating the
runway.

Explain that there are operational limitations in order to X X

legally perform an autoland beyond the technical
capability of the aircraft.
Explain the purpose and significance of alert height, X X
describe the indications and implications, and consider
typical pilot actions for a failure situation: above the
alert height; below the alert height.

Describe typical failures that, if occurring below the X X

alert height, will trigger a warning: all autopilots
disengage; loss of ILS signal or components thereof;
excessive ILS deviations; radio-altimeter failure.

Describe how the failure of various systems, including X X

systems not directly involved in the autoland process,
can influence the ability to perform an autoland or
affect the minima down to which the approach may be
conducted.

Describe the fail-operational hybrid landing system as a X X

primary fail-passive automatic landing system with a
secondary independent guidance system such as a
head-up display (HUD) to enable the pilot to complete a
manual landing if the primary system fails.

HELICOPTER: AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMS

General principles
Stabilisation
Explain the similarities and differences between SAS X X X X
and AFCS (the latter can actually fly the helicopter to
perform certain functions selected by the pilot). Some
AFCSs just have altitude and heading hold whilst others
include a vertical speed or IAS hold mode, where a
constant rate of climb/decent or IAS is maintained by
the AFCS.

Reduction of pilot workload

Appreciate how effective the AFCS is in reducing pilot X X X X
workload by improving basic aircraft control harmony
and decreasing disturbances.
Enhancement of helicopter capability
Explain how an AFCS improves helicopter flight safety X X X X
during: search and rescue (SAR) because of increased
capabilities; flight by sole reference to instruments;
underslung load operations; white-out conditions in
snow-covered landscapes; an approach to land with
lack of visual cues.

Explain that the SAR modes of AFCS include the X X X X

following functions: ability to autohover; facility for
mark on target (MOT) approach to hover; automatically
transition from cruise down to a predetermined point
or over-flown point; ability for the rear crew to move
the helicopter around in the hover; the ability to
automatically transition from the hover back to cruise
flight; the ability to fly various search patterns.
Explain that earlier autohover systems use Doppler X X X X
velocity sensors and modern systems use inertial
sensors plus GPS, and normally include a two-
dimensional hover-velocity indicator for the pilots.

Explain why some SAR helicopters have both radio- X X X X

altimeter height hold and barometric altitude hold.

Failures
Explain the various redundancies and independent X X X X
systems that are built into the AFCSs.
Appreciate that the pilot can override the system in the X X X X
event of a failure.
Explain a series actuator ‘hard over’ which equals X X X X
aircraft attitude runaway.
Explain the consequences of a saturation of the series X X X X
actuators.
Components: operation
Basic sensors
Explain the basic sensors in the system and their X X X X
functions.
Explain that the number of sensors will be dependent X X X X
on the number of coupled modes of the system.

Specific sensors
Explain the function of the microswitches and strain X X X X
gauges in the system which sense pilot input to prevent
excessive feedback forces from the system.

Actuators
Explain the principles of operation of the series and X X X X
parallel actuators, spring-box clutches and the autotrim
system.
Explain the principle of operation of the electronic X X X X
hydraulic actuators in the system.
Pilot–system interface: control panels, system
indications, warnings
Describe the typical layout of the AFCS control panel. X X X X

Describe the system indications and warnings. X X X X

Operation
Explain the functions of the redundant sensors’ simplex X X X X
and duplex channels (single/dual channel).

Stability augmentation system (SAS)

General principles and operation
Explain the general principles and operation of an SAS X X X X
with regard to: rate damping; short-term attitude hold;
effect on static stability; effect on dynamic stability;
aerodynamic cross-coupling; effect on manoeuvrability;
control response; engagement/disengagement;
authority.

Explain and describe the general working principles and X X X X

primary use of an SAS by damping pitch, roll and yaw
motions.
Describe a simple SAS with force trim system which X X X X
uses magnetic clutch and springs to hold cyclic control
in the position where it was last released.

Explain the interaction of trim with SAS/stability and X X X X

control augmentation system (SCAS).
Appreciate that the system can be overridden by the X X X X
pilot and that individual channels can be deselected.

Describe the operational limits of the system. X X X X

Explain why the system should be turned off in severe X X X X
turbulence or when extreme flight attitudes are
reached.
Explain the safety design features built into some SASs X X X X
to limit the authority of the actuators to 10-20 per cent
of the full-control throw in order to allow the pilot to
override if actuators demand an unsafe control input.

Explain how cross-coupling produces an adverse effect X X X X

on roll-to-yaw coupling when the helicopter is subjected
to gusts.
Explain the collective-to-pitch coupling, side-slip-to- X X X X
pitch coupling and inter-axis coupling.
Autopilot - automatic stability equipment
General principles
Explain the general autopilot principles with regard to: X X X X
long-term attitude hold; fly-through; changing the
reference (beep trim, trim release).
Basic modes (3/4 axes)
Explain the AFCS operation on cyclic axes (pitch/roll), X X X X
yaw axis, and on collective (fourth axis).

Automatic guidance (upper modes of AFCS)

Explain the function of the attitude-hold system in an X X X X
AFCS.
Explain the function of the heading-hold system in an X X X X
AFCS.
Explain the function of the vertical-speed hold system in X X X X
an AFCS.
Explain the function of the navigation-coupling system X X X X
in an AFCS.
Explain the function of the VOR-/ILS-coupling system in X X X X
an AFCS.
Explain the function of the hover-mode system in an X X X X
AFCS (including Doppler and radio-altimeter systems).

Explain the function of the SAR mode (automatic X X X X

transition to hover and back to cruise) in an AFCS.
Flight director: design and operation
Explain the purpose of a flight director system. X X X X
Describe the different types of display: pitch and roll X X X X
crossbars; V-bar.
State the difference between the flight director system X X X X
and the autopilot system. Explain how each can be used
independently.
List and describe the main components of the flight X X X X
director system.
Give examples of different situations with the X X X X
respective indications of the command bars.
Explain the architecture of the different flight directors X X X X
fitted to helicopters and the importance to monitor
other instruments as well as the flight director.

Explain how some helicopter types have the collective X X X X

setting as a flight director command; however, the
command does not provide protection against a
transmission overtorque.

Describe the collective setting and yaw depiction on X X X X

flight director for some helicopters.
Automatic flight control panel (AFCP)
Explain the purpose and the importance of the AFCP. X X X X

State that the AFCP provides: AFCS basic and upper X X X X

modes; flight director selection, SAS and AP
engagement; failure and alert messages.
TRIMS - YAW DAMPER - FLIGHT-ENVELOPE
PROTECTION
Trim systems
Design and operation
Explain the purpose of the trim system and describe the X X X
layout with one trim system for each control axis,
depending on the complexity of the aircraft.

Give examples of trim indicators and their function, and X X X

explain the significance of a ‘green band/area’ for the
pitch trim.
Describe and explain an automatic pitch-trim system for X X X
a conventional aeroplane.
Describe and explain an automatic pitch-trim system for X X X
an FBW aeroplane and that it is also operating during
manual flight; however, during certain phases it may be
automatically disabled to alter the handling
characteristics of the aircraft.

Describe the consequences of manual operation on the X X X

trim wheel when the automatic pitch-trim system is
engaged.
Describe and explain the engagement and X X X
disengagement conditions of the autopilot according to
trim controls.
Define ‘Mach trim’ and state that the Mach-trim system X X X
can be independent.
Describe the implications for the pilot in the event of a X X X
runaway trim or significant out-of-trim state.
Yaw damper
Design and operation
Explain the purpose of the yaw-damper system. X X X
Explain the purpose of the Dutch-roll filter (filtering of X X X
the yaw input signal).
Explain the operation of a yaw-damper system and X X X
state the difference between a yaw-damper system and
a 3-axis autopilot operation on the rudder channel.

Flight-envelope protection (FEP)

Purpose, input parameters, functions
Explain the purpose of the FEP. X X X
Explain typical input parameters to the FEP: AoA; X X X
aircraft configuration; airspeed information.
Explain the following functions of the FEP: stall X X X
protection; overspeed protection.
Explain how the stall-protection function and the X X X
overspeed-protection function apply to both
mechanical/conventional and FBW control systems, but
other functions (e.g. pitch or bank limitation) can only
apply to FBW control systems.

AUTOTHRUST - AUTOMATIC THRUST CONTROL

SYSTEM
Autothrust system
Purpose, operation, overcompensation, speed control

Describe the purpose of the autothrust system and X X

explain how the FMAs will be the only indication on
active autothrust modes.
Explain the operation of an autothrust system with X X
regard to the following modes: take-off/go-around
(TOGA); climb or maximum continuous thrust (MCT), N1
or EPR targeted (THR CLB, THR MCT, N1, THR HOLD,
EPR); speed (SPEED, MCP SPD); idle thrust (THR IDLE,
RETARD/ARM); landing (RETARD, THR IDLE).

Describe the two main variants of autothrust systems: X X

mode selections available on the FCU/MCP and thrust
levers move with autothrust commands; mode
selections made using the thrust levers which remain
static during autothrust operation.

Explain how flight in turbulence/wind shear giving X X

fluctuating airspeed indications may lead to the
autothrust overcompensating in an oscillating manner
and that manual thrust may be required to settle the
airspeed. Airspeed indications/trend vectors may give
an indication of appropriate thrust adjustments but any
reaction should not be too aggressive.

Explain the threats associated with the use of X X

autothrust resulting in the pilot losing the sense of
energy awareness (e.g. speed, thrust).
Explain the relationship between autopilot pitch modes X X
and autothrust modes, and how the autopilot and
autothrust will interact upon selecting modes for one of
the systems.

Explain the principles of speed control and how speed X X

can be controlled: by varying the engine thrust; by
varying the aircraft pitch.
Explain the potential implications on speed control X X
when the autothrust controls speed and the autopilot
pitch channel has a fixed pitch target for the following
mode combinations: MCP SPD/SPEED and ALT
HOLD/ALT; MCP SPD/SPEED and VSP (climb); MCP
SPD/SPEED and VSP (descent).

Explain the potential implications on speed control X X

when the autothrust has a fixed thrust target and the
autopilot pitch channel controls speed for the following
mode combinations: N1/THR CLB and LVL CHG/OP CLB;
ARM/THR IDLE and LVL CHG/OP DES.

COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
Voice communication, data-link transmission
Definitions and transmission modes
Describe the purpose of a data-link transmission X X X X
system.
Compare voice communication versus data-link X X X X
transmission systems.
Describe the communication links that are used in X X X X
aircraft: high-frequency (HF) communications; very
high-frequency (VHF) communications; satellite
communications (SATCOM).

Consider the properties of the communication links X X X X

with regard to: signal quality; range/area coverage;
range; line-of-sight limitations; quality of the signal
received; interference due to ionospheric conditions;
data transmission speed.

Define and explain the following terms in relation to X X X X

aircraft data-link communications: message/data uplink;
message/data downlink.
Systems: architecture, design and operation
Describe the purpose of the ACARS network. X X
Describe the systems using the ACARS network through X X
the air traffic service unit (ATSU) suite:
aeronautical/airline operational control (AOC); air traffic
control (ATC).

Explain the purpose of the following parts of the on- X X

board equipment: ATSU communications computer;
control and display unit (CDU)/multifunction control
and display unit (MCDU); data communication display
unit (DCDU); ATC message visual annunciator; printer.

Give examples of airline operations communications X X

(AOC) data-link messages such as: out of the gate, off
the ground, on the ground, into the gate (OOOI); load
sheet; passenger information (connecting flights);
weather reports (METAR, TAF); maintenance reports
(engine exceedances); aircraft technical data; free-text
messages.

Give examples of ATC data-link messages such as: X X

departure clearance; oceanic clearance; digital ATIS (D-
ATIS); controller–pilot data-link communications
(CPDLC).

Future air navigation systems (FANSs)

Versions, applications, CPDLC messages, ADS contracts

Describe the existence of the ICAO communication, X X

navigation, surveillance/air traffic management
(CNS/ATM) concept.
Explain the two versions of FANSs: FANS A/FANS 1 using X X
the ACARS network; FANS B/FANS 2 using the ACARS
network and the aeronautical telecommunication
network (ATN).

List and explain the following FANS A/FANS 1 X X

applications: ATS facility notification (AFN); automatic
dependent surveillance (ADS); CPDLC.
Compare the ADS application with the secondary X X
surveillance radar function, and the CPDLC application
with VHF communication systems.
State that an ATCU can use the ADS application only, or X X
the CPDLC application only, or both of them (not
including AFN).
Describe the AFN process for logging on with an ATCU X X
and typical data that will be included in the message.

Describe typical types of CPDLC messages and the X X

typical pilot work practices when requesting or
accepting a CPDLC clearance.
List and describe the different types of ADS contracts X X
that are controlled by the ATCU and beyond the control
of the pilot: periodic: data sent at set time intervals; on
demand: data sent when requested; on event: data sent
when an event occurs (e.g. heading change, climb
initiated, etc.); emergency mode.

Describe the purpose of the ADS emergency mode X X

contract and highlight the difference to the ATCU
controlled contracts.
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (FMS) / FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT AND GUIDANCE SYSTEM (FMGS)
Design
Purpose, architecture, failures, functions
Explain the purpose of an FMS. X X X X
Describe a typical dual FMS architecture including the X X X X
following components: flight management computer
(FMC); CDU/MCDU; cross-talk bus.
Describe the following failures of a dual FMS X X X X
architecture and explain the potential implications to
the pilots: failure of one FMC; failure of one
CDU/MCDU; failure of the cross-talk bus.

Describe how the FMS integrates with other systems X X X X

and gathers data in order to provide outputs depending
on its level of complexity.
Explain how the FMS may provide the following X X X X X
functions: navigation; lateral and vertical flight
planning; performance parameters.
FMC databases
Navigation database
Explain the purpose of, and describe typical content of, X X X X
the navigation database.
Describe the 28-day aeronautical information regulation X X X X
and control (AIRAC) update cycle of the navigation
database and explain the reason for having two
navigation databases (one active, one standby) and the
implication this has to the pilot.

Explain the purpose of typical user-defined waypoints X X X X

such as: latitude/longitude coordinates;
place/bearing/distance (PBD); place/bearing
place/bearing (PBX); place/distance (PD).

Explain that the pilot cannot change or overwrite any of X X X X

the data in the navigation database and that any user-
defined waypoints, routes and inputted data will be
erased when a different database is activated.

Explain the threats and implications to the pilot of X X X X

changing the database by error either on the ground or
while flying.
Aircraft performance database
Explain the purpose of, and describe the typical content X X X X
of, the aircraft performance database.
Explain the importance of verifying that the aircraft X X X X
performance database is based on the correct data,
such as engine type and aircraft variant.

Explain that the contents of the aircraft performance X X X X

database cannot be modified by the pilot.

Explain the purpose of performance factor and how it X X X X

influences the calculations.
Explain the purpose of cost index (CI) and how it X X
influences the calculations.
Operations, limitations
Data, calculations, position inputs, raw data
Describe typical data that may be provided by the FMS: X X X X
lateral and vertical navigation guidance; present
position; time predictions; fuel predictions;
altitude/flight level predictions.

Explain how the FMS will use a combination of X X X X

inputted/database and measured data in order to
calculate projections and provide output data.
Explain the issues and threats using inputted/database X X X X
data and give examples of consequences of inputting
data incorrectly/using incorrect data.

Describe fuel consumption calculations during standard X X X X

operations and explain typical data that will have an
influence on the accuracy of the calculations.

Explain the implications on the accuracy of the X X X X

calculations during flight in abnormal configurations
(such as engine out, gear down, flaps extended, spoilers
extended, etc.) if the FMS is unable to detect the
failure.
Describe and explain the purpose of an FMS having X X X X
dedicated radio-navigation receivers that it will tune
automatically.
Explain typical position inputs to an FMS: GPS; IRS; X X X X
DME; VOR; LOC; runway threshold (RWY THR).
Explain how the FMS will create its own FMS position fix X X X X
and that the FMS calculations will be based on the FMS
position. Depending on the type of system, the FMS
position may be calculated from: a single source of
position data where the most accurate data available at
a given time will be used; multiple sources from which a
position will be derived using the combined inputs.

Explain the implications of a reduction in available X X X X

position inputs to the FMS, especially GPS in relation to
the capability of performing RNP/PBN approaches.

Explain the difference between following the FMS data X X X X

compared to following raw data from radio-navigation
receivers and describe how there may be limitations for
using FMS data as primary source to follow an
instrument approach procedure (IAP) such as LOC, VOR
or NDB.

Human–machine interface (control and display unit

(CDU)/ multifunction control and display unit (MCDU))

Purpose, scratchpad, data input, set-up process

Describe the purpose of a CDU/MCDU. X X X X
Describe the typical layout of a CDU/MCDU and the X X X X
general purpose of the following: screen; line select
keys; menu select keys; alphanumerical keys.

Explain the function of the ‘scratchpad’ part of the X X X X

screen.
Describe how input of some data is compulsory for the X X X X
function of the FMS and other data is optional, and that
different symbology is used to highlight this: rectangular
boxes = compulsory information; dashed line = optional
information.

Describe a typical FMS pre-flight set-up process through X X

the CDU/MCDU to cover the most basic information
(with the aim to create awareness of required
information as this is irrespective of aircraft type and
FMS/FMGS make): ident page (who am I = aircraft
type/variant, engine type/rating and appropriate
navigation database); position initialisation (where am I
= position for aligning the IRS and FMS position); route
initialisation (where am I going to = place of
departure/destination and alternate(s)); route
programming (how will I get there = SIDs, STARS, route
(company or otherwise)); performance initialisation
(when will I arrive = weights, flap setting, FLEX/assumed
temperature/derate, take-off speeds).

ALERTING SYSTEMS, PROXIMITY SYSTEMS

General
Alerting systems according to CS-25 and CS-29
State definitions, category, criteria and characteristics of X X X X X X
alerting systems according to CS-25/AMC 25.1322 for
aeroplanes and CS-29 for helicopters as appropriate.

Flight warning systems (FWSs)

Annunciations, master warning, master caution,
advisory
State the annunciations given by the FWS and typical X X X X X X
location for the annunciator(s): master warning; master
caution; advisory.
Explain master warning: colour of annunciator: red; X X X X X X
nature of aural alerts: continuous; typical failure
scenarios triggering the alert.
Explain master caution: colour of the annunciator: X X X X X X
amber or yellow; nature of aural alerts: attention-
getter; typical failure scenarios triggering the alert.

Describe a typical procedure following a master warning X X X X X X

or master caution alert: acknowledging the failure;
silencing the aural warning; initiating the appropriate
response/procedure.

Explain advisory: colour of the annunciator: any other X X X X X X

than red, amber, yellow or green; absence of aural
alert; typical scenarios triggering the advisory.

Stall warning systems (SWSs)

Function, types, components
Describe the function of an SWS and explain why the X X X
warning must be unique.
Describe the different types of SWSs. X X X
List the main components of an SWS. X X X
Explain the difference between the stall warning speed X X X
and the actual stalling speed of the aeroplane.

Stall protection
Function, types
Describe the function of a stall protection system. X X
Describe the different types of stall protection systems X X
including the difference between mechanical and FBW
controls.
Explain the difference between an SWS and a stall X X
protection system.
Overspeed warning
Purpose, aural warning, VMO/MMO pointer
Explain the purpose of an overspeed warning system X X X
(VMO/MMO pointer).
State that for large aeroplanes, an aural warning must X X X
be associated to the overspeed warning if an electronic
display is used (see AMC 25.11, paragraph 10.b(2), p. 2-
GEN-22).

Describe and give examples of VMO/MMO pointer: X X X

barber’s/barber pole pointer, barber’s/barber pole
vertical scale.
Take-off warning
Purpose
Explain the purpose of a take-off warning system and X X
list the typical abnormal situations which generate a
warning (see AMC 25.703, paragraphs 4 and 5).

Altitude alert system

Function, displays, alerts
Describe the function of an altitude alert system. X X X X X X
Describe different types of displays and possible alerts. X X X X X X

Radio altimeter
Purpose, range, displays, incorrect indications
Explain the purpose of a low-altitude radio altimeter. X X X X X X

Describe the principle of the distance (height) X X X X X X

measurement.
Describe the different types of radio-altimeter displays. X X X X X X

Describe how the radio altimeter provides input to X X X X X X

other systems and how a radio-altimeter failure may
impact on the functioning of these systems.
State the range of a radio altimeter. X X X X X X
Explain the potential implications of a faulty radio- X X X
altimeter and how this in particular may affect the
following systems: autothrust (flare/retard); ground-
proximity warning systems (GPWSs).

Ground-proximity warning systems (GPWSs)

GPWSs: design, operation, indications
Explain the purpose of GPWSs. X X X X
Explain inputs and outputs of a GPWS and describe its X X X X
operating principle.
List and describe the different modes of operation of a X X X X
GPWS.
Terrain-avoidance warning system (TAWS); other
name: enhanced GPWS (EGPWS)
Explain the purpose of a TAWS for aeroplanes and of a X X X X
HTAWS for helicopters, and explain the difference from
a GPWS.
Explain inputs and outputs of a TAWS/HTAWS and X X X X
describe its working principle.
Give examples of terrain displays and list the different X X X X
possible alerts.
Give examples of time response left to the pilot X X X X
according to look-ahead distance, speed and aircraft
performances.
Explain why the TAWS/HTAWS must be coupled to a X X X X
precise-position sensor.
Explain the possibility of triggering spurious X X X X
TAWS/HTAWS warnings as a result of mismanaging the
flight path in the proximity to obstacles: high rate of
descent; high airspeed; a combination of high rate of
descent and high airspeed.
Intentionally left blank
ACAS/TCAS
Principles and operations
State that ACAS II is an ICAO standard for anti-collision X X X X X X
purposes.
Explain that ACAS II is an anti-collision system and does X X X X X X
not guarantee any specific separation.
Describe the purpose of an ACAS II system as an anti- X X X X X X
collision system.
Describe the following outputs from a TCAS: other X X X X X X
intruders; proximate intruders; traffic advisory (TA);
resolution advisory (RA).
State that ACAS II will issue commands in the vertical X X X X X X
plane only (climb, descent or maintain), and that the
commands are complied with as a manual manoeuvre.

Explain that an RA may or may not require any active X X X X X X

control input and the implications of reacting
instinctively without awareness of actual control inputs
required to comply with the RA.

Explain that if two aircraft are fitted with ACAS II, the RA X X X X X X

will be coordinated.
State that ACAS II equipment can take into account X X X X X X
several threats simultaneously.
State that a detected aircraft without altitude-reporting X X X X X X
can only generate a TA; describe typical type of traffic
and how this can create distractions during flight in
certain areas of significant air traffic activity.

Describe the interaction between the TCAS II system X X X X X X

and the transponder, radio altimeter and the air-data
computer: antenna used; computer and links with radio
altimeter, air-data computer and mode-S transponder.

Explain the principle of TCAS II interrogations. X X X X X X

State the typical standard detection range for TCAS II: X X X X X X
35–40 NM horizontally; approximately 2 000 ft above
and below (any setting); extension to approximately
10 000 ft above (ABV selected) or approximately 10 000
ft below (BLW selected).

Explain the principle of ‘reduced surveillance’. X X X X X X

Explain that in high-density traffic areas the range may X X X X X X
automatically be decreased in order to enable detection
of the threats in the proximity of the aircraft due to a
limitation of the maximum number of possible intruders
the system is able to process.

Identify the equipment which an intruder must be fitted X X X X X X

with in order to be detected by TCAS II.
Explain in the anti-collision process: the criteria used to X X X X X X
trigger an alarm (TA or RA) are the time to reach the
closest point of approach (CPA) (called TAU) and the
difference of altitude; an intruder will be classified as
‘proximate’ when being less than 6 NM and 1 200 ft
from the TCAS-equipped aircraft; the time limit to CPA
is different depending on aircraft altitude, is linked to a
sensitivity level (SL), and state that the value to trigger
an RA is from 15 to 35 seconds; in case of an RA, the
intended vertical separation varies from 300 to 600 ft
(700 ft above FL420), depending on the SL; below 1 000
ft above ground, no RA can be generated; below
1 450 ft (radio-altimeter value) ‘increase descent’ RA is
inhibited; at high altitude, performances of the type of
aircraft are taken into account to inhibit ‘climb’ and
‘increase climb’ RA.

List and interpret the following information available X X X X X X

from TCAS: the different possible statuses of a detected
aircraft: ‘other’, ‘proximate’, ‘intruder’; the appropriate
graphic symbols and their position on the horizontal
display; different aural warnings.

Explain the indications of a TA and an RA and how an RA X X X X X X

will generate a red area on the VSI. Some variants will
also include a green area. To manoeuvre the aircraft to
comply with the RA, the pilot should ‘avoid the red’ or
‘fly the green’.

Explain that the pilot must not interpret the horizontal X X X X X X

track of an intruder upon the display.
Rotor/engine overspeed alert system
Design, operation, displays, alarms
Describe the basic design principles, operation, displays X X X X
and warning/alarm systems fitted to different
helicopters.
INTEGRATED INSTRUMENTS - ELECTRONIC DISPLAYS
Electronic display units
Design, limitations
List the different technologies used, e.g. CRT and LCD, X X X X X X
and the associated limitations: cockpit temperature;
glare; resolution.
Mechanical integrated instruments
Attitude and director indicator (ADI)/horizontal
situation indicator (HSI)
Describe an ADI and an HSI. X X X X X X
List all the information that can be displayed on either X X X X X X
instrument.
Electronic flight instrument systems (EFISs)
Design, operation
List the following parts of an EFIS: control panel; display X X X X X X
units; symbol generator; remote light sensor.
Describe the typical layout of the EFIS display units and X X X X X X
how there may be a facility to transfer the information
from one display unit on to another if a display unit
fails.

Explain the need for standby instruments to X X X X X X

supplement the EFIS in the event of all the display units
failing and the challenge of using these standby
instruments, namely their size and position on the flight
deck.

Explain the difference between a symbol generator X X X X X X

failing and a display unit failing, and the implications if
there are redundant symbol generators available.

Describe the purpose of an EFIS control panel and X X X X X X

typical selections that may be available: altimeter
pressure setting; navigation display (ND) mode selector;
ND range selector; ND data selector (waypoints,
facilities, constraints, data, etc.); radio-navigation aids
selector (VOR 1/2 or ADF 1/2); decision altitude
(DA)/decision height (DH) selection.

Primary flight display (PFD), electronic attitude director

indicator (EADI)
Describe that a PFD (or an EADI) presents a dynamic X X X X X X
colour display of all the parameters necessary to control
the aircraft, and that the main layout conforms with the
‘basic T’ principle: attitude information in the centre;
airspeed information on the left; altitude information
on the right; heading/track indication lower centre;
flight mode annunciation; basic T; take-off and landing
reference speeds; minimum airspeed; lower selectable
airspeed; Mach number.

Describe the typical design of the attitude information: X X X X X X

artificial horizon with aircraft symbol; superimposed
flight director command bars.

Describe the typical design of the speed tape: rolling X X X X X X

speed scale with numerical read-out of current speed;
limiting airspeeds according to configuration; speed
trend vector; bug/indication for selected airspeed.

Explain the Mach number indications and how a X X

selected Mach number is presented with the speed bug
on a corresponding IAS on the speed tape with the
Mach number shown as a numerical indication outside
the speed tape.

Describe the typical design of the altitude information: X X X X X X

rolling altitude scale with numerical read-out of current
altitude; altimeter pressure setting; bug/indication for
selected altitude; means of highlighting the altitude if
certain criteria are met.

Describe the typical design of the heading/track X X X X X X

information: rolling compass scale/rose with numerical
read-out of current heading/track; bug/indication for
selected heading/track.
Describe the typical design and location of the following X X X X X X
information: flight mode annunciators (FMAs); vertical
speed indicator including TCAS RA command
indications; radio altitude; ILS localiser/glideslope and
RNP/PBN, GBAS or SBAS horizontal/vertical flight path
deviation indicator; decision altitude/height (DA/H).

Navigation display (ND), electronic horizontal situation

indicator (EHSI)
Describe that an ND (or an EHSI) provides a mode- X X X X X X
selectable colour flight ND.
List the following four modes typically available to be X X X X X X
displayed on an ND unit: MAP (or ARC); VOR (or ROSE
VOR); APP (or ROSE LS); PLAN.
List and explain the following information that can be X X X X X X
displayed with the MAP (or ARC) mode selected on an
ND unit: aircraft symbol, compass scale and range
markers; current heading and track (either one may be
‘up’ depending on selection), true or magnetic; selected
heading and track; TAS/GS; wind direction and speed
(W/V); raw data radio magnetic indicator (RMI)
needles/pointers for VOR/automatic direction-finding
equipment (ADF), if selected, including the frequency or
ident of the selected navigation facility; route/flight
plan data from the FMS; TO/next waypoint data from
the FMS; data from the navigation database such as
airports, waypoints or navigation facilities as selected;
weather radar information; TCAS traffic information (no
TCAS commands); TAWS (EGPWS) terrain information;
failure flags and messages.

List and explain the following information that can be X X X X X X

displayed with the VOR or APP (or ROSE VOR or ROSE
LS) mode selected on an ND unit: aircraft symbol and
compass scale; current heading and track (either one
may be ‘up’ depending on selection), true or magnetic;
selected heading and track; TAS/ground speed (GS);
wind direction and speed (W/V); VOR or ILS frequency
and identification of the selected navigation aid; VOR
selected course, deviation indicator and a TO/FROM
indicator in a HSI-type display format when in VOR
mode; localiser selected course, deviation indicator and
glideslope indicator in a HSI-type display format when in
APP mode. weather radar information; TCAS traffic
information (no TCAS commands); TAWS (EGPWS)
terrain information; failure flags and messages.
List and explain the following information that can be X X X X X X
displayed with the PLAN mode selected on an ND unit:
north-up compass rose and range markers; aircraft
symbol oriented according to aircraft heading; TAS/GS;
wind direction and speed (W/V); route/flight plan data
from the FMS; TO/next waypoint data from the FMS;
data from the navigation database such as airports,
waypoints or navigation facilities as selected; failure
flags and messages.

Explain the purpose of PLAN mode and its X X X X X X

characteristics such as: no compass information; north
is up on the display unit at all times; the centre
waypoint is the selected waypoint on the FMS CDU;
scrolling through the flight plan on the FMS CDU will
shift the map view along the flight path; the aircraft
symbol will be positioned in the appropriate place along
the flight path; using PLAN mode as the primary mode
during flight may lead to disorientation and loss of
situational awareness.

Distinguish the difference between the appearance of X X X X X X

an EXPANDED or FULL/ROSE mode and how the
displayed range differs between them.
Explain the combination of mode and range selection X X X X X X
including how selecting the appropriate range and
displayed data can improve situational awareness for a
given phase of flight.

Engine parameters, crew warnings, aircraft systems,

procedure and mission display systems
Purposes of systems, display systems, checklists
State the purpose of the following systems: engine X X X X
instruments centralised display unit; crew alerting
system/aircraft display unit; facility for appropriate on-
screen checklists; that the aircraft systems display unit
enables the display of normal and degraded modes of
operation of the aircraft systems; that the
systems/aircraft display unit is able to show pictorial
systems diagrams/schematics and associated
parameters.

Describe the similarities to EFIS with regard to basic X X X X

system architecture.
Give the following different names by which engine X X
parameters, crew warnings, aircraft systems and
procedures display systems are known: multifunction
display unit (MFDU); engine indication and crew alerting
systems (EICASs); engine and warning display (EWD);
electronic centralised aircraft monitor (ECAM); systems
display (S/D).

Give the names of the following different display X X X

systems and describe their main functions: vehicle
engine monitoring display (VEMD); integrated
instruments display system (IIDS).

State the purpose of a mission display unit. X X X

Describe the architecture of each system and give X X X
examples of display.
Explain why awareness of the consequences of the X X X X
actions commanded by the automatic checklist is
required.
Explain the limited ability of the computer to assess a X X X X
situation other than using the exceedance of certain
thresholds to trigger the main and subsequent events
and programmed actions.

Describe an appropriate procedure for following an on- X X X X

screen checklist associated with a failure scenario
including the following: confirm the failure with the
other flight crew member prior to performing any of the
actions; seek confirmation prior to manipulating any
guarded switches or thrust levers; follow the checklist
slowly and methodically; assess the possible
implications of making certain selections, such as
opening the fuel cross-feed if there is a fuel leak even
though the electronic checklist may ask for the action.

Engine first limit indicator

Design, operation, information on display
Describe the principles of design and operation, and X X X X
compare the different indications and displays available.

Describe what information can be displayed on the X X X X

screen, when the screen is in the limited composite
mode.
Electronic flight bag (EFB)
Purpose, certification, malfunctions
Explain the purpose of the EFB and list typical X X X X X X
equipment: computer laptop; tablet device; integrated
avionics suite in the aircraft.
Describe the ‘class’ hardware certification: portable: X X X X
portable electronic device (PED) that can be used inside
or outside the aircraft, is not part of the certified
aircraft configuration and does not require tools to
remove it from the flight-deck cradle, if one exists;
installed: an electronic device that is considered an
aircraft part covered by the aircraft airworthiness
approval, thus is a minimum equipment list (MEL) item
in the event of failure.

Describe the ‘type’ software certification: type A: X X X X

applications whose misuse or malfunctions have no
adverse effect on flight safety; type B: applications for
which evaluation of the hazards presented by misuse or
malfunctions is required.

Explain implications of malfunctions with the EFB X X X X

installation in a fully electronic flight-deck environment:
mass and balance calculations; performance
calculations; access to charts; access to manuals.

Head-up display (HUD), synthetic vision system (SVS)

and enhanced visual system (EVS)
Components, benefits, modes of operation
State the components of a typical HUD installation: HUD X X X X
projector and stowable combiner; HUD controls such as
declutter and dimmer; HUD computer.

Explain the reasons and benefits of having an HUD: X X X X

increased situational awareness due to reduced need to
look inside to view primary flight information; lower
minima for both departure and landing; improved
accuracy of flying thus reduced susceptibility to enter a
state of aircraft upset.

Describe how the HUD replicates the information on X X X X

the primary flight display (PFD) by showing the
following data: altitude; speed, including speed trend;
heading; flight path vector (track and vertical flight
path); flight mode annunciator (FMA); CAS, TAWS and
wind shear command annunciations.

Describe the following modes of operation of an HUD: X X X X

normal display mode that may automatically adapt the
information based on the phase of flight; declutter
function.

Describe the principle of SVS: an enhanced database X X X X

used as reference to provide terrain and ground
features to be shown on the PFD; limitations due to
being a synthetic image not based on actual sensory
information thus not lowering landing minima;
implications if aircraft position accuracy becomes
reduced.

Describe the principle of EVS: includes external sensors X X X X

such as infrared cameras to generate a real-time image
on the PFD or on the HUD; limitation of the fact that an
infrared camera uses temperature and temperature
difference in order to produce an image; enables lower
minima because of the real-time image, thus enhancing
the visibility as experienced by the pilot.

MAINTENANCE, MONITORING AND RECORDING

SYSTEMS
Cockpit voice recorder (CVR)
Purpose, components, parameters
Describe the purpose of a CVR, its typical location, and X X X X X X
explain the implications of knowingly erasing or
tampering with any information or equipment.
List the main components of a CVR: a shock-resistant X X X X X X
tape recorder or digital storage associated with an
underwater locating beacon (ULB); a cockpit area
microphone (CAM); a control unit with the following
controls: auto/on, test and erase, and a headset jack;
limited flight-deck controls such as erase and test
switches.
List the following main parameters recorded on the X X X X X X
CVR: voice communications transmitted from or
received on the flight deck; the aural environment of
the flight deck; voice communication of flight crew
members using the aeroplane’s interphone system;
voice or audio signals introduced into a headset or
speaker; voice communication of flight crew members
using the public address system, if installed.

Flight data recorder (FDR)

Purpose, components, parameters
Describe the purpose of an FDR and its typical location. X X X

List the main components of an FDR: a shock-resistant X X X

data recorder associated with a ULB; a data interface
and acquisition unit; a recording system (digital flight
data recorder); two control units (start sequence, event
mark setting); limited flight-deck controls, but includes
an event switch.

List the following main parameters recorded on the X X X

FDR: time or relative time count; attitude (pitch and
roll); airspeed; pressure altitude; heading; normal
acceleration; propulsive/thrust power on each engine
and flight-deck thrust/power lever position, if
applicable; flaps/slats configuration or flight-deck
selection; ground spoilers or speed brake selection.

State that additional parameters can be recorded X X

according to FDR capacity and applicable operational
requirements.
Maintenance and monitoring systems
Helicopter operations monitoring program (HOMP):
design, operation, performance
Describe the HOMP as a helicopter version of the X X X
aeroplane flight data monitoring (FDM) program.
State that the HOMP software consists of three X X X
integrated modules: flight data events (FDEs); flight
data measurements (FDMs); flight data traces (FDTs).

Describe and explain the information flow of an HOMP. X X X

Describe HOMP operation and management processes. X X X

Integrated health and usage monitoring system

(IHUMS): design, operation, performance
Describe the main features of an IHUMS: rotor system X X X
health; cockpit voice recorder (CVR)/flight data recorder
(FDR); gearbox system health; engine health;
exceedance monitoring; usage monitoring; transparent
operation; ground station features; monitoring; rotor
track and balance; engine performance trending; quality
controlled to level 2.

Describe the ground station features of an IHUMS. X X X

Summarise the benefits of an IHUMS including: reduced X X X
risk of catastrophic failure of rotor or gearbox;
improved rotor track and balance giving lower vibration
levels; accurate recording of flight exceedances;
CVR/FDR allows accurate accident/incident
investigation and HOMP; maintenance cost savings.

State the benefits of an IHUMS and an HOMP. X X X

Aeroplane condition monitoring system (ACMS):
general, design, operation
State the purpose of an ACMS. X X
Describe the structure of an ACMS including: inputs: X X
aircraft systems (such as air conditioning, autoflight,
flight controls, fuel, landing gear, navigation,
pneumatic, APU, engine), MCDU; data management
unit; recording unit: digital recorder; outputs: printer,
ACARS or ATSU.

State that maintenance messages sent by an ACMS can X X

be transmitted without crew notification.
Explain that data from the ACMS can be used as part of X X
an FDM and safety programme.
Explain that the FDM program collects data X X
anonymously; however, grave exceedance of
parameters may warrant a further investigation of the
event by the operator.

Explain the purpose of FDM as a system for identifying X X

adverse safety trends and tailoring training programmes
in order to enhance the overall safety of the operation.

DIGITAL CIRCUITS AND COMPUTERS

Digital circuits and computers
General, definitions and design
Define a ‘computer’ as a machine for manipulating data X X X X
according to a list of instructions.
Explain the term ‘bus’ being used as a term for a facility X X X X
(wiring, optical fibre, etc.) transferring data between
different parts of a computer, both internally and
externally.

Define the terms ‘hardware’ and ‘software’. X X X X

With the help of the relevant 022 references, give X X X X X
examples of airborne computers and list the possible
peripheral equipment for each system, such as: ADC
with pitot probe(s), static port(s) and indicators; FMS
with GPS, CDU/MCDU and ND; GPWS with radio
altimeter, ADC and ND.

0 0 0 471 ### ### 30 409 272 327 327 236

 Source / Comment

BIR exam
CBIR(A)

BIR BK
IR

No entries in v.3 of this TK

Syllabus Comparison Document
X

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X
X X

X
X

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1 2, 3
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1, 3

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X
X
X

X X 1

X X 1

X X

X X 1

X X 1
X
X

X
X
X

X
X

X X 1

X X 1

X
X
X
X

X
X

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X
X

X X 1
X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X
X
X

X
X

X
X X 3 1, 2

X X 3 1, 2

X X 3 1, 2

X 3 1

X 2, 3

2, 3

2, 3
 X 3

X
X

X
X

X
X
X

X
X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X 1
X

X 1

X 1

X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1 3

X X 1

X 1

X 1

X
X

X
X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

204 65 50 29
 2018-2019 syllabus text 2018-2019 2020 syllabus Moved
syllabus reference to/from
reference another
Index

subject

1 MASS AND BALANCE - AEROPLANES/HELICOPTERS 031.00.00.00 031.00.00.00

2 PURPOSE OF MASS-AND-BALANCE CONSIDERATIONS 031.01.00.00 031.01.00.00

3 Mass limitations 031.01.01.00 031.01.01.00

4 Importance with regard to structural limitations 031.01.01.01 031.01.01.01
5 Describe the relationship between aircraft mass and 031.01.01.01.01 031.01.01.01.01
structural stress. Remark: See also Subject 021 01 01 00.

6 Describe why mass must be limited to ensure adequate 031.01.01.01.02 031.01.01.01.02

margins of strength.
7 Importance with regard to performance Remark: See 031.01.01.02 031.01.01.02
also Subjects 032/034 and 081/082.
8 Describe the relationship between aircraft mass and 031.01.01.02.01 031.01.01.02.01
aircraft performance.
9 Describe why aircraft mass must be limited to ensure 031.01.01.02.02 031.01.01.02.02
adequate aircraft performance.
10 Centre-of-gravity (CG) limitations 031.01.02.00 031.01.02.00
11 Importance with regard to stability and controllability 031.01.02.01 031.01.02.01
Remark: See also Subjects 081/082.
12 Describe the relationship between CG position and 031.01.02.01.01 031.01.02.01.01
stability/controllability of the aircraft.
13 Describe the consequences if CG is in front of the 031.01.02.01.02 031.01.02.01.02
forward limit.
14 Describe the consequences if CG is behind the aft limit. 031.01.02.01.03 031.01.02.01.03

15 Importance with regard to performance Remark: See 031.01.02.02 031.01.02.02

also Subjects 032/034 and 081/082.
16 Describe the relationship between CG position and 031.01.02.02.01 031.01.02.02.01
aircraft performance.
17 Describe the effects of CG position on performance 031.01.02.02.02 031.01.02.02.02
parameters (speeds, altitude, endurance and range).

18 LOADING 031.02.00.00 031.02.00.00

19 Terminology 031.02.01.00 031.02.01.00
20 Mass terms 031.02.01.01 031.02.01.01
21 Define the following mass terms: basic empty 031.02.01.01.01 031.02.01.01.01
mass; dry operating mass; operating mass; take-off
mass; landing mass; ramp/taxi mass; in-flight mass
(gross mass); zero fuel mass.

22 Load terms (including fuel terms) Remark: See also 031.02.01.02 031.02.01.02
Subject 033.
23 Define the following load terms: payload/traffic load; 031.02.01.02.01 031.02.01.02.01
block fuel; taxi fuel; take-off fuel; trip fuel; reserve fuel
(contingency, alternate, final reserve and additional
fuel); extra fuel.
24 Explain the relationship between the various load-and- 031.02.01.02.02 031.02.01.02.02
mass components listed in 031 02 01 01 and 031 02 01
02.
25 Calculate the mass of particular components from other 031.02.01.02.03 031.02.01.02.03
given components.
26 Convert fuel mass, fuel volume and fuel density given in 031.02.01.02.04 031.02.01.02.04
different units used in aviation.
27 Mass limits 031.02.02.00 031.02.02.00
28 Structural limitations 031.02.02.01 031.02.02.01
29 Define the maximum zero fuel mass. 031.02.02.01.01 031.02.02.01.01
30 Define the maximum ramp/taxi mass. 031.02.02.01.02 031.02.02.01.02
31 Define the maximum take-off mass. 031.02.02.01.03 031.02.02.01.03
32 Define the maximum in-flight (gross) mass with external 031.02.02.01.04 031.02.02.01.04
load.
33 Define the maximum landing mass. 031.02.02.01.05 031.02.02.01.05
34 Performance and regulated limitations 031.02.02.02 031.02.02.02
35 Describe the following performance and regulated mass 031.02.02.02.01 031.02.02.02.01
limitations: performance-limited take-off mass;
performance-limited landing mass; regulated take-off
mass; regulated landing mass.

36 Cargo compartment limitations 031.02.02.03 031.02.02.03

37 Describe the maximum floor load (maximum load per 031.02.02.03.01 031.02.02.03.01
unit of area).
38 Describe the maximum running load (maximum load 031.02.02.03.02 031.02.02.03.02
per unit of fuselage length).
39 Mass calculations 031.02.03.00 031.02.03.00
40 Maximum masses for take-off and landing 031.02.03.01 031.02.03.01
41 Calculate the maximum mass for take-off (regulated 031.02.03.01.01 031.02.03.01.01
take-off mass) given mass-and-load components and
structural/ performance limits.
42 Calculate the maximum mass for landing (regulated 031.02.03.01.02 031.02.03.01.02
landing mass) given mass-and-load components and
structural/ performance limits.
43 Calculate the allowed mass for take-off. 031.02.03.01.03 031.02.03.01.03
44 Allowed traffic load and fuel load 031.02.03.02 031.02.03.02
45 Calculate the maximum allowed traffic load and fuel 031.02.03.02.01 031.02.03.02.01
load in order not to exceed the given allowed take-off
mass.
46 Calculate ‘under load’/‘over load’ given the allowed 031.02.03.02.02 031.02.03.02.02
mass for take-off, operating mass and actual traffic load.

47 Use of standard masses for passengers, baggage and 031.02.03.03 031.02.03.03

crew
48 Extract the appropriate standard masses for passengers, 031.02.03.03.01 031.02.03.03.01
baggage and crew from relevant documents or operator
requirements.
49 Calculate the traffic load by using standard masses. 031.02.03.03.02 031.02.03.03.02

50 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 031.03.00.00 031.03.00.00

51 MASS-AND-BALANCE DETAILS OF AIRCRAFT 031.04.00.00 031.04.00.00
52 Contents of mass-and-balance documentation 031.04.01.00 031.04.01.00
53 Datum, moment arm 031.04.01.01 031.04.01.01
54 State where the datum and moment arms for aircraft 031.04.01.01.01 031.04.01.01.01
can be found.
55 Extract the appropriate data from given documents. 031.04.01.01.02 031.04.01.01.02

56 Define ‘datum’ (reference point), ‘moment arm’ and 031.04.01.01.03 031.04.01.01.03

‘moment’.
57 CG position as distance from datum 031.04.01.02 031.04.01.02
58 State where the CG position for an aircraft at basic 031.04.01.02.01 031.04.01.02.01
empty mass can be found.
59 State where the CG limits for an aircraft can be found. 031.04.01.02.02 031.04.01.02.02

60 Describe the different forms in presenting CG position 031.04.01.02.03 031.04.01.02.03

as distance from datum or other references.

61 Explain the meaning of centre of gravity (CG). 031.04.01.02.04 031.04.01.02.04

62 CG position as percentage of mean aerodynamic chord 031.04.01.03 031.04.01.03
(per cent MAC) Remark: Knowledge of the definition of
MAC is covered under Subject 081 01 01 05.

63 Extract MAC information from aircraft documents. 031.04.01.03.01 031.04.01.03.01

64 Explain the principle of using per cent MAC for the 031.04.01.03.02 031.04.01.03.02
description of the CG position.
65 Calculate the CG position as per cent MAC. 031.04.01.03.03 031.04.01.03.03
66 Longitudinal CG limits 031.04.01.04 031.04.01.04
67 Extract the appropriate data from given sample 031.04.01.04.01 031.04.01.04.01
documents.
68 Lateral CG limits 031.04.01.05 031.04.01.05
69 Extract the appropriate data from given sample 031.04.01.05.01 031.04.01.05.01
documents.
70 Details of passenger and cargo compartments 031.04.01.06 031.04.01.06
71 Extract the appropriate data (e.g. seating schemes, 031.04.01.06.01 031.04.01.06.01
compartment dimensions and limitations) from given
sample documents.
72 Details of fuel system relevant to mass-and-balance 031.04.01.07 031.04.01.07
considerations
73 Extract the appropriate data (e.g. fuel-tank capacities 031.04.01.07.01 031.04.01.07.01
and fuel-tank positions) from given sample documents.

74 Explain aircraft CG movement as flight progresses given 031.04.01.07.02 031.04.01.07.02

location of fuel tank (inner wing, outer wing, central,
additional aft central, horizontal stabiliser) and mass of
fuel consumed from that tank and aeroplane’s previous
CG.

75 Explain advantages and risks associated with fuel tanks 031.04.01.07.03 031.04.01.07.03
in the aeroplane’s fin or horizontal stabiliser.

76 Determination of aircraft empty mass and CG position 031.04.02.00 031.04.02.00

by weighing
77 Weighing of aircraft (general aspects) 031.04.02.01 031.04.02.01
78 Describe the general procedure and regulations relating 031.04.02.01.01 031.04.02.01.01
to when an aircraft should be weighed, reweighed or
data recalculated. Remark: See the applicable
operational requirements.

79 Extract and interpret entries from/in ‘mass (weight) 031.04.02.01.02 031.04.02.01.02

report’ of an aircraft.
80 Calculation of mass and CG position of an aircraft 031.04.02.02 031.04.02.02
using weighing data
81 Calculate the mass and CG position of an aircraft from 031.04.02.02.01 031.04.02.02.01
given reaction forces on jacking points.
82 Extraction of basic empty mass (BEM) and CG data 031.04.03.00 031.04.03.00
from aircraft documentation
83 BEM or dry operating mass (DOM) 031.04.03.01 031.04.03.01
84 Extract values for BEM or DOM from given documents. 031.04.03.01.01 031.04.03.01.01

85 CG position or moment at BEM/DOM 031.04.03.02 031.04.03.02

86 Extract values for CG position and moment at BEM or 031.04.03.02.01 031.04.03.02.01
DOM from given documents.
87 Deviations from standard configuration 031.04.03.03 031.04.03.03
88 Extract values from given documents for deviation from 031.04.03.03.01 031.04.03.03.01
standard configuration as a result of varying crew,
optional equipment, optional fuel tanks, etc.
89 DETERMINATION OF CG POSITION 031.05.00.00 031.05.00.00
90 Methods 031.05.01.00 031.05.01.00
91 Arithmetic method 031.05.01.01 031.05.01.01
92 Calculate the CG position of an aircraft by using the 031.05.01.01.01 031.05.01.01.01
formula: CG position = sum of moments / total mass.

93 Graphic method 031.05.01.02 031.05.01.02

94 Determine the CG position of an aircraft by using the 031.05.01.02.01 031.05.01.02.01
loading graphs given in sample documents.
95 Index method 031.05.01.03 031.05.01.03
96 Explain the principle of the index method. 031.05.01.03.01 031.05.01.03.01
97 Define the terms ‘index’ and ‘dry operating index’ (DOI), 031.05.01.03.02 031.05.01.03.02
and calculate the DOI given the relevant formula and
data.
98 Explain the advantage(s) of the index method. 031.05.01.03.03 031.05.01.03.03
99 Load and trim sheet 031.05.02.00 031.05.02.00
100 General considerations 031.05.02.01 031.05.02.01
101 Explain the principle and the purpose of load sheets. 031.05.02.01.01 031.05.02.01.01

102 Explain the principle and the purpose of trim sheets. 031.05.02.01.02 031.05.02.01.02

103 Load sheet/balance schedule and CG envelope for light 031.05.02.02 031.05.02.02
aeroplanes and for helicopters
104 Add loading data and calculate masses in a sample load 031.05.02.02.01 031.05.02.02.01
sheet/balance schedule.
105 Calculate moments and CG positions. 031.05.02.02.02 031.05.02.02.02
106 Check CG position at zero fuel mass and take-off mass 031.05.02.02.03 031.05.02.02.03
to be within the CG envelope including last-minute
changes, if applicable.
107 Load sheet for large aeroplanes 031.05.02.03 031.05.02.03
108 Complete a sample load sheet to determine the 031.05.02.03.01 031.05.02.03.01
‘allowed mass for take-off’, ‘allowed traffic load’ and
‘under load’.
109 Explain the purpose of each load sheet section. 031.05.02.03.02 031.05.02.03.02
110 Explain that the purpose of boxed maximum figures in 031.05.02.03.03 031.05.02.03.03
load sheet sections is to cross-check the actual and
limiting mass values.
111 Complete and cross-check a sample load sheet. 031.05.02.03.04 031.05.02.03.04
112 Trim sheet for large aeroplanes 031.05.02.04 031.05.02.04
113 Explain the purpose of the trim sheet and the methods 031.05.02.04.01 031.05.02.04.01
to determine the CG position.
114 Check if the zero fuel mass CG or index is within the 031.05.02.04.02 031.05.02.04.02
limits.
115 Determine the fuel index by using the ‘fuel index 031.05.02.04.03 031.05.02.04.03
correction table’ and determine the CG position as per
cent MAC.
116 Check that the take-off mass CG or index are within the 031.05.02.04.04 031.05.02.04.04
limits.
117 Determine ‘stabiliser trim units’ for take-off. 031.05.02.04.05 031.05.02.04.05
118 Explain the difference between certified and 031.05.02.04.06 031.05.02.04.06
operational CG limits.
119 Determine the zero fuel mass CG or index. 031.05.02.04.07 031.05.02.04.07
120 Explain the relationship between pitch control and CG 031.05.02.04.08 031.05.02.04.08
position and the operational significance.
121 Intentionally left blank 031.05.02.05 031.05.02.05
122 Other methods to present load and trim information 031.05.02.06 031.05.02.06

123 Describe information from other methods of presenting 031.05.02.06.01 031.05.02.06.01

load and balance information, e.g. aircraft
communications addressing and reporting system
(ACARS), electronic flight bags (EFBs), and the ‘less
paper in the cockpit’ (LPC) software.

124 Repositioning of CG 031.05.03.00 031.05.03.00

125 Repositioning of CG by shifting the load 031.05.03.01 031.05.03.01
126 Calculate the mass to be moved over a given distance, 031.05.03.01.01 031.05.03.01.01
or to/from given compartments, to establish a defined
CG position.
127 Calculate the distance to move a given mass to establish 031.05.03.01.02 031.05.03.01.02
a defined CG position.
128 Describe the methods to check that cargo has been 031.05.03.01.03 031.05.03.01.03
loaded in correct position in relation to the loading
manifest, including identifying hazard of cargo loaded in
reverse order (visual inspection of one or more unit
load devices (ULDs).

129 Determine whether CG remains within limits if cargo 031.05.03.01.04 031.05.03.01.04

has been loaded in incorrect order or at incorrect
location.
130 Repositioning of CG by additional load or ballast or by 031.05.03.02 031.05.03.02
load or ballast removal
131 Calculate the amount of additional load or ballast to be 031.05.03.02.01 031.05.03.02.01
loaded at or removed from a given position or
compartment to establish a defined CG position.

132 Calculate the loading position or compartment for a 031.05.03.02.02 031.05.03.02.02

given amount of additional load or ballast to establish a
defined CG position.
133 CARGO HANDLING 031.06.00.00 031.06.00.00
134 Types of cargo 031.06.01.00 031.06.01.00
135 Types of cargo (general aspects) 031.06.01.01 031.06.01.01
136 Describe the typical types of cargo, e.g. containerised 031.06.01.01.01 031.06.01.01.01
cargo, palletised cargo, bulk cargo, and the advantages
of containerised and palletised cargo.
137 Floor-area load and running-load limitations 031.06.02.00 031.06.02.00
138 Floor-area load and running-load limitations in cargo 031.06.02.01 031.06.02.01
compartments
139 Calculate the required floor-contact area for a given 031.06.02.01.01 031.06.02.01.01
load to avoid exceeding the maximum permissible floor
load of a cargo compartment.
140 Calculate the maximum mass of a container with given 031.06.02.01.02 031.06.02.01.02
floor-contact area to avoid exceeding the maximum
permissible floor load of a cargo compartment.

141 Calculate the linear load distribution of a container to 031.06.02.01.03 031.06.02.01.03

avoid exceeding the maximum permissible running
load.
142 Securement of load 031.06.03.00 031.06.03.00
143 Securement of load (reasons and methods) 031.06.03.01 031.06.03.01
144 Explain the reasons to restrain or secure cargo and 031.06.03.01.01 031.06.03.01.01
baggage.
145 Describe the basic methods to restrain or secure loads 031.06.03.01.02 031.06.03.01.02
(unit load devices secured by latches on roller tracks or
to tie down points by straps; bulk cargo restrained by
restraining nets attached to attachment points and tie-
down points).

Total
 2020 syllabus text

Reworded, intent the

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR
modified

ATPL(A)
Deleted

CPL(H)
CPL(A)
same
New

BK
MASS AND BALANCE - AEROPLANES/HELICOPTERS

PURPOSE OF MASS-AND-BALANCE CONSIDERATIONS

Mass limitations
Importance with regard to structural limitations
Describe the relationship between aircraft mass and X X X X X X X
structural stress. Remark: See also Subject 021 01 01 00.

Describe why mass must be limited to ensure adequate X X X X X X X

margins of strength.
Importance with regard to performance Remark: See
also Subjects 032/034 and 081/082.
Describe the relationship between aircraft mass and X X X X X X
aircraft performance.
Describe why aircraft mass must be limited to ensure X X X X X X X
adequate aircraft performance.
Centre-of-gravity (CG) limitations
Importance with regard to stability and controllability
Remark: See also Subjects 081/082.
Describe the relationship between CG position and X X X X X X X
stability/controllability of the aircraft.
Describe the consequences if CG is in front of the X X X X X X
forward limit.
Describe the consequences if CG is behind the aft limit. X X X X X X

Importance with regard to performance Remark: See

also Subjects 032/034 and 081/082.
Describe the relationship between CG position and X X X X X X X
aircraft performance.
Describe the effects of CG position on performance X X X X X X
parameters (speeds, altitude, endurance and range).

LOADING
Terminology
Mass terms
Define the following mass terms: basic empty X X X X X X X
mass; dry operating mass; operating mass; take-off
mass; landing mass; ramp/taxi mass; in-flight mass
(gross mass); zero fuel mass.

Load terms (including fuel terms) Remark: See also

Subject 033.
Define the following load terms: payload/traffic load; X X X X X X X
block fuel; taxi fuel; take-off fuel; trip fuel; reserve fuel
(contingency, alternate, final reserve and additional
fuel); extra fuel.
Explain the relationship between the various load-and- X X X X X X
mass components listed in 031 02 01 01 and 031 02 01
02.
Calculate the mass of particular components from other X X X X X X
given components.
Convert fuel mass, fuel volume and fuel density given in X X X X X X
different units used in aviation.
Mass limits
Structural limitations
Define the maximum zero fuel mass. X X X X
Define the maximum ramp/taxi mass. X X X
Define the maximum take-off mass. X X X X X X X
Define the maximum in-flight (gross) mass with external X X X X X
load.
Define the maximum landing mass. X X X X X X X
Performance and regulated limitations
Describe the following performance and regulated mass X X X X X X
limitations: performance-limited take-off mass;
performance-limited landing mass; regulated take-off
mass; regulated landing mass.

Cargo compartment limitations

Describe the maximum floor load (maximum load per X X X X X X X
unit of area).
Describe the maximum running load (maximum load X X X X X X X
per unit of fuselage length).
Mass calculations
Maximum masses for take-off and landing
Calculate the maximum mass for take-off (regulated X X X X X X
take-off mass) given mass-and-load components and
structural/ performance limits.
Calculate the maximum mass for landing (regulated X X X X X X
landing mass) given mass-and-load components and
structural/ performance limits.
Calculate the allowed mass for take-off. X X X X X X
Allowed traffic load and fuel load
Calculate the maximum allowed traffic load and fuel X X X X X
load in order not to exceed the given allowed take-off
mass.
Calculate ‘under load’/‘over load’ given the allowed X X X X X X
mass for take-off, operating mass and actual traffic load.

Use of standard masses for passengers, baggage and

crew
Extract the appropriate standard masses for passengers, X X X X X X X
baggage and crew from relevant documents or operator
requirements.
Calculate the traffic load by using standard masses. X X X X X X

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

MASS-AND-BALANCE DETAILS OF AIRCRAFT
Contents of mass-and-balance documentation
Datum, moment arm
State where the datum and moment arms for aircraft X X X X X X X
can be found.
Extract the appropriate data from given documents. X X X X X X X

Define ‘datum’ (reference point), ‘moment arm’ and X X X X X X X

‘moment’.
CG position as distance from datum
State where the CG position for an aircraft at basic X X X X X X X
empty mass can be found.
State where the CG limits for an aircraft can be found. X X X X X X X

Describe the different forms in presenting CG position X X X X X X

as distance from datum or other references.

Explain the meaning of centre of gravity (CG). X X X X X X

CG position as percentage of mean aerodynamic chord
(per cent MAC) Remark: Knowledge of the definition of
MAC is covered under Subject 081 01 01 05.

Extract MAC information from aircraft documents. X X X

Explain the principle of using per cent MAC for the X X X
description of the CG position.
Calculate the CG position as per cent MAC. X X X
Longitudinal CG limits
Extract the appropriate data from given sample X X X X X X
documents.
Lateral CG limits
Extract the appropriate data from given sample X X X X
documents.
Details of passenger and cargo compartments
Extract the appropriate data (e.g. seating schemes, X X X X X X
compartment dimensions and limitations) from given
sample documents.
Details of fuel system relevant to mass-and-balance
considerations
Extract the appropriate data (e.g. fuel-tank capacities X X X X X X X
and fuel-tank positions) from given sample documents.

Explain aircraft CG movement as flight progresses given X X

location of fuel tank (inner wing, outer wing, central,
additional aft central, horizontal stabiliser) and mass of
fuel consumed from that tank and aeroplane’s previous
CG.

Explain advantages and risks associated with fuel tanks X X

in the aeroplane’s fin or horizontal stabiliser.

Determination of aircraft empty mass and CG position

by weighing
Weighing of aircraft (general aspects)
Describe the general procedure and regulations relating X X X X X X
to when an aircraft should be weighed, reweighed or
data recalculated. Remark: See the applicable
operational requirements.

Extract and interpret entries from/in ‘mass (weight) X X X X X X X

report’ of an aircraft.
Calculation of mass and CG position of an aircraft
using weighing data
Calculate the mass and CG position of an aircraft from X X X X X X
given reaction forces on jacking points.
Extraction of basic empty mass (BEM) and CG data
from aircraft documentation
BEM or dry operating mass (DOM)
Extract values for BEM or DOM from given documents. X X X X X X X

CG position or moment at BEM/DOM

Extract values for CG position and moment at BEM or X X X X X X
DOM from given documents.
Deviations from standard configuration X
Extract values from given documents for deviation from X X X X X X
standard configuration as a result of varying crew,
optional equipment, optional fuel tanks, etc.
DETERMINATION OF CG POSITION
Methods
Arithmetic method
Calculate the CG position of an aircraft by using the X X X X X X
formula: CG position = sum of moments / total mass.

Graphic method
Determine the CG position of an aircraft by using the X X X X X X
loading graphs given in sample documents.
Index method
Explain the principle of the index method. X X X X X X X
Define the terms ‘index’ and ‘dry operating index’ (DOI), X X X X X X
and calculate the DOI given the relevant formula and
data.
Explain the advantage(s) of the index method. X X X X X X
Load and trim sheet
General considerations
Explain the principle and the purpose of load sheets. X X X X

Explain the principle and the purpose of trim sheets. X X X

Load sheet/balance schedule and CG envelope for light

aeroplanes and for helicopters
Add loading data and calculate masses in a sample load X X X X X X
sheet/balance schedule.
Calculate moments and CG positions. X X X X X X
Check CG position at zero fuel mass and take-off mass X X X X X X
to be within the CG envelope including last-minute
changes, if applicable.
Load sheet for large aeroplanes
Complete a sample load sheet to determine the X X
‘allowed mass for take-off’, ‘allowed traffic load’ and
‘under load’.
Explain the purpose of each load sheet section. X X
Explain that the purpose of boxed maximum figures in X X
load sheet sections is to cross-check the actual and
limiting mass values.
Complete and cross-check a sample load sheet. X X
Trim sheet for large aeroplanes
Explain the purpose of the trim sheet and the methods X X
to determine the CG position.
Check if the zero fuel mass CG or index is within the X X
limits.
Determine the fuel index by using the ‘fuel index X X
correction table’ and determine the CG position as per
cent MAC.
Check that the take-off mass CG or index are within the X X
limits.
Determine ‘stabiliser trim units’ for take-off. X X
Explain the difference between certified and X X
operational CG limits.
Determine the zero fuel mass CG or index. X X
Explain the relationship between pitch control and CG X X
position and the operational significance.
Intentionally left blank
Other methods to present load and trim information

Describe information from other methods of presenting X X X

load and balance information, e.g. aircraft
communications addressing and reporting system
(ACARS), electronic flight bags (EFBs), and the ‘less
paper in the cockpit’ (LPC) software.

Repositioning of CG
Repositioning of CG by shifting the load
Calculate the mass to be moved over a given distance, X X X X X X
or to/from given compartments, to establish a defined
CG position.
Calculate the distance to move a given mass to establish X X X X X X
a defined CG position.
Describe the methods to check that cargo has been X X X X
loaded in correct position in relation to the loading
manifest, including identifying hazard of cargo loaded in
reverse order (visual inspection of one or more unit
load devices (ULDs).

Determine whether CG remains within limits if cargo X X X

has been loaded in incorrect order or at incorrect
location.
Repositioning of CG by additional load or ballast or by
load or ballast removal
Calculate the amount of additional load or ballast to be X X X X X X
loaded at or removed from a given position or
compartment to establish a defined CG position.

Calculate the loading position or compartment for a X X X X X X

given amount of additional load or ballast to establish a
defined CG position.
CARGO HANDLING
Types of cargo
Types of cargo (general aspects)
Describe the typical types of cargo, e.g. containerised X X X X X X
cargo, palletised cargo, bulk cargo, and the advantages
of containerised and palletised cargo.
Floor-area load and running-load limitations
Floor-area load and running-load limitations in cargo
compartments
Calculate the required floor-contact area for a given X X X X X X
load to avoid exceeding the maximum permissible floor
load of a cargo compartment.
Calculate the maximum mass of a container with given X X X X X X
floor-contact area to avoid exceeding the maximum
permissible floor load of a cargo compartment.

Calculate the linear load distribution of a container to X X X X X X

avoid exceeding the maximum permissible running
load.
Securement of load
Securement of load (reasons and methods)
Explain the reasons to restrain or secure cargo and X X X X X X
baggage.
Describe the basic methods to restrain or secure loads X X X X X X
(unit load devices secured by latches on roller tracks or
to tie down points by straps; bulk cargo restrained by
restraining nets attached to attachment points and tie-
down points).

0 0 0 86 ### ### 28 84 67 62 62 62
 Source / Comment

BIR exam
CBIR(A)

BIR BK
IR

No entries in v.3 of this TK

Syllabus Comparison Document
0 0 0 0
 2018-2019 syllabus text 2018-2019 2020 syllabus Moved
syllabus reference to/from
reference another
Index

subject

1 PERFORMANCE - AEROPLANES 032.00.00.00 032.00.00.00

2 GENERAL 032.01.00.00 032.01.00.00
3 Performance legislation 032.01.01.00 032.01.01.00
4 Applicability of airworthiness requirements of CS-23 032.01.01.01 032.01.01.01
and CS-25
5 Describe the application of certification specification 032.01.01.01.01 032.01.01.01.01
(CSs) with regard to the different kinds of aeroplanes.

6 Describe the general differences between aeroplanes 032.01.01.01.02 032.01.01.01.02

certified according to CS-23 (CS 23.1, CS 23.3) and CS-25
(CS 25.1, CS 25.20).
7 Operational regulations and safety 032.01.01.02 032.01.01.02
8 Describe the basic concept that the applicable 032.01.01.02.01 032.01.01.02.01
operational requirements differ depending on
aeroplane performance.
9 Describe the performance classes for commercial air 032.01.01.02.02 032.01.01.02.02
transport according to the applicable operational
requirements.
10 Performance and safety 032.01.01.03 032.01.01.03
11 State that aeroplane performance required for 032.01.01.03.01 032.01.01.03.01
commercial air transport may limit the weight of a
dispatched aeroplane in order to achieve a sufficient
level of safety.

12 Describe that the minimum level of safety required for 032.01.01.03.02 032.01.01.03.02
commercial air transport is ensured through the
combination of airworthiness requirements and
operational limitations, i.e. the more stringent
airworthiness requirements of CS-25 enable a wider
range of operating conditions for these aeroplanes.

13 Performance definitions and safety factors 032.01.01.04 032.01.01.04

14 Describe measured performance and explain how it is 032.01.01.04.01 032.01.01.04.01
determined.
15 Describe gross performance. 032.01.01.04.02 032.01.01.04.02
16 Describe net performance and safety factors. 032.01.01.04.03 032.01.01.04.03
17 Describe that the size of a safety factor depends on the 032.01.01.04.04 032.01.01.04.04
likelihood of the event and the range of the measured
performance data.
18 Describe the relationship between net and gross take- 032.01.01.04.05 032.01.01.04.05
off and landing distances, and net and gross climb and
descent gradients.
19 General performance theory 032.01.02.00 032.01.02.00
20 Intentionally left blank 032.01.02.01 032.01.02.01
21 Definitions and terms 032.01.02.02 032.01.02.02
22 Define the terms ‘climb angle’ and ‘climb gradient’. 032.01.02.02.01 032.01.02.02.01
23 Define the terms ‘flight-path angle’ and ‘flight-path 032.01.02.02.02 032.01.02.02.02
gradient’.
24 Define the terms ‘descent angle’ and ‘descent gradient’. 032.01.02.02.03 032.01.02.02.03

25 Explain the difference between climb/descent angle and 032.01.02.02.04 032.01.02.02.04

flight-path angle.
26 Define ‘absolute ceiling’. 032.01.02.02.05 032.01.02.02.05
27 Describe ‘clearway’ and ‘stopway’ according to CS- 032.01.02.02.06 032.01.02.02.06
Definitions.
28 Describe: take-off run available (TORA); take-off 032.01.02.02.07 032.01.02.02.07
distance available (TODA); accelerate-stop distance
available (ASDA); and determine each from given data
or appropriate aerodrome charts.

29 Describe ‘screen height’ including its various values. 032.01.02.02.08 032.01.02.02.08

30 Define the terms ‘range’ and ‘endurance’. 032.01.02.02.09 032.01.02.02.09

31 Define an aeroplane’s ‘specific range’ (SR in terms of 032.01.02.02.10 032.01.02.02.10
nautical air miles (NAM per unit of fuel, and ‘specific
range over the ground’ (SRG in terms of nautical ground
miles (NGM) per unit of fuel.

32 Define the power available and power required. 032.01.02.02.11 032.01.02.02.11

33 Variables influencing performance 032.01.02.03 032.01.02.03
34 Name the following factors that affect aeroplane 032.01.02.03.01 032.01.02.03.01
performance: pressure altitude and temperature, wind,
aeroplane weight, aeroplane configuration, aeroplane
anti-skid status, aeroplane centre of gravity (CG),
aerodrome runway surface, and aerodrome runway
slope.

35 Describe how, for different density altitudes, the thrust 032.01.02.03.02 032.01.02.03.02
and power available vary with speed for a propeller-
driven aeroplane.
36 Describe how, for different density altitudes, the thrust 032.01.02.03.03 032.01.02.03.03
and power available vary with speed for a turbojet
aeroplane.
37 Describe how, for different density altitudes, the drag 032.01.02.03.04 032.01.02.03.04
and power required vary with indicated airspeeds (IAS)
and true airspeeds (TAS).
38 Describe how, for different aeroplane weights and 032.01.02.03.05 032.01.02.03.05
configurations, the drag and power required vary with
IAS and TAS.
39 Level flight, range and endurance 032.01.03.00 032.01.03.00
40 Steady level flight 032.01.03.01 032.01.03.01
41 Explain how drag (thrust) and power required vary with 032.01.03.01.01 032.01.03.01.01
speed in straight and level flight.
42 Explain the effect of excess thrust and power on speed 032.01.03.01.02 032.01.03.01.02
in level flight.
43 Interpret the ‘thrust/power required’ and ‘thrust/power 032.01.03.01.03 032.01.03.01.03
available’ curves in straight and level flight.

44 Describe how the maximum achievable straight and 032.01.03.01.04 032.01.03.01.04

level flight IAS and TAS vary with altitude.
45 Describe situations in which a pilot may elect to fly for 032.01.03.01.05 032.01.03.01.05
‘maximum endurance’ or ‘maximum range’.
46 Range 032.01.03.02 032.01.03.02
47 Define a turbojet aeroplane’s specific fuel consumption 032.01.03.02.01 032.01.03.02.01
(SFC) and describe how it affects fuel flow and specific
range.
48 Define a propeller-driven aeroplane’s SFC and describe 032.01.03.02.02 032.01.03.02.02
how it affects fuel flow and specific range.

49 Explain the optimum speed for maximum SR for a 032.01.03.02.03 032.01.03.02.03

turbojet aeroplane in relation to the drag curve.
50 Explain the optimum speed to achieve maximum SR for 032.01.03.02.04 032.01.03.02.04
a propeller-driven aeroplane in relation to the power
required and drag graphs.
51 Explain the effect of aeroplane weight and CG position 032.01.03.02.05 032.01.03.02.05
on fuel consumption, range and the optimum speed for
maximum SR.
52 State how a turbojet engine’s SFC varies with 032.01.03.02.06 032.01.03.02.06
temperature and thrust setting.
53 Explain how SR for a turbojet aeroplane varies with 032.01.03.02.07 032.01.03.02.07
altitude and under different meteorological conditions.

54 Explain how SRG for a propeller-driven aeroplane varies 032.01.03.02.08 032.01.03.02.08

with altitude and under different meteorological
conditions.
55 Explain the effect of weight on the optimum altitude for 032.01.03.02.09 032.01.03.02.09
maximum range.
56 Describe the effect of wind on SRG and the optimum 032.01.03.02.10 032.01.03.02.10
speed for SRG, when compared to SR, and the optimum
speed for SR.
57 Maximum endurance 032.01.03.03 032.01.03.03
58 Explain fuel flow in relation to TAS and thrust for a 032.01.03.03.01 032.01.03.03.01
turbojet aeroplane.
59 State the speed for maximum endurance for a turbojet 032.01.03.03.02 032.01.03.03.02
aeroplane.
60 Explain fuel flow in relation to TAS and thrust for a 032.01.03.03.03 032.01.03.03.03
propeller-driven aeroplane.
61 State the speed for maximum endurance for a 032.01.03.03.04 032.01.03.03.04
propeller-driven aeroplane and the disadvantages of
holding at this speed (e.g. high angle of attack (AoA) and
lack of speed stability).

62 Explain the effect of wind and altitude on endurance, 032.01.03.03.05 032.01.03.03.05

and the maximum endurance speed for a turbojet
aeroplane.
63 Explain the effect of wind and altitude on endurance, 032.01.03.03.06 032.01.03.03.06
and the maximum endurance speed for a propeller-
driven aeroplane.
64 Describe the benefits of managing your en-route 032.01.03.03.07 032.01.03.03.07
airspeed to reduce or avoid holding time, and the
operational situations when it could be used
(commanded by the pilot or air traffic control (ATC),
when delays at arrival airport occur).

65 Climbing 032.01.04.00 032.01.04.00

66 Climbing (climb performance) 032.01.04.01 032.01.04.01
67 Resolve the forces during a steady climb. 032.01.04.01.01 032.01.04.01.01
68 Define and explain the following terms: critical engine; 032.01.04.01.02 032.01.04.01.02
speed for best angle of climb (Vx); speed for best rate of
climb (Vy).
69 Explain climb performance in relation to the thrust 032.01.04.01.03 032.01.04.01.03
available and thrust required (angle of climb), and
power available and power required (rate of climb).
70 Explain the meaning and effect of ‘excess thrust’ and 032.01.04.01.04 032.01.04.01.04
‘excess power’ in a steady climb.
71 Interpret the ‘thrust/power required’ and ‘thrust/power 032.01.04.01.05 032.01.04.01.05
available’ curves in a steady climb.
72 State the difference between climb angle and gradient. 032.01.04.01.06 032.01.04.01.06

73 Explain the effect of weight on the climb angle and rate 032.01.04.01.07 032.01.04.01.07
of climb, and the speed for best angle and best rate of
climb.
74 Explain the effects of pressure altitude and 032.01.04.01.08 032.01.04.01.08
temperature, including an inversion on climb
performance (angle and rate of climb).
75 Explain the effect of configuration on climb 032.01.04.01.09 032.01.04.01.09
performance (angle and rate of climb, and Vx and Vy).

76 Describe the effect of engine failure on climb 032.01.04.01.10 032.01.04.01.10

performance (angle and rate of climb, and Vx and Vy).

77 Calculate the all-engine and one-engine-out climb 032.01.04.01.11 032.01.04.01.11

gradient from given values of engine thrust and
aeroplane drag and weight.
78 Descending 032.01.05.00 032.01.05.00
79 Descending (descent performance) 032.01.05.01 032.01.05.01
80 Resolve the forces during steady descent and in the 032.01.05.01.01 032.01.05.01.01
glide.
81 Explain descent performance in relation to thrust 032.01.05.01.02 032.01.05.01.02
available and thrust required (drag), and power
available and power required.
82 Explain the meaning of ‘excess thrust required’ (excess 032.01.05.01.03 032.01.05.01.03
drag) and ‘excess power required’ in a steady descent.

83 Interpret the ‘thrust/power required’ and ‘thrust/power 032.01.05.01.04 032.01.05.01.04

available’ curves in a steady descent.

84 Explain the effect of mass, altitude, wind, speed and 032.01.05.01.05 032.01.05.01.05
configuration on the glide descent.
85 Explain the effect of mass, altitude, wind, speed and 032.01.05.01.06 032.01.05.01.06
configuration on the powered descent.
86 CS-23/APPLICABLE OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS 032.02.00.00 032.02.00.00
PERFORMANCE CLASS B - THEORY
87 Airworthiness requirements 032.02.01.00 032.02.01.00
88 Airworthiness requirements and definitions 032.02.01.01 032.02.01.01
89 Define the following speeds: stall speeds VS, VS0 and 032.02.01.01.01 032.02.01.01.01
VS1; rotation speed VR; speed at 50 ft above the take-
off surface level; reference landing speed VREF.

90 Describe the limitations on VR, on the speed at 50 ft 032.02.01.01.02 032.02.01.01.02

above the take-off surface and on VREF, and given the
appropriate stall speed, estimate the values based on
these limitations for a single-engine, class B aeroplane.

91 Describe the limitations on VR, on the speed at 50 ft 032.02.01.01.03 032.02.01.01.03

above the take-off surface and on VREF, and given the
appropriate stall speed, estimate the values based on
these limitations for a multi-engine, class B aeroplane.
92 Describe the European Union airworthiness 032.02.01.01.04 032.02.01.01.04
requirements according to CS-23 relating to aeroplane
performance (CS-23 SUBPART A - GENERAL,
PERFORMANCE, CS 23.45 to CS 23.78 inclusive).

93 Define and identify the critical engine of a multi-engine 032.02.01.01.05 032.02.01.01.05

propeller aeroplane.
94 Explain the effect of an engine failure on the power 032.02.01.01.06 032.02.01.01.06
required, the total drag (thrust required) and climb
performance of a multi-engine aeroplane.
95 Explain the effect of engine failure on the minimum 032.02.01.01.07 032.02.01.01.07
control speed of a multi-engine aeroplane under given
conditions (temperature and pressure altitude).

96 Intentionally left blank 032.02.02.00 032.02.02.00

97 Take-off and landing 032.02.03.00 032.02.03.00
98 Take-off and landing (definitions and effects) 032.02.03.01 032.02.03.01
99 Define the following distances and masses: take-off 032.02.03.01.01 032.02.03.01.01
distance; landing distance; ground-roll distance;
maximum allowed take-off mass; maximum allowed
landing mass.

100 Explain the effect of flap-setting on the take-off, landing 032.02.03.01.02 032.02.03.01.02
and ground-roll distances.
101 Explain the effects of the following runway (RWY 032.02.03.01.03 032.02.03.01.03
variables on take-off distances: RWY slope; RWY surface
conditions: dry, wet and contaminated; RWY elevation.

102 For both fixed-pitch and constant-speed propeller 032.02.03.01.04 032.02.03.01.04

aeroplanes, explain the effect of airspeed on thrust
during the take-off run.
103 Describe the effects of brake release before take-off 032.02.03.01.05 032.02.03.01.05
power is set on the TOD and ASD.
104 Explain the effect of wind on take-off and landing 032.02.03.01.06 032.02.03.01.06
distances, and determine the actual headwind/tailwind
component given the runway direction, wind speed and
direction, by use of wind component graphs,
mathematical calculations, and rule of thumb.

105 Explain why an aeroplane has maximum crosswind 032.02.03.01.07 032.02.03.01.07

limit(s and determine the crosswind component given
the runway direction, wind speed and direction, by use
of wind component graphs, mathematical calculations,
and rule of thumb.

106 Explain the percentage of accountability for headwind 032.02.03.01.08 032.02.03.01.08

and tailwind components during take-off and landing
calculations.
107 Explain the effect of runway conditions on the landing 032.02.03.01.09 032.02.03.01.09
distance.
108 Explain the effects of pressure altitude and temperature 032.02.03.01.10 032.02.03.01.10
on the take-off distance, take-off climb, landing distance
and approach climb.
109 Describe the landing airborne distance and ground-roll 032.02.03.01.11 032.02.03.01.11
distance and estimate the effect on the landing distance
when the aeroplane is too fast or too high at the screen.

110 Describe the take-off flight path for a multi-engine, class 032.02.03.01.12 032.02.03.01.12
B aeroplane.
111 Describe the dimensions of the take-off flight path 032.02.03.01.13 032.02.03.01.13
accountability area (domain).
112 Climb, cruise and descent 032.02.04.00 032.02.04.00
113 Climb, cruise and descent (requirements and 032.02.04.01 032.02.04.01
calculations)
114 Describe the climb and en-route requirements 032.02.04.01.01 032.02.04.01.01
according to the applicable operational requirements.

115 For a single-engine aeroplane, calculate the expected 032.02.04.01.02 032.02.04.01.02

obstacle clearance (in visual meteorological conditions
(VMC)) given gross climb performance, obstacle height
and distance from reference zero.

116 For a single-engine aeroplane, calculate the net glide 032.02.04.01.03 032.02.04.01.03
gradient and net glide distance, given aeroplane
altitude, terrain elevation, gross gradient or lift/drag
ratio (L/D ratio), and headwind or tailwind component.

117 CS-23/APPLICABLE OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS 032.03.00.00 032.03.00.00

PERFORMANCE CLASS B - USE OF AEROPLANE
PERFORMANCE DATA FOR SINGLE- AND MULTI-
ENGINE AEROPLANES

118 Intentionally left blank 032.03.01.00 032.03.01.00

119 Intentionally left blank 032.03.02.00 032.03.02.00
120 Use of aeroplane performance data 032.03.03.00 032.03.03.00
121 Take-off 032.03.03.01 032.03.03.01
122 Determine the field-length-limited take-off mass and 032.03.03.01.01 032.03.03.01.01
take-off speeds given defactored distance,
configuration, pressure altitude, temperature and
headwind/tailwind component.

123 Determine the accelerate-go distance and accelerate- 032.03.03.01.02 032.03.03.01.02

stop distance data.
124 Determine the ground-roll distance and take-off 032.03.03.01.03 032.03.03.01.03
distance from graphs.
125 Determine the all-engine-out and critical-engine-out 032.03.03.01.04 032.03.03.01.04
take-off climb data.
126 Determine take-off flight path for a MEP aeroplane of 032.03.03.01.05 032.03.03.01.05
given mass and given airfield conditions, and calculate
the obstacle clearance based on the take-off flight path.

127 Determine the minimum headwind or maximum 032.03.03.01.06 032.03.03.01.06

tailwind component required for take-off for a given
mass and given airfield conditions.
128 Given take-off run available (TORA), TODA and ASDA, 032.03.03.01.07 032.03.03.01.07
slope and surface conditions, calculate the defactored
distance to be used for commercial air transport using
the appropriate take-off graphs.

129 Calculate the minimum TORA or TODA for commercial 032.03.03.01.08 032.03.03.01.08
air transport given the defactored take-off distance or
run, runway surface and slope.

130 Climb 032.03.03.02 032.03.03.02

131 Determine rate of climb. 032.03.03.02.01 032.03.03.02.01
132 Calculate obstacle clearance climb data. 032.03.03.02.02 032.03.03.02.02
133 Determine the still-air and flight-path gradients for 032.03.03.02.03 032.03.03.02.03
given IAS, altitude, temperature, aeroplane weight and,
if relevant, wind component.
134 Intentionally left blank 032.03.03.03 032.03.03.03
135 Landing 032.03.03.04 032.03.03.04
136 Determine the field-length-limited landing mass and 032.03.03.04.01 032.03.03.04.01
landing speeds given defactored distance,
configuration, pressure altitude, temperature and
headwind or tailwind component.

137 Determine landing climb data in the event of balked 032.03.03.04.02 032.03.03.04.02
landing.
138 Determine landing distance and ground-roll distance for 032.03.03.04.03 032.03.03.04.03
given flap position, aeroplane weight and airfield data.

139 Calculate, given the landing distance available (LDA), 032.03.03.04.04 032.03.03.04.04
slope and surface type and condition, the defactored
distance to be used for commercial air transport using
the appropriate landing graphs.

140 Calculate the minimum landing distance (LD) that must 032.03.03.04.05 032.03.03.04.05
be available for commercial air transport given the
defactored landing distance, runway surface and slope.

141 CS-25/APPLICABLE OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS 032.04.00.00 032.04.00.00

PERFORMANCE CLASS A - THEORY
142 Take-off 032.04.01.00 032.04.01.00
143 Take-off performance, definitions of and relationships 032.04.01.01 032.04.01.01
between terms
144 Explain the forces affecting the aeroplane during the 032.04.01.01.01 032.04.01.01.01
take-off run.
145 State the effects of thrust-to-weight ratio and flap- 032.04.01.01.02 032.04.01.01.02
setting on ground roll.
146 Describe the European Union airworthiness 032.04.01.01.03 032.04.01.01.03
requirements according to CS-25 relating to large
aeroplane performance (General and Take-off)
(SUBPART B - FLIGHT PERFORMANCE: CS 25.101 to
CS 25.109 inclusive, and CS 25.113).

147 Describe the terms ‘aircraft classification number’ (ACN) 032.04.01.01.04 032.04.01.01.04
and ‘pavement classification number’ (PCN), and the
requirements and hazards of operating on aerodrome
surfaces with PCNs smaller than the ACNs.

148 Define and explain the following speeds in accordance 032.04.01.01.05 032.04.01.01.05
with CS-25 or CS-Definitions: reference stall speed
(VSR); reference stall speed in a specific configuration
(VSR1); 1-g stall speed at which the aeroplane can
develop a lift force (normal to the flight path) equal to
its weight (VS1g); minimum control speed with critical
engine inoperative (VMC); minimum control speed on
or near the ground (VMCG); minimum control speed at
take-off climb (VMCA); engine failure speed (VEF); take-
off decision speed (V1); rotation speed (VR);take-off
safety speed (V2); minimum take-off safety speed
(V2MIN); minimum unstick speed (VMU); lift-off speed
(VLOF); maximum brake energy speed (VMBE);
maximum tyre speed (VMax Tyre).
149 Explain the interdependence between the above- 032.04.01.01.06 032.04.01.01.06
mentioned speeds where relevant.
150 Define the following distances in accordance with CS- 032.04.01.01.07 032.04.01.01.07
25: take-off run with all engines operating and one-
engine- inoperative; take-off distance with all engines
operating and one-engine-inoperative; accelerate-stop
distance with all engines operating and one-engine-
inoperative.

151 Explain how loss of TORA due to alignment is accounted 032.04.01.01.08 032.04.01.01.08
for.
152 Explain the effect of the interdependency of relevant 032.04.01.01.09 032.04.01.01.09
speeds in 032 04 01 01 (05) and the situations in which
these interdependencies can cause speed and
performance restrictions.

153 Take-off distances 032.04.01.02 032.04.01.02

154 Explain the effects of the following runway (RWY) 032.04.01.02.01 032.04.01.02.01
variables on take-off distances: RWY slope; RWY surface
conditions: dry, wet and contaminated; RWY elevation.

155 Explain the effects of the following aeroplane variables 032.04.01.02.02 032.04.01.02.02
on take-off distance: aeroplane mass; take-off
configuration; bleed-air configurations.
156 Explain the effects of the following meteorological 032.04.01.02.03 032.04.01.02.03
variables on take-off distances: wind; temperature;
pressure altitude.
157 Explain the consequence of errors in rotation technique 032.04.01.02.04 032.04.01.02.04
on take-off distance: early and late rotation; too high
and too low rotation angle; too high and too low
rotation rate.

158 Compare the take-off distance for specified conditions 032.04.01.02.05 032.04.01.02.05
and configuration for all engines operating and one-
engine-inoperative.
159 Explain the effect of using clearway on the field-length- 032.04.01.02.06 032.04.01.02.06
limited take-off mass.
160 Explain the influence of aeroplane mass, air density and 032.04.01.02.07 032.04.01.02.07
flap settings on V1, V2 and V2MIN and thereby on take-
off distance.
161 Explain the effect of an error in V1 on the resulting one- 032.04.01.02.08 032.04.01.02.08
engine-out take-off distance.
162 Accelerate-stop distance 032.04.01.03 032.04.01.03
163 Explain how the accelerate-stop distance is affected by 032.04.01.03.01 032.04.01.03.01
given conditions and configuration for all engines
operating and one-engine-inoperative.
164 Explain the effect of using a stopway on the field- 032.04.01.03.02 032.04.01.03.02
length-limited take-off mass.
165 Explain the effect of an error in V1 on the resulting 032.04.01.03.03 032.04.01.03.03
accelerate-stop distance.
166 Explain the effect of runway slope or wind component 032.04.01.03.04 032.04.01.03.04
on the accelerate-stop distance.
167 Explain how the accelerate-stop distance is determined 032.04.01.03.05 032.04.01.03.05
and discuss the deceleration procedure.

168 Explain how the accelerate-stop distance is affected by 032.04.01.03.06 032.04.01.03.06

the use of brakes, anti-skid, reverse thrust, ground
spoilers (lift dumpers) and by brake energy absorption
limits, delayed temperature rise and brake temperature
indication.
169 Explain the hazards of rejecting a take-off from high 032.04.01.03.07 032.04.01.03.07
ground speed or high take-off mass, and how to
manage these hazards.
170 Balanced field length concept 032.04.01.04 032.04.01.04
171 Define the term ‘balanced field length’. 032.04.01.04.01 032.04.01.04.01
172 Describe the relationship between take-off distance and 032.04.01.04.02 032.04.01.04.02
accelerate-stop distance, and identify on a diagram the
balanced field length and balanced V1.

173 Describe the applicability of a balanced field length. 032.04.01.04.03 032.04.01.04.03

174 Unbalanced field length concept 032.04.01.05 032.04.01.05

175 Describe the applicability of an unbalanced field length. 032.04.01.05.01 032.04.01.05.01

176 Explain the effect of additional stopway on the allowed 032.04.01.05.02 032.04.01.05.02
take-off mass and appropriate V1 when using an
unbalanced field.
177 Explain the effect of additional clearway on the allowed 032.04.01.05.03 032.04.01.05.03
take-off mass and appropriate V1 when using an
unbalanced field.
178 Field-length-limited take-off mass (FLLTOM) 032.04.01.06 032.04.01.06
179 Explain the factors that affect the FLLTOM. 032.04.01.06.01 032.04.01.06.01
180 Explain the concept of a ‘range of V1’ and explain 032.04.01.06.02 032.04.01.06.02
reasons for the placement of the designated V1 towards
the faster or slower end of the range.
181 Contaminated runways 032.04.01.07 032.04.01.07

182 Define a ‘contaminated runway’, ‘wet runway’, and a 032.04.01.07.01 032.04.01.07.01

‘dry runway’.
183 Describe the different types of contamination: wet or 032.04.01.07.02 032.04.01.07.02
water patches, rime- or frost-covered, dry snow, wet
snow, slush, ice, compacted or rolled snow, frozen ruts
or ridges. Source: ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 2

184 Identify the difference between friction coefficient and 032.04.01.07.03 032.04.01.07.03
estimated surface friction. Source: ICAO Annex 15,
Appendix 2
185 State that when friction coefficient is 0.40 or higher, the 032.04.01.07.04 032.04.01.07.04
expected braking action is good. Source: ICAO Annex
14, Vol. I, Attachment A
186 Define the different types of hydroplaning. Source: 032.04.01.07.05 032.04.01.07.05
NASA TM-85652, Tire Friction Performance, pp. 6 to 9

187 Explain the difference between the two dynamic 032.04.01.07.06 032.04.01.07.06
hydroplaning speeds and state which of them is the
most limiting for an aircraft operating on a wet runway.
Source: NASA TM-85652, Tire Friction Performance, p. 8

188 State that some wind limitations may apply in case of 032.04.01.07.07 032.04.01.07.07
contaminated runways. Those limitations are to be
found in Part B of the Operations Manual - Limitations.
189 State that the procedures associated with take-off and 032.04.01.07.08 032.04.01.07.08
landing on contaminated runways are to be found in
Part B of the Operations Manual - Normal procedures.

190 State that the performance associated with 032.04.01.07.09 032.04.01.07.09

contaminated runways is to be found in Part B of the
Operations Manual - Performance.
191 Take-off climb 032.04.01.08 032.04.01.08
192 Explain the difference between the flat-rated and non- 032.04.01.08.01 032.04.01.08.01
flat-rated part in performance charts.
193 State the differences in climb-gradient requirements for 032.04.01.08.02 032.04.01.08.02
two-, three- and four-engined aeroplanes.

194 Explain the effects of aeroplane configuration and 032.04.01.08.03 032.04.01.08.03

meteorological conditions on the take-off climb.
195 Determine the climb-limited take-off mass. 032.04.01.08.04 032.04.01.08.04
196 Obstacle-limited take-off 032.04.01.09 032.04.01.09
197 Describe the operational regulations for obstacle 032.04.01.09.01 032.04.01.09.01
clearance in the net take-off flight path (NTOFP).
198 Define the actual and NTOFP with one-engine- 032.04.01.09.02 032.04.01.09.02
inoperative in accordance with CS-25.
199 Explain the effects of aeroplane configuration and 032.04.01.09.03 032.04.01.09.03
meteorological conditions on the obstacle-limited take-
off mass.
200 Describe the segments of the actual take-off flight path. 032.04.01.09.04 032.04.01.09.04

201 Describe the changes in the configuration, power, 032.04.01.09.05 032.04.01.09.05

thrust and speed in the NTOFP climb segments.
202 State the standard maximum bank angle(s) in the first 032.04.01.09.06 032.04.01.09.06
and second segment, and determine the effect on the
stall speed and implication on V2.
203 Explain the influence of airspeed selection, acceleration 032.04.01.09.07 032.04.01.09.07
and turns on the climb gradient.
204 Describe the European Union airworthiness 032.04.01.09.08 032.04.01.09.08
requirements according to CS-25 relating to aeroplane
performance take-off climb and flight path (SUBPART B -
FLIGHT PERFORMANCE: CS 25.111, CS 25.115, CS 25.117
and CS 25.121)

205 Performance-limited take-off mass (PLTOM) and 032.04.01.10 032.04.01.10

regulated take-off mass (RTOM tables
206 Define PLTOM and RTOM. 032.04.01.10.01 032.04.01.10.01
207 Describe the use of RTOM tables or similar to find 032.04.01.10.02 032.04.01.10.02
PLTOM and how this can also be done using an EFB.

208 Interpret what take-off limitation (field length, obstacle, 032.04.01.10.03 032.04.01.10.03
climb, structural, etc. is restricting a particular RTOM as
it is presented in RTOM tables or similar.

209 Describe why data from an EFB can differ from data 032.04.01.10.04 032.04.01.10.04
derived from RTOM tables or similar.
210 Take-off performance on wet and contaminated 032.04.01.11 032.04.01.11
runways
211 Explain the differences between the take-off 032.04.01.11.01 032.04.01.11.01
performance determination on a wet or contaminated
runway and on a dry runway.
212 Describe a wet V1 and explain the consequences of 032.04.01.11.02 032.04.01.11.02
using a wet V1.
213 Describe the hazards, effects and management of 032.04.01.11.03 032.04.01.11.03
operating from a contaminated runway.
214 Describe displacement drag, impingement drag, and the 032.04.01.11.04 032.04.01.11.04
methods to monitor acceleration.
215 Explain the benefits and implications of using a derated 032.04.01.11.05 032.04.01.11.05
take-off on a contaminated runway.
216 Use of reduced (flexible or flex) and derated thrust 032.04.01.12 032.04.01.12
217 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of using 032.04.01.12.01 032.04.01.12.01
reduced (flex) and derated thrust.
218 Explain the difference between and principles behind 032.04.01.12.02 032.04.01.12.02
reduced (flex) and derated thrust.
219 Explain when reduced (flex) and derated thrust may and 032.04.01.12.03 032.04.01.12.03
may not be used.
220 Explain the effect of using reduced (flex) and derated 032.04.01.12.04 032.04.01.12.04
thrust on take-off performance including take-off
speeds, take-off distance, climb performance and
obstacle clearance.

221 Explain the assumed temperature method for 032.04.01.12.05 032.04.01.12.05

determining reduced (flex) thrust performance.
222 Take-off performance using different take-off flap 032.04.01.13 032.04.01.13
settings
223 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of using 032.04.01.13.01 032.04.01.13.01
different take-off flap settings to optimise the
performance-limited take-off mass (PLTOM).
224 Determine the optimum flap position and PLTOM from 032.04.01.13.02 032.04.01.13.02
given figures.
225 Take-off performance using increased V2 speeds 032.04.01.14 032.04.01.14
(‘improved climb performance’)
226 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of the 032.04.01.14.01 032.04.01.14.01
increased V2 procedure.
227 Explain under what circumstances this procedure can 032.04.01.14.02 032.04.01.14.02
be used.
228 Explain the hazards of the fast V1 and VLOF speeds 032.04.01.14.03 032.04.01.14.03
associated with the increased V2 procedure and how
they can be managed.
229 Brake-energy and tyre-speed limit 032.04.01.15 032.04.01.15
230 Explain the effects on take-off performance of brake- 032.04.01.15.01 032.04.01.15.01
energy and tyre-speed limits.
231 Explain under what conditions they are more likely to 032.04.01.15.02 032.04.01.15.02
become limiting.
232 Climb 032.04.02.00 032.04.02.00
233 Climb techniques 032.04.02.01 032.04.02.01
234 Explain the effect of climbing at constant IAS on: TAS; 032.04.02.01.01 032.04.02.01.01
Mach number; climb gradient; rate of climb.
235 Explain the effect of climbing at constant Mach number 032.04.02.01.02 032.04.02.01.02
on: TAS; IAS; climb gradient; rate of climb.
236 Explain the correct sequence of climb speeds for 032.04.02.01.03 032.04.02.01.03
turbojet transport aeroplanes.
237 Determine the effect on TAS when climbing in and 032.04.02.01.04 032.04.02.01.04
above the troposphere at constant Mach number.
238 Influence of variables on climb performance 032.04.02.02 032.04.02.02
239 Explain the effect on the operational speed limit when 032.04.02.02.01 032.04.02.02.01
climbing at constant IAS and at constant Mach number.
240 Explain the term ‘crossover altitude’ which occurs 032.04.02.02.02 032.04.02.02.02
during the climb speed schedule (IAS–Mach number).

241 Cruise 032.04.03.00 032.04.03.00

242 Intentionally left blank 032.04.03.01 032.04.03.01
243 Intentionally left blank 032.04.03.02 032.04.03.02
244 Intentionally left blank 032.04.03.03 032.04.03.03
245 Long-range cruise 032.04.03.04 032.04.03.04
246 Define the term ‘long-range cruise’. 032.04.03.04.01 032.04.03.04.01
247 Explain the differences between flying at long-range 032.04.03.04.02 032.04.03.04.02
speed and maximum-range speed with regard to fuel-
flow and speed stability.
248 Intentionally left blank 32.4.3.5 032.04.03.05 032.04.03.05
249 Cruise altitudes 032.04.03.06 032.04.03.06
250 Define the term ‘optimum cruise altitude’. 032.04.03.06.01 032.04.03.06.01
251 Explain the factors that affect optimum cruise altitude. 032.04.03.06.02 032.04.03.06.02

252 Explain the factors that can affect or limit the maximum 032.04.03.06.03 032.04.03.06.03
operating cruise altitude.
253 Explain the purpose of, and operational reasons for, a 032.04.03.06.04 032.04.03.06.04
step climb and when such a climb would be initiated for
optimum range.
254 Describe the buffet onset boundary (BOB) and 032.04.03.06.05 032.04.03.06.05
determine the high- and low-speed buffet (speed/Mach
number only).
255 Analyse the influence of bank angle, mass and the 1.3g 032.04.03.06.06 032.04.03.06.06
buffet margin on a step climb.
256 Describe that the high-speed buffet can occur at speeds 032.04.03.06.07 032.04.03.06.07
slower or faster than MMO.
257 Explain the reasons why a step climb may not be used 032.04.03.06.08 032.04.03.06.08
(e.g. for short sectors, advantageous winds, avoiding
turbulence, and due to air traffic restrictions).

258 Cost index (CI) 032.04.03.07 032.04.03.07

259 Describe ‘cost index’. 032.04.03.07.01 032.04.03.07.01
260 Describe the reason for economical cruise speed. 032.04.03.07.02 032.04.03.07.02
261 Describe the effect of cost index on climb, cruise and 032.04.03.07.03 032.04.03.07.03
descent speeds.
262 En-route one-engine-inoperative 032.04.04.00 032.04.04.00
263 Drift-down 032.04.04.01 032.04.04.01
264 Describe the determination of en-route flight-path data 032.04.04.01.01 032.04.04.01.01
with one-engine-inoperative in accordance with
CS 25.123.
265 Describe the minimum obstacle-clearance height 032.04.04.01.02 032.04.04.01.02
prescribed in the applicable operational requirements.

266 Describe the optimum speed that the pilot should select 032.04.04.01.03 032.04.04.01.03
during drift-down.
267 Explain the influence of deceleration on the drift-down 032.04.04.01.04 032.04.04.01.04
profiles.
268 Influence of variables on the en-route one-engine- 032.04.04.02 032.04.04.02
inoperative performance
269 Describe and explain the factors which affect the en- 032.04.04.02.01 032.04.04.02.01
route net drift-down flight path.
270 Descent 032.04.05.00 032.04.05.00
271 Descent techniques 032.04.05.01 032.04.05.01
272 Explain the effect of descending at constant Mach 032.04.05.01.01 032.04.05.01.01
number.
273 Explain the effect of descending at constant IAS. 032.04.05.01.02 032.04.05.01.02
274 Explain the correct sequence of descent speeds for 032.04.05.01.03 032.04.05.01.03
turbojet transport aeroplanes.
275 Determine the effect on TAS when descending in and 032.04.05.01.04 032.04.05.01.04
above the troposphere at constant Mach number.

276 Describe the following limiting speeds for descent: 032.04.05.01.05 032.04.05.01.05
maximum operating speed (VMO); maximum Mach
number (MMO).
277 Explain the effect of a descent at constant Mach 032.04.05.01.06 032.04.05.01.06
number on the margin to low- and high-speed buffet.

278 Energy management in the descent 032.04.05.02 032.04.05.02

279 Explain the advantages and principle of a continuous 032.04.05.02.01 032.04.05.02.01
descent.
280 Describe energy management in terms of chemical, 032.04.05.02.02 032.04.05.02.02
potential and kinetic energy.
281 Describe the effect of increasing/decreasing headwind 032.04.05.02.03 032.04.05.02.03
and tailwind on profile management.
282 Describe the effect of the Mach number to IAS 032.04.05.02.04 032.04.05.02.04
transition (speed conversion on profile management.

283 Describe situations during the descent and approach in 032.04.05.02.05 032.04.05.02.05
which a pilot could find that an aeroplane flies high or
fast, and explain how the pilot can manage descent
angle/excess energy.

284 Approach and landing 032.04.06.00 032.04.06.00

285 Approach requirements 032.04.06.01 032.04.06.01
286 Describe the CS-25 requirements for the approach 032.04.06.01.01 032.04.06.01.01
climb (CS 25.121).
287 Describe the CS-25 requirements for the landing climb. 032.04.06.01.02 032.04.06.01.02

288 Explain the effect of temperature and pressure altitude 032.04.06.01.03 032.04.06.01.03
on approach and landing-climb performance.

289 Landing-field-length and landing-speed requirements 032.04.06.02 032.04.06.02

290 Describe the landing distance determined according to 032.04.06.02.01 032.04.06.02.01

CS 25.125 (‘demonstrated’ landing distance).

291 Describe the landing-field-length requirements for dry, 032.04.06.02.02 032.04.06.02.02

wet and contaminated runways and the applicable
operational requirements.
292 Define the ‘landing distance available’ (LDA). 032.04.06.02.03 032.04.06.02.03
293 Define and explain the following speeds in accordance 032.04.06.02.04 032.04.06.02.04
with CS-25 or CS-Definitions: reference stall speed in
the landing configuration (VSR0); reference landing
speed (VREF); - minimum control speed, approach and
landing (VMCL).

294 Influence of variables on landing performance 032.04.06.03 032.04.06.03

295 Explain the effect of runway slope, surface conditions 032.04.06.03.01 032.04.06.03.01
and wind on the maximum landing mass for a given
landing distance available in accordance with the
applicable operational requirements.

296 Explain the effect on landing distance and maximum 032.04.06.03.02 032.04.06.03.02
allowable landing mass of the following devices
affecting deceleration: reverse; anti-skid; ground
spoilers or lift dumpers; autobrakes.

297 Explain the effect of temperature and pressure altitude 032.04.06.03.03 032.04.06.03.03
on the maximum landing mass for a given landing
distance available.
298 Explain the effect of hydroplaning on landing distance 032.04.06.03.04 032.04.06.03.04
required and methods of managing landing on
contaminated or wet runways.
299 Quick turnaround limit 032.04.06.04 032.04.06.04
300 Describe how break temperature limits the turnaround 032.04.06.04.01 032.04.06.04.01
times.
301 CS-25/APPLICABLE OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS 032.05.00.00 032.05.00.00
PERFORMANCE CLASS A - USE OF AEROPLANE
PERFORMANCE DATA
302 Take-off 032.05.01.00 032.05.01.00
303 Take-off (performance data) 032.05.01.01 032.05.01.01
304 Determine from given graphs the field-length-limited 032.05.01.01.01 032.05.01.01.01
take-off mass (FLLTOM) and describe situations in which
this limitation could be most restrictive for take-off.

305 Determine from given graphs the climb-limited take-off 032.05.01.01.02 032.05.01.01.02
mass and describe situations in which this limitation
could be most restrictive for take-off.

306 Determine from given graphs the obstacle-limited mass 032.05.01.01.03 032.05.01.01.03
and describe situations in which this limitation could be
most restrictive for take-off.
307 Determine from given graphs the tyre-speed-limited 032.05.01.01.04 032.05.01.01.04
take-off mass.
308 Determine from given graphs the maximum brake- 032.05.01.01.05 032.05.01.01.05
energy-limited take-off mass.
309 Determine the take-off V speeds for the actual take-off 032.05.01.01.06 032.05.01.01.06
mass.
310 Determine the maximum take-off mass using given 032.05.01.01.07 032.05.01.01.07
RTOM tables.
311 Using RTOM tables, determine the take-off V speeds for 032.05.01.01.08 032.05.01.01.08
the actual take-off weight using appropriate
corrections.
312 Determine the assumed/flex temperature and take-off 032.05.01.01.09 032.05.01.01.09
V speeds using the RTOM tables.
313 Calculate the break cooling time following a rejected 032.05.01.01.10 032.05.01.01.10
take-off given appropriate data.
314 Drift-down and stabilising altitude 032.05.02.00 032.05.02.00
315 Drift-down and stabilising altitude (performance data) 032.05.02.01 032.05.02.01

316 Determine the one-engine-out net stabilising altitude 032.05.02.01.01 032.05.02.01.01

(level-off altitude from given graphs/tables.
317 Determine the maximum mass at which the net 032.05.02.01.02 032.05.02.01.02
stabilising altitude with one-engine-out clears the
highest relevant obstacle by the required clearance
margin.

318 Determine, using drift-down graphs, fuel used, time and 032.05.02.01.03 032.05.02.01.03
distance travelled in a descent from a cruise flight level
to a given altitude.
319 Landing 032.05.03.00 032.05.03.00
320 Landing (performance data) 032.05.03.01 032.05.03.01
321 Determine the field length required for landing with a 032.05.03.01.01 032.05.03.01.01
given landing mass from the aeroplane performance
data sheets.
322 Determine the landing and approach climb-limited 032.05.03.01.02 032.05.03.01.02
landing mass from the aeroplane performance data
sheets.
323 Calculate the maximum allowable landing mass as the 032.05.03.01.03 032.05.03.01.03
lowest of: approach-climb- and landing-climb-limited
landing mass; landing-field-length-limited landing mass;
structural-limited landing mass.

324 Determine the brake cooling time for different landing 032.05.03.01.04 032.05.03.01.04
masses using the aeroplane performance data sheets.

Total
 2020 syllabus text

Reworded, intent the

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR
modified

ATPL(A)
Deleted

CPL(H)
CPL(A)
same
New

BK
PERFORMANCE - AEROPLANES
GENERAL
Performance legislation
Applicability of airworthiness requirements of CS-23
and CS-25
Describe the application of certification specification X X X X
(CSs) with regard to the different kinds of aeroplanes.

Describe the general differences between aeroplanes X X X

certified according to CS-23 and CS-25.

Operational regulations and safety

Describe the basic concept that the applicable X X X X
operational requirements differ depending on
aeroplane performance.
Describe the performance classes for commercial air X X X
transport according to the applicable operational
requirements.
Performance and safety
State that aeroplane performance required for X X X X
commercial air transport may limit the weight of a
dispatched aeroplane in order to achieve a sufficient
level of safety.

Describe that the minimum level of safety required for X X X X

commercial air transport is ensured through the
combination of airworthiness requirements and
operational limitations, i.e. the more stringent
airworthiness requirements of CS-25 enable a wider
range of operating conditions for these aeroplanes.

Performance definitions and safety factors

Describe measured performance and explain how it is X X X X
determined.
Describe gross performance. X X X
Describe net performance and safety factors. X X X
Describe that the size of a safety factor depends on the X X X X
likelihood of the event and the range of the measured
performance data.
Describe the relationship between net and gross take- X X X
off and landing distances, and net and gross climb and
descent gradients.
General performance theory
Intentionally left blank
Definitions and terms
Define the terms ‘climb angle’ and ‘climb gradient’. X X X X
Define the terms ‘flight-path angle’ and ‘flight-path X X X X
gradient’.
Define the terms ‘descent angle’ and ‘descent gradient’. X X X X

Explain the difference between climb/descent angle and X X X X

flight-path angle.
Define ‘absolute ceiling’. X X X X
Describe ‘clearway’ and ‘stopway’ according to CS- X X X
Definitions.
Describe: take-off run available (TORA); take-off X X X
distance available (TODA); accelerate-stop distance
available (ASDA); and determine each from given data
or appropriate aerodrome charts.

Describe ‘screen height’ including its various values. X X X

Define the terms ‘range’ and ‘endurance’. X X X X

Define an aeroplane’s ‘specific range’ (SR) in terms of X X X
nautical air miles (NAM) per unit of fuel, and ‘specific
range over the ground’ (SRG) in terms of nautical
ground miles (NGM) per unit of fuel.

Define the power available and power required. X X X

Variables influencing performance
Name the following factors that affect aeroplane X X X X
performance: pressure altitude and temperature, wind,
aeroplane weight, aeroplane configuration, aeroplane
anti-skid status, aeroplane centre of gravity (CG),
aerodrome runway surface, and aerodrome runway
slope.

Describe how, for different density altitudes, the thrust X X X X

and power available vary with speed for a propeller-
driven aeroplane.
Describe how, for different density altitudes, the thrust X X X
and power available vary with speed for a turbojet
aeroplane.
Describe how, for different density altitudes, the drag X X X
and power required vary with indicated airspeeds (IAS)
and true airspeeds (TAS).
Describe how, for different aeroplane weights and X X X
configurations, the drag and power required vary with
IAS and TAS.
Level flight, range and endurance
Steady level flight
Explain how drag (thrust) and power required vary with X X X X
speed in straight and level flight.
Explain the effect of excess thrust and power on speed X X X X
in level flight.
Interpret the ‘thrust/power required’ and ‘thrust/power X X X
available’ curves in straight and level flight.

Describe how the maximum achievable straight and X X X

level flight IAS and TAS vary with altitude.
Describe situations in which a pilot may elect to fly for X X X
‘maximum endurance’ or ‘maximum range’.
Range
Define a turbojet aeroplane’s specific fuel consumption X X
(SFC) and describe how it affects fuel flow and specific
range.
Define a propeller-driven aeroplane’s SFC and describe X X X
how it affects fuel flow and specific range.

Explain the optimum speed for maximum SR for a X X

turbojet aeroplane in relation to the drag curve.
Explain the optimum speed to achieve maximum SR for X X X
a propeller-driven aeroplane in relation to the power
required and drag graphs.
Explain the effect of aeroplane weight and CG position X X X
on fuel consumption, range and the optimum speed for
maximum SR.
State how a turbojet engine’s SFC varies with X X
temperature and thrust setting.
Explain how SR for a turbojet aeroplane varies with X X
altitude and under different meteorological conditions.

Explain how SRG for a propeller-driven aeroplane varies X X X

with altitude and under different meteorological
conditions.
Explain the effect of weight on the optimum altitude for X X X
maximum range.
Describe the effect of wind on SRG and the optimum X X X
speed for SRG , when compared to SR, and the
optimum speed for SR.
Maximum endurance
Explain fuel flow in relation to TAS and thrust for a X X
turbojet aeroplane.
State the speed for maximum endurance for a turbojet X X
aeroplane.
Explain fuel flow in relation to TAS and thrust for a X X X
propeller-driven aeroplane.
State the speed for maximum endurance for a X X X
propeller-driven aeroplane and the disadvantages of
holding at this speed (e.g. high angle of attack (AoA) and
lack of speed stability).

Explain the effect of wind and altitude on endurance, X X

and the maximum endurance speed for a turbojet
aeroplane.
Explain the effect of wind and altitude on endurance, X X X
and the maximum endurance speed for a propeller-
driven aeroplane.
Describe the benefits of managing your en-route X X X
airspeed to reduce or avoid holding time, and the
operational situations when it could be used
(commanded by the pilot or air traffic control (ATC),
when delays at arrival airport occur).

Climbing
Climbing (climb performance)
Resolve the forces during a steady climb. X X X
Define and explain the following terms: critical engine; X X X
speed for best angle of climb (VX); speed for best rate
of climb (VY).
Explain climb performance in relation to the thrust X X X
available and thrust required (angle of climb), and
power available and power required (rate of climb).
Explain the meaning and effect of ‘excess thrust’ and X X X
‘excess power’ in a steady climb.
Interpret the ‘thrust/power required’ and ‘thrust/power X X X
available’ curves in a steady climb.
State the difference between climb angle and gradient. X X X

Explain the effect of weight on the climb angle and rate X X X

of climb, and the speed for best angle and best rate of
climb.
Explain the effects of pressure altitude and X X X
temperature, including an inversion on climb
performance (angle and rate of climb).
Explain the effect of configuration on climb X X X
performance (angle and rate of climb, and VX and VY).

Describe the effect of engine failure on climb X X X

performance (angle and rate of climb, and VX and VY).

Calculate the all-engine and one-engine-out climb X X X

gradient from given values of engine thrust and
aeroplane drag and weight.
Descending
Descending (descent performance)
Resolve the forces during steady descent and in the X X X
glide.
Explain descent performance in relation to thrust X X X
available and thrust required (drag), and power
available and power required.
Explain the meaning of ‘excess thrust required’ (excess X X X
drag) and ‘excess power required’ in a steady descent.

Interpret the ‘thrust/power required’ and ‘thrust/power X X X

available’ curves in a steady descent.

Explain the effect of mass, altitude, wind, speed and X X X

configuration on the glide descent.
Explain the effect of mass, altitude, wind, speed and X X X
configuration on the powered descent.
CS-23/APPLICABLE OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
PERFORMANCE CLASS B - THEORY
Airworthiness requirements
Airworthiness requirements and definitions
Define the following speeds: stall speeds VS, VS0 and X X X X
VS1; rotation speed VR; speed at 50 ft above the take-
off surface level; reference landing speed VREF.

Describe the limitations on VR, on the speed at 50 ft X X X

above the take-off surface and on VREF, and given the
appropriate stall speed, estimate the values based on
these limitations for a single-engine, class B aeroplane.

Describe the limitations on VR, on the speed at 50 ft X X X

above the take-off surface and on VREF, and given the
appropriate stall speed, estimate the values based on
these limitations for a multi-engine, class B aeroplane.
Describe the European Union airworthiness X X X X
requirements according to CS-23 relating to aeroplane
performance (stall, take-off, climb, landing).

Define and identify the critical engine of a multi-engine X X X

propeller aeroplane.
Explain the effect of an engine failure on the power X X X
required, the total drag (thrust required) and climb
performance of a multi-engine aeroplane.
Explain the effect of engine failure on the minimum X X X
control speed of a multi-engine aeroplane under given
conditions (temperature and pressure altitude).

Intentionally left blank

Take-off and landing
Take-off and landing (definitions and effects)
Define the following distances and masses: take-off X X X X
distance; landing distance; ground-roll distance;
maximum allowed take-off mass; maximum allowed
landing mass.

Explain the effect of flap-setting on the take-off, landing X X X

and ground-roll distances.
Explain the effects of the following runway (RWY) X X X
variables on take-off distances: RWY slope; RWY surface
conditions: dry, wet and contaminated; RWY elevation.

For both fixed-pitch and constant-speed propeller X X X

aeroplanes, explain the effect of airspeed on thrust
during the take-off run.
Describe the effects of brake release before take-off X X X
power is set on the TOD and ASD.
Explain the effect of wind on take-off and landing X X X
distances, and determine the actual headwind/tailwind
component given the runway direction, wind speed and
direction, by use of wind component graphs,
mathematical calculations, and rule of thumb.

Explain why an aeroplane has maximum crosswind X X X

limit(s) and determine the crosswind component given
the runway direction, wind speed and direction, by use
of wind component graphs, mathematical calculations,
and rule of thumb.

Explain the percentage of accountability for headwind X X X

and tailwind components during take-off and landing
calculations.
Explain the effect of runway conditions on the landing X X X
distance.
Explain the effects of pressure altitude and temperature X X X
on the take-off distance, take-off climb, landing distance
and approach climb.
Describe the landing airborne distance and ground-roll X X X
distance and estimate the effect on the landing distance
when the aeroplane is too fast or too high at the screen.

Describe the take-off flight path for a multi-engine, class X X X

B aeroplane.
Describe the dimensions of the take off flight path X X X
accountability area (domain).
Climb, cruise and descent
Climb, cruise and descent (requirements and
calculations)
Describe the climb and en-route requirements X X X
according to the applicable operational requirements.

For a single-engine aeroplane, calculate the expected X X X

obstacle clearance (in visual meteorological conditions
(VMC)) given gross climb performance, obstacle height
and distance from reference zero.

For a single-engine aeroplane, calculate the net glide X X X

gradient and net glide distance, given aeroplane
altitude, terrain elevation, gross gradient or lift/drag
ratio (L/D ratio), and headwind or tailwind component.

CS-23/APPLICABLE OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

PERFORMANCE CLASS B - USE OF AEROPLANE
PERFORMANCE DATA FOR SINGLE- AND MULTI-
ENGINE AEROPLANES

Intentionally left blank

Intentionally left blank
Use of aeroplane performance data
Take-off
Determine the field-length-limited take-off mass and X X X
take-off speeds given defactored distance,
configuration, pressure altitude, temperature and
headwind/tailwind component.

Determine the accelerate-go distance and accelerate- X X X

stop distance data.
Determine the ground-roll distance and take-off X X X
distance from graphs.
Determine the all-engine-out and critical-engine-out X X X
take-off climb data.
Determine take off flight path for a MEP aeroplane of X X X
given mass and given airfield conditions, and calculate
the obstacle clearance based on the take off flight path.

Determine the minimum headwind or maximum X X X

tailwind component required for take-off for a given
mass and given airfield conditions.
Given take-off run available (TORA), TODA and ASDA, X X X
slope and surface conditions, calculate the defactored
distance to be used for commercial air transport using
the appropriate take-off graphs.

Calculate the minimum TORA or TODA for commercial X X X

air transport given the defactored take-off distance or
run, runway surface and slope.

Climb
Determine rate of climb. X X X
Calculate obstacle clearance climb data. X X X
Determine the still-air and flight-path gradients for X X X
given IAS, altitude, temperature, aeroplane weight and,
if relevant, wind component.
Intentionally left blank
Landing
Determine the field-length-limited landing mass and X X X
landing speeds given defactored distance,
configuration, pressure altitude, temperature and
headwind or tailwind component.

Determine landing climb data in the event of balked X X X

landing.
Determine landing distance and ground-roll distance for X X X
given flap position, aeroplane weight and airfield data.

Calculate, given the landing distance available (LDA), X X X

slope and surface type and condition, the defactored
distance to be used for commercial air transport using
the appropriate landing graphs.

Calculate the minimum landing distance (LD) that must X X X

be available for commercial air transport given the
defactored landing distance, runway surface and slope.

CS-25/APPLICABLE OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

PERFORMANCE CLASS A - THEORY
Take-off
Take-off performance, definitions of and relationships
between terms
Explain the forces affecting the aeroplane during the X X X
take-off run.
State the effects of thrust-to-weight ratio and flap- X X X
setting on ground roll.
Describe the European Union airworthiness X X
requirements according to CS-25 relating to large
aeroplane performance (General and Take-off).

Describe the terms ‘aircraft classification number’ (ACN) X X

and ‘pavement classification number’ (PCN), and the
requirements and hazards of operating on aerodrome
surfaces with PCNs smaller than the ACNs.

Define and explain the following speeds in accordance X X

with CS-25 or CS-Definitions: reference stall speed
(VSR); reference stall speed in a specific configuration
(VSR1); 1-g stall speed at which the aeroplane can
develop a lift force (normal to the flight path) equal to
its weight (VS1g); minimum control speed with critical
engine inoperative (VMC); minimum control speed on
or near the ground (VMCG); minimum control speed at
take-off climb (VMCA); engine failure speed (VEF); take-
off decision speed (V1); rotation speed (VR); take-off
safety speed (V2); minimum take-off safety speed
(V2MIN); minimum unstick speed (VMU); lift-off speed
(VLOF); maximum brake energy speed (VMBE);
maximum tyre speed (VMax Tyre).
Explain the interdependence between the above- X X
mentioned speeds where relevant.
Define the following distances in accordance with CS- X X
25: take-off run with all engines operating and one-
engine- inoperative; take-off distance with all engines
operating and one-engine-inoperative; accelerate-stop
distance with all engines operating and one-engine-
inoperative.

Explain how loss of TORA due to alignment is accounted X X

for.
Explain the effect of the interdependency of relevant X X
speeds in 032 04 01 01 (05) and the situations in which
these interdependencies can cause speed and
performance restrictions.

Take-off distances
Explain the effects of the following runway (RWY) X X
variables on take-off distances: RWY slope; RWY surface
conditions: dry, wet and contaminated; RWY elevation.

Explain the effects of the following aeroplane variables X X

on take-off distance: aeroplane mass; take-off
configuration; bleed-air configurations.
Explain the effects of the following meteorological X X
variables on take-off distances: wind; temperature;
pressure altitude.
Explain the consequence of errors in rotation technique X X
on take-off distance: early and late rotation; too high
and too low rotation angle; too high and too low
rotation rate.

Compare the take-off distance for specified conditions X X

and configuration for all engines operating and one-
engine-inoperative.
Explain the effect of using clearway on the field-length- X X
limited take-off mass.
Explain the influence of aeroplane mass, air density and X X
flap settings on V1, V2 and V2MIN and thereby on take-
off distance.
Explain the effect of an error in V1 on the resulting one- X X
engine-out take-off distance.
Accelerate-stop distance
Explain how the accelerate-stop distance is affected by X X
given conditions and configuration for all engines
operating and one-engine-inoperative.
Explain the effect of using a stopway on the field- X X
length-limited take-off mass.
Explain the effect of an error in V1 on the resulting X X
accelerate-stop distance.
Explain the effect of runway slope or wind component X X
on the accelerate-stop distance.
Explain how the accelerate-stop distance is determined X X
and discuss the deceleration procedure.

Explain how the accelerate-stop distance is affected by X X

the use of brakes, anti-skid, reverse thrust, ground
spoilers (lift dumpers) and by brake energy absorption
limits, delayed temperature rise and brake temperature
indication.
Explain the hazards of rejecting a take-off from high X X X
ground speed or high take-off mass, and how to
manage these hazards.
Balanced field length concept
Define the term ‘balanced field length’. X X X
Describe the relationship between take-off distance and X X
accelerate-stop distance, and identify on a diagram the
balanced field length and balanced V1.

Describe the applicability of a balanced field length. X X X

Unbalanced field length concept

Describe the applicability of an unbalanced field length. X X X

Explain the effect of additional stopway on the allowed X X

take-off mass and appropriate V1 when using an
unbalanced field.
Explain the effect of additional clearway on the allowed X X
take-off mass and appropriate V1 when using an
unbalanced field.
Field-length-limited take-off mass (FLLTOM)
Explain the factors that affect the FLLTOM. X X
Explain the concept of a ‘range of V1’ and explain X X
reasons for the placement of the designated V1 towards
the faster or slower end of the range.
Contaminated runways Remark: See 010 09 02 04 and
071 02 13 02
Define a ‘contaminated runway’, ‘wet runway’, and a X X X
‘dry runway’.
Describe the different types of contamination: wet or X X X
water patches, frost-covered, dry snow, wet snow,
slush, ice, compacted or rolled snow, frozen ruts or
ridges.

Intentionally left blank X

Intentionally left blank X

Define the different types of hydroplaning. X X X

Explain the difference between the two dynamic X X X

hydroplaning speeds and state which of them is the
most limiting for an aircraft operating on a wet runway.

State that some wind limitations may apply in case of X X X

contaminated runways. Those limitations are to be
found in Part B of the Operations Manual - Limitations.
State that the procedures associated with take-off and X X X
landing on contaminated runways are to be found in
Part B of the Operations Manual - Normal procedures.

State that the performance associated with X X X

contaminated runways is to be found in Part B of the
Operations Manual - Performance.
Take-off climb
Explain the difference between the flat-rated and non- X X
flat-rated part in performance charts.
State the differences in climb-gradient requirements for X X
two-, three- and four-engined aeroplanes.

Explain the effects of aeroplane configuration and X X

meteorological conditions on the take-off climb.
Determine the climb-limited take-off mass. X X
Obstacle-limited take-off
Describe the operational regulations for obstacle X X
clearance in the net take-off flight path (NTOFP).
Define the actual and NTOFP with one-engine- X X
inoperative in accordance with CS-25.
Explain the effects of aeroplane configuration and X X
meteorological conditions on the obstacle-limited take-
off mass.
Describe the segments of the actual take-off flight path. X X

Describe the changes in the configuration, power, X X

thrust and speed in the NTOFP climb segments.
State the standard maximum bank angle(s) in the first X X
and second segment, and determine the effect on the
stall speed and implication on V2.
Explain the influence of airspeed selection, acceleration X X
and turns on the climb gradient.
Describe the European Union airworthiness X X
requirements according to CS-25 relating to aeroplane
performance take-off climb and flight path.

Performance-limited take-off mass (PLTOM) and

regulated take-off mass (RTOM) tables
Define PLTOM and RTOM. X X
Describe the use of RTOM tables or similar to find X X X
PLTOM and how this can also be done using an EFB.

Interpret what take-off limitation (field length, obstacle, X X

climb, structural, etc.) is restricting a particular RTOM as
it is presented in RTOM tables or similar.

Describe why data from an EFB can differ from data X X

derived from RTOM tables or similar.
Take-off performance on wet and contaminated
runways
Explain the differences between the take-off X X
performance determination on a wet or contaminated
runway and on a dry runway.
Describe a wet V1 and explain the consequences of X X
using a wet V1.
Describe the hazards, effects and management of X X
operating from a contaminated runway.
Describe displacement drag, impingement drag, and the X X
methods to monitor acceleration.
Explain the benefits and implications of using a derated X X
take-off on a contaminated runway.
Use of reduced (flexible or flex) and derated thrust
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of using X X
reduced (flex) and derated thrust.
Explain the difference between and principles behind X X
reduced (flex) and derated thrust.
Explain when reduced (flex) and derated thrust may and X X
may not be used.
Explain the effect of using reduced (flex) and derated X X
thrust on take-off performance including take-off
speeds, take-off distance, climb performance and
obstacle clearance.

Explain the assumed temperature method for X X

determining reduced (flex) thrust performance.
Take-off performance using different take-off flap
settings
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of using X X
different take-off flap settings to optimise the
performance-limited take-off mass (PLTOM).
Determine the optimum flap position and PLTOM from X X
given figures.
Take-off performance using increased V2 speeds
(‘improved climb performance’)
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of the X X
increased V2 procedure.
Explain under what circumstances this procedure can X X
be used.
Explain the hazards of the fast V1 and VLOF speeds X X
associated with the increased V2 procedure and how
they can be managed.
Brake-energy and tyre-speed limit
Explain the effects on take-off performance of brake- X X
energy and tyre-speed limits.
Explain under what conditions they are more likely to X X
become limiting.
Climb
Climb techniques
Explain the effect of climbing at constant IAS on: TAS; X X
Mach number; climb gradient; rate of climb.
Explain the effect of climbing at constant Mach number X X
on: TAS; IAS; climb gradient; rate of climb.
Explain the correct sequence of climb speeds for X X
turbojet transport aeroplanes.
Determine the effect on TAS when climbing in and X X
above the troposphere at constant Mach number.
Influence of variables on climb performance
Explain the effect on the operational speed limit when X X
climbing at constant IAS and at constant Mach number.
Explain the term ‘crossover altitude’ which occurs X X
during the climb speed schedule (IAS–Mach number).

Cruise
Intentionally left blank
Intentionally left blank
Intentionally left blank
Long-range cruise
Define the term ‘long-range cruise’. X X
Explain the differences between flying at long-range X X
speed and maximum-range speed with regard to fuel-
flow and speed stability.
Intentionally left blank
Cruise altitudes
Define the term ‘optimum cruise altitude’. X X X
Explain the factors that affect optimum cruise altitude. X X

Explain the factors that can affect or limit the maximum X X

operating cruise altitude.
Explain the purpose of, and operational reasons for, a X X
step climb and when such a climb would be initiated for
optimum range.
Describe the buffet onset boundary (BOB) and X x
determine the high- and low-speed buffet (speed/Mach
number only).
Analyse the influence of bank angle, mass and the 1.3g X X
buffet margin on a step climb.
Describe that the high-speed buffet can occur at speeds X X
slower or faster than MMO.
Explain the reasons why a step climb may not be used X X
(e.g. for short sectors, advantageous winds, avoiding
turbulence, and due to air traffic restrictions).

Cost index (CI)

Describe ‘cost index’. X X
Describe the reason for economical cruise speed. X X
Describe the effect of cost index on climb, cruise and X X
descent speeds.
En-route one-engine-inoperative
Drift-down
Describe the determination of en-route flight-path data X X
with one-engine-inoperative in accordance with the CS-
25 provision on en-route flight paths.
Describe the minimum obstacle-clearance height X X
prescribed in the applicable operational requirements.

Describe the optimum speed that the pilot should select X X

during drift-down.
Explain the influence of deceleration on the drift-down X X
profiles.
Influence of variables on the en-route one-engine-
inoperative performance
Describe and explain the factors which affect the en- X X
route net drift-down flight path.
Descent
Descent techniques
Explain the effect of descending at constant Mach X X
number.
Explain the effect of descending at constant IAS. X X
Explain the correct sequence of descent speeds for X X
turbojet transport aeroplanes.
Determine the effect on TAS when descending in and X X
above the troposphere at constant Mach number.

Describe the following limiting speeds for descent: X X

maximum operating speed (VMO); maximum Mach
number (MMO).
Explain the effect of a descent at constant Mach X X
number on the margin to low- and high-speed buffet.

Energy management in the descent

Explain the advantages and principle of a continuous X X
descent.
Describe energy management in terms of chemical, X X X
potential and kinetic energy.
Describe the effect of increasing/decreasing headwind X X
and tailwind on profile management.
Describe the effect of the Mach number to IAS X X
transition (speed conversion) on profile management.

Describe situations during the descent and approach in X X

which a pilot could find that an aeroplane flies high or
fast, and explain how the pilot can manage descent
angle/excess energy.

Approach and landing

Approach requirements
Describe the CS-25 requirements for the approach X X
climb (one-engine-inoprative).
Describe the CS-25 requirements for the landing climb. X X

Explain the effect of temperature and pressure altitude X X

on approach and landing-climb performance.

Landing-field-length and landing-speed requirements

Describe the landing distance determined according to X X X

CS 25 (‘demonstrated’ landing distance).

Describe the landing-field-length requirements for dry, X X

wet and contaminated runways and the applicable
operational requirements.
Define the ‘landing distance available’ (LDA). X X X
Define and explain the following speeds in accordance X X
with CS-25 or CS-Definitions: reference stall speed in
the landing configuration (VSR0); reference landing
speed (VREF); minimum control speed, approach and
landing (VMCL).

Influence of variables on landing performance

Explain the effect of runway slope, surface conditions X X
and wind on the maximum landing mass for a given
landing distance available in accordance with the
applicable operational requirements.

Explain the effect on landing distance and maximum X X

allowable landing mass of the following devices
affecting deceleration: reverse; anti-skid; ground
spoilers or lift dumpers; autobrakes.

Explain the effect of temperature and pressure altitude X X

on the maximum landing mass for a given landing
distance available.
Explain the effect of hydroplaning on landing distance X X
required and methods of managing landing on
contaminated or wet runways.
Quick turnaround limit
Describe how brake temperature limits the turnaround X X
times.
CS-25/APPLICABLE OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS X
PERFORMANCE CLASS A - USE OF AEROPLANE
PERFORMANCE DATA
Take-off
Take-off (performance data)
Determine from given graphs the field-lenght-limited X X
take-off mass (FLLTOM) and describe situations in which
this limitation could be most restrictive for take-off.

Determine from given graphs the climb-limited take-off X X

mass and describe situations in which this limitation
could be most restrictive for take-off.

Determine from given graphs the obstacle-limited mass X X

and describe situations in which this limitation could be
most restrictive for take-off.
Determine from given graphs the tyre-speed-limited X X
take-off mass.
Determine from given graphs the maximum brake- X X
energy-limited take-off mass.
Determine the take-off V speeds for the actual take-off X X
mass.
Determine the maximum take-off mass using given X X
RTOM tables.
Using RTOM tables, determine the take-off V speeds for X X
the actual take-off weight using appropriate
corrections.
Determine the assumed/flex temperature and take-off X X
V speeds using the RTOM tables.
Calculate the break cooling time following a rejected X X
take-off given appropriate data.
Drift-down and stabilising altitude
Drift-down and stabilising altitude (performance data)

Determine the one-engine-out net stabilising altitude X X

(level-off altitude) from given graphs/tables.
Determine the maximum mass at which the net X X
stabilising altitude with one-engine-out clears the
highest relevant obstacle by the required clearance
margin.

Determine, using drift-down graphs, fuel used, time and X X

distance travelled in a descent from a cruise flight level
to a given altitude.
Landing
Landing (performance data)
Determine the field length required for landing with a X X
given landing mass from the aeroplane performance
data sheets.
Determine the landing and approach climb-limited X X
landing mass from the aeroplane performance data
sheets.
Calculate the maximum allowable landing mass as the X X
lowest of: approach-climb- and landing-climb-limited
landing mass; landing-field-length-limited landing mass;
structural-limited landing mass.

Determine the brake cooling time for different landing X X

masses using the aeroplane performance data sheets.

0 0 0 231 ### ### 32 242 103 0 0 0

 Source / Comment

BIR exam
CBIR(A)

BIR BK
IR

CS 23 (amendment 5) 23.2000
and 23.2005
CS 25.1 and 25.20
CS-23 (amendment 4) Subpart B
CS 23 (amendment 4) 23.45 to
23.77
CS-23 (amendment 4) Subpart B
CS 25.101 to 25.109 inclusive and
25.113
 Appendix 3, Part-AIS
ICAO Doc 10066, Appendix 4
SNOWTAM format
ICAO Annex 14, Vol. I, Attachment
A

NASA Technical Memorandum

85652 “Factors influencing aircraft
ground handling performance”,
T.J. Yager, June 1983. See pp. 6-9.

NASA Technical Memorandum

85652 “Factors influencing aircraft
ground handling performance”,
T.J. Yager, June 1983. See pp. 6-9.
CS 25.111, 25.115, 25.117 and
25.121
CS 25.123
CS 25.121

CS 25.125
0 0 0 0
 2018-2019 syllabus text 2018-2019 2020 syllabus Moved
syllabus reference to/from
reference another
Index

subject

1 FLIGHT PLANNING AND MONITORING 033.00.00.00 033.00.00.00

2 FLIGHT PLANNING FOR VFR FLIGHTS Remark: Using the 033.01.00.00 033.01.00.00
GSPRM VFR charts.
3 VFR navigation plan 033.01.01.00 033.01.01.00
4 Airspace, communication, visual and radio-navigation 033.01.01.01 033.01.01.01
data from VFR charts
5 Select routes taking the following criteria into account: 033.01.01.01.01 033.01.01.01.01
classification of airspace; restricted areas; VFR
semicircular rules; visually conspicuous points; radio-
navigation aids.

6 Find the frequencies or identifiers of radio-navigation 033.01.01.01.02 033.01.01.01.02

aids from charts.
7 Find the communication frequencies and call signs for 033.01.01.01.03 033.01.01.01.03
the following: control agencies and service facilities;
flight information service (FIS); weather information
stations; automatic terminal information service (ATIS).

8 Planning courses, distances and cruising levels with 033.01.01.02 033.01.01.02

VFR charts
9 Choose visual waypoints in accordance with specified 033.01.01.02.01 033.01.01.02.01
criteria (large, unique, contrast, vertical extent, etc.).

10 Measure courses and distances from a VFR chart. 033.01.01.02.02 033.01.01.02.02

11 Find the highest obstacle within a given distance on 033.01.01.02.03 033.01.01.02.03
either side of the course.
12 Find the following data from a VFR chart and transfer 033.01.01.02.04 033.01.01.02.04
them to a navigation plan: waypoints or turning points;
distances; true/magnetic courses.
13 Calculate the minimum pressure altitude with a given 033.01.01.02.05 033.01.01.02.05
obstacle clearance or true altitude from a given altitude
or pressure altitude from minimum grid-area altitude
using outside air temperature (OAT) and QNH.

14 Calculate the vertical or horizontal distance and time to 033.01.01.02.06 033.01.01.02.06

climb or descend to/from a given level or altitude with
given data.
15 Explain how to determine the position of a significant 033.01.01.02.07 033.01.01.02.07
VFR point for insertion into a global navigation satellite
system (GNSS) flight plan, using the distance and
bearing from an existing significant point and using
coordinates.

16 Aerodrome charts and aerodrome directory 033.01.01.03 033.01.01.03

17 Explain the reasons for studying the visual departure 033.01.01.03.01 033.01.01.03.01
procedures and the available approach procedures.

18 Find all visual procedures which can be expected at the 033.01.01.03.02 033.01.01.03.02
departure, destination and alternate aerodromes.
19 Find all relevant aeronautical and regulatory 033.01.01.03.03 033.01.01.03.03
information required for VFR flight planning from the
aerodrome charts or aerodrome directory.
20 Intentionally left blank 033.01.01.04 033.01.01.04
21 Completion of navigation plan 033.01.01.05 033.01.01.05
22 Calculate the true airspeed (TAS) from given aircraft 033.01.01.05.01 033.01.01.05.01
performance data, altitude and OAT.
23 Calculate wind correction angles (WCAs), drift and 033.01.01.05.02 033.01.01.05.02
ground speeds (GS).
24 Calculate individual and accumulated times for each leg 033.01.01.05.03 033.01.01.05.03
to destination and alternate aerodromes.
25 FLIGHT PLANNING FOR IFR FLIGHTS Remark: Using the 033.02.00.00 033.02.00.00
GSPRM IFR charts.
26 IFR navigation plan 033.02.01.00 033.02.01.00
27 Air traffic service (ATS) routes 033.02.01.01 033.02.01.01
28 Identify suitable routings by identifying all relevant 033.02.01.01.01 033.02.01.01.01
aeronautical and regulatory information (including
information published in the national aeronautical
information publication (AIP)) required for IFR flight
planning.

29 Identify and describe ATS routes (conventional, area 033.02.01.01.02 033.02.01.01.02

navigation (RNAV), required navigation performance
(RNP), conditional routes (CDRs), and direct routes).

30 Courses and distances from en-route charts 033.02.01.02 033.02.01.02

31 Determine courses and distances. 033.02.01.02.01 033.02.01.02.01
32 Determine bearings and distances of waypoints from 033.02.01.02.02 033.02.01.02.02
radio-navigation aids.
33 Altitudes 033.02.01.03 033.02.01.03
34 Define the following altitudes: minimum en-route 033.02.01.03.01 033.02.01.03.01
altitude (MEA); minimum obstacle clearance altitude
(MOCA); minimum sector altitude (MSA); minimum off-
route altitude (MORA); grid minimum off-route altitude
(Grid MORA); maximum authorised altitude (MAA);
minimum crossing altitude (MCA); minimum holding
altitude (MHA).

35 Extract the following altitudes from the chart(s): MEA; 033.02.01.03.02 033.02.01.03.02
MOCA; MSA; MORA; Grid MORA; MAA; MCA; MHA.

36 State who is responsible for terrain separation during 033.02.01.03.03 033.02.01.03.03

IFR flight inside and outside controlled airspace.

37 State the minimum obstacle clearance requirements for 033.02.01.03.04 033.02.01.03.04

en-route IFR flight inside and outside controlled
airspace.
38 State when a temperature error correction must be 033.02.01.03.05 033.02.01.03.05
applied by either the pilot or ATC.
39 Identify and explain the use of minimum radar 033.02.01.03.06 033.02.01.03.06
vectoring altitudes.
40 Calculate the minimum pressure altitude required with 033.02.01.03.07 033.02.01.03.07
a given obstacle clearance, magnetic track, OAT, QNH
and reduced vertical separation minimum (RVSM)/non-
RVSM information.

41 Calculate true altitude above a given datum using a 033.02.01.03.08 033.02.01.03.08

given pressure altitude, OAT and QNH.
42 Standard instrument departure (SID) and standard 033.02.01.04 033.02.01.04
instrument arrival (STAR) routes
43 State the reasons for studying SID and STAR charts. 033.02.01.04.01 033.02.01.04.01
44 State that SID and STAR charts show procedures only in 033.02.01.04.02 033.02.01.04.02
a pictorial presentation style which may not be true to
scale.
45 Interpret all data and information represented on SID 033.02.01.04.03 033.02.01.04.03
and STAR charts, particularly: routings; distances;
courses; radials; altitudes/levels; frequencies;
restrictions; RNAV waypoints and non-RNAV
intersection; fly-over and fly-by waypoints.

46 Identify SID and STAR charts which might be relevant 033.02.01.04.04 033.02.01.04.04
for a planned flight.
47 Define SID and STAR for RNAV only. 033.02.01.04.05 033.02.01.04.05
48 Describe the difference between SID/STAR, RNAV 033.02.01.04.06 033.02.01.04.06
SID/STAR and RNAV SID/STAR overlay.
49 Instrument-approach charts 033.02.01.05 033.02.01.05
50 State the reasons for being familiar with instrument- 033.02.01.05.01 033.02.01.05.01
approach procedures (IAPs) and appropriate data for
departure, destination and alternate aerodromes.

51 Select IAPs appropriate for departure, destination and 033.02.01.05.02 033.02.01.05.02

alternate aerodromes.
52 Interpret all procedures, data and information 033.02.01.05.03 033.02.01.05.03
represented on instrument-approach charts,
particularly: courses and radials; distances;
altitudes/levels/heights; restrictions; obstructions;
frequencies; speeds and times; decision
altitudes/heights (DAs/Hs); (DA/H) and minimum
descent altitudes/heights (MDAs/Hs); visibility and
runway visual ranges (RVRs); approach-light systems.

53 Explain the following IAP terms: type A and B; 2D and 033.02.01.05.04 033.02.01.05.04
3D; CAT I, II and III; precision approach (conventional
and ground-based augmentation system (GBAS)); non-
precision approach (conventional and required
navigation performance approach (RNP APCH) (lateral
navigation (LNAV), LNAV/vertical navigation (VNAV),
localiser performance (LP), localiser performance with
vertical guidance (LPV), and required navigation
performance authorisation required approach (RNP AR
APCH)); approach procedure with vertical guidance
(APV) (APV Baro and APV satellite-based augmentation
system (SBAS)).

54 Communications and radio-navigation planning data 033.02.01.06 033.02.01.06

55 Find the communication frequencies and call signs for 033.02.01.06.01 033.02.01.06.01
aeronautical services for IFR flights from en-route
charts.
56 Find the frequency or identifiers of radio-navigation 033.02.01.06.02 033.02.01.06.02
aids for IFR flights from en-route charts.

57 Completion of a manual navigation plan 033.02.01.07 033.02.01.07

58 Complete a navigation plan with the courses, distances 033.02.01.07.01 033.02.01.07.01
and frequencies taken from charts.
59 Find the SID and STAR routes to be flown or to be 033.02.01.07.02 033.02.01.07.02
expected.
60 Determine the position of top of climb (TOC) and top of 033.02.01.07.03 033.02.01.07.03
descent (TOD) from given appropriate data.
61 Determine variation and calculate magnetic/true 033.02.01.07.04 033.02.01.07.04
courses.
62 Calculate TAS from given aircraft performance data, 033.02.01.07.05 033.02.01.07.05
altitude and OAT.
63 Calculate wind correction angles (WCAs)/drift and 033.02.01.07.06 033.02.01.07.06
ground speeds (GSs).
64 Calculate individual and accumulated times for each leg 033.02.01.07.07 033.02.01.07.07
to destination and alternate aerodromes.
65 Describe the advantages of global navigation satellite 033.02.01.07.08 033.02.01.07.08
system/flight management computer (GNSS/FMC)
equipment regarding: automatic calculation and display
of tracks and leg distances; additional route information
in the database (minimum altitudes, approach
procedures); time and fuel estimates over waypoints;
ability to adjust speed to arrive over a waypoint at a
defined time; time and fuel revisions based on
predicted and actual wind.

66 Describe the limitations of using GNSS/FMC equipment: 033.02.01.07.09 033.02.01.07.09

pilot-inputted errors (flight levels, wind, temperature,
fuel); the effect of other than predicted wind on fuel
and time estimates; the effect of aircraftʼs non-standard
configuration on flight management system (FMS)
predictions.

67 UEL PLANNING - CAT.OP.MPA.106 and 033.03.00.00 033.03.00.00

CAT.OP.MPA.150 plus AMC1, 2 and 3
68 General 033.03.01.00 033.03.01.00
69 Fuel planning (general) 033.03.01.01 033.03.01.01
70 Convert to volume, mass and density given in different 033.03.01.01.01 033.03.01.01.01
units which are commonly used in aviation.

71 Determine relevant data, such as fuel capacity, fuel 033.03.01.01.02 033.03.01.01.02

flow/ consumption at different power/thrust settings,
altitudes and atmospheric conditions, from the flight
manual.

72 Calculate the attainable flight time/range from given 033.03.01.01.03 033.03.01.01.03

average fuel flow/consumption and available amount of
fuel.
73 Calculate the required fuel from given average fuel 033.03.01.01.04 033.03.01.01.04
flow/ consumption and required time/range to be
flown.
74 Calculate the required fuel for a VFR or IFR flight from 033.03.01.01.05 033.03.01.01.05
given forecast meteorological conditions.
75 State the minimum amount of remaining fuel required 033.03.01.01.06 033.03.01.01.06
on arrival at the destination and alternate aerodromes/
heliports.
76 Explain and describe how to calculate nautical air miles 033.03.01.01.07 033.03.01.01.07
(NAM) from nautical ground miles (NGM).
77 Calculate the required fuel for a VFR or IFR flight from 033.03.01.01.05 033.03.01.01.08
given forecast meteorological conditions.
78 Pre-flight fuel planning for commercial flights 033.03.02.00 033.03.02.00
79 Taxi fuel 033.03.02.01 033.03.02.01
80 Determine the fuel required for engine start and taxiing 033.03.02.01.01 033.03.02.01.01
by consulting the fuel-usage tables or graphs from the
flight manual taking into account all the relevant
conditions.

81 Trip fuel 033.03.02.02 033.03.02.02

82 Define trip fuel and name the segments of flight for 033.03.02.02.01 033.03.02.02.01
which the trip fuel is relevant.
83 Determine the trip fuel for the flight by using data from 033.03.02.02.02 033.03.02.02.02
the fuel tables or graphs from the flight manual.

84 Reserve fuel and its components 033.03.02.03 033.03.02.03

85 Contingency fuel
86 Explain the reasons for having contingency fuel. 033.03.02.03.01 033.03.02.03.01
87 Calculate the contingency fuel according to the 033.03.02.03.02 033.03.02.03.02
applicable operational requirements.
88 Alternate fuel
89 Explain the reasons and regulations for having alternate 033.03.02.03.03 033.03.02.03.03
fuel and name the segments of flight for which the
alternate fuel is relevant.
90 Calculate the alternate fuel in accordance with the 033.03.02.03.04 033.03.02.03.04
applicable operational requirements and relevant data
from the navigation plan and the flight manual.

91 Final reserve fuel

92 Explain the reasons and regulations for having final 033.03.02.03.05 033.03.02.03.05
reserve fuel.
93 Calculate the final reserve fuel for an aircraft in 033.03.02.03.06 033.03.02.03.06
accordance with the applicable operational
requirements and by using relevant data from the flight
manual.

94 Additional fuel
95 Explain the reasons and regulations for having 033.03.02.03.07 033.03.02.03.07
additional fuel.
96 Calculate the additional fuel for a flight in accordance 033.03.02.03.08 033.03.02.03.08
with the applicable operational requirements.

97 Extra fuel 033.03.02.04 033.03.02.04

98 Explain the reasons and regulations for having extra fuel 033.03.02.04.01 033.03.02.04.01
in accordance with the applicable operational
requirements.
99 Calculate the possible extra fuel under given conditions. 033.03.02.04.02 033.03.02.04.02

100 Explain the fuel penalty incurred when loading extra 033.03.02.04.03 033.03.02.04.03
fuel (i.e. the additional fuel consumption due to
increased mass).
101 Calculation of total fuel and completion of the fuel 033.03.02.05 033.03.02.05
section of the navigation plan (fuel plan)
102 Calculate the total fuel required for a given flight. 033.03.02.05.01 033.03.02.05.01
103 Complete the fuel plan. 033.03.02.05.02 033.03.02.05.02
104 Specific fuel-calculation procedures 033.03.03.00 033.03.03.00
105 Reduced contingency fuel procedure 033.03.03.01 033.03.03.01
106 Explain the reasons and regulations for reduced 033.03.03.01.01 033.03.03.01.01
contingency fuel as stated in the applicable operational
requirements.
107 Calculate the contingency fuel and trip fuel required in 033.03.03.01.02 033.03.03.01.02
accordance with the reduced contingency fuel
procedure. 
108 Isolated aerodrome or heliport procedure 033.03.03.02 033.03.03.02
109 Explain the basic procedures for an isolated aerodrome 033.03.03.02.01 033.03.03.02.01
or heliport as stated in the applicable operational
requirements.
110 Calculate the additional fuel for aeroplanes or 033.03.03.02.02 033.03.03.02.02
helicopters according to the isolated aerodrome or
heliport procedures.
111 Predetermined-point procedure 033.03.03.03 033.03.03.03
112 Explain the basic idea of the predetermined-point 033.03.03.03.01 033.03.03.03.01
procedure as stated in the applicable operational
requirements.
113 Fuel-tankering 033.03.03.04 033.03.03.04
114 Explain the basic idea of fuel-tankering procedures. 033.03.03.04.01 033.03.03.04.01

115 Calculate how much fuel to tank by using given 033.03.03.04.02 033.03.03.04.02
appropriate graphs, tables or data.
116 Intentionally left blank 033.03.03.05 033.03.03.05
117 PRE-FLIGHT PREPARATION 033.04.00.00 033.04.00.00
118 Notice to airmen (NOTAM) briefing 033.04.01.00 033.04.01.00
119 Ground- and satellite-based facilities and services 033.04.01.01 033.04.01.01
120 Check that the ground- and satellite-based facilities and 033.04.01.01.01 033.04.01.01.01
services required for the planned flight are available
and adequate.
121 Departure, destination and alternate aerodromes 033.04.01.02 033.04.01.02
122 Find and analyse the latest state at the departure, 033.04.01.02.01 033.04.01.02.01
destination and alternate aerodromes, in particular for:
opening hours; work in progress (WIP); special
procedures due to WIP; obstructions; changes of
frequencies for communications, navigation aids and
facilities.

123 Check that satellite-based facilities are available during 033.04.01.02.02 033.04.01.02.02
the expected time of use.
124 Check that GBAS/SBAS augmentation is available during 033.04.01.02.03 033.04.01.02.03
the expected time of use.
125 Airway routings and airspace structure 033.04.01.03 033.04.01.03
126 Find and analyse the latest en-route state for: airway(s) 033.04.01.03.01 033.04.01.03.01
or route(s); restricted, danger and prohibited areas;
changes of frequencies for communications, navigation
aids and facilities.

127 Pre-flight preparation of GNSS achievability 033.04.01.04 033.04.01.04

128 Define why it is important to check GNSS achievability. 033.04.01.04.01 033.04.01.04.01

129 Define receiver autonomous integrity monitoring 033.04.01.04.02 033.04.01.04.02

(RAIM), NOTAM and notice advisory to NavStar users
(NANU) messages.
130 Explain the difference in use of augmented and non- 033.04.01.04.03 033.04.01.04.03
augmented GNSS in connection with the achievability
check.
131 Explain the difference in planned and unplanned outage 033.04.01.04.04 033.04.01.04.04
of GNSS or SBAS.
132 Meteorological briefing 033.04.02.00 033.04.02.00
133 Intentionally left blank 033.04.02.01 033.04.02.01
134 Update of navigation plan using the latest 033.04.02.02 033.04.02.02
meteorological information
135 Confirm the most fuel-efficient altitude from given 033.04.02.02.01 033.04.02.02.01
wind, temperature and aircraft data.
136 Confirm true altitudes from given atmospheric data to 033.04.02.02.02 033.04.02.02.02
ensure that statutory minimum clearance is attained.

137 Confirm magnetic headings and GSs. 033.04.02.02.03 033.04.02.02.03

138 Confirm the individual leg times and the total time en 033.04.02.02.04 033.04.02.02.04
route.
139 Confirm the total time en route for the trip to the 033.04.02.02.05 033.04.02.02.05
destination.
140 Confirm the total time from destination to the alternate 033.04.02.02.06 033.04.02.02.06
aerodrome.
141 Intentionally left blank 033.04.02.03 033.04.02.03
142 Intentionally left blank 033.04.02.04 033.04.02.04
143 Update of fuel plan 033.04.02.05 033.04.02.05
144 Calculate the revised fuel data in accordance with the 033.04.02.05.01 033.04.02.05.01
changed conditions.
145 Point of equal time (PET) and point of safe return (PSR) 033.04.03.00 033.04.03.00

146 Point of equal time (PET) 033.04.03.01 033.04.03.01

147 Define ‘PETʼ. 033.04.03.01.01 033.04.03.01.01
148 Calculate the position of a PET and the estimated time 033.04.03.01.02 033.04.03.01.02
of arrival (ETA) at the PET from given relevant data.

149 Point of safe return (PSR) 033.04.03.02 033.04.03.02

150 Define ‘PSRʼ. 033.04.03.02.01 033.04.03.02.01
151 Calculate the position of a PSR and the ETA at the PSR 033.04.03.02.02 033.04.03.02.02
from given relevant data.
152 ICAO FLIGHT PLAN (ATS flight plan (FPL)) 033.05.00.00 033.05.00.00
153 Individual FPL 033.05.01.00 033.05.01.00
154 Format of FPL 033.05.01.01 033.05.01.01
155 State the reasons for a fixed format of an ICAO ATS FPL. 033.05.01.01.01 033.05.01.01.01

156 Determine the correct entries to complete an ATS FPL 033.05.01.01.02 033.05.01.01.02
plus decode and interpret the entries in a completed
ATS FPL, particularly for the following: aircraft
identification (Item 7); flight rules and type of flight
(Item 8); number and type of aircraft and wake-
turbulence category (Item 9); equipment (Item 10);
departure aerodrome and time (Item 13); route (Item
15); destination aerodrome, total estimated elapsed
time and alternate aerodrome (Item 16); other
information (Item 18); supplementary information (Item
19).

157 Intentionally left blank 033.05.01.02 033.05.01.02

158 Repetitive flight plan (RPL) 033.05.02.00 033.05.02.00
159 Repetitive flight plan (RPL) 033.05.02.01 033.05.02.01
160 Explain the difference between an individual FPL and an 033.05.02.01.01 033.05.02.01.01
RPL.
161 FLIGHT MONITORING AND IN-FLIGHT REPLANNING 033.06.00.00 033.06.00.00
162 Flight monitoring 033.06.01.00 033.06.01.00
163 Monitoring of track and time 033.06.01.01 033.06.01.01
164 State the reasons for possible deviations from the 033.06.01.01.01 033.06.01.01.01
planned track and planned timings.
165 Calculate GS by using actual in-flight parameters. 033.06.01.01.02 033.06.01.01.02
166 Calculate the expected leg times by using actual in-flight 033.06.01.01.03 033.06.01.01.03
parameters.
167 Enter, in the progress of flight, at the checkpoint or 033.06.01.01.04 033.06.01.01.04
turning point, the ‘actual time-over’ and the ‘estimated
time-over’ for the next checkpoint into the flight plan.

168 State that it is necessary to determine the position of 033.06.01.01.05 033.06.01.01.05

the aircraft accurately before commencing descent in
order to ensure safe ground clearance.
169 Calculate revised ETA based on changes to the pre-flight 033.06.01.01.06 033.06.01.01.06
plan, including changes of W/V, cruise level, OAT,
distances, Mach number and calibrated airspeed (CAS).

170 In-flight fuel management 033.06.01.02 033.06.01.02

171 Explain why fuel checks must be carried out in flight at 033.06.01.02.01 033.06.01.02.01
regular intervals and why relevant fuel data must be
recorded.
172 Assess deviations of actual fuel consumption from 033.06.01.02.02 033.06.01.02.02
planned consumption.
173 Calculate fuel quantity used, fuel consumption, and fuel 033.06.01.02.03 033.06.01.02.03
remaining at navigation checkpoints/waypoints.

174 Compare the actual with the planned fuel consumption 033.06.01.02.04 033.06.01.02.04
by means of calculation.
175 Determine the remaining range and endurance by 033.06.01.02.05 033.06.01.02.05
means of calculation.
176 Calculate the revised fuel consumption based on 033.06.01.02.06 033.06.01.02.06
changes to the pre-flight plan, including changes of
W/V, cruise level, OAT, distances, Mach number and
CAS.

177 In-flight replanning 033.06.02.00 033.06.02.00

178 Deviation from planned data 033.06.02.01 033.06.02.01
179 State that the commander is responsible for ensuring 033.06.02.01.01 033.06.02.01.01
that, even in case of diversion, the remaining fuel is not
less than the fuel required to proceed to an aerodrome
where a safe landing can be made, with final reserve
fuel remaining.

180 Explain that, in the case of an in-flight update, the 033.06.02.01.02 033.06.02.01.02
commander has to check the following: the suitability of
the new destination or alternate aerodrome;
meteorological conditions on revised routing and at
revised destination or alternate aerodrome; the aircraft
must be able to land with the prescribed final reserve
fuel.

181 Calculate the revised destination/alternate aerodrome 033.06.02.01.03 033.06.02.01.03

landing mass from given latest data.
Total
 2020 syllabus text

Reworded, intent

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR
the same

modified

ATPL(A)
Deleted

CPL(H)
CPL(A)
New

BK
FLIGHT PLANNING AND MONITORING

FLIGHT PLANNING FOR VFR FLIGHTS Remark: Using the

GSPRM VFR charts.
VFR navigation plan
Airspace, communication, visual and radio-navigation
data from VFR charts
Select routes taking the following criteria into account: X X X X X X
classification of airspace; restricted areas; VFR
semicircular rules; visually conspicuous points; radio-
navigation aids.

Find the frequencies or identifiers of radio-navigation X X X X X X

aids from charts.
Find the communication frequencies and call signs for X X X X X X
the following: control agencies and service facilities;
flight information service (FIS); weather information
stations; automatic terminal information service (ATIS).

Planning courses, distances and cruising levels with

VFR charts
Choose visual waypoints in accordance with specified X X X X X X
criteria (large, unique, contrast, vertical extent, etc.).

Measure courses and distances from a VFR chart. X X X X X X

Find the highest obstacle within a given distance on X X X X X X
either side of the course.
Find the following data from a VFR chart and transfer X X X X X X
them to a navigation plan: waypoints or turning points;
distances; true/magnetic courses.
Calculate the minimum pressure altitude with a given X X X X X X
obstacle clearance or true altitude from a given altitude
or pressure altitude from minimum grid-area altitude
using outside air temperature (OAT) and QNH.

Calculate the vertical or horizontal distance and time to X X X X X X

climb or descend to/from a given level or altitude with
given data.
Explain how to determine the position of a significant X X X X X X
VFR point for insertion into a global navigation satellite
system (GNSS) flight plan, using the distance and
bearing from an existing significant point and using
coordinates.

Aerodrome charts and aerodrome directory

Explain the reasons for studying the visual departure X X X X X X X
procedures and the available approach procedures.

Find all visual procedures which can be expected at the X X X X X X

departure, destination and alternate aerodromes.
Find all relevant aeronautical and regulatory X X X X X X
information required for VFR flight planning from the
aerodrome charts or aerodrome directory.
Intentionally left blank
Completion of navigation plan
Calculate the true airspeed (TAS) from given aircraft X X X X X X
performance data, altitude and OAT.
Calculate wind correction angles (WCAs), drift and X X X X X X
ground speeds (GS).
Calculate individual and accumulated times for each leg X X X X X X
to destination and alternate aerodromes.
FLIGHT PLANNING FOR IFR FLIGHTS Remark: Using the
GSPRM IFR charts.
IFR navigation plan
Air traffic service (ATS) routes
Identify suitable routings by identifying all relevant X X X
aeronautical and regulatory information (including
information published in the national aeronautical
information publication (AIP)) required for IFR flight
planning.

Identify and describe ATS routes (conventional, area X X X

navigation (RNAV), required navigation performance
(RNP), conditional routes (CDRs), and direct routes).

Courses and distances from en-route charts

Determine courses and distances. X X X
Determine bearings and distances of waypoints from X X X
radio-navigation aids.
Altitudes
Define the following altitudes: minimum en-route X X X
altitude (MEA); minimum obstacle clearance altitude
(MOCA); minimum sector altitude (MSA); minimum off-
route altitude (MORA); grid minimum off-route altitude
(Grid MORA); maximum authorised altitude (MAA);
minimum crossing altitude (MCA); minimum holding
altitude (MHA).

Extract the following altitudes from the chart(s): MEA; X X X

MOCA; MSA; MORA; Grid MORA; MAA; MCA; MHA.

State who is responsible for terrain separation during X X X

IFR flight inside and outside controlled airspace.

State the minimum obstacle clearance requirements for X X X

en-route IFR flight inside and outside controlled
airspace.
State when a temperature error correction must be X X X
applied by either the pilot or ATC.
Identify and explain the use of minimum radar X X X
vectoring altitudes.
Calculate the minimum pressure altitude required with X X X
a given obstacle clearance, magnetic track, OAT, QNH
and reduced vertical separation minimum (RVSM)/non-
RVSM information.

Calculate true altitude above a given datum using a X X X

given pressure altitude, OAT and QNH.
Standard instrument departure (SID) and standard
instrument arrival (STAR) routes
State the reasons for studying SID and STAR charts. X X X X
State that SID and STAR charts show procedures only in X X X X
a pictorial presentation style which may not be true to
scale.
Interpret all data and information represented on SID X X X
and STAR charts, particularly: routings; distances;
courses; radials; altitudes/levels; frequencies;
restrictions; RNAV waypoints and non-RNAV
intersection; fly-over and fly-by waypoints.

Identify SID and STAR charts which might be relevant X X X

for a planned flight.
Define SID and STAR for RNAV only. X X X
Describe the difference between SID/STAR, RNAV X X X
SID/STAR and RNAV SID/STAR overlay.
Instrument-approach charts
State the reasons for being familiar with instrument- X X X X
approach procedures (IAPs) and appropriate data for
departure, destination and alternate aerodromes.

Select IAPs appropriate for departure, destination and X X X

alternate aerodromes.
Interpret all procedures, data and information X X X
represented on instrument-approach charts,
particularly: courses and radials; distances;
altitudes/levels/heights; restrictions; obstructions;
frequencies; speeds and times; decision
altitudes/heights (DAs/Hs); (DA/H) and minimum
descent altitudes/heights (MDAs/Hs); visibility and
runway visual ranges (RVRs); approach-light systems.

Explain the following IAP terms: type A and B; 2D and X X X

3D; CAT I, II and III; precision approach (conventional
and ground-based augmentation system (GBAS)); non-
precision approach (conventional and required
navigation performance approach (RNP APCH) (lateral
navigation (LNAV), LNAV/vertical navigation (VNAV),
localiser performance (LP), localiser performance with
vertical guidance (LPV), and required navigation
performance authorisation required approach (RNP AR
APCH)); approach procedure with vertical guidance
(APV) (APV Baro and APV satellite-based augmentation
system (SBAS)).

Communications and radio-navigation planning data

Find the communication frequencies and call signs for X X X

aeronautical services for IFR flights from en-route
charts.
Find the frequency or identifiers of radio-navigation X X X
aids for IFR flights from en-route charts.

Completion of a manual navigation plan

Complete a navigation plan with the courses, distances X X X
and frequencies taken from charts.
Find the SID and STAR routes to be flown or to be X X X
expected.
Determine the position of top of climb (TOC) and top of X X X
descent (TOD) from given appropriate data.
Determine variation and calculate magnetic/true X X X
courses.
Calculate TAS from given aircraft performance data, X X X
altitude and OAT.
Calculate wind correction angles (WCAs)/drift and X X X
ground speeds (GSs).
Calculate individual and accumulated times for each leg X X X
to destination and alternate aerodromes.
Describe the advantages of global navigation satellite X X X
system/flight management computer (GNSS/FMC)
equipment regarding: automatic calculation and display
of tracks and leg distances; additional route information
in the database (minimum altitudes, approach
procedures); time and fuel estimates over waypoints;
ability to adjust speed to arrive over a waypoint at a
defined time; time and fuel revisions based on
predicted and actual wind.

Describe the limitations of using GNSS/FMC equipment: X X X

pilot-inputted errors (flight levels, wind, temperature,
fuel); the effect of other than predicted wind on fuel
and time estimates; the effect of aircraftʼs non-standard
configuration on flight management system (FMS)
predictions.

FUEL PLANNING — OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

General
Fuel planning (general)
Convert to volume, mass and density given in different X X X X X X
units which are commonly used in aviation.

Determine relevant data, such as fuel capacity, fuel X X X X X X

flow/ consumption at different power/thrust settings,
altitudes and atmospheric conditions, from the flight
manual.

Calculate the attainable flight time/range from given X X X X X X

average fuel flow/consumption and available amount of
fuel.
Calculate the required fuel from given average fuel X X X X X X
flow/ consumption and required time/range to be
flown.
Calculate the required fuel for a VFR flight from given X X X X X X
forecast meteorological conditions.
State the minimum amount of remaining fuel required X X X X X X
on arrival at the destination and alternate aerodromes/
heliports.
Explain and describe how to calculate nautical air miles X X X X X X
(NAM) from nautical ground miles (NGM).
Calculate the required fuel for an IFR flight from given X X X X
forecast meteorological conditions.
Pre-flight fuel planning for commercial flights
Taxi fuel
Determine the fuel required for engine start and taxiing X X X X X X
by consulting the fuel-usage tables or graphs from the
flight manual taking into account all the relevant
conditions.

Trip fuel
Define trip fuel and name the segments of flight for X X X X X X
which the trip fuel is relevant.
Determine the trip fuel for the flight by using data from X X X X X X
the fuel tables or graphs from the flight manual.

Reserve fuel and its components

Contingency fuel
Explain the reasons for having contingency fuel. X X X X X X
Calculate the contingency fuel according to the X X X X X X
applicable operational requirements.
Alternate fuel X
Explain the reasons and regulations for having alternate X X X X X X
fuel and name the segments of flight for which the
alternate fuel is relevant.
Calculate the alternate fuel in accordance with the X X X X X X
applicable operational requirements and relevant data
from the navigation plan and the flight manual.

Final reserve fuel X

Explain the reasons and regulations for having final X X X X X X
reserve fuel.
Calculate the final reserve fuel for an aircraft in X X X X X X
accordance with the applicable operational
requirements and by using relevant data from the flight
manual.

Additional fuel X
Explain the reasons and regulations for having X X X X X X
additional fuel.
Calculate the additional fuel for a flight in accordance X X X X X X
with the applicable operational requirements.

Extra fuel
Explain the reasons and regulations for having extra fuel X X X X X X
in accordance with the applicable operational
requirements.
Calculate the possible extra fuel under given conditions. X X X X X X

Explain the fuel penalty incurred when loading extra X X X X X X

fuel (i.e. the additional fuel consumption due to
increased mass).
Calculation of total fuel and completion of the fuel
section of the navigation plan (fuel plan)
Calculate the total fuel required for a given flight. X X X X X X
Complete the fuel plan. X X X X X X
Specific fuel-calculation procedures
Reduced contingency fuel procedure
Explain the reasons and regulations for reduced X X X
contingency fuel as stated in the applicable operational
requirements.
Calculate the contingency fuel and trip fuel required in X X
accordance with the reduced contingency fuel
procedure. 
Isolated aerodrome or heliport procedure
Explain the basic procedures for an isolated aerodrome X X X X X
or heliport as stated in the applicable operational
requirements.
Calculate the additional fuel for aeroplanes or X X X X
helicopters according to the isolated aerodrome or
heliport procedures.
Predetermined-point procedure
Explain the basic idea of the predetermined-point X X X
procedure as stated in the applicable operational
requirements.
Fuel-tankering
Explain the basic idea of fuel-tankering procedures. X X

Calculate how much fuel to tank by using given X X

appropriate graphs, tables or data.
Intentionally left blank
PRE-FLIGHT PREPARATION
Notice to airmen (NOTAM) briefing
Ground- and satellite-based facilities and services
Check that the ground- and satellite-based facilities and X X X X X X
services required for the planned flight are available
and adequate.
Departure, destination and alternate aerodromes
Find and analyse the latest state at the departure, X X X X X X
destination and alternate aerodromes, in particular for:
opening hours; work in progress (WIP); special
procedures due to WIP; obstructions; changes of
frequencies for communications, navigation aids and
facilities.

Check that satellite-based facilities are available during X X X X X X

the expected time of use.
Check that GBAS/SBAS augmentation is available during X X X X X X
the expected time of use.
Airway routings and airspace structure
Find and analyse the latest en-route state for: airway(s) X X X X X X
or route(s); restricted, danger and prohibited areas;
changes of frequencies for communications, navigation
aids and facilities.

Pre-flight preparation of GNSS achievability

Define why it is important to check GNSS achievability. X X

Define receiver autonomous integrity monitoring X X

(RAIM), NOTAM and notice advisory to NavStar users
(NANU) messages.
Explain the difference in use of augmented and non- X X
augmented GNSS in connection with the achievability
check.
Explain the difference in planned and unplanned outage X X
of GNSS or SBAS.
Meteorological briefing
Intentionally left blank
Update of navigation plan using the latest
meteorological information
Confirm the most fuel-efficient altitude from given X X X
wind, temperature and aircraft data.
Confirm true altitudes from given atmospheric data to X X X X X X
ensure that statutory minimum clearance is attained.

Confirm magnetic headings and GSs. X X X X X X

Confirm the individual leg times and the total time en X X X X X X
route.
Confirm the total time en route for the trip to the X X X X X X
destination.
Confirm the total time from destination to the alternate X X X X X X
aerodrome.
Intentionally left blank
Intentionally left blank
Update of fuel plan
Calculate the revised fuel data in accordance with the X X X X X X
changed conditions.
Point of equal time (PET) and point of safe return (PSR)

Point of equal time (PET)

Define ‘PETʼ. X X X X X X
Calculate the position of a PET and the estimated time X X X X X X
of arrival (ETA) at the PET from given relevant data.

Point of safe return (PSR)

Define ‘PSRʼ. X X X X X X
Calculate the position of a PSR and the ETA at the PSR X X X X X X
from given relevant data.
ICAO FLIGHT PLAN (ATS flight plan (FPL))
Individual FPL
Format of FPL
State the reasons for a fixed format of an ICAO ATS FPL. X X X X X X X

Determine the correct entries to complete an ATS FPL X X X X X X

plus decode and interpret the entries in a completed
ATS FPL, particularly for the following: aircraft
identification (Item 7); flight rules and type of flight
(Item 8); number and type of aircraft and wake-
turbulence category (Item 9); equipment (Item 10);
departure aerodrome and time (Item 13); route (Item
15); destination aerodrome, total estimated elapsed
time and alternate aerodrome (Item 16); other
information (Item 18); supplementary information (Item
19).

Intentionally left blank X

Repetitive flight plan (RPL)
Repetitive flight plan (RPL)
Explain the difference between an individual FPL and an X X X X X
RPL.
FLIGHT MONITORING AND IN-FLIGHT REPLANNING
Flight monitoring
Monitoring of track and time
State the reasons for possible deviations from the X X X X X X
planned track and planned timings.
Calculate GS by using actual in-flight parameters. X X X X X X
Calculate the expected leg times by using actual in-flight X X X X X X
parameters.
Enter, in the progress of flight, at the checkpoint or X X X X X X
turning point, the ‘actual time-over’ and the ‘estimated
time-over’ for the next checkpoint into the flight plan.

State that it is necessary to determine the position of X X X X X X

the aircraft accurately before commencing descent in
order to ensure safe ground clearance.
Calculate revised ETA based on changes to the pre-flight X X X X X X
plan, including changes of W/V, cruise level, OAT,
distances, Mach number and calibrated airspeed (CAS).

In-flight fuel management

Explain why fuel checks must be carried out in flight at X X X X X X
regular intervals and why relevant fuel data must be
recorded.
Assess deviations of actual fuel consumption from X X X X X X
planned consumption.
Calculate fuel quantity used, fuel consumption, and fuel X X X X X X
remaining at navigation checkpoints/waypoints.

Compare the actual with the planned fuel consumption X X X X X X

by means of calculation.
Determine the remaining range and endurance by X X X X X X
means of calculation.
Calculate the revised fuel consumption based on X X X X X X
changes to the pre-flight plan, including changes of
W/V, cruise level, OAT, distances, Mach number and
CAS.

In-flight replanning
Deviation from planned data
State that the commander is responsible for ensuring X X X X X X
that, even in case of diversion, the remaining fuel is not
less than the fuel required to proceed to an aerodrome
where a safe landing can be made, with final reserve
fuel remaining.

Explain that, in the case of an in-flight update, the X X X X X X

commander has to check the following: the suitability of
the new destination or alternate aerodrome;
meteorological conditions on revised routing and at
revised destination or alternate aerodrome; the aircraft
must be able to land with the prescribed final reserve
fuel.

Calculate the revised destination/alternate aerodrome X X X X X X

landing mass from given latest data.
1 0 0 120 ### ### 9 118 72 108 74 71
 Source / Comment

BIR exam
CBIR(A)

BIR BK
IR

No entries in v.3 of this TK

Syllabus Comparison Document
X X 2 3

X X

X X 2 3
X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X
X X
X X

X X 2

X X 2

X X
X X

X X

X X 2

X X 2

X X

X X 2 3

X X 2 3
X X 3

X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X

X X

X X

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X

X X

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X

X X

X X 3
 X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X

X X 3

X 3

X X

X X 3
X

X
X

63 53 21 20
 2018-2019 syllabus text 2018-2019 2020 syllabus Moved
syllabus reference to/from
reference another
Index

subject

1 PERFORMANCE - HELICOPTERS 034.00.00.00 034.00.00.00

2 GENERAL 034.01.00.00 034.01.00.00

3 Performance legislation 034.01.01.00 034.01.01.00
4 Airworthiness requirements 034.01.01.01 034.01.01.01
5 Interpret the airworthiness requirements of CS-27 and 034.01.01.01.01 034.01.01.01.01
CS-29.
6 Name the general differences between helicopters 034.01.01.01.02 034.01.01.01.02
certified according to CS-27 and CS-29.
7 Operational regulations 034.01.01.02 034.01.01.02
8 State that the person responsible for complying with 034.01.01.02.01 034.01.01.02.01
operational procedures is the commander.
9 Use and interpret diagrams and tables associated with 034.01.01.02.02 034.01.01.02.02
CAT A and CAT B procedures in order to select and
develop Class 1, 2 and 3 performance profiles according
to available heliport size and location (surface or
elevated).

10 Interpret the charts showing minimum clearances 034.01.01.02.03 034.01.01.02.03

associated with CAT A and CAT B procedures.
11 General performance theory 034.01.02.00 034.01.02.00
12 Phases of flight 034.01.02.01 034.01.02.01
13 Explain the following phases of flight: take-off; climb; 034.01.02.01.01 034.01.02.01.01
level flight; descent; approach and landing.
14 Describe the necessity for different take-off and landing 034.01.02.01.02 034.01.02.01.02
procedures.
15 Definitions and terms 034.01.02.02 034.01.02.02
16 Define the following terms: CAT A; CAT B; Performance 034.01.02.02.01 034.01.02.02.01
Class 1, 2 and 3; congested area; elevated heliport;
helideck; heliport; hostile environment; maximum
operational passenger seating configuration (MOPSC);
non-hostile environment; obstacle; rotor radius (R);
take-off mass; touchdown and lift-off area (TLOF); safe
forced landing; speed for best rate of climb (Vy); never
exceed speed (VNE); velocity landing gear extended
(VLE); velocity landing gear operation (VLO); cruising
speed and maximum cruising speed.
17 Define the following terms: reported headwind 034.01.02.02.02 034.01.02.02.02
component; take-off decision point (TDP); defined point
after take-off (DPATO); take-off distance required
helicopter (TODRH); take-off distance available
helicopter (TODAH); distance required (DR); rejected
take-off distance required helicopter (RTODRH);
rotation point (RP); committal point (CP); defined point
before landing (DPBL); landing decision point (LDP);
landing distance available helicopter (LDAH); landing
distance required helicopter (LDRH); ditching (see
operations).

18 Understand the meaning and significance of the 034.01.02.02.03 034.01.02.02.03

acronyms AEO and OEI.
19 Define the terms ‘climb angle’ and ‘climb gradient’. 034.01.02.02.04 034.01.02.02.04
20 Define the terms ‘flight-path angle’ and ‘flight-path 034.01.02.02.05 034.01.02.02.05
gradient’.
21 Define ‘VmaxRange’ (speed for maximum range) and 034.01.02.02.06 034.01.02.02.06
VmaxEnd (speed for maximum endurance).
22 Define and calculate the gradient by using power, wind, 034.01.02.02.07 034.01.02.02.07
and helicopter mass.
23 Explain the terms ‘operational ceiling’ and ‘absolute 034.01.02.02.08 034.01.02.02.08
ceiling’.
24 Explain the term ‘service ceiling OEI’. 034.01.02.02.09 034.01.02.02.09
25 Explain the difference between hovering in ground 034.01.02.02.10 034.01.02.02.10
effect (HIGE) and hovering out of ground effect (HOGE).

26 Power required/power available curves 034.01.02.03 034.01.02.03

27 Understand and interpret the power required/power 034.01.02.03.01 034.01.02.03.01
available versus TAS graphs.
28 Height–velocity graphs 034.01.02.04 034.01.02.04
29 Understand and interpret height–velocity graphs. 034.01.02.04.01 034.01.02.04.01
30 Influencing variables on performance 034.01.02.05 034.01.02.05
31 Explain how the following factors affect helicopter 034.01.02.05.01 034.01.02.05.01
performance: pressure altitude; humidity; temperature;
wind; helicopter mass; helicopter configuration;
helicopter centre of gravity (CG).

32 PERFORMANCE CLASS 3 - SINGLE-ENGINE HELICOPTERS 034.02.00.00 034.02.00.00

33 Effect of variables on single-engine (SE) helicopter 034.02.01.00 034.02.01.00

performance
34 Effect of variables on SE helicopter performance 034.02.01.01 034.02.01.01
35 Determine the wind component, altitude and 034.02.01.01.01 034.02.01.01.01
temperature for hovering, take-off and landing.
36 Explain that operations are to be conducted only 034.02.01.01.02 034.02.01.01.02
from/to heliports and over such routes, areas and
diversions contained in a non-hostile environment
where a safe forced landing can be carried out (point
CAT.OP.MPA.137 of the EU Regulation on air
operations, except when the helicopter is approved to
operate in accordance with point CAT.POL.H.420).
(Consider the exception: Operations may be conducted
in a hostile environment. Ground level exposure - and
exposure for elevated final approach and take-off areas
(FATOs) or helidecks in non-hostile environments - is
allowed for operations approved under CAT.POL.H.305,
during the take-off and landing phases.)

37 Explain the effect of temperature, wind and altitude on 034.02.01.01.03 034.02.01.01.03

climb, cruise and descent performance.

38 Take-off and landing 034.02.02.00 034.02.02.00

39 Take-off and landing (including hover) 034.02.02.01 034.02.02.01
40 Explain the take-off and landing requirements. 034.02.02.01.01 034.02.02.01.01
41 Explain the maximum allowed take-off and landing 034.02.02.01.02 034.02.02.01.02
mass.
42 Explain that mass has to be restricted to HIGE. 034.02.02.01.03 034.02.02.01.03
43 Explain that if HIGE is unlikely to be achieved (for 034.02.02.01.04 034.02.02.01.04
example, blocked by an obstruction), then mass must
be restricted to HOGE.
44 Climb, cruise and descent 034.02.03.00 034.02.03.00
45 Climb, cruise and descent (capabilities) 034.02.03.01 034.02.03.01
46 State that the helicopter must be capable of flying its 034.02.03.01.01 034.02.03.01.01
intended track without flying below the appropriate
minimum flight altitude and be able to perform a safe
forced landing.

47 Explain the effect of altitude on the maximum 034.02.03.01.02 034.02.03.01.02

endurance speed.
48 Use of helicopter performance data 034.02.04.00 034.02.04.00
49 Take-off (including hover) 034.02.04.01 034.02.04.01
50 Find the maximum wind component. 034.02.04.01.01 034.02.04.01.01
51 Find the maximum allowed take-off mass for certain 034.02.04.01.02 034.02.04.01.02
conditions.
52 Find the height–velocity parameters. 034.02.04.01.03 034.02.04.01.03
53 Climb 034.02.04.02 034.02.04.02
54 Find the time, distance and fuel required to climb for 034.02.04.02.01 034.02.04.02.01
certain conditions.
55 Find the rate of climb under given conditions and the 034.02.04.02.02 034.02.04.02.02
best rate-of-climb speed VY.
56 Cruise 034.02.04.03 034.02.04.03
57 Find the cruising speed and fuel consumption for 034.02.04.03.01 034.02.04.03.01
certain conditions.
58 Calculate the range and endurance under given 034.02.04.03.02 034.02.04.03.02
conditions.
59 Landing (including hover) 034.02.04.04 034.02.04.04
60 Find the maximum wind component. 034.02.04.04.01 034.02.04.04.01
61 Find the maximum allowed landing mass for certain 034.02.04.04.02 034.02.04.04.02
conditions.
62 Find the height–velocity parameters. 034.02.04.04.03 034.02.04.04.03
63 PERFORMANCE CLASS 2 General remark: The Learning 034.03.00.00 034.03.00.00
Objectives for Performance Class 2 are principally
identical with those for Performance Class 1. (See 034
04 00 00) Additional Learning Objectives are shown
below.

64 Operations without an assured safe forced landing 034.03.01.00 034.03.01.00

capability
65 Responsibility for operations without an assured safe 034.03.01.01 034.03.01.01
forced landing capability
66 State the responsibility of the operator for assuring safe 034.03.01.01.01 034.03.01.01.01
forced landings (point CAT.POL.H.305 of the EU
Regulation on air operations).

67 Take-off 034.03.02.00 034.03.02.00

68 Take-off requirements 034.03.02.01 034.03.02.01
69 State the climb and other requirements for take-off. 034.03.02.01.01 034.03.02.01.01

70 Take-off flight path 034.03.03.00 034.03.03.00

71 Take-off flight path requirements 034.03.03.01 034.03.03.01
72 State the height above the take-off surface at which at 034.03.03.01.01 034.03.03.01.01
least the requirements for the take-off flight path for
Performance Class 1 are to be met.
73 Landing 034.03.04.00 034.03.04.00
74 Landing requirements 034.03.04.01 034.03.04.01
75 State the requirements for the climb capability when 034.03.04.01.01 034.03.04.01.01
OEI.
76 State the options for a Performance Class 2 operation in 034.03.04.01.02 034.03.04.01.02
the case of a critical power-unit failure at any point in
the approach path.
77 State the limitations for operations to/from a helideck. 034.03.04.01.03 034.03.04.01.03

78 PERFORMANCE CLASS 1 - HELICOPTERS CERTIFIED 034.04.00.00 034.04.00.00

ACCORDING TO CS-29 ONLY
79 Take-off 034.04.01.00 034.04.01.00
80 Take-off distances 034.04.01.01 034.04.01.01
81 Explain the effects of the following variables on the 034.04.01.01.01 034.04.01.01.01
flight-path and take-off distances: take-off with HIGE or
HOGE; take-off procedure; obstacle clearances both
laterally and vertically; take-off from non-elevated
heliports; take-off from elevated heliports or helidecks;
take-off from a TLOF.

82 Explain the effects of the following variables on take-off 034.04.01.01.02 034.04.01.01.02

distances: mass; take-off configuration; bleed-air
configurations.
83 Explain the effects of the following meteorological 034.04.01.01.03 034.04.01.01.03
conditions on take-off distances: wind; temperature;
pressure altitude.
84 Explain the take-off distances for specified conditions 034.04.01.01.04 034.04.01.01.04
and configuration for AEO and OEI.
85 Explain the effect of obstacles on the take-off distance 034.04.01.01.05 034.04.01.01.05
required.
86 State the assumed reaction time between engine failure 034.04.01.01.06 034.04.01.01.06
and recognition.
87 Explain that the flight must be carried out visually up to 034.04.01.01.07 034.04.01.01.07
TDP.
88 Rejected take-off distance required (helicopter) 034.04.01.02 034.04.01.02
(RTODR(H))
89 Explain RTODR(H) for specified conditions and 034.04.01.02.01 034.04.01.02.01
configuration for AEO and OEI.
90 Explain the time-to-decide allowance (decision time) 034.04.01.02.02 034.04.01.02.02
and deceleration procedure.
91 Intentionally left blank 034.04.01.03 034.04.01.03
92 Take-off climb 034.04.01.04 034.04.01.04
93 Define the segments of the take-off flight path. 034.04.01.04.01 034.04.01.04.01
94 Explain the effect of changes in the configuration on 034.04.01.04.02 034.04.01.04.02
power and speed in the segments.
95 Explain the climb-gradient requirements for OEI. 034.04.01.04.03 034.04.01.04.03
96 State the minimum altitude over the take-off path when 034.04.01.04.04 034.04.01.04.04
flying at the take-off safety speed in a Category A
helicopter (VTOSS).
97 Describe the influence of airspeed selection, 034.04.01.04.05 034.04.01.04.05
acceleration and turns on the climb gradient and best
rate-of-climb speed.
98 Obstacle-limited take-off 034.04.01.05 034.04.01.05
99 Describe the operational regulations for obstacle 034.04.01.05.01 034.04.01.05.01
clearance of the take-off flight path in the departure
sector with OEI.
100 Use of helicopter performance data 034.04.01.06 034.04.01.06
101 Determine from helicopter performance data sheets 034.04.01.06.01 034.04.01.06.01
the maximum mass that satisfies the operational
regulations for take-off in terms of regulated take-off
mass, TODRH and minimum gradients for climb and
obstacle clearance.

102 Climb 034.04.02.00 034.04.02.00

103 Climb techniques 034.04.02.01 034.04.02.01
104 Explain the effect of climbing with best rate-of-climb 034.04.02.01.01 034.04.02.01.01
speed (VY).
105 Explain the influence of altitude on VY. 034.04.02.01.02 034.04.02.01.02
106 Use of helicopter flight data 034.04.02.02 034.04.02.02
107 Find the rate of climb and calculate the time to climb to 034.04.02.02.01 034.04.02.02.01
a given altitude.
108 Cruise 034.04.03.00 034.04.03.00
109 Cruise techniques 034.04.03.01 034.04.03.01
110 Explain the cruise procedures for ‘maximum endurance’ 034.04.03.01.01 034.04.03.01.01
and ‘maximum range’.
111 Maximum endurance 034.04.03.02 034.04.03.02
112 Explain fuel flow in relation to true airspeed (TAS). 034.04.03.02.01 034.04.03.02.01
113 Explain the speed for maximum endurance. 034.04.03.02.02 034.04.03.02.02
114 Maximum range 034.04.03.03 034.04.03.03
115 Explain the speed for maximum range. 034.04.03.03.01 034.04.03.03.01
116 Maximum cruise 034.04.03.04 034.04.03.04
117 Explain the speed for maximum cruise. 034.04.03.04.01 034.04.03.04.01
118 Cruise altitudes 034.04.03.05 034.04.03.05
119 Explain the factors which might affect or limit the 034.04.03.05.01 034.04.03.05.01
operating altitude.
120 Understand the relation between power setting, fuel 034.04.03.05.02 034.04.03.05.02
consumption, cruising speed and altitude.
121 Use of helicopter performance data 034.04.03.06 034.04.03.06
122 Determine the fuel consumption from the helicopter 034.04.03.06.01 034.04.03.06.01
performance data sheets in accordance with altitude
and helicopter mass.
123 En-route one-engine-inoperative (OEI) 034.04.04.00 034.04.04.00
124 Requirements for en-route flights with OEI 034.04.04.01 034.04.04.01
125 State the flight-path clearance requirements. 034.04.04.01.01 034.04.04.01.01
126 Explain drift-down techniques. 034.04.04.01.02 034.04.04.01.02
127 State the reduction in the flight-path width when 034.04.04.01.03 034.04.04.01.03
navigational accuracy can be achieved.
128 Use of helicopter flight data 034.04.04.02 034.04.04.02
129 Find the single-engine service ceiling, range and 034.04.04.02.01 034.04.04.02.01
endurance from given engine-inoperative charts.
130 Find OEI operating data from suitable charts. 034.04.04.02.02 034.04.04.02.02
131 Find the amount of fuel to be jettisoned in order to 034.04.04.02.03 034.04.04.02.03
reduce helicopter mass.
132 Calculate the relevant parameters for drift-down 034.04.04.02.04 034.04.04.02.04
procedures.
133 Descent 034.04.05.00 034.04.05.00
134 Use of helicopter flight data 034.04.05.01 034.04.05.01
135 Find the rate of descent and calculate the time to 034.04.05.01.01 034.04.05.01.01
descend to a given altitude.
136 Landing 034.04.06.00 034.04.06.00
137 Landing requirements 034.04.06.01 034.04.06.01
138 State the requirements for landing. 034.04.06.01.01 034.04.06.01.01
139 Landing procedures 034.04.06.02 034.04.06.02
140 Explain the procedure for critical power-unit failure 034.04.06.02.01 034.04.06.02.01
before and after the landing decision point.
141 Explain that the portion of flight after the landing 034.04.06.02.02 034.04.06.02.02
decision point must be carried out visually.
142 Explain the procedures and required obstacle 034.04.06.02.03 034.04.06.02.03
clearances for landings on different heliports/helidecks.

143 Use of helicopter performance data 034.04.06.03 034.04.06.03

144 Determine from helicopter performance data sheets 034.04.06.03.01 034.04.06.03.01
the maximum mass that satisfies the operational
regulations for landing in terms of regulated landing
mass, LDRH and minimum gradients for climb and
obstacle clearance.

Total
 2020 syllabus text

Reworded, intent

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

ATPL(H)/IR
the same

modified

ATPL(A)
Deleted

CPL(A)
New

BK
PERFORMANCE - HELICOPTERS

GENERAL
Performance legislation
Airworthiness requirements
Interpret the airworthiness requirements of CS-27 and X X
CS-29.
Name the general differences between helicopters X X
certified according to CS-27 and CS-29.
Operational regulations
State that the person responsible for complying with X X
operational procedures is the commander.
Use and interpret diagrams and tables associated with X X
CAT A and CAT B procedures in order to select and
develop Class 1, 2 and 3 performance profiles according
to available heliport size and location (surface or
elevated).

Interpret the charts showing minimum clearances X X

associated with CAT A and CAT B procedures.
General performance theory
Phases of flight
Explain the following phases of flight: take-off; climb; X X
level flight; descent; approach and landing.
Describe the necessity for different take-off and landing X X
procedures.
Definitions and terms
Define the following terms: CAT A; CAT B; Performance X X
Class 1, 2 and 3; congested area; elevated heliport;
helideck; heliport; hostile environment; maximum
operational passenger seating configuration (MOPSC);
non-hostile environment; obstacle; rotor radius (R);
take-off mass; touchdown and lift-off area (TLOF); safe
forced landing; speed for best rate of climb (Vy); never
exceed speed (VNE); velocity landing gear extended
(VLE); velocity landing gear operation (VLO); cruising
speed and maximum cruising speed.
Define the following terms: reported headwind X X
component; take-off decision point (TDP); defined point
after take-off (DPATO); take-off distance required
helicopter (TODRH); take-off distance available
helicopter (TODAH); distance required (DR); rejected
take-off distance required helicopter (RTODRH);
rotation point (RP); committal point (CP); defined point
before landing (DPBL); landing decision point (LDP);
landing distance available helicopter (LDAH); landing
distance required helicopter (LDRH); ditching (see
operations).

Understand the meaning and significance of the X X

acronyms AEO and OEI.
Define the terms ‘climb angle’ and ‘climb gradient’. X X
Define the terms ‘flight-path angle’ and ‘flight-path X X
gradient’.
Define ‘VmaxRange’ (speed for maximum range) and X X
VmaxEnd (speed for maximum endurance).
Define and calculate the gradient by using power, wind, X X
and helicopter mass.
Explain the terms ‘operational ceiling’ and ‘absolute X X
ceiling’.
Explain the term ‘service ceiling OEI’. X X
Explain the difference between hovering in ground X X
effect (HIGE) and hovering out of ground effect (HOGE).

Power required/power available curves

Understand and interpret the power required/power X X
available versus TAS graphs.
Height–velocity graphs
Understand and interpret height–velocity graphs. X X
Influencing variables on performance
Explain how the following factors affect helicopter X X
performance: pressure altitude; humidity; temperature;
wind; helicopter mass; helicopter configuration;
helicopter centre of gravity (CG).

PERFORMANCE CLASS 3 - SINGLE-ENGINE HELICOPTERS

Effect of variables on single-engine (SE) helicopter

performance
Effect of variables on SE helicopter performance
Determine the wind component, altitude and X X
temperature for hovering, take-off and landing.
Explain that operations are to be conducted only X X
from/to heliports and over such routes, areas and
diversions contained in a non-hostile environment
where a safe forced landing can be carried out (point
CAT.OP.MPA.137 of the EU Regulation on air
operations, except when the helicopter is approved to
operate in accordance with point CAT.POL.H.420).
(Consider the exception: Operations may be conducted
in a hostile environment. Ground level exposure - and
exposure for elevated final approach and take-off areas
(FATOs) or helidecks in non-hostile environments - is
allowed for operations approved under CAT.POL.H.305,
during the take-off and landing phases.)

Explain the effect of temperature, wind and altitude on X X

climb, cruise and descent performance.

Take-off and landing

Take-off and landing (including hover)
Explain the take-off and landing requirements. X X
Explain the maximum allowed take-off and landing X X
mass.
Explain that mass has to be restricted to HIGE. X X
Explain that if HIGE is unlikely to be achieved (for X X
example, blocked by an obstruction), then mass must
be restricted to HOGE.
Climb, cruise and descent
Climb, cruise and descent (capabilities)
State that the helicopter must be capable of flying its X X
intended track without flying below the appropriate
minimum flight altitude and be able to perform a safe
forced landing.

Explain the effect of altitude on the maximum X X

endurance speed.
Use of helicopter performance data
Take-off (including hover)
Find the maximum wind component. X X
Find the maximum allowed take-off mass for certain X X
conditions.
Find the height–velocity parameters. X X
Climb
Find the time, distance and fuel required to climb for X X
certain conditions.
Find the rate of climb under given conditions and the X X
best rate-of-climb speed VY.
Cruise
Find the cruising speed and fuel consumption for X X
certain conditions.
Calculate the range and endurance under given X X
conditions.
Landing (including hover)
Find the maximum wind component. X X
Find the maximum allowed landing mass for certain X X
conditions.
Find the height–velocity parameters. X X
PERFORMANCE CLASS 2 General remark: The Learning
Objectives for Performance Class 2 are principally
identical with those for Performance Class 1. (See 034
04 00 00) Additional Learning Objectives are shown
below.

Operations without an assured safe forced landing

capability
Responsibility for operations without an assured safe
forced landing capability
State the responsibility of the operator for assuring safe X X
forced landings (point CAT.POL.H.305 of the EU
Regulation on air operations).

Take-off
Take-off requirements
State the climb and other requirements for take-off. X X

Take-off flight path

Take-off flight path requirements
State the height above the take-off surface at which at X X
least the requirements for the take-off flight path for
Performance Class 1 are to be met.
Landing
Landing requirements
State the requirements for the climb capability when X X
OEI.
State the options for a Performance Class 2 operation in X X
the case of a critical power-unit failure at any point in
the approach path.
State the limitations for operations to/from a helideck. X X

PERFORMANCE CLASS 1 - HELICOPTERS CERTIFIED

ACCORDING TO CS-29 ONLY
Take-off
Take-off distances
Explain the effects of the following variables on the X X
flight-path and take-off distances: take-off with HIGE or
HOGE; take-off procedure; obstacle clearances both
laterally and vertically; take-off from non-elevated
heliports; take-off from elevated heliports or helidecks;
take-off from a TLOF.

Explain the effects of the following variables on take-off X X

distances: mass; take-off configuration; bleed-air
configurations.
Explain the effects of the following meteorological X X
conditions on take-off distances: wind; temperature;
pressure altitude.
Explain the take-off distances for specified conditions X X
and configuration for AEO and OEI.
Explain the effect of obstacles on the take-off distance X X
required.
State the assumed reaction time between engine failure X X
and recognition.
Explain that the flight must be carried out visually up to X X
TDP.
Rejected take-off distance required (helicopter)
(RTODR(H))
Explain RTODR(H) for specified conditions and X X
configuration for AEO and OEI.
Explain the time-to-decide allowance (decision time) X X
and deceleration procedure.
Intentionally left blank
Take-off climb
Define the segments of the take-off flight path. X X
Explain the effect of changes in the configuration on X X
power and speed in the segments.
Explain the climb-gradient requirements for OEI. X X
State the minimum altitude over the take-off path when X X
flying at the take-off safety speed in a Category A
helicopter (VTOSS).
Describe the influence of airspeed selection, X X
acceleration and turns on the climb gradient and best
rate-of-climb speed.
Obstacle-limited take-off
Describe the operational regulations for obstacle X X
clearance of the take-off flight path in the departure
sector with OEI.
Use of helicopter performance data
Determine from helicopter performance data sheets X X
the maximum mass that satisfies the operational
regulations for take-off in terms of regulated take-off
mass, TODRH and minimum gradients for climb and
obstacle clearance.

Climb
Climb techniques
Explain the effect of climbing with best rate-of-climb X X
speed (VY).
Explain the influence of altitude on VY. X X
Use of helicopter flight data
Find the rate of climb and calculate the time to climb to X X
a given altitude.
Cruise
Cruise techniques
Explain the cruise procedures for ‘maximum endurance’ X X
and ‘maximum range’.
Maximum endurance
Explain fuel flow in relation to true airspeed (TAS). X X
Explain the speed for maximum endurance. X X
Maximum range
Explain the speed for maximum range. X X
Maximum cruise
Explain the speed for maximum cruise. X X
Cruise altitudes
Explain the factors which might affect or limit the X X
operating altitude.
Understand the relation between power setting, fuel X X
consumption, cruising speed and altitude.
Use of helicopter performance data
Determine the fuel consumption from the helicopter X X
performance data sheets in accordance with altitude
and helicopter mass.
En-route one-engine-inoperative (OEI)
Requirements for en-route flights with OEI
State the flight-path clearance requirements. X X
Explain drift-down techniques. X X
State the reduction in the flight-path width when X X
navigational accuracy can be achieved.
Use of helicopter flight data
Find the single-engine service ceiling, range and X X
endurance from given engine-inoperative charts.
Find OEI operating data from suitable charts. X X
Find the amount of fuel to be jettisoned in order to X X
reduce helicopter mass.
Calculate the relevant parameters for drift-down X X
procedures.
Descent
Use of helicopter flight data
Find the rate of descent and calculate the time to X X
descend to a given altitude.
Landing
Landing requirements
State the requirements for landing. X X
Landing procedures
Explain the procedure for critical power-unit failure X X
before and after the landing decision point.
Explain that the portion of flight after the landing X X
decision point must be carried out visually.
Explain the procedures and required obstacle X X
clearances for landings on different heliports/helidecks.

Use of helicopter performance data

Determine from helicopter performance data sheets X X
the maximum mass that satisfies the operational
regulations for landing in terms of regulated landing
mass, LDRH and minimum gradients for climb and
obstacle clearance.

0 0 0 85 ### ### 0 0 0 85
ATPL(H)/VFR Source / Comment

BIR exam
CBIR(A)
CPL(H)

BIR BK
IR

No entries in v.3 of this TK

Syllabus Comparison Document

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X
X

X
X

X X

X X

X X
X X

X X

X X

X X

X X
X X

X X

X X
X X

X X
X X

X X

X X

X X
X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X
X X
X X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X
X

X
X

85 32 0 0 0 0
 2018-2019 syllabus text 2018-2019 2020 syllabus Moved
syllabus reference to/from
reference another
Index

subject

1 HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LIMITATIONS 040.00.00.00 040.00.00.00

2 HUMAN FACTORS: BASIC CONCEPTS 040.01.00.00 040.01.00.00

3 Human factors in aviation 040.01.01.00 040.01.01.00
4 Becoming a competent pilot 040.01.01.01 040.01.01.01
5 State that competence is based on knowledge, skills and 040.01.01.01.01 040.01.01.01.01
attitudes of the individual pilot, and list the ICAO eight
core competencies: application of procedures;
communication; aircraft flight path management,
automation; aircraft flight path management, manual
control; leadership and teamwork; problem-solving and
decision-making; situation awareness; workload
management.

6 Intentionally left blank 040.01.02.00 040.01.02.00

7 Flight safety concepts 040.01.03.00 040.01.03.00
8 Threat and error management (TEM) model and SHELL 040.01.03.01 040.01.03.01
model
9 Explain the three components of the TEM model. 040.01.03.01.01 040.01.03.01.01
10 Explain and give examples of latent threats. 040.01.03.01.02 040.01.03.01.02
11 Explain and give examples of environmental threats. 040.01.03.01.03 040.01.03.01.03

12 Explain and give examples of organisational threats. 040.01.03.01.04 040.01.03.01.04

13 Explain and give a definition of ‘error’ according to the 040.01.03.01.05 040.01.03.01.05

TEM model of ICAO Doc 9683 (Part II, Chapter 2).

14 Give examples of different countermeasures which may 040.01.03.01.06 040.01.03.01.06

be used in order to manage threats, errors, and
undesired aircraft states.
15 Explain and give examples of procedural error, 040.01.03.01.07 040.01.03.01.07
communication errors, and aircraft handling errors.

16 Explain and give examples of ‘undesired aircraft states’. 040.01.03.01.08 040.01.03.01.08

17 State the components of the SHELL model. 040.01.03.01.09 040.01.03.01.09

18 State the relevance of the SHELL model to the work in 040.01.03.01.10 040.01.03.01.10
the cockpit.
19 Safety culture 040.01.04.00 040.01.04.00
20 Safety culture and safety management 040.01.04.01 040.01.04.01
21 Distinguish between ‘open cultures’ and ‘closed 040.01.04.01.01 040.01.04.01.01
cultures’.
22 Illustrate how safety culture is reflected in national 040.01.04.01.02 040.01.04.01.02
culture.
23 Discuss the established expression ‘safety first’ in a 040.01.04.01.03 040.01.04.01.03
commercial entity.
24 Explain James Reason’s ‘Swiss Cheese Model’. 040.01.04.01.04 040.01.04.01.04
25 State the important factors that promote a good safety 040.01.04.01.05 040.01.04.01.05
culture.
26 Distinguish between ‘just culture’ and ‘non-punitive 040.01.04.01.06 040.01.04.01.06
culture’.
27 Name the five components which form safety culture 040.01.04.01.07 040.01.04.01.07
(according to James Reason: informed culture, reporting
culture, learning culture, just culture, flexible culture).

28 Name the basic concepts of safety management system 040.01.04.01.08 040.01.04.01.08

(SMS) (including hazard identification and risk
management) and its relationship with safety culture in
order to: define how the organisation is set up to
manage risks; identify workplace risk and implement
suitable controls; implement effective communication
across all levels of the organisation.

29 Basics of aviation physiology and health maintenance 040.02.00.00 040.02.00.00

30 Basics of flight physiology 040.02.01.00 040.02.01.00

31 The atmosphere 040.02.01.01 040.02.01.01
32 State that the volume percentage of the gases in 040.02.01.01.01 040.02.01.01.01
ambient air will remain constant at all altitudes at which
conventional aircraft operate.
33 Respiratory and circulatory system 040.02.01.02 040.02.01.02
34 List the main components of the respiratory system and 040.02.01.02.01 040.02.01.02.01
their function.
35 Identify the different volumes of air in the lungs and 040.02.01.02.02 040.02.01.02.02
state the normal respiratory rate.
36 Explain the role of carbon dioxide in the control and 040.02.01.02.03 040.02.01.02.03
regulation of respiration.
37 Describe the basic processes of external respiration and 040.02.01.02.04 040.02.01.02.04
internal respiration.
38 List the factors that determine pulse rate. 040.02.01.02.05 040.02.01.02.05
39 Name the major components of the circulatory system 040.02.01.02.06 040.02.01.02.06
and describe their function.
40 State the values for a normal pulse rate and the average 040.02.01.02.07 040.02.01.02.07
cardiac output (heart rate × stroke volume) of an adult
at rest.
41 Define ‘systolic’ and ‘diastolic’ blood pressure. 040.02.01.02.08 040.02.01.02.08
42 State the normal blood pressure ranges and units of 040.02.01.02.09 040.02.01.02.09
measurement.
43 List the main constituents of blood and describe their 040.02.01.02.10 040.02.01.02.10
functions.
44 Stress the function of haemoglobin in the circulatory 040.02.01.02.11 040.02.01.02.11
system.
45 Define ‘anaemia’ and state its common causes. 040.02.01.02.12 040.02.01.02.12
46 Indicate the effect of increasing altitude on 040.02.01.02.13 040.02.01.02.13
haemoglobin oxygen saturation.
47 Hypertension and hypotension
48 Define ‘hypertension’ and ‘hypotension’. 040.02.01.02.14 040.02.01.02.14
49 List the effects that high and low blood pressure will 040.02.01.02.15 040.02.01.02.15
have on some normal functions of the human body.

50 State that both hypotension and hypertension may 040.02.01.02.16 040.02.01.02.16

disqualify a pilot from obtaining medical clearance to
fly.
51 List the factors which can lead to hypertension for an 040.02.01.02.17 040.02.01.02.17
individual.
52 State the corrective actions that may be taken to reduce 040.02.01.02.18 040.02.01.02.18
high blood pressure.
53 Stress that hypertension is the major factor of strokes in 040.02.01.02.19 040.02.01.02.19
the general population.
54 Coronary artery disease
55 Differentiate between ‘angina’ and ‘heart attack’. 040.02.01.02.20 040.02.01.02.20
56 Explain the major risk factors for coronary disease. 040.02.01.02.21 040.02.01.02.21

57 State the role physical exercise plays in reducing the 040.02.01.02.22 040.02.01.02.22
chances of developing coronary disease.
58 Hypoxia
59 Define the two major forms of hypoxia (hypoxic and 040.02.01.02.23 040.02.01.02.23
anaemic), and the common causes of both.
60 State the symptoms of hypoxia. 040.02.01.02.24 040.02.01.02.24
61 State that healthy people are able to compensate for 040.02.01.02.25 040.02.01.02.25
altitudes up to approximately 10 000-12 000 ft.

62 Name the three physiological thresholds and allocate 040.02.01.02.26 040.02.01.02.26

the corresponding altitudes for each of them: reaction
threshold (7 000 ft); disturbance threshold (10-
12 000 ft); and critical threshold (22 000 ft).

63 State the altitude at which short-term memory begins 040.02.01.02.27 040.02.01.02.27

to be affected by hypoxia.
64 Define the terms ‘time of useful consciousness’ (TUC) 040.02.01.02.28 040.02.01.02.28
and ‘effective performance time’ (EPT).
65 State that TUC varies among individuals, but the 040.02.01.02.29 040.02.01.02.29
approximate values for a person seated (at rest) are:
20 000 ft 30 min; 30 000 ft 1-2 min 35 000 ft; 30-90 s
40 000 ft 15-20 s

66 List the factors that determine the severity of hypoxia. 040.02.01.02.30 040.02.01.02.30

67 State the equivalent altitudes when breathing ambient 040.02.01.02.31 040.02.01.02.31

air and 100 per cent oxygen at mean sea level (MSL)
and at approximately 10 000, 30 000 and 40 000 ft.

68 Hyperventilation
69 Describe the role of carbon dioxide in hyperventilation. 040.02.01.02.32 040.02.01.02.32

70 Define the term ‘hyperventilation’. 040.02.01.02.33 040.02.01.02.33

71 List the factors that cause hyperventilation. 040.02.01.02.34 040.02.01.02.34
72 State that hyperventilation may be caused by 040.02.01.02.35 040.02.01.02.35
psychological or physiological reasons.
73 List the signs and symptoms of hyperventilation. 040.02.01.02.36 040.02.01.02.36
74 List the measures which may be taken to counteract 040.02.01.02.37 040.02.01.02.37
hyperventilation: breath slowly, close one opening of
the nose, speak loudly, place a paper bag over nose and
mouth.

75 Decompression sickness/illness
76 State the normal range of cabin pressure altitude in 040.02.01.02.38 040.02.01.02.38
pressurised commercial air transport aircraft and
describe its protective function for aircrew and
passengers.
77 List the vital actions the crew has to perform when 040.02.01.02.39 040.02.01.02.39
cabin pressurisation is lost (oxygen mask on, emergency
descent, land as soon as possible, and no further flight
for the next minimum 24 hours). State that
decompression sickness symptoms can occur up to 24
hours later.

78 Identify the causes of decompression sickness in flight 040.02.01.02.40 040.02.01.02.40

operation.
79 State how decompression sickness can be prevented. 040.02.01.02.41 040.02.01.02.41

80 List the symptoms of decompression sickness (bends, 040.02.01.02.42 040.02.01.02.42

creeps, chokes, staggers).
81 Indicate how decompression sickness may be treated. 040.02.01.02.43 040.02.01.02.43

82 Define the hazards of diving and flying, and give the 040.02.01.02.44 040.02.01.02.44
recommendations associated with these activities.

83 Acceleration
84 Define ‘linear acceleration’ and ‘angular acceleration’. 040.02.01.02.45 040.02.01.02.45

85 Describe the effects of z-acceleration on the circulation 040.02.01.02.46 040.02.01.02.46

and blood volume distribution.
86 List magnitude, duration and onset as factors that 040.02.01.02.47 040.02.01.02.47
determine the effects of acceleration on the human
body.
87 List the effects of positive acceleration with respect to 040.02.01.02.48 040.02.01.02.48
type, sequence and corresponding G-load.

88 Carbon monoxide
89 State how carbon monoxide is produced. 040.02.01.02.49 040.02.01.02.49
90 State how the presence of carbon monoxide in the 040.02.01.02.50 040.02.01.02.50
blood affects the distribution of oxygen.
91 List the signs and symptoms of carbon-monoxide 040.02.01.02.51 040.02.01.02.51
poisoning.
92 Explain immediate countermeasures on suspicion of 040.02.01.02.52 040.02.01.02.52
carbon-monoxide poisoning and how poisoning can be
treated later on the ground.
93 High-altitude environment 040.02.01.03 040.02.01.03
94 State how an increase in altitude may change the 040.02.01.03.01 040.02.01.03.01
proportion of ozone in the atmosphere and that aircraft
can be equipped with special ozone removers.

95 Radiation
96 State the sources of radiation at high altitude. 040.02.01.03.02 040.02.01.03.02
97 List the effects of excessive exposure to radiation. 040.02.01.03.03 040.02.01.03.03
98 Humidity
99 List the factors that affect the relative humidity of both 040.02.01.03.04 040.02.01.03.04
the atmosphere and cabin air.
100 List the effects of low humidity on human body to be 040.02.01.03.05 040.02.01.03.05
spurious thirst, dry eyes, skin and mucous membranes,
and indicate measures that can be taken: drinking
water, using eye drops and aqueous creams.

101 People and the environment: the sensory system 040.02.02.00 040.02.02.00
102 The different senses 040.02.02.01 040.02.02.01
103 List the different senses. 040.02.02.01.01 040.02.02.01.01
104 Central, peripheral and autonomic nervous system 040.02.02.02 040.02.02.02
105 Define the term ‘sensory threshold’. 040.02.02.02.01 040.02.02.02.01
106 Define the term ‘sensitivity’, especially in the context of 040.02.02.02.02 040.02.02.02.02
vision.
107 Give examples of sensory adaptation. 040.02.02.02.03 040.02.02.02.03
108 Define the term ‘habituation’ and state its implication 040.02.02.02.04 040.02.02.02.04
for flight safety.
109 Vision 040.02.02.03 040.02.02.03
110 Functional anatomy
111 Name the most important parts of the eye and the 040.02.02.03.01 040.02.02.03.01
pathway to the visual cortex.
112 State the basic functions of the parts of the eye. 040.02.02.03.02 040.02.02.03.02
113 Define ‘accommodation’. 040.02.02.03.03 040.02.02.03.03
114 Distinguish between the functions of the rod and cone 040.02.02.03.04 040.02.02.03.04
cells.
115 Describe the distribution of rod and cone cells in the 040.02.02.03.05 040.02.02.03.05
retina and explain their relevance to vision.
116 The fovea (fovea centralis) and peripheral vision
117 Explain the terms ‘visual acuity’, ‘visual field’, ‘central 040.02.02.03.06 040.02.02.03.06
vision’, ‘peripheral vision’ and ‘the fovea’, and explain
their function in the process of vision.
118 List the factors that may degrade visual acuity and the 040.02.02.03.07 040.02.02.03.07
importance of ‘lookout’.
119 State the limitations of night vision and the different 040.02.02.03.08 040.02.02.03.08
scanning techniques at both night and day.

120 State the time necessary for the eye to adapt both to 040.02.02.03.09 040.02.02.03.09
bright light and the dark.
121 State the effect of hypoxia, smoking and altitude in 040.02.02.03.10 040.02.02.03.10
excess of 5 000 ft on night vision.
122 Explain the nature of colour blindness. 040.02.02.03.11 040.02.02.03.11
123 Binocular and monocular vision
124 Distinguish between monocular and binocular vision. 040.02.02.03.12 040.02.02.03.12

125 Explain the basis of depth perception and its relevance 040.02.02.03.13 040.02.02.03.13
to flight performance.
126 List the possible monocular cues for depth perception. 040.02.02.03.14 040.02.02.03.14

127 State that for high-energy blue light and UV rays, 040.02.02.03.15 040.02.02.03.15
sunglasses can prevent damage to the retina.
128 Defective vision
129 Explain long-sightedness, short-sightedness and 040.02.02.03.16 040.02.02.03.16
astigmatism.
130 List the causes of and the precautions that may be 040.02.02.03.17 040.02.02.03.17
taken to reduce the probability of vision loss due to:
presbyopia; cataract; glaucoma.
131 List the types of sunglasses that could cause 040.02.02.03.18 040.02.02.03.18
perceptional problems in flight.
132 List the measures that may be taken to protect oneself 040.02.02.03.19 040.02.02.03.19
from flash blindness.
133 State the possible problems associated with contact 040.02.02.03.20 040.02.02.03.20
lenses.
134 State the current rules/regulations governing the 040.02.02.03.21 040.02.02.03.21
wearing of corrective spectacles and contact lenses
when operating as a pilot.
135 Explain the significance of the ‘blind spot’ on the retina 040.02.02.03.22 040.02.02.03.22
in detecting other traffic in flight.
136 Hearing 040.02.02.04 040.02.02.04
137 Descriptive and functional anatomy
138 State the basic parts and functions of the outer, the 040.02.02.04.01 040.02.02.04.01
middle and the inner ear.
139 Differentiate between the functions of the vestibular 040.02.02.04.02 040.02.02.04.02
apparatus and the cochlea in the inner ear.

140 Hearing loss

141 Define the main causes of the following hearing 040.02.02.04.03 040.02.02.04.03
defects/loss: ‘conductive deafness’; ‘noise-induced
hearing loss’ (NIHL); ‘presbycusis’.
142 Summarise the effects of environmental noise on 040.02.02.04.04 040.02.02.04.04
hearing.
143 State the decibel level of received noise that will cause 040.02.02.04.05 040.02.02.04.05
NIHL.
144 Identify the potential occupational risks that may cause 040.02.02.04.06 040.02.02.04.06
hearing loss.
145 List the main sources of hearing loss in the flying 040.02.02.04.07 040.02.02.04.07
environment.
146 List the precautions that may be taken to reduce the 040.02.02.04.08 040.02.02.04.08
probability of onset of hearing loss.
147 Equilibrium 040.02.02.05 040.02.02.05
148 Functional anatomy
149 List the main elements of the vestibular apparatus. 040.02.02.05.01 040.02.02.05.01
150 State the functions of the vestibular apparatus on the 040.02.02.05.02 040.02.02.05.02
ground and in flight.
151 Distinguish between the component parts of the 040.02.02.05.03 040.02.02.05.03
vestibular apparatus in the detection of linear and
angular acceleration as well as on gravity.
152 Explain how the semicircular canals are stimulated. 040.02.02.05.04 040.02.02.05.04

153 Motion sickness

154 Describe air sickness and its accompanying symptoms. 040.02.02.05.05 040.02.02.05.05

155 List the causes of air sickness. 040.02.02.05.06 040.02.02.05.06

156 Describe the necessary actions to be taken to 040.02.02.05.07 040.02.02.05.07
counteract the symptoms of air sickness.
157 Integration of sensory inputs 040.02.02.06 040.02.02.06
158 State the interaction between vision, equilibrium, 040.02.02.06.01 040.02.02.06.01
proprioception and hearing to obtain spatial orientation
in flight.
159 Define the term ‘illusion’. 040.02.02.06.02 040.02.02.06.02
160 Give examples of visual illusions based on shape 040.02.02.06.03 040.02.02.06.03
constancy, size constancy, aerial perspective,
atmospheric perspective, the absence of focal or
ambient cues, autokinesis, vectional false horizons, field
myopia, and surface planes.

161 Relate these illusions to problems that may be 040.02.02.06.04 040.02.02.06.04

experienced in flight and identify the danger attached
to them.
162 List approach and landing illusions for slope of the 040.02.02.06.05 040.02.02.06.05
runway, black-hole approach, and terrain around
runway, and state the danger involved with
recommendations to avoid or counteract the problems
with high or low approach or flare at the wrong time.

163 State the problems associated with flickering lights 040.02.02.06.06 040.02.02.06.06
(strobe lights, anti-collision lights, propellers and rotors
under certain light conditions, etc.).

164 Describe vestibular illusions caused by the angular 040.02.02.06.07 040.02.02.06.07

accelerations (the Leans, Coriolis) and linear
accelerations (somatogravic, G-effect).
165 Relate the above-mentioned vestibular illusions to 040.02.02.06.08 040.02.02.06.08
problems encountered in flight and state the dangers
involved.
166 State that the ‘seat-of-the-pants’ sense is completely 040.02.02.06.09 040.02.02.06.09
unreliable when visual contact with the ground is lost or
when flying in instrument meteorological conditions
(IMC) or with a poor visual horizon.

167 Differentiate between vertigo, Coriolis effect, and 040.02.02.06.10 040.02.02.06.10

spatial disorientation.
168 List the measures to prevent or overcome spatial 040.02.02.06.11 040.02.02.06.11
disorientation.
169 Health and hygiene 040.02.03.00 040.02.03.00
170 Intentionally left blank 040.02.03.01 040.02.03.01
171 Body rhythm and sleep 040.02.03.02 040.02.03.02
172 Name some internal body rhythms and their relevance 040.02.03.02.01 040.02.03.02.01
to sleep. Explain that the most important of which is
body temperature.
173 Explain the term ‘circadian rhythm’. 040.02.03.02.02 040.02.03.02.02
174 State the approximate duration of a ‘free-running’ 040.02.03.02.03 040.02.03.02.03
rhythm.
175 Explain the significance of the ‘internal clock’ in 040.02.03.02.04 040.02.03.02.04
regulating the normal circadian rhythm.
176 State the effect of the circadian rhythm of body 040.02.03.02.05 040.02.03.02.05
temperature on an individual’s performance standard
and on an individual’s sleep patterns.
177 List and describe the stages of a sleep cycle. 040.02.03.02.06 040.02.03.02.06
178 Differentiate between rapid eye movement (REM) and 040.02.03.02.07 040.02.03.02.07
non-REM sleep.
179 Explain the function of sleep and describe the effects of 040.02.03.02.08 040.02.03.02.08
insufficient sleep on performance.
180 Explain the simple calculations for the sleep/wake 040.02.03.02.09 040.02.03.02.09
credit/debit situation.
181 Explain how sleep debit can become cumulative. 040.02.03.02.10 040.02.03.02.10
182 State the time formula for the adjustment of body 040.02.03.02.11 040.02.03.02.11
rhythms to the new local time scale after crossing time
zones.
183 State the problems caused by circadian disrhythmia (jet 040.02.03.02.12 040.02.03.02.12
lag) with regard to an individual’s performance and
sleep.
184 Differentiate between the effects of westbound and 040.02.03.02.13 040.02.03.02.13
eastbound travel.
185 Explain the interactive effects of circadian rhythm and 040.02.03.02.14 040.02.03.02.14
vigilance on a pilot’s performance during flight as the
duty day elapses.
186 Describe the main effects of lack of sleep on an 040.02.03.02.15 040.02.03.02.15
individual’s performance.
187 List the possible strategies to cope with jet lag. 040.02.03.02.16 040.02.03.02.16
188 Problem areas for pilots 040.02.03.03 040.02.03.03
189 Common minor ailments
190 State the role of the Eustachian tube in equalising 040.02.03.03.01 040.02.03.03.01
pressure between the middle ear and the environment.

191 State that the in-flight environment may increase the 040.02.03.03.02 040.02.03.03.02
severity of symptoms which may be minor while on the
ground.
192 List the negative effects of suffering from colds or flu on 040.02.03.03.03 040.02.03.03.03
flight operations especially with regard to the middle
ear, the sinuses, and the teeth.
193 State when a pilot should seek medical advice from an 040.02.03.03.04 040.02.03.03.04
aeromedical examiner (AME) or aeromedical centre
(AeMC).
194 Describe the measures to prevent or clear problems 040.02.03.03.05 040.02.03.03.05
due to pressure changes during flight.
195 Entrapped gases and barotrauma
196 Define ‘barotrauma’. 040.02.03.03.06 040.02.03.03.06
197 Differentiate between otic, sinus, gastrointestinal and 040.02.03.03.07 040.02.03.03.07
aerodontalgia (of the teeth) barotraumas and explain
avoidance strategies.
198 Explain why the effects of otic barotrauma can be worse 040.02.03.03.08 040.02.03.03.08
in the descent.
199 Gastrointestinal upsets
200 State the effects of gastrointestinal upsets that may 040.02.03.03.09 040.02.03.03.09
occur during flight.
201 List the precautions that should be observed to reduce 040.02.03.03.10 040.02.03.03.10
the occurrence of gastrointestinal upsets.
202 Indicate the major sources of gastrointestinal upsets. 040.02.03.03.11 040.02.03.03.11

203 Obesity
204 Define ‘obesity’. 040.02.03.03.12 040.02.03.03.12
205 State the following harmful effects obesity can cause: 040.02.03.03.13 040.02.03.03.13
possibility of developing coronary problems; increased
chances of developing diabetes; reduced ability to
withstand G-forces; development of problems with the
joints of the limbs; general circulatory problems;
reduced ability to cope with hypoxia or decompression
sickness; sleep apnoea.

206 Describe the problems associated with Type 2 (mostly 040.02.03.03.14 040.02.03.03.14
adult) diabetes: risk factors; insulin resistance;
complications (vascular, neurological) and the
consequences for the medical licence; pilots are not
protected from Type 2 diabetes more than other
people.
207 Describe the typical back problems (unspecific back 040.02.03.03.15 040.02.03.03.15
pain, slipped disc) that pilots have. Explain also the ways
of preventing and treating these problems: good sitting
posture; lumbar support; good physical condition; in-
flight exercise, if possible; physiotherapy.

208 Food hygiene

209 Stress the importance of and methods to be adopted by 040.02.03.03.16 040.02.03.03.16
aircrew, especially when travelling abroad, to avoid
contaminated food and liquids.
210 List the major contaminating sources in foodstuffs. 040.02.03.03.17 040.02.03.03.17

211 State the major constituents of a healthy diet. 040.02.03.03.18 040.02.03.03.18

212 State the measure to avoid hypoglycaemia. 040.02.03.03.19 040.02.03.03.19
213 State the importance of adequate hydration. 040.02.03.03.20 040.02.03.03.20
214 Tropical climates
215 List the problems associated with operating in tropical 040.02.03.03.21 040.02.03.03.21
climates.
216 State the possible causes/sources of incapacitation in 040.02.03.03.22 040.02.03.03.22
tropical countries with reference to: standards of
hygiene; quality of water supply; insect-borne diseases;
parasitic worms; rabies or other diseases that may be
spread through contact with animals; sexually
transmitted diseases.

217 State the precautions to be taken to reduce the risks of 040.02.03.03.23 040.02.03.03.23
developing problems in tropical areas.
218 Infectious diseases
219 State the major infectious diseases that may severely 040.02.03.03.24 040.02.03.03.24
incapacitate or kill individuals.
220 State the precautions that must be taken to ensure that 040.02.03.03.25 040.02.03.03.25
disease-carrying insects are not transported between
areas.
221 Intoxication 040.02.03.04 040.02.03.04
222 Tobacco
223 State the harmful effects of tobacco on: the respiratory 040.02.03.04.01 040.02.03.04.01
system; the cardiovascular system; the ability to resist
hypoxia; the ability to withstand G-forces; night vision.

224 Caffeine
225 Indicate the level of caffeine dosage at which 040.02.03.04.02 040.02.03.04.02
performance is degraded.
226 Besides coffee, indicate other beverages containing 040.02.03.04.03 040.02.03.04.03
caffeine.
227 Alcohol
228 State the maximum acceptable limit of alcohol for flight 040.02.03.04.04 040.02.03.04.04
crew according to the applicable regulations.

229 State the effects of alcohol consumption on: the ability 040.02.03.04.05 040.02.03.04.05
to reason; inhibitions and self-control; vision; the sense
of balance and sensory illusions; sleep patterns;
hypoxia.

230 State the effects alcohol may have if consumed together 040.02.03.04.06 040.02.03.04.06
with other drugs.
231 List the signs and symptoms of alcoholism. 040.02.03.04.07 040.02.03.04.07
232 List the factors that may be associated with the 040.02.03.04.08 040.02.03.04.08
development of alcoholism.
233 Define the ‘unit’ of alcohol and state the approximate 040.02.03.04.09 040.02.03.04.09
elimination rate from the blood.
234 State the maximum daily and weekly intake of units of 040.02.03.04.10 040.02.03.04.10
alcohol which may be consumed without causing
damage to the organs and systems of the human body.

235 Discuss the actions that might be taken if a crew 040.02.03.04.11 040.02.03.04.11
member is suspected of being an alcoholic.
236 Prescription and non-prescription drugs and self-
medication
237 State the dangers associated with the use of non- 040.02.03.04.12 040.02.03.04.12
prescription drugs.
238 State the side effects of common non-prescription 040.02.03.04.13 040.02.03.04.13
drugs used to treat colds, flu, hay fever and other
allergies, especially medicines containing antihistamine
preparations.

239 Interpret the rules relevant to using (prescription or 040.02.03.04.14 040.02.03.04.14

non-prescription) drugs that the pilot has not used
before.
240 Interpret the general rule that ‘if a pilot is so unwell that 040.02.03.04.15 040.02.03.04.15
they require any medication, then they should consider
themselves unfit to fly’.
241 Toxic materials
242 List those materials present in an aircraft which may, 040.02.03.04.16 040.02.03.04.16
when uncontained, cause severe health problems.

243 List those aircraft-component parts which if burnt may 040.02.03.04.17 040.02.03.04.17
give off toxic fumes.
244 Describe a fume event and the possible incapacitating 040.02.03.04.18 040.02.03.04.18
effects on those exposed to it.
245 Incapacitation in flight 040.02.03.05 040.02.03.05
246 State that incapacitation is most dangerous when its 040.02.03.05.01 040.02.03.05.01
onset is insidious.
247 List the major causes of in-flight incapacitation. 040.02.03.05.02 040.02.03.05.02
248 State the importance of crew to be able to recognise 040.02.03.05.03 040.02.03.05.03
and promptly react upon incapacitation of other crew
members, should it occur in flight.
249 Explain methods and procedures to cope with 040.02.03.05.04 040.02.03.05.04
incapacitation in flight.
250 BASIC AVIATION PSYCHOLOGY 040.03.00.00 040.03.00.00
251 Human information processing 040.03.01.00 040.03.01.00
252 Attention and vigilance 040.03.01.01 040.03.01.01
253 Differentiate between ‘attention’ and ‘vigilance’. 040.03.01.01.01 040.03.01.01.01
254 Differentiate between ‘selective’ and ‘divided’ 040.03.01.01.02 040.03.01.01.02
attention.
255 Define ‘hypovigilance’. 040.03.01.01.03 040.03.01.01.03
256 Identify the factors that may affect the state of 040.03.01.01.04 040.03.01.01.04
vigilance.
257 List the factors that may forestall hypovigilance during 040.03.01.01.05 040.03.01.01.05
flight.
258 Indicate the signs of reduced vigilance. 040.03.01.01.06 040.03.01.01.06
259 List the factors that affect a person’s level of attention. 040.03.01.01.07 040.03.01.01.07
260 Perception 040.03.01.02 040.03.01.02
261 Name the basis of the perceptual process. 040.03.01.02.01 040.03.01.02.01
262 Describe the mechanism of perception (‘bottom- 040.03.01.02.02 040.03.01.02.02
up’/‘top-down’ process).
263 Illustrate why perception is subjective and state the 040.03.01.02.03 040.03.01.02.03
relevant factors that influence interpretation of
perceived information.
264 Describe some basic perceptual illusions. 040.03.01.02.04 040.03.01.02.04
265 Illustrate some basic perceptual concepts. 040.03.01.02.05 040.03.01.02.05
266 Give examples where perception plays a decisive role in 040.03.01.02.06 040.03.01.02.06
flight safety.
267 Stress how persuasive and believable mistaken 040.03.01.02.07 040.03.01.02.07
perception can manifest itself both for an individual and
a group.
268 Memory 040.03.01.03 040.03.01.03
269 Explain the link between the types of memory (to 040.03.01.03.01 040.03.01.03.01
include sensory, working/short-term and long-term
memory).
270 Describe the differences between the types of memory 040.03.01.03.02 040.03.01.03.02
in terms of capacity and retention time.
271 Justify the importance of sensory-store memories in 040.03.01.03.03 040.03.01.03.03
processing information.
272 State the average maximum number of separate items 040.03.01.03.04 040.03.01.03.04
that may be held in working memory (5 ± 2).
273 Stress how interruption can affect short-term/working 040.03.01.03.05 040.03.01.03.05
memory.
274 Give examples of items that are important for pilots to 040.03.01.03.06 040.03.01.03.06
hold in working memory during flight.
275 Describe how the capacity of the working-memory store 040.03.01.03.07 040.03.01.03.07
may be increased.
276 State the subdivisions of long-term memory and give 040.03.01.03.08 040.03.01.03.08
examples of their content.
277 Explain that skills are kept primarily in the long-term 040.03.01.03.09 040.03.01.03.09
memory.
278 Describe amnesia and how it affects memory. 040.03.01.03.10 040.03.01.03.10
279 Name the common problems with both the long- and 040.03.01.03.11 040.03.01.03.11
short-term memories and the best methods to try to
counteract them.
280 Response selection 040.03.01.04 040.03.01.04
281 Learning principles and techniques
282 Explain and distinguish between the following basic 040.03.01.04.01 040.03.01.04.01
forms of learning: classic and operant conditioning
(behaviouristic approach); learning by insight (cognitive
approach); learning by imitating (modelling).

283 Recognise pilot-related examples as behaviouristic, 040.03.01.04.02 040.03.01.04.02

cognitive or modelling forms of learning.

284 State the factors that are necessary for and promote 040.03.01.04.03 040.03.01.04.03
the quality of learning: intrinsic motivation; good
mental health; rehearsals for improvement of memory;
consciousness; vigilance; application in practical
exercises.

285 Explain ways to facilitate the memorisation of 040.03.01.04.04 040.03.01.04.04

information with the following learning techniques:
mnemonics; mental training.
286 Describe the advantage of planning and anticipation of 040.03.01.04.05 040.03.01.04.05
future actions: define the term ‘skills’; state the three
phases of learning a skill (Anderson: cognitive,
associative and autonomous phase).

287 Explain the term ‘motor programme’ or ‘mental 040.03.01.04.06 040.03.01.04.06

schema’.
288 Describe the advantages and disadvantages of mental 040.03.01.04.07 040.03.01.04.07
schemas.
289 Explain the Rasmussen model which describes the 040.03.01.04.08 040.03.01.04.08
guidance of a pilot’s behaviour in different situations.

290 State the possible problems or risks associated with 040.03.01.04.09 040.03.01.04.09
skill-, rule- and knowledge-based behaviour.
291 Motivation
292 Define ‘motivation’. 040.03.01.04.10 040.03.01.04.10
293 Explain the relationship between motivation and 040.03.01.04.11 040.03.01.04.11
learning.
294 Explain the problems of over-motivation, especially in 040.03.01.04.12 040.03.01.04.12
the context of the extreme need to achieve.

295 Human error and reliability 040.03.02.00 040.03.02.00

296 Reliability of human behaviour 040.03.02.01 040.03.02.01
297 Name and explain the factors that influence human 040.03.02.01.01 040.03.02.01.01
reliability.
298 Mental models and situation awareness 040.03.02.02 040.03.02.02
299 Define the term ‘situation awareness’. 040.03.02.02.01 040.03.02.02.01
300 List the cues that indicate loss of situation awareness 040.03.02.02.02 040.03.02.02.02
and name the steps to regain it.
301 List the factors that influence one’s situation awareness 040.03.02.02.03 040.03.02.02.03
both positively and negatively, and stress the
importance of situation awareness in the context of
flight safety.

302 Define the term ‘mental model’ in relation to a 040.03.02.02.04 040.03.02.02.04

surrounding complex situation.
303 Describe the advantages/disadvantages of mental 040.03.02.02.05 040.03.02.02.05
models.
304 Explain the relationship between personal ‘mental 040.03.02.02.06 040.03.02.02.06
models’ and the creation of cognitive illusions.
305 Theory and model of human error 040.03.02.03 040.03.02.03
306 Explain the concept of the ‘error chain’. 040.03.02.03.01 040.03.02.03.01
307 Differentiate between an isolated error and an error 040.03.02.03.02 040.03.02.03.02
chain.
308 Distinguish between the main forms/types of errors (i.e. 040.03.02.03.03 040.03.02.03.03
slips, faults, omissions and violations).
309 Discuss the above errors and their relevance in flight. 040.03.02.03.04 040.03.02.03.04

310 Distinguish between an active and a latent error, and 040.03.02.03.05 040.03.02.03.05
give examples.
311 Error generation 040.03.02.04 040.03.02.04
312 Distinguish between internal and external factors in 040.03.02.04.01 040.03.02.04.01
error generation.
313 Identify possible sources of internal error generation. 040.03.02.04.02 040.03.02.04.02
314 Define and discuss the two errors associated with motor 040.03.02.04.03 040.03.02.04.03
programmes (action slip and environmental capture).

315 List the three main sources of external error generation 040.03.02.04.04 040.03.02.04.04
in the flight crew compartment.
316 Give examples to illustrate the following factors in 040.03.02.04.05 040.03.02.04.05
external error generation in the flight crew
compartment: ergonomics; economics; social
environment.

317 Name the major goals in the design of human-centred 040.03.02.04.06 040.03.02.04.06
human-machine interfaces.
318 Define the term ‘error tolerance’. 040.03.02.04.07 040.03.02.04.07
319 List and describe the strategies that are used to reduce 040.03.02.04.08 040.03.02.04.08
human error.
320 Describe the advantage of planning and the anticipation 040.03.02.04.09 040.03.02.04.09
of future actions.
321 Decision-making 040.03.03.00 040.03.03.00
322 Decision-making concepts 040.03.03.01 040.03.03.01
323 Define the terms ‘deciding’ and ‘decision-making’. 040.03.03.01.01 040.03.03.01.01
324 Describe the major factors on which decision-making 040.03.03.01.02 040.03.03.01.02
should be based during the course of a flight.

325 Describe the main human attributes with regard to 040.03.03.01.03 040.03.03.01.03
decision-making.
326 Discuss the nature of bias and its influence on the 040.03.03.01.04 040.03.03.01.04
decision-making process.
327 Describe the main error sources and limits in an 040.03.03.01.05 040.03.03.01.05
individual’s decision-making mechanism.
328 State the factors upon which an individual’s risk 040.03.03.01.06 040.03.03.01.06
assessment is based.
329 Explain the relationship between risk assessment, 040.03.03.01.07 040.03.03.01.07
commitment and pressure of time in decision-making
strategies.
330 Explain the risks associated with dispersion or 040.03.03.01.08 040.03.03.01.08
channelised attention during the application of
procedures requiring a high workload within a short
time frame (e.g. a go-around).

331 Describe the positive and negative influences exerted 040.03.03.01.09 040.03.03.01.09
by other group members on an individual’s decision-
making process (risky shift).
332 Explain the general idea behind the creation of a model 040.03.03.01.10 040.03.03.01.10
for decision-making based upon: definition of the aim;
collection of information; risk assessment; development
of options; evaluation of options; decision;
implementation; consequences; review and feedback.

333 Avoiding and managing errors: cockpit management 040.03.04.00 040.03.04.00

334 Safety awareness 040.03.04.01 040.03.04.01

335 Justify the need for being aware of not only one’s own 040.03.04.01.01 040.03.04.01.01
performance but that of others before and during a
flight and the possible consequences or risks.

336 Coordination (multi-crew concepts) 040.03.04.02 040.03.04.02

337 Name the objectives of the multi-crew concept. 040.03.04.02.01 040.03.04.02.01
338 State and explain the elements of multi-crew concepts. 040.03.04.02.02 040.03.04.02.02

339 Describe the concepts of ‘standard operating 040.03.04.02.03 040.03.04.02.03

procedures’ (SOPs), checklists and crew briefings.
340 Describe the purpose of and procedure for crew 040.03.04.02.04 040.03.04.02.04
briefings.
341 Describe the purpose of and procedure for checklists. 040.03.04.02.05 040.03.04.02.05

342 Describe the function of communication in a 040.03.04.02.06 040.03.04.02.06

coordinated team.
343 Explain the advantages of SOPs. 040.03.04.02.07 040.03.04.02.07
344 Explain how SOPs contribute to avoiding, reducing and 040.03.04.02.08 040.03.04.02.08
managing threats and errors.
345 Explain potential threats of SOPs, for example during 040.03.04.02.09 040.03.04.02.09
company or type conversion (e.g. motor programmes,
company culture, hazardous attitudes, developed
habits).

346 Cooperation 040.03.04.03 040.03.04.03

347 Distinguish between cooperation and coaction. 040.03.04.03.01 040.03.04.03.01
348 Define the term ‘group’. 040.03.04.03.02 040.03.04.03.02
349 Illustrate the influence of interdependence in a group. 040.03.04.03.03 040.03.04.03.03

350 List the advantages and disadvantages of teamwork. 040.03.04.03.04 040.03.04.03.04

351 Explain the term ‘synergy’. 040.03.04.03.05 040.03.04.03.05

352 Define the term ‘cohesion’. 040.03.04.03.06 040.03.04.03.06
353 Define the term ‘groupthink’. 040.03.04.03.07 040.03.04.03.07
354 State the essential conditions for good teamwork. 040.03.04.03.08 040.03.04.03.08
355 Explain the function of role and norm in a group. 040.03.04.03.09 040.03.04.03.09
356 Name the different role patterns which occur in a group 040.03.04.03.10 040.03.04.03.10
situation.
357 Explain how behaviour can be affected by the following 040.03.04.03.11 040.03.04.03.11
factors: persuasion; conformity; compliance; obedience.

358 Distinguish between status and role. 040.03.04.03.12 040.03.04.03.12

359 Stress the inherent dangers of a situation where there is 040.03.04.03.13 040.03.04.03.13
a mix of role and status within the flight crew
compartment.
360 Explain the terms ‘leadership’ and ‘followership’. 040.03.04.03.14 040.03.04.03.14
361 Describe the trans-cockpit authority gradient and its 040.03.04.03.15 040.03.04.03.15
affiliated leadership styles (i.e. autocratic, laissez-faire
and synergistic).
362 Name the most important attributes of a positive 040.03.04.03.16 040.03.04.03.16
leadership style.
363 Communication 040.03.04.04 040.03.04.04
364 Define the term ‘communication’. 040.03.04.04.01 040.03.04.04.01
365 List the most basic components of interpersonal 040.03.04.04.02 040.03.04.04.02
communication.
366 Explain the advantages of in-person two-way 040.03.04.04.03 040.03.04.04.03
communication as opposed to one-way communication.

367 Intentionally left blank 040.03.04.04.04 040.03.04.04.04

368 Name the importance of non-verbal communication. 040.03.04.04.05 040.03.04.04.05
369 Describe the general aspects of non-verbal 040.03.04.04.06 040.03.04.04.06
communication.
370 Describe the advantages/disadvantages of implicit and 040.03.04.04.07 040.03.04.04.07
explicit communication.
371 Describe the advantages and possible problems of using 040.03.04.04.08 040.03.04.04.08
‘social’ and ‘professional’ language in high- and low-
workload situations.
372 Name and explain the major obstacles to effective 040.03.04.04.09 040.03.04.04.09
communication.
373 Explain the difference between intrapersonal and 040.03.04.04.10 040.03.04.04.10
interpersonal conflict.
374 Describe the escalation process in human conflict. 040.03.04.04.11 040.03.04.04.11
375 List the typical consequences of conflicts between crew 040.03.04.04.12 040.03.04.04.12
members.
376 Explain the following terms as part of the 040.03.04.04.13 040.03.04.04.13
communication practice with regard to preventing or
resolving conflicts: inquiry; active listening; advocacy;
feedback; metacommunication; negotiation.

377 Describe the limitations of communication in situations 040.03.04.04.14 040.03.04.04.14

of high workload in the flight crew compartment in view
of listening, verbal, non-verbal and visual effects.

378 Human behaviour 040.03.05.00 040.03.05.00

379 Personality, attitude and behaviour 040.03.05.01 040.03.05.01
380 Describe the factors that determine an individual’s 040.03.05.01.01 040.03.05.01.01
behaviour.
381 Define and distinguish between ‘personality’, ‘attitude’ 040.03.05.01.02 040.03.05.01.02
and ‘behaviour’.
382 State the origin of personality and attitude. 040.03.05.01.03 040.03.05.01.03
383 State that with behaviour good and bad habits can be 040.03.05.01.04 040.03.05.01.04
formed.
384 Explain how behaviour is generally a product of 040.03.05.01.05 040.03.05.01.05
personality, attitude and the environment to which one
was exposed at significant moments (childhood,
schooling and training).

385 State that personality differences and selfish attitude 040.03.05.01.06 040.03.05.01.06
may have effects on flight crew performance.

386 Individual differences in personality and motivation 040.03.05.02 040.03.05.02

387 Describe the individual differences in personality by 040.03.05.02.01 040.03.05.02.01

means of a common trait model (e.g. Eysenck’s
personality factors) and use it to describe today’s ideal
pilot.

388 Self-concept
389 Define the term ‘self-concept’ and the role it plays in 040.03.05.02.02 040.03.05.02.02
any change of personality.
390 Explain how a self-concept of under-confidence may 040.03.05.02.03 040.03.05.02.03
lead to an outward show of aggression and self-
assertiveness.
391 Self-discipline
392 Define ‘self-discipline’ and justify its importance for 040.03.05.02.04 040.03.05.02.04
flight safety.
393 Identification of hazardous attitudes (error proneness) 040.03.05.03 040.03.05.03
394 Explain dangerous attitudes in aviation: anti-authority; 040.03.05.03.01 040.03.05.03.01
macho; impulsivity; invulnerability; complacency;
resignation.
395 Describe the personality, attitude and behaviour 040.03.05.03.02 040.03.05.03.02
patterns of an ideal crew member.
396 Summarise how a person’s attitude influences their 040.03.05.03.03 040.03.05.03.03
work in the flight crew compartment.
397 Human overload and underload 040.03.06.00 040.03.06.00
398 Arousal 040.03.06.01 040.03.06.01
399 Explain the term ‘arousal’. 040.03.06.01.01 040.03.06.01.01
400 Describe the relationship between arousal and 040.03.06.01.02 040.03.06.01.02
performance.
401 Explain the circumstances under which underload may 040.03.06.01.03 040.03.06.01.03
occur and its possible dangers.
402 Stress 040.03.06.02 040.03.06.02
403 Explain the term ‘stress’ and why stress is a natural 040.03.06.02.01 040.03.06.02.01
human reaction.
404 State that the physiological response to stress is 040.03.06.02.02 040.03.06.02.02
generated by the ‘fight or flight’ response.
405 Describe the function of the autonomic nervous system 040.03.06.02.03 040.03.06.02.03
(ANS) in stress response.
406 Explain the relationship between arousal and stress. 040.03.06.02.04 040.03.06.02.04

407 State the relationship between stress and performance. 040.03.06.02.05 040.03.06.02.05

408 State the basic categories of stressors. 040.03.06.02.06 040.03.06.02.06

409 List and discuss the major environmental sources of 040.03.06.02.07 040.03.06.02.07
stress in the flight crew compartment.
410 Discuss the concept of ‘break point’ with regard to 040.03.06.02.08 040.03.06.02.08
stress, overload and performance.
411 Name the principal causes of domestic stress. 040.03.06.02.09 040.03.06.02.09
412 State that the stress experienced as a result of 040.03.06.02.10 040.03.06.02.10
particular demands varies among individuals.
413 Explain the factors that lead to differences in the levels 040.03.06.02.11 040.03.06.02.11
of stress experienced by individuals.
414 List the factors that influence the tolerance of stressors. 040.03.06.02.12 040.03.06.02.12

415 State that stress is a result of perceived demands and 040.03.06.02.13 040.03.06.02.13
perceived ability.
416 Explain the relationship between stress and anxiety. 040.03.06.02.14 040.03.06.02.14

417 Describe the effects of anxiety on human performance. 040.03.06.02.15 040.03.06.02.15

418 State the general effect of acute stress on people. 040.03.06.02.16 040.03.06.02.16
419 Describe the relationship between stress, arousal and 040.03.06.02.17 040.03.06.02.17
vigilance.
420 State the general effect of chronic stress and the 040.03.06.02.18 040.03.06.02.18
biological reaction by means of the three stages of the
general adaptation syndrome (Selye): alarm, resistance,
and exhaustion.

421 Explain the differences between psychological, 040.03.06.02.19 040.03.06.02.19

psychosomatic and somatic stress reactions.
422 Name the typical common physiological and 040.03.06.02.20 040.03.06.02.20
psychological symptoms of human overload.
423 Describe the effects of stress on human behaviour. 040.03.06.02.21 040.03.06.02.21
424 Explain how stress is cumulative and how stress from 040.03.06.02.22 040.03.06.02.22
one situation can be transferred to a different situation.

425 Explain how successful completion of a stressful task 040.03.06.02.23 040.03.06.02.23

will reduce the amount of stress experienced when a
similar situation arises in the future.
426 Describe the effect of human underload/overload on 040.03.06.02.24 040.03.06.02.24
effectiveness in the flight crew compartment.
427 List sources and symptoms of human underload. 040.03.06.02.25 040.03.06.02.25
428 Intentionally left blank 040.03.06.03 040.03.06.03
429 Intentionally left blank 040.03.06.04 040.03.06.04
430 Fatigue and stress management 040.03.06.05 040.03.06.05
431 Explain the term ‘fatigue’ and differentiate between the 040.03.06.05.01 040.03.06.05.01
two types of fatigue (short-term and chronic fatigue).

432 Name the causes of short-term and chronic fatigue. 040.03.06.05.02 040.03.06.05.02

433 Identify the symptoms and describe the effects of 040.03.06.05.03 040.03.06.05.03
fatigue.
434 List the strategies that prevent or delay the onset of 040.03.06.05.04 040.03.06.05.04
fatigue and hypovigilance.
435 List and describe strategies for coping with stress 040.03.06.05.05 040.03.06.05.05
factors and stress reactions.
436 Distinguish between short-term and long-term methods 040.03.06.05.06 040.03.06.05.06
of stress management.
437 Give examples of short-term methods of stress 040.03.06.05.07 040.03.06.05.07
management.
438 Give examples of long-term methods of coping with 040.03.06.05.08 040.03.06.05.08
stress.
439 Describe the fatigue risk management system (FRMS) as 040.03.06.05.09 040.03.06.05.09
follows: a data-driven means of continuously
monitoring and managing fatigue-related safety risks,
based upon scientific principles and knowledge as well
as operational experience that aims to ensure relevant
personnel are performing at adequate levels of
alertness.

440 Advanced cockpit automation 040.03.07.00 040.03.07.00

441 Advantages and disadvantages 040.03.07.01 040.03.07.01
442 Compare the two basic concepts of automation: as per 040.03.07.01.01 040.03.07.01.01
Boeing, where the pilot remains the last operator; and
as per Airbus, where automated systems can correct
erroneous pilot action.

443 Explain the fundamental restrictions of autoflight 040.03.07.01.02 040.03.07.01.02

systems to be lack of creativity in unknown situations,
and lack of personal motivation with regard to safety.

444 List the principal strengths and weaknesses of pilot 040.03.07.01.03 040.03.07.01.03
versus autopilot systems to be creativity, decision-
making, prioritisation of tasks, safety attitude versus
precision, reliability.

445 Explain the ‘ironies of automation’: designers’ errors 040.03.07.01.04 040.03.07.01.04

due to wrong interpretation of the data, leaving tasks to
the pilot that are too complex to automate, loss of
manual and cognitive skills of the pilot. State the
necessity for regular training flights as one possible
countermeasure.
446 Describe methods to overcome the drawbacks of 040.03.07.01.05 040.03.07.01.05
autoflight systems to be loss of manual flying
capabilities, additional workload through programming,
risk of slips during programming, and hypovigilance
during cruise.

447 Automation complacency 040.03.07.02 040.03.07.02

448 State the main weaknesses in the monitoring of 040.03.07.02.01 040.03.07.02.01
automatic systems to be hypovigilance during flight,
and loss of flying skills.
449 Explain some basic flight crew errors and terms that 040.03.07.02.02 040.03.07.02.02
arise with the introduction of automation: passive
monitoring; blinkered concentration; confusion; mode
awareness.

450 Explain how the method of call-outs counteracts 040.03.07.02.03 040.03.07.02.03

ineffective monitoring of automatic systems.
451 Define ‘complacency’. 040.03.07.02.04 040.03.07.02.04
452 Working concepts 040.03.07.03 040.03.07.03
453 Explain that the potential disadvantages of automation 040.03.07.03.01 040.03.07.03.01
on crew communication are loss of awareness of input
errors, flight modes, failure detection, failure
comprehension, status of the aircraft and aircraft
position.

454 Explain how the negative effects of automation on 040.03.07.03.02 040.03.07.03.02

pilots may be alleviated by degrading to a lower level of
automation to recover comprehension of the flight
status from VNAV/LNAV to ALT/HDG or even to manual
flying.

455 Interpret the role of automation with respect to flight 040.03.07.03.03 040.03.07.03.03
safety regarding the basic principle of the use of manual
versus autoflight in normal operations, frequent
changes in the flight profile, and in abnormal situations.

Total
 2020 syllabus text

Reworded, intent

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR
the same

modified

ATPL(A)
Deleted

CPL(H)
CPL(A)
New

BK
HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LIMITATIONS

HUMAN FACTORS: BASIC CONCEPTS

Human factors in aviation
Becoming a competent pilot
State that competence is based on knowledge, skills and X X X X X X
attitudes of the individual pilot, and list the ICAO eight
core competencies: application of procedures;
communication; aircraft flight path management,
automation; aircraft flight path management, manual
control; leadership and teamwork; problem-solving and
decision-making; situation awareness; workload
management.

Intentionally left blank

Flight safety concepts
Threat and error management (TEM) model and SHELL
model
Explain the three components of the TEM model. X X X X X X
Explain and give examples of latent threats. X X X X X X
Explain and give examples of environmental threats. X X X X X X

Explain and give examples of organisational threats. X X X X X X

Explain and give a definition of ‘error’ according to the X X X X X X

TEM model of ICAO Doc 9683 (Part II, Chapter 2).

Give examples of different countermeasures which may X X X X X X

be used in order to manage threats, errors, and
undesired aircraft states.
Explain and give examples of procedural error, X X X X X X
communication errors, and aircraft handling errors.

Explain and give examples of ‘undesired aircraft states’. X X X X X X

State the components of the SHELL model. X X X X X X

State the relevance of the SHELL model to the work in X X X X X X
the cockpit.
Safety culture
Safety culture and safety management
Distinguish between ‘open cultures’ and ‘closed X X X X X X
cultures’.
Illustrate how safety culture is reflected in national X X X X X X
culture.
Discuss the established expression ‘safety first’ in a X X X X X X
commercial entity.
Explain James Reason’s ‘Swiss Cheese Model’. X X X X X X
State the important factors that promote a good safety X X X X X X
culture.
Distinguish between ‘just culture’ and ‘non-punitive X X X X X X
culture’.
Name the five components which form safety culture X X X X X X
(according to James Reason: informed culture, reporting
culture, learning culture, just culture, flexible culture).

Name the basic concepts of safety management system X X X X X X

(SMS) (including hazard identification and risk
management) and its relationship with safety culture in
order to: define how the organisation is set up to
manage risks; identify workplace risk and implement
suitable controls; implement effective communication
across all levels of the organisation.

Basics of aviation physiology and health maintenance

Basics of flight physiology

The atmosphere
State that the volume percentage of the gases in X X X X X X
ambient air will remain constant at all altitudes at which
conventional aircraft operate.
Respiratory and circulatory system
List the main components of the respiratory system and X X X X X X
their function.
Identify the different volumes of air in the lungs and X X X X X X
state the normal respiratory rate.
Explain the role of carbon dioxide in the control and X X X X X X
regulation of respiration.
Describe the basic processes of external respiration and X X X X X X
internal respiration.
List the factors that determine pulse rate. X X X X X X
Name the major components of the circulatory system X X X X X X
and describe their function.
State the values for a normal pulse rate and the average X X X X X X
cardiac output (heart rate × stroke volume) of an adult
at rest.
Define ‘systolic’ and ‘diastolic’ blood pressure. X X X X X X
State the normal blood pressure ranges and units of X X X X X X
measurement.
List the main constituents of blood and describe their X X X X X X
functions.
Stress the function of haemoglobin in the circulatory X X X X X X
system.
Define ‘anaemia’ and state its common causes. X X X X X X
Indicate the effect of increasing altitude on X X X X X X
haemoglobin oxygen saturation.
Hypertension and hypotension
Define ‘hypertension’ and ‘hypotension’. X X X X X X
List the effects that high and low blood pressure will X X X X X X
have on some normal functions of the human body.

State that both hypotension and hypertension may X X X X X X

disqualify a pilot from obtaining medical clearance to
fly.
List the factors which can lead to hypertension for an X X X X X X
individual.
State the corrective actions that may be taken to reduce X X X X X X
high blood pressure.
Stress that hypertension is the major factor of strokes in X X X X X X
the general population.
Coronary artery disease
Differentiate between ‘angina’ and ‘heart attack’. X X X X X X
Explain the major risk factors for coronary disease. X X X X X X

State the role physical exercise plays in reducing the X X X X X X

chances of developing coronary disease.
Hypoxia
Define the two major forms of hypoxia (hypoxic and X X X X X X
anaemic), and the common causes of both.
State the symptoms of hypoxia. X X X X X X
State that healthy people are able to compensate for X X X X X X
altitudes up to approximately 10 000-12 000 ft.

Name the three physiological thresholds and allocate X X X X X X

the corresponding altitudes for each of them: reaction
threshold (7 000 ft); disturbance threshold (10-
12 000 ft); and critical threshold (22 000 ft).

State the altitude at which short-term memory begins X X X X X X

to be affected by hypoxia.
Define the terms ‘time of useful consciousness’ (TUC) X X X X X X
and ‘effective performance time’ (EPT).
State that TUC varies among individuals, but the X X X X X X
approximate values for a person seated (at rest) are:
20 000 ft 30 min; 30 000 ft 1-2 min 35 000 ft; 30-90 s
40 000 ft 15-20 s

List the factors that determine the severity of hypoxia. X X X X X X

State the equivalent altitudes when breathing ambient X X X X X X

air and 100 per cent oxygen at mean sea level (MSL)
and at approximately 10 000, 30 000 and 40 000 ft.

Hyperventilation
Describe the role of carbon dioxide in hyperventilation. X X X X X X

Define the term ‘hyperventilation’. X X X X X X

List the factors that cause hyperventilation. X X X X X X
State that hyperventilation may be caused by X X X X X X
psychological or physiological reasons.
List the signs and symptoms of hyperventilation. X X X X X X
List the measures which may be taken to counteract X X X X X X
hyperventilation: breath slowly, close one opening of
the nose, speak loudly, place a paper bag over nose and
mouth.

Decompression sickness/illness
State the normal range of cabin pressure altitude in X X X X X X
pressurised commercial air transport aircraft and
describe its protective function for aircrew and
passengers.
List the vital actions the crew has to perform when X X X X X X
cabin pressurisation is lost (oxygen mask on, emergency
descent, land as soon as possible, and no further flight
for the next minimum 24 hours). State that
decompression sickness symptoms can occur up to 24
hours later.

Identify the causes of decompression sickness in flight X X X X X X

operation.
State how decompression sickness can be prevented. X X X X X X

List the symptoms of decompression sickness (bends, X X X X X X

creeps, chokes, staggers).
Indicate how decompression sickness may be treated. X X X X X X

Define the hazards of diving and flying, and give the X X X X X X

recommendations associated with these activities.

Acceleration
Define ‘linear acceleration’ and ‘angular acceleration’. X X X X X X

Describe the effects of z-acceleration on the circulation X X X X X X

and blood volume distribution.
List magnitude, duration and onset as factors that X X X X X X
determine the effects of acceleration on the human
body.
List the effects of positive acceleration with respect to X X X X X X
type, sequence and corresponding G-load.

Carbon monoxide
State how carbon monoxide is produced. X X X X X X
State how the presence of carbon monoxide in the X X X X X X
blood affects the distribution of oxygen.
List the signs and symptoms of carbon-monoxide X X X X X X
poisoning.
Explain immediate countermeasures on suspicion of X X X X X X
carbon-monoxide poisoning and how poisoning can be
treated later on the ground.
High-altitude environment
State how an increase in altitude may change the X X
proportion of ozone in the atmosphere and that aircraft
can be equipped with special ozone removers.

Radiation
State the sources of radiation at high altitude. X X
List the effects of excessive exposure to radiation. X X
Humidity
List the factors that affect the relative humidity of both X X
the atmosphere and cabin air.
List the effects of low humidity on human body to be X X
spurious thirst, dry eyes, skin and mucous membranes,
and indicate measures that can be taken: drinking
water, using eye drops and aqueous creams.

People and the environment: the sensory system

The different senses
List the different senses. X X X X X X
Central, peripheral and autonomic nervous system
Define the term ‘sensory threshold’. X X X X X X
Define the term ‘sensitivity’, especially in the context of X X X X X X
vision.
Give examples of sensory adaptation. X X X X X X
Define the term ‘habituation’ and state its implication X X X X X X
for flight safety.
Vision
Functional anatomy
Name the most important parts of the eye and the X X X X X X
pathway to the visual cortex.
State the basic functions of the parts of the eye. X X X X X X
Define ‘accommodation’. X X X X X X
Distinguish between the functions of the rod and cone X X X X X X
cells.
Describe the distribution of rod and cone cells in the X X X X X X
retina and explain their relevance to vision.
The fovea (fovea centralis) and peripheral vision
Explain the terms ‘visual acuity’, ‘visual field’, ‘central X X X X X X
vision’, ‘peripheral vision’ and ‘the fovea’, and explain
their function in the process of vision.
List the factors that may degrade visual acuity and the X X X X X X
importance of ‘lookout’.
State the limitations of night vision and the different X X X X X X
scanning techniques at both night and day.

State the time necessary for the eye to adapt both to X X X X X X

bright light and the dark.
State the effect of hypoxia, smoking and altitude in X X X X X X
excess of 5 000 ft on night vision.
Explain the nature of colour blindness. X X X X X X
Binocular and monocular vision
Distinguish between monocular and binocular vision. X X X X X X

Explain the basis of depth perception and its relevance X X X X X X

to flight performance.
List the possible monocular cues for depth perception. X X X X X X

State that for high-energy blue light and UV rays, X X X X X X

sunglasses can prevent damage to the retina.
Defective vision
Explain long-sightedness, short-sightedness and X X X X X X
astigmatism.
List the causes of and the precautions that may be X X X X X X
taken to reduce the probability of vision loss due to:
presbyopia; cataract; glaucoma.
List the types of sunglasses that could cause X X X X X X
perceptional problems in flight.
List the measures that may be taken to protect oneself X X X X X X
from flash blindness.
State the possible problems associated with contact X X X X X X
lenses.
State the current rules/regulations governing the X X X X X X
wearing of corrective spectacles and contact lenses
when operating as a pilot.
Explain the significance of the ‘blind spot’ on the retina X X X X X X
in detecting other traffic in flight.
Hearing
Descriptive and functional anatomy
State the basic parts and functions of the outer, the X X X X X X
middle and the inner ear.
Differentiate between the functions of the vestibular X X X X X X
apparatus and the cochlea in the inner ear.

Hearing loss
Define the main causes of the following hearing X X X X X X
defects/loss: ‘conductive deafness’; ‘noise-induced
hearing loss’ (NIHL); ‘presbycusis’.
Summarise the effects of environmental noise on X X X X X X
hearing.
State the decibel level of received noise that will cause X X X X X X
NIHL.
Identify the potential occupational risks that may cause X X X X X X
hearing loss.
List the main sources of hearing loss in the flying X X X X X X
environment.
List the precautions that may be taken to reduce the X X X X X X
probability of onset of hearing loss.
Equilibrium
Functional anatomy
List the main elements of the vestibular apparatus. X X X X X X
State the functions of the vestibular apparatus on the X X X X X X
ground and in flight.
Distinguish between the component parts of the X X X X X X
vestibular apparatus in the detection of linear and
angular acceleration as well as on gravity.
Explain how the semicircular canals are stimulated. X X X X X X

Motion sickness
Describe air sickness and its accompanying symptoms. X X X X X X

List the causes of air sickness. X X X X X X

Describe the necessary actions to be taken to X X X X X X
counteract the symptoms of air sickness.
Integration of sensory inputs
State the interaction between vision, equilibrium, X X X X X X
proprioception and hearing to obtain spatial orientation
in flight.
Define the term ‘illusion’. X X X X X X
Give examples of visual illusions based on shape X X X X X X
constancy, size constancy, aerial perspective,
atmospheric perspective, the absence of focal or
ambient cues, autokinesis, vectional false horizons, field
myopia, and surface planes.

Relate these illusions to problems that may be X X X X X X

experienced in flight and identify the danger attached
to them.
List approach and landing illusions for slope of the X X X X X X
runway, black-hole approach, and terrain around
runway, and state the danger involved with
recommendations to avoid or counteract the problems
with high or low approach or flare at the wrong time.

State the problems associated with flickering lights X X X X X X

(strobe lights, anti-collision lights, propellers and rotors
under certain light conditions, etc.).

Describe vestibular illusions caused by the angular X X X X X X

accelerations (the Leans, Coriolis) and linear
accelerations (somatogravic, G-effect).
Relate the above-mentioned vestibular illusions to X X X X X X
problems encountered in flight and state the dangers
involved.
State that the ‘seat-of-the-pants’ sense is completely X X X X X X
unreliable when visual contact with the ground is lost or
when flying in instrument meteorological conditions
(IMC) or with a poor visual horizon.

Differentiate between vertigo, Coriolis effect, and X X X X X X

spatial disorientation.
List the measures to prevent or overcome spatial X X X X X X
disorientation.
Health and hygiene
Intentionally left blank
Body rhythm and sleep
Name some internal body rhythms and their relevance X X X X X
to sleep. Explain that the most important of which is
body temperature.
Explain the term ‘circadian rhythm’. X X X X X X
State the approximate duration of a ‘free-running’ X X X X X X
rhythm.
Explain the significance of the ‘internal clock’ in X X X X X X
regulating the normal circadian rhythm.
State the effect of the circadian rhythm of body X X X X X X
temperature on an individual’s performance standard
and on an individual’s sleep patterns.
List and describe the stages of a sleep cycle. X X X X X X
Differentiate between rapid eye movement (REM) and X X X X X X
non-REM sleep.
Explain the function of sleep and describe the effects of X X X X X X
insufficient sleep on performance.
Explain the simple calculations for the sleep/wake X X X X X X
credit/debit situation.
Explain how sleep debit can become cumulative. X X X X X X
State the time formula for the adjustment of body X X X X X X
rhythms to the new local time scale after crossing time
zones.
State the problems caused by circadian disrhythmia (jet X X X X X X
lag) with regard to an individual’s performance and
sleep.
Differentiate between the effects of westbound and X X X X X X
eastbound travel.
Explain the interactive effects of circadian rhythm and X X X X X X
vigilance on a pilot’s performance during flight as the
duty day elapses.
Describe the main effects of lack of sleep on an X X X X X X
individual’s performance.
List the possible strategies to cope with jet lag. X X X X X X
Problem areas for pilots
Common minor ailments
State the role of the Eustachian tube in equalising X X X X X X
pressure between the middle ear and the environment.

State that the in-flight environment may increase the X X X X X X

severity of symptoms which may be minor while on the
ground.
List the negative effects of suffering from colds or flu on X X X X X X
flight operations especially with regard to the middle
ear, the sinuses, and the teeth.
State when a pilot should seek medical advice from an X X X X X X
aeromedical examiner (AME) or aeromedical centre
(AeMC).
Describe the measures to prevent or clear problems X X X X X X
due to pressure changes during flight.
Entrapped gases and barotrauma
Define ‘barotrauma’. X X X X X X
Differentiate between otic, sinus, gastrointestinal and X X X X X X
aerodontalgia (of the teeth) barotraumas and explain
avoidance strategies.
Explain why the effects of otic barotrauma can be worse X X X X X X
in the descent.
Gastrointestinal upsets
State the effects of gastrointestinal upsets that may X X X X X X
occur during flight.
List the precautions that should be observed to reduce X X X X X X
the occurrence of gastrointestinal upsets.
Indicate the major sources of gastrointestinal upsets. X X X X X X

Obesity
Define ‘obesity’. X X X X X X
State the following harmful effects obesity can cause: X X X X X X
possibility of developing coronary problems; increased
chances of developing diabetes; reduced ability to
withstand G-forces; development of problems with the
joints of the limbs; general circulatory problems;
reduced ability to cope with hypoxia or decompression
sickness; sleep apnoea.

Describe the problems associated with Type 2 (mostly X X X X X X

adult) diabetes: risk factors; insulin resistance;
complications (vascular, neurological) and the
consequences for the medical licence; pilots are not
protected from Type 2 diabetes more than other
people.
Describe the typical back problems (unspecific back X X X X X X
pain, slipped disc) that pilots have. Explain also the ways
of preventing and treating these problems: good sitting
posture; lumbar support; good physical condition; in-
flight exercise, if possible; physiotherapy.

Food hygiene
Stress the importance of and methods to be adopted by X X X X X X
aircrew, especially when travelling abroad, to avoid
contaminated food and liquids.
List the major contaminating sources in foodstuffs. X X X X X X

State the major constituents of a healthy diet. X X X X X X

State the measure to avoid hypoglycaemia. X X X X X X
State the importance of adequate hydration. X X X X X X
Tropical climates
List the problems associated with operating in tropical X X X X X X
climates.
State the possible causes/sources of incapacitation in X X X X X X
tropical countries with reference to: standards of
hygiene; quality of water supply; insect-borne diseases;
parasitic worms; rabies or other diseases that may be
spread through contact with animals; sexually
transmitted diseases.

State the precautions to be taken to reduce the risks of X X X X X X

developing problems in tropical areas.
Infectious diseases
State the major infectious diseases that may severely X X X X X X
incapacitate or kill individuals.
State the precautions that must be taken to ensure that X X X X X X
disease-carrying insects are not transported between
areas.
Intoxication
Tobacco
State the harmful effects of tobacco on: the respiratory X X X X X X
system; the cardiovascular system; the ability to resist
hypoxia; the ability to withstand G-forces; night vision.

Caffeine
Indicate the level of caffeine dosage at which X X X X X X
performance is degraded.
Besides coffee, indicate other beverages containing X X X X X X
caffeine.
Alcohol
State the maximum acceptable limit of alcohol for flight X X X X X X
crew according to the applicable regulations.

State the effects of alcohol consumption on: the ability X X X X X X

to reason; inhibitions and self-control; vision; the sense
of balance and sensory illusions; sleep patterns;
hypoxia.

State the effects alcohol may have if consumed together X X X X X X

with other drugs.
List the signs and symptoms of alcoholism. X X X X X X
List the factors that may be associated with the X X X X X X
development of alcoholism.
Define the ‘unit’ of alcohol and state the approximate X X X X X X
elimination rate from the blood.
State the maximum daily and weekly intake of units of X X X X X X
alcohol which may be consumed without causing
damage to the organs and systems of the human body.

Discuss the actions that might be taken if a crew X X X X

member is suspected of being an alcoholic.
Prescription and non-prescription drugs and self-
medication
State the dangers associated with the use of non- X X X X X X
prescription drugs.
State the side effects of common non-prescription X X X X X X
drugs used to treat colds, flu, hay fever and other
allergies, especially medicines containing antihistamine
preparations.

Interpret the rules relevant to using (prescription or X X X X X X

non-prescription) drugs that the pilot has not used
before.
Interpret the general rule that ‘if a pilot is so unwell that X X X X X X
they require any medication, then they should consider
themselves unfit to fly’.
Toxic materials
List those materials present in an aircraft which may, X X X X X X
when uncontained, cause severe health problems.

List those aircraft-component parts which if burnt may X X X X X X

give off toxic fumes.
Describe a fume event and the possible incapacitating X X X X X X
effects on those exposed to it.
Incapacitation in flight
State that incapacitation is most dangerous when its X X X X X X
onset is insidious.
List the major causes of in-flight incapacitation. X X X X X X
State the importance of crew to be able to recognise X X X X
and promptly react upon incapacitation of other crew
members, should it occur in flight.
Explain methods and procedures to cope with X X X X X X
incapacitation in flight.
BASIC AVIATION PSYCHOLOGY
Human information processing
Attention and vigilance
Differentiate between ‘attention’ and ‘vigilance’. X X X X X X
Differentiate between ‘selective’ and ‘divided’ X X X X X X
attention.
Define ‘hypovigilance’. X X X X X X
Identify the factors that may affect the state of X X X X X X
vigilance.
List the factors that may forestall hypovigilance during X X X X X X
flight.
Indicate the signs of reduced vigilance. X X X X X X
List the factors that affect a person’s level of attention. X X X X X X
Perception
Name the basis of the perceptual process. X X X X X X
Describe the mechanism of perception (‘bottom- X X X X X X
up’/‘top-down’ process).
Illustrate why perception is subjective and state the X X X X X X
relevant factors that influence interpretation of
perceived information.
Describe some basic perceptual illusions. X X X X X X
Illustrate some basic perceptual concepts. X X X X X X
Give examples where perception plays a decisive role in X X X X X X
flight safety.
Stress how persuasive and believable mistaken X X X X X X
perception can manifest itself both for an individual and
a group.
Memory
Explain the link between the types of memory (to X X X X X X
include sensory, working/short-term and long-term
memory).
Describe the differences between the types of memory X X X X X X
in terms of capacity and retention time.
Justify the importance of sensory-store memories in X X X X X X
processing information.
State the average maximum number of separate items X X X X X X
that may be held in working memory (5 ± 2).
Stress how interruption can affect short-term/working X X X X X X
memory.
Give examples of items that are important for pilots to X X X X X X
hold in working memory during flight.
Describe how the capacity of the working-memory store X X X X X X
may be increased.
State the subdivisions of long-term memory and give X X X X X X
examples of their content.
Explain that skills are kept primarily in the long-term X X X X X X
memory.
Describe amnesia and how it affects memory. X X X X X X
Name the common problems with both the long- and X X X X X X
short-term memories and the best methods to try to
counteract them.
Response selection
Learning principles and techniques
Explain and distinguish between the following basic X X X X X X
forms of learning: classic and operant conditioning
(behaviouristic approach); learning by insight (cognitive
approach); learning by imitating (modelling).

Recognise pilot-related examples as behaviouristic, X X X X X X

cognitive or modelling forms of learning.

State the factors that are necessary for and promote X X X X X X

the quality of learning: intrinsic motivation; good
mental health; rehearsals for improvement of memory;
consciousness; vigilance; application in practical
exercises.

Explain ways to facilitate the memorisation of X X X X X X

information with the following learning techniques:
mnemonics; mental training.
Describe the advantage of planning and anticipation of X X X X X X
future actions: define the term ‘skills’; state the three
phases of learning a skill (Anderson: cognitive,
associative and autonomous phase).

Explain the term ‘motor programme’ or ‘mental X X X X X X

schema’.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of mental X X X X X X
schemas.
Explain the Rasmussen model which describes the X X X X X X
guidance of a pilot’s behaviour in different situations.

State the possible problems or risks associated with X X X X X X

skill-, rule- and knowledge-based behaviour.
Motivation
Define ‘motivation’. X X X X X X
Explain the relationship between motivation and X X X X X X
learning.
Explain the problems of over-motivation, especially in X X X X X X
the context of the extreme need to achieve.

Human error and reliability

Reliability of human behaviour
Name and explain the factors that influence human X X X X X X
reliability.
Mental models and situation awareness
Define the term ‘situation awareness’. X X X X X X
List the cues that indicate loss of situation awareness X X X X X X
and name the steps to regain it.
List the factors that influence one’s situation awareness X X X X X X
both positively and negatively, and stress the
importance of situation awareness in the context of
flight safety.

Define the term ‘mental model’ in relation to a X X X X X X

surrounding complex situation.
Describe the advantages/disadvantages of mental X X X X X X
models.
Explain the relationship between personal ‘mental X X X X X X
models’ and the creation of cognitive illusions.
Theory and model of human error
Explain the concept of the ‘error chain’. X X X X X X
Differentiate between an isolated error and an error X X X X X X
chain.
Distinguish between the main forms/types of errors (i.e. X X X X X X
slips, faults, omissions and violations).
Discuss the above errors and their relevance in flight. X X X X X X

Distinguish between an active and a latent error, and X X X X X X

give examples.
Error generation
Distinguish between internal and external factors in X X X X X X
error generation.
Identify possible sources of internal error generation. X X X X X X
Define and discuss the two errors associated with motor X X X X X X
programmes (action slip and environmental capture).

List the three main sources of external error generation X X X X X X

in the flight crew compartment.
Give examples to illustrate the following factors in X X X X X X
external error generation in the flight crew
compartment: ergonomics; economics; social
environment.

Name the major goals in the design of human-centred X X X X X X

human-machine interfaces.
Define the term ‘error tolerance’. X X X X X X
List and describe the strategies that are used to reduce X X X X X X
human error.
Describe the advantage of planning and the anticipation X X X X X X
of future actions.
Decision-making
Decision-making concepts
Define the terms ‘deciding’ and ‘decision-making’. X X X X X X
Describe the major factors on which decision-making X X X X X X
should be based during the course of a flight.

Describe the main human attributes with regard to X X X X X X

decision-making.
Discuss the nature of bias and its influence on the X X X X X X
decision-making process.
Describe the main error sources and limits in an X X X X X X
individual’s decision-making mechanism.
State the factors upon which an individual’s risk X X X X X X
assessment is based.
Explain the relationship between risk assessment, X X X X X X
commitment and pressure of time in decision-making
strategies.
Explain the risks associated with dispersion or X X X X X X
channelised attention during the application of
procedures requiring a high workload within a short
time frame (e.g. a go-around).

Describe the positive and negative influences exerted X X X X X X

by other group members on an individual’s decision-
making process (risky shift).
Explain the general idea behind the creation of a model X X X X X X
for decision-making based upon: definition of the aim;
collection of information; risk assessment; development
of options; evaluation of options; decision;
implementation; consequences; review and feedback.

Avoiding and managing errors: cockpit management

Safety awareness
Justify the need for being aware of not only one’s own X X X X X X
performance but that of others before and during a
flight and the possible consequences or risks.

Coordination (multi-crew concepts)

Name the objectives of the multi-crew concept. X X X X
State and explain the elements of multi-crew concepts. X X X X

Describe the concepts of ‘standard operating X X X X X X

procedures’ (SOPs), checklists and crew briefings.
Describe the purpose of and procedure for crew X X X X
briefings.
Describe the purpose of and procedure for checklists. X X X X X X

Describe the function of communication in a X X X X

coordinated team.
Explain the advantages of SOPs. X X X X X X
Explain how SOPs contribute to avoiding, reducing and X X X X X X
managing threats and errors.
Explain potential threats of SOPs, for example during X X X X X X
company or type conversion (e.g. motor programmes,
company culture, hazardous attitudes, developed
habits).

Cooperation
Distinguish between cooperation and coaction. X X X X X X
Define the term ‘group’. X X X X X X
Illustrate the influence of interdependence in a group. X X X X X X

List the advantages and disadvantages of teamwork. X X X X X X

Explain the term ‘synergy’. X X X X X X

Define the term ‘cohesion’. X X X X X X
Define the term ‘groupthink’. X X X X X X
State the essential conditions for good teamwork. X X X X X X
Explain the function of role and norm in a group. X X X X X X
Name the different role patterns which occur in a group X X X X X X
situation.
Explain how behaviour can be affected by the following X X X X X X
factors: persuasion; conformity; compliance; obedience.

Distinguish between status and role. X X X X X X

Stress the inherent dangers of a situation where there is X X X X X X
a mix of role and status within the flight crew
compartment.
Explain the terms ‘leadership’ and ‘followership’. X X X X X X
Describe the trans-cockpit authority gradient and its X X X X X X
affiliated leadership styles (i.e. autocratic, laissez-faire
and synergistic).
Name the most important attributes of a positive X X X X X X
leadership style.
Communication
Define the term ‘communication’. X X X X X X
List the most basic components of interpersonal X X X X X X
communication.
Explain the advantages of in-person two-way X X X X X X
communication as opposed to one-way communication.

Intentionally left blank X

Name the importance of non-verbal communication. X X X X X X
Describe the general aspects of non-verbal X X X X X X
communication.
Describe the advantages/disadvantages of implicit and X X X X X X
explicit communication.
Describe the advantages and possible problems of using X X X X X X
‘social’ and ‘professional’ language in high- and low-
workload situations.
Name and explain the major obstacles to effective X X X X X X
communication.
Explain the difference between intrapersonal and X X X X X X
interpersonal conflict.
Describe the escalation process in human conflict. X X X X X X
List the typical consequences of conflicts between crew X X X X X X
members.
Explain the following terms as part of the X X X X X X
communication practice with regard to preventing or
resolving conflicts: inquiry; active listening; advocacy;
feedback; metacommunication; negotiation.

Describe the limitations of communication in situations X X X X X X

of high workload in the flight crew compartment in view
of listening, verbal, non-verbal and visual effects.

Human behaviour
Personality, attitude and behaviour
Describe the factors that determine an individual’s X X X X X X
behaviour.
Define and distinguish between ‘personality’, ‘attitude’ X X X X X X
and ‘behaviour’.
State the origin of personality and attitude. X X X X X X
State that with behaviour good and bad habits can be X X X X X X
formed.
Explain how behaviour is generally a product of X X X X X X
personality, attitude and the environment to which one
was exposed at significant moments (childhood,
schooling and training).

State that personality differences and selfish attitude X X X X X X

may have effects on flight crew performance.

Individual differences in personality and motivation

Describe the individual differences in personality by X X X X X X

means of a common trait model (e.g. Eysenck’s
personality factors) and use it to describe today’s ideal
pilot.

Self-concept
Define the term ‘self-concept’ and the role it plays in X X X X X X
any change of personality.
Explain how a self-concept of under-confidence may X X X X X X
lead to an outward show of aggression and self-
assertiveness.
Self-discipline
Define ‘self-discipline’ and justify its importance for X X X X X X
flight safety.
Identification of hazardous attitudes (error proneness)
Explain dangerous attitudes in aviation: anti-authority; X X X X X X
macho; impulsivity; invulnerability; complacency;
resignation.
Describe the personality, attitude and behaviour X X X X X X
patterns of an ideal crew member.
Summarise how a person’s attitude influences their X X X X X X
work in the flight crew compartment.
Human overload and underload
Arousal
Explain the term ‘arousal’. X X X X X X
Describe the relationship between arousal and X X X X X X
performance.
Explain the circumstances under which underload may X X X X X X
occur and its possible dangers.
Stress
Explain the term ‘stress’ and why stress is a natural X X X X X X
human reaction.
State that the physiological response to stress is X X X X X X
generated by the ‘fight or flight’ response.
Describe the function of the autonomic nervous system X X X X X X
(ANS) in stress response.
Explain the relationship between arousal and stress. X X X X X X

State the relationship between stress and performance. X X X X X X

State the basic categories of stressors. X X X X X X

List and discuss the major environmental sources of X X X X X X
stress in the flight crew compartment.
Discuss the concept of ‘break point’ with regard to X X X X X X
stress, overload and performance.
Name the principal causes of domestic stress. X X X X X X
State that the stress experienced as a result of X X X X X X
particular demands varies among individuals.
Explain the factors that lead to differences in the levels X X X X X X
of stress experienced by individuals.
List the factors that influence the tolerance of stressors. X X X X X X

State that stress is a result of perceived demands and X X X X X X

perceived ability.
Explain the relationship between stress and anxiety. X X X X X X

Describe the effects of anxiety on human performance. X X X X X X

State the general effect of acute stress on people. X X X X X X

Describe the relationship between stress, arousal and X X X X X X
vigilance.
State the general effect of chronic stress and the X X X X X X
biological reaction by means of the three stages of the
general adaptation syndrome (Selye): alarm, resistance,
and exhaustion.

Explain the differences between psychological, X X X X X X

psychosomatic and somatic stress reactions.
Name the typical common physiological and X X X X X X
psychological symptoms of human overload.
Describe the effects of stress on human behaviour. X X X X X X
Explain how stress is cumulative and how stress from X X X X X X
one situation can be transferred to a different situation.

Explain how successful completion of a stressful task X X X X X X

will reduce the amount of stress experienced when a
similar situation arises in the future.
Describe the effect of human underload/overload on X X X X X X
effectiveness in the flight crew compartment.
List sources and symptoms of human underload. X X X X X X
Intentionally left blank
Intentionally left blank
Fatigue and stress management
Explain the term ‘fatigue’ and differentiate between the X X X X X X
two types of fatigue (short-term and chronic fatigue).

Name the causes of short-term and chronic fatigue. X X X X X X

Identify the symptoms and describe the effects of X X X X X X

fatigue.
List the strategies that prevent or delay the onset of X X X X X X
fatigue and hypovigilance.
List and describe strategies for coping with stress X X X X X X
factors and stress reactions.
Distinguish between short-term and long-term methods X X X X X X
of stress management.
Give examples of short-term methods of stress X X X X X X
management.
Give examples of long-term methods of coping with X X X X X X
stress.
Describe the fatigue risk management system (FRMS) as X X X X X X
follows: a data-driven means of continuously
monitoring and managing fatigue-related safety risks,
based upon scientific principles and knowledge as well
as operational experience that aims to ensure relevant
personnel are performing at adequate levels of
alertness.

Advanced cockpit automation

Advantages and disadvantages
Compare the two basic concepts of automation: as per X X X X X X
Boeing, where the pilot remains the last operator; and
as per Airbus, where automated systems can correct
erroneous pilot action.

Explain the fundamental restrictions of autoflight X X X X X X

systems to be lack of creativity in unknown situations,
and lack of personal motivation with regard to safety.

List the principal strengths and weaknesses of pilot X X X X X X

versus autopilot systems to be creativity, decision-
making, prioritisation of tasks, safety attitude versus
precision, reliability.

Explain the ‘ironies of automation’: designers’ errors X X X X X X

due to wrong interpretation of the data, leaving tasks to
the pilot that are too complex to automate, loss of
manual and cognitive skills of the pilot. State the
necessity for regular training flights as one possible
countermeasure.
Describe methods to overcome the drawbacks of X X X X X X
autoflight systems to be loss of manual flying
capabilities, additional workload through programming,
risk of slips during programming, and hypovigilance
during cruise.

Automation complacency
State the main weaknesses in the monitoring of X X X X X X
automatic systems to be hypovigilance during flight,
and loss of flying skills.
Explain some basic flight crew errors and terms that X X X X X X
arise with the introduction of automation: passive
monitoring; blinkered concentration; confusion; mode
awareness.

Explain how the method of call-outs counteracts X X X X X X

ineffective monitoring of automatic systems.
Define ‘complacency’. X X X X X X
Working concepts
Explain that the potential disadvantages of automation X X X X
on crew communication are loss of awareness of input
errors, flight modes, failure detection, failure
comprehension, status of the aircraft and aircraft
position.

Explain how the negative effects of automation on X X X X X X

pilots may be alleviated by degrading to a lower level of
automation to recover comprehension of the flight
status from VNAV/LNAV to ALT/HDG or even to manual
flying.

Interpret the role of automation with respect to flight X X X X X X

safety regarding the basic principle of the use of manual
versus autoflight in normal operations, frequent
changes in the flight profile, and in abnormal situations.

0 0 0 363 ### ### 0 362 350 357 357 349

 Source / Comment

BIR exam
CBIR(A)

BIR BK
IR

No entries in v.3 of this TK

Syllabus Comparison Document

X X
X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X
X

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X

X 1

X 1

X
X

X
X

X
X 1

X
X

X
X

X
X

X 1
X

X 1

X
X
X

X
X

X
X

X 1

X X 1

X 1

X X 1

X 1

X 1
X

X 1

X 1
X X 1

X
X

X
X

X 1
X
X

X 1

X
X

X 1
X 1

X 1

X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X
X

X 1

X
X

X 1

X 1

X 1

X 1

X
X

X
X

X
X
X
X

X
X
X

X
X

X 1
X 1

X
X

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
 1

X
X

X 1

X X

X X
X X 1

X X 1

X
X

X X

X 1

X X

X X

X X
X

X
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

306 83 66 37
 2018-2019 syllabus text 2018-2019 2020 syllabus Moved
syllabus reference to/from
reference another
Index

subject

1 METEOROLOGY 050.00.00.00 050.00.00.00

2 THE ATMOSPHERE 050.01.00.00 050.01.00.00
3 Composition, extent, vertical division 050.01.01.00 050.01.01.00
4 Structure of the atmosphere 050.01.01.01 050.01.01.01
5 Describe the vertical division of the atmosphere up to 050.01.01.01.01 050.01.01.01.01
flight level (FL) 650, based on the temperature
variations with height.
6 List the different layers and their main qualitative 050.01.01.01.02 050.01.01.01.02
characteristics up to FL 650.
7 Troposphere 050.01.01.02 050.01.01.02
8 Describe the troposphere. 050.01.01.02.01 050.01.01.02.01
9 Describe the main characteristics of the tropopause. 050.01.01.02.02 050.01.01.02.02

10 Describe the proportions of the most important gases in 050.01.01.02.03 050.01.01.02.03

the air in the troposphere.
11 Describe the variations of the FL and temperature of 050.01.01.02.04 050.01.01.02.04
the tropopause from the poles to the equator.
12 Describe the breaks in the tropopause along the 050.01.01.02.05 050.01.01.02.05
boundaries of the main air masses.
13 Indicate the variations of the FL of the tropopause with 050.01.01.02.06 050.01.01.02.06
the seasons and the variations of atmospheric pressure.

14 Stratosphere 050.01.01.03 050.01.01.03

15 Describe the stratosphere up to FL 650. 050.01.01.03.01 050.01.01.03.01
16 Describe that ozone can occur at jet cruise altitudes and 050.01.01.03.02 050.01.01.03.02
that it constitutes a hazard.
17 Air temperature 050.01.02.00 050.01.02.00
18 Definition and units 050.01.02.01 050.01.02.01
19 Define ‘air temperature’. 050.01.02.01.01 050.01.02.01.01
20 List the units of measurement of air temperature used 050.01.02.01.02 050.01.02.01.02
in aviation meteorology (Celsius, Fahrenheit, Kelvin).
(Refer to Subject 050 10 01 01)
21 Vertical distribution of temperature 050.01.02.02 050.01.02.02
22 Describe the mean vertical distribution of temperature 050.01.02.02.01 050.01.02.02.01
up to FL 650.
23 Mention the general causes of the cooling of the air in 050.01.02.02.02 050.01.02.02.02
the troposphere with increasing altitude.
24 Calculate the temperature and temperature deviations 050.01.02.02.03 050.01.02.02.03
(in relation to International Standard Atmosphere (ISA))
at specified levels.
25 Transfer of heat 050.01.02.03 050.01.02.03
26 Explain how local cooling or warming processes result in 050.01.02.03.01 050.01.02.03.01
transfer of heat.
27 Describe radiation. 050.01.02.03.02 050.01.02.03.02
28 Describe solar radiation reaching the Earth. 050.01.02.03.03 050.01.02.03.03
29 Describe the filtering effect of the atmosphere on solar 050.01.02.03.04 050.01.02.03.04
radiation.
30 Describe terrestrial radiation. 050.01.02.03.05 050.01.02.03.05
31 Explain how terrestrial radiation is absorbed by some 050.01.02.03.06 050.01.02.03.06
components of the atmosphere.
32 Explain the effect of absorption and radiation in 050.01.02.03.07 050.01.02.03.07
connection with clouds.
33 Explain the process of conduction. 050.01.02.03.08 050.01.02.03.08
34 Explain the role of conduction in the cooling and 050.01.02.03.09 050.01.02.03.09
warming of the atmosphere.
35 Explain the process of convection. 050.01.02.03.10 050.01.02.03.10
36 Name the situations in which convection occurs. 050.01.02.03.11 050.01.02.03.11
37 Explain the process of advection. 050.01.02.03.12 050.01.02.03.12
38 Name the situations in which advection occurs. 050.01.02.03.13 050.01.02.03.13
39 Describe the transfer of heat by turbulence. 050.01.02.03.14 050.01.02.03.14
40 Describe the transfer of latent heat. 050.01.02.03.15 050.01.02.03.15
41 Lapse rates 050.01.02.04 050.01.02.04
42 Describe qualitatively and quantitatively the 050.01.02.04.01 050.01.02.04.01
temperature lapse rates of the troposphere (mean
value 0.65 degrees C/100 m or 2 degrees C/1 000 ft and
actual values).

43 Development of inversions, types of inversions 050.01.02.05 050.01.02.05

44 Describe the development and types of inversions. 050.01.02.05.01 050.01.02.05.01
45 Explain the characteristics of inversions and of an 050.01.02.05.02 050.01.02.05.02
isothermal layer concerning stability and vertical
motions.
46 Explain the reasons for the formation of the following 050.01.02.05.03 050.01.02.05.03
inversions: ground inversion (nocturnal
radiation/advection), subsidence inversion, frontal
inversion, inversion above friction layer, valley
inversion.

47 Temperature near the Earth’s surface, insolation, 050.01.02.06 050.01.02.06

surface effects, effect of clouds, effect of wind
48 Explain the cooling/warming of the surface of the Earth 050.01.02.06.01 050.01.02.06.01
by radiation.
49 Explain the cooling/warming of the air by molecular or 050.01.02.06.02 050.01.02.06.02
turbulent heat transfer to/from the earth or sea
surfaces.
50 Describe qualitatively the influence of the clouds on the 050.01.02.06.03 050.01.02.06.03
cooling and warming of the surface and the air near the
surface.
51 Explain the influence of the wind on the cooling and 050.01.02.06.04 050.01.02.06.04
warming of the air near the surfaces.
52 Atmospheric pressure 050.01.03.00 050.01.03.00
53 Barometric pressure, isobars 050.01.03.01 050.01.03.01
54 Define ‘atmospheric pressure’. 050.01.03.01.01 050.01.03.01.01
55 List the units of measurement of the atmospheric 050.01.03.01.02 050.01.03.01.02
pressure used in aviation (hPa, inches of mercury).
(Refer to Subject 050 10 01 01)
56 Describe the principle of the barometers (mercury 050.01.03.01.03 050.01.03.01.03
barometer, aneroid barometer).
57 Define isobars and identify them on surface weather 050.01.03.01.04 050.01.03.01.04
charts.
58 Define ‘high’, ‘low’, ‘trough’, ‘ridge’, ‘col’. 050.01.03.01.05 050.01.03.01.05
59 Pressure variation with height, contours (isohypses) 050.01.03.02 050.01.03.02

60 Explain the pressure variation with height. 050.01.03.02.01 050.01.03.02.01

61 Describe quantitatively the variation of the barometric 050.01.03.02.02 050.01.03.02.02
lapse rate. Remark: An approximation of the average
value for the barometric lapse rate near mean sea level
(MSL) is 30 ft (9 m) per 1 hPa.

62 State that (under conditions of ISA) pressure is 050.01.03.02.03 050.01.03.02.03

approximately 50 per cent of MSL at 18 000 ft and
density is approximately 50 per cent of MSL at 22 000 ft
and 25 per cent of MSL at 40 000 ft.

63 Reduction of pressure to QFF (MSL) 050.01.03.03 050.01.03.03

64 Define ‘QFF’. 050.01.03.03.01 050.01.03.03.01
65 Explain the reduction of measured pressure (QFE) to 050.01.03.03.02 050.01.03.03.02
QFF (MSL).
66 Mention the use of QFF for surface weather charts. 050.01.03.03.03 050.01.03.03.03
67 Relationship between surface pressure centres and 050.01.03.04 050.01.03.04
pressure centres aloft
68 Illustrate with a vertical cross section of isobaric 050.01.03.04.01 050.01.03.04.01
surfaces the relationship between surface pressure
systems and upper-air pressure systems.
69 Air density 050.01.04.00 050.01.04.00
70 Relationship between pressure, temperature and 050.01.04.01 050.01.04.01
density
71 Describe the relationship between pressure, 050.01.04.01.01 050.01.04.01.01
temperature and density.
72 Describe the vertical variation of the air density in the 050.01.04.01.02 050.01.04.01.02
atmosphere.
73 International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) 050.01.05.00 050.01.05.00
74 International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) 050.01.05.01 050.01.05.01
75 Explain the use of standardised values for the 050.01.05.01.01 050.01.05.01.01
atmosphere.
76 List the main values of the ISA MSL pressure, MSL 050.01.05.01.02 050.01.05.01.02
temperature, the vertical temperature lapse rate up to
FL 650, height and temperature of the tropopause.

77 Altimetry 050.01.06.00 050.01.06.00

78 Terminology and definitions 050.01.06.01 050.01.06.01
79 Define the following terms and explain how they are 050.01.06.01.01 050.01.06.01.01
related to each other: height, altitude, pressure
altitude, FL, pressure level, true altitude, true height,
elevation, QNH, QFE, and standard altimeter setting.

80 Describe the terms ‘transition altitude’, ‘transition 050.01.06.01.02 050.01.06.01.02

level’, ‘transition layer’, ‘terrain clearance’, ‘lowest
usable flight level’.
81 Altimeter settings 050.01.06.02 050.01.06.02
82 Name the altimeter settings associated to height, 050.01.06.02.01 050.01.06.02.01
altitude, pressure altitude and FL.
83 Describe the altimeter-setting procedures. 050.01.06.02.02 050.01.06.02.02
84 Calculations 050.01.06.03 050.01.06.03
85 Calculate the different readings on the altimeter when 050.01.06.03.01 050.01.06.03.01
the pilot uses different settings (QNH, 1013.25, QFE).
86 Illustrate with a numbered example the changes of 050.01.06.03.02 050.01.06.03.02
altimeter setting and the associated changes in reading
when the pilot climbs through the transition altitude or
descends through the transition level.

87 Derive the reading of the altimeter of an aircraft on the 050.01.06.03.03 050.01.06.03.03

ground when the pilot uses the different settings.

88 Explain the influence of the air temperature on the 050.01.06.03.04 050.01.06.03.04

distance between the ground and the level read on the
altimeter and between two FLs.
89 Explain the influence of pressure areas on true altitude. 050.01.06.03.05 050.01.06.03.05

90 Determine the true altitude/height for a given 050.01.06.03.06 050.01.06.03.06

altitude/height and a given ISA temperature deviation.

91 Calculate the terrain clearance and the lowest usable FL 050.01.06.03.07 050.01.06.03.07
for given atmospheric temperature and pressure
conditions.
92 State that the 4 per cent-rule can be used to calculate 050.01.06.03.08 050.01.06.03.08
true altitude from indicated altitude, and also indicated
altitude from true altitude (not precise but sufficient
due to the approximation of the 4 per cent-rule.)

93 Remark: The following rules should be considered for

altimetry calculations: a) All calculations are based on
rounded pressure values to the nearest lower hPa. b)

94 Effect of accelerated airflow due to topography 050.01.06.04 050.01.06.04

95 Describe qualitatively how the effect of accelerated 050.01.06.04.01 050.01.06.04.01
airflow due to topography (the Bernoulli effect) affects
altimetry.
96 WIND 050.02.00.00 050.02.00.00
97 Definition and measurement of wind 050.02.01.00 050.02.01.00
98 Definition and measurement 050.02.01.01 050.02.01.01
99 Define ‘wind’ and ‘surface wind’. 050.02.01.01.01 050.02.01.01.01
100 State the units of wind directions (degrees true in 050.02.01.01.02 050.02.01.01.02
reports; degrees magnetic from tower) and speed (kt,
m/s).
101 Describe that the reported wind is an average wind 050.02.01.01.03 050.02.01.01.03
derived from measurements with an anemometer at a
height of 10 m over 2 min for local routine and special
reports and ATS units, and over 10 min for aerodrome
routine meteorological reports (METARs) and
aerodrome special meteorological reports (SPECIs).

102 Primary cause of wind 050.02.02.00 050.02.02.00

103 Primary cause of wind, pressure gradient, Coriolis 050.02.02.01 050.02.02.01
force, gradient wind
104 Define the term ‘horizontal pressure gradient’. 050.02.02.01.01 050.02.02.01.01
105 Explain how the pressure gradient force acts in relation 050.02.02.01.02 050.02.02.01.02
to the pressure gradient.
106 Explain how the Coriolis force acts in relation to the 050.02.02.01.03 050.02.02.01.03
wind.
107 Explain the development of the geostrophic wind. 050.02.02.01.04 050.02.02.01.04
108 Indicate how the geostrophic wind flows in relation to 050.02.02.01.05 050.02.02.01.05
the isobars/isohypses in the northern and in the
southern hemisphere.
109 Analyse the effect of changing latitude on the 050.02.02.01.06 050.02.02.01.06
geostrophic wind speed.
110 Explain the gradient wind effect and indicate how the 050.02.02.01.07 050.02.02.01.07
gradient wind differs from the geostrophic wind in
cyclonic and anticyclonic circulation.
111 Variation of wind in the friction layer 050.02.02.02 050.02.02.02
112 Describe why and how the wind changes direction and 050.02.02.02.01 050.02.02.02.01
speed with height in the friction layer in the northern
and in the southern hemisphere (rule of thumb).

113 State the surface and air-mass conditions that influence 050.02.02.02.02 050.02.02.02.02
the wind in the friction layer (diurnal variation).

114 Name terrain, wind speed and stability as the main 050.02.02.02.03 050.02.02.02.03
factors that influence the vertical extent of the friction
layer.
115 Explain the relationship between isobars and wind 050.02.02.02.04 050.02.02.02.04
(direction and speed). Remark: Approximate value for
variation of wind in the friction layer (values to be used
in examinations): Type of landscape: Wind speed in
friction layer in per cent of the geostrophic wind: over
water: ca. 70 per cent; over land: ca. 50 per cent; The
wind in the friction layer blows across the isobars
towards the low pressure. Angle between wind
direction and isobars. Over water: ca. 10 degrees; over
land: ca. 30 degrees. WMO - No. 266.

116 Effects of convergence and divergence 050.02.02.03 050.02.02.03

117 Describe atmospheric convergence and divergence. 050.02.02.03.01 050.02.02.03.01

118 Explain the relationship between convergence and 050.02.02.03.02 050.02.02.03.02

divergence on the following: pressure systems at the
surface and aloft; wind speed; vertical motion and cloud
formation (relationship between upper-air conditions
and surface pressure systems).

119 General global circulation 050.02.03.00 050.02.03.00

120 General circulation around the globe 050.02.03.01 050.02.03.01
121 Describe the general global circulation. (Refer to Subject 050.02.03.01.01 050.02.03.01.01
050 08 01 01)
122 Name and sketch or indicate on a map the global 050.02.03.01.02 050.02.03.01.02
distribution of the surface pressure and the resulting
wind pattern for all latitudes at low level in January and
July.

123 Sketch or indicate on a map the westerly and easterly 050.02.03.01.03 050.02.03.01.03
tropospheric winds at high level in January and July.

124 Local winds 050.02.04.00 050.02.04.00

125 Anabatic and katabatic winds, mountain and valley 050.02.04.01 050.02.04.01
winds, Venturi effects, land and sea breezes
126 Describe and explain anabatic and katabatic winds. 050.02.04.01.01 050.02.04.01.01

127 Describe mountain and valley winds. 050.02.04.01.02 050.02.04.01.02

128 Describe the Venturi effect, convergence in valleys and 050.02.04.01.03 050.02.04.01.03
mountain areas.
129 Describe land and sea breezes, and sea-breeze front. 050.02.04.01.04 050.02.04.01.04

130 Describe that local, low-level jet streams can develop in 050.02.04.01.05 050.02.04.01.05
the evening.
131 Mountain waves (standing waves, lee waves) 050.02.05.00 050.02.05.00
132 Origin and characteristics 050.02.05.01 050.02.05.01
133 Explain the origin and formation of mountain waves. 050.02.05.01.01 050.02.05.01.01

134 State the conditions necessary for the formation of 050.02.05.01.02 050.02.05.01.02
mountain waves.
135 Describe the structure and properties of mountain 050.02.05.01.03 050.02.05.01.03
waves.
136 Explain how mountain waves may be identified by their 050.02.05.01.04 050.02.05.01.04
associated meteorological phenomena.
137 Describe that mountain wave effects can exceed the 050.02.05.01.05 050.02.05.01.05
performance or structural capability of aircraft.

138 Describe that mountain wave effects can propagate 050.02.05.01.06 050.02.05.01.06
from low to high level, e.g. over Greenland and
elsewhere.
139 Turbulence 050.02.06.00 050.02.06.00
140 Description and types of turbulence 050.02.06.01 050.02.06.01
141 Describe turbulence and gustiness. 050.02.06.01.01 050.02.06.01.01
142 List the common types of turbulence (convective, 050.02.06.01.02 050.02.06.01.02
mechanical, orographic, frontal, clear-air turbulence).

143 Formation and location of turbulence 050.02.06.02 050.02.06.02

144 Explain the formation of convective turbulence, 050.02.06.02.01 050.02.06.02.01
mechanical and orographic turbulence, and frontal
turbulence.
145 State where turbulence will normally be found (rough- 050.02.06.02.02 050.02.06.02.02
ground surfaces, relief, inversion layers, cumulonimbus
(CB), thunderstorm (TS) zones, unstable layers).

146 Clear-air turbulence (CAT) - description, cause and 050.02.06.03 050.02.06.03

location
147 Describe CAT. 050.02.06.03.01 050.02.06.03.01
148 Describe the formation of CAT. 050.02.06.03.02 050.02.06.03.02
149 State where CAT is found in association with jet 050.02.06.03.03 050.02.06.03.03
streams, in high-level troughs and in other disturbed
high-level air flows. (Refer to Subject 050 09 02 02)

150 State that remote sensing of CAT from satellites is not 050.02.06.03.04 050.02.06.03.04
possible and that forecasting is limited.
151 State that pilot reports of turbulence are a very valuable 050.02.06.03.05 050.02.06.03.05
source of information as remote measurements are not
available.
152 Jet streams 050.02.07.00 050.02.07.00
153 Description 050.02.07.01 050.02.07.01
154 Describe jet streams. 050.02.07.01.01 050.02.07.01.01
155 State the defined minimum speed of a jet stream 050.02.07.01.02 050.02.07.01.02
(60 kt).
156 State the typical figures for the dimensions of jet 050.02.07.01.03 050.02.07.01.03
streams.
157 Formation and properties of jet streams 050.02.07.02 050.02.07.02
158 Explain the formation and state the heights, the speeds, 050.02.07.02.01 050.02.07.02.01
the seasonal variations of speeds, the geographical
positions, the seasonal occurrence and the seasonal
movements of the arctic (front) jet stream, the polar
(front) jet stream, the subtropical jet stream, and the
tropical (easterly/equatorial) jet stream.

159 Location of jet streams and associated CAT areas 050.02.07.03 050.02.07.03
160 Sketch or describe where polar front and arctic jet 050.02.07.03.01 050.02.07.03.01
streams are found in the troposphere in relation to the
tropopause and to fronts.
161 Describe and indicate the areas of worst wind shear and 050.02.07.03.02 050.02.07.03.02
CAT.
162 Intentionally left blank 050.02.07.04 050.02.07.04
163 THERMODYNAMICS 050.03.00.00 050.03.00.00
164 Humidity 050.03.01.00 050.03.01.00
165 Water vapour in the atmosphere 050.03.01.01 050.03.01.01
166 State that the density of moist air is less than the 050.03.01.01.01 050.03.01.01.01
density of dry air.
167 Describe the significance for meteorology of water 050.03.01.01.02 050.03.01.01.02
vapour in the atmosphere.
168 Indicate the sources of atmospheric humidity. 050.03.01.01.03 050.03.01.01.03
169 Define ‘saturation of air by water vapour’. 050.03.01.01.04 050.03.01.01.04
170 Intentionally left blank 050.03.01.02 050.03.01.02
171 Temperature/dew point, relative humidity 050.03.01.03 050.03.01.03
172 Define ‘dew point’. 050.03.01.03.01 050.03.01.03.01
173 Define ‘relative humidity’. 050.03.01.03.02 050.03.01.03.02
174 Explain the factors that influence the relative humidity 050.03.01.03.03 050.03.01.03.03
at constant pressure.
175 Explain the diurnal variation of the relative humidity. 050.03.01.03.04 050.03.01.03.04

176 Describe the relationship between temperature and 050.03.01.03.05 050.03.01.03.05

dew point.
177 Estimate the relative humidity of the air from the 050.03.01.03.06 050.03.01.03.06
difference between dew point and temperature.
178 Change of state of water 050.03.02.00 050.03.02.00
179 Condensation, evaporation, sublimation, freezing and 050.03.02.01 050.03.02.01
melting, latent heat
180 Define ‘condensation’, ‘evaporation’, ‘sublimation’, 050.03.02.01.01 050.03.02.01.01
‘freezing and melting’ and ‘latent heat’.

181 List the conditions for condensation/evaporation. 050.03.02.01.02 050.03.02.01.02

182 Explain the condensation process. 050.03.02.01.03 050.03.02.01.03
183 Explain the nature of and the need for condensation 050.03.02.01.04 050.03.02.01.04
nuclei.
184 Explain the effects of condensation on the weather. 050.03.02.01.05 050.03.02.01.05

185 List the conditions for freezing/melting. 050.03.02.01.06 050.03.02.01.06

186 Explain the process of freezing. 050.03.02.01.07 050.03.02.01.07
187 Explain the nature of and the need for freezing nuclei. 050.03.02.01.08 050.03.02.01.08

188 Define ‘supercooled water’. (Refer to Subject 050 09 01 050.03.02.01.09 050.03.02.01.09

01)
189 List the conditions for sublimation. 050.03.02.01.10 050.03.02.01.10
190 Explain the sublimation process. 050.03.02.01.11 050.03.02.01.11
191 Explain the nature of and the need for sublimation 050.03.02.01.12 050.03.02.01.12
nuclei.
192 Describe the absorption or release of latent heat in 050.03.02.01.13 050.03.02.01.13
each change of state of aggregation.
193 Illustrate all the changes of state of water with practical 050.03.02.01.14 050.03.02.01.14
examples.
194 Adiabatic processes 050.03.03.00 050.03.03.00
195 Adiabatic processes, stability of the atmosphere 050.03.03.01 050.03.03.01
196 Describe the adiabatic process in an unsaturated rising 050.03.03.01.01 050.03.03.01.01
or descending air particle.
197 Explain the variation of temperature of an unsaturated 050.03.03.01.02 050.03.03.01.02
rising or descending air particle.
198 Explain the variation of humidity of an unsaturated 050.03.03.01.03 050.03.03.01.03
rising or descending air particle.
199 Describe the adiabatic process in a saturated rising or 050.03.03.01.04 050.03.03.01.04
descending air particle.
200 Explain the variation of temperature of a saturated air 050.03.03.01.05 050.03.03.01.05
particle with changing altitude.
201 Explain the static stability of the atmosphere using the 050.03.03.01.06 050.03.03.01.06
actual temperature curve with reference to the
adiabatic lapse rates.
202 Define qualitatively and quantitatively the terms 050.03.03.01.07 050.03.03.01.07
‘stable’, ‘conditionally unstable’, ‘unstable’ and
‘indifferent’.
203 Illustrate with a schematic sketch the formation of 050.03.03.01.08 050.03.03.01.08
Foehn.
204 Explain the effect of the advection of air (warm or cold) 050.03.03.01.09 050.03.03.01.09
on the stability of the air. Remark: Dry adiabatic lapse
rate = 1 degrees C/100 m or 3 degrees C/1 000 ft;
average value at lower levels for saturated adiabatic
lapse rate = 0.6 degrees C/100 m or 1.8 degrees C/1 000
ft (values to be used in examinations).

205 CLOUDS AND FOG 050.04.00.00 050.04.00.00

206 Cloud formation and description 050.04.01.00 050.04.01.00
207 Cloud formation 050.04.01.01 050.04.01.01
208 Explain cloud formation by adiabatic cooling, 050.04.01.01.01 050.04.01.01.01
conduction, advection and radiation.
209 Describe cloud formation based on the following lifting 050.04.01.01.02 050.04.01.01.02
processes: unorganised lifting in thin layers and
turbulent mixing; forced lifting at fronts or over
mountains; free convection.

210 List cloud types typical for stable and unstable air 050.04.01.01.03 050.04.01.01.03
conditions.
211 Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of clouds. 050.04.01.01.04 050.04.01.01.04

212 Cloud types and cloud classification 050.04.01.02 050.04.01.02

213 Describe the different cloud types and their 050.04.01.02.01 050.04.01.02.01
classification.
214 Identify by shape cirriform, cumuliform and stratiform 050.04.01.02.02 050.04.01.02.02
clouds.
215 Identify by shape and typical level the 10 cloud types 050.04.01.02.03 050.04.01.02.03
(general).
216 Describe and identify by shape the following species 050.04.01.02.04 050.04.01.02.04
and supplementary features: castellanus, lenticularis,
congestus, calvus, capillatus and virga.

217 Distinguish between low-, medium- and high-level 050.04.01.02.05 050.04.01.02.05

clouds according to the World Meteorological
Organization’s (WMO) ‘cloud etage’.
218 Distinguish between ice clouds, mixed clouds and pure- 050.04.01.02.06 050.04.01.02.06
water clouds.
219 Influence of inversions on cloud development 050.04.01.03 050.04.01.03
220 Explain the influence of inversions on vertical 050.04.01.03.01 050.04.01.03.01
movements in the atmosphere.
221 Explain the influence of an inversion on the formation 050.04.01.03.02 050.04.01.03.02
of stratus clouds.
222 Explain the influence of ground inversion on the 050.04.01.03.03 050.04.01.03.03
formation of fog.
223 Describe the role of the tropopause inversion with 050.04.01.03.04 050.04.01.03.04
regard to the vertical development of clouds.
224 Flying conditions in each cloud type 050.04.01.04 050.04.01.04
225 Assess the 10 cloud types for icing and turbulence. 050.04.01.04.01 050.04.01.04.01
226 Fog, mist, haze 050.04.02.00 050.04.02.00
227 General aspects 050.04.02.01 050.04.02.01
228 Define ‘fog’, ‘mist’ and ‘haze’ with reference to the 050.04.02.01.01 050.04.02.01.01
WMO standards of visibility range.
229 Explain briefly the formation of fog, mist and haze. 050.04.02.01.02 050.04.02.01.02
230 Name the factors that generally contribute to the 050.04.02.01.03 050.04.02.01.03
formation of fog and mist.
231 Name the factors that contribute to the formation of 050.04.02.01.04 050.04.02.01.04
haze.
232 Describe freezing fog and ice fog. 050.04.02.01.05 050.04.02.01.05
233 Radiation fog 050.04.02.02 050.04.02.02
234 Explain the formation of radiation fog. 050.04.02.02.01 050.04.02.02.01
235 Describe the significant characteristics of radiation fog, 050.04.02.02.02 050.04.02.02.02
and its vertical extent.
236 Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of 050.04.02.02.03 050.04.02.02.03
radiation fog.
237 Advection fog 050.04.02.03 050.04.02.03
238 Explain the formation of advection fog. 050.04.02.03.01 050.04.02.03.01
239 Describe the different possibilities of advection-fog 050.04.02.03.02 050.04.02.03.02
formation (over land, sea and coastal regions).
240 Describe the significant characteristics of advection fog. 050.04.02.03.03 050.04.02.03.03

241 Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of 050.04.02.03.04 050.04.02.03.04

advection fog.
242 Sea smoke 050.04.02.04 050.04.02.04
243 Explain the formation of sea smoke. 050.04.02.04.01 050.04.02.04.01
244 Explain the conditions for the development of sea 050.04.02.04.02 050.04.02.04.02
smoke.
245 Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of sea 050.04.02.04.03 050.04.02.04.03
smoke.
246 Frontal fog 050.04.02.05 050.04.02.05
247 Explain the formation of frontal fog. 050.04.02.05.01 050.04.02.05.01
248 Describe the significant characteristics of frontal fog. 050.04.02.05.02 050.04.02.05.02

249 Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of frontal 050.04.02.05.03 050.04.02.05.03
fog.
250 Orographic fog (hill fog) 050.04.02.06 050.04.02.06
251 Summarise the features of orographic fog. 050.04.02.06.01 050.04.02.06.01
252 Describe the significant characteristics of orographic 050.04.02.06.02 050.04.02.06.02
fog.
253 Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of 050.04.02.06.03 050.04.02.06.03
orographic fog.
254 PRECIPITATION 050.05.00.00 050.05.00.00
255 Development of precipitation 050.05.01.00 050.05.01.00
256 Process of development of precipitation 050.05.01.01 050.05.01.01
257 Describe the two basic processes of forming 050.05.01.01.01 050.05.01.01.01
precipitation (the Wegener-Bergeron-Findeisen process,
Coalescence).
258 Summarise the outlines of the ice-crystal process (the 050.05.01.01.02 050.05.01.01.02
Wegener-Bergeron-Findeisen process).
259 Summarise the outlines of the coalescence process. 050.05.01.01.03 050.05.01.01.03

260 Explain the development of snow, rain, drizzle and hail. 050.05.01.01.04 050.05.01.01.04

261 Types of precipitation 050.05.02.00 050.05.02.00

262 Types of precipitation, relationship with cloud types 050.05.02.01 050.05.02.01

263 List and describe the types of precipitation given in the 050.05.02.01.01 050.05.02.01.01
aerodrome forecast (TAF) and METAR codes (drizzle,
rain, snow, snow grains, ice pellets, hail, small hail,
snow pellets, ice crystals, freezing drizzle, freezing rain).

264 State the ICAO/WMO approximate diameters for cloud, 050.05.02.01.02 050.05.02.01.02
drizzle and rain drops.
265 State that, because of their size, hail stones can cause 050.05.02.01.03 050.05.02.01.03
significant damage to aircraft.
266 Explain the mechanism for the formation of freezing 050.05.02.01.04 050.05.02.01.04
precipitation.
267 Describe the weather conditions that give rise to 050.05.02.01.05 050.05.02.01.05
freezing precipitation.
268 Distinguish between the types of precipitation 050.05.02.01.06 050.05.02.01.06
generated in convective and stratiform clouds.
269 Assign typical precipitation types and intensities to 050.05.02.01.07 050.05.02.01.07
different cloud types.
270 Explain the relationship between moisture content and 050.05.02.01.08 050.05.02.01.08
visibility during different types of winter precipitation
(e.g. large vs small snowflakes).
271 AIR MASSES AND FRONTS 050.06.00.00 050.06.00.00
272 Air masses 050.06.01.00 050.06.01.00
273 Description, classification and source regions of air 050.06.01.01 050.06.01.01
masses
274 Define the term ‘air mass’. 050.06.01.01.01 050.06.01.01.01
275 Describe the properties of the source regions. 050.06.01.01.02 050.06.01.01.02
276 Summarise the classification of air masses by source 050.06.01.01.03 050.06.01.01.03
regions.
277 State the classifications of air masses by temperature 050.06.01.01.04 050.06.01.01.04
and humidity at source.
278 State the characteristic weather in each of the air 050.06.01.01.05 050.06.01.01.05
masses.
279 Name the three main air masses that affect Europe. 050.06.01.01.06 050.06.01.01.06

280 Classify air masses on a surface weather chart. Remark: 050.06.01.01.07 050.06.01.01.07
Names and abbreviations of air masses used in
examinations: first letter: humidity continental (c)
maritime (m) second letter: type of air mass arctic (A)
polar (P) tropical (T) equatorial (E) third letter:
temperature cold (c) warm (w)

281 Modifications of air masses 050.06.01.02 050.06.01.02

282 List the environmental factors that affect the final 050.06.01.02.01 050.06.01.02.01
properties of an air mass.
283 Explain how maritime and continental tracks modify air 050.06.01.02.02 050.06.01.02.02
masses.
284 Explain the effect of passage over cold or warm 050.06.01.02.03 050.06.01.02.03
surfaces.
285 Explain how air-mass weather is affected by the season, 050.06.01.02.04 050.06.01.02.04
the air-mass track and by orographic and thermal
effects over land.
286 Assess the tendencies of the stability of an air mass and 050.06.01.02.05 050.06.01.02.05
describe the typical resulting air-mass weather including
the hazards for aviation.
287 Fronts 050.06.02.00 050.06.02.00
288 General aspects 050.06.02.01 050.06.02.01
289 Describe the boundaries between air masses (fronts). 050.06.02.01.01 050.06.02.01.01

290 Define ‘front’ and ‘frontal zone’. 050.06.02.01.02 050.06.02.01.02

291 Name the global frontal systems (polar front, arctic 050.06.02.01.03 050.06.02.01.03
front).
292 State the approximate seasonal latitudes and 050.06.02.01.04 050.06.02.01.04
geographic positions of the polar front and the arctic
front.
293 Warm front, associated clouds and weather 050.06.02.02 050.06.02.02
294 Define a ‘warm front’. 050.06.02.02.01 050.06.02.02.01
295 Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and 050.06.02.02.02 050.06.02.02.02
aviation hazards at a warm front depending on the
stability of the warm air.
296 Explain the seasonal differences in the weather at warm 050.06.02.02.03 050.06.02.02.03
fronts.
297 Describe the structure, slope and dimensions of a warm 050.06.02.02.04 050.06.02.02.04
front.
298 Sketch a cross section of a warm front showing 050.06.02.02.05 050.06.02.02.05
weather, cloud and aviation hazards.
299 Cold front, associated clouds and weather 050.06.02.03 050.06.02.03
300 Define a ‘cold front’. 050.06.02.03.01 050.06.02.03.01
301 Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and 050.06.02.03.02 050.06.02.03.02
aviation hazards at a cold front depending on the
stability of the warm air.
302 Explain the seasonal differences in the weather at cold 050.06.02.03.03 050.06.02.03.03
fronts.
303 Describe the structure, slope and dimensions of a cold 050.06.02.03.04 050.06.02.03.04
front.
304 Sketch a cross section of a cold front showing weather, 050.06.02.03.05 050.06.02.03.05
cloud and aviation hazards.
305 Warm sector, associated clouds and weather 050.06.02.04 050.06.02.04
306 Describe fronts and air masses associated with the 050.06.02.04.01 050.06.02.04.01
warm sector.
307 Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and 050.06.02.04.02 050.06.02.04.02
aviation hazards in a warm sector.
308 Explain the seasonal differences in the weather in the 050.06.02.04.03 050.06.02.04.03
warm sector.
309 Sketch a cross section of a warm sector showing 050.06.02.04.04 050.06.02.04.04
weather, cloud and aviation hazards.
310 Weather behind the cold front 050.06.02.05 050.06.02.05
311 Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and 050.06.02.05.01 050.06.02.05.01
aviation hazards behind the cold front.
312 Explain the seasonal differences in the weather behind 050.06.02.05.02 050.06.02.05.02
the cold front.
313 Occlusions, associated clouds and weather 050.06.02.06 050.06.02.06
314 Define the term ‘occlusion’ and ‘occluded front’. 050.06.02.06.01 050.06.02.06.01
315 Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and 050.06.02.06.02 050.06.02.06.02
aviation hazards in a cold occlusion.
316 Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and 050.06.02.06.03 050.06.02.06.03
aviation hazards in a warm occlusion.
317 Explain the seasonal differences in the weather at 050.06.02.06.04 050.06.02.06.04
occlusions.
318 Sketch a cross section of occlusions showing weather, 050.06.02.06.05 050.06.02.06.05
cloud and aviation hazards.
319 On a sketch illustrate the development of an occlusion 050.06.02.06.06 050.06.02.06.06
and the movement of the occlusion point.

320 Stationary front, associated clouds and weather 050.06.02.07 050.06.02.07

321 Define a ‘stationary front’. 050.06.02.07.01 050.06.02.07.01
322 Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and 050.06.02.07.02 050.06.02.07.02
aviation hazards in a stationary front.
323 Movement of fronts and pressure systems, life cycle 050.06.02.08 050.06.02.08

324 Describe the movements of fronts and pressure systems 050.06.02.08.01 050.06.02.08.01
and the life cycle of a mid-latitude depression.

325 State the rules for predicting the direction and the 050.06.02.08.02 050.06.02.08.02
speed of movement of fronts.
326 State the difference in the speed of movement between 050.06.02.08.03 050.06.02.08.03
cold and warm fronts.
327 State the rules for predicting the direction and the 050.06.02.08.04 050.06.02.08.04
speed of movement of frontal depressions.
328 Describe, with a sketch if required, the genesis, 050.06.02.08.05 050.06.02.08.05
development and life cycle of a frontal depression with
associated cloud and rain belts.
329 Changes of meteorological elements at a frontal wave 050.06.02.09 050.06.02.09

330 Sketch a plan and a cross section of a frontal wave 050.06.02.09.01 050.06.02.09.01
(warm front, warm sector, and cold front) and illustrate
the changes of pressure, temperature, surface wind and
wind in the vertical axis.

331 PRESSURE SYSTEMS 050.07.00.00 050.07.00.00

332 The principal pressure areas 050.07.01.00 050.07.01.00
333 Location of the principal pressure areas 050.07.01.01 050.07.01.01
334 Identify or indicate on a map the principal global high- 050.07.01.01.01 050.07.01.01.01
pressure and low-pressure areas in January and July.

335 Explain how these pressure areas are formed. 050.07.01.01.02 050.07.01.01.02
336 Explain how the pressure areas move with the seasons. 050.07.01.01.03 050.07.01.01.03

337 Anticyclone 050.07.02.00 050.07.02.00

338 Anticyclones, types, general properties, cold and warm 050.07.02.01 050.07.02.01
anticyclones, ridges and subsidence
339 List the different types of anticyclones. 050.07.02.01.01 050.07.02.01.01
340 Describe the effect of high-level convergence in 050.07.02.01.02 050.07.02.01.02
producing areas of high pressure at ground level.
341 Describe air-mass subsidence, its effect on the 050.07.02.01.03 050.07.02.01.03
environmental lapse rate, and the associated weather.

342 Describe the formation of warm and cold anticyclones. 050.07.02.01.04 050.07.02.01.04

343 Describe the formation of ridges. 050.07.02.01.05 050.07.02.01.05

344 Describe the properties of and the weather associated 050.07.02.01.06 050.07.02.01.06
with warm and cold anticyclones.
345 Describe the properties of and the weather associated 050.07.02.01.07 050.07.02.01.07
with ridges.
346 Describe the blocking anticyclone and its effects. 050.07.02.01.08 050.07.02.01.08
347 Non-frontal depressions 050.07.03.00 050.07.03.00
348 Thermal, orographic, polar and secondary depressions; 050.07.03.01 050.07.03.01
troughs
349 Describe the effect of high-level divergence in 050.07.03.01.01 050.07.03.01.01
producing areas of low pressure at ground level.
350 Describe the formation and properties of thermal, 050.07.03.01.02 050.07.03.01.02
orographic (lee lows), polar and secondary depressions.

351 Describe the formation, the properties and the 050.07.03.01.03 050.07.03.01.03
associated weather at troughs.
352 Tropical revolving storms 050.07.04.00 050.07.04.00
353 Characteristics of tropical revolving storms 050.07.04.01 050.07.04.01
354 State the conditions necessary for the formation of 050.07.04.01.01 050.07.04.01.01
tropical revolving storms.
355 State how a tropical revolving storm generally moves in 050.07.04.01.02 050.07.04.01.02
its area of occurrence.
356 Name the stages of the development of tropical 050.07.04.01.03 050.07.04.01.03
revolving storms (tropical disturbance, tropical
depression, tropical storm, severe tropical storm,
tropical revolving storm).

357 Describe the meteorological conditions in and near a 050.07.04.01.04 050.07.04.01.04

tropical revolving storm.
358 State the approximate dimensions of a tropical 050.07.04.01.05 050.07.04.01.05
revolving storm.
359 State that the movement of a tropical revolving storm 050.07.04.01.06 050.07.04.01.06
can only rarely be forecast exactly, and that utmost care
is necessary near a tropical revolving storm.

360 Origin and local names, location and period of 050.07.04.02 050.07.04.02
occurrence
361 List the areas of origin and occurrence of tropical 050.07.04.02.01 050.07.04.02.01
revolving storms, and their specified names (hurricane,
typhoon, tropical cyclone).
362 State the expected times of occurrence of tropical 050.07.04.02.02 050.07.04.02.02
revolving storms in each of the source areas, and their
approximate frequency.
363 CLIMATOLOGY 050.08.00.00 050.08.00.00
364 Climatic zones 050.08.01.00 050.08.01.00
365 General circulation in the troposphere and lower 050.08.01.01 050.08.01.01
stratosphere
366 Describe the general tropospheric and low stratospheric 050.08.01.01.01 050.08.01.01.01
circulation. (Refer to Subject 050 02 03 01)

367 Climatic classification 050.08.01.02 050.08.01.02

368 Describe the characteristics of the tropical rain climate, 050.08.01.02.01 050.08.01.02.01
the dry climate, the mid-latitude climate (warm
temperate rain climate), the subarctic climate (cold
snow forest climate) and the snow climate (polar
climate).

369 Explain how the seasonal movement of the sun 050.08.01.02.02 050.08.01.02.02
generates the transitional climate zones.
370 State the typical locations of each major climatic zone. 050.08.01.02.03 050.08.01.02.03

371 Tropical climatology 050.08.02.00 050.08.02.00

372 Cause and development of tropical showers and 050.08.02.01 050.08.02.01
thunderstorms: humidity, temperature, tropopause

373 State the conditions necessary for the formation of 050.08.02.01.01 050.08.02.01.01
tropical showers and thunderstorms (mesoscale
convective complex, cloud clusters).
374 Describe the characteristics of tropical squall lines. 050.08.02.01.02 050.08.02.01.02

375 Explain the formation of convective cloud structures 050.08.02.01.03 050.08.02.01.03

caused by convergence at the boundary of the NE and
SE trade winds (Intertropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ)).

376 State the typical figures for tropical surface air 050.08.02.01.04 050.08.02.01.04
temperatures and humidities, and for heights of the
zero-degree isotherm.
377 Seasonal variations of weather and wind, typical 050.08.02.02 050.08.02.02
synoptic situations
378 Indicate on a map the trade winds (tropical easterlies) 050.08.02.02.01 050.08.02.02.01
and describe the associated weather.
379 Indicate on a map the doldrums and describe the 050.08.02.02.02 050.08.02.02.02
associated weather.
380 Indicate on a sketch the latitudes of subtropical high 050.08.02.02.03 050.08.02.02.03
(horse latitudes) and describe the associated weather.

381 Indicate on a map the major monsoon winds. 050.08.02.02.04 050.08.02.02.04

382 Intertropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ), weather in the 050.08.02.03 050.08.02.03
ITCZ, general seasonal movement
383 Identify or indicate on a map the positions of the ITCZ in 050.08.02.03.01 050.08.02.03.01
January and July.
384 Explain the seasonal movement of the ITCZ. 050.08.02.03.02 050.08.02.03.02
385 Describe the weather and winds at the ITCZ. 050.08.02.03.03 050.08.02.03.03
386 Explain the flight hazards associated with the ITCZ. 050.08.02.03.04 050.08.02.03.04

387 Monsoon, sandstorms, cold-air outbreaks 050.08.02.04 050.08.02.04

388 Define in general the term ‘monsoon’ and give a 050.08.02.04.01 050.08.02.04.01
general overview of regions of occurrence.
389 Describe the major monsoon conditions. (Refer to 050.08.02.04.02 050.08.02.04.02
Subject 050 08 02 02)
390 Explain how trade winds change character after a long 050.08.02.04.03 050.08.02.04.03
track and become monsoon winds.
391 Explain the weather and the flight hazards associated 050.08.02.04.04 050.08.02.04.04
with a monsoon.
392 Explain the formation of the SW/NE monsoon over 050.08.02.04.05 050.08.02.04.05
West Africa and describe the weather, stressing the
seasonal differences.
393 Explain the formation of the SW/NE monsoon over 050.08.02.04.06 050.08.02.04.06
India and describe the weather, stressing the seasonal
differences.
394 Explain the formation of the monsoon over the Far East 050.08.02.04.07 050.08.02.04.07
and northern Australia and describe the weather,
stressing the seasonal differences.
395 Describe the formation and properties of sandstorms. 050.08.02.04.08 050.08.02.04.08

396 Indicate when and where outbreaks of cold polar air 050.08.02.04.09 050.08.02.04.09
can enter subtropical weather systems.
397 Name well-known examples of polar-air outbreaks 050.08.02.04.10 050.08.02.04.10
(Blizzard, Pampero).
398 Easterly waves 050.08.02.05 050.08.02.05
399 Explain the effect of easterly waves on tropical weather 050.08.02.05.01 050.08.02.05.01
systems.
400 Typical weather situations in the mid-latitudes 050.08.03.00 050.08.03.00
401 Westerly situation (westerlies) 050.08.03.01 050.08.03.01
402 Identify on a weather chart the typical westerly 050.08.03.01.01 050.08.03.01.01
situation with travelling polar front waves.
403 High-pressure area 050.08.03.02 050.08.03.02
404 Describe the high-pressure zones with the associated 050.08.03.02.01 050.08.03.02.01
weather.
405 Identify on a weather chart the high-pressure regions. 050.08.03.02.02 050.08.03.02.02

406 Intentionally left blank 050.08.03.03 050.08.03.03

407 Cold-air drop 050.08.03.04 050.08.03.04
408 Define ‘cold-air drop’. 050.08.03.04.01 050.08.03.04.01
409 Describe the formation of a cold-air drop. 050.08.03.04.02 050.08.03.04.02
410 Identify cold-air drops on weather charts. 050.08.03.04.03 050.08.03.04.03
411 Explain the problems and dangers of cold-air drops for 050.08.03.04.04 050.08.03.04.04
aviation.
412 Local winds and associated weather 050.08.04.00 050.08.04.00
413 Foehn, Mistral, Bora 050.08.04.01 050.08.04.01
414 Describe the mechanism for the development of Foehn 050.08.04.01.01 050.08.04.01.01
winds (including Chinook).
415 Describe the weather associated with Foehn winds. 050.08.04.01.02 050.08.04.01.02

416 Describe the formation of, the characteristics of, and 050.08.04.01.03 050.08.04.01.03
the weather associated with Mistral and Bora.
417 Harmattan 050.08.04.02 050.08.04.02
418 Describe the Harmattan wind and the associated 050.08.04.02.01 050.08.04.02.01
visibility problems as an example of local winds
affecting visibility.
419 FLIGHT HAZARDS 050.09.00.00 050.09.00.00
420 Icing 050.09.01.00 050.09.01.00
421 Conditions for ice accretion 050.09.01.01 050.09.01.01
422 Summarise the general conditions under which ice 050.09.01.01.01 050.09.01.01.01
accretion occurs on aircraft (temperatures of outside
air; temperature of the airframe; presence of
supercooled water in clouds, fog, rain and drizzle;
possibility of sublimation).

423 Explain the general weather conditions under which ice 050.09.01.01.02 050.09.01.01.02
accretion occurs in a venturi carburettor.

424 Explain the general weather conditions under which ice 050.09.01.01.03 050.09.01.01.03
accretion occurs on airframe.
425 Explain the formation of supercooled water in clouds, 050.09.01.01.04 050.09.01.01.04
rain and drizzle. (Refer to Subject 050 03 02 01)

426 Explain qualitatively the relationship between the air 050.09.01.01.05 050.09.01.01.05
temperature and the amount of supercooled water.

427 Explain qualitatively the relationship between the type 050.09.01.01.06 050.09.01.01.06
of cloud and the size and number of the droplets in
cumuliform and stratiform clouds.
428 Indicate in which circumstances ice can form on an 050.09.01.01.07 050.09.01.01.07
aircraft on the ground: air temperature, humidity,
precipitation.
429 Explain in which circumstances ice can form on an 050.09.01.01.08 050.09.01.01.08
aircraft in flight: inside clouds, in precipitation, and
outside clouds and precipitation.

430 Explain the influence of fuel temperature, radiative 050.09.01.01.09 050.09.01.01.09

cooling of the aircraft surface and temperature of the
aircraft surface (e.g. from previous flight) on ice
formation.

431 Describe the different factors that influence the 050.09.01.01.10 050.09.01.01.10
intensity of icing: air temperature, amount of
supercooled water in a cloud or in precipitation,
amount of ice crystals in the air, speed of the aircraft,
shape (thickness) of the airframe parts (wings,
antennas, etc.).
432 Explain the effects of topography on icing. 050.09.01.01.11 050.09.01.01.11
433 Explain the higher concentration of water drops in 050.09.01.01.12 050.09.01.01.12
stratiform orographic clouds.
434 Types of ice accretion 050.09.01.02 050.09.01.02
435 Define ‘clear ice’. 050.09.01.02.01 050.09.01.02.01
436 Describe the conditions for the formation of clear ice. 050.09.01.02.02 050.09.01.02.02

437 Explain the formation of the structure of clear ice with 050.09.01.02.03 050.09.01.02.03
the release of latent heat during the freezing process.

438 Describe the aspects of clear ice: appearance, weight, 050.09.01.02.04 050.09.01.02.04
solidity.
439 Define ‘rime ice’. 050.09.01.02.05 050.09.01.02.05
440 Describe the conditions for the formation of rime ice. 050.09.01.02.06 050.09.01.02.06

441 Describe the aspects of rime ice: appearance, weight, 050.09.01.02.07 050.09.01.02.07
solidity.
442 Define ‘mixed ice’. 050.09.01.02.08 050.09.01.02.08
443 Describe the conditions for the formation of mixed ice. 050.09.01.02.09 050.09.01.02.09

444 Describe the aspects of mixed ice: appearance, weight, 050.09.01.02.10 050.09.01.02.10
solidity.
445 Describe the possible process of ice formation in snow 050.09.01.02.11 050.09.01.02.11
conditions.
446 Define ‘hoar frost’. 050.09.01.02.12 050.09.01.02.12
447 Describe the conditions for the formation of hoar frost. 050.09.01.02.13 050.09.01.02.13

448 Describe the aspects of hoar frost: appearance, solidity. 050.09.01.02.14 050.09.01.02.14

449 Hazards of ice accretion, avoidance 050.09.01.03 050.09.01.03

450 State the ICAO qualifying terms for the intensity of icing. 050.09.01.03.01 050.09.01.03.01
Source: ICAO Doc 4444 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation
Services — Air Traffic Management’
451 Describe, in general, the hazards of icing. 050.09.01.03.02 050.09.01.03.02
452 Assess the dangers of the different types of ice 050.09.01.03.03 050.09.01.03.03
accretion.
453 Describe the position of the dangerous zones of icing in 050.09.01.03.04 050.09.01.03.04
fronts, in stratiform and cumuliform clouds, and in the
different precipitation types.
454 Indicate the possibilities of avoiding dangerous zones of 050.09.01.03.05 050.09.01.03.05
icing: in the flight planning: weather briefing, selection
of track and altitude; during flight: recognition of the
dangerous zones, selection of appropriate track and
altitude.

455 Ice crystal icing 050.09.01.04 050.09.01.04

456 Describe ice crystal icing. 050.09.01.04.01 050.09.01.04.01
457 Describe the atmospheric processes leading to high ice 050.09.01.04.02 050.09.01.04.02
crystal concentration. Define the variable ice water
content (IWC).
458 Identify weather situations and their relevant areas 050.09.01.04.03 050.09.01.04.03
where high concentrations of ice crystals are likely to
occur.
459 Name, in general, the flight hazards associated with 050.09.01.04.04 050.09.01.04.04
high concentrations of ice crystals.
460 Explain how a pilot may possibly avoid areas with a high 050.09.01.04.05 050.09.01.04.05
concentration of ice crystals.
461 Turbulence 050.09.02.00 050.09.02.00
462 Effects on flight, avoidance 050.09.02.01 050.09.02.01
463 State the ICAO qualifying terms for the intensity of 050.09.02.01.01 050.09.02.01.01
turbulence. Source: ICAO Doc 4444 ‘Procedures for Air
Navigation Services — Air Traffic Management’
464 Describe the effects of turbulence on an aircraft in 050.09.02.01.02 050.09.02.01.02
flight.
465 Indicate the possibilities of avoiding turbulence: in the 050.09.02.01.03 050.09.02.01.03
flight planning: weather briefing, selection of track and
altitude; during flight: selection of appropriate track and
altitude.

466 Describe atmospheric turbulence and distinguish 050.09.02.01.04 050.09.02.01.04

between turbulence, gustiness and wind shear.
467 Describe that forecasts of turbulence are not very 050.09.02.01.05 050.09.02.01.05
reliable and state that pilot reports of turbulence are
very valuable as they help others to prepare for or avoid
turbulence.

468 Clear-air turbulence (CAT): effects on flight, avoidance 050.09.02.02 050.09.02.02

469 Describe the effects of CAT on flight. (Refer to Subject 050.09.02.02.01 050.09.02.02.01
050 02 06 03)
470 Indicate the possibilities of avoiding CAT in flight: in the 050.09.02.02.02 050.09.02.02.02
flight planning: weather briefing, selection of track and
altitude; during flight: selection of appropriate track and
altitude.

471 Wind shear 050.09.03.00 050.09.03.00

472 Definition of wind shear 050.09.03.01 050.09.03.01
473 Define ‘wind shear’ (vertical and horizontal). 050.09.03.01.01 050.09.03.01.01
474 Define ‘low-level wind shear’. 050.09.03.01.02 050.09.03.01.02
475 Weather conditions for wind shear 050.09.03.02 050.09.03.02
476 Describe the conditions, where and how wind shear can 050.09.03.02.01 050.09.03.02.01
form (e.g. thunderstorms, squall lines, fronts,
inversions, land and sea breeze, friction layer, relief).

477 Effects on flight, avoidance 050.09.03.03 050.09.03.03

478 Describe the effects of wind shear on flight. 050.09.03.03.01 050.09.03.03.01
479 Indicate the possibilities of avoiding wind shear in flight: 050.09.03.03.02 050.09.03.03.02
in the flight planning; during flight.
480 Thunderstorms 050.09.04.00 050.09.04.00
481 Conditions for and process of development, forecast, 050.09.04.01 050.09.04.01
location, type specification
482 Name the cloud types which indicate the development 050.09.04.01.01 050.09.04.01.01
of thunderstorms.
483 Describe the different types of thunderstorms, their 050.09.04.01.02 050.09.04.01.02
location, the conditions for and the process of
development, and list their properties (air-mass
thunderstorms, frontal thunderstorms, squall lines,
supercell storms, orographic thunderstorms).

484 Structure of thunderstorms, life cycle 050.09.04.02 050.09.04.02

485 Assess the average duration of thunderstorms and their 050.09.04.02.01 050.09.04.02.01
different stages.
486 Describe a supercell storm: initial, supercell, tornado 050.09.04.02.02 050.09.04.02.02
and dissipating stage.
487 Summarise the flight hazards associated with a fully 050.09.04.02.03 050.09.04.02.03
developed thunderstorm.
488 Indicate on a sketch the most dangerous zones in and 050.09.04.02.04 050.09.04.02.04
around a single-cell and a multi-cell thunderstorm.

489 Electrical discharges 050.09.04.03 050.09.04.03

490 Describe the basic outline of the electric field in the 050.09.04.03.01 050.09.04.03.01
atmosphere.
491 Describe types of lightning, i.e. ground stroke, intra- 050.09.04.03.02 050.09.04.03.02
cloud lightning, cloud-to-cloud lightning, upward
lightning.
492 Describe and assess the ‘St. Elmo’s fire’ weather 050.09.04.03.03 050.09.04.03.03
phenomenon.
493 Describe the development of lightning discharges. 050.09.04.03.04 050.09.04.03.04
494 Describe the effect of lightning strike on aircraft and 050.09.04.03.05 050.09.04.03.05
flight execution.
495 Development and effects of downbursts 050.09.04.04 050.09.04.04
496 Define the term ‘downburst’. 050.09.04.04.01 050.09.04.04.01
497 Distinguish between macroburst and microburst. 050.09.04.04.02 050.09.04.04.02
498 State the weather situations leading to the formation of 050.09.04.04.03 050.09.04.04.03
downbursts.
499 Describe the process of development of a downburst. 050.09.04.04.04 050.09.04.04.04

500 Give the typical duration of a downburst. 050.09.04.04.05 050.09.04.04.05

501 Describe the effects of downbursts. 050.09.04.04.06 050.09.04.04.06
502 Thunderstorm avoidance 050.09.04.05 050.09.04.05
503 Explain how the pilot can anticipate each type of 050.09.04.05.01 050.09.04.05.01
thunderstorm: through pre-flight weather briefing,
observation in flight, use of specific meteorological
information, use of information given by ground
weather radar and by airborne weather radar. (Refer to
Subject 050 10 01 04), use of a lightning detector
(stormscope). (Refer to Subject 050 10 01 04), use of
the stormscope (lightning detector).

504 Describe practical examples of flight techniques used to 050.09.04.05.02 050.09.04.05.02

avoid the hazards of thunderstorms.
505 Tornadoes 050.09.05.00 050.09.05.00
506 Properties and occurrence 050.09.05.01 050.09.05.01
507 Define ‘tornado’. 050.09.05.01.01 050.09.05.01.01
508 Describe the formation of a tornado. 050.09.05.01.02 050.09.05.01.02
509 Describe the typical features of a tornado such as 050.09.05.01.03 050.09.05.01.03
appearance, season, time of day, stage of development,
speed of movement, and wind speed.
510 Compare the occurrence of tornadoes in Europe with 050.09.05.01.04 050.09.05.01.04
the occurrence in other locations, especially in the
United States of America.
511 Compare the dimensions and properties of tornadoes 050.09.05.01.05 050.09.05.01.05
and dust devils.
512 Inversions 050.09.06.00 050.09.06.00
513 Influence on aircraft performance 050.09.06.01 050.09.06.01
514 Compare the flight hazards during take-off and 050.09.06.01.01 050.09.06.01.01
approach associated with a strong inversion alone and
with a strong inversion combined with marked wind
shear.

515 Stratospheric conditions 050.09.07.00 050.09.07.00

516 Influence on aircraft performance 050.09.07.01 050.09.07.01
517 Summarise the advantages of stratospheric flights. 050.09.07.01.01 050.09.07.01.01

518 List the influences of the phenomena associated with 050.09.07.01.02 050.09.07.01.02
the lower stratosphere (wind, temperature, air density,
turbulence).
519 Hazards in mountainous areas 050.09.08.00 050.09.08.00
520 Influence of terrain on clouds and precipitation, frontal 050.09.08.01 050.09.08.01
passage
521 Describe the influence of mountainous area on a frontal 050.09.08.01.01 050.09.08.01.01
passage.
522 Vertical movements, mountain waves, wind shear, 050.09.08.02 050.09.08.02
turbulence, ice accretion
523 Describe the vertical movements, wind shear and 050.09.08.02.01 050.09.08.02.01
turbulence that are typical of mountain areas.
524 Indicate on a sketch of a chain of mountains the 050.09.08.02.02 050.09.08.02.02
turbulent zones (mountain waves, rotors).
525 Explain the influence of relief on ice accretion. 050.09.08.02.03 050.09.08.02.03
526 Development and effect of valley inversions 050.09.08.03 050.09.08.03
527 Describe the formation of a valley inversion due to 050.09.08.03.01 050.09.08.03.01
katabatic winds.
528 Describe the valley inversion formed by warm winds 050.09.08.03.02 050.09.08.03.02
aloft.
529 Describe the effects of a valley inversion for an aircraft 050.09.08.03.03 050.09.08.03.03
in flight.
530 Visibility-reducing phenomena 050.09.09.00 050.09.09.00
531 Reduction of visibility caused by precipitation and 050.09.09.01 050.09.09.01
obscurations
532 Describe the reduction of visibility caused by 050.09.09.01.01 050.09.09.01.01
precipitation: drizzle, rain, snow.
533 Describe the reduction of visibility caused by 050.09.09.01.02 050.09.09.01.02
obscurations: fog, mist, haze, smoke, volcanic ash.
534 Describe the reduction of visibility caused by 050.09.09.01.03 050.09.09.01.03
obscurations: sand (SA), dust (DU).
535 Describe the differences between ground and flight 050.09.09.01.04 050.09.09.01.04
visibility, and slant and vertical visibility when an aircraft
is above or within a layer of haze or fog.
536 Reduction of visibility caused by other phenomena 050.09.09.02 050.09.09.02
537 Describe the reduction of visibility caused by low 050.09.09.02.01 050.09.09.02.01
drifting and blowing snow.
538 Describe the reduction of visibility caused by low 050.09.09.02.02 050.09.09.02.02
drifting and blowing dust and sand.
539 Describe the reduction of visibility caused by dust storm 050.09.09.02.03 050.09.09.02.03
(DS) and sandstorm (SS).
540 Describe the reduction of visibility caused by icing 050.09.09.02.04 050.09.09.02.04
(windshield).
541 Describe the reduction of visibility caused by the 050.09.09.02.05 050.09.09.02.05
position of the sun relative to the visual direction.
542 Describe the reduction of visibility caused by the 050.09.09.02.06 050.09.09.02.06
reflection of the sun’s rays from the top of the layers of
haze, fog and clouds.
543 METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION 050.10.00.00 050.10.00.00
544 Observation 050.10.01.00 050.10.01.00
545 Surface observations 050.10.01.01 050.10.01.01
546 Define ‘gusts’, as given in METARs. 050.10.01.01.01 050.10.01.01.01
547 Distinguish wind given in METARs and wind given by the 050.10.01.01.02 050.10.01.01.02
control tower for take-off and landing.
548 Define ‘visibility’. 050.10.01.01.03 050.10.01.01.03
549 Describe the meteorological measurement of visibility. 050.10.01.01.04 050.10.01.01.04

550 Define ‘prevailing visibility’. 050.10.01.01.05 050.10.01.01.05

551 Define ‘ground visibility’. 050.10.01.01.06 050.10.01.01.06
552 List the units used for visibility (m, km, statute mile). 050.10.01.01.07 050.10.01.01.07

553 Define ‘runway visual range’. 050.10.01.01.08 050.10.01.01.08

554 Describe the meteorological measurement of runway 050.10.01.01.09 050.10.01.01.09
visual range.
555 Indicate where the transmissometers/forward-scatter 050.10.01.01.10 050.10.01.01.10
meters are placed on the aerodrome.
556 List the units used for runway visual range (m, ft). 050.10.01.01.11 050.10.01.01.11
557 List the different possibilities to transmit information to 050.10.01.01.12 050.10.01.01.12
pilots about runway visual range.
558 Compare ground visibility, prevailing visibility, and 050.10.01.01.13 050.10.01.01.13
runway visual range.
559 Indicate the means of observation of present weather. 050.10.01.01.14 050.10.01.01.14

560 Indicate the means of observing clouds for the purpose 050.10.01.01.15 050.10.01.01.15
of recording: type, amount, height of base
(ceilometers), and top.
561 State the clouds which are indicated in METAR, TAF and 050.10.01.01.16 050.10.01.01.16
SIGMET.
562 Define ‘oktas’. 050.10.01.01.17 050.10.01.01.17
563 Define ‘cloud base’. 050.10.01.01.18 050.10.01.01.18
564 Define ‘ceiling’. 050.10.01.01.19 050.10.01.01.19
565 Name the unit and the reference level used for 050.10.01.01.20 050.10.01.01.20
information about cloud base (ft).
566 Define ‘vertical visibility’. 050.10.01.01.21 050.10.01.01.21
567 Explain briefly how and when vertical visibility is 050.10.01.01.22 050.10.01.01.22
measured.
568 Name the units used for vertical visibility (ft, m). 050.10.01.01.23 050.10.01.01.23
569 Indicate the means of observation of air temperature 050.10.01.01.24 050.10.01.01.24
(thermometer).
570 Name the units of relative humidity ( per cent) and 050.10.01.01.25 050.10.01.01.25
dew-point temperature (Celsius, Fahrenheit).
571 Radiosonde observations 050.10.01.02 050.10.01.02
572 Describe the principle of radiosondes. 050.10.01.02.01 050.10.01.02.01
573 Describe and interpret the sounding by radiosonde 050.10.01.02.02 050.10.01.02.02
given on a simplified temperature-pressure (T-P)
diagram.
574 Satellite observations 050.10.01.03 050.10.01.03
575 Describe the basic outlines of satellite observations. 050.10.01.03.01 050.10.01.03.01

576 Name the main uses of satellite pictures in aviation 050.10.01.03.02 050.10.01.03.02
meteorology.
577 Describe the different types of satellite imagery. 050.10.01.03.03 050.10.01.03.03
578 Interpret qualitatively the satellite pictures in order to 050.10.01.03.04 050.10.01.03.04
get useful information for flights: location of clouds
(distinguish between stratiform and cumuliform
clouds).

579 Interpret qualitatively the satellite pictures in order to 050.10.01.03.05 050.10.01.03.05

get useful information for flights: location of fronts.

580 Interpret qualitatively the satellite pictures in order to 050.10.01.03.06 050.10.01.03.06

get useful information for flights using atmospheric
motion vector images to locate jet streams.

581 Weather radar observations (Refer to Subject 050 09 050.10.01.04 050.10.01.04

04 05)
582 Describe the basic principle and the type of information 050.10.01.04.01 050.10.01.04.01
given by a ground weather radar.
583 Interpret ground weather radar images. 050.10.01.04.02 050.10.01.04.02
584 Describe the basic principle and the type of information 050.10.01.04.03 050.10.01.04.03
given by airborne weather radar.
585 Describe the limits and the errors of airborne weather 050.10.01.04.04 050.10.01.04.04
radar information.
586 Interpret typical airborne weather radar images. 050.10.01.04.05 050.10.01.04.05
587 Aircraft observations and reporting 050.10.01.05 050.10.01.05
588 Describe routine air-report and special air-report (ARS). 050.10.01.05.01 050.10.01.05.01

589 State the obligation of a pilot to prepare air-reports. 050.10.01.05.02 050.10.01.05.02

590 Name the weather phenomena to be stated in an ARS. 050.10.01.05.03 050.10.01.05.03

591 Weather charts 050.10.02.00 050.10.02.00

592 Significant weather charts 050.10.02.01 050.10.02.01
593 Decode and interpret significant weather charts (low, 050.10.02.01.01 050.10.02.01.01
medium and high level).
594 Describe from a significant weather chart the flight 050.10.02.01.02 050.10.02.01.02
conditions at designated locations or along a defined
flight route at a given FL.
595 Surface charts 050.10.02.02 050.10.02.02
596 Recognise the following weather systems on a surface 050.10.02.02.01 050.10.02.02.01
weather chart (analysed and forecast): ridges, cols and
troughs; fronts; frontal side, warm sector and rear side
of mid-latitude frontal lows; high- and low-pressure
areas.

597 Determine from surface weather charts the wind 050.10.02.02.02 050.10.02.02.02
direction and speed.
598 Upper-air charts 050.10.02.03 050.10.02.03
599 Define ‘constant-pressure chart’. 050.10.02.03.01 050.10.02.03.01
600 Define ‘isohypse (contour line)’. (Refer to Subject 050 050.10.02.03.02 050.10.02.03.02
01 03 02)
601 Define ‘isotherm’. 050.10.02.03.03 050.10.02.03.03
602 Define ‘isotach’. 050.10.02.03.04 050.10.02.03.04
603 Describe forecast upper-wind and temperature charts. 050.10.02.03.05 050.10.02.03.05
604 For designated locations or routes determine from 050.10.02.03.06 050.10.02.03.06
forecast upper-wind and temperature charts, if
necessary by interpolation, the spot/average values for
outside-air temperature, temperature deviation from
ISA, wind direction, and wind speed.

605 Gridded forecast products 050.10.02.04 050.10.02.04

606 State that numerical weather prediction uses a 3D grid 050.10.02.04.01 050.10.02.04.01
of weather data, consisting of horizontal data (latitude-
longitude) and vertical data (height or pressure).

607 Explain that world area forecast centres prepare global 050.10.02.04.02 050.10.02.04.02
sets of gridded forecasts for flight planning purposes
(upper wind, temperature, humidity).
608 State that the WAFCs also produce gridded datasets for 050.10.02.04.03 050.10.02.04.03
Flight Level and temperature of the tropopause,
direction and speed of maximum wind, cumulonimbus
clouds, icing and turbulence.

609 Explain that the data on CB and turbulence can be used 050.10.02.04.04 050.10.02.04.04
in the visualization of flight hazards.
610 Explain that the gridded forecasts can be merged in 050.10.02.04.05 050.10.02.04.05
information processing systems with data relayed from
aircraft or pilot reports, e.g. of turbulence, to provide
improved situation awareness.

611 Information for flight planning 050.10.03.00 050.10.03.00

612 Aviation weather messages 050.10.03.01 050.10.03.01
613 Describe, decode and interpret the following aviation 050.10.03.01.01 050.10.03.01.01
weather messages (given in written or graphical
format): METAR, aerodrome special meteorological
report (SPECI), trend forecast (TREND), TAF, information
concerning en-route weather phenomena which may
affect the safety of aircraft operations (SIGMET),
information concerning en-route weather phenomena
which may affect the safety of low-level aircraft
operations (AIRMET), area forecast for low-level flights
(GAMET), ARS, volcanic ash advisory information.

614 Describe, decode and interpret the tropical cyclone 050.10.03.01.02 050.10.03.01.02
advisory information in written and graphical form.

615 Describe the general meaning of MET REPORT and 050.10.03.01.03 050.10.03.01.03
SPECIAL REPORT.
616 List, in general, the cases when a SIGMET and an 050.10.03.01.04 050.10.03.01.04
AIRMET are issued.
617 Describe, decode (by using a code table) and interpret 050.10.03.01.05 050.10.03.01.05
the following messages: runway state message (as
written in a METAR). Remark: For runway state
message, refer to ICAO Doc 7754 ‘Air Navigation Plan -
European Region’.

618 Meteorological broadcasts for aviation 050.10.03.02 050.10.03.02

619 Describe the meteorological content of broadcasts for 050.10.03.02.01 050.10.03.02.01
aviation: meteorological information for aircraft in flight
(VOLMET); automatic terminal information service
(ATIS).
620 Describe the meteorological content of broadcasts for 050.10.03.02.02 050.10.03.02.02
aviation: HF-VOLMET.
621 Use of meteorological documents 050.10.03.03 050.10.03.03
622 Describe meteorological briefing and advice. 050.10.03.03.01 050.10.03.03.01
623 List the information that a flight crew can receive from 050.10.03.03.02 050.10.03.03.02
meteorological services for pre-flight planning and
apply the content of this information on a designated
flight route.

624 List the meteorological information that a flight crew 050.10.03.03.03 050.10.03.03.03
can receive from flight information services during flight
and apply the content of this information for the
continuation of the flight.

625 Meteorological warnings 050.10.03.04 050.10.03.04

626 Describe and interpret aerodrome warnings and wind- 050.10.03.04.01 050.10.03.04.01
shear warnings and alerts.
627 Meteorological services 050.10.04.00 050.10.04.00
628 World area forecast system and meteorological offices 050.10.04.01 050.10.04.01

629 Name the world area forecast centres (WAFCs) as the 050.10.04.01.01 050.10.04.01.01
provider for upper-air forecasts: WAFCs prepare upper-
air gridded forecasts of upper winds; upper-air
temperature and humidity; direction, speed and flight
level of maximum wind; flight level and temperature of
tropopause, areas of cumulonimbus clouds, icing, clear-
air and in-cloud turbulence, and geopotential altitude of
flight levels.

630 Name the meteorological (MET) offices as the provider 050.10.04.01.02 050.10.04.01.02
for aerodrome forecasts and briefing documents.

631 Name the meteorological watch offices (MWOs) as the 050.10.04.01.03 050.10.04.01.03
provider for SIGMET and AIRMET information.
632 Name the aeronautical meteorological stations as the 050.10.04.01.04 050.10.04.01.04
provider for METAR and MET reports.
633 Name the volcanic ash advisory centres (VAACs) as the 050.10.04.01.05 050.10.04.01.05
provider for forecasts of volcanic ash clouds.

634 Name the tropical cyclone advisory centres (TCACs) as 050.10.04.01.06 050.10.04.01.06
the provider for forecasts of tropical cyclones.

635 International organisations 050.10.04.02 050.10.04.02

636 Describe briefly the following organisations and their 050.10.04.02.01 050.10.04.02.01
chief activities in relation to weather for aviation:
International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) (Refer to
Subject 010 ‘Air Law’); World Meteorological
Organization (WMO).

Total
 2020 syllabus text

Reworded, intent

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR
the same

modified

ATPL(A)
Deleted

CPL(H)
CPL(A)
New

BK
METEOROLOGY
THE ATMOSPHERE
Composition, extent, vertical division
Structure of the atmosphere
Describe the vertical division of the atmosphere up to X X X X X X
flight level (FL) 650, based on the temperature
variations with height.
List the different layers and their main qualitative X X X X X X
characteristics up to FL 650.
Troposphere
Describe the troposphere. X X X X X X
Describe the main characteristics of the tropopause. X X X X X X

Describe the proportions of the most important gases in X X X X X X

the air in the troposphere.
Describe the variations of the FL and temperature of X X X X X X
the tropopause from the poles to the equator.
Describe the breaks in the tropopause along the X X X X X X
boundaries of the main air masses.
Indicate the variations of the FL of the tropopause with X X X X
the seasons and the variations of atmospheric pressure.

Stratosphere
Describe the stratosphere up to FL 650. X X
Describe that ozone can occur at jet cruise altitudes and X X X X
that it constitutes a hazard.
Air temperature
Definition and units
Define ‘air temperature’. X X X X X X
List the units of measurement of air temperature used X X X X X X X
in aviation meteorology (Celsius, Fahrenheit, Kelvin).
(Refer to Subject 050 10 01 01)
Vertical distribution of temperature
Describe the mean vertical distribution of temperature X X X X X X
up to FL 650.
Mention the general causes of the cooling of the air in X X X X X X
the troposphere with increasing altitude.
Calculate the temperature and temperature deviations X X X X X X
(in relation to International Standard Atmosphere (ISA))
at specified levels.
Transfer of heat
Explain how local cooling or warming processes result in X X X X X X
transfer of heat.
Describe radiation. X X X X X X
Describe solar radiation reaching the Earth. X X X X X X
Describe the filtering effect of the atmosphere on solar X X X X X X
radiation.
Describe terrestrial radiation. X X X X X X
Explain how terrestrial radiation is absorbed by some X X X X X X
components of the atmosphere.
Explain the effect of absorption and radiation in X X X X X X
connection with clouds.
Explain the process of conduction. X X X X X X
Explain the role of conduction in the cooling and X X X X X X
warming of the atmosphere.
Explain the process of convection. X X X X X X
Name the situations in which convection occurs. X X X X X X
Explain the process of advection. X X X X X X
Name the situations in which advection occurs. X X X X X X
Describe the transfer of heat by turbulence. X X X X X X
Describe the transfer of latent heat. X X X X X X
Lapse rates
Describe qualitatively and quantitatively the X X X X X X
temperature lapse rates of the troposphere (mean
value 0.65 degrees C/100 m or 2 degrees C/1 000 ft and
actual values).

Development of inversions, types of inversions

Describe the development and types of inversions. X X X X X X
Explain the characteristics of inversions and of an X X X X X X
isothermal layer concerning stability and vertical
motions.
Explain the reasons for the formation of the following X X X X X X
inversions: ground inversion (nocturnal
radiation/advection), subsidence inversion, frontal
inversion, inversion above friction layer, valley
inversion.

Temperature near the Earth’s surface, insolation,

surface effects, effect of clouds, effect of wind
Explain the cooling/warming of the surface of the Earth X X X X X X
by radiation.
Explain the cooling/warming of the air by molecular or X X X X X X
turbulent heat transfer to/from the earth or sea
surfaces.
Describe qualitatively the influence of the clouds on the X X X X X X
cooling and warming of the surface and the air near the
surface.
Explain the influence of the wind on the cooling and X X X X X X
warming of the air near the surfaces.
Atmospheric pressure
Barometric pressure, isobars
Define ‘atmospheric pressure’. X X X X X X
List the units of measurement of the atmospheric X X X X X X X
pressure used in aviation (hPa, inches of mercury).
(Refer to Subject 050 10 01 01)
Describe the principle of the barometers (mercury X X X X X X X
barometer, aneroid barometer).
Define isobars and identify them on surface weather X X X X X X
charts.
Define ‘high’, ‘low’, ‘trough’, ‘ridge’, ‘col’. X X X X X X
Pressure variation with height, contours (isohypses)

Explain the pressure variation with height. X X X X X X

Describe quantitatively the variation of the barometric X X X X X X
lapse rate. Remark: An approximation of the average
value for the barometric lapse rate near mean sea level
(MSL) is 30 ft (9 m) per 1 hPa.

State that (under conditions of ISA) pressure is X X X X X X

approximately 50 per cent of MSL at 18 000 ft and
density is approximately 50 per cent of MSL at 22 000 ft
and 25 per cent of MSL at 40 000 ft.

Reduction of pressure to QFF (MSL)

Define ‘QFF’. X X X X X X
Explain the reduction of measured pressure (QFE) to X X X X X X
QFF (MSL).
Mention the use of QFF for surface weather charts. X X X X X X
Relationship between surface pressure centres and
pressure centres aloft
Illustrate with a vertical cross section of isobaric X X X X X X
surfaces the relationship between surface pressure
systems and upper-air pressure systems.
Air density
Relationship between pressure, temperature and
density
Describe the relationship between pressure, X X X X X X
temperature and density.
Describe the vertical variation of the air density in the X X X X X X
atmosphere.
International Standard Atmosphere (ISA)
International Standard Atmosphere (ISA)
Explain the use of standardised values for the X X X X X X
atmosphere.
List the main values of the ISA MSL pressure, MSL X X X X X X
temperature, the vertical temperature lapse rate up to
FL 650, height and temperature of the tropopause.

Altimetry
Terminology and definitions
Define the following terms and explain how they are X X X X X X
related to each other: height, altitude, pressure
altitude, FL, pressure level, true altitude, true height,
elevation, QNH, QFE, and standard altimeter setting.

Describe the terms ‘transition altitude’, ‘transition X X X X X X

level’, ‘transition layer’, ‘terrain clearance’, ‘lowest
usable flight level’.
Altimeter settings
Name the altimeter settings associated to height, X X X X X X
altitude, pressure altitude and FL.
Describe the altimeter-setting procedures. X X X X X X
Calculations
Calculate the different readings on the altimeter when X X X X X X
the pilot uses different settings (QNH, 1013.25, QFE).
Illustrate with a numbered example the changes of X X X X X X
altimeter setting and the associated changes in reading
when the pilot climbs through the transition altitude or
descends through the transition level.

Derive the reading of the altimeter of an aircraft on the X X X X X X

ground when the pilot uses the different settings.

Explain the influence of the air temperature on the X X X X X X

distance between the ground and the level read on the
altimeter and between two FLs.
Explain the influence of pressure areas on true altitude. X X X X X X

Determine the true altitude/height for a given X X X X X X

altitude/height and a given ISA temperature deviation.

Calculate the terrain clearance and the lowest usable FL X X X X X X

for given atmospheric temperature and pressure
conditions.
State that the 4 per cent-rule can be used to calculate X X X X X X
true altitude from indicated altitude, and also indicated
altitude from true altitude (not precise but sufficient
due to the approximation of the 4 per cent-rule.)

Remark: The following rules should be considered for

altimetry calculations: a) All calculations are based on
rounded pressure values to the nearest lower hPa. b)
The value for the barometric lapse rate between MSL
and 700 hPa to be used is 30 ft/hPa as an acceptable
approximation of the barometric lapse rate. c) To
determine the true altitude/height, the following rule of
thumb, called the ‘4 per cent-rule’, shall be used: the
altitude/height changes by 4 per cent for each
10 degrees C temperature deviation from ISA. d) If no
further information is given, the deviation of the
outside-air temperature from ISA is considered to be
constantly the same given value in the whole layer. e)
The elevation of the aerodrome has to be taken into
account. The temperature correction has to be
considered for the layer between the ground and the
position of the aircraft.

Effect of accelerated airflow due to topography

Describe qualitatively how the effect of accelerated X X X X X X
airflow due to topography (the Bernoulli effect) affects
altimetry.
WIND
Definition and measurement of wind
Definition and measurement
Define ‘wind’ and ‘surface wind’. X X X X X X
State the units of wind directions (degrees true in X X X X X X
reports; degrees magnetic from tower) and speed (kt,
m/s).
Describe that the reported wind is an average wind X X X X X X
derived from measurements with an anemometer at a
height of 10 m over 2 min for local routine and special
reports and ATS units, and over 10 min for aerodrome
routine meteorological reports (METARs) and
aerodrome special meteorological reports (SPECIs).

Primary cause of wind

Primary cause of wind, pressure gradient, Coriolis
force, gradient wind
Define the term ‘horizontal pressure gradient’. X X X X X X
Explain how the pressure gradient force acts in relation X X X X X X
to the pressure gradient.
Explain how the Coriolis force acts in relation to the X X X X X X
wind.
Explain the development of the geostrophic wind. X X X X X X
Indicate how the geostrophic wind flows in relation to X X X X X X
the isobars/isohypses in the northern and in the
southern hemisphere.
Analyse the effect of changing latitude on the X X X X
geostrophic wind speed.
Explain the gradient wind effect and indicate how the X X X X X X
gradient wind differs from the geostrophic wind in
cyclonic and anticyclonic circulation.
Variation of wind in the friction layer
Describe why and how the wind changes direction and X X X X X X
speed with height in the friction layer in the northern
and in the southern hemisphere (rule of thumb).

State the surface and air-mass conditions that influence X X X X X X

the wind in the friction layer (diurnal variation).

Name terrain, wind speed and stability as the main X X X X X X

factors that influence the vertical extent of the friction
layer.
Explain the relationship between isobars and wind X X X X X X
(direction and speed). Remark: Approximate value for
variation of wind in the friction layer (values to be used
in examinations): Type of landscape: Wind speed in
friction layer in per cent of the geostrophic wind: over
water: ca. 70 per cent; over land: ca. 50 per cent; The
wind in the friction layer blows across the isobars
towards the low pressure. Angle between wind
direction and isobars. Over water: ca. 10 degrees; over
land: ca. 30 degrees. WMO - No. 266.

Effects of convergence and divergence

Describe atmospheric convergence and divergence. X X X X X X

Explain the relationship between convergence and X X X X X X

divergence on the following: pressure systems at the
surface and aloft; wind speed; vertical motion and cloud
formation (relationship between upper-air conditions
and surface pressure systems).

General global circulation

General circulation around the globe
Describe the general global circulation. (Refer to Subject X X X X X X
050 08 01 01)
Name and sketch or indicate on a map the global X X X X
distribution of the surface pressure and the resulting
wind pattern for all latitudes at low level in January and
July.

Sketch or indicate on a map the westerly and easterly X X X X

tropospheric winds at high level in January and July.

Local winds
Anabatic and katabatic winds, mountain and valley
winds, Venturi effects, land and sea breezes
Describe and explain anabatic and katabatic winds. X X X X X X

Describe mountain and valley winds. X X X X X X

Describe the Venturi effect, convergence in valleys and X X X X X X
mountain areas.
Describe land and sea breezes, and sea-breeze front. X X X X X X

Describe that local, low-level jet streams can develop in X X X X X X

the evening.
Mountain waves (standing waves, lee waves)
Origin and characteristics
Explain the origin and formation of mountain waves. X X X X X X

State the conditions necessary for the formation of X X X X X X

mountain waves.
Describe the structure and properties of mountain X X X X X X
waves.
Explain how mountain waves may be identified by their X X X X X X
associated meteorological phenomena.
Describe that mountain wave effects can exceed the X X X X X X
performance or structural capability of aircraft.

Describe that mountain wave effects can propagate X X X X X X

from low to high level, e.g. over Greenland and
elsewhere.
Turbulence
Description and types of turbulence
Describe turbulence and gustiness. X X X X X X
List the common types of turbulence (convective, X X X X X X
mechanical, orographic, frontal, clear-air turbulence).

Formation and location of turbulence

Explain the formation of convective turbulence, X X X X X X
mechanical and orographic turbulence, and frontal
turbulence.
State where turbulence will normally be found (rough- X X X X X X
ground surfaces, relief, inversion layers, cumulonimbus
(CB), thunderstorm (TS) zones, unstable layers).

Clear-air turbulence (CAT) - description, cause and

location
Describe CAT. X X X
Describe the formation of CAT. X X X X X X
State where CAT is found in association with jet X X
streams, in high-level troughs and in other disturbed
high-level air flows. (Refer to Subject 050 09 02 02)

State that remote sensing of CAT from satellites is not X X X

possible and that forecasting is limited.
State that pilot reports of turbulence are a very valuable X X X X X X
source of information as remote measurements are not
available.
Jet streams
Description
Describe jet streams. X X X
State the defined minimum speed of a jet stream X X X
(60 kt).
State the typical figures for the dimensions of jet X X X
streams.
Formation and properties of jet streams
Explain the formation and state the heights, the speeds, X X X
the seasonal variations of speeds, the geographical
positions, the seasonal occurrence and the seasonal
movements of the arctic (front) jet stream, the polar
(front) jet stream, the subtropical jet stream, and the
tropical (easterly/equatorial) jet stream.

Location of jet streams and associated CAT areas

Sketch or describe where polar front and arctic jet X X X
streams are found in the troposphere in relation to the
tropopause and to fronts.
Describe and indicate the areas of worst wind shear and X X X
CAT.
Intentionally left blank
THERMODYNAMICS
Humidity
Water vapour in the atmosphere X
State that the density of moist air is less than the X X X X X X
density of dry air.
Describe the significance for meteorology of water X X X X X X
vapour in the atmosphere.
Indicate the sources of atmospheric humidity. X X X X X X
Define ‘saturation of air by water vapour’. X X X X X X
Intentionally left blank
Temperature/dew point, relative humidity
Define ‘dew point’. X X X X X X
Define ‘relative humidity’. X X X X X X
Explain the factors that influence the relative humidity X X X X X X
at constant pressure.
Explain the diurnal variation of the relative humidity. X X X X X X

Describe the relationship between temperature and X X X X X X

dew point.
Estimate the relative humidity of the air from the X X X X X X
difference between dew point and temperature.
Change of state of water
Condensation, evaporation, sublimation, freezing and
melting, latent heat
Define ‘condensation’, ‘evaporation’, ‘sublimation’, X X X X X X
‘freezing and melting’ and ‘latent heat’.

List the conditions for condensation/evaporation. X X X X X X

Explain the condensation process. X X X X X X
Explain the nature of and the need for condensation X X X X X X
nuclei.
Explain the effects of condensation on the weather. X X X X X X

List the conditions for freezing/melting. X X X X X X

Explain the process of freezing. X X X X X X
Explain the nature of and the need for freezing nuclei. X X X X X X

Define ‘supercooled water’. (Refer to Subject 050 09 01 X X X X X X

01)
List the conditions for sublimation. X X X X X X
Explain the sublimation process. X X X X X X
Explain the nature of and the need for sublimation X X X X X X
nuclei.
Describe the absorption or release of latent heat in X X X X X X
each change of state of water.
Illustrate all the changes of state of water with practical X X X X X X
examples.
Adiabatic processes
Adiabatic processes, stability of the atmosphere
Describe the adiabatic process in an unsaturated rising X X X X X X
or descending air particle.
Explain the variation of temperature of an unsaturated X X X X X X
rising or descending air particle.
Explain the variation of humidity of an unsaturated X X X X X X
rising or descending air particle.
Describe the adiabatic process in a saturated rising or X X X X X X
descending air particle.
Explain the variation of temperature of a saturated air X X X X X X
particle with changing altitude.
Explain the static stability of the atmosphere using the X X X X X X
actual temperature curve with reference to the
adiabatic lapse rates.
Define qualitatively and quantitatively the terms X X X X X X
‘stable’, ‘conditionally unstable’, ‘unstable’ and
‘indifferent’.
Illustrate with a schematic sketch the formation of X X X X X X
Foehn.
Explain the effect of the advection of air (warm or cold) X X X X X X
on the stability of the air. Remark: Dry adiabatic lapse
rate = 1 degrees C/100 m or 3 degrees C/1 000 ft;
average value at lower levels for saturated adiabatic
lapse rate = 0.6 degrees C/100 m or 1.8 degrees C/1 000
ft (values to be used in examinations).

CLOUDS AND FOG

Cloud formation and description
Cloud formation
Explain cloud formation by adiabatic cooling, X X X X X X
conduction, advection and radiation.
Describe cloud formation based on the following lifting X X X X X X
processes: unorganised lifting in thin layers and
turbulent mixing; forced lifting at fronts or over
mountains; free convection.

List cloud types typical for stable and unstable air X X X X X X

conditions.
Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of clouds. X X X X X X

Cloud types and cloud classification

Describe the different cloud types and their X X X X X X
classification.
Identify by shape cirriform, cumuliform and stratiform X X X X X X
clouds.
Identify by shape and typical level the 10 cloud types X X X X X X
(general).
Describe and identify by shape the following species X X X X X X
and supplementary features: castellanus, lenticularis,
congestus, calvus, capillatus and virga.

Distinguish between low-, medium- and high-level X X X X X X

clouds according to the World Meteorological
Organization’s (WMO) ‘cloud etage’.
Distinguish between ice clouds, mixed clouds and pure- X X X X X X
water clouds.
Influence of inversions on cloud development
Explain the influence of inversions on vertical X X X X X X
movements in the atmosphere.
Explain the influence of an inversion on the formation X X X X X X
of stratus clouds.
Explain the influence of ground inversion on the X X X X X X
formation of fog.
Describe the role of the tropopause inversion with X X X X X X
regard to the vertical development of clouds.
Flying conditions in each cloud type
Assess the 10 cloud types for icing and turbulence. X X X X X X
Fog, mist, haze
General aspects
Define ‘fog’, ‘mist’ and ‘haze’ with reference to the X X X X X X
WMO standards of visibility range.
Explain briefly the formation of fog, mist and haze. X X X X X X
Name the factors that generally contribute to the X X X X X X
formation of fog and mist.
Name the factors that contribute to the formation of X X X X X X
haze.
Describe freezing fog and ice fog. X X X X X X
Radiation fog
Explain the formation of radiation fog. X X X X X X
Describe the significant characteristics of radiation fog, X X X X X X
and its vertical extent.
Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of X X X X X X
radiation fog.
Advection fog
Explain the formation of advection fog. X X X X X X
Describe the different possibilities of advection-fog X X X X X X
formation (over land, sea and coastal regions).
Describe the significant characteristics of advection fog. X X X X X X

Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of X X X X X X

advection fog.
Sea smoke
Explain the formation of sea smoke. X X X X X X
Explain the conditions for the development of sea X X X X X X
smoke.
Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of sea X X X X X X
smoke.
Frontal fog
Explain the formation of frontal fog. X X X X X X
Describe the significant characteristics of frontal fog. X X X X X X

Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of frontal X X X X X X

fog.
Orographic fog (hill fog)
Summarise the features of orographic fog. X X X X X X
Describe the significant characteristics of orographic X X X X X X
fog.
Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of X X X X X X
orographic fog.
PRECIPITATION
Development of precipitation
Process of development of precipitation
Describe the two basic processes of forming X X X X X X
precipitation (the Wegener-Bergeron-Findeisen process,
Coalescence).
Summarise the outlines of the ice-crystal process (the X X X X X X
Wegener-Bergeron-Findeisen process).
Summarise the outlines of the coalescence process. X X X X X X

Explain the development of snow, rain, drizzle and hail. X X X X X X

Types of precipitation
Types of precipitation, relationship with cloud types

List and describe the types of precipitation given in the X X X X X X

aerodrome forecast (TAF) and METAR codes (drizzle,
rain, snow, snow grains, ice pellets, hail, small hail,
snow pellets, ice crystals, freezing drizzle, freezing rain).

State the ICAO/WMO approximate diameters for cloud, X X X X X X

drizzle and rain drops.
State that, because of their size, hail stones can cause X X X X X X
significant damage to aircraft.
Explain the mechanism for the formation of freezing X X X X X X X
precipitation.
Describe the weather conditions that give rise to X X X X X X
freezing precipitation.
Distinguish between the types of precipitation X X X X X X
generated in convective and stratiform clouds.
Assign typical precipitation types and intensities to X X X X X X
different cloud types.
Explain the relationship between moisture content and X X X X X X
visibility during different types of winter precipitation
(e.g. large vs small snowflakes).
AIR MASSES AND FRONTS
Air masses
Description, classification and source regions of air
masses
Define the term ‘air mass’. X X X X X X
Describe the properties of the source regions. X X X X X X
Summarise the classification of air masses by source X X X X X X
regions.
State the classifications of air masses by temperature X X X X X X
and humidity at source.
State the characteristic weather in each of the air X X X X X X
masses.
Name the three main air masses that affect Europe. X X X X X X

Classify air masses on a surface weather chart. Remark: X X X X X X

Names and abbreviations of air masses used in
examinations: first letter: humidity continental (c)
maritime (m) second letter: type of air mass arctic (A)
polar (P) tropical (T) equatorial (E) third letter:
temperature cold (c) warm (w)

Modifications of air masses

List the environmental factors that affect the final X X X X X X
properties of an air mass.
Explain how maritime and continental tracks modify air X X X X X X
masses.
Explain the effect of passage over cold or warm X X X X X X
surfaces.
Explain how air-mass weather is affected by the season, X X X X X X
the air-mass track and by orographic and thermal
effects over land.
Assess the tendencies of the stability of an air mass and X X X X X X
describe the typical resulting air-mass weather including
the hazards for aviation.
Fronts
General aspects
Describe the boundaries between air masses (fronts). X X X X X X

Define ‘front’ and ‘frontal zone’. X X X X X X

Name the global frontal systems (polar front, arctic X X X X X X
front).
State the approximate seasonal latitudes and X X X X X X
geographic positions of the polar front and the arctic
front.
Warm front, associated clouds and weather
Define a ‘warm front’. X X X X X X
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and X X X X X X
aviation hazards at a warm front depending on the
stability of the warm air.
Explain the seasonal differences in the weather at warm X X X X X X
fronts.
Describe the structure, slope and dimensions of a warm X X X X X X
front.
Sketch a cross section of a warm front showing X X X X X X
weather, cloud and aviation hazards.
Cold front, associated clouds and weather
Define a ‘cold front’. X X X X X X
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and X X X X X X
aviation hazards at a cold front depending on the
stability of the warm air.
Explain the seasonal differences in the weather at cold X X X X X X
fronts.
Describe the structure, slope and dimensions of a cold X X X X X X
front.
Sketch a cross section of a cold front showing weather, X X X X X X
cloud and aviation hazards.
Warm sector, associated clouds and weather
Describe fronts and air masses associated with the X X X X X X
warm sector.
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and X X X X X X
aviation hazards in a warm sector.
Explain the seasonal differences in the weather in the X X X X X X
warm sector.
Sketch a cross section of a warm sector showing X X X X X X
weather, cloud and aviation hazards.
Weather behind the cold front
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and X X X X X X
aviation hazards behind the cold front.
Explain the seasonal differences in the weather behind X X X X X X
the cold front.
Occlusions, associated clouds and weather
Define the term ‘occlusion’ and ‘occluded front’. X X X X X X X
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and X X X X X X
aviation hazards in a cold occlusion.
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and X X X X X X
aviation hazards in a warm occlusion.
Explain the seasonal differences in the weather at X X X X X X
occlusions.
Sketch a cross section of occlusions showing weather, X X X X X X
cloud and aviation hazards.
On a sketch illustrate the development of an occlusion X X X X X X
and the movement of the occlusion point.

Stationary front, associated clouds and weather

Define a ‘stationary front’. X X X X X X
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and X X X X X
aviation hazards in a stationary front.
Movement of fronts and pressure systems, life cycle X

Describe the movements of fronts and pressure systems X X X X X X

and the life cycle of a mid-latitude depression.

State the rules for predicting the direction and the X X X X X X

speed of movement of fronts.
State the difference in the speed of movement between X X X X X X
cold and warm fronts.
State the rules for predicting the direction and the X X X X X X
speed of movement of frontal depressions.
Describe, with a sketch if required, the genesis, X X X X X X
development and life cycle of a frontal depression with
associated cloud and rain belts.
Changes of meteorological elements at a frontal wave

Sketch a plan and a cross section of a frontal wave X X X X X X

(warm front, warm sector, and cold front) and illustrate
the changes of pressure, temperature, surface wind and
wind in the vertical axis.

PRESSURE SYSTEMS
The principal pressure areas
Location of the principal pressure areas
Identify or indicate on a map the principal global high- X X X X
pressure and low-pressure areas in January and July.

Explain how these pressure areas are formed. X X X X

Explain how the pressure areas move with the seasons. X X X X

Anticyclone
Anticyclones, types, general properties, cold and warm
anticyclones, ridges and subsidence
List the different types of anticyclones. X X X X X X
Describe the effect of high-level convergence in X X X X X X
producing areas of high pressure at ground level.
Describe air-mass subsidence, its effect on the X X X X X X
environmental lapse rate, and the associated weather.

Describe the formation of warm and cold anticyclones. X X X X X X

Describe the formation of ridges. X X X X X X

Describe the properties of and the weather associated X X X X X X
with warm and cold anticyclones.
Describe the properties of and the weather associated X X X X X X
with ridges.
Describe the blocking anticyclone and its effects. X X X X X X
Non-frontal depressions
Thermal, orographic, polar and secondary depressions;
troughs
Describe the effect of high-level divergence in X X X X X X
producing areas of low pressure at ground level.
Describe the formation and properties of thermal, X X X X X X
orographic (lee lows), polar and secondary depressions.

Describe the formation, the properties and the X X X X X X

associated weather at troughs.
Tropical revolving storms
Characteristics of tropical revolving storms
State the conditions necessary for the formation of X X X X X X
tropical revolving storms.
State how a tropical revolving storm generally moves in X X X X X X
its area of occurrence.
Name the stages of the development of tropical X X X X X X
revolving storms (tropical disturbance, tropical
depression, tropical storm, severe tropical storm,
tropical revolving storm).

Describe the meteorological conditions in and near a X X X X X X

tropical revolving storm.
State the approximate dimensions of a tropical X X X X X X
revolving storm.
State that the movement of a tropical revolving storm X X X X X X
can only rarely be forecast exactly, and that utmost care
is necessary near a tropical revolving storm.

Origin and local names, location and period of

occurrence
List the areas of origin and occurrence of tropical X X X X X X
revolving storms, and their specified names (hurricane,
typhoon, tropical cyclone).
State the expected times of occurrence of tropical X X X X X X
revolving storms in each of the source areas, and their
approximate frequency.
CLIMATOLOGY
Climatic zones
General circulation in the troposphere and lower
stratosphere
Describe the general tropospheric and low stratospheric X X X X X X X
circulation. (Refer to Subject 050 02 03 01)

Climatic classification
Describe the characteristics of the tropical rain climate, X X X X X X
the dry climate, the mid-latitude climate (warm
temperate rain climate), the subarctic climate (cold
snow forest climate) and the snow climate (polar
climate).

Explain how the seasonal movement of the sun X X X X X X

generates the transitional climate zones.
State the typical locations of each major climatic zone. X X X X

Tropical climatology
Cause and development of tropical showers and
thunderstorms: humidity, temperature, tropopause

State the conditions necessary for the formation of X X X X X X

tropical showers and thunderstorms (mesoscale
convective complex, cloud clusters).
Describe the characteristics of tropical squall lines. X X X X X X

Explain the formation of convective cloud structures X X X X X X

caused by convergence at the boundary of the NE and
SE trade winds (Intertropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ)).

State the typical figures for tropical surface air X X X X X X

temperatures and humidities, and for heights of the
zero-degree isotherm.
Seasonal variations of weather and wind, typical
synoptic situations
Indicate on a map the trade winds (tropical easterlies) X X X X X X
and describe the associated weather.
Indicate on a map the doldrums and describe the X X X X X X
associated weather.
Indicate on a sketch the latitudes of subtropical high X X X
(horse latitudes) and describe the associated weather.

Indicate on a map the major monsoon winds. X X X X X X

Intertropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ), weather in the
ITCZ, general seasonal movement
Identify or indicate on a map the positions of the ITCZ in X X X
January and July.
Explain the seasonal movement of the ITCZ. X X X
Describe the weather and winds at the ITCZ. X X X
Explain the flight hazards associated with the ITCZ. X X X

Monsoon, sandstorms, cold-air outbreaks

Define in general the term ‘monsoon’ and give a X X X X X X
general overview of regions of occurrence.
Describe the major monsoon conditions. (Refer to X X X
Subject 050 08 02 02)
Explain how trade winds change character after a long X X X X X X
track and become monsoon winds.
Explain the weather and the flight hazards associated X X X X X X
with a monsoon.
Explain the formation of the SW/NE monsoon over X X X X X X
West Africa and describe the weather, stressing the
seasonal differences.
Explain the formation of the SW/NE monsoon over X X X X X X
India and describe the weather, stressing the seasonal
differences.
Explain the formation of the monsoon over the Far East X X X X X X
and northern Australia and describe the weather,
stressing the seasonal differences.
Describe the formation and properties of sandstorms. X X X X X X

Indicate when and where outbreaks of cold polar air X X X X X X

can enter subtropical weather systems.
Name well-known examples of polar-air outbreaks X X X X X X
(Blizzard, Pampero).
Easterly waves
Explain the effect of easterly waves on tropical weather X X X X
systems.
Typical weather situations in the mid-latitudes
Westerly situation (westerlies)
Identify on a weather chart the typical westerly X X X
situation with travelling polar front waves.
High-pressure area
Describe the high-pressure zones with the associated X X X X X X
weather.
Identify on a weather chart the high-pressure regions. X X X X X X

Intentionally left blank

Cold-air drop X
Define ‘cold-air drop’. X X X X X X
Describe the formation of a cold-air drop. X X X X X X
Identify cold-air drops on weather charts. X X X X X X
Explain the problems and dangers of cold-air drops for X X X X X X
aviation.
Local winds and associated weather
Foehn, Mistral, Bora
Describe the mechanism for the development of Foehn X X X X X X
winds (including Chinook).
Describe the weather associated with Foehn winds. X X X X X X

Describe the formation of, the characteristics of, and X X X X X X

the weather associated with Mistral and Bora.
Harmattan
Describe the Harmattan wind and the associated X X X X X X
visibility problems as an example of local winds
affecting visibility.
FLIGHT HAZARDS
Icing
Conditions for ice accretion
Summarise the general conditions under which ice X X X X X X
accretion occurs on aircraft (temperatures of outside
air; temperature of the airframe; presence of
supercooled water in clouds, fog, rain and drizzle;
possibility of sublimation).

Explain the general weather conditions under which ice X X X X X X

accretion occurs in a venturi carburettor.

Explain the general weather conditions under which ice X X X X X X

accretion occurs on airframe.
Explain the formation of supercooled water in clouds, X X X X X X
rain and drizzle. (Refer to Subject 050 03 02 01)

Explain qualitatively the relationship between the air X X X X X X

temperature and the amount of supercooled water.

Explain qualitatively the relationship between the type X X X X X X

of cloud and the size and number of the droplets in
cumuliform and stratiform clouds.
Indicate in which circumstances ice can form on an X X X X X X
aircraft on the ground: air temperature, humidity,
precipitation.
Explain in which circumstances ice can form on an X X X X X X
aircraft in flight: inside clouds, in precipitation, and
outside clouds and precipitation.

Explain the influence of fuel temperature, radiative X X X X X X

cooling of the aircraft surface and temperature of the
aircraft surface (e.g. from previous flight) on ice
formation.

Describe the different factors that influence the X X X X X X

intensity of icing: air temperature, amount of
supercooled water in a cloud or in precipitation,
amount of ice crystals in the air, speed of the aircraft,
shape (thickness) of the airframe parts (wings,
antennas, etc.).
Explain the effects of topography on icing. X X X X X X
Explain the higher concentration of water drops in X X X X X X
stratiform orographic clouds.
Types of ice accretion
Define ‘clear ice’. X X X X X X X
Describe the conditions for the formation of clear ice. X X X X X X

Explain the formation of the structure of clear ice with X X X X X X

the release of latent heat during the freezing process.

Describe the aspects of clear ice: appearance, weight, X X X X X X

solidity.
Define ‘rime ice’. X X X X X X
Describe the conditions for the formation of rime ice. X X X X X X

Describe the aspects of rime ice: appearance, weight, X X X X X X

solidity.
Define ‘mixed ice’. X X X X X X
Describe the conditions for the formation of mixed ice. X X X X X X

Describe the aspects of mixed ice: appearance, weight, X X X X X X

solidity.
Describe the possible process of ice formation in snow X X X X X X
conditions.
Define ‘hoar frost’. X X X X X X
Describe the conditions for the formation of hoar frost. X X X X X X

Describe the aspects of hoar frost: appearance, solidity. X X X X X X

Hazards of ice accretion, avoidance

State the ICAO qualifying terms for the intensity of icing. X X X X X X

Describe, in general, the hazards of icing. X X X X X X

Assess the dangers of the different types of ice X X X X X X
accretion.
Describe the position of the dangerous zones of icing in X X X X X X
fronts, in stratiform and cumuliform clouds, and in the
different precipitation types.
Indicate the possibilities of avoiding dangerous zones of X X X X X X
icing: in the flight planning: weather briefing, selection
of track and altitude; during flight: recognition of the
dangerous zones, selection of appropriate track and
altitude.

Ice crystal icing

Describe ice crystal icing. X X X X X X
Describe the atmospheric processes leading to high ice X X X X X X
crystal concentration. Define the variable ice water
content (IWC).
Identify weather situations and their relevant areas X X X X X X
where high concentrations of ice crystals are likely to
occur.
Name, in general, the flight hazards associated with X X X X X X
high concentrations of ice crystals.
Explain how a pilot may possibly avoid areas with a high X X X X X X
concentration of ice crystals.
Turbulence
Effects on flight, avoidance
State the ICAO qualifying terms for the intensity of X X X X X X
turbulence.

Describe the effects of turbulence on an aircraft in X X X X X X

flight.
Indicate the possibilities of avoiding turbulence: in the X X X X X X
flight planning: weather briefing, selection of track and
altitude; during flight: selection of appropriate track and
altitude.

Describe atmospheric turbulence and distinguish X X X X X X

between turbulence, gustiness and wind shear.
Describe that forecasts of turbulence are not very X X X X X X
reliable and state that pilot reports of turbulence are
very valuable as they help others to prepare for or avoid
turbulence.

Clear-air turbulence (CAT): effects on flight, avoidance

Describe the effects of CAT on flight. (Refer to Subject X X X X X X

050 02 06 03)
Indicate the possibilities of avoiding CAT in flight: in the X X X X X X
flight planning: weather briefing, selection of track and
altitude; during flight: selection of appropriate track and
altitude.

Wind shear
Definition of wind shear
Define ‘wind shear’ (vertical and horizontal). X X X X X X
Define ‘low-level wind shear’. X X X X X X
Weather conditions for wind shear
Describe the conditions, where and how wind shear can X X X X X X
form (e.g. thunderstorms, squall lines, fronts,
inversions, land and sea breeze, friction layer, relief).

Effects on flight, avoidance

Describe the effects of wind shear on flight. X X X X X X
Indicate the possibilities of avoiding wind shear in flight: X X X X X X
in the flight planning; during flight.
Thunderstorms
Conditions for and process of development, forecast,
location, type specification
Name the cloud types which indicate the development X X X X X X
of thunderstorms.
Describe the different types of thunderstorms, their X X X X X X
location, the conditions for and the process of
development, and list their properties (air-mass
thunderstorms, frontal thunderstorms, squall lines,
supercell storms, orographic thunderstorms).

Structure of thunderstorms, life cycle

Assess the average duration of thunderstorms and their X X X X X X
different stages.
Describe a supercell storm: initial, supercell, tornado X X X X X X
and dissipating stage.
Summarise the flight hazards associated with a fully X X X X X X
developed thunderstorm.
Indicate on a sketch the most dangerous zones in and X X X X X X
around a single-cell and a multi-cell thunderstorm.

Electrical discharges
Describe the basic outline of the electric field in the X X X X X X
atmosphere.
Describe types of lightning, i.e. ground stroke, intra- X X X X X X
cloud lightning, cloud-to-cloud lightning, upward
lightning.
Describe and assess the ‘St. Elmo’s fire’ weather X X X X X X
phenomenon.
Describe the development of lightning discharges. X X X X X X
Describe the effect of lightning strike on aircraft and X X X X X X
flight execution.
Development and effects of downbursts
Define the term ‘downburst’. X X X X X X
Distinguish between macroburst and microburst. X X X X X X
State the weather situations leading to the formation of X X X X X X
downbursts.
Describe the process of development of a downburst. X X X X X X

Give the typical duration of a downburst. X X X X X X

Describe the effects of downbursts. X X X X X X
Thunderstorm avoidance
Explain how the pilot can anticipate each type of X X X X X X
thunderstorm: through pre-flight weather briefing,
observation in flight, use of specific meteorological
information, use of information given by ground
weather radar and by airborne weather radar. (Refer to
Subject 050 10 01 04), use of a lightning detector
(stormscope). (Refer to Subject 050 10 01 04), use of
the stormscope (lightning detector).

Describe practical examples of flight techniques used to X X X X X X

avoid the hazards of thunderstorms.
Tornadoes
Properties and occurrence
Define ‘tornado’. X X X X X X
Describe the formation of a tornado. X X X X X X
Describe the typical features of a tornado such as X X X X X X
appearance, season, time of day, stage of development,
speed of movement, and wind speed.
Compare the occurrence of tornadoes in Europe with X X X X X X
the occurrence in other locations, especially in the
United States of America.
Compare the dimensions and properties of tornadoes X X X X X X
and dust devils.
Inversions
Influence on aircraft performance
Compare the flight hazards during take-off and X X X X X X
approach associated with a strong inversion alone and
with a strong inversion combined with marked wind
shear.

Stratospheric conditions
Influence on aircraft performance
Summarise the advantages of stratospheric flights. X X X X X X

List the influences of the phenomena associated with X X X X X X

the lower stratosphere (wind, temperature, air density,
turbulence).
Hazards in mountainous areas
Influence of terrain on clouds and precipitation, frontal
passage
Describe the influence of mountainous area on a frontal X X X X X X
passage.
Vertical movements, mountain waves, wind shear,
turbulence, ice accretion
Describe the vertical movements, wind shear and X X X X X X
turbulence that are typical of mountain areas.
Indicate on a sketch of a chain of mountains the X X X X X X
turbulent zones (mountain waves, rotors).
Explain the influence of relief on ice accretion. X X X X X X
Development and effect of valley inversions
Describe the formation of a valley inversion due to X X X X X X
katabatic winds.
Describe the valley inversion formed by warm winds X X X X X X
aloft.
Describe the effects of a valley inversion for an aircraft X X X X X X
in flight.
Visibility-reducing phenomena
Reduction of visibility caused by precipitation and
obscurations
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by X X X X X X
precipitation: drizzle, rain, snow.
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by X X X X X X
obscurations: fog, mist, haze, smoke, volcanic ash.
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by X X X X
obscurations: sand (SA), dust (DU).
Describe the differences between ground and flight X X X X X X
visibility, and slant and vertical visibility when an aircraft
is above or within a layer of haze or fog.
Reduction of visibility caused by other phenomena
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by low X X X X X X
drifting and blowing snow.
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by low X X X X X X
drifting and blowing dust and sand.
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by dust storm X X X X X X
(DS) and sandstorm (SS).
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by icing X X X X X X
(windshield).
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by the X X X X X X
position of the sun relative to the visual direction.
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by the X X X X X X
reflection of the sun’s rays from the top of the layers of
haze, fog and clouds.
METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION
Observation
Surface observations
Define ‘gusts’, as given in METARs. X X X X X X
Distinguish wind given in METARs and wind given by the X X X X X X
control tower for take-off and landing.
Define ‘visibility’. X X X X X X
Describe the meteorological measurement of visibility. X X X X X X

Define ‘prevailing visibility’. X X X X X X

Define ‘ground visibility’. X X X X X X
List the units used for visibility (m, km, statute mile). X X X X X X

Define ‘runway visual range’. X X X X X X

Describe the meteorological measurement of runway X X X X X X
visual range.
Indicate where the transmissometers/forward-scatter X X X X X X
meters are placed on the aerodrome.
List the units used for runway visual range (m, ft). X X X X X X
List the different possibilities to transmit information to X X X X X X
pilots about runway visual range.
Compare ground visibility, prevailing visibility, and X X X X X X
runway visual range.
Indicate the means of observation of present weather. X X X X X X

Indicate the means of observing clouds for the purpose X X X X X X

of recording: type, amount, height of base
(ceilometers), and top.
State the clouds which are indicated in METAR, TAF and X X X X X X
SIGMET.
Define ‘oktas’. X X X X X X
Define ‘cloud base’. X X X X X X
Define ‘ceiling’. X X X X X X
Name the unit and the reference level used for X X X X X X
information about cloud base (ft).
Define ‘vertical visibility’. X X X X X X
Explain briefly how and when vertical visibility is X X X X X X
measured.
Name the units used for vertical visibility (ft, m). X X X X X X
Indicate the means of observation of air temperature X X X X X X
(thermometer).
Name the units of relative humidity ( per cent) and X X X X X X
dew-point temperature (Celsius, Fahrenheit).
Radiosonde observations
Describe the principle of radiosondes. X X X X X X
Describe and interpret the sounding by radiosonde X X X X X X X
given on a simplified temperature-pressure (T-P)
diagram.
Satellite observations
Describe the basic outlines of satellite observations. X X X X X X

Name the main uses of satellite pictures in aviation X X X X X X

meteorology.
Describe the different types of satellite imagery. X X X X X X
Interpret qualitatively the satellite pictures in order to X X X X X X
get useful information for flights: location of clouds
(distinguish between stratiform and cumuliform
clouds).

Interpret qualitatively the satellite pictures in order to X X X X X X

get useful information for flights: location of fronts.

Interpret qualitatively the satellite pictures in order to X X

get useful information for flights using atmospheric
motion vector images to locate jet streams.

Weather radar observations (Refer to Subject 050 09

04 05)
Describe the basic principle and the type of information X X X X X X
given by a ground weather radar.
Interpret ground weather radar images. X X X X X X
Describe the basic principle and the type of information X X X X X X
given by airborne weather radar.
Describe the limits and the errors of airborne weather X X X X X X
radar information.
Interpret typical airborne weather radar images. X X X X X X
Aircraft observations and reporting
Describe routine air-report and special air-report (ARS). X X X X X X

State the obligation of a pilot to prepare air-reports. X X X X X X

Name the weather phenomena to be stated in an ARS. X X X X X X

Weather charts
Significant weather charts
Decode and interpret significant weather charts (low, X X X X X X
medium and high level).
Describe from a significant weather chart the flight X X X X X X
conditions at designated locations or along a defined
flight route at a given FL.
Surface charts
Recognise the following weather systems on a surface X X X X X X
weather chart (analysed and forecast): ridges, cols and
troughs; fronts; frontal side, warm sector and rear side
of mid-latitude frontal lows; high- and low-pressure
areas.

Determine from surface weather charts the wind X X X X X X

direction and speed.
Upper-air charts
Define ‘constant-pressure chart’. X X X X
Define ‘isohypse (contour line)’. (Refer to Subject 050 X X X X
01 03 02)
Define ‘isotherm’. X X X X
Define ‘isotach’. X X X X
Describe forecast upper-wind and temperature charts. X X X X
For designated locations or routes determine from X X X X
forecast upper-wind and temperature charts, if
necessary by interpolation, the spot/average values for
outside-air temperature, temperature deviation from
ISA, wind direction, and wind speed.

Gridded forecast products

State that numerical weather prediction uses a 3D grid X X X X X X
of weather data, consisting of horizontal data (latitude-
longitude) and vertical data (height or pressure).

Explain that world area forecast centres prepare global X X X X X X

sets of gridded forecasts for flight planning purposes
(upper wind, temperature, humidity).
State that the WAFCs also produce gridded datasets for X X X X X X
Flight Level and temperature of the tropopause,
direction and speed of maximum wind, cumulonimbus
clouds, icing and turbulence.

Explain that the data on CB and turbulence can be used X X X X X X

in the visualization of flight hazards.
Explain that the gridded forecasts can be merged in X X X X X X
information processing systems with data relayed from
aircraft or pilot reports, e.g. of turbulence, to provide
improved situation awareness.

Information for flight planning

Aviation weather messages
Describe, decode and interpret the following aviation X X X X X X
weather messages (given in written or graphical
format): METAR, aerodrome special meteorological
report (SPECI), trend forecast (TREND), TAF, information
concerning en-route weather phenomena which may
affect the safety of aircraft operations (SIGMET),
information concerning en-route weather phenomena
which may affect the safety of low-level aircraft
operations (AIRMET), area forecast for low-level flights
(GAMET), ARS, volcanic ash advisory information.

Describe, decode and interpret the tropical cyclone X X X X X X

advisory information in written and graphical form.

Describe the general meaning of MET REPORT and X X X X X X

SPECIAL REPORT.
List, in general, the cases when a SIGMET and an X X X X X X
AIRMET are issued.
Describe, decode (by using a code table) and interpret X X X X X X
the following messages: runway state message (as
written in a METAR). Remark: For runway state
message, refer to ICAO Doc 7754 ‘Air Navigation Plan -
European Region’.

Meteorological broadcasts for aviation

Describe the meteorological content of broadcasts for X X X X X X
aviation: meteorological information for aircraft in flight
(VOLMET); automatic terminal information service
(ATIS).
Describe the meteorological content of broadcasts for X X X X X X
aviation: HF-VOLMET.
Use of meteorological documents
Describe meteorological briefing and advice. X X X X X X
List the information that a flight crew can receive from X X X X X X
meteorological services for pre-flight planning and
apply the content of this information on a designated
flight route.

List the meteorological information that a flight crew X X X X X X

can receive from flight information services during flight
and apply the content of this information for the
continuation of the flight.

Meteorological warnings
Describe and interpret aerodrome warnings and wind- X X X X X X
shear warnings and alerts.
Meteorological services
World area forecast system and meteorological offices

Name the world area forecast centres (WAFCs) as the X X X X X X X

provider for upper-air forecasts: WAFCs prepare upper-
air gridded forecasts of upper winds; upper-air
temperature and humidity; direction, speed and flight
level of maximum wind; flight level and temperature of
tropopause, areas of cumulonimbus clouds, icing, clear-
air and in-cloud turbulence, and geopotential altitude of
flight levels.

Name the meteorological (MET) offices as the provider X X X X X X X

for aerodrome forecasts and briefing documents.

Name the meteorological watch offices (MWOs) as the X X X X X X X

provider for SIGMET and AIRMET information.
Name the aeronautical meteorological stations as the X X X X X X X
provider for METAR and MET reports.
Name the volcanic ash advisory centres (VAACs) as the X X X X X X X
provider for forecasts of volcanic ash clouds.

Name the tropical cyclone advisory centres (TCACs) as X X X X X

the provider for forecasts of tropical cyclones.

International organisations
Describe briefly the following organisations and their X X X X X X X
chief activities in relation to weather for aviation:
International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) (Refer to
Subject 010 ‘Air Law’); World Meteorological
Organization (WMO).

0 0 0 464 ### ### 15 464 450 447 441 430

 Source / Comment

BIR exam
CBIR(A)

BIR BK
IR

X X

X X

X X
X X

X X

X X

X X

X X
X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X
X X
X X

X X
X X

X X

X X
X X

X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X

X X

X X 1

X X
X X

X X

X X 1

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X
X X
X X

X X
X X

X X

X X
X X

X X 1

X X

X X

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X

X X

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X
X X
X X

X X

X X
X X

X X

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X

X X 1
X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X

X X
X X
X X

X X

X X 1
X X
X X

X X 1

X X
X X
X X

X X

X X 1

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X 1

X X
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1

X X 1
X X 1

X X

X X 3
X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X
X X
X X
X X

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3
X X 3

X X
X X

X X

X X

X X
X X

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3 ICAO Doc 4444

X X 3

X X 3

X X

X X

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3
X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X
X X

X X 2
X X 2

X X
X X 2
X X 2

X X 2
X X 2

X X 2

X X 2
X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2
X X 2
X X 2
X X 2

X X 2
X X 2

X X 2
X X

X
X

X X

X X

X X
X X

X X

X X 2
X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X

X X

X X

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X
X X 2 3

X X 2 1

X X 2 1

X X 2 1

X X 2 1
X X 2 1
X X 2 1

X X 2 1

X X 2 1

X X

X X

389 371 163 109

 2018-2019 syllabus text 2018-2019 2020 syllabus Moved
syllabus reference to/from
reference another
Index

subject

1 GENERAL NAVIGATION 061.00.00.00 061.00.00.00

2 BASICS OF NAVIGATION 061.01.00.00 061.01.00.00

3 The Earth 061.01.01.00 061.01.01.00
4 Form 061.01.01.01 061.01.01.01
5 State that the geoid is an irregular shape based on the 061.01.01.01.01 061.01.01.01.01
surface of the oceans influenced only by gravity and
centrifugal force.
6 State that a number of different ellipsoids are used to 061.01.01.01.02 061.01.01.01.02
describe the shape of the Earth for mapping but that
WGS-84 is the reference ellipsoid required for
geographical coordinates.

7 State that the circumference of the Earth is 061.01.01.01.03 061.01.01.01.03

approximately 40 000 km or approximately 21 600 NM.

8 Earth rotation 061.01.01.02 061.01.01.02

9 Describe the rotation of the Earth around its own spin 061.01.01.02.01 061.01.01.02.01
axis and the plane of the ecliptic (including the
relationship of the spin axis to the plane of the ecliptic).

10 Explain the effect that the inclination of the Earth’s spin 061.01.01.02.02 061.01.01.02.02
axis has on insolation and duration of daylight.

11 Position 061.01.02.00 061.01.02.00

12 Position reference system 061.01.02.01 061.01.02.01
13 State that geodetic latitude and longitude is used to 061.01.02.01.01 061.01.02.01.01
define a position on the WGS-84 ellipsoid.
14 Define geographic (geodetic) latitude and parallels of 061.01.02.01.02 061.01.02.01.02
latitude.
15 Calculate the difference in latitude between any two 061.01.02.01.03 061.01.02.01.03
given positions.
16 Define geographic (geodetic) longitude and meridians. 061.01.02.01.04 061.01.02.01.04

17 Calculate the difference in longitude between any two 061.01.02.01.05 061.01.02.01.05

given positions.
18 Direction 061.01.03.00 061.01.03.00
19 Datums 061.01.03.01 061.01.03.01
20 Define ‘true north’ (TN). 061.01.03.01.01 061.01.03.01.01
21 Measure a true direction on any given aeronautical 061.01.03.01.02 061.01.03.01.02
chart.
22 Define ‘magnetic north’ (MN). 061.01.03.01.03 061.01.03.01.03
23 Define and apply variation. 061.01.03.01.04 061.01.03.01.04
24 Explain changes of variation with time and position. 061.01.03.01.05 061.01.03.01.05

25 Define ‘compass north’ (CN). 061.01.03.01.06 061.01.03.01.06

26 Apply deviation. 061.01.03.01.07 061.01.03.01.07
27 Track and heading 061.01.03.02 061.01.03.02
28 Calculate XWC by: trigonometry; and MDR. 061.01.03.02.01 061.01.03.02.01
29 Explain and apply the concepts of drift and WCA. 061.01.03.02.02 061.01.03.02.02
30 Calculate the actual track with appropriate data of 061.01.03.02.03 061.01.03.02.03
heading and drift.
31 Calculate TKE with appropriate data of WCA and drift. 061.01.03.02.04 061.01.03.02.04

32 Calculate the heading change at an off-course fix to 061.01.03.02.05 061.01.03.02.05

directly reach the next waypoint using the 1:60 rule.

33 Calculate the average drift angle based upon an off- 061.01.03.02.06 061.01.03.02.06
course fix observation.
34 Distance 061.01.04.00 061.01.04.00
35 WGS-84 ellipsoid 061.01.04.01 061.01.04.01
36 State that 1 NM is equal to 1 852 km, which is the 061.01.04.01.01 061.01.04.01.01
average distance of 1' of latitude change on the WGS-84
ellipsoid.
37 State that 1' of longitude change at the equator on the 061.01.04.01.02 061.01.04.01.02
WGS-84 ellipsoid is approximately equal to 1 NM.

38 Units 061.01.04.02 061.01.04.02

39 Convert between units of distance (nautical mile (NM), 061.01.04.02.01 061.01.04.02.01
kilometre (km), statute mile (SM), feet (ft), inches (in)).

40 Graticule distances 061.01.04.03 061.01.04.03

41 Calculate the distance between positions on the same 061.01.04.03.01 061.01.04.03.01
meridian, on opposite (antipodal) meridians, on the
same parallel of latitude, and calculate new
latitude/longitude when given distances north-south
and east-west.

Air mile 061.01.04.04 061.01.04.04

Evaluate the effect of wind and altitude on air distance. 061.01.04.04.01 061.01.04.04.01

Convert between ground distance (NM) and air distance 061.01.04.04.02 061.01.04.04.02
(NAM) using the formula: NAM = NM × TAS/GS.

Speed 061.01.05.00 061.01.05.00

True airspeed (TAS) 061.01.05.01 061.01.05.01
Calculate TAS from CAS, and CAS from TAS by: 061.01.05.01.01 061.01.05.01.01
mechanical computer; and rule of thumb (2 per cent
per 1 000 ft).
Mach number (M) 061.01.05.02 061.01.05.02
Calculate TAS from M, and M from TAS. 061.01.05.02.01 061.01.05.02.01
CAS/TAS/M relationship 061.01.05.03 061.01.05.03
Deduce the CAS, TAS and M relationship in 061.01.05.03.01 061.01.05.03.01
climb/descent/cruise (flying at constant CAS or M).

Deduce CAS and TAS in climb/descent/cruise (flying at 061.01.05.03.02 061.01.05.03.02

constant CAS).
Ground speed (GS) 061.01.05.04 061.01.05.04
Calculate headwind component (HWC) and tailwind 061.01.05.04.01 061.01.05.04.01
component (TWC) by: trigonometry; and MDR.

Apply HWC and TWC to determine GS from TAS and 061.01.05.04.02 061.01.05.04.02
vice versa.
Explain the relationship between GS and TAS with 061.01.05.04.03 061.01.05.04.03
increasing WCA.
Calculate GS with: mechanical computer (TOV solution); 061.01.05.04.04 061.01.05.04.04
and MDR (given track, TAS and WV).
Perform GS, distance and time calculations. 061.01.05.04.05 061.01.05.04.05
Calculate revised GS to reach a waypoint at a specific 061.01.05.04.06 061.01.05.04.06
time.
Calculate the average GS based on two observed fixes. 061.01.05.04.07 061.01.05.04.07

Flight log 061.01.05.05 061.01.05.05

Enter revised navigational en-route data, for the legs 061.01.05.05.01 061.01.05.05.01
concerned, into the flight plan (e.g. updated wind and
GS and correspondingly losses or gains in time and fuel
consumption).

Gradient versus rate of climb/descent 061.01.05.06 061.01.05.06

Estimate average climb/descent gradient (per cent) or 061.01.05.06.01 061.01.05.06.01
glide path degrees according to the following rule of
thumb: Gradient in degrees = (vertical distance (ft) /
100) / ground distance (NM)) Gradient in per cent =
(vertical distance (ft) / 60) / ground distance (NM))
Gradient in degrees = arctan (altitude difference (ft) /
ground distance (ft)). N.B. These rules of thumb
approximate 1 NM to 6 000 ft and are based on the
1:60 rule.

Calculate rate of descent (ROD) on a given glide-path 061.01.05.06.02 061.01.05.06.02

angle or gradient using the following rule of thumb
formulae: ROD (ft/min) = GP degrees × GS (NM/min) ×
100 ROD (ft/min) = GP per cent × GS (kt)

Calculate climb/descent gradient (ft/NM, per cent and 061.01.05.06.03 061.01.05.06.03

degrees), GS or vertical speed according to the
following formula: Vertical speed (ft/min) = (GS (kt) ×
gradient (ft/NM)) / 60.

State that it is necessary to determine the position of 061.01.05.06.04 061.01.05.06.04

the aircraft accurately before commencing descent in
order to ensure safe ground clearance.
Triangle of velocities (TOV) 061.01.06.00 061.01.06.00
Construction 061.01.06.01 061.01.06.01
Draw and correctly label the TOV. 061.01.06.01.01 061.01.06.01.01
Solutions 061.01.06.02 061.01.06.02
Resolve the TOV for: heading and GS (with mechanical 061.01.06.02.01 061.01.06.02.01
computer and MDR); WV (with mechanical computer);
and track and GS (with mechanical computer and MDR.

Dead reckoning (DR) 061.01.07.00 061.01.07.00

Dead reckoning (DR) technique 061.01.07.01 061.01.07.01
Determine a DR position. 061.01.07.01.01 061.01.07.01.01
Evaluate the difference between a DR and a fix position. 061.01.07.01.02 061.01.07.01.02

Define ‘speed factor’ (SF). Speed divided by 60, used 061.01.07.01.03 061.01.07.01.03
for mental flight-path calculations.
Calculate wind correction angle (WCA) using the 061.01.07.01.04 061.01.07.01.04
formula: WCA = XWC (crosswind component)/SF
Navigation in climb and descent 061.01.08.00 061.01.08.00
Average airspeed 061.01.08.01 061.01.08.01
Average TAS used for climb problems is calculated at 061.01.08.01.01 061.01.08.01.01
the altitude 2/3 of the cruising altitude.
Average TAS used for descent problems is calculated at 061.01.08.01.02 061.01.08.01.02
the altitude 1/2 of the descent altitude.

Average wind velocity (WV) 061.01.08.02 061.01.08.02

WV used for climb problems is the WV at the altitude 061.01.08.02.01 061.01.08.02.01
2/3 of the cruising altitude.
WV used for descent problems is the WV at the altitude 061.01.08.02.02 061.01.08.02.02
1/2 of the descent altitude.
Calculate the average climb/descent GS from given TAS 061.01.08.02.03 061.01.08.02.03
at various altitudes, and WV at various altitudes and
true track.
Ground speed (GS)/distance covered during climb or 061.01.08.03 061.01.08.03
descent
State that most aircraft operating handbooks supply 061.01.08.03.01 061.01.08.03.01
graphical material to calculate climb and descent
problems.
Calculate the flying time and distance during 061.01.08.03.02 061.01.08.03.02
climb/descent from given average rate of climb/descent
and using average GS using the following formulae valid
for a 3-degree-glide path: rate of descent = (GS × 10) / 2
rate of descent = speed factor (SF) × glide-path angle ×
100

Given distance, speed and present altitude, calculate 061.01.08.03.03 061.01.08.03.03

the rate of climb/descent in order to reach a certain
position at a given altitude.
Given speed, rate of climb/descent and altitude, 061.01.08.03.04 061.01.08.03.04
calculate the distance required in order to reach a
certain position at a given altitude.
Given speed, distance to go and altitude to 061.01.08.03.05 061.01.08.03.05
climb/descent, calculate the rate of climb/descent.
VISUAL FLIGHT RULES (VFR) NAVIGATION 061.02.00.00 061.02.00.00
Ground features 061.02.01.00 061.02.01.00
Ground features 061.02.01.01 061.02.01.01
Recognise which elements would make a ground 061.02.01.01.01 061.02.01.01.01
feature suitable for use for VFR navigation.
Visual identification 061.02.01.02 061.02.01.02
Describe the problems of VFR navigation at lower levels 061.02.01.02.01 061.02.01.02.01
and the causes of reduced visibility.
Describe the problems of VFR navigation at night. 061.02.01.02.02 061.02.01.02.02
VFR navigation techniques 061.02.02.00 061.02.02.00
Use of visual observations and application to in-flight 061.02.02.01 061.02.02.01
navigation
Describe what is meant by the term ‘map reading’. 061.02.02.01.01 061.02.02.01.01
Define the term ‘visual checkpoint’. 061.02.02.01.02 061.02.02.01.02
Discuss the general features of a visual checkpoint and 061.02.02.01.03 061.02.02.01.03
give examples.
State that the evaluation of the differences between DR 061.02.02.01.04 061.02.02.01.04
positions and actual position can refine flight
performance and navigation.
Establish fixes on navigational charts by plotting visually 061.02.02.01.05 061.02.02.01.05
derived intersecting lines of position.
Describe the use of a single observed position line to 061.02.02.01.06 061.02.02.01.06
check flight progress.
Describe how to prepare and align a map/chart for use 061.02.02.01.07 061.02.02.01.07
in visual navigation.
Describe visual-navigation techniques including: use of 061.02.02.01.08 061.02.02.01.08
DR position to locate identifiable landmarks;
identification of charted features/landmarks; factors
affecting the selection of landmarks; an understanding
of seasonal and meteorological effects on the
appearance and visibility of landmarks; selection of
suitable landmarks; estimation of distance from
landmarks from successive bearings; estimation of the
distance from a landmark using an approximation of the
sighting angle and the flight altitude.

Describe the action to be taken if there is no visual 061.02.02.01.09 061.02.02.01.09

checkpoint available at a scheduled turning point.
Understand the difficulties and limitations that may be 061.02.02.01.10 061.02.02.01.10
encountered in map reading in some geographical areas
due to the nature of terrain, lack of distinctive
landmarks, or lack of detailed and accurate charted
data.

State the function of contour lines on a topographical 061.02.02.01.11 061.02.02.01.11

chart.
Indicate the role of ‘layer tinting’ (colour gradient) in 061.02.02.01.12 061.02.02.01.12
relation to the depiction of topography on a chart.

Using the contours shown on a chart, describe the 061.02.02.01.13 061.02.02.01.13

appearance of a significant feature.
Apply the techniques of DR, map reading, orientation, 061.02.02.01.14 061.02.02.01.14
timing and revision of ETAs and headings.

Unplanned events 061.02.02.02 061.02.02.02

Explain what needs to be considered in case of 061.02.02.02.01 061.02.02.02.01
diversion, when unsure of position and when lost.
GREAT CIRCLES AND RHUMB LINES 061.03.00.00 061.03.00.00
Great circles 061.03.01.00 061.03.01.00
Properties 061.03.01.01 061.03.01.01
Describe the geometric properties of a great circle 061.03.01.01.01 061.03.01.01.01
(including the vertex) and a small circle.
Describe the geometric properties of a great circle and a 061.03.01.01.02 061.03.01.01.02
small circle, up to 30 degrees difference of longitude.

Explain why a great-circle route is the shortest distance 061.03.01.01.03 061.03.01.01.03

between any two positions on the Earth.
Name examples of great circles on the surface of the 061.03.01.01.04 061.03.01.01.04
Earth.
Convergence 061.03.01.02 061.03.01.02
Explain why the track direction of a great-circle route 061.03.01.02.01 061.03.01.02.01
(other than following a meridian or the equator)
changes.
State the formula used to approximate the value of 061.03.01.02.02 061.03.01.02.02
Earth convergence as change of longitude × sine mean
latitude.
Calculate the approximate value of Earth convergence 061.03.01.02.03 061.03.01.02.03
between any two positions, up to 30 degrees difference
of longitude.
Rhumb lines 061.03.02.00 061.03.02.00
Properties 061.03.02.01 061.03.02.01
Describe the geometric properties of a rhumb line. 061.03.02.01.01 061.03.02.01.01
State that a rhumb-line route is not the shortest 061.03.02.01.02 061.03.02.01.02
distance between any two positions on the Earth
(excluding meridians and equator).
Relationship 061.03.03.00 061.03.03.00
Distances 061.03.03.01 061.03.03.01
Explain that the variation in distance of the great-circle 061.03.03.01.01 061.03.03.01.01
route and rhumb-line route between any two positions
increases with increasing latitude or change in
longitude.

Conversion angle 061.03.03.02 061.03.03.02

Calculate and apply the conversion angle. 061.03.03.02.01 061.03.03.02.01
CHARTS 061.04.00.00 061.04.00.00
Chart requirements 061.04.01.00 061.04.01.00
ICAO Annex 4 ‘Aeronautical Charts’ 061.04.01.01 061.04.01.01
State the requirement for conformality and for a 061.04.01.01.01 061.04.01.01.01
straight line to approximate a great circle.
Convergence 061.04.01.02 061.04.01.02
Explain and calculate the constant of the cone (sine of 061.04.01.02.01 061.04.01.02.01
parallel of origin).
Explain the relationship between Earth and chart 061.04.01.02.02 061.04.01.02.02
convergence with respect to the ICAO requirement for a
straight line to approximate a great circle.
Scale 061.04.01.03 061.04.01.03
Recognise methods of representing scale on 061.04.01.03.01 061.04.01.03.01
aeronautical charts.
Perform scale calculations based on typical en-route 061.04.01.03.02 061.04.01.03.02
chart scales.
Projections 061.04.02.00 061.04.02.00
Methods of projection 061.04.02.01 061.04.02.01
Identify azimuthal, cylindrical and conical projections. 061.04.02.01.01 061.04.02.01.01

Polar stereographic 061.04.02.02 061.04.02.02

State the properties of a polar stereographic projection. 061.04.02.02.01 061.04.02.02.01

Calculate straight line track changes on a polar 061.04.02.02.02 061.04.02.02.02

stereographic chart.
Direct Mercator 061.04.02.03 061.04.02.03
State the properties of a direct Mercator projection. 061.04.02.03.01 061.04.02.03.01

Given the scale at one latitude, calculate the scale at 061.04.02.03.02 061.04.02.03.02
different latitudes.
Given a chart length at one latitude, show that it 061.04.02.03.03 061.04.02.03.03
represents a different Earth distance at other latitudes.

Lambert 061.04.02.04 061.04.02.04

State the properties of a Lambert projection. 061.04.02.04.01 061.04.02.04.01
Calculate straight line track changes on a Lambert chart. 061.04.02.04.02 061.04.02.04.02
 Explain the scale variation throughout the charts as 061.04.02.04.03 061.04.02.04.03
follows: the scale indicated on the chart will be correct
at the standard parallels; the scale will increase away
from the parallel of origin; the scale within the standard
parallels differs by less than 1 per cent from the scale
stated on the chart.

Given appropriate data, calculate initial, final or rhumb- 061.04.02.04.04 061.04.02.04.04

line tracks between two positions (lat./long.).

Given two positions (lat./long.) and information to 061.04.02.04.05 061.04.02.04.05

determine convergency between the two positions,
calculate the parallel of origin.
Given a Lambert chart, determine the parallel of origin, 061.04.02.04.06 061.04.02.04.06
or constant of cone.
Given constant of cone or parallel of origin, great-circle 061.04.02.04.07 061.04.02.04.07
track at one position and great-circle track at another
position, calculate the difference of longitude between
the two positions.

Practical use 061.04.03.00 061.04.03.00

Symbology 061.04.03.01 061.04.03.01
Recognise ICAO Annex 4 symbology. 061.04.03.01.01 061.04.03.01.01
Plotting 061.04.03.02 061.04.03.02
Measure tracks and distances on VFR and IFR en-route 061.04.03.02.01 061.04.03.02.01
charts.
Fix the aircraft position on an en-route chart with 061.04.03.02.02 061.04.03.02.02
information from VOR and DME equipment.
Resolve bearings of an NDB station for plotting on an 061.04.03.02.03 061.04.03.02.03
aeronautical chart.
TIME 061.05.00.00 061.05.00.00
Local Mean Time (LMT) 061.05.01.00 061.05.01.00
Mean solar day 061.05.01.01 061.05.01.01
Explain the concepts of a mean solar day and LMT. 061.05.01.01.01 061.05.01.01.01
Local Mean Time (LMT) and Universal Time 061.05.01.02 061.05.01.02
Coordinated (UTC)
Perform LMT and UTC calculations. 061.05.01.02.01 061.05.01.02.01
Standard time 061.05.02.00 061.05.02.00
Standard time and daylight saving time 061.05.02.01 061.05.02.01
Explain and apply the concept of standard time and 061.05.02.01.01 061.05.02.01.01
daylight saving time, and perform standard time and
daylight saving time calculations.
International Date Line 061.05.02.02 061.05.02.02
State the changes when crossing the International Date 061.05.02.02.01 061.05.02.02.01
Line.
Sunrise and sunset 061.05.03.00 061.05.03.00
Sunrise and sunset times 061.05.03.01 061.05.03.01
Define sunrise, sunset, and civil twilight, and extract 061.05.03.01.01 061.05.03.01.01
times from a suitable source (e.g. an almanac).

Explain the changes to sunrise, sunset, and civil twilight 061.05.03.01.02 061.05.03.01.02
times with date, latitude and altitude.
Explain at which time of the year the duration of 061.05.03.01.03 061.05.03.01.03
daylight changes at the highest rate.
Total
 2020 syllabus text

Reworded, intent

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR
the same

modified

ATPL(A)
Deleted

CPL(H)
CPL(A)
New

BK2
GENERAL NAVIGATION

BASICS OF NAVIGATION
The Earth
Form X
State that the geoid is an irregular shape based on the X X X X X X X
surface of the oceans influenced only by gravity and
centrifugal force.
State that a number of different ellipsoids are used to X X X X X X X
describe the shape of the Earth for mapping but that
WGS-84 is the reference ellipsoid required for
geographical coordinates.

State that the circumference of the Earth is X X X X X X

approximately 40 000 km or approximately 21 600 NM.

Earth rotation X
Describe the rotation of the Earth around its own spin X X X X X X X
axis and the plane of the ecliptic (including the
relationship of the spin axis to the plane of the ecliptic).

Explain the effect that the inclination of the Earth’s spin X X X X X X

axis has on insolation and duration of daylight.

Position
Position reference system X
State that geodetic latitude and longitude is used to X X X X X X X
define a position on the WGS-84 ellipsoid.
Define geographic (geodetic) latitude and parallels of X X X X X X
latitude.
Calculate the difference in latitude between any two X X X X X X
given positions.
Define geographic (geodetic) longitude and meridians. X X X X X X

Calculate the difference in longitude between any two X X X X X X

given positions.
Direction
Datums X
Define ‘true north’ (TN). X X X X X X X
Measure a true direction on any given aeronautical X X X X X X
chart.
Define ‘magnetic north’ (MN). X X X X X X X
Define and apply variation. X X X X X X
Explain changes of variation with time and position. X X X X X X

Define ‘compass north’ (CN). X X X X X X X

Apply deviation. X X X X X X
Track and heading X
Calculate XWC by: trigonometry; and MDR. X X X X X X
Explain and apply the concepts of drift and WCA. X X X X X X
Calculate the actual track with appropriate data of X X X X X X
heading and drift.
Calculate TKE with appropriate data of WCA and drift. X X X X X X

Calculate the heading change at an off-course fix to X X X X X X

directly reach the next waypoint using the 1:60 rule.

Calculate the average drift angle based upon an off- X X X X X X

course fix observation.
Distance
WGS-84 ellipsoid X
State that 1 NM is equal to 1 852 km, which is the X X X X X X X
average distance of 1' of latitude change on the WGS-84
ellipsoid.
State that 1' of longitude change at the equator on the X X X X X X
WGS-84 ellipsoid is approximately equal to 1 NM.

Units X
Convert between units of distance (nautical mile (NM), X X X X X X
kilometre (km), statute mile (SM), feet (ft), inches (in)).

Graticule distances X
Calculate the distance between positions on the same X X X X X X
meridian, on opposite (antipodal) meridians, on the
same parallel of latitude, and calculate new
latitude/longitude when given distances north-south
and east-west.

Air mile X
Evaluate the effect of wind and altitude on air distance. X X X X X X

Convert between ground distance (NM) and air distance X X X X X X

(NAM) using the formula: NAM = NM × TAS/GS.

Speed
True airspeed (TAS) X
Calculate TAS from CAS, and CAS from TAS by: X X X X X X
mechanical computer; and rule of thumb (2 per cent
per 1 000 ft).
Mach number (M) X
Calculate TAS from M, and M from TAS. X X X
CAS/TAS/M relationship X
Deduce the CAS, TAS and M relationship in X X X
climb/descent/cruise (flying at constant CAS or M).

Deduce CAS and TAS in climb/descent/cruise (flying at X X X X

constant CAS).
Ground speed (GS) X
Calculate headwind component (HWC) and tailwind X X X X X X
component (TWC) by: trigonometry; and MDR.

Apply HWC and TWC to determine GS from TAS and X X X X X

vice versa.
Explain the relationship between GS and TAS with X X X X X X X
increasing WCA.
Calculate GS with: mechanical computer (TOV solution); X X X X X X
and MDR (given track, TAS and WV).
Perform GS, distance and time calculations. X X X X X X
Calculate revised GS to reach a waypoint at a specific X X X X X X
time.
Calculate the average GS based on two observed fixes. X X X X X X

Flight log X
Enter revised navigational en-route data, for the legs X X X X X X
concerned, into the flight plan (e.g. updated wind and
GS and correspondingly losses or gains in time and fuel
consumption).

Gradient versus rate of climb/descent X

Estimate average climb/descent gradient (per cent) or X X X X X X
glide path degrees according to the following rule of
thumb: Gradient in degrees = (vertical distance (ft) /
100) / ground distance (NM)) Gradient in per cent =
(vertical distance (ft) / 60) / ground distance (NM))
Gradient in degrees = arctan (altitude difference (ft) /
ground distance (ft)). N.B. These rules of thumb
approximate 1 NM to 6 000 ft and are based on the
1:60 rule.

Calculate rate of descent (ROD) on a given glide-path X X X X X X

angle or gradient using the following rule of thumb
formulae: ROD (ft/min) = GP degrees × GS (NM/min) ×
100 ROD (ft/min) = GP per cent × GS (kt)

Calculate climb/descent gradient (ft/NM, per cent and X X X X X X

degrees), GS or vertical speed according to the
following formula: Vertical speed (ft/min) = (GS (kt) ×
gradient (ft/NM)) / 60.

State that it is necessary to determine the position of X X X X X X X

the aircraft accurately before commencing descent in
order to ensure safe ground clearance.
Triangle of velocities (TOV)
Construction X
Draw and correctly label the TOV. X X X X X X
Solutions X
Resolve the TOV for: heading and GS (with mechanical X X X X X X
computer and MDR); WV (with mechanical computer);
and track and GS (with mechanical computer and MDR.

Dead reckoning (DR)

Dead reckoning (DR) technique X
Determine a DR position. X X X X X X
Evaluate the difference between a DR and a fix position. X X X X X X

Define ‘speed factor’ (SF). Speed divided by 60, used X X X X X X

for mental flight-path calculations.
Calculate wind correction angle (WCA) using the X X X X X X
formula: WCA = XWC (crosswind component)/SF
Navigation in climb and descent
Average airspeed X
Average TAS used for climb problems is calculated at X X X X X X
the altitude 2/3 of the cruising altitude.
Average TAS used for descent problems is calculated at X X X X X X
the altitude 1/2 of the descent altitude.

Average wind velocity (WV) X

WV used for climb problems is the WV at the altitude X X X X X X
2/3 of the cruising altitude.
WV used for descent problems is the WV at the altitude X X X X X X
1/2 of the descent altitude.
Calculate the average climb/descent GS from given TAS X X X X X X
at various altitudes, and WV at various altitudes and
true track.
Ground speed (GS)/distance covered during climb or X
descent
State that most aircraft operating handbooks supply X X X X X X X
graphical material to calculate climb and descent
problems.
Calculate the flying time and distance during X X X X X X
climb/descent from given average rate of climb/descent
and using average GS using the following formulae valid
for a 3-degree-glide path: rate of descent = (GS × 10) / 2
rate of descent = speed factor (SF) × glide-path angle ×
100

Given distance, speed and present altitude, calculate X X X X X X

the rate of climb/descent in order to reach a certain
position at a given altitude.
Given speed, rate of climb/descent and altitude, X X X X X X
calculate the distance required in order to reach a
certain position at a given altitude.
Given speed, distance to go and altitude to X X X X X X
climb/descent, calculate the rate of climb/descent.
VISUAL FLIGHT RULES (VFR) NAVIGATION
Ground features
Ground features
Recognise which elements would make a ground X X X X X X
feature suitable for use for VFR navigation.
Visual identification
Describe the problems of VFR navigation at lower levels X X X X X X
and the causes of reduced visibility.
Describe the problems of VFR navigation at night. X X X X X X
VFR navigation techniques
Use of visual observations and application to in-flight
navigation
Describe what is meant by the term ‘map reading’. X X X X X X X
Define the term ‘visual checkpoint’. X X X X X X X
Discuss the general features of a visual checkpoint and X X X X X X
give examples.
State that the evaluation of the differences between DR X X X X X X
positions and actual position can refine flight
performance and navigation.
Establish fixes on navigational charts by plotting visually X X X X X X X
derived intersecting lines of position.
Describe the use of a single observed position line to X X X X X X X
check flight progress.
Describe how to prepare and align a map/chart for use X X X X X X X
in visual navigation.
Describe visual-navigation techniques including: use of X X X X X X
DR position to locate identifiable landmarks;
identification of charted features/landmarks; factors
affecting the selection of landmarks; an understanding
of seasonal and meteorological effects on the
appearance and visibility of landmarks; selection of
suitable landmarks; estimation of distance from
landmarks from successive bearings; estimation of the
distance from a landmark using an approximation of the
sighting angle and the flight altitude.

Describe the action to be taken if there is no visual X X X X X X

checkpoint available at a scheduled turning point.
Understand the difficulties and limitations that may be X X X X X X
encountered in map reading in some geographical areas
due to the nature of terrain, lack of distinctive
landmarks, or lack of detailed and accurate charted
data.

State the function of contour lines on a topographical X X X X X X X

chart.
Indicate the role of ‘layer tinting’ (colour gradient) in X X X X X X X
relation to the depiction of topography on a chart.

Using the contours shown on a chart, describe the X X X X X X

appearance of a significant feature.
Apply the techniques of DR, map reading, orientation, X X X X X X
timing and revision of ETAs and headings.

Unplanned events
Explain what needs to be considered in case of X X X X X X
diversion, when unsure of position and when lost.
GREAT CIRCLES AND RHUMB LINES
Great circles
Properties
Describe the geometric properties of a great circle X X X
(including the vertex) and a small circle.
Describe the geometric properties of a great circle and a X X X X
small circle, up to 30 degrees difference of longitude.

Explain why a great-circle route is the shortest distance X X X X X X X

between any two positions on the Earth.
Name examples of great circles on the surface of the X X X X X X
Earth.
Convergence
Explain why the track direction of a great-circle route X X X X X X X
(other than following a meridian or the equator)
changes.
State the formula used to approximate the value of X X X X X X
Earth convergence as change of longitude × sine mean
latitude.
Calculate the approximate value of Earth convergence X X X X X X
between any two positions, up to 30 degrees difference
of longitude.
Rhumb lines
Properties
Describe the geometric properties of a rhumb line. X X X X X X X
State that a rhumb-line route is not the shortest X X X X X X X
distance between any two positions on the Earth
(excluding meridians and equator).
Relationship
Distances
Explain that the variation in distance of the great-circle X X X X X X
route and rhumb-line route between any two positions
increases with increasing latitude or change in
longitude.

Conversion angle
Calculate and apply the conversion angle. X X X
CHARTS
Chart requirements
ICAO Annex 4 ‘Aeronautical Charts’
State the requirement for conformality and for a X X X X X X
straight line to approximate a great circle.
Convergence
Explain and calculate the constant of the cone (sine of X X X X X X
parallel of origin).
Explain the relationship between Earth and chart X X X X X X
convergence with respect to the ICAO requirement for a
straight line to approximate a great circle.
Scale
Recognise methods of representing scale on X X X X X X
aeronautical charts.
Perform scale calculations based on typical en-route X X X X X X
chart scales.
Projections
Methods of projection
Identify azimuthal, cylindrical and conical projections. X X X X X X X

Polar stereographic
State the properties of a polar stereographic projection. X X X X X X

Calculate straight line track changes on a polar X X X X X X

stereographic chart.
Direct Mercator
State the properties of a direct Mercator projection. X X X X X X

Given the scale at one latitude, calculate the scale at X X X X X X

different latitudes.
Given a chart length at one latitude, show that it X X X X X X
represents a different Earth distance at other latitudes.

Lambert
State the properties of a Lambert projection. X X X X X X
Calculate straight line track changes on a Lambert chart. X X X X X X
Explain the scale variation throughout the charts as X X X X X X
follows: the scale indicated on the chart will be correct
at the standard parallels; the scale will increase away
from the parallel of origin; the scale within the standard
parallels differs by less than 1 per cent from the scale
stated on the chart.

Given appropriate data, calculate initial, final or rhumb- X X X X X X

line tracks between two positions (lat./long.).

Given two positions (lat./long.) and information to X X X X X X

determine convergency between the two positions,
calculate the parallel of origin.
Given a Lambert chart, determine the parallel of origin, X X X X X X
or constant of cone.
Given constant of cone or parallel of origin, great-circle X X X X X X
track at one position and great-circle track at another
position, calculate the difference of longitude between
the two positions.

Practical use
Symbology
Recognise ICAO Annex 4 symbology. X X X X X X
Plotting
Measure tracks and distances on VFR and IFR en-route X X X X X X
charts.
Fix the aircraft position on an en-route chart with X X X X X X
information from VOR and DME equipment.
Resolve bearings of an NDB station for plotting on an X X X X X X
aeronautical chart.
TIME
Local Mean Time (LMT)
Mean solar day
Explain the concepts of a mean solar day and LMT. X X X X X X X
Local Mean Time (LMT) and Universal Time
Coordinated (UTC)
Perform LMT and UTC calculations. X X X X X X
Standard time
Standard time and daylight saving time
Explain and apply the concept of standard time and X X X X X X
daylight saving time, and perform standard time and
daylight saving time calculations.
International Date Line
State the changes when crossing the International Date X X X X X X
Line.
Sunrise and sunset
Sunrise and sunset times
Define sunrise, sunset, and civil twilight, and extract X X X X X X
times from a suitable source (e.g. an almanac).

Explain the changes to sunrise, sunset, and civil twilight X X X X X X

times with date, latitude and altitude.
Explain at which time of the year the duration of X X X X X X
daylight changes at the highest rate.
0 0 0 140 ### ### 24 117 117 115 115 114
 Source / Comment

BIR exam
CBIR(A)

BIR BK
IR

No entries in v.3 of this TK

Syllabus Comparison Document
0 0 0 0
 2018-2019 syllabus text 2018-2019 2020 syllabus Moved
syllabus reference to/from
reference another
Index

subject

1 RADIO NAVIGATION 062.00.00.00 062.00.00.00

2 BASIC RADIO PROPAGATION THEORY 062.01.00.00 062.01.00.00

3 Basic principles 062.01.01.00 062.01.01.00
4 Electromagnetic waves 062.01.01.01 062.01.01.01
5 State that radio waves travel at the speed of light, being 062.01.01.01.01 062.01.01.01.01
approximately 300 000 km/s.
6 Define a ‘cycle’: a complete series of values of a 062.01.01.01.02 062.01.01.01.02
periodical process.
7 Frequency, wavelength, amplitude, phase angle 062.01.01.02 062.01.01.02
8 Define ‘frequency’: the number of cycles occurring in 1 062.01.01.02.01 062.01.01.02.01
second expressed in Hertz (Hz).
9 Define ‘wavelength’: the physical distance travelled by a 062.01.01.02.02 062.01.01.02.02
radio wave during one cycle of transmission.

10 Define ‘amplitude’: the maximum deflection in an 062.01.01.02.03 062.01.01.02.03

oscillation or wave.
11 State that the relationship between wavelength and 062.01.01.02.04 062.01.01.02.04
frequency is: wavelength (lamda) = speed of light (c) /
frequency (f).
12 Define ‘phase angle’: the fraction of one wavelength 062.01.01.02.05 062.01.01.02.05
expressed in degrees from 000 degrees to 360 degrees .

13 Define ‘phase angle difference/shift’: the angular 062.01.01.02.06 062.01.01.02.06

difference between the corresponding points of two
cycles of equal wavelength, which is measurable in
degrees.

14 Frequency bands, sidebands, single sideband 062.01.01.03 062.01.01.03

15 List the bands of the frequency spectrum for 062.01.01.03.01 062.01.01.03.01
electromagnetic waves: very low frequency (VLF): 3-
30 kHz; low frequency (LF): 30-300 kHz; medium
frequency (MF): 300-3 000 kHz; high frequency (HF): 3-
30 MHz; very high frequency (VHF): 30-300 MHz; ultra-
high frequency (UHF): 300-3 000 MHz; super high
frequency (SHF): 3-30 GHz; extremely high frequency
(EHF): 30-300 GHz.

16 State that when a carrier wave is modulated, the 062.01.01.03.02 062.01.01.03.02

resultant radiation consists of the carrier frequency plus
additional upper and lower sidebands.

17 State that HF meteorological information for aircraft in 062.01.01.03.03 062.01.01.03.03

flight (VOLMET) and HF two-way communication use a
single sideband.
18 State that the following abbreviations (classifications 062.01.01.03.04 062.01.01.03.04
according to International Telecommunication Union
(ITU) regulations) are used for aviation applications:
N0N: carrier without modulation as used by non-
directional radio beacons (NDBs); A1A: carrier with
keyed Morse code modulation as used by NDBs; A2A:
carrier with amplitude modulated Morse code as used
by NDBs; A3E: carrier with amplitude modulated speech
used for communication (VHF-COM).

19 Pulse characteristics 062.01.01.04 062.01.01.04

20 Define the following terms that are associated with a 062.01.01.04.01 062.01.01.04.01
pulse string: pulse length; pulse power; continuous
power.
21 Carrier, modulation 062.01.01.05 062.01.01.05
22 Define ‘carrier wave’: the radio wave acting as the 062.01.01.05.01 062.01.01.05.01
carrier or transporter.
23 Define ‘modulation’: the technical term for the process 062.01.01.05.02 062.01.01.05.02
of impressing and transporting information by radio
waves.
24 Kinds of modulation (amplitude, frequency, pulse, 062.01.01.06 062.01.01.06
phase)
25 Define ‘amplitude modulation’: the information that is 062.01.01.06.01 062.01.01.06.01
impressed onto the carrier wave by altering the
amplitude of the carrier.
26 Define ‘frequency modulation’: the information that is 062.01.01.06.02 062.01.01.06.02
impressed onto the carrier wave by altering the
frequency of the carrier.
27 Describe ‘pulse modulation’: a modulation form used in 062.01.01.06.03 062.01.01.06.03
radar by transmitting short pulses followed by larger
interruptions.
28 Describe ‘phase modulation’: a modulation form used in 062.01.01.06.04 062.01.01.06.04
GPS where the phase of the carrier wave is reversed.

29 Antennas 062.01.02.00 062.01.02.00

30 Characteristics 062.01.02.01 062.01.02.01
31 Define ‘antenna’: an antenna or aerial is an electrical 062.01.02.01.01 062.01.02.01.01
device which converts electric power into radio waves,
and vice versa.
32 State that the simplest type of antenna is a dipole, 062.01.02.01.02 062.01.02.01.02
which is a wire of length equal to one half of the
wavelength.
33 State that an electromagnetic wave always consists of 062.01.02.01.03 062.01.02.01.03
an oscillating electric (E) and an oscillating magnetic (H)
field which propagates at the speed of light.

34 State that the E and H fields are perpendicular to each 062.01.02.01.04 062.01.02.01.04
other. The oscillations are perpendicular to the
propagation direction and are in-phase.
35 Polarisation 062.01.02.02 062.01.02.02
36 State that the polarisation of an electromagnetic wave 062.01.02.02.01 062.01.02.02.01
describes the orientation of the plane of oscillation of
the electrical component of the wave with regard to its
direction of propagation.

37 Types of antennas 062.01.02.03 062.01.02.03

38 Name the common different types of directional 062.01.02.03.01 062.01.02.03.01
antennas: loop antenna used in old automatic direction-
finding (ADF) receivers; parabolic antenna used in
weather radars; slotted planar array used in more
modern weather radars.

39 Explain ‘antenna shadowing’. 062.01.02.03.02 062.01.02.03.02

40 Explain the importance of antenna placement on 062.01.02.03.03 062.01.02.03.03
aircraft.
41 Wave propagation 062.01.03.00 062.01.03.00
42 Structure of the ionosphere and its effect on radio 062.01.03.01 062.01.03.01
waves
43 State that the ionosphere is the ionised component of 062.01.03.01.01 062.01.03.01.01
the Earth’s upper atmosphere from approximately 60 to
400 km above the surface, which is vertically structured
in three regions or layers.

44 State that the layers of the ionosphere are named D, E 062.01.03.01.02 062.01.03.01.02
and F layers, and their depth varies with time.
45 State that electromagnetic waves refracted from the E 062.01.03.01.03 062.01.03.01.03
and F layers of the ionosphere are called sky waves.

46 Explain how the different layers of the ionosphere 062.01.03.01.04 062.01.03.01.04

influence wave propagation.
47 Ground waves 062.01.03.02 062.01.03.02
48 Define ‘ground or surface waves’: the electromagnetic 062.01.03.02.01 062.01.03.02.01
waves travelling along the surface of the Earth.

49 Space waves 062.01.03.03 062.01.03.03

50 Define ‘space waves’: the electromagnetic waves 062.01.03.03.01 062.01.03.03.01
travelling through the air directly from the transmitter
to the receiver.
51 Propagation with the frequency bands 062.01.03.04 062.01.03.04
52 State that radio waves in VHF, UHF, SHF and EHF 062.01.03.04.01 062.01.03.04.01
propagate as space waves.
53 State that radio waves in LF, MF and HF propagate as 062.01.03.04.02 062.01.03.04.02
surface/ground waves and sky waves.
54 Doppler principle 062.01.03.05 062.01.03.05
55 State that the Doppler effect is the phenomenon where 062.01.03.05.01 062.01.03.05.01
the frequency of a wave will increase or decrease if
there is relative motion between the transmitter and
the receiver.

56 Factors affecting propagation 062.01.03.06 062.01.03.06

57 Define ‘skip distance’: the distance between the 062.01.03.06.01 062.01.03.06.01
transmitter and the point on the surface of the Earth
where the first sky wave return arrives.
58 State that skip zone/dead space is the distance between 062.01.03.06.02 062.01.03.06.02
the limit of the surface wave and the sky wave.

59 Describe ‘fading’: when a receiver picks up two signals 062.01.03.06.03 062.01.03.06.03

with the same frequency, and the signals will interfere
with each other causing changes in the resultant signal
strength and polarisation.

60 State that radio waves in the VHF band and above are 062.01.03.06.04 062.01.03.06.04
limited in range as they are not reflected by the
ionosphere and do not have a surface wave.
61 Describe the physical phenomena ‘reflection’, 062.01.03.06.05 062.01.03.06.05
‘refraction’, ‘diffraction’, ‘absorption’ and ‘interference’.

62 State that multipath is when the signal arrives at the 062.01.03.06.06 062.01.03.06.06
receiver via more than one path (the signal being
reflected from surfaces near the receiver).
63 RADIO AIDS 062.02.00.00 062.02.00.00
64 Ground direction finding (DF) 062.02.01.00 062.02.01.00
65 Principles 062.02.01.01 062.02.01.01
66 Describe the use of a ground DF. 062.02.01.01.01 062.02.01.01.01
67 Explain the limitation of range because of the path of 062.02.01.01.02 062.02.01.01.02
the VHF signal.
68 Presentation and interpretation 062.02.01.02 062.02.01.02
69 Define the term ‘QDM’: the magnetic bearing to the 062.02.01.02.01 062.02.01.02.01
station.
70 Define the term ‘QDR’: the magnetic bearing from the 062.02.01.02.02 062.02.01.02.02
station.
71 Explain that by using more than one ground station, the 062.02.01.02.03 062.02.01.02.03
position of an aircraft can be determined and
transmitted to the pilot.
72 Coverage and range 062.02.01.03 062.02.01.03
73 Use the formula: 1.23 × sqrt transmitter height in feet 062.02.01.03.01 062.02.01.03.01
plus 1.23 × sqrt receiver height in feet to calculate the
range in NM.
74 Errors and accuracy 062.02.01.04 062.02.01.04
75 Explain why synchronous transmissions will cause 062.02.01.04.01 062.02.01.04.01
errors.
76 Describe the effect of ‘multipath signals’. 062.02.01.04.02 062.02.01.04.02
77 Explain that VDF information is divided into the 062.02.01.04.03 062.02.01.04.03
following classes according to ICAO Annex 10: Class A:
accurate to a range within plus/minus 2 degrees ; Class
B: accurate to a range within plus/minus 5 degrees ;
Class C: accurate to a range within plus/minus 10
degrees ; Class D: accurate to less than Class C.

78 Non-directional radio beacon (NDB)/automatic 062.02.02.00 062.02.02.00

direction finding (ADF)
79 Principles 062.02.02.01 062.02.02.01
80 Define the acronym ‘NDB’: non-directional radio 062.02.02.01.01 062.02.02.01.01
beacon.
81 Define the acronym ‘ADF’: automatic direction-finding 062.02.02.01.02 062.02.02.01.02
equipment.
82 State that the NDB is the ground part of the system. 062.02.02.01.03 062.02.02.01.03
83 State that the ADF is the airborne part of the system. 062.02.02.01.04 062.02.02.01.04

84 State that the NDB operates in the LF and MF frequency 062.02.02.01.05 062.02.02.01.05
bands.
85 State that the frequency band assigned to aeronautical 062.02.02.01.06 062.02.02.01.06
NDBs according to ICAO Annex 10 is 190-1750 kHz.

86 Define a ‘locator beacon’: an LF/MF NDB used as an aid 062.02.02.01.07 062.02.02.01.07

to final approach usually with a range of 10-25 NM.

87 State that certain commercial radio stations transmit 062.02.02.01.08 062.02.02.01.08

within the frequency band of the NDB.
88 State that according to ICAO Annex 10, an NDB station 062.02.02.01.09 062.02.02.01.09
has an automatic ground monitoring system.

89 Describe the use of NDBs for navigation. 062.02.02.01.10 062.02.02.01.10

90 Describe the procedure to identify an NDB station. 062.02.02.01.11 062.02.02.01.11
91 Interpret the term ‘cone of confusion’ in respect of an 062.02.02.01.12 062.02.02.01.12
NDB.
92 State that an NDB station emits a N0N/A1A or a 062.02.02.01.13 062.02.02.01.13
N0N/A2A signal.
93 State the function of the beat frequency oscillator 062.02.02.01.14 062.02.02.01.14
(BFO).
94 State that in order to identify a N0N/A1A NDB, the BFO 062.02.02.01.15 062.02.02.01.15
circuit of the receiver has to be activated.
95 State that on modern aircraft, the BFO is activated 062.02.02.01.16 062.02.02.01.16
automatically.
96 Presentation and interpretation 062.02.02.02 062.02.02.02
97 Name the types of indicators commonly in use: 062.02.02.02.01 062.02.02.02.01
electronic display; radio magnetic indicator (RMI); fixed-
card ADF (radio compass); moving-card ADF.
98 Interpret the indications given on RMI, fixed-card and 062.02.02.02.02 062.02.02.02.02
moving-card ADF displays.
99 Given a display, interpret the relevant ADF information. 062.02.02.02.03 062.02.02.02.03

100 Calculate the true bearing from the compass heading 062.02.02.02.04 062.02.02.02.04
and relative bearing.
101 Convert the compass bearing into magnetic bearing and 062.02.02.02.05 062.02.02.02.05
true bearing.
102 Describe how to fly the following in-flight ADF 062.02.02.02.06 062.02.02.02.06
procedures: homing and tracking, and explain the
influence of wind; interception of inbound QDM and
outbound QDR; changing from one QDM/QDR to
another; determining station passage and the abeam
point.

103 Coverage and range 062.02.02.03 062.02.02.03

104 State that the power of the transmitter limits the range 062.02.02.03.01 062.02.02.03.01
of an NDB.
105 Explain the relationship between power and range. 062.02.02.03.02 062.02.02.03.02
106 Describe the propagation path of NDB radio waves with 062.02.02.03.03 062.02.02.03.03
respect to the ionosphere and the Earth’s surface.

107 Explain that the interference between sky waves and 062.02.02.03.04 062.02.02.03.04
ground waves leads to ‘fading’.
108 Define that the accuracy the pilot has to fly the required 062.02.02.03.05 062.02.02.03.05
bearing in order to be considered established during
approach, according to ICAO Doc 8168, has to be within
plus/minus 5 degrees.

109 State that there is no warning indication of NDB failure. 062.02.02.03.06 062.02.02.03.06

110 Errors and accuracy 062.02.02.04 062.02.02.04

111 Explain ‘coastal refraction’: as a radio wave travelling 062.02.02.04.01 062.02.02.04.01
over land crosses the coast, the wave speeds up over
water and the wave front bends.
112 Define ‘night/twilight effect’: the influence of sky waves 062.02.02.04.02 062.02.02.04.02
and ground waves arriving at the ADF receiver with a
difference of phase and polarisation which introduce
bearing errors.
113 State that interference from other NDB stations on the 062.02.02.04.03 062.02.02.04.03
same frequency may occur at night due to sky-wave
contamination.
114 Factors affecting range and accuracy 062.02.02.05 062.02.02.05
115 Describe diffraction of radio waves in mountainous 062.02.02.05.01 062.02.02.05.01
terrain (mountain effect).
116 State that static radiation energy from a cumulonimbus 062.02.02.05.02 062.02.02.05.02
cloud may interfere with the radio wave and influence
the ADF bearing indication.
117 Explain that the bank angle of the aircraft causes a dip 062.02.02.05.03 062.02.02.05.03
error.
118 VHF omnidirectional radio range (VOR): conventional 062.02.03.00 062.02.03.00
VOR (CVOR) and Doppler VOR (DVOR)

119 Principles 062.02.03.01 062.02.03.01

120 Explain the working principle of VOR using the following 062.02.03.01.01 062.02.03.01.01
general terms: reference phase; variable phase; phase
difference.
121 State that the frequency band allocated to VOR 062.02.03.01.02 062.02.03.01.02
according to ICAO Annex 10 is VHF, and the frequencies
used are 108.0-117.975 MHz.
122 State that frequencies within the allocated VOR range 062.02.03.01.03 062.02.03.01.03
108.0-111.975 MHz, which have an odd number in the
first decimal place, are used by instrument landing
system (ILS).

123 State that the following types of VOR are in operation: 062.02.03.01.04 062.02.03.01.04
conventional VOR (CVOR): a first-generation VOR
station emitting signals by means of a rotating antenna;
Doppler VOR (DVOR): a second-generation VOR station
emitting signals by means of a combination of fixed
antennas utilising the Doppler principle; en-route VOR
for use by IFR traffic; terminal VOR (TVOR): a station
with a shorter range used as part of the approach and
departure structure at major aerodromes; test VOR
(VOT): a VOR station emitting a signal to test VOR
indicators in an aircraft.

124 State that automatic terminal information service (ATIS) 062.02.03.01.05 062.02.03.01.05
information is transmitted on VOR frequencies.

125 List the three main components of VOR airborne 062.02.03.01.06 062.02.03.01.06
equipment: the antenna; the receiver; the indicator.

126 Describe the identification of a VOR in terms of Morse- 062.02.03.01.07 062.02.03.01.07

code letters and additional plain text.
127 State that according to ICAO Annex 10, a VOR station 062.02.03.01.08 062.02.03.01.08
has an automatic ground monitoring system.

128 State that failure of the VOR station to stay within the 062.02.03.01.09 062.02.03.01.09
required limits can cause the removal of identification
and navigation components from the carrier or
radiation to cease.

129 Presentation and interpretation 062.02.03.02 062.02.03.02

130 Read off the radial on an RMI. 062.02.03.02.01 062.02.03.02.01
131 Read off the angular displacement in relation to a 062.02.03.02.02 062.02.03.02.02
preselected radial on a horizontal situation indicator
(HSI) or omnibearing indicator (OBI).
132 Explain the use of the TO/FROM indicator in order to 062.02.03.02.03 062.02.03.02.03
determine aircraft position relative to the VOR
considering also the heading of the aircraft.
133 Interpret VOR information as displayed on HSI, CDI and 062.02.03.02.04 062.02.03.02.04
RMI.
134 Describe the following in-flight VOR procedures: 062.02.03.02.05 062.02.03.02.05
tracking, and explain the influence of wind when
tracking; interception of a radial inbound and outbound
to/from a VOR; changing from one radial
inbound/outbound to another; determining station
passage and the abeam point.

135 State that when converting a radial into a true bearing, 062.02.03.02.06 062.02.03.02.06
the variation at the VOR station has to be taken into
account.
136 Intentionally left blank 062.02.03.03 062.02.03.03
137 Errors and accuracy 062.02.03.04 062.02.03.04
138 Define that the accuracy the pilot has to fly the required 062.02.03.04.01 062.02.03.04.01
bearing in order to be considered established on a VOR
track when flying approach procedures, according to
ICAO Doc 8168, has to be within the half-full scale
deflection of the required track.

139 State that due to reflections from terrain, radials can be 062.02.03.04.02 062.02.03.04.02
bent and lead to wrong or fluctuating indications, which
is called ‘scalloping’.
140 Distance-measuring equipment (DME) 062.02.04.00 062.02.04.00
141 Principles 062.02.04.01 062.02.04.01
142 State that DME operates in the UHF band. 062.02.04.01.01 062.02.04.01.01
143 State that the system comprises two basic components: 062.02.04.01.02 062.02.04.01.02
the aircraft component: the interrogator; the ground
component: the transponder.

144 Describe the principle of distance measurement using 062.02.04.01.03 062.02.04.01.03

DME in terms of a timed transmission from the
interrogator and reply from the transponder on
different frequencies.

145 Explain that the distance measured by DME is slant 062.02.04.01.04 062.02.04.01.04
range.
146 Illustrate that a position line using DME is a circle with 062.02.04.01.05 062.02.04.01.05
the station at its centre.
147 State that the pairing of VHF and UHF frequencies 062.02.04.01.06 062.02.04.01.06
(VOR/DME) enables the selection of two items of
navigation information from one frequency setting.

148 Describe, in the case of co-location with VOR and ILS, 062.02.04.01.07 062.02.04.01.07
the frequency pairing and identification procedure.

149 State that military UHF tactical air navigation aid 062.02.04.01.08 062.02.04.01.08
(TACAN) stations may be used for DME information.

150 Presentation and interpretation 062.02.04.02 062.02.04.02

151 State that when identifying a DME station co-located 062.02.04.02.01 062.02.04.02.01
with a VOR station, the identification signal with the
higher-tone frequency is the DME which identifies itself
approximately every 40 seconds.

152 Calculate ground distance from given slant range and 062.02.04.02.02 062.02.04.02.02
altitude.
153 Describe the use of DME to fly a DME arc in accordance 062.02.04.02.03 062.02.04.02.03
with ICAO Doc 8168 Volume 1.
154 State that a DME system may have a ground speed (GS) 062.02.04.02.04 062.02.04.02.04
and time to station read-out combined with the DME
read-out.
155 Coverage and range 062.02.04.03 062.02.04.03
156 Explain why a ground station can generally respond to a 062.02.04.03.01 062.02.04.03.01
maximum of 100 aircraft.
157 Explain which aircraft will be denied a DME range first 062.02.04.03.02 062.02.04.03.02
when more than 100 interrogations are being made.

158 Intentionally left blank 062.02.04.04 062.02.04.04

159 Factors affecting range and accuracy 062.02.04.05 062.02.04.05
160 Explain why the GS read-out from a DME can be less 062.02.04.05.01 062.02.04.05.01
than the actual GS, and is zero when flying a DME arc.

161 Instrument landing system (ILS) 062.02.05.00 062.02.05.00

162 Principles 062.02.05.01 062.02.05.01
163 Name the three main components of an ILS: the 062.02.05.01.01 062.02.05.01.01
localiser (LOC); the glide path (GP); range information
(markers or DME).
164 State the site locations of the ILS components: the LOC 062.02.05.01.02 062.02.05.01.02
antenna should be located on the extension of the
runway centre line at the stop-end; the GP antenna
should be locate beyond the runway threshold, laterally
displaced to the side of the runway centre line.

165 Explain that marker beacons produce radiation patterns 062.02.05.01.03 062.02.05.01.03
to indicate predetermined distances from the threshold
along the ILS GP.
166 State that marker beacons are sometimes replaced by a 062.02.05.01.04 062.02.05.01.04
DME paired with the LOC frequency.
167 State that in the ILS LOC frequency assigned band 062.02.05.01.05 062.02.05.01.05
108.0-111.975 MHz, only frequencies which have an
odd number in the first decimal are ILS LOC frequencies.

168 State that the GP operates in the UHF band. 062.02.05.01.06 062.02.05.01.06
169 Describe the use of the 90-Hz and the 150-Hz signals in 062.02.05.01.07 062.02.05.01.07
the LOC and GP transmitters/receivers, stating how the
signals at the receivers vary with angular deviation.

170 State that the UHF GP frequency is selected 062.02.05.01.08 062.02.05.01.08

automatically by being paired with the LOC frequency.

171 Explain that both the LOC and the GP antenna radiates 062.02.05.01.09 062.02.05.01.09
side lobes (false beams) which can give rise to false
centre-line and false GP indication.
172 Explain that the back beam from the LOC antenna may 062.02.05.01.10 062.02.05.01.10
be used as a published ‘non-precision approach’.

173 State that the recommended GP is 3 degrees . 062.02.05.01.11 062.02.05.01.11

174 Name the frequency, modulation and identification 062.02.05.01.12 062.02.05.01.12
assigned to all marker beacons. All marker beacons
operate on 75-MHz carrier frequency. The modulation
frequencies of the audio are: outer marker: low; middle
marker: medium; inner marker: high. The audio
frequency modulation (for identification) is the
continuous modulation of the audio frequency and is
keyed as follows: outer marker: 2 dashes per second
continuously; middle marker: a continuous series of
alternate dots and dashes; inner marker: 6 dots per
second continuously. The outer-marker cockpit
indicator is coloured blue, the middle marker amber,
and the inner marker white.

175 State that the final-approach area contains a fix or 062.02.05.01.13 062.02.05.01.13
facility that permits verification of the ILS GP-altimeter
relationship. The outer marker or DME is usually used
for this purpose.

176 Presentation and interpretation 062.02.05.02 062.02.05.02

177 Describe the ILS identification regarding frequency and 062.02.05.02.01 062.02.05.02.01
Morse code or plain text.
178 State that an ILS installation has an automatic ground 062.02.05.02.02 062.02.05.02.02
monitoring system.
179 State that the LOC and GP monitoring system monitors 062.02.05.02.03 062.02.05.02.03
any shift in the LOC and GP mean course line or
reduction in signal strength.
180 State that warning flags will appear for both the LOC 062.02.05.02.04 062.02.05.02.04
and the GP if the received signal strength is below a
threshold value.
181 Describe the circumstances in which warning flags will 062.02.05.02.05 062.02.05.02.05
appear for both the LOC and the GP: absence of the
carrier frequency; absence of the modulation
simultaneously; the percentage modulation of the
navigation signal reduced to 0.

182 Interpret the indications on a CDI and an HSI: full-scale 062.02.05.02.06 062.02.05.02.06
deflection of the CDI needle corresponds to
approximately 2.5 degrees displacement from the ILS
centre line; full-scale deflection on the GP corresponds
to approximately 0.7 degrees from the ILS GP centre
line.

183 Interpret the aircraft’s position in relation to the 062.02.05.02.07 062.02.05.02.07

extended runway centre line on a back-beam approach.

184 Explain the setting of the course pointer of an HSI and 062.02.05.02.08 062.02.05.02.08
the course selector of an omnibearing indicator (OBI)
for front-beam and back-beam approaches.

185 Coverage and range 062.02.05.03 062.02.05.03

186 Sketch the standard coverage area of the LOC and GP 062.02.05.03.01 062.02.05.03.01
with angular sector limits in degrees and distance limits
from the transmitter: LOC coverage area is 10 degrees
on either side of the centre line to a distance of 25 NM
from the runway, and 35 degrees on either side of the
centre line to a distance of 17 NM from the runway; GP
coverage area is 8 degrees on either side of the centre
line to a distance of minimum 10 NM from the runway.

187 Errors and accuracy 062.02.05.04 062.02.05.04

188 Explain that ILS approaches are divided into facility 062.02.05.04.01 062.02.05.04.01
performance categories defined in ICAO Annex 10.

189 Define the following ILS operation categories: Category 062.02.05.04.02 062.02.05.04.02
I; Category II; Category IIIA; Category IIIB; Category IIIC.

190 Explain that all Category III ILS operations guidance 062.02.05.04.03 062.02.05.04.03
information is provided from the coverage limits of the
facility to, and along, the surface of the runway.

191 Explain why the accuracy requirements are 062.02.05.04.04 062.02.05.04.04

progressively higher for CAT I, CAT II and CAT III ILS.

192 Explain the following in accordance with ICAO Doc 062.02.05.04.05 062.02.05.04.05
8168: the accuracy the pilot has to fly the ILS LOC to be
considered established on an ILS track is within the half-
full scale deflection of the required track; the aircraft
has to be established within the half-scale deflection of
the LOC before starting descent on the GP; the pilot has
to fly the ILS GP to a maximum of half-scale fly-up
deflection of the GP in order to stay in protected
airspace.

193 State that if a pilot deviates by more than half-course 062.02.05.04.06 062.02.05.04.06
deflection on the LOC or by more than half-dot
deflection on the GP, an immediate go-around should
be executed because obstacle clearance may no longer
be guaranteed.

194 Describe ILS beam bends as deviations from the 062.02.05.04.07 062.02.05.04.07
nominal LOC and GP respectively which can be assessed
by flight test.
195 Explain that multipath interference is caused by 062.02.05.04.08 062.02.05.04.08
reflections from objects within the ILS coverage area.

196 Factors affecting range and accuracy 062.02.05.05 062.02.05.05

197 Define the ‘ILS-critical area’: an area of defined 062.02.05.05.01 062.02.05.05.01
dimensions around the LOC and GP antennas where
vehicles, including aircraft, are excluded during all ILS
operations.

198 Define the ‘ILS-sensitive area’: an area extending 062.02.05.05.02 062.02.05.05.02

beyond the ILS-critical area where the parking or
movement of vehicles, including aircraft, is controlled to
prevent the possibility of unacceptable interference to
the ILS signal during ILS operations.

199 Microwave landing system (MLS) 062.02.06.00 062.02.06.00

200 Principles 062.02.06.01 062.02.06.01
201 Explain the principle of operation: horizontal course 062.02.06.01.01 062.02.06.01.01
guidance during the approach; vertical guidance during
the approach; horizontal guidance for departure and
missed approach; DME (DME/P) distance; transmission
of special information regarding the system and the
approach conditions.

202 State that MLS operates in the SHF band on any one of 062.02.06.01.02 062.02.06.01.02
200 channels, on assigned frequencies.
203 Explain the reason why MLS can be installed at 062.02.06.01.03 062.02.06.01.03
aerodromes where, as a result of the effects of
surrounding buildings or terrain, ILS siting is difficult.

204 Presentation and interpretation 062.02.06.02 062.02.06.02

205 Interpret the display of airborne equipment designed to 062.02.06.02.01 062.02.06.02.01
continuously show the position of the aircraft in relation
to a preselected course and glide path, along with
distance information, during approach and departure.

206 Explain that segmented approaches can be carried out 062.02.06.02.02 062.02.06.02.02
with a presentation with two cross bars directed by a
computer which has been programmed with the
approach to be flown.

207 Illustrate that segmented and curved approaches can 062.02.06.02.03 062.02.06.02.03
only be executed with DME/P installed.
208 Explain why aircraft are equipped with a multimode 062.02.06.02.04 062.02.06.02.04
receiver (MMR) in order to be able to receive ILS, MLS
and GPS.
209 Explain why MLS without DME/P gives an ILS lookalike 062.02.06.02.05 062.02.06.02.05
straight-line approach.
210 Coverage and range 062.02.06.03 062.02.06.03
211 Describe the coverage area for the approach direction 062.02.06.03.01 062.02.06.03.01
as being within a sector of plus/minus 40 degrees of the
centre line out to a range of 20 NM from the threshold
(according to ICAO Annex 10).

212 RADAR 062.03.00.00 062.03.00.00

213 Pulse techniques 062.03.01.00 062.03.01.00
214 Pulse techniques and associated terms 062.03.01.01 062.03.01.01
215 Name the different applications of radar with respect to 062.03.01.01.01 062.03.01.01.01
air traffic control (ATC), weather observations, and
airborne weather radar (AWR).
216 Describe the pulse technique and echo principle on 062.03.01.01.02 062.03.01.01.02
which primary radar systems are based.
217 State that the range of a radar depends on pulse 062.03.01.01.03 062.03.01.01.03
repetition frequency (PRF), pulse length, pulse power,
height of aircraft, height of antenna and frequency
used.

218 Ground radar 062.03.02.00 062.03.02.00

219 Principles 062.03.02.01 062.03.02.01
220 Explain that primary radar provides bearing and 062.03.02.01.01 062.03.02.01.01
distance of targets.
221 Explain that primary ground radar is used to detect 062.03.02.01.02 062.03.02.01.02
aircraft that are not equipped with a secondary radar
transponder.
222 Presentation and interpretation 062.03.02.02 062.03.02.02
223 State that modern ATC systems use inputs from various 062.03.02.02.01 062.03.02.02.01
sensors to generate the display.
224 Airborne weather radar 062.03.03.00 062.03.03.00
225 Principles 062.03.03.01 062.03.03.01
226 List the two main tasks of the weather radar in respect 062.03.03.01.01 062.03.03.01.01
of weather and navigation.
227 State that modern weather radars employ frequencies 062.03.03.01.02 062.03.03.01.02
that give wavelengths of about 3 cm that reflect best on
wet hailstones.
228 State that the antenna is stabilised in the horizontal 062.03.03.01.03 062.03.03.01.03
plane with signals from the aircraft’s attitude reference
system.
229 Describe the cone-shaped pencil beam of about 3 to 5 062.03.03.01.04 062.03.03.01.04
degrees beam width used for weather detection.

230 Presentation and interpretation 062.03.03.02 062.03.03.02

231 Explain the functions of the following different controls 062.03.03.02.01 062.03.03.02.01
on the radar control panel: off/on switch; function
switch with WX, WX plus T and MAP modes; gain-
control setting (auto/manual); tilt/autotilt switch.

232 Name, for areas of differing reflection intensity, the 062.03.03.02.02 062.03.03.02.02
colour gradations (green, yellow, red and magenta)
indicating the increasing intensity of precipitation.

233 State the use of azimuth-marker lines and range lines in 062.03.03.02.03 062.03.03.02.03
respect of the relative bearing and the distance to a
thunderstorm on the screen.
234 Coverage and range 062.03.03.03 062.03.03.03
235 Explain how the radar is used for weather detection and 062.03.03.03.01 062.03.03.03.01
for mapping (range, tilt and gain, if available).

236 Errors, accuracy, limitations 062.03.03.04 062.03.03.04

237 Explain why AWR should be used with extreme caution 062.03.03.04.01 062.03.03.04.01
when on the ground.
238 Factors affecting range and accuracy 062.03.03.05 062.03.03.05
239 Explain the danger of the area behind heavy rain 062.03.03.05.01 062.03.03.05.01
(shadow area) where no radar waves will penetrate.

240 Describe appropriate tilt settings in relation to altitude 062.03.03.05.02 062.03.03.05.02

and thunderstorms.
241 Explain why a thunderstorm may not be detected when 062.03.03.05.03 062.03.03.05.03
the tilt is set too high.
242 Application for navigation 062.03.03.06 062.03.03.06
243 Describe the navigation function of the radar in the 062.03.03.06.01 062.03.03.06.01
mapping mode.
244 Describe the use of the weather radar to avoid a 062.03.03.06.02 062.03.03.06.02
thunderstorm (Cb).
245 Explain how turbulence (not CAT) can be detected by a 062.03.03.06.03 062.03.03.06.03
modern weather radar.
246 Explain how wind shear can be detected by a modern 062.03.03.06.04 062.03.03.06.04
weather radar.
247 Secondary surveillance radar and transponder 062.03.04.00 062.03.04.00
248 Principles 062.03.04.01 062.03.04.01
249 State that the ATC system is based on the replies 062.03.04.01.01 062.03.04.01.01
provided by the airborne transponders in response to
interrogations from the ATC secondary radar.

250 State that the ground ATC secondary radar uses 062.03.04.01.02 062.03.04.01.02
techniques which provide the ATC with information that
cannot be acquired by the primary radar.

251 State that an airborne transponder provides coded- 062.03.04.01.03 062.03.04.01.03

reply signals in response to interrogation signals from
the ground secondary radar and from aircraft equipped
with traffic alert and collision avoidance system (TCAS).

252 State the advantages of secondary surveillance radar 062.03.04.01.04 062.03.04.01.04

(SSR) over a primary radar regarding range and
collected information due to transponder principal
information and active participation of the aircraft.

253 Modes and codes 062.03.04.02 062.03.04.02

254 State that the interrogator transmits its interrogations 062.03.04.02.01 062.03.04.02.01
in the form of a series of pulse pairs.

255 Name the interrogation modes: Mode A; Mode C; Mode 062.03.04.02.02 062.03.04.02.02
S.
256 State that the interrogation frequency and the reply 062.03.04.02.03 062.03.04.02.03
frequency are different.
257 Explain that the decoding of the time interval between 062.03.04.02.04 062.03.04.02.04
the pulse pairs determines the operating mode of the
transponder: Mode A: transmission of aircraft
transponder code; Mode C: transmission of aircraft
pressure altitude; Mode S: selection of aircraft address
and transmission of flight data for the ground
surveillance.

258 State that Mode A designation is a sequence of four 062.03.04.02.05 062.03.04.02.05

digits which can be manually selected from 4 096
available codes.
259 State that in Mode C reply, the pressure altitude is 062.03.04.02.06 062.03.04.02.06
reported in 100-ft increments.
260 State that in addition to the information provided, on 062.03.04.02.07 062.03.04.02.07
request from ATC, a special position identification (SPI)
pulse can be transmitted but only as a result of a
manual selection by the pilot (IDENT button).

261 State the need for compatibility of Mode S with Mode A 062.03.04.02.08 062.03.04.02.08
and C.
262 Explain that Mode S transponders receive 062.03.04.02.09 062.03.04.02.09
interrogations from TCAS and SSR ground stations.
263 State that Mode S interrogation contains either the 062.03.04.02.10 062.03.04.02.10
aircraft address, selective call or all-call address.
264 State that every aircraft is allocated an ICAO aircraft 062.03.04.02.11 062.03.04.02.11
address, which is hard-coded into the Mode S
transponder (Mode S address).
265 Explain that a 24-bit address is used in all Mode S 062.03.04.02.12 062.03.04.02.12
transmissions, so that every interrogation can be
directed to a specific aircraft.
266 State that Mode S can provide enhanced vertical 062.03.04.02.13 062.03.04.02.13
tracking, using a 25-ft altitude increment.
267 State that SSR can be used for automatic dependent 062.03.04.02.14 062.03.04.02.14
surveillance - broadcast (ADS-B).
268 Presentation and interpretation 062.03.04.03 062.03.04.03
269 State that an aircraft can be identified by a unique code. 062.03.04.03.01 062.03.04.03.01

270 State which information can be presented on the ATC 062.03.04.03.02 062.03.04.03.02
display system: pressure altitude; flight level; flight
number or aircraft registration number; GS.
271 Explain the use and function of the selector modes: 062.03.04.03.03 062.03.04.03.03
OFF, Standby, ON (Mode A), ALT (Mode A, C and S),
TEST, and of the reply lamp.
272 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 062.04.00.00 062.04.00.00
273 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 062.05.00.00 062.05.00.00
274 GLOBAL NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEMS (GNSSs) 062.06.00.00 062.06.00.00
275 Global navigation satellite systems (GNSSs) 062.06.01.00 062.06.01.00
276 General 062.06.01.01 062.06.01.01
277 State that there are four main GNSSs. These are: USA 062.06.01.01.01 062.06.01.01.01
NAVigation System with Timing And Ranging Global
Positioning System (NAVSTAR GPS); Russian GLObal
NAvigation Satellite System (GLONASS); European
Galileo (under construction); Chinese BeiDou (under
construction).

278 State that all four systems (will) consist of a 062.06.01.01.02 062.06.01.01.02
constellation of satellites which can be used by a
suitably equipped receiver to determine position.
279 Operation 062.06.01.02 062.06.01.02
280 Global navigation satellite system (GNSS)
281 State that there are currently two modes of operation: 062.06.01.02.01 062.06.01.02.01
standard positioning service (SPS) for civilian users, and
precise positioning service (PPS) for authorised users.

282 SPS was originally designed to provide civilian users 062.06.01.02.02 062.06.01.02.02
with a less accurate positioning capability than PPS.

283 Name the three GNSS segments as follows: space 062.06.01.02.03 062.06.01.02.03
segment; control segment; user segment.
284 Space segment (example: NAVSTAR GPS)
285 State that each satellite broadcasts ranging signals on 062.06.01.02.04 062.06.01.02.04
two UHF frequencies: L1 and L2.
286 State that SPS is a positioning and timing service 062.06.01.02.05 062.06.01.02.05
provided on frequency L1.
287 State that PPS uses both frequencies L1 and L2. 062.06.01.02.06 062.06.01.02.06
288 State that the satellites transmit a coded signal used for 062.06.01.02.07 062.06.01.02.07
ranging, identification (satellite individual PRN code),
timing and navigation.
289 State that the navigation message contains: satellite 062.06.01.02.08 062.06.01.02.08
clock correction parameters; Universal Time
Coordinated (UTC) parameters; an ionospheric model;
satellite health data.

290 State that an ionospheric model is used to calculate the 062.06.01.02.09 062.06.01.02.09
time delay of the signal travelling through the
ionosphere.
291 State that two codes are transmitted on the L1 062.06.01.02.10 062.06.01.02.10
frequency, namely a coarse acquisition (C/A) code and a
precision (P) code. The P code is not used for standard
positioning service (SPS).

292 State that satellites are equipped with atomic clocks 062.06.01.02.11 062.06.01.02.11
which allow the system to keep very accurate time
reference.
293 Control segment
294 State that the control segment comprises: a master 062.06.01.02.12 062.06.01.02.12
control station; a ground antenna; monitoring stations.

295 State that the control segment provides: monitoring of 062.06.01.02.13 062.06.01.02.13
the constellation status; correction of orbital
parameters; navigation data uploading.
296 User segment
297 State that GNSS supplies three-dimensional position 062.06.01.02.14 062.06.01.02.14
fixes and speed data, plus a precise time reference.

298 State that a GNSS receiver is able to determine the 062.06.01.02.15 062.06.01.02.15
distance to a satellite by determining the difference
between the time of transmission by the satellite and
the time of reception.

299 State that the initial distance calculated to the satellites 062.06.01.02.16 062.06.01.02.16
is called pseudo-range because the difference between
the GNSS receiver and the satellite time references
initially creates an erroneous range.

300 State that each range defines a sphere with its centre at 062.06.01.02.17 062.06.01.02.17
the satellite.
301 State that there are four unknown parameters (x, y, z 062.06.01.02.18 062.06.01.02.18
and Delta t) (receiver clock error) which require the
measurement of ranges to four different satellites in
order to get the position.

302 State that the GNSS receiver is able to synchronise to 062.06.01.02.19 062.06.01.02.19
the correct time reference when receiving four
satellites.
303 State that the receiver is able to calculate aircraft 062.06.01.02.20 062.06.01.02.20
ground speed using the space vehicle (SV) Doppler
frequency shift or the change in receiver position over
time.

304 NAVigation System with Timing And Ranging Global

Positioning System (NAVSTAR GPS) integrity
305 Define ‘receiver autonomous integrity monitoring 062.06.01.02.21 062.06.01.02.21
(RAIM)’ as a technique that ensures the integrity of the
provided data by redundant measurements.
306 State that RAIM is achieved by consistency checks 062.06.01.02.22 062.06.01.02.22
among range measurements.
307 State that basic RAIM requires five satellites. A sixth one 062.06.01.02.23 062.06.01.02.23
is for isolating a faulty satellite from the navigation
solution.
308 State that agreements have been concluded between 062.06.01.02.24 062.06.01.02.24
the appropriate agencies for the compatibility and
interoperability by any approved user of NAVSTAR and
GLONASS systems.

309 State that the different GNSSs use different data with 062.06.01.02.25 062.06.01.02.25
respect to reference systems, orbital data, and
navigation services.
310 Errors and factors affecting accuracy 062.06.01.03 062.06.01.03
311 List the most significant factors that affect accuracy: 062.06.01.03.01 062.06.01.03.01
ionospheric propagation delay; dilution of precision;
satellite clock error; satellite orbital variations;
multipath.

312 State that a user equivalent range error (UERE) can be 062.06.01.03.02 062.06.01.03.02
computed from all these factors.
313 State that the error from the ionospheric propagation 062.06.01.03.03 062.06.01.03.03
delay (IPD) can be reduced by modelling, using a model
of the ionosphere, or can almost be eliminated by using
two frequencies.

314 State that ionospheric delay is the most significant 062.06.01.03.04 062.06.01.03.04
error.
315 State that dilution of precision arises from the geometry 062.06.01.03.05 062.06.01.03.05
and number of satellites in view. It is called geometric
dilution of precision (GDOP).
316 State that the UERE in combination with the geometric 062.06.01.03.06 062.06.01.03.06
dilution of precision (GDOP) allows for an estimation of
position accuracy.
317 State that errors in the satellite orbits are due to: solar 062.06.01.03.07 062.06.01.03.07
winds; gravitation of the Sun and the Moon.
318 Ground-, satellite- and aircraft-based augmentation 062.06.02.00 062.06.02.00
systems
319 Ground-based augmentation systems (GBASs) 062.06.02.01 062.06.02.01
320 Explain the principle of a GBAS: to measure on the 062.06.02.01.01 062.06.02.01.01
ground the errors in the signals transmitted by GNSS
satellites and relay the measured errors to the user for
correction.

321 State that the ICAO GBAS standard is based on this 062.06.02.01.02 062.06.02.01.02
technique through the use of a data link in the VHF
band of ILS-VOR systems (108-118 MHz).
322 State that for a GBAS station the coverage is about 20 062.06.02.01.03 062.06.02.01.03
NM.
323 State that GBAS provides information for guidance in 062.06.02.01.04 062.06.02.01.04
the terminal area, and for three-dimensional guidance
in the final approach segment (FAS) by transmitting the
FAS data block.

324 State that one ground station can support all the 062.06.02.01.05 062.06.02.01.05
aircraft subsystems within its coverage providing the
aircraft with approach data, corrections and integrity
information for GNSS satellites in view via a VHF data
broadcast (VDB).

325 State that the minimum software designed coverage 062.06.02.01.06 062.06.02.01.06
area is 10 degrees on either side of the final approach
path to a distance between 15 and 20 NM, and 35
degrees on either side of the final approach path up to
a distance of 15 NM.

326 State that outside this area the FAS data of GBAS is not 062.06.02.01.07 062.06.02.01.07
used.
327 State that GBAS based on GPS is sometimes called local 062.06.02.01.08 062.06.02.01.08
area augmentation system (LAAS).
328 State that a GBAS-based approach is called GLS 062.06.02.01.09 062.06.02.01.09
approach (GLS-GNSS landing system).
329 Satellite-based augmentation systems (SBASs) 062.06.02.02 062.06.02.02
330 Explain the principle of an SBAS: to measure on the 062.06.02.02.01 062.06.02.02.01
ground the errors in the signals received from the
satellites and transmit differential corrections and
integrity messages for navigation satellites.

331 State that the frequency band of the data link is 062.06.02.02.02 062.06.02.02.02
identical to that of the GPS signals.
332 Explain that the use of geostationary satellites enables 062.06.02.02.03 062.06.02.02.03
messages to be broadcast over very wide areas.

333 State that pseudo-range measurements to these 062.06.02.02.04 062.06.02.02.04

geostationary satellites can also be made, as if they
were GPS satellites.
334 State that SBAS consists of two elements: ground 062.06.02.02.05 062.06.02.02.05
infrastructure (monitoring and processing stations);
communication satellites.
335 State that SBAS allows the implementation of three- 062.06.02.02.06 062.06.02.02.06
dimensional Type A and Type B approaches.
336 State the following examples of SBAS: European 062.06.02.02.07 062.06.02.02.07
Geostationary Navigation Overlay Service (EGNOS) in
western Europe and the Mediterranean; wide area
augmentation system (WAAS) in the USA; multi-
functional transport satellite (MTSAT)-based
augmentation system (MSAS) in Japan; GPS and
geostationary earth orbit augmented navigation
(GAGAN) in India.

337 State that SBAS is designed to significantly improve 062.06.02.02.08 062.06.02.02.08

accuracy and integrity.
338 Explain that integrity and safety are improved by 062.06.02.02.09 062.06.02.02.09
alerting SBAS users within 6 seconds if a GPS
malfunction occurs.
339 Intentionally left blank 062.06.02.03 062.06.02.03
340 Aircraft-based augmentation systems (ABASs) 062.06.02.04 062.06.02.04
341 Explain the principle of ABAS: to use redundant 062.06.02.04.01 062.06.02.04.01
elements within the GPS constellation (e.g. multiplicity
of distance measurements to various satellites) or the
combination of GNSS measurements with those of
other navigation sensors (such as inertial systems) in
order to develop integrity control.

342 State that the type of ABAS using only GNSS information 062.06.02.04.02 062.06.02.04.02
is named receiver autonomous integrity monitoring
(RAIM).
343 State that a system using information from additional 062.06.02.04.03 062.06.02.04.03
onboard sensors is named aircraft autonomous integrity
monitoring (AAIM).
344 Explain that the typical sensors used are barometric 062.06.02.04.04 062.06.02.04.04
altimeter and inertial reference system (IRS).

345 PERFORMANCE-BASED NAVIGATION (PBN) 062.07.00.00 062.07.00.00

346 Performance-based navigation (PBN) concept (as 062.07.01.00 062.07.01.00
described in ICAO Doc 9613)
347 PBN principles 062.07.01.01 062.07.01.01
348 List the factors used to define area navigation (RNAV) or 062.07.01.01.01 062.07.01.01.01
required navigation performance (RNP) system
performance requirements (accuracy, integrity and
continuity).
349 State that these RNAV and RNP systems are necessary 062.07.01.01.02 062.07.01.01.02
to optimise the utilisation of available airspace.

350 State that it is necessary for flight crew and air traffic 062.07.01.01.03 062.07.01.01.03
controllers to be aware of the on-board RNAV or RNP
system capabilities in order to determine whether the
performance of the RNAV or RNP system is appropriate
for the specific airspace requirements.

351 Define accuracy as the conformance of the true position 062.07.01.01.04 062.07.01.01.04
and the required position.
352 Define continuity as the capability of the system to 062.07.01.01.05 062.07.01.01.05
perform its function without unscheduled interruptions
during the intended operation.
353 Define integrity as a measure of the trust that can be 062.07.01.01.06 062.07.01.01.06
placed in the correctness of the information supplied by
the total system. Integrity includes the ability of a
system to provide timely and valid alerts to the user.

354 State that, unlike conventional navigation, PBN is not 062.07.01.01.07 062.07.01.01.07
sensor-specific.
355 Explain the difference between raw data and computed 062.07.01.01.08 062.07.01.01.08
data.
356 Define availability as the percentage of time (annually) 062.07.01.01.09 062.07.01.01.09
during which the system is available for use.

357 PBN components 062.07.01.02 062.07.01.02

358 List the components of PBN as navigational aid 062.07.01.02.01 062.07.01.02.01
(NAVAID) infrastructure, navigation specification and
navigation application.
359 PBN scope 062.07.01.03 062.07.01.03
360 State that in oceanic/remote, en-route and terminal 062.07.01.03.01 062.07.01.03.01
phases of flight, PBN is limited to operations with linear
lateral performance requirements and time constraints.

361 State that in the approach phases of flight, PBN 062.07.01.03.02 062.07.01.03.02
accommodates both linear and angular laterally guided
operations, and explain the difference between the
two.

362 Navigation specifications 062.07.02.00 062.07.02.00

363 Area navigation (RNAV) and required navigation 062.07.02.01 062.07.02.01
performance (RNP)
364 State the difference between RNAV and RNP in terms of 062.07.02.01.01 062.07.02.01.01
the requirement for on-board performance monitoring
and alerting.
365 Navigation functional requirements 062.07.02.02 062.07.02.02
366 List the basic functional requirements of the RNAV and 062.07.02.02.01 062.07.02.02.01
RNP specifications (continuous indication of lateral
deviation, distance/bearing to active waypoint, GS or
time to active waypoint, navigation data storage and
failure indication).

367 Designation of RNP and RNAV specifications 062.07.02.03 062.07.02.03

368 Interpret X in RNAV X or RNP X as the lateral navigation 062.07.02.03.01 062.07.02.03.01
(LNAV) accuracy (total system error) in nautical miles,
which is expected to be achieved at least 95 per cent of
the flight time by the population of aircraft operating
within the given airspace, route or procedure.

369 State that aircraft approved to the more stringent 062.07.02.03.02 062.07.02.03.02
accuracy requirements may not necessarily meet some
of the functional requirements of the navigation
specification that has a less stringent accuracy
requirement.

370 State that RNAV 10 and RNP 4 are used in the 062.07.02.03.03 062.07.02.03.03
oceanic/remote phase of flight.
371 State that RNAV 5 is used in the en-route and arrival 062.07.02.03.04 062.07.02.03.04
phases of flight.
372 State that RNAV 2 and RNP 2 are also used as navigation 062.07.02.03.05 062.07.02.03.05
specifications.
373 State that RNP 2 is used in the en-route and 062.07.02.03.06 062.07.02.03.06
oceanic/remote phases of flight.
374 State that RNAV 2 might be used in the en-route 062.07.02.03.07 062.07.02.03.07
continental, arrival and departure phases of flight.

375 State that RNAV 1 and RNP 1 are used in the arrival and 062.07.02.03.08 062.07.02.03.08
departure phases of flight.
376 State that required navigation performance approach 062.07.02.03.09 062.07.02.03.09
(RNP APCH) is used in the approach phase of flight.

377 State that required navigation performance 062.07.02.03.10 062.07.02.03.10

authorisation required approach (RNP AR APCH) is used
in the approach phase of flight.
378 State that RNP 0.3 navigation specification is used in all 062.07.02.03.11 062.07.02.03.11
phases of flight except for oceanic/remote and final
approach, primarily for helicopters.
379 State that RNAV 1, RNP 1 and RNP 0.3 may also be used 062.07.02.03.12 062.07.02.03.12
in en-route phases of low-level instrument flight rule
(IFR) helicopter flights.
380 Use of performance-based navigation (PBN) 062.07.03.00 062.07.03.00
381 Intentionally left blank 062.07.03.01 062.07.03.01
382 Intentionally left blank 062.07.03.02 062.07.03.02
383 Specific RNAV and RNP system functions 062.07.03.03 062.07.03.03
384 Recognise the definition of radius to fix (RF) leg. 062.07.03.03.01 062.07.03.03.01
385 Recognise the definition of a fixed radius transition 062.07.03.03.02 062.07.03.03.02
(FRT).
386 State the importance of respecting the flight director 062.07.03.03.03 062.07.03.03.03
guidance and the speed constraints associated with an
RF procedure.
387 Explain the difference between a fly-by-turn and a fly- 062.07.03.03.04 062.07.03.03.04
over.
388 State that the Aeronautical Radio, Incorporated (ARINC) 062.07.03.03.05 062.07.03.03.05
424 path terminators set the standards for coding the
SIDs, STARs and instrument approach procedures (IAPs)
from the official published government source
documentation into the ARINC navigation database
format.

389 State that the path terminators define a specific type of 062.07.03.03.06 062.07.03.03.06
termination of the previous flight path.
390 Define the term ‘offset flight path’. 062.07.03.03.07 062.07.03.03.07
391 Intentionally left blank 062.07.03.04 062.07.03.04
392 Performance-based navigation (PBN) operations 062.07.04.00 062.07.04.00
393 Performance-based navigation (PBN) principles 062.07.04.01 062.07.04.01
394 Define ‘path definition error’ (PDE). 062.07.04.01.01 062.07.04.01.01
395 Define ‘flight technical error’ (FTE) and state that the 062.07.04.01.02 062.07.04.01.02
FTE is the error in following the prescribed path, either
by the auto-flight system or by the pilot.

396 Define ‘navigation system error’ (NSE) and state that 062.07.04.01.03 062.07.04.01.03
the accuracy of a navigation system may be referred to
as NSE.
397 Define ‘total system error’ (TSE) and state that the 062.07.04.01.04 062.07.04.01.04
geometric sum of the PDE, FTE and NSE equals the TSE.

398 State that navigation accuracy depends on the TSE. 062.07.04.01.05 062.07.04.01.05
399 On-board performance monitoring and alerting 062.07.04.02 062.07.04.02
400 State that on-board performance monitoring and 062.07.04.02.01 062.07.04.02.01
alerting of flight technical errors is managed by on-
board systems or flight crew procedures.
401 State that on-board performance monitoring and 062.07.04.02.02 062.07.04.02.02
alerting of navigation system errors is a requirement of
on-board equipment for RNP.
402 State that, dependent on the navigation sensor, the 062.07.04.02.03 062.07.04.02.03
estimated position error (EPE) is compared with the
required navigation specification.
403 Explain how a navigation system assesses the EPE. 062.07.04.02.04 062.07.04.02.04
404 Give an example of how the loss of the ability to 062.07.04.02.05 062.07.04.02.05
operate in RNP airspace may be indicated by the
navigation system.
405 State that on-board performance monitoring and 062.07.04.02.06 062.07.04.02.06
alerting of path definition error is managed by gross
reasonableness checks of navigation data.
406 Abnormal situations 062.07.04.03 062.07.04.03
407 State that abnormal and contingency procedures are to 062.07.04.03.01 062.07.04.03.01
be used in case of loss of the PBN capability.

408 Database management 062.07.04.04 062.07.04.04

409 State that, unless otherwise specified in the operations 062.07.04.04.01 062.07.04.04.01
documentation or acceptable means of compliance
(AMCs), the navigational database must be valid for the
current aeronautical information regulation and control
(AIRAC) cycle.

410 Requirements of specific RNAV and RNP specifications 062.07.05.00 062.07.05.00

411 RNAV 10 062.07.05.01 062.07.05.01

412 State that RNAV 10 requires that aircraft operating in 062.07.05.01.01 062.07.05.01.01
oceanic and remote areas be equipped with at least two
independent and serviceable long-range navigation
systems (LRNSs) comprising an INS, an inertial reference
system (IRS)/flight management system (FMS) or a
GNSS.

413 State that operators may extend their RNAV 10 062.07.05.01.02 062.07.05.01.02
navigation capability time by updating.
414 RNAV 5 062.07.05.02 062.07.05.02
415 State that manual data entry is acceptable for RNAV 5. 062.07.05.02.01 062.07.05.02.01

416 RNAV 1/RNAV 2/RNP 1/RNP 2 062.07.05.03 062.07.05.03

417 State that pilots must not fly an RNAV 1, RNAV 2, RNP 1 062.07.05.03.01 062.07.05.03.01
or RNP 2 standard instrument departure (SID) or
standard instrument arrival (STAR) unless it is
retrievable by route name from the on-board
navigation database and conforms to the charted route.

418 State that the route may subsequently be modified 062.07.05.03.02 062.07.05.03.02
through the insertion (from the database) or deletion of
specific waypoints in response to ATC clearances.

419 State that the manual entry, or creation of new 062.07.05.03.03 062.07.05.03.03
waypoints by manual entry, of either latitude and
longitude or place/bearing/distance values is not
permitted.

420 Intentionally left blank 062.07.05.04 062.07.05.04

421 Required navigation performance approach (RNP 062.07.05.05 062.07.05.05
APCH)
422 State that pilots must not fly an RNP APCH unless it is 062.07.05.05.01 062.07.05.05.01
retrievable by procedure name from the on-board
navigation database and conforms to the charted
procedure.

423 State that an RNP APCH to LNAV minima is a non- 062.07.05.05.02 062.07.05.05.02
precision IAP designed for two-dimensional approach
operations.
424 State that an RNP APCH to lateral navigation 062.07.05.05.03 062.07.05.05.03
(LNAV)/vertical navigation (VNAV) minima has lateral
guidance based on GNSS and vertical guidance based on
either SBAS or barometric vertical navigation (Baro-
VNAV).

425 State that an RNP APCH to LNAV/VNAV minima may 062.07.05.05.04 062.07.05.05.04
only be conducted with vertical guidance certified for
the purpose.
426 Explain why an RNP APCH to LNAV/VNAV minima based 062.07.05.05.05 062.07.05.05.05
on Baro-VNAV may only be conducted when the
aerodrome temperature is within a promulgated range
if the barometric input is not automatically
temperature-compensated.

427 State that the correct altimeter setting is critical for the 062.07.05.05.06 062.07.05.05.06
safe conduct of an RNP APCH using Baro-VNAV.

428 State that an RNP APCH to LNAV/VNAV minima is a 062.07.05.05.07 062.07.05.05.07

three-dimensional operation.
429 State that an RNP APCH to localiser performance with 062.07.05.05.08 062.07.05.05.08
vertical guidance (LPV) minima is a three-dimensional
operation.
430 State that RNP APCH to LPV minima requires a final 062.07.05.05.09 062.07.05.05.09
approach segment (FAS) data block.
431 State that RNP approaches to LPV minima require SBAS. 062.07.05.05.10 062.07.05.05.10

432 State that the FAS data block is a standard data format 062.07.05.05.11 062.07.05.05.11
to describe the final approach path.
433 Required navigation performance authorisation 062.07.05.06 062.07.05.06
required approach (RNP AR APCH)
434 State that RNP AR APCH requires authorisation. 062.07.05.06.01 062.07.05.06.01
435 Advanced required navigation performance (A-RNP) 062.07.05.07 062.07.05.07

436 State that A-RNP incorporates the navigation 062.07.05.07.01 062.07.05.07.01

specifications RNAV 5, RNAV 2, RNAV 1, RNP 2, RNP 1
and RNP APCH.
437 PBN point-in-space (PinS) departure 062.07.05.08 062.07.05.08
438 State that a PinS departure is a departure procedure 062.07.05.08.01 062.07.05.08.01
designed for helicopters only.
439 State that a PinS departure procedure includes either a 062.07.05.08.02 062.07.05.08.02
‘proceed VFR’ or a ‘proceed visually’ instruction from
the landing location to the initial departure fix (IDF).

440 Recognise the differences in the instructions ‘proceed 062.07.05.08.03 062.07.05.08.03

VFR’ and ‘proceed visually’.
441 PBN point-in-space (PinS) approach 062.07.05.09 062.07.05.09
442 State that a PinS approach procedure is an instrument 062.07.05.09.01 062.07.05.09.01
RNP APCH procedure designed for helicopters only, and
that it may be published with LNAV minima or LPV
minima.

443 State that a PinS approach procedure includes either a 062.07.05.09.02 062.07.05.09.02
‘proceed VFR’ or a ‘proceed visually’ instruction from
the missed approach point (MAPt) to a landing location.

444 Recognise the differences between ‘proceed VFR’ and 062.07.05.09.03 062.07.05.09.03
‘proceed visually’.
Total
 2020 syllabus text

Reworded, intent

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR
the same

modified

ATPL(A)
Deleted

CPL(H)
CPL(A)
New

BK
RADIO NAVIGATION

BASIC RADIO PROPAGATION THEORY

Basic principles
Electromagnetic waves
State that radio waves travel at the speed of light, being X X X X X X X
approximately 300 000 km/s.
Define a ‘cycle’: a complete series of values of a X X X X X X X
periodical process.
Frequency, wavelength, amplitude, phase angle
Define ‘frequency’: the number of cycles occurring in 1 X X X X X X X
second expressed in Hertz (Hz).
Define ‘wavelength’: the physical distance travelled by a X X X X X X X
radio wave during one cycle of transmission.

Define ‘amplitude’: the maximum deflection in an X X X X X X X

oscillation or wave.
State that the relationship between wavelength and X X X X X X X
frequency is: wavelength (lamda) = speed of light (c) /
frequency (f).
Define ‘phase angle’: the fraction of one wavelength X X X X X X X
expressed in degrees from 000 degrees to 360 degrees .

Define ‘phase angle difference/shift’: the angular X X X X X X X

difference between the corresponding points of two
cycles of equal wavelength, which is measurable in
degrees.

Frequency bands, sidebands, single sideband X

List the bands of the frequency spectrum for X X X X X X
electromagnetic waves: very low frequency (VLF): 3-
30 kHz; low frequency (LF): 30-300 kHz; medium
frequency (MF): 300-3 000 kHz; high frequency (HF): 3-
30 MHz; very high frequency (VHF): 30-300 MHz; ultra-
high frequency (UHF): 300-3 000 MHz; super high
frequency (SHF): 3-30 GHz; extremely high frequency
(EHF): 30-300 GHz.

State that when a carrier wave is modulated, the X X X X X X

resultant radiation consists of the carrier frequency plus
additional upper and lower sidebands.

State that HF meteorological information for aircraft in X X X X X X

flight (VOLMET) and HF two-way communication use a
single sideband.
State that the following abbreviations (classifications X X X X X X
according to International Telecommunication Union
(ITU) regulations) are used for aviation applications:
N0N: carrier without modulation as used by non-
directional radio beacons (NDBs); A1A: carrier with
keyed Morse code modulation as used by NDBs; A2A:
carrier with amplitude modulated Morse code as used
by NDBs; A3E: carrier with amplitude modulated speech
used for communication (VHF-COM).

Pulse characteristics X
Define the following terms that are associated with a X X X X X X
pulse string: pulse length; pulse power; continuous
power.
Carrier, modulation X
Define ‘carrier wave’: the radio wave acting as the X X X X X X X
carrier or transporter.
Define ‘modulation’: the technical term for the process X X X X X X X
of impressing and transporting information by radio
waves.
Kinds of modulation (amplitude, frequency, pulse, X
phase)
Define ‘amplitude modulation’: the information that is X X X X X X X
impressed onto the carrier wave by altering the
amplitude of the carrier.
Define ‘frequency modulation’: the information that is X X X X X X X
impressed onto the carrier wave by altering the
frequency of the carrier.
Describe ‘pulse modulation’: a modulation form used in X X X X X X X
radar by transmitting short pulses followed by larger
interruptions.
Describe ‘phase modulation’: a modulation form used in X X X X X X X
GPS where the phase of the carrier wave is reversed.

Antennas
Characteristics X
Define ‘antenna’: an antenna or aerial is an electrical X X X X X X X
device which converts electric power into radio waves,
and vice versa.
State that the simplest type of antenna is a dipole, X X X X X X X
which is a wire of length equal to one half of the
wavelength.
State that an electromagnetic wave always consists of X X X X X X X
an oscillating electric (E) and an oscillating magnetic (H)
field which propagates at the speed of light.

State that the E and H fields are perpendicular to each X X X X X X X

other. The oscillations are perpendicular to the
propagation direction and are in-phase.
Polarisation X
State that the polarisation of an electromagnetic wave X X X X X X X
describes the orientation of the plane of oscillation of
the electrical component of the wave with regard to its
direction of propagation.

Types of antennas X
Name the common different types of directional X X X X X X
antennas: loop antenna used in old automatic direction-
finding (ADF) receivers; parabolic antenna used in
weather radars; slotted planar array used in more
modern weather radars.

Explain ‘antenna shadowing’. X X X X X X

Explain the importance of antenna placement on X X X X X X
aircraft.
Wave propagation
Structure of the ionosphere and its effect on radio X
waves
State that the ionosphere is the ionised component of X X X X X X X
the Earth’s upper atmosphere from approximately 60 to
400 km above the surface, which is vertically structured
in three regions or layers.

State that the layers of the ionosphere are named D, E X X X X X X X

and F layers, and their depth varies with time.
State that electromagnetic waves refracted from the E X X X X X X X
and F layers of the ionosphere are called sky waves.

Explain how the different layers of the ionosphere X X X X X X X

influence wave propagation.
Ground waves X
Define ‘ground or surface waves’: the electromagnetic X X X X X X X
waves travelling along the surface of the Earth.

Space waves X
Define ‘space waves’: the electromagnetic waves X X X X X X X
travelling through the air directly from the transmitter
to the receiver.
Propagation with the frequency bands X
State that radio waves in VHF, UHF, SHF and EHF X X X X X X
propagate as space waves.
State that radio waves in LF, MF and HF propagate as X X X X X X
surface/ground waves and sky waves.
Doppler principle X
State that the Doppler effect is the phenomenon where X X X X X X X
the frequency of a wave will increase or decrease if
there is relative motion between the transmitter and
the receiver.

Factors affecting propagation X

Define ‘skip distance’: the distance between the X X X X X X X
transmitter and the point on the surface of the Earth
where the first sky wave return arrives.
State that skip zone/dead space is the distance between X X X X X X
the limit of the surface wave and the sky wave.

Describe ‘fading’: when a receiver picks up two signals X X X X X X

with the same frequency, and the signals will interfere
with each other causing changes in the resultant signal
strength and polarisation.

State that radio waves in the VHF band and above are X X X X X X
limited in range as they are not reflected by the
ionosphere and do not have a surface wave.
Describe the physical phenomena ‘reflection’, X X X X X X X
‘refraction’, ‘diffraction’, ‘absorption’ and ‘interference’.

State that multipath is when the signal arrives at the X X X X X X

receiver via more than one path (the signal being
reflected from surfaces near the receiver).
RADIO AIDS
Ground direction finding (DF)
Principles X
Describe the use of a ground DF. X X X X X X X
Explain the limitation of range because of the path of X X X X X X
the VHF signal.
Presentation and interpretation X
Define the term ‘QDM’: the magnetic bearing to the X X X X X X
station.
Define the term ‘QDR’: the magnetic bearing from the X X X X X X
station.
Explain that by using more than one ground station, the X X X X X X
position of an aircraft can be determined and
transmitted to the pilot.
Coverage and range X
Use the formula: 1.23 × sqrt transmitter height in feet X X X X X X
plus 1.23 × sqrt receiver height in feet to calculate the
range in NM.
Errors and accuracy X
Explain why synchronous transmissions will cause X X X X X X X
errors.
Describe the effect of ‘multipath signals’. X X X X X X X
Explain that VDF information is divided into the X X X X X X
following classes according to ICAO Annex 10: Class A:
accurate to a range within plus/minus 2 degrees ; Class
B: accurate to a range within plus/minus 5 degrees ;
Class C: accurate to a range within plus/minus 10
degrees ; Class D: accurate to less than Class C.

Non-directional radio beacon (NDB)/automatic

direction finding (ADF)
Principles X
Define the acronym ‘NDB’: non-directional radio X X X X X X X
beacon.
Define the acronym ‘ADF’: automatic direction-finding X X X X X X X
equipment.
State that the NDB is the ground part of the system. X X X X X X X
State that the ADF is the airborne part of the system. X X X X X X X

State that the NDB operates in the LF and MF frequency X X X X X X

bands.
State that the frequency band assigned to aeronautical X X X X X X
NDBs according to ICAO Annex 10 is 190-1750 kHz.

Define a ‘locator beacon’: an LF/MF NDB used as an aid X X X X X X

to final approach usually with a range of 10-25 NM.

State that certain commercial radio stations transmit X X X X X X X

within the frequency band of the NDB.
State that according to ICAO Annex 10, an NDB station X X X X X X X
has an automatic ground monitoring system.

Describe the use of NDBs for navigation. X X X X X X

Describe the procedure to identify an NDB station. X X X X X X
Interpret the term ‘cone of confusion’ in respect of an X X X X X X X
NDB.
State that an NDB station emits a N0N/A1A or a X X X X X X X
N0N/A2A signal.
State the function of the beat frequency oscillator X X X X X X X
(BFO).
State that in order to identify a N0N/A1A NDB, the BFO X X X X X X X
circuit of the receiver has to be activated.
State that on modern aircraft, the BFO is activated X X X X X X X
automatically.
Presentation and interpretation X
Name the types of indicators commonly in use: X X X X X X X
electronic display; radio magnetic indicator (RMI); fixed-
card ADF (radio compass); moving-card ADF.
Interpret the indications given on RMI, fixed-card and X X X X X X
moving-card ADF displays.
Given a display, interpret the relevant ADF information. X X X X X X

Calculate the true bearing from the compass heading X X X X X X

and relative bearing.
Convert the compass bearing into magnetic bearing and X X X X X X
true bearing.
Describe how to fly the following in-flight ADF X X X X X X
procedures: homing and tracking, and explain the
influence of wind; interception of inbound QDM and
outbound QDR; changing from one QDM/QDR to
another; determining station passage and the abeam
point.

Coverage and range X

State that the power of the transmitter limits the range X X X X X X X
of an NDB.
Explain the relationship between power and range. X X X X X X
Describe the propagation path of NDB radio waves with X X X X X X X
respect to the ionosphere and the Earth’s surface.

Explain that the interference between sky waves and X X X X X X

ground waves leads to ‘fading’.
Define that the accuracy the pilot has to fly the required X X X X X X
bearing in order to be considered established during
approach, according to ICAO Doc 8168, has to be within
plus/minus 5 degrees.

State that there is no warning indication of NDB failure. X X X X X X

Errors and accuracy X

Explain ‘coastal refraction’: as a radio wave travelling X X X X X X X
over land crosses the coast, the wave speeds up over
water and the wave front bends.
Define ‘night/twilight effect’: the influence of sky waves X X X X X X X
and ground waves arriving at the ADF receiver with a
difference of phase and polarisation which introduce
bearing errors.
State that interference from other NDB stations on the X X X X X X
same frequency may occur at night due to sky-wave
contamination.
Factors affecting range and accuracy X
Describe diffraction of radio waves in mountainous X X X X X X
terrain (mountain effect).
State that static radiation energy from a cumulonimbus X X X X X X
cloud may interfere with the radio wave and influence
the ADF bearing indication.
Explain that the bank angle of the aircraft causes a dip X X X X X X
error.
VHF omnidirectional radio range (VOR): conventional
VOR (CVOR) and Doppler VOR (DVOR)

Principles X
Explain the working principle of VOR using the following X X X X X X X
general terms: reference phase; variable phase; phase
difference.
State that the frequency band allocated to VOR X X X X X X
according to ICAO Annex 10 is VHF, and the frequencies
used are 108.0-117.975 MHz.
State that frequencies within the allocated VOR range X X X X X X
108.0-111.975 MHz, which have an odd number in the
first decimal place, are used by instrument landing
system (ILS).

State that the following types of VOR are in operation: X X X X X X

conventional VOR (CVOR): a first-generation VOR
station emitting signals by means of a rotating antenna;
Doppler VOR (DVOR): a second-generation VOR station
emitting signals by means of a combination of fixed
antennas utilising the Doppler principle; en-route VOR
for use by IFR traffic; terminal VOR (TVOR): a station
with a shorter range used as part of the approach and
departure structure at major aerodromes; test VOR
(VOT): a VOR station emitting a signal to test VOR
indicators in an aircraft.

State that automatic terminal information service (ATIS) X X X X X X

information is transmitted on VOR frequencies.

List the three main components of VOR airborne X X X X X X X

equipment: the antenna; the receiver; the indicator.

Describe the identification of a VOR in terms of Morse- X X X X X X

code letters and additional plain text.
State that according to ICAO Annex 10, a VOR station X X X X X X X
has an automatic ground monitoring system.

State that failure of the VOR station to stay within the X X X X X X

required limits can cause the removal of identification
and navigation components from the carrier or
radiation to cease.

Presentation and interpretation X

Read off the radial on an RMI. X X X X X X
Read off the angular displacement in relation to a X X X X X X
preselected radial on a horizontal situation indicator
(HSI) or omnibearing indicator (OBI).
Explain the use of the TO/FROM indicator in order to X X X X X X
determine aircraft position relative to the VOR
considering also the heading of the aircraft.
Interpret VOR information as displayed on HSI, CDI and X X X X X X
RMI.
Describe the following in-flight VOR procedures: X X X X X X
tracking, and explain the influence of wind when
tracking; interception of a radial inbound and outbound
to/from a VOR; changing from one radial
inbound/outbound to another; determining station
passage and the abeam point.

State that when converting a radial into a true bearing, X X X X X X

the variation at the VOR station has to be taken into
account.
Intentionally left blank X
Errors and accuracy X
Define that the accuracy the pilot has to fly the required X X X X X X
bearing in order to be considered established on a VOR
track when flying approach procedures, according to
ICAO Doc 8168, has to be within the half-full scale
deflection of the required track.

State that due to reflections from terrain, radials can be X X X X X X

bent and lead to wrong or fluctuating indications, which
is called ‘scalloping’.
Distance-measuring equipment (DME)
Principles X
State that DME operates in the UHF band. X X X X X X
State that the system comprises two basic components: X X X X X X X
the aircraft component: the interrogator; the ground
component: the transponder.

Describe the principle of distance measurement using X X X X X X

DME in terms of a timed transmission from the
interrogator and reply from the transponder on
different frequencies.

Explain that the distance measured by DME is slant X X X X X X

range.
Illustrate that a position line using DME is a circle with X X X X X X
the station at its centre.
State that the pairing of VHF and UHF frequencies X X X X X X
(VOR/DME) enables the selection of two items of
navigation information from one frequency setting.

Describe, in the case of co-location with VOR and ILS, X X X X X X X

the frequency pairing and identification procedure.

State that military UHF tactical air navigation aid X X X X X X

(TACAN) stations may be used for DME information.

Presentation and interpretation X

State that when identifying a DME station co-located X X X X X X X
with a VOR station, the identification signal with the
higher-tone frequency is the DME which identifies itself
approximately every 40 seconds.

Calculate ground distance from given slant range and X X X X X X

altitude.
Describe the use of DME to fly a DME arc in accordance X X X X X X
with ICAO Doc 8168 Volume 1.
State that a DME system may have a ground speed (GS) X X X X X X X
and time to station read-out combined with the DME
read-out.
Coverage and range X
Explain why a ground station can generally respond to a X X X X X X
maximum of 100 aircraft.
Explain which aircraft will be denied a DME range first X X X X X X
when more than 100 interrogations are being made.

Intentionally left blank X

Factors affecting range and accuracy X
Explain why the GS read-out from a DME can be less X X X X X X
than the actual GS, and is zero when flying a DME arc.

Instrument landing system (ILS)

Principles X
Name the three main components of an ILS: the X X X
localiser (LOC); the glide path (GP); range information
(markers or DME).
State the site locations of the ILS components: the LOC X X X X
antenna should be located on the extension of the
runway centre line at the stop-end; the GP antenna
should be locate beyond the runway threshold, laterally
displaced to the side of the runway centre line.

Explain that marker beacons produce radiation patterns X X X

to indicate predetermined distances from the threshold
along the ILS GP.
State that marker beacons are sometimes replaced by a X X X
DME paired with the LOC frequency.
State that in the ILS LOC frequency assigned band X X X
108.0-111.975 MHz, only frequencies which have an
odd number in the first decimal are ILS LOC frequencies.

State that the GP operates in the UHF band. X X X

Describe the use of the 90-Hz and the 150-Hz signals in X X X X
the LOC and GP transmitters/receivers, stating how the
signals at the receivers vary with angular deviation.

State that the UHF GP frequency is selected X X X

automatically by being paired with the LOC frequency.

Explain that both the LOC and the GP antenna radiates X X X

side lobes (false beams) which can give rise to false
centre-line and false GP indication.
Explain that the back beam from the LOC antenna may X X X X
be used as a published ‘non-precision approach’.

State that the recommended GP is 3 degrees . X X X

Name the frequency, modulation and identification X X X
assigned to all marker beacons. All marker beacons
operate on 75-MHz carrier frequency. The modulation
frequencies of the audio are: outer marker: low; middle
marker: medium; inner marker: high. The audio
frequency modulation (for identification) is the
continuous modulation of the audio frequency and is
keyed as follows: outer marker: 2 dashes per second
continuously; middle marker: a continuous series of
alternate dots and dashes; inner marker: 6 dots per
second continuously. The outer-marker cockpit
indicator is coloured blue, the middle marker amber,
and the inner marker white.

State that the final-approach area contains a fix or X X X

facility that permits verification of the ILS GP-altimeter
relationship. The outer marker or DME is usually used
for this purpose.

Presentation and interpretation X

Describe the ILS identification regarding frequency and X X X
Morse code or plain text.
State that an ILS installation has an automatic ground X X X
monitoring system.
State that the LOC and GP monitoring system monitors X X X
any shift in the LOC and GP mean course line or
reduction in signal strength.
State that warning flags will appear for both the LOC X X X
and the GP if the received signal strength is below a
threshold value.
Describe the circumstances in which warning flags will X X X
appear for both the LOC and the GP: absence of the
carrier frequency; absence of the modulation
simultaneously; the percentage modulation of the
navigation signal reduced to 0.

Interpret the indications on a CDI and an HSI: full-scale X X X

deflection of the CDI needle corresponds to
approximately 2.5 degrees displacement from the ILS
centre line; full-scale deflection on the GP corresponds
to approximately 0.7 degrees from the ILS GP centre
line.

Interpret the aircraft’s position in relation to the X X X

extended runway centre line on a back-beam approach.

Explain the setting of the course pointer of an HSI and X X X

the course selector of an omnibearing indicator (OBI)
for front-beam and back-beam approaches.

Coverage and range X

Sketch the standard coverage area of the LOC and GP X X X
with angular sector limits in degrees and distance limits
from the transmitter: LOC coverage area is 10 degrees
on either side of the centre line to a distance of 25 NM
from the runway, and 35 degrees on either side of the
centre line to a distance of 17 NM from the runway; GP
coverage area is 8 degrees on either side of the centre
line to a distance of minimum 10 NM from the runway.

Errors and accuracy X

Explain that ILS approaches are divided into facility X X X
performance categories defined in ICAO Annex 10.

Define the following ILS operation categories: Category X X X

I; Category II; Category IIIA; Category IIIB; Category IIIC.

Explain that all Category III ILS operations guidance X X X

information is provided from the coverage limits of the
facility to, and along, the surface of the runway.

Explain why the accuracy requirements are X X X

progressively higher for CAT I, CAT II and CAT III ILS.

Explain the following in accordance with ICAO Doc X X X

8168: the accuracy the pilot has to fly the ILS LOC to be
considered established on an ILS track is within the half-
full scale deflection of the required track; the aircraft
has to be established within the half-scale deflection of
the LOC before starting descent on the GP; the pilot has
to fly the ILS GP to a maximum of half-scale fly-up
deflection of the GP in order to stay in protected
airspace.

State that if a pilot deviates by more than half-course X X X

deflection on the LOC or by more than half-dot
deflection on the GP, an immediate go-around should
be executed because obstacle clearance may no longer
be guaranteed.

Describe ILS beam bends as deviations from the X X X

nominal LOC and GP respectively which can be assessed
by flight test.
Explain that multipath interference is caused by X X X
reflections from objects within the ILS coverage area.

Factors affecting range and accuracy X

Define the ‘ILS-critical area’: an area of defined X X X
dimensions around the LOC and GP antennas where
vehicles, including aircraft, are excluded during all ILS
operations.

Define the ‘ILS-sensitive area’: an area extending X X X

beyond the ILS-critical area where the parking or
movement of vehicles, including aircraft, is controlled to
prevent the possibility of unacceptable interference to
the ILS signal during ILS operations.

Microwave landing system (MLS)

Principles X
Explain the principle of operation: horizontal course X X X
guidance during the approach; vertical guidance during
the approach; horizontal guidance for departure and
missed approach; DME (DME/P) distance; transmission
of special information regarding the system and the
approach conditions.

State that MLS operates in the SHF band on any one of X X X

200 channels, on assigned frequencies.
Explain the reason why MLS can be installed at X X X
aerodromes where, as a result of the effects of
surrounding buildings or terrain, ILS siting is difficult.

Presentation and interpretation X

Interpret the display of airborne equipment designed to X X X
continuously show the position of the aircraft in relation
to a preselected course and glide path, along with
distance information, during approach and departure.

Explain that segmented approaches can be carried out X X X

with a presentation with two cross bars directed by a
computer which has been programmed with the
approach to be flown.

Illustrate that segmented and curved approaches can X X X

only be executed with DME/P installed.
Explain why aircraft are equipped with a multimode X X X
receiver (MMR) in order to be able to receive ILS, MLS
and GPS.
Explain why MLS without DME/P gives an ILS lookalike X X X
straight-line approach.
Coverage and range X
Describe the coverage area for the approach direction X X X
as being within a sector of plus/minus 40 degrees of the
centre line out to a range of 20 NM from the threshold
(according to ICAO Annex 10).

RADAR
Pulse techniques
Pulse techniques and associated terms X
Name the different applications of radar with respect to X X X X X X
air traffic control (ATC), weather observations, and
airborne weather radar (AWR).
Describe the pulse technique and echo principle on X X X X X X X
which primary radar systems are based.
State that the range of a radar depends on pulse X X X X X X X
repetition frequency (PRF), pulse length, pulse power,
height of aircraft, height of antenna and frequency
used.

Ground radar
Principles X
Explain that primary radar provides bearing and X X X X
distance of targets.
Explain that primary ground radar is used to detect X X X X X
aircraft that are not equipped with a secondary radar
transponder.
Presentation and interpretation X
State that modern ATC systems use inputs from various X X X X
sensors to generate the display.
Airborne weather radar
Principles X
List the two main tasks of the weather radar in respect X X X X
of weather and navigation.
State that modern weather radars employ frequencies X X X X
that give wavelengths of about 3 cm that reflect best on
wet hailstones.
State that the antenna is stabilised in the horizontal X X X X X
plane with signals from the aircraft’s attitude reference
system.
Describe the cone-shaped pencil beam of about 3 to 5 X X X X X
degrees beam width used for weather detection.

Presentation and interpretation X

Explain the functions of the following different controls X X X X
on the radar control panel: off/on switch; function
switch with WX, WX plus T and MAP modes; gain-
control setting (auto/manual); tilt/autotilt switch.

Name, for areas of differing reflection intensity, the X X X X

colour gradations (green, yellow, red and magenta)
indicating the increasing intensity of precipitation.

State the use of azimuth-marker lines and range lines in X X X X X

respect of the relative bearing and the distance to a
thunderstorm on the screen.
Coverage and range X
Explain how the radar is used for weather detection and X X X X
for mapping (range, tilt and gain, if available).

Errors, accuracy, limitations X

Explain why AWR should be used with extreme caution X X X X
when on the ground.
Factors affecting range and accuracy X
Explain the danger of the area behind heavy rain X X X X
(shadow area) where no radar waves will penetrate.

Describe appropriate tilt settings in relation to altitude X X X X

and thunderstorms.
Explain why a thunderstorm may not be detected when X X X X
the tilt is set too high.
Application for navigation X
Describe the navigation function of the radar in the X X X X
mapping mode.
Describe the use of the weather radar to avoid a X X X X
thunderstorm (Cb).
Explain how turbulence (not CAT) can be detected by a X X X X
modern weather radar.
Explain how wind shear can be detected by a modern X X X X
weather radar.
Secondary surveillance radar and transponder
Principles X
State that the ATC system is based on the replies X X X X X X
provided by the airborne transponders in response to
interrogations from the ATC secondary radar.

State that the ground ATC secondary radar uses X X X X X X X

techniques which provide the ATC with information that
cannot be acquired by the primary radar.

State that an airborne transponder provides coded- X X X X X X X

reply signals in response to interrogation signals from
the ground secondary radar and from aircraft equipped
with traffic alert and collision avoidance system (TCAS).

State the advantages of secondary surveillance radar X X X X X X

(SSR) over a primary radar regarding range and
collected information due to transponder principal
information and active participation of the aircraft.

Modes and codes X

State that the interrogator transmits its interrogations X X X X X X X
in the form of a series of pulse pairs.

Name the interrogation modes: Mode A; Mode C; Mode X X X X X X

S.
State that the interrogation frequency and the reply X X X X X X
frequency are different.
Explain that the decoding of the time interval between X X X X X X
the pulse pairs determines the operating mode of the
transponder: Mode A: transmission of aircraft
transponder code; Mode C: transmission of aircraft
pressure altitude; Mode S: selection of aircraft address
and transmission of flight data for the ground
surveillance.

State that Mode A designation is a sequence of four X X X X X X

digits which can be manually selected from 4 096
available codes.
State that in Mode C reply, the pressure altitude is X X X X X X
reported in 100-ft increments.
State that in addition to the information provided, on X X X X X X
request from ATC, a special position identification (SPI)
pulse can be transmitted but only as a result of a
manual selection by the pilot (IDENT button).

State the need for compatibility of Mode S with Mode A X X X X X X X

and C.
Explain that Mode S transponders receive X X X X X X
interrogations from TCAS and SSR ground stations.
State that Mode S interrogation contains either the X X X X X X X
aircraft address, selective call or all-call address.
State that every aircraft is allocated an ICAO aircraft X X X X X X
address, which is hard-coded into the Mode S
transponder (Mode S address).
Explain that a 24-bit address is used in all Mode S X X X X X X
transmissions, so that every interrogation can be
directed to a specific aircraft.
State that Mode S can provide enhanced vertical X X X X X X
tracking, using a 25-ft altitude increment.
State that SSR can be used for automatic dependent X X X X X X
surveillance - broadcast (ADS-B).
Presentation and interpretation X
State that an aircraft can be identified by a unique code. X X X X X X

State which information can be presented on the ATC X X X X X X

display system: pressure altitude; flight level; flight
number or aircraft registration number; GS.
Explain the use and function of the selector modes: X X X X X X X
OFF, Standby, ON (Mode A), ALT (Mode A, C and S),
TEST, and of the reply lamp.
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
GLOBAL NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEMS (GNSSs)
Global navigation satellite systems (GNSSs)
General X
State that there are four main GNSSs. These are: USA X X X X X X
NAVigation System with Timing And Ranging Global
Positioning System (NAVSTAR GPS); Russian GLObal
NAvigation Satellite System (GLONASS); European
Galileo (under construction); Chinese BeiDou (under
construction).

State that all four systems (will) consist of a X X X X X X X

constellation of satellites which can be used by a
suitably equipped receiver to determine position.
Operation X
Global navigation satellite system (GNSS) X
State that there are currently two modes of operation: X X X X X X
standard positioning service (SPS) for civilian users, and
precise positioning service (PPS) for authorised users.

SPS was originally designed to provide civilian users X X X X X X

with a less accurate positioning capability than PPS.

Name the three GNSS segments as follows: space X X X X X X X

segment; control segment; user segment.
Space segment (example: NAVSTAR GPS) X
State that each satellite broadcasts ranging signals on X X X X X X
two UHF frequencies: L1 and L2.
State that SPS is a positioning and timing service X X X X X X
provided on frequency L1.
State that PPS uses both frequencies L1 and L2. X X X X X X
State that the satellites transmit a coded signal used for X X X X X X X
ranging, identification (satellite individual PRN code),
timing and navigation.
State that the navigation message contains: satellite X X X X X X X
clock correction parameters; Universal Time
Coordinated (UTC) parameters; an ionospheric model;
satellite health data.

State that an ionospheric model is used to calculate the X X X X X X X

time delay of the signal travelling through the
ionosphere.
State that two codes are transmitted on the L1 X X X X X X X
frequency, namely a coarse acquisition (C/A) code and a
precision (P) code. The P code is not used for standard
positioning service (SPS).

State that satellites are equipped with atomic clocks X X X X X X X

which allow the system to keep very accurate time
reference.
Control segment X
State that the control segment comprises: a master X X X X X X X
control station; a ground antenna; monitoring stations.

State that the control segment provides: monitoring of X X X X X X X

the constellation status; correction of orbital
parameters; navigation data uploading.
User segment X
State that GNSS supplies three-dimensional position X X X X X X X
fixes and speed data, plus a precise time reference.

State that a GNSS receiver is able to determine the X X X X X X X

distance to a satellite by determining the difference
between the time of transmission by the satellite and
the time of reception.

State that the initial distance calculated to the satellites X X X X X X X

is called pseudo-range because the difference between
the GNSS receiver and the satellite time references
initially creates an erroneous range.

State that each range defines a sphere with its centre at X X X X X X X

the satellite.
State that there are four unknown parameters (x, y, z X X X X X X X
and Delta t) (receiver clock error) which require the
measurement of ranges to four different satellites in
order to get the position.

State that the GNSS receiver is able to synchronise to X X X X X X X

the correct time reference when receiving four
satellites.
State that the receiver is able to calculate aircraft X X X X X X X
ground speed using the space vehicle (SV) Doppler
frequency shift or the change in receiver position over
time.

NAVigation System with Timing And Ranging Global X

Positioning System (NAVSTAR GPS) integrity
Define ‘receiver autonomous integrity monitoring X X X X X X
(RAIM)’ as a technique that ensures the integrity of the
provided data by redundant measurements.
State that RAIM is achieved by consistency checks X X X X X X
among range measurements.
State that basic RAIM requires five satellites. A sixth one X X X X X X
is for isolating a faulty satellite from the navigation
solution.
State that agreements have been concluded between X X X X X X
the appropriate agencies for the compatibility and
interoperability by any approved user of NAVSTAR and
GLONASS systems.

State that the different GNSSs use different data with X X X X X X X

respect to reference systems, orbital data, and
navigation services.
Errors and factors affecting accuracy X
List the most significant factors that affect accuracy: X X X X X X
ionospheric propagation delay; dilution of precision;
satellite clock error; satellite orbital variations;
multipath.

State that a user equivalent range error (UERE) can be X X X X X X

computed from all these factors.
State that the error from the ionospheric propagation X X X X X X X
delay (IPD) can be reduced by modelling, using a model
of the ionosphere, or can almost be eliminated by using
two frequencies.

State that ionospheric delay is the most significant X X X X X X X

error.
State that dilution of precision arises from the geometry X X X X X X
and number of satellites in view. It is called geometric
dilution of precision (GDOP).
State that the UERE in combination with the geometric X X X X X X
dilution of precision (GDOP) allows for an estimation of
position accuracy.
State that errors in the satellite orbits are due to: solar X X X X X X X
winds; gravitation of the Sun and the Moon.
Ground-, satellite- and aircraft-based augmentation
systems
Ground-based augmentation systems (GBASs)
Explain the principle of a GBAS: to measure on the X X X X X X
ground the errors in the signals transmitted by GNSS
satellites and relay the measured errors to the user for
correction.

State that the ICAO GBAS standard is based on this X X X X X X X

technique through the use of a data link in the VHF
band of ILS-VOR systems (108-118 MHz).
State that for a GBAS station the coverage is about 20 X X X X X X
NM.
State that GBAS provides information for guidance in X X X X X X
the terminal area, and for three-dimensional guidance
in the final approach segment (FAS) by transmitting the
FAS data block.

State that one ground station can support all the X X X X X X

aircraft subsystems within its coverage providing the
aircraft with approach data, corrections and integrity
information for GNSS satellites in view via a VHF data
broadcast (VDB).

State that the minimum software designed coverage X X X X X X X

area is 10 degrees on either side of the final approach
path to a distance between 15 and 20 NM, and 35
degrees on either side of the final approach path up to
a distance of 15 NM.

State that outside this area the FAS data of GBAS is not X X X X X X
used.
State that GBAS based on GPS is sometimes called local X X X X X X X
area augmentation system (LAAS).
State that a GBAS-based approach is called GLS X X X X X X
approach (GLS-GNSS landing system).
Satellite-based augmentation systems (SBASs)
Explain the principle of an SBAS: to measure on the X X X X X X X
ground the errors in the signals received from the
satellites and transmit differential corrections and
integrity messages for navigation satellites.

State that the frequency band of the data link is X X X X X X X

identical to that of the GPS signals.
Explain that the use of geostationary satellites enables X X X X X X X
messages to be broadcast over very wide areas.

State that pseudo-range measurements to these X X X X X X X

geostationary satellites can also be made, as if they
were GPS satellites.
State that SBAS consists of two elements: ground X X X X X X X
infrastructure (monitoring and processing stations);
communication satellites.
State that SBAS allows the implementation of three- X X X X X X
dimensional Type A and Type B approaches.
State the following examples of SBAS: European X X X X X X X
Geostationary Navigation Overlay Service (EGNOS) in
western Europe and the Mediterranean; wide area
augmentation system (WAAS) in the USA; multi-
functional transport satellite (MTSAT)-based
augmentation system (MSAS) in Japan; GPS and
geostationary earth orbit augmented navigation
(GAGAN) in India.

State that SBAS is designed to significantly improve X X X X X X X

accuracy and integrity.
Explain that integrity and safety are improved by X X X X X X
alerting SBAS users within 6 seconds if a GPS
malfunction occurs.
Intentionally left blank
Aircraft-based augmentation systems (ABASs)
Explain the principle of ABAS: to use redundant X X X X X X
elements within the GPS constellation (e.g. multiplicity
of distance measurements to various satellites) or the
combination of GNSS measurements with those of
other navigation sensors (such as inertial systems) in
order to develop integrity control.

State that the type of ABAS using only GNSS information X X X X X X

is named receiver autonomous integrity monitoring
(RAIM).
State that a system using information from additional X X X X X X
onboard sensors is named aircraft autonomous integrity
monitoring (AAIM).
Explain that the typical sensors used are barometric X X X X X X
altimeter and inertial reference system (IRS).

PERFORMANCE-BASED NAVIGATION (PBN)

Performance-based navigation (PBN) concept (as
described in ICAO Doc 9613)
PBN principles
List the factors used to define area navigation (RNAV) or X X X
required navigation performance (RNP) system
performance requirements (accuracy, integrity and
continuity).
State that these RNAV and RNP systems are necessary X X X X
to optimise the utilisation of available airspace.

State that it is necessary for flight crew and air traffic X X X

controllers to be aware of the on-board RNAV or RNP
system capabilities in order to determine whether the
performance of the RNAV or RNP system is appropriate
for the specific airspace requirements.

Define accuracy as the conformance of the true position X X X

and the required position.
Define continuity as the capability of the system to X X X
perform its function without unscheduled interruptions
during the intended operation.
Define integrity as a measure of the trust that can be X X X
placed in the correctness of the information supplied by
the total system. Integrity includes the ability of a
system to provide timely and valid alerts to the user.

State that, unlike conventional navigation, PBN is not X X X

sensor-specific.
Explain the difference between raw data and computed X X X
data.
Define availability as the percentage of time (annually) X X X
during which the system is available for use.

PBN components
List the components of PBN as navigational aid X X X
(NAVAID) infrastructure, navigation specification and
navigation application.
PBN scope
State that in oceanic/remote, en-route and terminal X X X
phases of flight, PBN is limited to operations with linear
lateral performance requirements and time constraints.

State that in the approach phases of flight, PBN X X X

accommodates both linear and angular laterally guided
operations, and explain the difference between the
two.

Navigation specifications
Area navigation (RNAV) and required navigation
performance (RNP)
State the difference between RNAV and RNP in terms of X X X
the requirement for on-board performance monitoring
and alerting.
Navigation functional requirements
List the basic functional requirements of the RNAV and X X X X
RNP specifications (continuous indication of lateral
deviation, distance/bearing to active waypoint, GS or
time to active waypoint, navigation data storage and
failure indication).

Designation of RNP and RNAV specifications

Interpret X in RNAV X or RNP X as the lateral navigation X X X
(LNAV) accuracy (total system error) in nautical miles,
which is expected to be achieved at least 95 per cent of
the flight time by the population of aircraft operating
within the given airspace, route or procedure.

State that aircraft approved to the more stringent X X X

accuracy requirements may not necessarily meet some
of the functional requirements of the navigation
specification that has a less stringent accuracy
requirement.

State that RNAV 10 and RNP 4 are used in the X X X

oceanic/remote phase of flight.
State that RNAV 5 is used in the en-route and arrival X X X
phases of flight.
State that RNAV 2 and RNP 2 are also used as navigation X X X
specifications.
State that RNP 2 is used in the en-route and X X X
oceanic/remote phases of flight.
State that RNAV 2 might be used in the en-route X X X
continental, arrival and departure phases of flight.

State that RNAV 1 and RNP 1 are used in the arrival and X X X
departure phases of flight.
State that required navigation performance approach X X X
(RNP APCH) is used in the approach phase of flight.

State that required navigation performance X X X

authorisation required approach (RNP AR APCH) is used
in the approach phase of flight.
State that RNP 0.3 navigation specification is used in all X X X
phases of flight except for oceanic/remote and final
approach, primarily for helicopters.
State that RNAV 1, RNP 1 and RNP 0.3 may also be used X X X
in en-route phases of low-level instrument flight rule
(IFR) helicopter flights.
Use of performance-based navigation (PBN)
Intentionally left blank
Intentionally left blank
Specific RNAV and RNP system functions
Recognise the definition of radius to fix (RF) leg. X X X
Recognise the definition of a fixed radius transition X X X
(FRT).
State the importance of respecting the flight director X X X
guidance and the speed constraints associated with an
RF procedure.
Explain the difference between a fly-by-turn and a fly- X X X
over.
State that the Aeronautical Radio, Incorporated (ARINC) X X X
424 path terminators set the standards for coding the
SIDs, STARs and instrument approach procedures (IAPs)
from the official published government source
documentation into the ARINC navigation database
format.

State that the path terminators define a specific type of X X X

termination of the previous flight path.
Define the term ‘offset flight path’. X X X
Intentionally left blank
Performance-based navigation (PBN) operations
Performance-based navigation (PBN) principles
Define ‘path definition error’ (PDE). X X X
Define ‘flight technical error’ (FTE) and state that the X X X
FTE is the error in following the prescribed path, either
by the auto-flight system or by the pilot.

Define ‘navigation system error’ (NSE) and state that X X X

the accuracy of a navigation system may be referred to
as NSE.
Define ‘total system error’ (TSE) and state that the X X X
geometric sum of the PDE, FTE and NSE equals the TSE.

State that navigation accuracy depends on the TSE. X X X

On-board performance monitoring and alerting
State that on-board performance monitoring and X X X
alerting of flight technical errors is managed by on-
board systems or flight crew procedures.
State that on-board performance monitoring and X X X
alerting of navigation system errors is a requirement of
on-board equipment for RNP.
State that, dependent on the navigation sensor, the X X X
estimated position error (EPE) is compared with the
required navigation specification.
Explain how a navigation system assesses the EPE. X X X
Give an example of how the loss of the ability to X X X
operate in RNP airspace may be indicated by the
navigation system.
State that on-board performance monitoring and X X X
alerting of path definition error is managed by gross
reasonableness checks of navigation data.
Abnormal situations
State that abnormal and contingency procedures are to X X X
be used in case of loss of the PBN capability.

Database management
State that, unless otherwise specified in the operations X X X
documentation or acceptable means of compliance
(AMCs), the navigational database must be valid for the
current aeronautical information regulation and control
(AIRAC) cycle.

Requirements of specific RNAV and RNP specifications

RNAV 10
State that RNAV 10 requires that aircraft operating in X X X
oceanic and remote areas be equipped with at least two
independent and serviceable long-range navigation
systems (LRNSs) comprising an INS, an inertial reference
system (IRS)/flight management system (FMS) or a
GNSS.

State that operators may extend their RNAV 10 X X X

navigation capability time by updating.
RNAV 5
State that manual data entry is acceptable for RNAV 5. X X X

RNAV 1/RNAV 2/RNP 1/RNP 2

State that pilots must not fly an RNAV 1, RNAV 2, RNP 1 X X X
or RNP 2 standard instrument departure (SID) or
standard instrument arrival (STAR) unless it is
retrievable by route name from the on-board
navigation database and conforms to the charted route.

State that the route may subsequently be modified X X X

through the insertion (from the database) or deletion of
specific waypoints in response to ATC clearances.

State that the manual entry, or creation of new X X X

waypoints by manual entry, of either latitude and
longitude or place/bearing/distance values is not
permitted.

Intentionally left blank

Required navigation performance approach (RNP
APCH)
State that pilots must not fly an RNP APCH unless it is X X X
retrievable by procedure name from the on-board
navigation database and conforms to the charted
procedure.

State that an RNP APCH to LNAV minima is a non- X X X

precision IAP designed for two-dimensional approach
operations.
State that an RNP APCH to lateral navigation X X X
(LNAV)/vertical navigation (VNAV) minima has lateral
guidance based on GNSS and vertical guidance based on
either SBAS or barometric vertical navigation (Baro-
VNAV).

State that an RNP APCH to LNAV/VNAV minima may X X X

only be conducted with vertical guidance certified for
the purpose.
Explain why an RNP APCH to LNAV/VNAV minima based X X X
on Baro-VNAV may only be conducted when the
aerodrome temperature is within a promulgated range
if the barometric input is not automatically
temperature-compensated.

State that the correct altimeter setting is critical for the X X X

safe conduct of an RNP APCH using Baro-VNAV.

State that an RNP APCH to LNAV/VNAV minima is a X X X

three-dimensional operation.
State that an RNP APCH to localiser performance with X X X
vertical guidance (LPV) minima is a three-dimensional
operation.
State that RNP APCH to LPV minima requires a final X X X
approach segment (FAS) data block.
State that RNP approaches to LPV minima require SBAS. X X X

State that the FAS data block is a standard data format X X X

to describe the final approach path.
Required navigation performance authorisation
required approach (RNP AR APCH)
State that RNP AR APCH requires authorisation. X X X
Advanced required navigation performance (A-RNP)

State that A-RNP incorporates the navigation X X X

specifications RNAV 5, RNAV 2, RNAV 1, RNP 2, RNP 1
and RNP APCH.
PBN point-in-space (PinS) departure
State that a PinS departure is a departure procedure X X
designed for helicopters only.
State that a PinS departure procedure includes either a X X
‘proceed VFR’ or a ‘proceed visually’ instruction from
the landing location to the initial departure fix (IDF).

Recognise the differences in the instructions ‘proceed X X

VFR’ and ‘proceed visually’.
PBN point-in-space (PinS) approach
State that a PinS approach procedure is an instrument X X
RNP APCH procedure designed for helicopters only, and
that it may be published with LNAV minima or LPV
minima.

State that a PinS approach procedure includes either a X X

‘proceed VFR’ or a ‘proceed visually’ instruction from
the missed approach point (MAPt) to a landing location.

Recognise the differences between ‘proceed VFR’ and X X

‘proceed visually’.
0 0 0 387 ### ### 101 322 197 328 216 197
 Source / Comment

BIR exam
CBIR(A)

BIR BK
IR

No entries in v.3 of this TK

Syllabus Comparison Document

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X X 1

X X 1

X X 2

X
X

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2
X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2
X X

X X 2
X X 2
X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X
X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2
X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X 2
X 2

X 2

X 2

X 2

X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2
X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2
X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2
X X

X X 2
X X 2

X X 2
X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X 2

X 2
X X 2

X X

X X 2

X X 2

X X

X X
X

X X 2

X 2

X X 2

X X 2
X X 2

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X
X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X 2

X 2

X 2

X 2

X 2

X X 2

X
X

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X
X

X X 2
X

X X 2

X X 2

X X

X X 2

X X 2

X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X

X
X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X
X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 3
X 2, 3

X 2, 3

X 2, 3

X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X
X 2 3

X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2 3
X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X
X X 2 3

X X 2 3
X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X
X

X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X
X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X X 2 3

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2

X X 2
X

324 189 114 91

 2018-2019 syllabus text 2018-2019 2020 syllabus Moved
syllabus reference to/from
reference another
Index

subject

1 OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES 070.00.00.00 070.00.00.00

2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 071.01.00.00 071.01.00.00
3 ICAO Annex 6 071.01.01.00 071.01.01.00
4 Definitions 071.01.01.01 071.01.01.01
5 Define the following: alternate aerodrome: flight time 071.01.01.01.01 071.01.01.01.01
(aeroplanes); take-off alternate; en-route alternate;
destination alternate. Source: ICAO Annex 6, Part I,
Chapter 1

6 Define ‘alternate heliport’; ‘flight time (helicopters)’. 071.01.01.01.02 071.01.01.01.02

Source: ICAO Annex 6, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 1

7 Applicability 071.01.01.02 071.01.01.02

8 State that Part I shall be applicable to the operation of 071.01.01.02.01 071.01.01.02.01
aeroplanes by operators authorised to conduct
international commercial air transport (CAT) operations.
Source: ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 2

9 State that Part III shall be applicable to all helicopters 071.01.01.02.02 071.01.01.02.02
engaged in international CAT operations or in
international general aviation operations, except
helicopters engaged in aerial work. Source: ICAO Annex
6, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 2

10 General 071.01.01.03 071.01.01.03

11 Explain the compliance with laws, regulations and 071.01.01.03.01 071.01.01.03.01
procedures. Source: ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 3.1;
ICAO Annex 6, Part III, Section 2, Chapter 1.1

12 State the condition(s) required for the establishment of 071.01.01.03.02 071.01.01.03.02

a flight data analysis programme, and state what this
programme is part of. Source: ICAO Annex 6, Part I,
Chapter 3.3

13 Explain what is a flight safety documents system. 071.01.01.03.03 071.01.01.03.03

Source: ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 3.3

14 Explain what is maintenance release. Source: ICAO 071.01.01.03.04 071.01.01.03.04

Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 8.8; ICAO Annex 6 Part III,
Section 2, Chapter 6.7

15 List and describe the lights to be displayed by aircraft. 071.01.01.03.05 071.01.01.03.05

Source: ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Appendix 1: 2. Navigation
lights to be displayed in the air

16 Operational requirements 071.01.02.00 071.01.02.00

17 Applicability 071.01.02.01 071.01.02.01
18 State the operational regulations applicable to CAT and 071.01.02.01.01 071.01.02.01.01
other activities (e.g. specialised operations (SPO)).
Source: Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 on air operations;
Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011 on aircrew requirements

19 State the nature of CAT operations and exceptions. 071.01.02.01.02 071.01.02.01.02

Source: Regulation (EU) No 965/2012: Articles 1 and 5,
points ORO.GEN5 ‘Scope’ and CAT.GEN.100 ‘Competent
authority’; Regulation (UE) 2018/1139: Article 2

20 General 071.01.02.02 071.01.02.02

21 Explain why CAT flights must meet the applicable 071.01.02.02.01 071.01.02.02.01
operational requirements. Source: Point ORO.GEN.105
‘Competent authority’ and related AMCs/GM; Point
ORO.GEN.110 ‘Operator responsibilities’ and related
AMCs/GM

22 Define ‘flight manual limitations - flight through the 071.01.02.02.02 071.01.02.02.02

height velocity (HV) envelope’.
23 Define ‘helicopter emergency medical service (HEMS)’. 071.01.02.02.03 071.01.02.02.03

24 Define ‘operations over a hostile environment - 071.01.02.02.04 071.01.02.02.04

applicability’. Explain that there are certain areas which
should not be overflown and state possible sources of
that information (e.g. governmental warnings, operator
risk assessment).

25 Define ‘local area operations - approval’. 071.01.02.02.05 071.01.02.02.05

26 Explain the requirements about language used for crew 071.01.02.02.06 071.01.02.02.06
communication and in the operations manual. Source:
Point CAT.GEN.MPA.120 ‘Common language’

27 Explain which are the operator requirements regarding 071.01.02.02.07 071.01.02.02.07

the management system. Source: Point ORO.GEN.200
‘Management system’; AMCs/GM to ORO.GEN.205
‘Contracted activities’ and to ORO.GEN.220 ‘Record-
keeping’

28 Explain which are the operator requirements regarding 071.01.02.02.08 071.01.02.02.08

accident prevention and the flight safety programme.
Source: Point ORO.GEN.200 ‘Management system’;
AMCs/GM to ORO.GEN.205 ‘Contracted activities’, to
ORO.GEN.220 ‘Record-keeping’, and to ORO.AOC.130
‘Flight data monitoring - aeroplanes’

29 Explain which are the regulations concerning the 071.01.02.02.09 071.01.02.02.09

carriage of persons on an aircraft. Source: Point
CAT.GEN.MPA.165 ‘Method of carriage of persons’
30 Explain the operator’s and commander’s responsibility 071.01.02.02.10 071.01.02.02.10
concerning portable electronic devices (PEDs). Source:
Point CAT.GEN.MPA.140 ‘Portable electronic devices’
31 Explain the operator’s and commander’s responsibility 071.01.02.02.11 071.01.02.02.11
regarding admission in an aircraft of a person under the
influence of drug or alcohol. Source: Point
CAT.GEN.MPA.170 ‘Alcohol and drugs’

32 Explain the regulations concerning the endangerment 071.01.02.02.12 071.01.02.02.12

of safety. Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.175 ‘Endangering
safety’
33 List the documents to be carried on each flight. Source: 071.01.02.02.13 071.01.02.02.13
Point CAT.GEN.MPA.180 ‘Documents, manuals and
information to be carried’ and related AMCs/GM

34 Explain the operator’s responsibility regarding manuals 071.01.02.02.14 071.01.02.02.14

to be carried on board an aircraft. Source: Point
CAT.GEN.MPA.180 ‘Documents, manuals and
information to be carried’ and related AMCs/GM

35 List the additional information and forms to be carried 071.01.02.02.15 071.01.02.02.15

on board an aircraft. Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.180
‘Documents, manuals and information to be carried on
board an aircraft’ and related AMCs/GM

36 List the copies of items of information to be retained on 071.01.02.02.16 071.01.02.02.16

the ground by the operator. Source: Point
CAT.GEN.MPA.185 ‘Information to be retained on the
ground’

37 Explain what responsibilities the operator and the 071.01.02.02.17 071.01.02.02.17

commander have regarding the production of and
access to records and documents. Source: Point
CAT.GEN.MPA.190 ‘Provision of documentation and
records’

38 Operator certification and supervision 071.01.02.03 071.01.02.03

39 Explain what requirement has to be satisfied for the 071.01.02.03.01 071.01.02.03.01
issue of an air operator certificate (AOC). Source: Point
ARO.OPS.100 ‘Issue of the air operator certificate’;
Point ORO.GEN.210 ‘Personnel requirements’; Point
ORO.AOC.100 ‘Application for an air operator
certificate’

40 Explain what the rules applicable to air operator 071.01.02.03.02 071.01.02.03.02

certification are. Source: Point ORO.AOC.100
‘Application for an air operator certificate’; Point
ORO.AOC.105 ‘Operations specifications and privileges
of an AOC holder’

41 Explain the conditions to be met for the issue or 071.01.02.03.03 071.01.02.03.03

revalidation of an AOC. Source: ARO.GEN.310 ‘Initial
certification procedure - organisations’
42 Explain the contents and conditions of the AOC. Source: 071.01.02.03.04 071.01.02.03.04
Regulation (EU) No 956/2012, Appendix I ‘AIR
OPERATOR CERTIFICATE’
43 Operational procedures (except preparation for long- 071.01.02.04 071.01.02.04
range flight)
44 Define the terms used for operational procedures. 071.01.02.04.01 071.01.02.04.01
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.106 ‘Use of isolated
aerodromes - aeroplanes’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.107
‘Adequate aerodrome’
45 State the operator’s responsibilities regarding the use of 071.01.02.04.02 071.01.02.04.02
air traffic services (ATS). Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.100
‘Use of air traffic services’
46 State the operator’s responsibilities regarding 071.01.02.04.03 071.01.02.04.03
authorisation of aerodromes/heliports by the operator.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.105 ‘Use of aerodromes and
operating sites’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.106 ‘Use of isolated
aerodromes - aeroplanes’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.107
‘Adequate aerodrome’

47 Explain which elements must be considered by the 071.01.02.04.04 071.01.02.04.04

operator when specifying aerodrome/heliport
operating minima. Source: Point
CAT.OP.MPA.110(a)&(c) ‘Aerodrome operating minima’,
Point CAT.OP.MPA.115 ‘Approach flight technique -
aeroplanes’ , Point SPA.LVO.100 ‘Low visibility
operations’ and related AMCs/GM; Point SPA.LVO.110
‘General operating requirements’

48 Explain what the operator’s responsibilities are 071.01.02.04.05 071.01.02.04.05

regarding departure and approach procedures. Source:
Point CAT.OP.MPA.125 ‘Instrument departure and
approach procedures’

49 Explain which parameters should be considered in 071.01.02.04.06 071.01.02.04.06

noise-abatement procedures. Source: Point
CAT.OP.MPA.130 ‘Noise abatement procedures -
aeroplanes’; AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.130; GM1
CAT.OP.MPA.130

50 Explain which elements should be considered regarding 071.01.02.04.07 071.01.02.04.07

routes and areas of operation. Source: Point
CAT.OP.MPA.135 ‘Routes and areas of operation -
general’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.136 ‘Routes and areas of
operation - single-engined aeroplanes’

51 Explain the requirements for flights in reduced vertical 071.01.02.04.08 071.01.02.04.08

separation minima (RVSM) airspace. Source: Point
SPA.RVSM.100 ‘RVSM operations’; Point SPA.RVSM.105
‘RVSM operational approval’; Point SPA.RVSM.110
‘RVSM equipment requirements’ and AMC1
SPA.RVSM.110(a); Point SPA.RVSM.115 ‘RVSM height-
keeping errors’

52 List the factors to be considered when establishing 071.01.02.04.09 071.01.02.04.09

minimum flight altitude. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.145
‘Establishment of minimum flight altitudes’ and related
AMCs/GM; AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.145(a); AMC1.1
CAT.OP.MPA.145(a)

53 Explain the requirements for carrying persons with 071.01.02.04.10 071.01.02.04.10

reduced mobility. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.155
‘Carriage of special categories of passengers (SCPs)’
54 Explain the operator’s responsibilities for the carriage of 071.01.02.04.11 071.01.02.04.11
inadmissible passengers, deportees or persons in
custody. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.155 ‘Carriage of
special categories of passengers (SCPs)’

55 Explain the requirements regarding passenger seating 071.01.02.04.12 071.01.02.04.12

and emergency evacuation. Source: Point
CAT.OP.MPA.165 ‘Passenger seating’ and related
AMCs/GM

56 Detail the procedures for passenger briefing in respect 071.01.02.04.13 071.01.02.04.13

of emergency equipment and exits. Source: Point
CAT.OP.MPA.170 ‘Passenger briefing’; AMC1
CAT.OP.MPA.170; AMC2 CAT.OP.MPA.170

57 State the flight preparation forms to be completed 071.01.02.04.14 071.01.02.04.14

before flight. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.175 ‘Flight
preparation’ and related AMCs/GM; AMC1
CAT.OP.MPA.175(a)

58 State the commander’s responsibilities during flight 071.01.02.04.15 071.01.02.04.15

preparation. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.175 ‘Flight
preparation’
59 State the rules for aerodrome/heliport selection. 071.01.02.04.16 071.01.02.04.16
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of
aerodromes - aeroplanes’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.181
‘Selection of aerodromes and operating sites -
helicopters’

60 Explain the planning minima for instrument flight rule 071.01.02.04.17 071.01.02.04.17
(IFR) flights. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.185 ‘Planning
minima for IFR flights - aeroplanes’
61 Explain the rules for refuelling/defueling with 071.01.02.04.18 071.01.02.04.18
passengers on board. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.195
‘Refuelling/defuelling with passengers embarking, on
board or disembarking’ and related AMCs; AMC1
CAT.OP.MPA.195; Point CAT.OP.MPA.200 ‘Refuelling/
defuelling with wide-cut fuel’ and related AMCs; GM1
CAT.OP.MPA.200

62 Explain the ‘crew members at station’ policy. Source: 071.01.02.04.19 071.01.02.04.19

CAT.OP.MPA.210 ‘Crew members at stations’ and
related AMCs; AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.210(b); GM1
CAT.OP.MPA.210

63 Explain the use of seats, safety belts and harnesses. 071.01.02.04.20 071.01.02.04.20
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.225 ‘Seats, safety belts and
restraint systems’
64 Explain the requirements for securing passenger cabin 071.01.02.04.21 071.01.02.04.21
and galley. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.230 ‘Securing of
passenger compartment and galley(s)’
65 Explain the commander’s responsibility regarding 071.01.02.04.22 071.01.02.04.22
smoking on board. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.240
‘Smoking on board’
66 State under which conditions a commander can 071.01.02.04.23 071.01.02.04.23
commence or continue a flight regarding meteorological
conditions. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.245
‘Meteorological conditions - all aircraft’; Point
CAT.OP.MPA.246 ‘Meteorological conditions -
aeroplanes’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.265 ‘Take-off
conditions’

67 Explain the commander’s responsibility regarding ice 071.01.02.04.24 071.01.02.04.24

and other contaminants. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.250
‘Ice and other contaminants - ground procedures’ and
related AMCs/GM; Point CAT.OP.MPA.255 ‘Ice and
other contaminants - flight procedures’ and related
AMCs/GM; GM1 CAT.OP.MPA.250 (a) to (l); GM2
CAT.OP.MPA.250 (a) to (f); GM3 CAT.OP.MPA.250 (a)(1)
to (3); AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.255 (a)

68 Explain the commander’s responsibility regarding fuel 071.01.02.04.25 071.01.02.04.25

to be carried and in-flight fuel management. Source:
Point CAT.OP.MPA.260 ‘Fuel and oil supply’; Point
CAT.OP.MPA.280 ‘In-flight fuel management -
aeroplanes’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.281 ‘In-flight fuel
management - helicopters’ and AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.281

69 Detail the rules regarding carriage and use of 071.01.02.04.26 071.01.02.04.26

supplemental oxygen for passengers and aircrew.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.285 ‘Use of supplemental
oxygen’; Point CAT.IDE.A.235 ‘Supplemental oxygen -
pressurised aeroplanes’ and related AMCs/GM

70 Flight preparation
71 Explain the commander’s responsibility regarding 071.01.02.04.27 071.01.02.04.27
approach and landing. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.300
‘Approach and landing conditions’ and AMC1
CAT.OP.MPA.300; Point CAT.OP.MPA.305
‘Commencement and continuation of approach’ and
related AMCs/GM

72 Explain the circumstances under which a report shall be 071.01.02.04.28 071.01.02.04.28

submitted. Source: Point ORO.GEN.160 ‘Occurrence
reporting’ and related AMCs/GM
73 All-weather operations 071.01.02.05 071.01.02.05
74 Explain the operator’s responsibility regarding 071.01.02.05.01 071.01.02.05.01
aerodrome/heliport operating minima. Source: Point
CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating minima’ and
related AMCs/GM; Point CAT.OP.MPA.115 ‘Approach
flight technique - aeroplanes’ and related AMCs/GM

75 Define the following terms: ‘circling’, ‘low-visibility 071.01.02.05.02 071.01.02.05.02

procedures’, ‘low-visibility take-off’, ‘visual approach’.
Source: Regulation (EU) No 965/2012, Annex I

76 Define the following terms: ‘flight control system’, ‘fail- 071.01.02.05.03 071.01.02.05.03
passive flight control system’, ‘fail-operational flight
control system’, ‘fail-operational hybrid landing system’.
Source: Regulation (EU) No 965/2012, Annex I

77 Define the following terms: ‘final approach and take-off 071.01.02.05.04 071.01.02.05.04
area’. Source: Regulation (EU) No 965/2012, Annex I

78 Explain the general operating requirements for low- 071.01.02.05.05 071.01.02.05.05

visibility operations. Source: Point SPA.LVO.100 ‘Low
visibility operations’ and related AMCs; Point
SPA.LVO.105 ‘LVO approval’; Point SPA.LVO.110
‘General operating requirements’; Point SPA.LVO.115
‘Aerodrome related requirements’

79 Define aerodrome/heliport considerations regarding 071.01.02.05.06 071.01.02.05.06

low-visibility operations. Source: SPA.LVO.115
‘Aerodrome related requirements’
80 Explain the training and qualification requirements for 071.01.02.05.07 071.01.02.05.07
flight crew to conduct low-visibility operations. Source:
Point SPA.LVO.120 ‘Flight crew training and
qualifications’ and related AMCs

81 Explain the operating procedures for low-visibility 071.01.02.05.08 071.01.02.05.08

operations. Source: Point SPA.LVO.125 ‘Operating
procedures and AMC1 SPA.LVO.125
82 Explain the operator’s and commander’s responsibilities 071.01.02.05.09 071.01.02.05.09
regarding minimum equipment for low-visibility
operations. Source: Point SPA.LVO.130 ‘Minimum
equipment’

83 Explain the VFR operating minima. Source: AMC12 071.01.02.05.10 071.01.02.05.10

CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating minima - VFR
OPERATIONS WITH OTHER-THAN-COMPLEX MOTOR-
POWERED AIRCRAFT’

84 Aerodrome operating minima: explain under which 071.01.02.05.11 071.01.02.05.11

conditions the commander can commence take-off.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating
minima’ and related AMCs/GM; Point SPA.LVO.110
‘General operating requirements’ and related
AMCs/GM

85 Aerodrome operating minima: explain that take-off 071.01.02.05.12 071.01.02.05.12

minima are expressed as visibility or runway visual
range (RVR). Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.110
‘Aerodrome operating minima’; AMC1
CAT.OP.MPA.110; AMC2 CAT.OP.MPA.110
86 Aerodrome operating minima: explain the take-off RVR 071.01.02.05.13 071.01.02.05.13
value depending on the aerodrome facilities. Source:
AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating minima’,
Table 1.A; AMC2 CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome
operating minima’, Table 1.H

87 Aerodrome operating minima: explain the system 071.01.02.05.14 071.01.02.05.14

minima for non-precision approach (NPA) (minimum
descent altitude/height (MDA/H) and decision
altitude/height (DA/H), not RVR). Source: AMC3
CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating minima’ (Table
3: ILS/MLS/GLS; SRA 1NM; VOR; NDB); AMC6
CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating minima’

88 Aerodrome operating minima: explain under which 071.01.02.05.15 071.01.02.05.15

conditions a pilot can continue the approach below
MDA/H or DA/H. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.305
‘Commencement and continuation of approach’; AMC1
CAT.OP.MPA.305(e)

89 Aerodrome operating minima: explain the lowest 071.01.02.05.16 071.01.02.05.16

minima for precision approach category 1 (including
single-pilot operations). Source: AMC3 SPA.LVO.100
‘Low visibility operations’

90 Aerodrome operating minima: explain the lowest 071.01.02.05.17 071.01.02.05.17

minima for precision approach category 2 operations.
Source: AMC4 SPA.LVO.100 ‘Low visibility operations’

91 Aerodrome operating minima: explain the lowest 071.01.02.05.18 071.01.02.05.18

minima for precision approach category 3 operations.
Source: AMC5 SPA.LVO.100 ‘Low visibility operations’

92 Aerodrome operating minima: explain the lowest 071.01.02.05.19 071.01.02.05.19

minima for circling and visual approach. Source: AMC7
CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating minima’; AMC9
CAT.OP.MPA.110; AMC8 CAT.OP.MPA.110

93 Aerodrome operating minima: explain the RVR value 071.01.02.05.20 071.01.02.05.20

and cloud ceiling depending on the aerodrome. Source:
Point CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating minima’
and related AMCs/GM; Point SPA.LVO.110 ‘General
operating requirements’ and related AMCs
94 Aerodrome operating minima: explain under which 071.01.02.05.21 071.01.02.05.21
conditions an airborne radar approach can be
performed and state the relevant minima. Source: Point
CAT.OP.MPA.120 ‘Airborne radar approaches (ARAs) for
overwater operations - helicopters’; AMC1
SPA.HOFO.120 ‘Selection of aerodromes and operating
sites - COASTAL AERODROME’; AMC2 SPA.HOFO.120
‘Selection of aerodromes and operating sites -
OFFSHORE DESTINATION ALTERNATE AERODROME’;
AMC1 SPA.HOFO.125 ‘Airborne radar approach (ARA) to
offshore locations - GENERAL’; GM1 SPA.HOFO.125
‘Airborne radar approach (ARA) to offshore locations -
GENERAL’; GM2 SPA.HOFO.125 ‘Airborne radar
approach (ARA) to offshore locations - GLOBAL
NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEM (GNSS)/AREA
NAVIGATION SYSTEM’

95 Instruments and equipment 071.01.02.06 071.01.02.06

96 Explain which items do not require an equipment 071.01.02.06.01 071.01.02.06.01
approval. Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.100 ‘Instruments and
equipment - general’ and related GM, and point
CAT.IDE.H.100 ‘Instruments and equipment - general’;
Points CAT.IDE.A.105/CAT.IDE.H.105 ‘Minimum
equipment for flight’

97 Explain the requirements regarding availability of spare 071.01.02.06.02 071.01.02.06.02

electrical fuses. Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.110 ‘Spare
electrical fuses’ and related GM
98 Explain the requirements regarding windshield wipers. 071.01.02.06.03 071.01.02.06.03
Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.120 ‘Equipment to clear
windshield’ and related AMCs
99 List the minimum equipment required for day and night 071.01.02.06.04 071.01.02.06.04
VFR flights. Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.125 ‘Operations
under VFR by day’ and related AMCs/GM

100 List the minimum equipment required for IFR flights. 071.01.02.06.05 071.01.02.06.05
Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.130 ‘Operations under IFR or at
night - flight and navigational instruments and
associated equipment’ and related AMCs/GM; Point
CAT.IDE.H.130 ‘Operations under IFR or at night - flight
and navigational instruments and associated
equipment’ and related AMCs/GM
101 Explain the required additional equipment for single- 071.01.02.06.06 071.01.02.06.06
pilot operations under IFR. Source: Points
CAT.IDE.A.135/CAT.IDE.H.135 ‘Additional equipment for
single-pilot operation under IFR’

102 State the requirements for an altitude alerting system. 071.01.02.06.07 071.01.02.06.07
Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.140 ‘Altitude alerting system’

103 State the requirements for radio altimeters. Source: 071.01.02.06.08 071.01.02.06.08
Point CAT.IDE.H.145 ‘Radio altimeters’
104 State the requirements for ground proximity warning 071.01.02.06.09 071.01.02.06.09
system (GPWS)/terrain awareness and warning system
(TAWS). Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.150 ‘Terrain awareness
warning system (TAWS)’

105 State the requirements for airborne collision avoidance 071.01.02.06.10 071.01.02.06.10
system (ACAS). Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.155 ‘Airborne
collision avoidance system (ACAS)’

106 State the conditions under which an aircraft must be 071.01.02.06.11 071.01.02.06.11
fitted with a weather radar. Source: Points
CAT.IDE.A.160/CAT.IDE.H.160 ‘Airborne weather
detecting equipment’

107 State the circumstances under which a cockpit voice 071.01.02.06.12 071.01.02.06.12
recorder (CVR) is compulsory (after 1998). Source:
Points CAT.IDE.A.185/CAT.IDE.H.185 ‘Cockpit voice
recorder’

108 State the rules regarding the location, construction, 071.01.02.06.13 071.01.02.06.13
installation, and operation of cockpit voice recorders
(CVRs) (after 1998). Source: Points
CAT.IDE.A.185/CAT.IDE.H.185 ‘Cockpit voice recorder’

109 State the circumstances under which a flight data 071.01.02.06.14 071.01.02.06.14
recorder (FDR) is compulsory (after 1998). Source:
Points CAT.IDE.A.190/CAT.IDE.H.190 ‘Flight data
recorder’

110 State the rules regarding the location, construction, 071.01.02.06.15 071.01.02.06.15
installation, and operation of flight data recorders
(FDRs) (after 1998). Source: Points
CAT.IDE.A.190/CAT.IDE.A.190 ‘Flight data recorder’ and
related AMCs/GM

111 Explain the requirements about seats, seat safety belts, 071.01.02.06.16 071.01.02.06.16
harnesses, and child-restraint devices. Source: Points
CAT.IDE.A.205/CAT.IDE.H.205 ‘Seats, seat safety belts,
restraint systems and child restraint devices’ and
related AMCs/GM

112 Explain the requirements about ‘Fasten seat belt’ and 071.01.02.06.17 071.01.02.06.17
‘No smoking’ signs. Source: Points
CAT.IDE.A.210/CAT.IDE.H.210 ‘Fasten seat belt and no
smoking signs’

113 Explain the requirements regarding internal doors and 071.01.02.06.18 071.01.02.06.18
curtains. Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.215 ‘Internal doors
and curtains’
114 First-aid and emergency equipment
115 Explain the requirements regarding first-aid kits. Source: 071.01.02.06.19 071.01.02.06.19
Points CAT.IDE.A.220/CAT.IDE.H.220 ‘First-aid kit’ and
related AMCs/GM
116 Explain the requirements regarding emergency medical 071.01.02.06.20 071.01.02.06.20
kits and first-aid oxygen. Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.225
‘Emergency medical kit’; AMC1 CAT.IDE.A.225; AMC2
CAT.IDE.A.225; AMC3 CAT.IDE.A.225; AMC4
CAT.IDE.A.225; GM1 CAT.IDE.A.225; Point
CAT.IDE.A.230 ‘First-aid oxygen’

117 Detail the rules regarding crew protective breathing 071.01.02.06.21 071.01.02.06.21
equipment. Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.245 ‘Crew
protective breathing equipment’; AMC1 CAT.IDE.A.245

118 Describe the type and location of handheld fire 071.01.02.06.22 071.01.02.06.22
extinguishers. Source: Points
CAT.IDE.A.250/CAT.IDE.H.250 ‘Hand fire extinguishers’
and related AMCs/GM

119 Describe the location of crash axes and crowbars. 071.01.02.06.23 071.01.02.06.23
Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.255 ‘Crash axe and crowbar’;
AMC1 CAT.IDE.A.255
120 Specify the colours and markings used to indicate 071.01.02.06.24 071.01.02.06.24
break-in points. Source: Points
CAT.IDE.A.260/CAT.IDE.H.260 ‘Marking of break-in
points’ and related AMCs/GM

121 Explain the requirements for means of emergency 071.01.02.06.25 071.01.02.06.25

evacuation. Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.265 ‘Means for
emergency evacuation’
122 Explain the requirements for megaphones. Source: 071.01.02.06.26 071.01.02.06.26
Points CAT.IDE.A.270/CAT.IDE.H.270 ‘Megaphones’ and
related AMCs/GM
123 Explain the requirements for emergency lighting and 071.01.02.06.27 071.01.02.06.27
marking. Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.275/CAT.IDE.H.275
‘Emergency lighting and marking

124 Explain the requirements for an emergency locator 071.01.02.06.28 071.01.02.06.28

transmitter (ELT). Source: Points
CAT.IDE.A.280/CAT.IDE.H.280 ‘Emergency locator
transmitter (ELT)’ and related AMCs/GM

125 Explain the requirements for life jackets, life rafts, 071.01.02.06.29 071.01.02.06.29
survival kits, and ELTs. Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.285
‘Flight over water’; Point CAT.IDE.A.305 ‘Survival
equipment’ Point CAT.IDE.H.280 ‘Emergency locator
transmitter (ELT)’; Point CAT.IDE.H.290 ‘Life-jackets’;
Point CAT.IDE.H.295 ‘Crew survival suits’; Point
CAT.IDE.H.300 ‘Life-rafts, survival ELTs and survival
equipment on extended overwater flights’

126 Explain the requirements for crew survival suit. Source: 071.01.02.06.30 071.01.02.06.30
Point CAT.IDE.H.295 ‘Crew survival suits’; GM1
CAT.IDE.H.295
127 Explain the requirements for survival equipment. 071.01.02.06.31 071.01.02.06.31
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.305/CAT.IDE.H.305 ‘Survival
equipment’
128 Explain the additional requirements for helicopters 071.01.02.06.32 071.01.02.06.32
operating to or from helidecks located in hostile sea
areas. Source: Point CAT.IDE.H.310 ‘Additional
requirements for helicopters conducting offshore
operations in a hostile sea area’

129 Explain the requirements for emergency flotation 071.01.02.06.33 071.01.02.06.33

equipment. Source: Point CAT.IDE.H.315 ‘Helicopters
certified for operating on water - miscellaneous
equipment’; Point CAT.IDE.H.320 ‘All helicopters on
flights over water - ditching’

130 Communication and navigation equipment 071.01.02.07 071.01.02.07

131 Explain the general requirements for communication 071.01.02.07.01 071.01.02.07.01
and navigation equipment. Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.325
‘Headset’ and related AMCs/GM

132 Explain why the radio-communication equipment must 071.01.02.07.02 071.01.02.07.02

be able to send and receive on 121.5 MHz. Source:
Points CAT.IDE.A.330/CAT.IDE.H.330 ‘Radio
communication equipment’

133 Explain the requirements regarding the provision of an 071.01.02.07.03 071.01.02.07.03

audio selector panel. Source: Points
CAT.IDE.A.335/CAT.IDE.H.335 ‘Audio selector panel’
134 List the requirements for radio equipment when flying 071.01.02.07.04 071.01.02.07.04
under VFR by reference to visual landmarks. Source:
Points CAT.IDE.A.340/CAT.IDE.H.340 ‘Radio equipment
for operations under VFR over routes navigated by
reference to visual landmarks’

135 List the requirements for communication and 071.01.02.07.05 071.01.02.07.05

navigation equipment when operating under IFR or
under VFR over routes not navigated by reference to
visual landmarks. Source: Points
CAT.IDE.A.345/CAT.IDE.H.345 ‘Communication and
navigation equipment for operations under IFR or under
VFR over routes not navigated by reference to visual
landmarks’

136 Explain what equipment is required to operate in 071.01.02.07.06 071.01.02.07.06

airspace with reduced vertical separation minima
(RVSM). Source: Point SPA.RVSM.110 ‘RVSM equipment
requirements’

137 Explain the conditions under which a crew member 071.01.02.07.07 071.01.02.07.07
interphone system and public address system are
mandatory. Source: Points
CAT.IDE.A.170/CAT.IDE.H.170 ‘Flight crew interphone
system’; AMC1 CAT.IDE.A.170/CAT.IDE.H.170; Points
CAT.IDE.A.175/CAT.IDE.H.175 ‘Crew member
interphone system’; AMC1
CAT.IDE.A.175/CAT.IDE.H.175; Points
CAT.IDE.A.180/CAT.IDE.H.180 ‘Public address system’;
AMC1 CAT.IDE.A.180/CAT.IDE.H.180
138 List the equipment for operations requiring a radio 071.01.02.07.08 071.01.02.07.08
communication. Source: Point CAT.IDE.H.325 ‘Headset’;
Point CAT.IDE.H.330 ‘Radio communication equipment’;
Point CAT.IDE.H.335 ‘Audio selector panel’; Point
CAT.IDE.H.340 ‘Radio equipment for operations under
VFR over routes navigated by reference to visual
landmarks’

139 List the equipment for operations that require a radio 071.01.02.07.09 071.01.02.07.09
navigation system. Source: Point CAT.IDE.H.325
‘Headset’; AMC1 CAT.IDE.H.325; Point CAT.IDE.H.345
‘Communication and navigation equipment for
operations under IFR or under VFR over routes not
navigated by reference to visual landmarks’

140 Explain the requirements regarding the provision of a 071.01.02.07.10 071.01.02.07.10

transponder. Source: Points
CAT.IDE.A.350/CAT.IDE.H.350 ‘Transponder’; AMC1
CAT.IDE.A.350/CAT.IDE.H.350

141 Explain the requirements regarding the management of 071.01.02.07.11 071.01.02.07.11

aeronautical databases. Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.355
‘Management of aeronautical databases’; AMC1
CAT.IDE.A.355 ‘Management of aeronautical databases
- AERONAUTICAL DATABASES’

142 Intentionally left blank 071.01.02.08 071.01.02.08

143 Flight crew 071.01.02.09 071.01.02.09
144 Explain the requirement regarding flight crew 071.01.02.09.01 071.01.02.09.01
composition and in-flight relief. Source: Point
ORO.FC.100 ‘Composition of flight crew; AMC1
ORO.FC.100(c); Point ORO.FC.105 ‘Designation as pilot-
in-command/commander’; AMC1 ORO.FC.105(b)(2);(c);
GM1 ORO.FC.105 (b)(2); AMC1 ORO.FC.105(c); Point
ORO.FC.110 ‘Flight engineer’; Point ORO.FC.115 ‘Crew
resource management (CRM) training’; Point
ORO.FC.200 ‘Composition of flight crew’; AMC1
ORO.FC.200(a); Point ORO.FC.A.201 ‘In-flight relief of
flight crew members’; Point ORO.FC.202 Single-pilot
operations under IFR or at night
145 Explain the requirement for conversion training and 071.01.02.09.02 071.01.02.09.02
checking. Source: Point ORO.FC.120 ‘Operator
conversion training’; Point ORO.FC.145 ‘Provision of
training’; Point ORO.FC.220 ‘Operator conversion
training and checking’; and related AMCs/GM

146 Explain the requirement for differences training and 071.01.02.09.03 071.01.02.09.03
familiarisation training. Source: Point ORO.FC.125
‘Differences training and familiarisation training’; AMC1
ORO.FC.125

147 Explain the conditions for upgrade from co-pilot to 071.01.02.09.04 071.01.02.09.04
commander. Source: Point ORO.FC.205 ‘Command
course’
148 Explain the minimum qualification requirements to 071.01.02.09.05 071.01.02.09.05
operate as a commander. Source: Point ORO.FC.A.250
‘Commanders holding a CPL(A)’
149 Explain the requirement for recurrent training and 071.01.02.09.06 071.01.02.09.06
checking. Source: Point ORO.FC.230 ‘Recurrent training
and checking’
150 Explain the requirement for a pilot to operate on either 071.01.02.09.07 071.01.02.09.07
pilot’s seat. Source: Point ORO.FC.235 ‘Pilot
qualification to operate in either pilot’s seat’; AMC1
ORO.FC.235(d); GM1 ORO.FC.235(f);(g)

151 Explain the minimum recent experience requirements 071.01.02.09.08 071.01.02.09.08

for the commander and the co-pilot. Source: Point
FCL.60 ‘Recent experience’; AMC1 FCL.60(b)(1); GM1
FCL.60(b)(1)

152 Specify the route and aerodrome/heliport knowledge 071.01.02.09.09 071.01.02.09.09

required for a PIC/commander. Source: Point
ORO.FC.105 ‘Designation as pilot-in-command/
commander’; AMC1 ORO.FC.105(b)(2);(c); GM1
ORO.FC.105(b)(2); AMC1 ORO.FC.105(c)

153 Explain the requirement to operate on more than one 071.01.02.09.10 071.01.02.09.10
aircraft type or variant. Source: Point ORO.FC.140
‘Operation on more than one type or variant’; Point
ORO.FC.240 ‘Operation on more than one type or
variant’; AMC1 ORO.FC.240(a)(1)

154 Explain that when a flight crew member operates both 071.01.02.09.11 071.01.02.09.11
helicopters and aeroplanes, the operations are limited
to one of each type. Source: Point ORO.FC.240
‘Operation on more than one type or variant’

155 Explain the requirement(s) for training records. Source: 071.01.02.09.12 071.01.02.09.12
Point ORO.MLR.115 ‘Record-keeping’
156 Explain the crew members’ responsibilities in the 071.01.02.09.13 071.01.02.09.13
execution of their duties, and define the commander’s
authority. Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.100 ‘Crew
responsibilities; Point CAT.GEN.MPA.105
‘Responsibilities of the commander; Point
CAT.GEN.MPA.110 ‘Authority of the commander’
157 Explain the operator’s and commander’s responsibilities 071.01.02.09.14 071.01.02.09.14
regarding persons on board, admission to the flight
crew compartment and carriage of unauthorised
persons or cargo. Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.135
‘Admission to the flight crew compartment; Point
CAT.GEN.MPA.165 ‘Method of carriage of persons;
Point CAT.GEN.MPA.105 ‘Responsibilities of the
commander’

158 Explain the requirements for the initial operator’s crew 071.01.02.09.15 071.01.02.09.15
resource management (CRM) training. Source: Point
ORO.FC.215 ‘Initial operator’s crew resource
management (CRM) training’

159 Cabin crew/crew members other than flight crew 071.01.02.10 071.01.02.10
160 Explain who is regarded as cabin crew member. Source: 071.01.02.10.01 071.01.02.10.01
Regulation (EU) No 965/2012, Annex I ‘Definitions’

161 Detail the requirements regarding the number and 071.01.02.10.02 071.01.02.10.02
composition of cabin crew. Source: Point ORO.CC.100
‘Number and composition of cabin crew; AMC1
ORO.CC.100; GM1 ORO.CC.100; Point ORO.CC.205
‘Reduction of the number of cabin crew during ground
operations and in unforeseen circumstances’

162 Explain the conditions and the additional conditions for 071.01.02.10.03 071.01.02.10.03
assignment to duties. Source: Point ORO.CC.110
‘Conditions for assignment to duties; Point ORO.CC.210
‘Additional conditions for assignment to duties; GM1
ORO.CC.210(d)

163 Explain the requirements regarding senior cabin crew 071.01.02.10.04 071.01.02.10.04
members. Source: Point ORO.CC.200 ‘Senior cabin crew
member; AMC1 ORO.CC.200(c);(d);(e)
164 Explain the conditions for operating on more than one 071.01.02.10.05 071.01.02.10.05
aircraft type or variant. Source: Point ORO.CC.250
‘Operation on more than one aircraft type or variant;
AMC1 ORO.CC.250(b); GM1 ORO.CC.250

165 Explain what is the operator’s responsibility regarding 071.01.02.10.06 071.01.02.10.06

the distinction between cabin crew members and
additional crew members. Source: Point
CAT.GEN.MPA.115 ‘Personnel or crew members other
than cabin crew in the passenger compartment’

166 Intentionally left blank 071.01.02.11 071.01.02.11

167 Flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements 071.01.02.12 071.01.02.12

168 Explain the definitions used for the regulation of flight 071.01.02.12.01 071.01.02.12.01
time limitations. Source: Point ORO.FTL.100 ‘Scope’;
Point ORO.FTL.105 ‘Definitions’ (values of Table 1
excluded)

169 Explain the flight and duty time limitations. Source: 071.01.02.12.02 071.01.02.12.02
Point ORO.FTL.200 ‘Home base’; Point ORO.FTL.210
‘Flight times and duty periods’
170 Explain the requirements regarding the maximum daily 071.01.02.12.03 071.01.02.12.03
flight duty period. Source: Point ORO.FTL.205 ‘Flight
duty period (FDP)’; Point ORO.FTL.205(b) ‘Basic
maximum daily FDP’ (use of the tables but not
memorisation)

171 Explain the requirements regarding rest periods. 071.01.02.12.04 071.01.02.12.04

Source: Point ORO.FTL.235 ‘Rest periods’
172 Explain the possible extension of flight duty period due 071.01.02.12.05 071.01.02.12.05
to in-flight rest. Source: Point ORO.FTL.205 ‘Flight duty
period (FDP)’; Point ORO.FTL.205(e) ‘Maximum daily
FDP with the use of extensions due to in-flight rest’

173 Explain that it is the captain’s discretion to extend flight 071.01.02.12.06 071.01.02.12.06
duty in case of unforeseen circumstances in actual flight
operations. Source: Point ORO.FTL.205 ‘Flight duty
period (FDP)’; Point ORO.FTL.205(f) ‘Unforeseen
circumstances in flight operations - commander’s
discretion’

174 Explain the requirement regarding standby. Source: 071.01.02.12.07 071.01.02.12.07

Point ORO.FTL.225 ‘Standby and duties at the airport’

175 Long-range flights 071.01.03.00 071.01.03.00

176 Flight management 071.01.03.01 071.01.03.01
177 Minimum time routes: define and interpret minimum 071.01.03.01.01 071.01.03.01.01
time route (route that gives the shortest flight time
from departure to destination adhering to all ATC and
airspace restrictions). Source: N/A

178 State the circumstances in which a take-off alternate 071.01.03.01.02 071.01.03.01.02

must be selected. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.180
‘Selection of aerodromes - aeroplanes; Point
CAT.OP.MPA.181 ‘Selection of aerodromes and
operating sites - helicopters’

179 State the maximum flight distance of a take-off 071.01.03.01.03 071.01.03.01.03

alternate for: two-engined aeroplanes; ETOPS-approved
aeroplanes; three- or four-engined aeroplanes. Source:
Point CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of aerodromes -
aeroplanes’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.181 ‘Selection of
aerodromes and operating sites - helicopters’

180 State the factors to be considered in the selection of a 071.01.03.01.04 071.01.03.01.04

take-off alternate. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.185
‘Planning minima for IFR flights - aeroplanes’; Point
CAT.OP.MPA.186 ‘Planning minima for IFR flights -
helicopters’

181 State when a destination alternate need not be 071.01.03.01.05 071.01.03.01.05

selected. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of
aerodromes - aeroplanes’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.181
‘Selection of aerodromes and operating sites -
helicopters’

182 State when two destination alternates must be 071.01.03.01.06 071.01.03.01.06

selected. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of
aerodromes - aeroplanes’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.181
‘Selection of aerodromes and operating sites -
helicopters’
183 State the factors to be considered in the selection of a 071.01.03.01.07 071.01.03.01.07
destination alternate aerodrome. Source: Point
CAT.OP.MPA.185 ‘Planning minima for IFR flights -
aeroplanes’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.186 ‘Planning minima
for IFR flights - helicopters’

184 State the factors to be considered in the selection of an 071.01.03.01.08 071.01.03.01.08

en-route alternate aerodrome. Source: Point
CAT.OP.MPA.185 ‘Planning minima for IFR flights -
aeroplanes’

185 Transoceanic and polar flights (ICAO Doc 7030 071.01.03.02 071.01.03.02
‘Regional Supplementary Procedures - North Atlantic
Operations and Airspace Manual’)

186 According to ICAO Doc 7030, explain that special rules 071.01.03.02.01 071.01.03.02.01
apply to the North Atlantic (NAT) Region, and crews
need to be specifically trained before flying in this area.
Source: NAT 007, 1.3.8 Crew Training

187 Describe the possible indications of navigation system 071.01.03.02.02 071.01.03.02.02

degradation, including any system-generated warning.
Source: NAT 007, Chapter 12 Procedures in the event of
navigation system degradation or failure

188 Describe by what emergency means course and inertial 071.01.03.02.03 071.01.03.02.03
navigation system (INS) can be cross-checked in the
case of three navigation systems and two navigation
systems. Source: NAT 007, Chapter 12 Procedures in the
event of navigation system degradation or failure

189 Describe the general ICAO procedures applicable in NAT 071.01.03.02.04 071.01.03.02.04
airspace if the aircraft is unable to continue the flight in
accordance with its air traffic control (ATC) clearance.
Source: NAT 007, 13.2 General procedures

190 Describe the ICAO procedures applicable in NAT 071.01.03.02.05 071.01.03.02.05

airspace in case of radio-communication failure. Source:
NAT 007, 6.6 HF Communications failure
191 Describe the recommended initial action if an aircraft is 071.01.03.02.06 071.01.03.02.06
unable to obtain a revised ATC clearance. Source: NAT
007, Chapter 13 Special procedures for in-flight
contingencies

192 Describe the subsequent action for aircraft able to 071.01.03.02.07 071.01.03.02.07
maintain assigned flight level and for aircraft unable to
maintain assigned flight level. Source: NAT 007, Chapter
13 Special procedures for in-flight contingencies

193 Describe determination of tracks and courses for 071.01.03.02.08 071.01.03.02.08

random routes in NAT airspace. Source: ICAO Doc 7030,
NAT 2.1.9.1 General; NAT 007, 2.1.3; NAT 007, Chapter
4 Flight Planning
194 Specify the method by which planned tracks are defined 071.01.03.02.09 071.01.03.02.09
(by latitude and longitude) in the NAT airspace: when
operating predominately in an east–west direction
south of 70°N, and when operating predominately in an
east–west direction north of 70°N. Source: ICAO Doc
7030, NAT 2.1.9 Route; NAT 007, Chapter 4 (Flights
Planning on Random Route Segments in a
Predominantly East - West Direction)

195 State the maximum flight time recommended between 071.01.03.02.10 071.01.03.02.10
significant points on random routes. Source: ICAO Doc
7030, NAT 2.1.9 Route; NAT 007, Chapter 4 (Flights
Planning on Random Route Segments in a
Predominantly East - West Direction & Predominantly
North - South Direction)

196 Specify the method by which planned tracks for random 071.01.03.02.11 071.01.03.02.11
routes are defined for flights operating predominantly
in a north–south direction. Source: ICAO Doc 7030, NAT
2.1.9 Route; NAT 007, Chapter 4 (Flights Planning on
Random Routes in a Predominantly North - South
Direction)

197 Describe how the desired random route must be 071.01.03.02.12 071.01.03.02.12
specified in the ATC flight plan. Source: NAT 007, 4.2
Flight planning requirements on specific routes

198 Describe what precautions can be taken when 071.01.03.02.13 071.01.03.02.13

operating in the area of compass unreliability as a
contingency against INS failure. Source: NAT 007,
Chapter 12 Procedures in the event of navigation
system degradation or failure (not including detailed
information on route structures and their coordinates);
NAT 007, Chapter 8 (Master document - position
plotting)

199 North Atlantic High Level Airspace (NAT HLA) 071.01.03.03 071.01.03.03

200 NAT Region North Atlantic Operations and Airspace

Manual
201 State the lateral dimensions (in general terms) and 071.01.03.03.01 071.01.03.03.01
vertical limits of the NAT HLA. Source: NAT 007, 17.1
GENERAL: 17.1.1 and 17.1.2
202 Define the following acronyms: LRNS, MASPS, NAT HLA, 071.01.03.03.02 071.01.03.03.02
OCA, OTS, PRM, RVSM, SLOP, and WATRS. Source: NAT
007, Glossary of Terms
203 State the NAT HLA operations. Source: NAT 007, 1.1.2; 071.01.03.03.03 071.01.03.03.03
1.1.3; 1.1.5; 1.1.6; 1.1.7; 1.2.1; 1.2.2; 1.3.1; 1.3.2; 1.3.6;
1.3.7; 1.3.8
204 Describe the routes for aircraft with only one long- 071.01.03.03.04 071.01.03.03.04
range navigation system (LRNS). Source: NAT 007, 1.4.1

205 Describe the routes for aircraft with short-range 071.01.03.03.05 071.01.03.03.05
navigation equipment only. Source: NAT 007, 1.4.2;
1.4.3
206 Explain why the horizontal (i.e. latitudinal and 071.01.03.03.06 071.01.03.03.06
longitudinal) and vertical navigation performance of
operators within NAT HLA is monitored on a continual
basis. Source: NAT 007, 1.9.1

207 Describe the organised track system (OTS). Source: NAT 071.01.03.03.07 071.01.03.03.07
007, 2.1 GENERAL; 2.2 Construction of the organised
track system (OTS)
208 State the OTS changeover periods. Source: NAT 007, 2.4 071.01.03.03.08 071.01.03.03.08
OTS Changeover periods
209 Describe the NAT track message. Source: NAT 007, 2.3 071.01.03.03.09 071.01.03.03.09
The NAT track message
210 Illustrate routes between northern Europe and the 071.01.03.03.10 071.01.03.03.10
Spain/Canaries/Lisbon flight information region (FIR)
(T9, T13 and T16) within NAT HLA. Source: NAT 007, 3.2
Other routes within the NAT HLA

211 Describe the function of the North American Routes 071.01.03.03.11 071.01.03.03.11
(NARs) and Shannon Oceanic Transition Area (SOTA)
and Northern Oceanic Transition Area (NOTA). Source:
NAT 007, 3.3 Route structures adjacent to the NAT HLA

212 State that all flights should plan to operate on great- 071.01.03.03.12 071.01.03.03.12
circle tracks joining successive significant waypoints.
Source: NAT 007, 4.1.3

213 State that during the hours of validity of the OTS, 071.01.03.03.13 071.01.03.03.13
operators are encouraged to plan flights: in accordance
with the OTS; or along a route to join or leave an outer
track of the OTS; or on a random route to remain clear
of the OTS, either laterally or vertically. Source: NAT
007, 4.1.4

214 State which flight levels are available on OTS tracks 071.01.03.03.14 071.01.03.03.14
during OTS periods. Source: NAT 007, 4.1.10; 4.1.11 &
4.1.12 (dates not required)
215 State which flight levels are to be planned on random 071.01.03.03.15 071.01.03.03.15
tracks or outside OTS periods. Source: NAT 007, 4.1.13

216 Selection of cruising altitude. Specify the appropriate 071.01.03.03.16 071.01.03.03.16

cruising levels for normal long-range IFR flights and for
those operating on the North Atlantic OTS. Source: NAT
007, Chapter 4 Flight Planning - Flight Levels; SERA

217 Oceanic ATC clearances State that it is recommended 071.01.03.03.17 071.01.03.03.17

that pilots should request their oceanic clearance at
least 40 minutes prior to the oceanic entry point
estimated time of arrival (ETA). Source: NAT 007, 5.1.2

218 State that pilots should notify the oceanic area control 071.01.03.03.18 071.01.03.03.18
centre (OAC) of the maximum acceptable flight level
possible at the boundary. Source: NAT 007, 5.1.3

219 State that at some aerodromes which are situated close 071.01.03.03.19 071.01.03.03.19
to oceanic boundaries, the oceanic clearance must be
obtained before departure. Source: NAT 007, 5.1.5
220 State that if an aircraft, which would normally be RVSM- 071.01.03.03.20 071.01.03.03.20
or NAT HLA-approved, encounters, whilst en-route to
the NAT Oceanic Airspace, a critical in-flight equipment
failure, or at dispatch is unable to meet the MEL
requirements for RVSM or NAT HLA approval of the
flight, then the pilot must advise ATC at initial contact
when requesting oceanic clearance. Source: NAT 007,
5.1.6

221 State that after obtaining and reading back the 071.01.03.03.21 071.01.03.03.21
clearance, the pilot should monitor the forward
estimate for oceanic entry, and if this changes by 3
minutes or more, unless providing position reports via
automatic dependent surveillance - contract (ADS-C),
the pilot must pass a revised estimate on to ATC.
Source: NAT 007, 5.1.7

222 State that pilots should pay particular attention when 071.01.03.03.22 071.01.03.03.22
the issued clearance differs from the flight plan as a
significant proportion of navigation errors investigated
in the NAT Region involve aircraft which have followed
their flight plan rather than the differing clearance.
Source: NAT 007, 5.1.8

223 State that if the entry point of the oceanic route for 071.01.03.03.23 071.01.03.03.23
which the flight is cleared differs from that originally
requested or the oceanic flight level differs from the
current flight level, the pilot is responsible for
requesting and obtaining the necessary domestic
reclearance. Source: NAT 007, 5.1.9

224 State that there are three elements to an oceanic 071.01.03.03.24 071.01.03.03.24
clearance: route, Mach number, and flight level, and
that these elements serve to provide for the three basic
elements of separation: lateral, longitudinal, and
vertical. Source: NAT 007, 5.1.1

225 Communications and position-reporting procedures 071.01.03.03.25 071.01.03.03.25

State that pilots communicate with OACs via aeradio
stations staffed by communicators who have no
executive ATC authority. Source: NAT 007, 6.1.1

226 State that messages are relayed from the ground 071.01.03.03.26 071.01.03.03.26
station to the air traffic controllers of the relevant OAC
for action. Source: NAT 007, 6.1.1
227 State that frequencies from the lower HF bands tend to 071.01.03.03.27 071.01.03.03.27
be used for communications during night-time and
those from the higher bands during daytime. Generally,
in NAT, frequencies of less than 7 MHz are utilised at
night and frequencies greater than 8 MHz are utilised
during the day. When initiating contact with an aeradio
station, the pilot should state the HF frequency in use.
Source: NAT 007, 6.1.4 and 6.1.7
228 State that since oceanic traffic typically communicates 071.01.03.03.28 071.01.03.03.28
with ATC through aeradio facilities, a satellite
communication (SATCOM) call, made due to unforeseen
inability to communicate by other means, should be
made to such a facility rather than the ATC centre,
unless the urgency of the communication dictates
otherwise. Source: NAT 007, 6.1.17

229 State that an air-to-air VHF frequency has been 071.01.03.03.29 071.01.03.03.29
established for worldwide use when aircraft are out of
range of VHF ground stations which utilise the same or
adjacent frequencies. This frequency, 123.45 MHz, is
intended for pilot-to-pilot exchanges of operationally
significant information. Source: NAT 007, 6.2.2

230 State that any pilot, who provides position reports via 071.01.03.03.30 071.01.03.03.30
data link and encounters significant meteorological
phenomena (such as moderate/severe turbulence or
icing, volcanic ash or thunderstorms), should report this
information. Source: NAT 007, 6.5.2

231 State that all turbine-engined aeroplanes having a 071.01.03.03.31 071.01.03.03.31

maximum certified take-off mass exceeding 5 700 kg or
authorised to carry more than 19 passengers are
required to carry and operate airborne collision
avoidance system (ACAS) II in the NAT Region. Source:
NAT 007, 6.9.1

232 State that even with the growing use of data-link 071.01.03.03.32 071.01.03.03.32
communications, a significant volume of NAT air–
ground communications are conducted using voice on
single sideband (SSB) HF frequencies. To support air–
ground ATC communications in the North Atlantic
Region, 24 HF frequencies have been allocated, in
bands ranging from 2.8 to 18 MHz. Source: NAT 007,
6.1.3

233 Application of the Mach number technique (NAT HLA) 071.01.03.03.33 071.01.03.03.33
State that practical experience has shown that when
two or more turbojet aircraft, operating along the same
route at the same flight level, maintain the same Mach
number, they are more likely to maintain a constant
time interval between each other than when using
other methods. Source: NAT 007, 7.2.1

234 State that after leaving oceanic airspace, pilots must 071.01.03.03.34 071.01.03.03.34
maintain their assigned Mach number in domestic
controlled airspace unless and until the appropriate ATC
unit authorises a change. Source: NAT 007, 7.4.1

235 North Atlantic High Level Airspace (NAT HLA) flight

operation and navigation procedures
236 NAT HLA flight operation and navigation procedures 071.01.03.03.35 071.01.03.03.35
State that the pre-flight procedures for any NAT HLA
flight must include a Universal Time Coordinated (UTC)
time check. Source: NAT 007, 8.2.2

237 Describe the function and use of the master document. 071.01.03.03.36 071.01.03.03.36
Source: NAT 007, 8.2.5 to 8.2.9
238 State the requirements for position plotting. Source: 071.01.03.03.37 071.01.03.03.37
NAT 007, 8.2.10 to 8.2.13
239 Describe the pre-flight procedures for: the alignment of 071.01.03.03.38 071.01.03.03.38
IRS; the satellite navigation availability prediction
programme for flights using global navigation satellite
long-range navigation system (GNSS LRNS); loading of
initial waypoints; and flight plan check. Source: NAT
007, 8.3.2 to 8.3.5; 8.3.6 to 8.3.8; 8.3.13 to 8.3.17

240 Describe the strategic lateral offset procedure (SLOP) 071.01.03.03.39 071.01.03.03.39
and state that along a route or track there will be three
positions that an aircraft may fly: centre line, or 1 or 2
miles right. Source: NAT 007, 8.5.1 to 8.5.5

241 State that RNAV 10 retains the RNP 10 designation, as 071.01.03.03.40 071.01.03.03.40
specified in the Performance-based Navigation Manual
(ICAO Doc 9613), 1.2.3.5. (ICAO Doc 7030, NAT Chapter
4). Source: NAT 007, 1.3.4

242 State that both aircraft and operators must be RNP 10- 071.01.03.03.41 071.01.03.03.41
or RNP 4-approved by the State of the Operator or the
State of Registry, as appropriate. Source: NAT 007, 1.3.4

243 State that RNP 10 is the minimum navigation 071.01.03.03.42 071.01.03.03.42

specification for the application of 93 km (50 NM)
lateral separation. Source: NAT 007, 1.3.4 and 4.1.18

244 Reduced vertical separation minima (RVSM) flight in 071.01.03.03.43 071.01.03.03.43

NAT HLA State the altimeter cross-check to be
performed before entering NAT HLA. Source: NAT 007,
9.1.10

245 State the altimeter cross-check to be performed when 071.01.03.03.44 071.01.03.03.44

entering and flying in NAT HLA. Source: NAT 007, 9.1.12

246 State that pilots not using controller–pilot data-link 071.01.03.03.45 071.01.03.03.45
communications (CPDLC)/ADS-C always report to ATC
immediately on leaving the current cruising level and on
reaching any new cruising level. Source: NAT 007, 9.1.15

247 State that flight crew should report when a 300-ft 071.01.03.03.46 071.01.03.03.46
deviation or more occurs. Source: NAT 007, 11.3.4 and
11.3.6
248 Navigation planning procedures List the factors to be 071.01.03.03.47 071.01.03.03.47
considered by the commander before commencing the
flight. Source: NAT 007, 8.3 Pre-flight procedures

249 Navigation system degradation

250 For this part, consider aircraft equipped with only two 071.01.03.03.48 071.01.03.03.48
operational LRNSs and state the requirements for the
following situations: one system fails before take-off;
one system fails before the OCA boundary is reached;
one system fails after the OCA boundary is crossed; and
the remaining system fails after entering NAT HLA.
Source: NAT 007, 12.2

251 Special procedures for in-flight contingencies

252 State the general procedures and also state that the 071.01.03.03.49 071.01.03.03.49
general concept of these NAT in-flight contingency
procedures is, whenever operationally feasible, to offset
the assigned route by 15 NM and climb or descend to a
level which differs from those normally used by 500 ft if
below FL 410 or by 1 000 ft if above FL 410. Source: NAT
007, 13.1 and 13.2

253 State all the factors which may affect the direction of 071.01.03.03.50 071.01.03.03.50
turn including: direction to an alternate aerodrome;
terrain clearance; levels allocated on adjacent routes or
tracks and any known SLOP offsets adopted by other
nearby traffic. Source: NAT 007, 13.3.2

254 State that if the deviation around severe weather is to 071.01.03.03.51 071.01.03.03.51
be greater than 10 NM, the assigned flight level must be
changed by plus/minus 300 ft depending on the
followed track and the direction of the deviation.
Source: NAT 007, 13.4

255 Extended-range operations with two-engined 071.01.03.04 071.01.03.04

aeroplanes (ETOPS)
256 State that ETOPS approval is part of an AOC. Source: 071.01.03.04.01 071.01.03.04.01
Point SPA.ETOPS.100 ‘ETOPS’; Point SPA.ETOPS.105
‘ETOPS operational approval’
257 State that prior to conducting an ETOPS flight, an 071.01.03.04.02 071.01.03.04.02
operator shall ensure that a suitable ETOPS en-route
alternate is available, within either the approved
diversion time or a diversion time based on the MEL-
generated serviceability status of the aeroplane,
whichever is shorter. Source: Point SPA.ETOPS.110
‘ETOPS en-route alternate aerodrome’

258 State the requirements for take-off alternate. Source: 071.01.03.04.03 071.01.03.04.03
Point CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of aerodromes -
aeroplanes’
259 State the planning minima for ETOPS en-route 071.01.03.04.04 071.01.03.04.04
alternate. Source: Point SPA.ETOPS.115 ‘ETOPS en-
route alternate aerodrome planning minima’
260 Navigation-planning procedures. Describe the 071.01.03.04.05 071.01.03.04.05
operator’s responsibilities concerning ETOPS routes.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.135 ‘Routes and areas of
operation - general’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.145
‘Establishment of minimum flight altitudes’; Point
CAT.OP.MPA.150 ‘Fuel policy’

261 Selection of a route. Describe the limitations on 071.01.03.04.06 071.01.03.04.06

extended-range operations with two-engined
aeroplanes with and without ETOPS approval.
262 Selection of alternate aerodrome. State the maximum 071.01.03.04.07 071.01.03.04.07
flight distance of a take-off alternate for: two-engined
aeroplanes; ETOPS-approved aeroplanes; three- or
four-engined aeroplanes. Source: Point
CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of aerodromes -
aeroplanes’
263 State the maximum distance from an adequate 071.01.03.04.08 071.01.03.04.08
aerodrome for two-engined aeroplanes without an
ETOPS approval. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.140
‘Maximum distance from an adequate aerodrome for
two-engined aeroplanes without an ETOPS approval’

264 State the requirement for alternate aerodrome 071.01.03.04.09 071.01.03.04.09

accessibility check for ETOPS operations.
265 SPECIAL OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES AND HAZARDS - 071.02.00.00 071.02.00.00
GENERAL ASPECTS
266 Operations manual 071.02.01.00 071.02.01.00
267 Operating procedures 071.02.01.01 071.02.01.01

268 Explain the general rules for the operations manual. 071.02.01.01.01 071.02.01.01.01
Source: Point ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual -
general’; AMC1 ORO.MLR.100
269 Explain the structure and subject headings of the 071.02.01.01.02 071.02.01.01.02
operations manual. Source: Point ORO.MLR.101
‘Operations manual - structure for commercial air
transport’; GM1 ORO.MLR.100(k) ‘Operations manual -
general’

270 Explain the requirements for a journey log or 071.02.01.01.03 071.02.01.01.03

equivalent. Source: Point ORO.MLR.110 ‘Journey log’;
AMC1 ORO.MLR.110
271 Describe the requirements regarding the operational 071.02.01.01.04 071.02.01.01.04
flight plan. Source: Point ORO.MLR.115 ‘Record-
keeping’
272 Explain the requirements for document-storage 071.02.01.01.05 071.02.01.01.05
periods. Source: Point ORO.MLR.115 ‘Record-keeping’;
AMC1 ORO.MLR.115; GM1 ORO.MLR.115(c);(d)

273 Explain that all non-type-related operational policies, 071.02.01.01.06 071.02.01.01.06

instructions and procedures required for a safe
operation are included in Part A of the operations
manual. Source: Point ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations
manual - structure for commercial air transport; AMC3
ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual - general’ (main
topics in Part A, e.g. General/Basic, etc.)

274 State that the following items are included into Part A: 071.02.01.01.07 071.02.01.01.07
de-icing and anti-icing on the ground; adverse and
potentially hazardous atmospheric conditions; wake
turbulence; incapacitation of crew members; use of the
minimum equipment list (MEL) and configuration
deviation list(s) (CDL); security; handling of accidents
and occurrences. Source: Point ORO.MLR.101
‘Operations manual - structure for commercial air
transport’; AMC3 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual -
general’
275 State that the following items are included into Part A: 071.02.01.01.08 071.02.01.01.08
altitude alerting system procedures; ground proximity
warning system procedures; policy and procedures for
the use of traffic alert and collision avoidance system
(TCAS)/airborne collision avoidance system (ACAS).
Source: Point ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual -
structure for commercial air transport’; AMC3
ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual - general’

276 State that rotor downwash is included into Part A. 071.02.01.01.09 071.02.01.01.09
Source: Point ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual -
structure for commercial air transport’; AMC3
ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual - general’

277 Aeroplane/helicopter operating matters - type-related 071.02.01.02 071.02.01.02

278 State that all type-related instructions and procedures 071.02.01.02.01 071.02.01.02.01
required for a safe operation are included in Part B of
the operations manual. They take account of any
differences between types, variants or individual
aircraft used by an operator. Source: Point
ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual - structure for
commercial air transport’

279 State that the following items are included into Part B: 071.02.01.02.02 071.02.01.02.02
abnormal and emergency procedures; configuration
deviation list (CDL); minimum equipment list (MEL);
emergency evacuation procedures. Source: Point
ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual - structure for
commercial air transport’; AMC3 ORO.MLR.100
‘Operations manual - general’

280 State that the following items are included into Part B: 071.02.01.02.03 071.02.01.02.03
emergency procedures; configuration deviation list
(CDL); minimum equipment list (MEL); emergency
evacuation procedures. Source: Point ORO.MLR.101
‘Operations manual - structure for commercial air
transport’; AMC3 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual -
general’

281 Minimum equipment list (MEL) and master minimum 071.02.01.03 071.02.01.03
equipment list (MMEL)
282 Describe the following terms: ‘commencement of 071.02.01.03.01 071.02.01.03.01
flight’, ‘inoperative’, ‘MEL’, ‘MMEL’, ‘rectification
interval’. Source: GM1 ORO.MLR.105(a) ‘Minimum
equipment list’; CS-MMEL; GM2 ORO.MLR.105(d)(3)

283 Explain the relation between MMEL and MEL. Source: 071.02.01.03.02 071.02.01.03.02
Point ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual - general’;
Point ORO.MLR.105 ‘Minimum equipment list’; AMC1
ORO.MLR.105(j);(g) GM1 ORO.MLR.105(j)

284 Define the ‘extent of the MEL’. Source: AMC2 071.02.01.03.03 071.02.01.03.03
ORO.MLR.105(d)(3) ‘Minimum equipment list’
285 Explain the responsibilities of the operator and the 071.02.01.03.04 071.02.01.03.04
competent authority with regard to MEL and MMEL.
Source: Point ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual -
general’; Point ORO.MLR.105 ‘Minimum equipment list’;
AMC1 ORO.MLR.105(c); GM1 ORO.MLR.105(d)(3)

286 Explain the responsibilities of the flight crew members 071.02.01.03.05 071.02.01.03.05
with regard to MEL. Source: Points
CAT.IDE.A.105/CAT.IDE.H.105 ‘Minimum equipment for
flight’

287 Explain the responsibilities of the commander with 071.02.01.03.06 071.02.01.03.06

regard to MEL. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.175 ‘Flight
preparation’; Point CAT.IDE.A.105/CAT.IDE.H.105
‘Minimum equipment for flight’

288 Icing conditions 071.02.02.00 071.02.02.00

289 On-ground de-icing/anti-icing procedures, types of de- 071.02.02.01 071.02.02.01
icing/anti-icing fluids
290 Define the following terms: ‘anti-icing’, ‘de-icing’, ‘one- 071.02.02.01.01 071.02.02.01.01
step de-icing/anti-icing’, ‘two-step de-icing/anti-icing’,
‘holdover time’. Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of
Aircraft Ground De-icing/Anti-icing Operations’,
Glossary

291 Describe ‘the clean aircraft concept’ as presented in the 071.02.02.01.02 071.02.02.01.02
relevant chapter of ICAO Doc 9640. Source: ICAO Doc
9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’, Chapter 2

292 List the types of de-icing/anti-icing fluids available. 071.02.02.01.03 071.02.02.01.03

Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground De-
icing/Anti-icing Operations’, Chapter 4, 4.1

293 Explain the procedure to be followed when an 071.02.02.01.04 071.02.02.01.04

aeroplane has exceeded the holdover time. Source:
ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground De-
icing/Anti-icing Operations’, Chapter 4, 4.9

294 Interpret the guidelines for fluid holdover times and list 071.02.02.01.05 071.02.02.01.05
the factors which can reduce the fluid protection time.
Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground De-
icing/Anti-icing Operations’, Chapter 5: 5.1, 5.2 and
Attachment ( 5 tables)

295 Explain how the pre-take-off check, which is the 071.02.02.01.06 071.02.02.01.06
responsibility of the pilot-in-command, ensures that the
critical surfaces of the aircraft are free of ice, snow,
slush or frost just prior to take-off. This check shall be
accomplished as close to the time of take-off as possible
and is normally made from within the aeroplane by
visually checking the wings. Source: ICAO Doc 9640
‘Manual of Aircraft Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’, Chapter 6, 6.4
296 Explain why an aircraft has to be treated symmetrically. 071.02.02.01.07 071.02.02.01.07
Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground De-
icing/Anti-icing Operations’, Chapter 11

297 Explain why an operator shall establish procedures to 071.02.02.01.08 071.02.02.01.08

be followed when ground de-icing and anti-icing and
related inspections of the aircraft are necessary. Source:
ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground De-
icing/Anti-icing Operations’, Chapter 1: Introduction 1.1
to 1.6

298 Explain why a commander shall not commence take-off 071.02.02.01.09 071.02.02.01.09
unless the external surfaces are clear of any deposit
which might adversely affect the performance or
controllability of the aircraft except as permitted in the
flight manual. Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of
Aircraft Ground De-icing/Anti-icing Operations’; Point
CAT.OP.MPA.250 ‘Ice and other contaminants - ground
procedures’

299 Explain the requirements for operations in icing 071.02.02.01.10 071.02.02.01.10

conditions. Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.250 ‘Ice and
other contaminants - ground procedures’; Point
CAT.OP.MPA.255 ‘Ice and other contaminants - flight
procedures’; Point CAT.IDE.A.165 ‘Additional equipment
for operations in icing conditions at night’; Point
CAT.IDE.H.165 ‘Additional equipment for operations in
icing conditions at night’

300 Explain why safety must come before commercial 071.02.02.01.11 071.02.02.01.11
pressures in relation to de-icing and anti-icing of
aircraft. (Consider time and financial cost versus direct
and indirect effects of an incident/accident). Source:
N/A

301 Procedure to apply in case of performance 071.02.02.02 071.02.02.02

deterioration, on ground/in flight
302 Explain that the effects of icing are wide-ranging, 071.02.02.02.01 071.02.02.02.01
unpredictable and dependent upon individual aircraft
design. The magnitude of these effects is dependent
upon many variables, but the effects can be both
significant and dangerous. Source: ICAO Doc 9640
‘Manual of Aircraft Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’, Chapter 1

303 Explain that in icing conditions, for a given speed and a 071.02.02.02.02 071.02.02.02.02
given angle of attack, wing lift can be reduced by as
much as 30 per cent and drag increased by up to 40 per
cent. State that these changes in lift and drag will
significantly increase stall speed, reduce controllability,
and alter flight characteristics. Source: ICAO Doc 9640
‘Manual of Aircraft Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’, Chapter 1
304 Explain that ice on critical surfaces and on the airframe 071.02.02.02.03 071.02.02.02.03
may also break away during take-off and be ingested
into engines, possibly damaging fan and compressor
blades. Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft
Ground De-icing/Anti-icing Operations’, Chapter 1

305 Explain that ice forming on pitot tubes and static ports 071.02.02.02.04 071.02.02.02.04
or on angle-of-attack vanes may give false altitude,
airspeed, angle-of-attack and engine-power information
for air-data systems. Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of
Aircraft Ground De-icing/Anti-icing Operations’, Chapter
1

306 Explain that ice, frost and snow formed on the critical 071.02.02.02.05 071.02.02.02.05
surfaces on the ground can have a totally different
effect on aircraft flight characteristics than ice, frost and
snow formed in flight. Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual
of Aircraft Ground De-icing/Anti-icing Operations’,
Chapter 1

307 Explain that flight in known icing conditions is subject to 071.02.02.02.06 071.02.02.02.06
limitations that are contained in Part B of the
operations manual. Source: AMC4 ORO.MLR.100
‘Operations manual - general’

308 Explain where procedures and performances regarding 071.02.02.02.07 071.02.02.02.07

flight in expected or actual icing conditions can be
found. Source: AMC4 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual
- general’

309 Bird-strike risk 071.02.03.00 071.02.03.00

310 Bird-strike risk and avoidance 071.02.03.01 071.02.03.01
311 Explain that the presence of birds that constitute a 071.02.03.01.01 071.02.03.01.01
potential hazard to aircraft operations is part of the pre-
flight information. Source: ICAO Annex 15, 8.1 Pre-flight
information

312 Explain how information concerning the presence of 071.02.03.01.02 071.02.03.01.02

birds observed by aircrews is made available to the
aeronautical information service (AIS) for distribution as
the circumstances dictate. Source: ICAO Annex 15,
Chapter 8

313 Explain that the Aeronautical Information Publication 071.02.03.01.03 071.02.03.01.03

(AIP) Section En-route (ENR) 5.6 contains information
regarding bird migrations. Source: ICAO Annex 15,
Appendix 1

314 Explain significant data regarding bird strikes contained 071.02.03.01.04 071.02.03.01.04
in ICAO Doc 9137 ‘Airport Services Manual’. Source:
ICAO Doc 9137 ‘Airport Services Manual’, Chapter 1
315 Explain why birds constitute a hazard to aircraft 071.02.03.01.05 071.02.03.01.05
(damage to probes, sensors, engines, windscreens,
airframes, degradation in vision, etc.). Source: N/A,
though history in ICAO Doc 9137, Chapter 1. For more
information, refer to the EGAST safety promotion
leaflet ‘Bird strike, a European risk with local
specificities’, EASA website

316 Define the commander’s responsibilities regarding the 071.02.03.01.06 071.02.03.01.06

reporting of bird hazards and bird strikes. Source: Point
CAT.GEN.MPA.105 ‘Responsibilities of the commander’

317 State that birds tend to flock to areas where food is 071.02.03.01.07 071.02.03.01.07
plentiful. Such areas include: rubbish (garbage)
facilities; open sewage treatment works; recently
ploughed land; as well as their natural habitats. Source:
N/A

318 Noise abatement 071.02.04.00 071.02.04.00

319 Noise-abatement procedures 071.02.04.01 071.02.04.01
320 Define the operator’s responsibilities regarding the 071.02.04.01.01 071.02.04.01.01
establishment of noise-abatement procedures. Source:
Point CAT.OP.MPA.130 ‘Noise abatement procedures -
aeroplanes’ Point CAT.OP.MPA.131 ‘Noise abatement
procedures - helicopters’

321 State the main purpose of noise-abatement departure 071.02.04.01.02 071.02.04.01.02

procedure (NADP) 1 and NADP 2. Source: ICAO Doc
8168 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services - Aircraft
Operations’ (PANS-OPS), Volume 1, Part I, Section 7,
Appendix to Chapter 3, 1.1

322 State that the PIC/commander has the authority to 071.02.04.01.03 071.02.04.01.03
decide not to execute an NADP if conditions preclude
the safe execution of the procedure. Source: ICAO Doc
8168 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services - Aircraft
Operations’ (PANS-OPS), Volume 1, Part I, Section 7,
Chapter 3, 3.2.1 General

323 Influence of the flight procedure (departure, cruise, 071.02.04.02 071.02.04.02

approach)
324 List the main parameters for NADP 1 and NADP 2 (i.e. 071.02.04.02.01 071.02.04.02.01
speeds, heights and configuration). Source: ICAO Doc
8168 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services - Aircraft
Operations’ (PANS-OPS), Volume 1, Part I, Section 7,
Chapter 3, 3.3 & Appendix to Chapter 3

325 State that a runway lead-in lighting system should be 071.02.04.02.02 071.02.04.02.02
provided where it is desired to provide visual guidance
along a specific approach path for noise-abatement
purposes. Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
5.3.7.1/Volume 2, 5.3.4.1

326 State that detailed information about noise-abatement 071.02.04.02.03 071.02.04.02.03

procedures is to be found in Part ‘Aerodromes’ (AD),
Sections 2 and 3 of the AIP. Source: ICAO Annex 15,
Appendix 1
327 Influence by the pilot (power setting, low drag) 071.02.04.03 071.02.04.03
328 List the adverse operating conditions under which 071.02.04.03.01 071.02.04.03.01
noise-abatement procedures in the form of reduced-
power take-off should not be required Source: ICAO Doc
8168 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services - Aircraft
Operations’ (PANS-OPS), Volume 1, Part I, Section 3,
Chapter 1, 1.2.3 Reduced power take-off

329 List the adverse operating conditions under which 071.02.04.03.02 071.02.04.03.02
noise-abatement procedures during approach should
not be required. Source: ICAO Doc 8168 ‘Procedures for
Air Navigation Services - Aircraft Operations’ (PANS-
OPS), Volume 1, Part I, Section 7, Chapter 2, 2.1 Noise
preferential runways

330 State the rule regarding the use of reverse thrust on 071.02.04.03.03 071.02.04.03.03
landing. Source: ICAO Doc 8168 ‘Procedures for Air
Navigation Services - Aircraft Operations’ (PANS-OPS),
Volume 1, Part I, Section 7, Chapter 3, 3.5 Aeroplane
operating procedures - landing

331 Influence by the pilot (power setting, track of 071.02.04.04 071.02.04.04

helicopter)
332 List the adverse operating conditions under which 071.02.04.04.01 071.02.04.04.01
noise-abatement procedures in the form of reduced-
power take-off should not be required.
333 Fire and smoke 071.02.05.00 071.02.05.00
334 Carburettor fire 071.02.05.01 071.02.05.01
335 Explain that the actions to be taken in the event of a 071.02.05.01.01 071.02.05.01.01
carburettor fire may be type-specific and should be
known by the pilot.
336 Engine fire 071.02.05.02 071.02.05.02
337 Explain that the actions to be taken in the event of an 071.02.05.02.01 071.02.05.02.01
engine fire may be type-specific and should be known
by the pilot.
338 Fire in the cabin, in the flight crew compartment and in 071.02.05.03 071.02.05.03
the cargo compartment
339 Identify the different types of extinguishants used in 071.02.05.03.01 071.02.05.03.01
handheld fire extinguishers and the type of fire for
which each one may be used.
340 Describe the precautions to be considered when 071.02.05.03.02 071.02.05.03.02
applying fire extinguishants.
341 Identify the appropriate handheld fire extinguishers to 071.02.05.03.03 071.02.05.03.03
be used in the flight crew compartment, the passenger
cabin and lavatories, and in the cargo compartments.

342 Smoke in the flight crew compartment and in the cabin 071.02.05.04 071.02.05.04

343 Explain which actions should be taken in the event of 071.02.05.04.01 071.02.05.04.01
smoke in the flight crew compartment or in the cabin,
why these actions may be type-specific, and why they
should be known by the pilot.

344 Actions in case of overheated brakes 071.02.05.05 071.02.05.05

345 Describe the problems and safety precautions in the 071.02.05.05.01 071.02.05.05.01
event that brakes overheat after a heavy-weight landing
or a rejected take-off.
346 Explain the difference in the way steel and carbon 071.02.05.05.02 071.02.05.05.02
brakes react to energy absorption and the operational
consequences.
347 Decompression of pressurised cabin 071.02.06.00 071.02.06.00
348 Slow decompression 071.02.06.01 071.02.06.01
349 Explain what can cause, and how to detect, a slow 071.02.06.01.01 071.02.06.01.01
decompression or an automatic pressurisation system
failure.
350 Describe the actions required following a slow 071.02.06.01.02 071.02.06.01.02
decompression.
351 Rapid and explosive decompression 071.02.06.02 071.02.06.02
352 Explain what can cause, and how to detect, a rapid or 071.02.06.02.01 071.02.06.02.01
an explosive decompression.
353 Dangers and action to be taken 071.02.06.03 071.02.06.03
354 Describe the actions required following a rapid or 071.02.06.03.01 071.02.06.03.01
explosive decompression.
355 Describe the effects on aircraft occupants of a slow 071.02.06.03.02 071.02.06.03.02
decompression and of a rapid or explosive
decompression.
356 Wind shear and microburst 071.02.07.00 071.02.07.00
357 Effects and recognition during departure and approach 071.02.07.01 071.02.07.01

358 Explain how to identify low-level wind shear. Source: 071.02.07.01.01 071.02.07.01.01
ICAO Circular 186 ‘Wind Shear’
359 Actions to avoid and actions to take when 071.02.07.02 071.02.07.02
encountering wind shear
360 Describe the effects of wind shear and the actions 071.02.07.02.01 071.02.07.02.01
required when wind shear is encountered at take-off
and approach. Source: ICAO Circular 186 ‘Wind Shear’

361 Describe the precautions to be taken when wind shear 071.02.07.02.02 071.02.07.02.02
is suspected at take-off and approach. Source: ICAO
Circular 186 ‘Wind Shear’
362 Describe the effects of wind shear and the actions 071.02.07.02.03 071.02.07.02.03
required following entry into a strong downdraft wind
shear. Source: ICAO Circular 186 ‘Wind Shear’

363 Describe a microburst and its effects. Source: ICAO 071.02.07.02.04 071.02.07.02.04
Circular 186 ‘Wind Shear’
364 Wake turbulence 071.02.08.00 071.02.08.00
365 Cause 071.02.08.01 071.02.08.01
366 Describe the term ‘wake turbulence’. Source: ICAO Doc 071.02.08.01.01 071.02.08.01.01
9426 ‘Air Traffic Services Planning Manual’, Part II

367 Describe tip vortex circulation. Source: ICAO Doc 9426 071.02.08.01.02 071.02.08.01.02
‘Air Traffic Services Planning Manual’, Part II

368 State when vortex generation begins and ends. Source: 071.02.08.01.03 071.02.08.01.03
ICAO Doc 9426 ‘Air Traffic Services Planning Manual’,
Part II
369 Describe vortex circulation on the ground with and 071.02.08.01.04 071.02.08.01.04
without crosswind. Source: ICAO Doc 9426 ‘Air Traffic
Services Planning Manual’, Part II
370 List of relevant parameters 071.02.08.02 071.02.08.02
371 List the three main factors which, when combined, give 071.02.08.02.01 071.02.08.02.01
the strongest vortices (heavy, clean, slow). Source: ICAO
Doc 9426 ‘Air Traffic Services Planning Manual’, Part II

372 Describe the wind conditions which are worst for wake 071.02.08.02.02 071.02.08.02.02
turbulence near the ground. Source: ICAO Doc 9426 ‘Air
Traffic Services Planning Manual’, Part II

373 Actions to be taken when crossing traffic, during take- 071.02.08.03 071.02.08.03
off and landing
374 Describe the actions to be taken to avoid wake 071.02.08.03.01 071.02.08.03.01
turbulence, specifically separations. Source: ICAO Doc
4444 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services - Air Traffic
Management’ (PANS-ATM), 5.8 Time-based wake
turbulence longitudinal separation minima

375 Security (unlawful events) 071.02.09.00 071.02.09.00

376 ICAO Annex 17 and Regulation (EC) No 300/2008 071.02.09.01 071.02.09.01
377 Define the following terms: ‘aircraft security check’, 071.02.09.01.01 071.02.09.01.01
‘screening’, ‘security’, ‘security-restricted area’,
‘unidentified baggage’. Source: ICAO Annex 17, Chapter
1 Definitions

378 State the objectives of security. Source: ICAO Annex 17, 071.02.09.01.02 071.02.09.01.02
2.1 Objectives
379 Use of secondary surveillance radar (SSR) 071.02.09.02 071.02.09.02
380 Describe the commander’s responsibilities concerning 071.02.09.02.01 071.02.09.02.01
notifying the appropriate ATS unit. Source: ICAO Annex
17, Attachment to Annex 17
381 Describe the commander’s responsibilities concerning 071.02.09.02.02 071.02.09.02.02
operation of SSR. Source: ICAO Annex 17, Attachment
to Annex 17
382 Describe the commander’s responsibilities concerning 071.02.09.02.03 071.02.09.02.03
departing from assigned track or cruising level. Source:
ICAO Annex 17, Attachment to Annex 17

383 Describe the commander’s responsibilities concerning 071.02.09.02.04 071.02.09.02.04

the action required or being requested by an ATS unit
to confirm SSR code and ATS interpretation response.
Source: ICAO Annex 17, Attachment to Annex 17

384 Security (Regulation (EC) No 300/2008 and ICAO Annex 071.02.09.03 071.02.09.03
17)
385 Describe the relationship between Regulation (EC) 071.02.09.03.01 071.02.09.03.01
No 300/2008 and ICAO Annex 17. Source: Regulation
(EC) No 300/2008, Articles 1 & 2
386 Explain the requirements regarding training 071.02.09.03.02 071.02.09.03.02
programmes. Source: Regulation (EC) No 300/2008,
Annex: 10 ‘In-flight security measures’ and 11 ‘Staff
recruitment and training’; ICAO Annex 17, 13.4 Training
programmes

387 Explain the requirements regarding reporting acts of 071.02.09.03.03 071.02.09.03.03

unlawful interference. Source: ICAO Annex 17, 13.5
Reporting acts of unlawful interference
388 State the requirements regarding aircraft search 071.02.09.03.04 071.02.09.03.04
procedures. Source: ICAO Annex 17: 4.3 Measures
relating to aircraft; 5.1 Prevention; 13.3 Aeroplane
search procedure checklist

389 Emergency and precautionary landing, and ditching 071.02.10.00 071.02.10.00

390 Descriptions 071.02.10.01 071.02.10.01
391 Describe the meaning of: ‘ditching’, ‘precautionary 071.02.10.01.01 071.02.10.01.01
landing’, and ‘emergency landing’.
392 Describe a ditching procedure. 071.02.10.01.02 071.02.10.01.02
393 Describe a precautionary landing procedure. 071.02.10.01.03 071.02.10.01.03
394 Describe an emergency landing procedure. 071.02.10.01.04 071.02.10.01.04
395 Explain the factors to be considered when deciding to 071.02.10.01.05 071.02.10.01.05
conduct a precautionary/emergency landing or ditching.

396 Cause 071.02.10.02 071.02.10.02

397 List some circumstances that may require a ditching, a 071.02.10.02.01 071.02.10.02.01
precautionary landing or an emergency landing.

398 Passenger information 071.02.10.03 071.02.10.03

399 Describe the briefing to be given to passengers before 071.02.10.03.01 071.02.10.03.01
conducting a precautionary/emergency landing or
ditching (including evacuation). Source: AMC1
CAT.OP.MPA.170 ‘Passenger briefing’

400 Action after a precautionary/emergency landing or 071.02.10.04 071.02.10.04

ditching
401 Describe the actions and responsibilities of crew 071.02.10.04.01 071.02.10.04.01
members after landing.
402 Evacuation 071.02.10.05 071.02.10.05
403 Explain why the aircraft must be stopped and the 071.02.10.05.01 071.02.10.05.01
engine(s) shut down before launching an emergency
evacuation.
404 Explain the CS-25 requirements regarding evacuation 071.02.10.05.02 071.02.10.05.02
procedures. Source: CS 25.803 and Appendix J

405 Fuel jettisoning 071.02.11.00 071.02.11.00

406 Safety aspects 071.02.11.01 071.02.11.01
407 Explain why an aircraft may need to jettison fuel so as 071.02.11.01.01 071.02.11.01.01
to reduce its landing mass in order to make a safe
landing. Source: ICAO Doc 4444 ‘Procedures for Air
Navigation Services - Air Traffic Management’ (PANS-
ATM), 15.5.3 Fuel dumping
408 Explain that when an aircraft that operates within 071.02.11.01.02 071.02.11.01.02
controlled airspace needs to jettison fuel, the flight
crew shall coordinate with ATC the following: route to
be flown which, if possible, should be clear of cities and
towns, preferably over water and away from areas
where thunderstorms have been reported or are
expected; the flight level to be used, which should be
not less than 1 800 m (6 000 ft); and the duration of fuel
jettisoning. Source: ICAO Doc 4444 ‘Procedures for Air
Navigation Services - Air Traffic Management’ (PANS-
ATM), 15.5.3 Fuel dumping

409 Explain how flaps and slats may adversely affect fuel 071.02.11.01.03 071.02.11.01.03
jettisoning. Source: CS 25.1001 Fuel jettisoning system

410 Requirements 071.02.11.02 071.02.11.02

411 Explain why a fuel-jettisoning system must be capable 071.02.11.02.01 071.02.11.02.01
of jettisoning enough fuel within 15 minutes. Source: CS
25.1001 Fuel jettisoning system

412 Transport of dangerous goods by air 071.02.12.00 071.02.12.00

413 ICAO Annex 18 (4th Edition, July 2011) 071.02.12.01 071.02.12.01
414 Define the following terms: ‘dangerous goods’, 071.02.12.01.01 071.02.12.01.01
‘dangerous goods accident’, ‘dangerous goods incident’,
‘exemption’, ‘incompatible’, ‘packaging’, ‘UN number’.
Source: ICAO Annex 18, Chapter 1 Definitions

415 Explain that detailed provisions for the transport of 071.02.12.01.02 071.02.12.01.02
dangerous goods by air are contained in the Technical
Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods
by Air. Source: ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical Instructions
For The Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air’;
ICAO Annex 18, Chapter 2, 2.2.1

416 State that in the event of an in-flight emergency, the 071.02.12.01.03 071.02.12.01.03
pilot-in-command must inform the ATC of the transport
of dangerous goods by air. Source: ICAO Annex 18,
Chapter 9, 9.5

417 Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of 071.02.12.02 071.02.12.02

Dangerous Goods by Air (ICAO Doc 9284)
418 Explain the principle of dangerous goods compatibility 071.02.12.02.01 071.02.12.02.01
and segregation. Source: ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical
Instructions For The Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods
by Air’

419 Explain the special requirements for the loading of 071.02.12.02.02 071.02.12.02.02
radioactive materials. Source: ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical
Instructions For The Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods
by Air’

420 Explain the use of the dangerous goods list. Source: 071.02.12.02.03 071.02.12.02.03
ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical Instructions For The Safe
Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air’

421 Identify the labels. Source: ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical 071.02.12.02.04 071.02.12.02.04
Instructions For The Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods
by Air’
422 Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 - Annex IV (Part-CAT) 071.02.12.03 071.02.12.03
and Annex V (Part-SPA)
423 Explain the terminology relevant to dangerous goods. 071.02.12.03.01 071.02.12.03.01
Source: Point SPA.DG.100 ‘Transport of dangerous
goods’; Point SPA.DG.105 ‘Approval to transport
dangerous goods’; Point SPA.DG.110 ‘Dangerous goods
information and documentation’

424 Explain the scope of that Regulation. Source: Point 071.02.12.03.02 071.02.12.03.02
CAT.GEN.MPA.200 ‘Transport of dangerous goods’
425 Explain why the transport of dangerous goods by air is 071.02.12.03.03 071.02.12.03.03
subject to operator approval. Source: Point SPA.DG.100
‘Transport of dangerous goods’; AMC1 ARO.OPS.200
‘Specific approval procedure’

426 Explain the limitations on the transport of dangerous 071.02.12.03.04 071.02.12.03.04

goods by air. Source: Point SPA.DG.100 ‘Transport of
dangerous goods’; Point SPA.DG.105 ‘Approval to
transport dangerous goods’; Point SPA.DG.110
‘Dangerous goods information and documentation’

427 Explain the requirements for the acceptance of 071.02.12.03.05 071.02.12.03.05

dangerous goods. Source: Point SPA.DG.110 ‘Dangerous
goods information and documentation’; AMC1
SPA.DG.110(b) ‘Dangerous goods information and
documentation’

428 Explain the requirements regarding inspection for 071.02.12.03.06 071.02.12.03.06

damage, leakage or contamination. Source: Point
SPA.DG.105 ‘Approval to transport dangerous goods’;
AMC1 SPA.DG.110(b) ‘Dangerous goods information
and documentation’: (a)(1)

429 Explain the requirement for the provision of 071.02.12.03.07 071.02.12.03.07

information to flight crew. Source: Point SPA.DG.110
‘Dangerous goods information and documentation’;
AMC1 SPA.DG.110(a);(b) ‘Dangerous goods information
and documentation’

430 Explain the requirements for dangerous goods incident 071.02.12.03.08 071.02.12.03.08
and accident reports. Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.200
‘Transport of dangerous goods’
431 State that some articles and substances, which would 071.02.12.03.09 071.02.12.03.09
otherwise be classed as dangerous goods, can be
exempted if they are part of the aircraft equipment, or
required for use during aeromedical flights. Source:
Point CAT.GEN.MPA.200 ‘Transport of dangerous
goods’; ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical Instructions For The
Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air’, 2.2
Exceptions for dangerous goods of the operator
432 Explain why some articles and substances may be 071.02.12.03.10 071.02.12.03.10
forbidden for transport by air. Source: Point
CAT.GEN.MPA.200 ‘Transport of dangerous goods’;
ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical Instructions For The Safe
Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air’, 2.1 Dangerous
goods forbidden for transport by air under any
circumstance

433 Explain why packing must comply with the 071.02.12.03.11 071.02.12.03.11
specifications of the Technical Instructions. Source:
ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical Instructions For The Safe
Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air’, Introductory
chapter, 2.4 (for packing purposes, etc.)

434 Explain the need for an inspection prior to loading 071.02.12.03.12 071.02.12.03.12
dangerous goods on an aircraft. Source: Point
CAT.GEN.MPA.200 ‘Transport of dangerous goods’;
AMC1 SPA.DG.110(b) ‘Dangerous goods information
and documentation’

435 Explain why some dangerous goods are designated for 071.02.12.03.13 071.02.12.03.13
carriage only on cargo aircraft. Source: ICAO Annex 18,
8.9 Loading on cargo aircraft; ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical
Instructions For The Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods
by Air’, GENERAL PRINCIPLES

436 Explain how misdeclared or undeclared dangerous 071.02.12.03.14 071.02.12.03.14

goods found in baggage are to be reported. Source:
Point CAT.GEN.MPA.200 and related AMCs/GM

437 Contaminated runways 071.02.13.00 071.02.13.00

438 Intentionally left blank 071.02.13.01 071.02.13.01
439 Estimated surface friction, friction coefficient 071.02.13.02 071.02.13.02
440 Identify the difference between friction coefficient and 071.02.13.02.01 071.02.13.02.01
estimated surface friction. Source: ICAO Annex 15,
Appendix 2
441 State that when estimated surface friction is 4 or 5, the 071.02.13.02.02 071.02.13.02.02
expected braking action is good. Source: ICAO Annex
15, Appendix 2
442 Hydroplaning principles and effects 071.02.13.03 071.02.13.03
443 Define the different types of hydroplaning. Source: 071.02.13.03.01 071.02.13.03.01
NASA TM-85652 - Tire friction performance

444 Compute the two dynamic hydroplaning speeds using 071.02.13.03.02 071.02.13.03.02
the following formulas: spin-down speed (rotating tire)
(kt) equals 9 square root (pressure in PSI) spin-up speed
(non-rotating tire) (kt) equals 7.7 square root (pressure
in PSI). Source: NASA TM-85652 - Tire friction
performance

445 State that it is the spin-up speed rather than the spin- 071.02.13.03.03 071.02.13.03.03
down speed which represents the actual tire situation
for aircraft touchdown on flooded runways. Source:
NASA TM-85652 - Tire friction performance

446 Intentionally left blank 071.02.13.04 071.02.13.04

447 SNOWTAM and contamination on the aerodrome 071.02.13.05 071.02.13.05
448 Interpret from a SNOWTAM the contamination and 071.02.13.05.01 071.02.13.05.01
braking action on a runway, taxiways and apron.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 2
449 Explain which hazards can be identified from the 071.02.13.05.02 071.02.13.05.02
SNOWTAM/METAR and how to mitigate them.
450 Rotor downwash 071.02.14.00 071.02.14.00
451 Describe downwash 071.02.14.01 071.02.14.01
452 Describe the downwash. 071.02.14.01.01 071.02.14.01.01
453 Effects 071.02.14.02 071.02.14.02
454 Explain its effects: soil erosion, water dispersal and 071.02.14.02.01 071.02.14.02.01
spray, recirculation, damage to property, loose articles.

455 Operation influence by meteorological conditions 071.02.15.00 071.02.15.00

(helicopter)
456 White-out/sand/dust 071.02.15.01 071.02.15.01
457 Give the definition of ‘white-out’. 071.02.15.01.01 071.02.15.01.01
458 Describe loss of spatial orientation. 071.02.15.01.02 071.02.15.01.02
459 Describe take-off and landing techniques. 071.02.15.01.03 071.02.15.01.03
460 Strong winds 071.02.15.02 071.02.15.02
461 Describe blade sailing. 071.02.15.02.01 071.02.15.02.01
462 Describe wind operating envelopes. 071.02.15.02.02 071.02.15.02.02
463 Describe vertical speed problems. 071.02.15.02.03 071.02.15.02.03
464 Mountain environment 071.02.15.03 071.02.15.03
465 Describe constraints associated with mountain 071.02.15.03.01 071.02.15.03.01
environment.
466 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES (HELICOPTER) 071.03.00.00 071.03.00.00
467 Influence of technical problems 071.03.01.00 071.03.01.00
468 Engine failure 071.03.01.01 071.03.01.01
469 Describe recovery techniques in the event of engine 071.03.01.01.01 071.03.01.01.01
failure during hover, climb, cruise, approach.

470 Fire in the cabin, in the flight crew compartment and in 071.03.01.02 071.03.01.02
the engine(s)
471 Describe the basic actions when encountering fire in the 071.03.01.02.01 071.03.01.02.01
cabin, flight deck or engine(s).
472 Tail-rotor directional control failure 071.03.01.03 071.03.01.03
473 Describe the basic actions following loss of tail rotor. 071.03.01.03.01 071.03.01.03.01

474 Describe the basic actions following loss of directional 071.03.01.03.02 071.03.01.03.02
control.
475 Ground resonance 071.03.01.04 071.03.01.04
476 Describe recovery actions. 071.03.01.04.01 071.03.01.04.01
477 Blade stall 071.03.01.05 071.03.01.05
478 Describe cause of and recovery actions when 071.03.01.05.01 071.03.01.05.01
encountering retreating blade stall.
479 Settling with power (vortex ring) 071.03.01.06 071.03.01.06
480 Describe potential conditions for this event and 071.03.01.06.01 071.03.01.06.01
recovery actions.
481 Overpitch 071.03.01.07 071.03.01.07
482 Describe recovery actions. 071.03.01.07.01 071.03.01.07.01
483 Overspeed: rotor/engine 071.03.01.08 071.03.01.08
484 Describe overspeed control. 071.03.01.08.01 071.03.01.08.01
485 Dynamic rollover 071.03.01.09 071.03.01.09
486 Describe potential conditions for this event and 071.03.01.09.01 071.03.01.09.01
recovery action.
487 Mast bumping 071.03.01.10 071.03.01.10
488 Describe potential conditions of the ‘conducive to’ and 071.03.01.10.01 071.03.01.10.01
‘avoidance of’ effect.
489 SPECIALISED OPERATIONS 071.04.00.00 071.04.00.00
490 SPECIALISED OPERATIONS (Regulation (EU) No 071.04.01.00 071.04.01.00
965/2012 on air operations, as amended)
491 Additional requirements for commercial specialised 071.04.01.01 071.04.01.01
operations and CAT operations (Annex III (Part-ORO),
Subpart FC, Section 3)
492 Explain the requirements related to flight crew 071.04.01.01.01 071.04.01.01.01
recurrent training and checking and operator
proficiency check. Source: Point ORO.FC.330 ‘Recurrent
training and checking - operator proficiency check’

493 General requirements (Annex VIII (Part-SPO), Subpart 071.04.01.02 071.04.01.02

A)
494 Explain the task specialist’s responsibilities. Source: 071.04.01.02.01 071.04.01.02.01
Point SPO.GEN.106 ‘Task specialists responsibilities’

495 Helicopter external sling load operations (HESLO) 071.04.01.03 071.04.01.03

(Annex VIII (Part-SPO), Subpart E)
496 Explain the standard operating procedures and 071.04.01.03.01 071.04.01.03.01
equipment requirements. Source: Point
SPO.SPEC.HESLO.100 ‘Standard operating procedures’
and related AMCs/GM; Point SPO.SPEC.HESLO.105
‘Specific HESLO equipment’ and related AMCs/GM

497 Human external cargo operations (HEC) (Annex VIII 071.04.01.04 071.04.01.04
(Part-SPO), Subpart E)
498 Explain the standard operating procedures and 071.04.01.04.01 071.04.01.04.01
equipment requirements. Source: Point
SPO.SPEC.HEC.100 ‘Standard operating procedures’ and
related AMCs/GM; Point SPO.SPEC.HEC.105 ‘Specific
HEC equipment’ and related AMCs/GM

Total
 2020 syllabus text

Reworded, intent

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR
the same

modified

ATPL(A)
Deleted

CPL(H)
CPL(A)
New

BK
OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ICAO Annex 6
Definitions
Define the following: alternate aerodrome: flight time X X X
(aeroplanes); take-off alternate; en-route alternate;
destination alternate.

Define ‘alternate heliport’; ‘flight time (helicopters)’. X X X X

Applicability
State that Part I shall be applicable to the operation of X X X
aeroplanes by operators authorised to conduct
international commercial air transport (CAT) operations.

State that Part III shall be applicable to all helicopters X X X X

engaged in international CAT operations or in
international general aviation operations, except
helicopters engaged in aerial work.

General
Explain the compliance with laws, regulations and X X X X X X
procedures.

State the condition(s) required for the establishment of X X X X X X

a flight data analysis programme, and state what this
programme is part of.

Explain what is a flight safety documents system. X X X X X X

Explain what is maintenance release. X X X X X X

List and describe the lights to be displayed by aircraft. X X X X X X

Operational requirements
Applicability
State the operational regulations applicable to CAT and X X X X X X X
other activities (e.g. specialised operations (SPO)).

State the nature of CAT operations and exceptions. X X X X X X

General
Explain why CAT flights must meet the applicable X X X X X X X
operational requirements.

Define ‘flight manual limitations - flight through the X X X X

height velocity (HV) envelope’.
Define ‘helicopter emergency medical service (HEMS)’. X X X X

Define ‘operations over a hostile environment - X X X X

applicability’. Explain that there are certain areas which
should not be overflown and state possible sources of
that information (e.g. governmental warnings, operator
risk assessment).

Define ‘local area operations - approval’. X X X X

Explain the requirements about language used for crew X X X X X X
communication and in the operations manual.

Explain which are the operator requirements regarding X X X X X X

the management system.

Explain which are the operator requirements regarding X X X X X X

accident prevention and the flight safety programme.

Explain which are the regulations concerning the X X X X X X

carriage of persons on an aircraft.

Explain the operator’s and commander’s responsibility X X X X X X

concerning portable electronic devices (PEDs).
Explain the operator’s and commander’s responsibility X X X X X X
regarding admission in an aircraft of a person under the
influence of drug or alcohol.

Explain the regulations concerning the endangerment X X X X X X

of safety.

List the documents to be carried on each flight. X X X X X X

Explain the operator’s responsibility regarding manuals X X X X X X

to be carried on board an aircraft.

List the additional information and forms to be carried X X X X X X

on board an aircraft.

List the copies of items of information to be retained on X X X X X X

the ground by the operator.

Explain what responsibilities the operator and the X X X X X X

commander have regarding the production of and
access to records and documents.

Operator certification and supervision

Explain what requirement has to be satisfied for the X X X X X X
issue of an air operator certificate (AOC).

Explain what the rules applicable to air operator X X X X X X

certification are.

Explain the conditions to be met for the issue or X X X X X X

revalidation of an AOC.

Explain the contents and conditions of the AOC. X X X X X X

Operational procedures (except preparation for long-

range flight)
Define the terms used for operational procedures. X X X
State the operator’s responsibilities regarding the use of X X X X X X
air traffic services (ATS).

State the operator’s responsibilities regarding X X X X X X

authorisation of aerodromes/heliports by the operator.

Explain which elements must be considered by the X X X X X X

operator when specifying aerodrome/heliport
operating minima.

Explain what the operator’s responsibilities are X X X X X X

regarding departure and approach procedures.

Explain which parameters should be considered in X X X

noise-abatement procedures.

Explain which elements should be considered regarding X X X X X X

routes and areas of operation.

Explain the requirements for flights in reduced vertical X X X

separation minima (RVSM) airspace.

List the factors to be considered when establishing X X X X X X

minimum flight altitude.

Explain the requirements for carrying persons with X X X X X X

reduced mobility.
Explain the operator’s responsibilities for the carriage of X X X X X X
inadmissible passengers, deportees or persons in
custody.

Explain the requirements regarding passenger seating X X X X X X

and emergency evacuation.

Detail the procedures for passenger briefing in respect X X X X X X

of emergency equipment and exits.

State the flight preparation forms to be completed X X X X X X

before flight.

State the commander’s responsibilities during flight X X X X X X

preparation.

State the rules for aerodrome/heliport selection. X X X X X X

Explain the planning minima for instrument flight rule X X X

(IFR) flights.

Explain the rules for refuelling/defueling with X X X X X X

passengers on board.

Explain the ‘crew members at station’ policy. X X X X X X

Explain the use of seats, safety belts and harnesses. X X X X X X

Explain the requirements for securing passenger cabin X X X X X X

and galley.

Explain the commander’s responsibility regarding X X X X X X

smoking on board.
State under which conditions a commander can X X X X X X
commence or continue a flight regarding meteorological
conditions.

Explain the commander’s responsibility regarding ice X X X X X X

and other contaminants.

Explain the commander’s responsibility regarding fuel X X X X X X

to be carried and in-flight fuel management.

Detail the rules regarding carriage and use of X X X X X X

supplemental oxygen for passengers and aircrew.

Flight preparation
Explain the commander’s responsibility regarding X X X X X X
approach and landing.

Explain the circumstances under which a report shall be X X X X X X

submitted.

All-weather operations
Explain the operator’s responsibility regarding X X X
aerodrome/heliport operating minima.

Define the following terms: ‘circling’, ‘low-visibility X X X

procedures’, ‘low-visibility take-off’, ‘visual approach’.

Define the following terms: ‘flight control system’, ‘fail- X X

passive flight control system’, ‘fail-operational flight
control system’, ‘fail-operational hybrid landing system’.

Define the following terms: ‘final approach and take-off X X

area’.

Explain the general operating requirements for low- X X X

visibility operations.

Define aerodrome/heliport considerations regarding X X X

low-visibility operations.

Explain the training and qualification requirements for X X X

flight crew to conduct low-visibility operations.

Explain the operating procedures for low-visibility X X X

operations.

Explain the operator’s and commander’s responsibilities X X X

regarding minimum equipment for low-visibility
operations.

Explain the VFR operating minima. X X X

Aerodrome operating minima: explain under which X X X

conditions the commander can commence take-off.

Aerodrome operating minima: explain that take-off X X X

minima are expressed as visibility or runway visual
range (RVR).
Aerodrome operating minima: explain the take-off RVR X X X
value depending on the aerodrome facilities.

Aerodrome operating minima: explain the system X X X

minima for non-precision approach (NPA) (minimum
descent altitude/height (MDA/H) and decision
altitude/height (DA/H), not RVR).

Aerodrome operating minima: explain under which X X X

conditions a pilot can continue the approach below
MDA/H or DA/H.

Aerodrome operating minima: explain the lowest X X X

minima for precision approach category 1 (including
single-pilot operations).

Aerodrome operating minima: explain the lowest X X X

minima for precision approach category 2 operations.

Aerodrome operating minima: explain the lowest X X

minima for precision approach category 3 operations.

Aerodrome operating minima: explain the lowest X X X

minima for circling and visual approach.

Aerodrome operating minima: explain the RVR value X X

and cloud ceiling depending on the aerodrome.
Aerodrome operating minima: explain under which X X
conditions an airborne radar approach can be
performed and state the relevant minima.

Instruments and equipment

Explain which items do not require an equipment X X X X X X
approval.

Explain the requirements regarding availability of spare X X X

electrical fuses.

Explain the requirements regarding windshield wipers. X X X

List the minimum equipment required for day and night X X X X X X

VFR flights.

List the minimum equipment required for IFR flights. X X X

Explain the required additional equipment for single- X X X
pilot operations under IFR.

State the requirements for an altitude alerting system. X X X

State the requirements for radio altimeters. X X X X

State the requirements for ground proximity warning X X X

system (GPWS)/terrain awareness and warning system
(TAWS).

State the requirements for airborne collision avoidance X X X

system (ACAS).

State the conditions under which an aircraft must be X X X X X X

fitted with a weather radar.

State the circumstances under which a cockpit voice X X X X X X

recorder (CVR) is compulsory (after 1998).

State the rules regarding the location, construction, X X X X X X

installation, and operation of cockpit voice recorders
(CVRs) (after 1998).

State the circumstances under which a flight data X X X X X X

recorder (FDR) is compulsory (after 1998).

State the rules regarding the location, construction, X X X X X X

installation, and operation of flight data recorders
(FDRs) (after 1998).

Explain the requirements about seats, seat safety belts, X X X X X X

harnesses, and child-restraint devices.

Explain the requirements about ‘Fasten seat belt’ and X X X X X X

‘No smoking’ signs.

Explain the requirements regarding internal doors and X X X

curtains.

First-aid and emergency equipment

Explain the requirements regarding first-aid kits. X X X X X X
Explain the requirements regarding emergency medical X X X
kits and first-aid oxygen.

Detail the rules regarding crew protective breathing X X X

equipment.

Describe the type and location of handheld fire X X X X X X

extinguishers.

Describe the location of crash axes and crowbars. X X X

Specify the colours and markings used to indicate X X X X X X

break-in points.

Explain the requirements for means of emergency X X X

evacuation.

Explain the requirements for megaphones. X X X X X X

Explain the requirements for emergency lighting and X X X X X X

marking.

Explain the requirements for an emergency locator X X X X X X

transmitter (ELT).

Explain the requirements for life jackets, life rafts, X X X X X X

survival kits, and ELTs.

Explain the requirements for crew survival suit. X X X X

Explain the requirements for survival equipment. X X X X X X

Explain the additional requirements for helicopters X X X X
operating to or from helidecks located in hostile sea
areas.

Explain the requirements for emergency flotation X X X X

equipment.

Communication and navigation equipment

Explain the general requirements for communication X X X X X X
and navigation equipment.

Explain why the radio-communication equipment must X X X X X X

be able to send and receive on 121.5 MHz.

Explain the requirements regarding the provision of an X X X X X X

audio selector panel.

List the requirements for radio equipment when flying X X X X X X

under VFR by reference to visual landmarks.

List the requirements for communication and X X X X X X

navigation equipment when operating under IFR or
under VFR over routes not navigated by reference to
visual landmarks.

Explain what equipment is required to operate in X X X

airspace with reduced vertical separation minima
(RVSM).

Explain the conditions under which a crew member X X X X X X

interphone system and public address system are
mandatory.
List the equipment for operations requiring a radio X X X X
communication.

List the equipment for operations that require a radio X X X X

navigation system.

Explain the requirements regarding the provision of a X X X X X X

transponder.

Explain the requirements regarding the management of X X X

aeronautical databases.

Intentionally left blank

Flight crew
Explain the requirement regarding flight crew X X X X X X
composition and in-flight relief.
Explain the requirement for conversion training and X X X X X X
checking.

Explain the requirement for differences training and X X X X X X

familiarisation training.

Explain the conditions for upgrade from co-pilot to X X X X X X

commander.

Explain the minimum qualification requirements to X X X X X X

operate as a commander.

Explain the requirement for recurrent training and X X X X X X

checking.

Explain the requirement for a pilot to operate on either X X X X X X

pilot’s seat.

Explain the minimum recent experience requirements X X X X X X

for the commander and the co-pilot.

Specify the route and aerodrome/heliport knowledge X X X X X X

required for a PIC/commander.

Explain the requirement to operate on more than one X X X X X X

aircraft type or variant.

Explain that when a flight crew member operates both X X X X X X

helicopters and aeroplanes, the operations are limited
to one of each type.

Explain the requirement(s) for training records. X X X X X X

Explain the crew members’ responsibilities in the X X X X X X

execution of their duties, and define the commander’s
authority.
Explain the operator’s and commander’s responsibilities X X X X X X
regarding persons on board, admission to the flight
crew compartment and carriage of unauthorised
persons or cargo.

Explain the requirements for the initial operator’s crew X X X X X X

resource management (CRM) training.

Cabin crew/crew members other than flight crew

Explain who is regarded as cabin crew member. X X X X X X

Detail the requirements regarding the number and X X X X X X

composition of cabin crew.

Explain the conditions and the additional conditions for X X X X X X

assignment to duties.

Explain the requirements regarding senior cabin crew X X X X X X

members.

Explain the conditions for operating on more than one X X X X X X

aircraft type or variant.

Explain what is the operator’s responsibility regarding X X X X X X

the distinction between cabin crew members and
additional crew members.

Intentionally left blank

Flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements

Explain the definitions used for the regulation of flight X X X

time limitations.

Explain the flight and duty time limitations. X X X

Explain the requirements regarding the maximum daily X X X
flight duty period.

Explain the requirements regarding rest periods. X X X

Explain the possible extension of flight duty period due X X X

to in-flight rest.

Explain that it is the captain’s discretion to extend flight X X X

duty in case of unforeseen circumstances in actual flight
operations.

Explain the requirement regarding standby. X X X

Long-range flights
Flight management
Minimum time routes: define and interpret minimum X X
time route (route that gives the shortest flight time
from departure to destination adhering to all ATC and
airspace restrictions).

State the circumstances in which a take-off alternate X X X

must be selected.

State the maximum flight distance of a take-off X X X

alternate for: two-engined aeroplanes; ETOPS-
approved aeroplanes; three- or four-engined
aeroplanes.

State the factors to be considered in the selection of a X X X

take-off alternate.

State when a destination alternate need not be X X X

selected.

State when two destination alternates must be X X X

selected.
State the factors to be considered in the selection of a X X X
destination alternate aerodrome.

State the factors to be considered in the selection of an X X X

en-route alternate aerodrome.

Transoceanic and polar flights (ICAO Doc 7030

‘Regional Supplementary Procedures - North Atlantic
Operations and Airspace Manual’)

According to ICAO Doc 7030, explain that special rules X X

apply to the North Atlantic (NAT) Region, and crews
need to be specifically trained before flying in this area.

Describe the possible indications of navigation system X X

degradation, including any system-generated warning.

Describe by what emergency means course and inertial X X

navigation system (INS) can be cross-checked in the
case of three navigation systems and two navigation
systems.

Describe the general ICAO procedures applicable in NAT X X

airspace if the aircraft is unable to continue the flight in
accordance with its air traffic control (ATC) clearance.

Describe the ICAO procedures applicable in NAT X X

airspace in case of radio-communication failure.

Describe the recommended initial action if an aircraft is X X

unable to obtain a revised ATC clearance.

Describe the subsequent action for aircraft able to X X

maintain assigned flight level and for aircraft unable to
maintain assigned flight level.

Describe determination of tracks and courses for X X

random routes in NAT airspace.
Specify the method by which planned tracks are defined X X
(by latitude and longitude) in the NAT airspace: when
operating predominately in an east–west direction
south of 70 degrees N, and when operating
predominately in an east–west direction north of 70
degrees N.

State the maximum flight time recommended between X X

significant points on random routes.

Specify the method by which planned tracks for random X X

routes are defined for flights operating predominantly
in a north–south direction.

Describe how the desired random route must be X X

specified in the ATC flight plan.

Describe what precautions can be taken when X X

operating in the area of compass unreliability as a
contingency against INS failure.

North Atlantic High Level Airspace (NAT HLA)

NAT Region North Atlantic Operations and Airspace

Manual
State the lateral dimensions (in general terms) and X X
vertical limits of the NAT HLA.

Define the following acronyms: LRNS, MASPS, NAT HLA, X X

OCA, OTS, PRM, RVSM, SLOP, and WATRS.

State the NAT HLA operations. X X

Describe the routes for aircraft with only one long- X X

range navigation system (LRNS).

Describe the routes for aircraft with short-range X X

navigation equipment only.
Explain why the horizontal (i.e. latitudinal and X X
longitudinal) and vertical navigation performance of
operators within NAT HLA is monitored on a continual
basis.

Describe the organised track system (OTS). X X

State the OTS changeover periods. X X

Describe the NAT track message. X X

Illustrate routes between northern Europe and the X X

Spain/Canaries/Lisbon flight information region (FIR)
within NAT HLA.

Describe the function of the North American Routes X X

(NARs) and Shannon Oceanic Transition Area (SOTA)
and Northern Oceanic Transition Area (NOTA).

State that all flights should plan to operate on great- X X

circle tracks joining successive significant waypoints.

State that during the hours of validity of the OTS, X X

operators are encouraged to plan flights: in accordance
with the OTS; or along a route to join or leave an outer
track of the OTS; or on a random route to remain clear
of the OTS, either laterally or vertically.

State which flight levels are available on OTS tracks X X

during OTS periods.

State which flight levels are to be planned on random X X

tracks or outside OTS periods.

Selection of cruising altitude. Specify the appropriate X X

cruising levels for normal long-range IFR flights and for
those operating on the North Atlantic OTS.

Intentionally left blank X

State that pilots should notify the oceanic area control X X

centre (OAC) of the maximum acceptable flight level
possible at the boundary.

State that at some aerodromes which are situated close X X

to oceanic boundaries, the oceanic clearance must be
obtained before departure.
State that if an aircraft encounters, whilst en-route to X X
the NAT Oceanic Airspace, an in-flight equipment failure
relevant to the airspace, then the pilot must advise ATC
when requesting oceanic clearance.

State that after obtaining and reading back the X X

clearance, the pilot should monitor the forward
estimate for oceanic entry, and if this changes by 3
minutes or more, unless providing position reports via
automatic dependent surveillance - contract (ADS-C),
the pilot must pass a revised estimate on to ATC.

State that pilots should pay particular attention when X X

the issued clearance differs from the flight plan as a
significant proportion of navigation errors investigated
in the NAT Region involve aircraft which have followed
their flight plan rather than the differing clearance.

State that if the entry point of the oceanic route for X X

which the flight is cleared differs from that originally
requested or the oceanic flight level differs from the
current flight level, the pilot is responsible for
requesting and obtaining the necessary domestic re-
clearance.

State that there are three elements to an oceanic X X

clearance: route, speed, and flight level, and that these
elements serve to provide for the three basic elements
of separation: lateral, longitudinal, and vertical.

Communications and position-reporting procedures X X

State that pilots communicate with OACCs via aeradio
stations staffed by communicators who have no
executive ATC authority.

State that messages are relayed from the ground X X

station to the air traffic controllers of the relevant OACC
for action.
State that frequencies from the lower HF bands tend to X X
be used for communications during night-time and
those from the higher bands during daytime. When
initiating contact with an aeradio station, the pilot
should state the HF frequency in use.
State that since oceanic traffic typically communicates X X
with ATC through aeradio facilities, a satellite
communication (SATVOICE) call, made due to
unforeseen inability to communicate by other means,
should be made to such a facility rather than the ATC
centre, unless the urgency of the communication
dictates otherwise.

State that an air-to-air VHF frequency has been X X

established for worldwide use when aircraft are out of
range of VHF ground stations which utilise the same or
adjacent frequencies. This frequency, 123.450 MHz, is
intended for pilot-to-pilot exchanges of operationally
significant information.

State that any pilot, who provides position reports via X X

data link and encounters significant meteorological
phenomena (such as moderate/severe turbulence or
icing, volcanic ash or thunderstorms), should report this
information.

State that all turbine-engined aeroplanes having a X X

maximum certified take-off mass exceeding 5 700 kg or
authorised to carry more than 19 passengers are
required to carry and operate airborne collision
avoidance system (ACAS) II in the NAT Region.

State that even with the growing use of data-link X X

communications, a significant volume of NAT air–
ground communications are conducted using voice on
single sideband (SSB) HF frequencies. To support air–
ground ATC communications in the North Atlantic
Region, 24 HF frequencies have been allocated, in
bands ranging from 2.8 to 18 MHz.

Application of the Mach number technique (NAT HLA) X X

State that practical experience has shown that when
two or more turbojet aircraft, operating along the same
route at the same flight level, maintain the same Mach
number, they are more likely to maintain a constant
time interval between each other than when using
other methods.

State that after leaving oceanic airspace, pilots must X X

maintain their assigned Mach number in domestic
controlled airspace unless and until the appropriate ATC
unit authorises a change.

North Atlantic High Level Airspace (NAT HLA) flight

operation and navigation procedures
NAT HLA flight operation and navigation procedures X X
State that the pre-flight procedures for any NAT HLA
flight must include a Universal Time Coordinated (UTC)
time check.

Describe the function and use of the master document. X X

State the requirements for position plotting. X X

Describe the pre-flight procedures for: the alignment of X X

IRS; the satellite navigation availability prediction
programme for flights using global navigation satellite
long-range navigation system (GNSS LRNS); loading of
initial waypoints; and flight plan check.

Describe the strategic lateral offset procedure (SLOP) X X

and state that along a route or track there will be three
positions that an aircraft may fly: centre line, or up to 2
NM right.

State that RNAV 10 retains the RNP 10 designation, as X X

specified in the Performance-based Navigation Manual
(ICAO Doc 9613) (ICAO Doc 7030, NAT Chapter 4).

State that both aircraft and operators must be RNP 10- X X

or RNP 4-approved by the State of the Operator or the
State of Registry, as appropriate.

State that RNP 10 is the minimum navigation X X

specification for the application of 93 km (50 NM)
lateral separation.

Reduced vertical separation minima (RVSM) flight in X X

NAT HLA State the altimeter cross-check to be
performed before entering NAT HLA.

State the altimeter cross-check to be performed when X X

entering and flying in NAT HLA.

State that pilots not using controller–pilot data-link X X

communications (CPDLC)/ADS-C always report to ATC
immediately on leaving the current cruising level and on
reaching any new cruising level.

State that flight crew should report when a 300-ft X X

deviation or more occurs.

Navigation planning procedures List the factors to be X X

considered by the commander before commencing the
flight.

Navigation system degradation

For this part, consider aircraft equipped with only two X X
operational LRNSs and state the requirements for the
following situations: one system fails before take-off;
one system fails before the OCA boundary is reached;
one system fails after the OCA boundary is crossed; and
the remaining system fails after entering NAT HLA.

Special procedures for in-flight contingencies

State the general procedures and also state that the X X
general concept of these NAT in-flight contingency
procedures is, whenever operationally feasible, to offset
the assigned route by 5 NM and climb or descend to a
level which differs from those normally used by 500 ft if
below FL 410 or by 1 000 ft if above FL 410.

State all the factors which may affect the direction of X X

turn including: direction to an alternate aerodrome;
terrain clearance; levels allocated on adjacent routes or
tracks and any known SLOP offsets adopted by other
nearby traffic.

State that if the deviation around severe weather is to X X

be greater than 5 NM, the assigned flight level must be
changed by plus/minus 300 ft depending on the
followed track and the direction of the deviation.

Extended-range operations with two-engined

aeroplanes (ETOPS)
State that ETOPS approval is part of an AOC. X X

State that prior to conducting an ETOPS flight, an X X

operator shall ensure that a suitable ETOPS en-route
alternate is available, within either the approved
diversion time or a diversion time based on the MEL-
generated serviceability status of the aeroplane,
whichever is shorter.

State the requirements for take-off alternate. X X

State the planning minima for ETOPS en-route X X

alternate.

Navigation-planning procedures. Describe the X X

operator’s responsibilities concerning ETOPS routes.

Selection of a route. Describe the limitations on X X

extended-range operations with two-engined
aeroplanes with and without ETOPS approval.
Selection of alternate aerodrome. State the maximum X X
flight distance of a take-off alternate for: two-engined
aeroplanes; ETOPS-approved aeroplanes; three- or
four-engined aeroplanes.
State the maximum distance from an adequate X X
aerodrome for two-engined aeroplanes without an
ETOPS approval.

State the requirement for alternate aerodrome X X

accessibility check for ETOPS operations.
SPECIAL OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES AND HAZARDS -
GENERAL ASPECTS
Operations manual
Operating procedures

Explain the general rules for the operations manual. X X X X X X

Explain the structure and subject headings of the X X X X X X

operations manual.

Explain the requirements for a journey log or X X X X X X

equivalent.

Describe the requirements regarding the operational X X X X X X

flight plan.

Explain the requirements for document-storage X X X X X X

periods.

Explain that all non-type-related operational policies, X X X X X X

instructions and procedures required for a safe
operation are included in Part A of the operations
manual.

State that the following items are included into Part A: X X X X X X

de-icing and anti-icing on the ground; adverse and
potentially hazardous atmospheric conditions; wake
turbulence; incapacitation of crew members; use of
the minimum equipment list (MEL) and configuration
deviation list(s) (CDL); security; handling of accidents
and occurrences.
State that the following items are included into Part A: X X X
altitude alerting system procedures; ground proximity
warning system procedures; policy and procedures for
the use of traffic alert and collision avoidance system
(TCAS)/airborne collision avoidance system (ACAS).

State that rotor downwash is included into Part A. X X X X

Aeroplane/helicopter operating matters - type-related

State that all type-related instructions and procedures X X X X X X

required for a safe operation are included in Part B of
the operations manual. They take account of any
differences between types, variants or individual
aircraft used by an operator.

State that the following items are included into Part B: X X X

abnormal and emergency procedures; configuration
deviation list (CDL); minimum equipment list (MEL);
emergency evacuation procedures.

State that the following items are included into Part B: X X X X

emergency procedures; configuration deviation list
(CDL); minimum equipment list (MEL); emergency
evacuation procedures.

Minimum equipment list (MEL) and master minimum

equipment list (MMEL)
Describe the following terms: ‘commencement of X X X X X X
flight’, ‘inoperative’, ‘MEL’, ‘MMEL’, ‘rectification
interval’.

Explain the relation between MMEL and MEL. X X X X X X

Define the ‘extent of the MEL’. X X X X X X

Explain the responsibilities of the operator and the X X X X X X
competent authority with regard to MEL and MMEL.

Explain the responsibilities of the flight crew members X X X X X X

with regard to MEL.

Explain the responsibilities of the commander with X X X X X X

regard to MEL.

Icing conditions
On-ground de-icing/anti-icing procedures, types of de-
icing/anti-icing fluids
Define the following terms: ‘anti-icing’, ‘de-icing’, ‘one- X X X
step de-icing/anti-icing’, ‘two-step de-icing/anti-icing’,
‘holdover time’.

Describe ‘the clean aircraft concept’ as presented in the X X X

relevant chapter of ICAO Doc 9640.

List the types of de-icing/anti-icing fluids available. X X X X X X

Explain the procedure to be followed when an X X X

aeroplane has exceeded the holdover time.

Interpret the guidelines for fluid holdover times and list X X X

the factors which can reduce the fluid protection time.

Explain how the pre-take-off check, which is the X X X

responsibility of the pilot-in-command, ensures that the
critical surfaces of the aircraft are free of ice, snow,
slush or frost just prior to take-off. This check shall be
accomplished as close to the time of take-off as possible
and is normally made from within the aeroplane by
visually checking the wings.
Explain why an aircraft has to be treated symmetrically. X X X

Explain why an operator shall establish procedures to X X X X X X

be followed when ground de-icing and anti-icing and
related inspections of the aircraft are necessary.

Explain why a commander shall not commence take-off X X X X X X

unless the external surfaces are clear of any deposit
which might adversely affect the performance or
controllability of the aircraft except as permitted in the
flight manual.

Explain the requirements for operations in icing X X X X X X

conditions.

Explain why safety must come before commercial X X X X X X

pressures in relation to de-icing and anti-icing of
aircraft. (Consider time and financial cost versus direct
and indirect effects of an incident/accident).

Procedure to apply in case of performance

deterioration, on ground/in flight
Explain that the effects of icing are wide-ranging, X X X X X X
unpredictable and dependent upon individual aircraft
design. The magnitude of these effects is dependent
upon many variables, but the effects can be both
significant and dangerous.

Explain that in icing conditions, for a given speed and a X X X X X X

given angle of attack, wing lift can be reduced by as
much as 30 % and drag increased by up to 40 %. State
that these changes in lift and drag will significantly
increase stall speed, reduce controllability, and alter
flight characteristics.
Explain that ice on critical surfaces and on the airframe X X X X X X
may also break away during take-off and be ingested
into engines, possibly damaging fan and compressor
blades.

Explain that ice forming on pitot tubes and static ports X X X X X X

or on angle-of-attack vanes may give false altitude,
airspeed, angle-of-attack and engine-power information
for air-data systems.

Explain that ice, frost and snow formed on the critical X X X X X X

surfaces on the ground can have a totally different
effect on aircraft flight characteristics than ice, frost and
snow formed in flight.

Explain that flight in known icing conditions is subject to X X X X X X

limitations that are contained in Part B of the
operations manual.

Explain where procedures and performances regarding X X X X X X

flight in expected or actual icing conditions can be
found.

Bird-strike risk
Bird-strike risk and avoidance
Explain that the presence of birds that constitute a X X X X X X
potential hazard to aircraft operations is part of the pre-
flight information.

Explain how information concerning the presence of X X X X X X

birds observed by aircrews is made available to the
aeronautical information service (AIS) for distribution as
the circumstances dictate.

Explain that the Aeronautical Information Publication X X X X X X

(AIP) Section En-route (ENR) 5.6 contains information
regarding bird migrations.

Explain significant data regarding bird strikes contained X X X X X X

in ICAO Doc 9137 ‘Airport Services Manual’.
Explain why birds constitute a hazard to aircraft X X X X X X
(damage to probes, sensors, engines, windscreens,
airframes, degradation in vision, etc.).

Define the commander’s responsibilities regarding the X X X X X X

reporting of bird hazards and bird strikes.

State that birds tend to flock to areas where food is X X X X X X

plentiful. Such areas include: rubbish (garbage)
facilities; open sewage treatment works; recently
ploughed land; as well as their natural habitats.

Noise abatement
Noise-abatement procedures
Define the operator’s responsibilities regarding the X X X X X X
establishment of noise-abatement procedures.

State the main purpose of noise-abatement departure X X X X X X

procedure (NADP) 1 and NADP 2.

State that the PIC/commander has the authority to X X X X X X

decide not to execute an NADP if conditions preclude
the safe execution of the procedure.

Influence of the flight procedure (departure, cruise,

approach)
List the main parameters for NADP 1 and NADP 2 (i.e. X X X
speeds, heights and configuration).

State that a runway lead-in lighting system should be X X X X X X

provided where it is desired to provide visual guidance
along a specific approach path for noise-abatement
purposes.

State that detailed information about noise-abatement X X X X X X

procedures is to be found in Part ‘Aerodromes’ (AD),
Sections 2 and 3 of the AIP.
Influence by the pilot (power setting, low drag)
List the adverse operating conditions under which X X X
noise-abatement procedures in the form of reduced-
power take-off should not be required

List the adverse operating conditions under which X X X

noise-abatement procedures during approach should
not be required.

State the rule regarding the use of reverse thrust on X X X

landing.

Influence by the pilot (power setting, track of

helicopter)
List the adverse operating conditions under which X X X X
noise-abatement procedures in the form of reduced-
power take-off should not be required.
Fire and smoke
Carburettor fire
Explain that the actions to be taken in the event of a X X X X X X
carburettor fire may be type-specific and should be
known by the pilot.
Engine fire
Explain that the actions to be taken in the event of an X X X X X X
engine fire may be type-specific and should be known
by the pilot.
Fire in the cabin, in the flight crew compartment and in
the cargo compartment
Identify the different types of extinguishants used in X X X X X X
handheld fire extinguishers and the type of fire for
which each one may be used.
Describe the precautions to be considered when X X X X X X
applying fire extinguishants.
Identify the appropriate handheld fire extinguishers to X X X X X X
be used in the flight crew compartment, the passenger
cabin and lavatories, and in the cargo compartments.

Smoke in the flight crew compartment and in the cabin

Explain which actions should be taken in the event of X X X X X X

smoke in the flight crew compartment or in the cabin,
why these actions may be type-specific, and why they
should be known by the pilot.

Actions in case of overheated brakes

Describe the problems and safety precautions in the X X X
event that brakes overheat after a heavy-weight landing
or a rejected take-off.
Explain the difference in the way steel and carbon X X X
brakes react to energy absorption and the operational
consequences.
Decompression of pressurised cabin
Slow decompression
Explain what can cause, and how to detect, a slow X X X
decompression or an automatic pressurisation system
failure.
Describe the actions required following a slow X X X
decompression.
Rapid and explosive decompression
Explain what can cause, and how to detect, a rapid or X X X
an explosive decompression.
Dangers and action to be taken
Describe the actions required following a rapid or X X X
explosive decompression.
Describe the effects on aircraft occupants of a slow X X X
decompression and of a rapid or explosive
decompression.
Wind shear and microburst
Effects and recognition during departure and approach

Explain how to identify low-level wind shear. X X X X X X

Actions to avoid and actions to take when

encountering wind shear
Describe the effects of wind shear and the actions X X X X X X
required when wind shear is encountered at take-off
and approach.

Describe the precautions to be taken when wind shear X X X X X X

is suspected at take-off and approach.

Describe the effects of wind shear and the actions X X X X X X

required following entry into a strong downdraft wind
shear.

Describe a microburst and its effects. X X X X X X

Wake turbulence
Cause
Describe the term ‘wake turbulence’. X X X X X X

Describe tip vortex circulation. X X X X X X

State when vortex generation begins and ends. X X X X X X

Describe vortex circulation on the ground with and X X X X X X

without crosswind.

List of relevant parameters

List the three main factors which, when combined, give X X X X X X
the strongest vortices (heavy, clean, slow).

Describe the wind conditions which are worst for wake X X X X X X

turbulence near the ground.

Actions to be taken when crossing traffic, during take-

off and landing
Describe the actions to be taken to avoid wake X X X X X X
turbulence, specifically separations.

Security (unlawful events)

ICAO Annex 17 and Regulation (EC) No 300/2008
Define the following terms: ‘aircraft security check’, X X X X X X
‘screening’, ‘security’, ‘security-restricted area’,
‘unidentified baggage’.

State the objectives of security. X X X X X X

Use of secondary surveillance radar (SSR)

Describe the commander’s responsibilities concerning X X X X X X
notifying the appropriate ATS unit.

Describe the commander’s responsibilities concerning X X X X X X

operation of SSR.

Describe the commander’s responsibilities concerning X X X X X X

departing from assigned track or cruising level.

Describe the commander’s responsibilities concerning X X X X X X

the action required or being requested by an ATS unit
to confirm SSR code and ATS interpretation response.

Security (Regulation (EC) No 300/2008 and ICAO Annex

17)
Describe the relationship between Regulation (EC) X X X X X X
No 300/2008 and ICAO Annex 17.

Explain the requirements regarding training X X X X X X

programmes.

State the requirements regarding reporting acts of X X X X X X

unlawful interference.
State the requirements regarding aircraft search X X X X X X
procedures.

Emergency and precautionary landing, and ditching

Descriptions
Describe the meaning of: ‘ditching’, ‘precautionary X X X X X X
landing’, and ‘emergency landing’.
Describe a ditching procedure. X X X X X X
Describe a precautionary landing procedure. X X X X X X
Describe an emergency landing procedure. X X X X X X
Explain the factors to be considered when deciding to X X X X X X
conduct a precautionary/emergency landing or ditching.

Cause
List some circumstances that may require a ditching, a X X X X X X
precautionary landing or an emergency landing.

Passenger information
Describe the briefing to be given to passengers before X X X X X X
conducting a precautionary/emergency landing or
ditching (including evacuation).

Action after a precautionary/emergency landing or

ditching
Describe the actions and responsibilities of crew X X X X X X
members after landing.
Evacuation
Explain why the aircraft must be stopped and the X X X X X X
engine(s) shut down before launching an emergency
evacuation.
Explain the CS-25 requirements regarding evacuation X X X
procedures.

Fuel jettisoning
Safety aspects
Explain why an aircraft may need to jettison fuel so as X X X
to reduce its landing mass in order to make a safe
landing.
Explain that when an aircraft that operates within X X X
controlled airspace needs to jettison fuel, the flight
crew shall coordinate with ATC the following: route to
be flown which, if possible, should be clear of cities and
towns, preferably over water and away from areas
where thunderstorms have been reported or are
expected; the flight level to be used, which should be
not less than 1 800 m (6 000 ft); and the duration of fuel
jettisoning.

Explain how flaps and slats may adversely affect fuel X X X

jettisoning.

Requirements
Explain why a fuel-jettisoning system must be capable X X X
of jettisoning enough fuel within 15 minutes.

Transport of dangerous goods by air

ICAO Annex 18 X
Define the following terms: ‘dangerous goods’, X X X X X X
‘dangerous goods accident’, ‘dangerous goods incident’,
‘exemption’, ‘incompatible’, ‘packaging’, ‘UN number’.

Explain that detailed provisions for the transport of X X X X X X

dangerous goods by air are contained in the Technical
Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods
by Air.

State that in the event of an in-flight emergency, the X X X X X X

pilot-in-command must inform the ATC of the transport
of dangerous goods by air.

Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of

Dangerous Goods by Air (ICAO Doc 9284)
Explain the principle of dangerous goods compatibility X X X X X X
and segregation.

Explain the special requirements for the loading of X X X X X X

radioactive materials.

Explain the use of the dangerous goods list. X X X X X X

Identify the labels. X X X X X X

Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 - Annex IV (Part-CAT)
and Annex V (Part-SPA)
Explain the terminology relevant to dangerous goods. X X X X X X

Explain the scope of that Regulation. X X X X X X

Explain why the transport of dangerous goods by air is X X X X X X

subject to operator approval.

Explain the limitations on the transport of dangerous X X X X X X

goods by air.

Explain the requirements for the acceptance of X X X X X X

dangerous goods.

Explain the requirements regarding inspection for X X X X X X

damage, leakage or contamination.

Explain the requirement for the provision of X X X X X X

information to flight crew.

Explain the requirements for dangerous goods incident X X X X X X

and accident reports.

State that some articles and substances, which would X X X X X X

otherwise be classed as dangerous goods, can be
exempted if they are part of the aircraft equipment, or
required for use during aeromedical flights.
Explain why some articles and substances may be X X X X X X
forbidden for transport by air.

Explain why packing must comply with the X X X X X X

specifications of the Technical Instructions.

Explain the need for an inspection prior to loading X X X X X X

dangerous goods on an aircraft.

Explain why some dangerous goods are designated for X X X X X X

carriage only on cargo aircraft.

Explain how misdeclared or undeclared dangerous X X X X X X

goods found in baggage are to be reported.

Contaminated runways
Intentionally left blank
Runway condition, braking action X
Intentionally left blank X

State the runway condition codes for good braking X X X

action, and when a special air report is required.

Hydroplaning principles and effects

Define the different types of hydroplaning. X X X

Compute the two dynamic hydroplaning speeds using X X X

the following formulas: spin-down speed (rotating tire)
(kt) equals 9 square root (pressure in PSI) spin-up speed
(non-rotating tire) (kt) equals 7.7 square root (pressure
in PSI).

State that it is the spin-up speed rather than the spin- X X X

down speed which represents the actual tire situation
for aircraft touchdown on flooded runways.

Intentionally left blank

SNOWTAM and contamination on the aerodrome
Interpret from a SNOWTAM the contamination and X X X
braking action on a runway, taxiways and apron.

Explain which hazards can be identified from the X X X X X X

SNOWTAM/METAR and how to mitigate them.
Rotor downwash
Describe downwash
Describe the downwash. X X X X
Effects
Explain its effects: soil erosion, water dispersal and X X X X
spray, recirculation, damage to property, loose articles.

Operation influence by meteorological conditions

(helicopter)
White-out/sand/dust
Give the definition of ‘white-out’. X X X X
Describe loss of spatial orientation. X X X X
Describe take-off and landing techniques. X X X X
Strong winds
Describe blade sailing. X X X X
Describe wind operating envelopes. X X X X
Describe vertical speed problems. X X X X
Mountain environment
Describe constraints associated with mountain X X X X
environment.
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES (HELICOPTER)
Influence of technical problems
Engine failure
Describe recovery techniques in the event of engine X X X X
failure during hover, climb, cruise, approach.

Fire in the cabin, in the flight crew compartment and in

the engine(s)
Describe the basic actions when encountering fire in the X X X X
cabin, flight deck or engine(s).
Tail-rotor directional control failure
Describe the basic actions following loss of tail rotor. X X X X

Describe the basic actions following loss of directional X X X X

control.
Ground resonance
Describe recovery actions. X X X X
Blade stall
Describe cause of and recovery actions when X X X X
encountering retreating blade stall.
Settling with power (vortex ring)
Describe potential conditions for this event and X X X X
recovery actions.
Overpitch
Describe recovery actions. X X X X
Overspeed: rotor/engine
Describe overspeed control. X X X X
Dynamic rollover
Describe potential conditions for this event and X X X X
recovery action.
Mast bumping
Describe potential conditions of the ‘conducive to’ and X X X X
‘avoidance of’ effect.
SPECIALISED OPERATIONS
SPECIALISED OPERATIONS (Regulation (EU) No
965/2012 on air operations, as amended)
Additional requirements for commercial specialised
operations and CAT operations (Annex III (Part-ORO),
Subpart FC, Section 3)
Explain the requirements related to flight crew X X X X X X
recurrent training and checking and operator
proficiency check.

General requirements (Annex VIII (Part-SPO), Subpart

A)
Explain the task specialist’s responsibilities. X X X X X X

Helicopter external sling load operations (HESLO) X X X

(Annex VIII (Part-SPO), Subpart E)
Explain the standard operating procedures and X X X X
equipment requirements.

Human external cargo operations (HEC) (Annex VIII X X X

(Part-SPO), Subpart E)
Explain the standard operating procedures and X X X X
equipment requirements.

0 0 2 49 ### ### 2 346 245 260 231 231

 Source / Comment

BIR exam
CBIR(A)

BIR BK
IR

Regulation (EU) Air Operations

ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 1

ICAO Annex 6, Part III, Section 1,

Chapter 1

ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 2

ICAO Annex 6, Part III, Section 1,

Chapter 2

ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 3.1;

ICAO Annex 6, Part III, Section 2,
Chapter 1.1

ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 3.3

ICAO Annex 6, Part III, Section II,
Chapter 1.3

ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 3.3

ICAO Annex 6, Part III, Section II,
Chapter 1.3

ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 8.8;

ICAO Annex 6 Part III, Section II,
Chapter 6.7

ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Appendix 1:

2. Navigation lights to be
displayed in the air
ICAO Annex 6, Part III, Section II,
Chapter 4.4 referring to ICAO
Annex 2
Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 on
air operations;
Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011 on
aircrew requirements

Regulation (EU) No 965/2012:

Articles 1 and 5, s ORO.GEN.005
‘Scope’ and CAT.GEN.100
‘Competent authority’;
Regulation (EU) 2018/1139:
Article 2

ORO.GEN.105 ‘Competent
authority’ and related AMCs/GM;
ORO.GEN.110 ‘Operator
responsibilities’ and related
AMCs/GM

CAT.GEN.MPA.120 ‘Common
language’

ORO.GEN.200 ‘Management
system’;
AMCs/GM to ORO.GEN.205
‘Contracted activities’ and to
ORO.GEN.220 ‘Record-keeping’

ORO.GEN.200 ‘Management
system’;
AMCs/GM to ORO.GEN.205
‘Contracted activities’, to
ORO.GEN.220 ‘Record-keeping’,
and to ORO.AOC.130 ‘Flight data
monitoring — aeroplanes’

CAT.GEN.MPA.165 ‘Method of
carriage of persons’

CAT.GEN.MPA.140 ‘Portable
electronic devices’
 CAT.GEN.MPA.170 ‘Alcohol and
drugs’

CAT.GEN.MPA.175 ‘Endangering
safety’

CAT.GEN.MPA.180 ‘Documents,
manuals and information to be
carried’ and related AMCs/GM

CAT.GEN.MPA.180 ‘Documents,
manuals and information to be
carried’ and related AMCs/GM

CAT.GEN.MPA.180 ‘Documents,
manuals and information to be
carried on board an aircraft’ and
related AMCs/GM

CAT.GEN.MPA.185 ‘Information to
be retained on the ground’

CAT.GEN.MPA.190 ‘Provision of
documentation and records’

ARO.OPS.100 ‘Issue of the air

operator certificate’;
ORO.GEN.210 ‘Personnel
requirements’;
ORO.AOC.100 ‘Application for an
air operator certificate’

ORO.AOC.100 ‘Application for an

air operator certificate’;
ORO.AOC.105 ‘Operations
specifications and privileges of an
AOC holder’

ARO.GEN.310 ‘Initial certification

procedure — organisations’

Regulation (EU) No 956/2012,

Appendix I to Annex II ‘Air
Operator Certificate’

CAT.OP.MPA.106 ‘Use of isolated

aerodromes — aeroplanes’;
CAT.OP.MPA.107 ‘Adequate
aerodrome’
CAT.OP.MPA.100 ‘Use of air traffic
services’

CAT.OP.MPA.105 ‘Use of
aerodromes and operating sites’;
CAT.OP.MPA.106 ‘Use of isolated
aerodromes — aeroplanes’;
CAT.OP.MPA.107 ‘Adequate
aerodrome’

CAT.OP.MPA.110 (a) and (c)

‘Aerodrome operating minima’,
CAT.OP.MPA.115 ‘Approach flight
technique - aeroplanes’,
SPA.LVO.100 ‘Low visibility
operations’ and related
AMCs/GM;
SPA.LVO.110 ‘General operating
requirements’

CAT.OP.MPA.125 ‘Instrument
departure and approach
procedures’

CAT.OP.MPA.130 ‘Noise
abatement procedures —
aeroplanes’;
AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.130;
GM1 CAT.OP.MPA.130

CAT.OP.MPA.135 ‘Routes and

areas of operation — general’;
CAT.OP.MPA.136 ‘Routes and
areas of operation — single-
engined aeroplanes’

SPA.RVSM.100 ‘RVSM operations’;

SPA.RVSM.105 ‘RVSM operational
approval’;
SPA.RVSM.110 ‘RVSM equipment
requirements’ and AMC1
SPA.RVSM.110(a);
SPA.RVSM.115 ‘RVSM height-
keeping errors’

CAT.OP.MPA.145 ‘Establishment
of minimum flight altitudes’ and
related AMCs/GM;
AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.145(a);
AMC1.1 CAT.OP.MPA.145(a)

CAT.OP.MPA.155 ‘Carriage of
special categories of passengers
(SCPs)’
 CAT.OP.MPA.155 ‘Carriage of
special categories of passengers
(SCPs)’

CAT.OP.MPA.165 ‘Passenger
seating’ and related AMCs/GM

CAT.OP.MPA.170 ‘Passenger
briefing’;
AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.170;
AMC1.1 CAT.OP.MPA.170;
AMC2 CAT.OP.MPA.170

CAT.OP.MPA.175 ‘Flight
preparation’ and related
AMCs/GM;
AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.175(a)

CAT.OP.MPA.175 ‘Flight
preparation’

CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of
aerodromes — aeroplanes’;
CAT.OP.MPA.181 ‘Selection of
aerodromes and operating sites
— helicopters’

CAT.OP.MPA.185 ‘Planning
minima for IFR flights —
aeroplanes’
CAT.OP.MPA.195
‘Refuelling/defuelling with
passengers embarking, on board
or disembarking’ and related
AMCs;
AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.195;
CAT.OP.MPA.200 ‘Refuelling/
defuelling with wide-cut fuel’ and
related AMCs;
GM1 CAT.OP.MPA.200

CAT.OP.MPA.210 ‘Crew members

at stations’ and related AMCs;
AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.210(b);
GM1 CAT.OP.MPA.210

CAT.OP.MPA.225 ‘Seats, safety

belts and restraint systems’

CAT.OP.MPA.230 ‘Securing of
passenger compartment and
galley(s)’
CAT.OP.MPA.240 ‘Smoking on
board’
CAT.OP.MPA.245 ‘Meteorological
conditions — all aircraft’;
CAT.OP.MPA.246 ‘Meteorological
conditions — aeroplanes’;
CAT.OP.MPA.265 ‘Take-off
conditions’

CAT.OP.MPA.250 ‘Ice and other

contaminants — ground
procedures’ and related
AMCs/GM;
CAT.OP.MPA.255 ‘Ice and other
contaminants — flight
procedures’ and related
AMCs/GM;
GM1 CAT.OP.MPA.250 (a) to (l);
GM2 CAT.OP.MPA.250 (a) to (f);
GM3 CAT.OP.MPA.250 (a)(1) to
(3);
AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.255 (a)

CAT.OP.MPA.260 ‘Fuel and oil

supply’;
CAT.OP.MPA.280 ‘In-flight fuel
management — aeroplanes’;
CAT.OP.MPA.281 ‘In-flight fuel
management — helicopters’ and
AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.281

CAT.OP.MPA.285 ‘Use of
supplemental oxygen’;
CAT.IDE.A.235 ‘Supplemental
oxygen — pressurised aeroplanes’
and related AMCs/GM

CAT.OP.MPA.300 ‘Approach and

landing conditions - aeroplanes’
and AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.300;
CAT.OP.MPA.301 ‘Approach and
landing conditions – helicopters’;
CAT.OP.MPA.305
‘Commencement and
continuation of approach’ and
related AMCs/GM

ORO.GEN.160 ‘Occurrence
reporting’ and related AMCs/GM
 CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome
operating minima’ and related
AMCs/GM;
CAT.OP.MPA.115 ‘Approach flight
technique — aeroplanes’ and
related AMCs/GM

Regulation (EU) No 965/2012,

Annex I

Regulation (EU) No 965/2012,

Annex I

Regulation (EU) No 965/2012,

Annex I

SPA.LVO.100 ‘Low visibility

operations’ and related AMCs;
SPA.LVO.105 ‘LVO approval’;
SPA.LVO.110 ‘General operating
requirements’;
SPA.LVO.115 ‘Aerodrome related
requirements’

SPA.LVO.115 ‘Aerodrome related

requirements’

SPA.LVO.120 ‘Flight crew training

and qualifications’ and related
AMCs

SPA.LVO.125 ‘Operating
procedures and AMC1
SPA.LVO.125
SPA.LVO.130 ‘Minimum
equipment’

AMC12 CAT.OP.MPA.110
‘Aerodrome operating minima —
VFR OPERATIONS WITH OTHER-
THAN-COMPLEX MOTOR-
POWERED AIRCRAFT’

CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome
operating minima’ and related
AMCs/GM;
SPA.LVO.110 ‘General operating
requirements’ and related
AMCs/GM

CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome
operating minima’;
AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.110;
AMC2 CAT.OP.MPA.110
 AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.110
‘Aerodrome operating minima’,
Table 1.A;
AMC2 CAT.OP.MPA.110
‘Aerodrome operating minima’,
Table 1.H

AMC3 CAT.OP.MPA.110
‘Aerodrome operating minima’
(Table 3: ILS/MLS/GLS; SRA 1NM;
VOR; NDB);
AMC6 CAT.OP.MPA.110
‘Aerodrome operating minima’

CAT.OP.MPA.305
‘Commencement and
continuation of approach’;
AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.305(e)

AMC3 SPA.LVO.100 ‘Low visibility

operations’

AMC4 SPA.LVO.100 ‘Low visibility

operations’

AMC5 SPA.LVO.100 ‘Low visibility

operations’

AMC7 CAT.OP.MPA.110
‘Aerodrome operating minima’;
AMC9 CAT.OP.MPA.110;
AMC8 CAT.OP.MPA.110

CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome
operating minima’ and related
AMCs/GM;
SPA.LVO.110 ‘General operating
requirements’ and related AMCs
 SPA.HOFO.120 ‘Airborne radar
approaches (ARAs) to offshore
locations — CAT operations;
AMC1 SPA.HOFO.120 ‘Selection of
aerodromes and operating sites
— COASTAL AERODROME’;
AMC2 SPA.HOFO.120 ‘Selection of
aerodromes and operating sites
— OFFSHORE DESTINATION
ALTERNATE AERODROME’;
AMC1 SPA.HOFO.125 ‘Airborne
radar approach (ARA) to offshore
locations — GENERAL’;
GM1 SPA.HOFO.125 ‘Airborne
radar approach (ARA) to offshore
locations — GENERAL’;
GM2 SPA.HOFO.125 ‘Airborne
radar approach (ARA) to offshore
locations — GLOBAL NAVIGATION
SATELLITE SYSTEM (GNSS)/AREA
NAVIGATION SYSTEM’

CAT.IDE.A.100 ‘Instruments and

equipment — general’ and related
GM, and
CAT.IDE.H.100 ‘Instruments and
equipment — general’;
CAT.IDE.A.105/CAT.IDE.H.105
‘Minimum equipment for flight’

CAT.IDE.A.110 ‘Spare electrical

fuses’ and related GM

CAT.IDE.A.120 ‘Equipment to clear

windshield’ and related AMCs

CAT.IDE.A.125 ‘Operations under

VFR by day’ and related
AMCs/GM;
CAT.IDE.H.125 ‘Operations under
VFR by day’ and related
AMCs/GM

CAT.IDE.A.130 ‘Operations under

IFR or at night — flight and
navigational instruments and
associated equipment’ and
related AMCs/GM;
CAT.IDE.H.130 ‘Operations under
IFR or at night — flight and
navigational instruments and
associated equipment’ and
related AMCs/GM
 CAT.IDE.A.135/CAT.IDE.H.135
‘Additional equipment for single-
pilot operation under IFR’

CAT.IDE.A.140 ‘Altitude alerting

system’

CAT.IDE.H.145 ‘Radio altimeters’

CAT.IDE.A.150 ‘Terrain awareness

warning system (TAWS)’

CAT.IDE.A.155 ‘Airborne collision

avoidance system (ACAS)’

CAT.IDE.A.160/CAT.IDE.H.160
‘Airborne weather detecting
equipment’

CAT.IDE.A.185/CAT.IDE.H.185
‘Cockpit voice recorder’

CAT.IDE.A.185/CAT.IDE.H.185
‘Cockpit voice recorder’

CAT.IDE.A.190/CAT.IDE.H.190
‘Flight data recorder’

CAT.IDE.A.190/CAT.IDE.A.190
‘Flight data recorder’ and related
AMCs/GM

CAT.IDE.A.205/CAT.IDE.H.205
‘Seats, seat safety belts, restraint
systems and child restraint
devices’ and related AMCs/GM

CAT.IDE.A.210/CAT.IDE.H.210
‘Fasten seat belt and no smoking
signs’

CAT.IDE.A.215 ‘Internal doors and

curtains’

CAT.IDE.A.220/CAT.IDE.H.220
‘First-aid kit’ and related
AMCs/GM
 CAT.IDE.A.225 ‘Emergency
medical kit’;
AMC1 CAT.IDE.A.225;
AMC2 CAT.IDE.A.225;
AMC3 CAT.IDE.A.225;
AMC4 CAT.IDE.A.225;
GM1 CAT.IDE.A.225;
Point CAT.IDE.A.230 ‘First-aid
oxygen’

CAT.IDE.A.245 ‘Crew protective

breathing equipment’;
AMC1 CAT.IDE.A.245

CAT.IDE.A.250/CAT.IDE.H.250
‘Hand fire extinguishers’ and
related AMCs/GM

CAT.IDE.A.255 ‘Crash axe and

crowbar’;
AMC1 CAT.IDE.A.255
CAT.IDE.A.260/CAT.IDE.H.260
‘Marking of break-in points’ and
related AMCs/GM

CAT.IDE.A.265 ‘Means for

emergency evacuation’

CAT.IDE.A.270/CAT.IDE.H.270
‘Megaphones’ and related
AMCs/GM
CAT.IDE.A.275/CAT.IDE.H.275
‘Emergency lighting and marking

CAT.IDE.A.280/CAT.IDE.H.280
‘Emergency locator transmitter
(ELT)’ and related AMCs/GM

CAT.IDE.A.285 ‘Flight over water’;

CAT.IDE.A.305 ‘Survival
equipment’
CAT.IDE.H.280 ‘Emergency locator
transmitter (ELT)’;
CAT.IDE.H.290 ‘Life-jackets’;
CAT.IDE.H.295 ‘Crew survival
suits’;
CAT.IDE.H.300 ‘Life-rafts, survival
ELTs and survival equipment on
extended overwater flights’

CAT.IDE.H.295 ‘Crew survival

suits’;
GM1 CAT.IDE.H.295
CAT.IDE.A.305/CAT.IDE.H.305
‘Survival equipment’
 SPA.HOFO.165 ‘Additional
procedures and equipment for
operations in a hostile
environment’ (New reference
compared to EDD 2018/001/R)

CAT.IDE.H.315 ‘Helicopters
certified for operating on water —
miscellaneous equipment’;
CAT.IDE.H.320 ‘All helicopters on
flights over water — ditching’

CAT.IDE.A.325/CAT.IDE.H.325
‘Headset’ and related AMCs/GM

CAT.IDE.A.330/CAT.IDE.H.330
‘Radio communication
equipment’

CAT.IDE.A.335/CAT.IDE.H.335
‘Audio selector panel’

CAT.IDE.A.340/CAT.IDE.H.340
‘Radio equipment for operations
under VFR over routes navigated
by reference to visual landmarks’

CAT.IDE.A.345/CAT.IDE.H.345
‘Communication and navigation
equipment for operations under
IFR or under VFR over routes not
navigated by reference to visual
landmarks’

SPA.RVSM.110 ‘RVSM equipment

requirements’

CAT.IDE.A.170/CAT.IDE.H.170
‘Flight crew interphone system’;
AMC1
CAT.IDE.A.170/CAT.IDE.H.170;
CAT.IDE.A.175/CAT.IDE.H.175
‘Crew member interphone
system’;
AMC1
CAT.IDE.A.175/CAT.IDE.H.175;
CAT.IDE.A.180/CAT.IDE.H.180
‘Public address system’;
AMC1
CAT.IDE.A.180/CAT.IDE.H.180
 CAT.IDE.H.325 ‘Headset’;
CAT.IDE.H.330 ‘Radio
communication equipment’;
CAT.IDE.H.335 ‘Audio selector
panel’;
CAT.IDE.H.340 ‘Radio equipment
for operations under VFR over
routes navigated by reference to
visual landmarks’

CAT.IDE.H.325 ‘Headset’;
AMC1 CAT.IDE.H.325;
CAT.IDE.H.345 ‘Communication
and navigation equipment for
operations under IFR or under
VFR over routes not navigated by
reference to visual landmarks’

CAT.IDE.A.350/CAT.IDE.H.350
‘Transponder’;
AMC1
CAT.IDE.A.350/CAT.IDE.H.350

CAT.IDE.A.355 ‘Management of
aeronautical databases’;
AMC1 CAT.IDE.A.355
‘Management of aeronautical
databases — AERONAUTICAL
DATABASES’

ORO.FC.100 ‘Composition of flight

crew;
AMC1 ORO.FC.100(c);
ORO.FC.105 ‘Designation as pilot-
in-command/commander’;
AMC1 ORO.FC.105(b)(2);(c);
GM1 ORO.FC.105 (b)(2);
AMC1 ORO.FC.105(c);
ORO.FC.110 ‘Flight engineer’;
ORO.FC.115 ‘Crew resource
management (CRM) training’;
Point ORO.FC.200 ‘Composition of
flight crew’;
AMC1 ORO.FC.200(a);
ORO.FC.A.201 ‘In-flight relief of
flight crew members’;
ORO.FC.202 Single-pilot
operations under IFR or at night
ORO.FC.120 ‘Operator conversion
training’;
ORO.FC.145 ‘Provision of
training’;
ORO.FC.220 ‘Operator conversion
training and checking’;
and related AMCs/GM

ORO.FC.125 ‘Differences training

and familiarisation training’;
AMC1 ORO.FC.125

ORO.FC.205 ‘Command course’

ORO.FC.A.250 ‘Commanders
holding a CPL(A)’

ORO.FC.230 ‘Recurrent training

and checking’

ORO.FC.235 ‘Pilot qualification to

operate in either pilot’s seat’;
AMC1 ORO.FC.235(d);
GM1 ORO.FC.235(f);(g)

FCL.060 ‘Recent experience’;

AMC1 FCL.060(b)(1);
GM1 FCL.060(b)(1)

ORO.FC.105 ‘Designation as pilot-

in-command/ commander’;
AMC1 ORO.FC.105(b)(2);(c);
GM1 ORO.FC.105(b)(2);
AMC1 ORO.FC.105(c)

ORO.FC.140 ‘Operation on more

than one type or variant’;
ORO.FC.240 ‘Operation on more
than one type or variant’;
AMC1 ORO.FC.240(a)(1)

ORO.FC.240 ‘Operation on more

than one type or variant’

ORO.MLR.115 ‘Record-keeping’

CAT.GEN.MPA.100 ‘Crew
responsibilities;
CAT.GEN.MPA.105
‘Responsibilities of the
commander;
CAT.GEN.MPA.110 ‘Authority of
the commander’
CAT.GEN.MPA.135 ‘Admission to
the flight crew compartment;
CAT.GEN.MPA.165 ‘Method of
carriage of persons;
CAT.GEN.MPA.105
‘Responsibilities of the
commander’

ORO.FC.215 ‘Initial operator’s

crew resource management
(CRM) training’

Regulation (EU) No 965/2012,

Annex I ‘Definitions’

ORO.CC.100 ‘Number and

composition of cabin crew;
AMC1 ORO.CC.100;
GM1 ORO.CC.100;
ORO.CC.205 ‘Reduction of the
number of cabin crew during
ground operations and in
unforeseen circumstances’

ORO.CC.110 ‘Conditions for

assignment to duties;
ORO.CC.210 ‘Additional
conditions for assignment to
duties;
GM1 ORO.CC.210(d)

ORO.CC.200 ‘Senior cabin crew

member;
AMC1 ORO.CC.200(c);(d);(e)
ORO.CC.250 ‘Operation on more
than one aircraft type or variant;
AMC1 ORO.CC.250(b);
GM1 ORO.CC.250

CAT.GEN.MPA.115 ‘Personnel or
crew members other than cabin
crew in the passenger
compartment’

ORO.FTL.100 ‘Scope’;
ORO.FTL.105 ‘Definitions’ (values
of Table 1 excluded)

ORO.FTL.200 ‘Home base’;

ORO.FTL.210 ‘Flight times and
duty periods’
ORO.FTL.205 ‘Flight duty period
(FDP)’;
ORO.FTL.205(b) ‘Basic maximum
daily FDP’ (use of the tables but
not memorisation)

ORO.FTL.235 ‘Rest periods’

ORO.FTL.205 ‘Flight duty period

(FDP)’;
ORO.FTL.205(e) ‘Maximum daily
FDP with the use of extensions
due to in-flight rest’

ORO.FTL.205 ‘Flight duty period

(FDP)’;
ORO.FTL.205(f) ‘Unforeseen
circumstances in flight operations
— commander’s discretion’

ORO.FTL.225 ‘Standby and duties

at the airport’

CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of
aerodromes — aeroplanes;
CAT.OP.MPA.181 ‘Selection of
aerodromes and operating sites
— helicopters’

CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of
aerodromes — aeroplanes’;
CAT.OP.MPA.181 ‘Selection of
aerodromes and operating sites
— helicopters’

CAT.OP.MPA.185 ‘Planning
minima for IFR flights —
aeroplanes’;
CAT.OP.MPA.186 ‘Planning
minima for IFR flights —
helicopters’

CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of
aerodromes — aeroplanes’;
CAT.OP.MPA.181 ‘Selection of
aerodromes and operating sites
— helicopters’

CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of
aerodromes — aeroplanes’;
CAT.OP.MPA.181 ‘Selection of
aerodromes and operating sites
— helicopters’
 CAT.OP.MPA.185 ‘Planning
minima for IFR flights —
aeroplanes’;
CAT.OP.MPA.186 ‘Planning
minima for IFR flights —
helicopters’

CAT.OP.MPA.185 ‘Planning
minima for IFR flights —
aeroplanes’

ICAO Doc 7030 ‘Regional

Supplementary Procedures —
North Atlantic Operations and
Airspace Manual’

NAT 007, 1.3.8 Crew Training

NAT 007, Chapter 12 Procedures

in the event of navigation system
degradation or failure

NAT 007, Chapter 12 Procedures

in the event of navigation system
degradation or failure

NAT 007, 13.2 General procedures

NAT 007, 6.6 HF Communications

failure

NAT 007, Chapter 13 Special

procedures for in-flight
contingencies

NAT 007, Chapter 13 Special

procedures for in-flight
contingencies

ICAO Doc 7030, NAT 2.1.9.1

General;
NAT 007, 2.1.3;
NAT 007, Chapter 4 Flight
Planning
ICAO Doc 7030, NAT 2.1.9 Route;
NAT 007, Chapter 4 - Flight
Planning on Random Route
Segments in a Predominantly East
- West Direction

ICAO Doc 7030, NAT 2.1.9 Route;

NAT 007, Chapter 4 - Flight
Planning on Random Route
Segments in a Predominantly East
- West Direction and
Predominantly North - South
Direction

ICAO Doc 7030, NAT 2.1.9 Route;

NAT 007, Chapter 4 Flight
Planning on Random Routes in a
Predominantly North - South
Direction

NAT 007, 4.2 Flight planning

requirements on specific routes

NAT 007, Chapter 12 Procedures

in the event of navigation system
degradation or failure (not
including detailed information on
route structures and their
coordinates);

NAT 007, Chapter 8 - Master

document - position plotting

ICAO Doc 7030;

NAT 007

NAT 007, 1.1.1

NAT 007, Abbreviations

NAT 007, 1.1.2; 1.1.3; 1.1.5; 1.1.6;

1.1.7; 1.2.1; 1.2.2; 1.3.1; 1.3.2;
1.3.6; 1.3.7; 1.3.8
NAT 007, 1.4.1; 1.4.2

NAT 007, 1.4.3; 1.4.4

 NAT 007, 1.9.1

NAT 007, 2.1 GENERAL; 2.2

Construction of the organised
track system (OTS)
NAT 007, 2.4 OTS Changeover
periods
NAT 007, 2.3 The NAT track
message
NAT 007, 3.2 Routes within the
NAT HLA

NAT 007, 3.3 Route structures

adjacent to the NAT HLA

ICAO Doc 7030, North Atlantic

(NAT) Regional Supplementary
Procedures, Chapter 2, 2.1.9.1.1

NAT 007, 4.1.5

NAT 007, 4.1.11; 4.1.12

NAT 007, 4.1.10

NAT 007, Chapter 4 Flight

Planning - Flight Levels;
SERA

NAT 007, 5.1.2-REMOVE THE LO

NAT 007, 5.1.3

NAT 007, 16.6.25

 NAT 007, 5.1.6

NAT 007, 5.1.7

NAT 007, 5.1.8

NAT 007, 5.1.9

NAT 007, 5.1.1

NAT 007, 6.1.1

NAT 007, 6.1.1

NAT 007, 6.1.4 and 6.1.7

 NAT 007, 6.1.28

NAT 007, 6.2.2

NAT 007, 6.5.2

NAT 007, 6.9.1

NAT 007, 6.1.3

NAT 007, 7.2.1

NAT 007, 7.4.1

NAT 007, 8.2.2

NAT 007, 8.2.5 to 8.2.9

 NAT 007, 8.2.10 to 8.2.13

NAT 007, 8.3.2 to 8.3.4; 8.3.5 to

8.3.7; 8.3.12 to 8.3.16

NAT 007, 8.5.8 to 8.5.10

NAT 007, 1.3.3

NAT 007, 1.3.3

NAT 007, 1.3.4

NAT 007, 9.1.7

NAT 007, 9.1.9

NAT 007, 9.1.11

NAT 007, 11.3.4 and 11.3.6

NAT 007, 8.3 Pre-flight

procedures

NAT 007, 12.2

 NAT 007, 13.3

NAT 007, 13.2.1

NAT 007, 13.4

SPA.ETOPS.100 ‘ETOPS’;
Point SPA.ETOPS.105 ‘ETOPS
operational approval’
SPA.ETOPS.110 ‘ETOPS en-route
alternate aerodrome’

Point CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection

of aerodromes — aeroplanes’

SPA.ETOPS.115 ‘ETOPS en-route

alternate aerodrome planning
minima’
CAT.OP.MPA.135 ‘Routes and
areas of operation — general’;
CAT.OP.MPA.145 ‘Establishment
of minimum flight altitudes’;
CAT.OP.MPA.150 ‘Fuel policy’

CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of
aerodromes — aeroplanes’
 CAT.OP.MPA.140 ‘Maximum
distance from an adequate
aerodrome for two-engined
aeroplanes without an ETOPS
approval’

ORO.MLR.100, ORO.MLR.101 and

related AMCs/GM
ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual
— general’;
AMC1 ORO.MLR.100
ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual
— structure for commercial air
transport’;
GM1 ORO.MLR.100(k) ‘Operations
manual — general’

ORO.MLR.110 ‘Journey log’;

AMC1 ORO.MLR.110

ORO.MLR.115 ‘Record-keeping’

ORO.MLR.115 ‘Record-keeping’;
AMC1 ORO.MLR.115;
GM1 ORO.MLR.115(c);(d)

ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual

— structure for commercial air
transport;
AMC3 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations
manual — general’
(main topics in Part A, e.g.
General/Basic, etc.)

ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual

— structure for commercial air
transport’;
AMC3 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations
manual — general’
ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual
— structure for commercial air
transport’;
AMC3 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations
manual — general’

ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual

— structure for commercial air
transport’;
AMC3 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations
manual — general’

ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual

— structure for commercial air
transport’

ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual

— structure for commercial air
transport’;
AMC3 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations
manual — general’

ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual

— structure for commercial air
transport’;
AMC3 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations
manual — general’

GM1 ORO.MLR.105(a) ‘Minimum

equipment list’;
CS-MMEL;
GM2 ORO.MLR.105(d)(3)

ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual

— general’;
ORO.MLR.105 ‘Minimum
equipment list’;
AMC1 ORO.MLR.105(j);
GM1 ORO.MLR.105(j)

AMC2 ORO.MLR.105(d)(3)
‘Minimum equipment list’
ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual
— general’;
ORO.MLR.105 ‘Minimum
equipment list’;
AMC1 ORO.MLR.105(c);
GM1 ORO.MLR.105(d)(3)

CAT.IDE.A.105/CAT.IDE.H.105
‘Minimum equipment for flight’

CAT.OP.MPA.175 ‘Flight
preparation’;
CAT.IDE.A.105/CAT.IDE.H.105
‘Minimum equipment for flight’

ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft

Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’, Glossary

ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft

Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’, Part I, Chapter 2

ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft

Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’, Part III, Chapter 3,
3.4

ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft

Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’, Part III, Chapter 8,
8.8

ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft

Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’, Part III, Chapter 4,
4.2, 4.3 (Sample HOT tables are
not provided by ICAO in edition 3
of Doc 9640. ICAO directs
stakeholders to consult Transport
Canada and FAA websites under
"aircraft ground de-icing")

ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft

Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’, Part III, Chapter 6,
6.4 and 6.5
ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft
Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’, Part III, Chapter 8

ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft

Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’, Part I, Chapter 1:
Introduction 1.1 to 1.7

ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft

Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’;
CAT.OP.MPA.250 ‘Ice and other
contaminants — ground
procedures’

CAT.OP.MPA.250 ‘Ice and other

contaminants — ground
procedures’;
CAT.OP.MPA.255 ‘Ice and other
contaminants — flight
procedures’;
CAT.IDE.A.165 ‘Additional
equipment for operations in icing
conditions at night’;
CAT.IDE.H.165 ‘Additional
equipment for operations in icing
conditions at night’

ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft

Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’, Part I, Chapter 1

ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft

Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’, Part I, Chapter 1
ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft
Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’, Part I, Chapter 1

ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft

Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’, Part I, Chapter 1

ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft

Ground De-icing/Anti-icing
Operations’, Part I, Chapter 1

AMC4 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations

manual — general’

AMC4 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations

manual — general’

ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.5.2,

ICAO Doc 8126, Chapter 8, 8.5.1.l
(Following a restructuring of ICAO
Annex 15 and publication of ICAO
Doc 10066, the reference is
updated)

ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.6

ICAO Doc 10066, Appendix 2

ICAO Doc 9137 ‘Airport Services

Manual’, Part III, Chapter 1
 ICAO Doc 9137 ‘Airport Services
Manual’, Part III, Chapter 1 (For
more information, refer to the
EGAST safety promotion leaflet
‘Bird strike, a European risk with
local specificities’, available at:
www.easa.europa.eu/system/files
/dfu/EGAST_GA6-bird-strikes-
final.pdf)

CAT.GEN.MPA.105
‘Responsibilities of the
commander’

CAT.OP.MPA.130 ‘Noise
abatement procedures —
aeroplanes’;
CAT.OP.MPA.131 ‘Noise
abatement procedures —
helicopters’

ICAO Doc 8168 ‘Procedures for Air

Navigation Services — Aircraft
Operations’ (PANS-OPS), Volume
III, Section 9, Appendix to Chapter
3, 1.1

ICAO Doc 8168 ‘Procedures for Air

Navigation Services — Aircraft
Operations’ (PANS-OPS), Volume
III, Section 9, Chapter 3, 3.2.1
General

ICAO Doc 8168 ‘Procedures for Air

Navigation Services — Aircraft
Operations’ (PANS-OPS), Volume
III, Section 9, Chapter 3, 3.3 and
Appendix to Chapter 3

ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,

5.3.7.1/Volume 2, 5.3.4.1

ICAO Doc 10066, Appendix 2

ICAO Doc 8168 ‘Procedures for Air
Navigation Services — Aircraft
Operations’ (PANS-OPS), Volume
III, Section 5, Chapter 4 Reduced
power take-off

ICAO Doc 8168 ‘Procedures for Air

Navigation Services — Aircraft
Operations’ (PANS-OPS), Volume
III, Section 9, Chapter 2, 2.1 Noise
preferential runways

ICAO Doc 8168 ‘Procedures for Air

Navigation Services — Aircraft
Operations’ (PANS-OPS), Volume
III, Section 9, Chapter 3, 3.5
Aeroplane operating procedures
— landing
 ICAO Circular 186 ‘Wind Shear’

ICAO Circular 186 ‘Wind Shear’

ICAO Circular 186 ‘Wind Shear’

ICAO Circular 186 ‘Wind Shear’

ICAO Doc 9426 ‘Air Traffic Services

Planning Manual’, Part II

ICAO Doc 9426 ‘Air Traffic Services

Planning Manual’, Part II

ICAO Doc 9426 ‘Air Traffic Services

Planning Manual’, Part II

ICAO Doc 9426 ‘Air Traffic Services

Planning Manual’, Part II
ICAO Doc 9426 ‘Air Traffic Services
Planning Manual’, Part II

ICAO Doc 9426 ‘Air Traffic Services

Planning Manual’, Part II

ICAO Doc 4444 ‘Procedures for Air

Navigation Services — Air Traffic
Management’ (PANS-ATM), 5.8
Time-based wake turbulence
longitudinal separation minima

CAO Annex 17, Chapter 1

Definitions

ICAO Annex 17, 2.1 Objectives

ICAO Annex 17, Attachment to

Annex 17

ICAO Annex 17, Attachment to

Annex 17

ICAO Annex 17, Attachment to

Annex 17

ICAO Annex 17, Attachment to

Annex 17

Regulation (EC) No 300/2008,

Articles 1 and 2

Regulation (EC) No 300/2008,

Annex: 10 ‘In-flight security
measures’ and 11 ‘Staff
recruitment and training’; ICAO
Annex 17, 13.4 Training
programmes

ICAO Annex 17, Attachment to

Annex 17, 13.5 Reporting acts of
unlawful interference
 ICAO Annex 17:
4.3 Measures relating to aircraft;
5.1 Prevention;
Attachment to Annex 17, 13.3
Aeroplane search procedure
checklist

AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.170
‘Passenger briefing’

CS 25.803 and Appendix J

ICAO Doc 4444 ‘Procedures for Air

Navigation Services — Air Traffic
Management’ (PANS-ATM), 15.5.3
Fuel dumping
ICAO Doc 4444 ‘Procedures for Air
Navigation Services — Air Traffic
Management’ (PANS-ATM),
15.5.3 Fuel dumping

CS 25.1001 Fuel jettisoning system

CS 25.1001 Fuel jettisoning system

ICAO Annex 18
ICAO Annex 18, Chapter 1
Definitions

ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical

Instructions For The Safe
Transport of Dangerous Goods by
Air’;
ICAO Annex 18, Chapter 2, 2.2.1

ICAO Annex 18, Chapter 9, 9.5

ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical

Instructions For The Safe
Transport of Dangerous Goods by
Air’

ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical

Instructions For The Safe
Transport of Dangerous Goods by
Air’

ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical

Instructions For The Safe
Transport of Dangerous Goods by
Air’

ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical

Instructions For The Safe
Transport of Dangerous Goods by
Air’
 SPA.DG.100 ‘Transport of
dangerous goods’;
SPA.DG.105 ‘Approval to
transport dangerous goods’;
SPA.DG.110 ‘Dangerous goods
information and documentation’

CAT.GEN.MPA.200 ‘Transport of
dangerous goods’
SPA.DG.100 ‘Transport of
dangerous goods’;
AMC1 ARO.OPS.200 ‘Specific
approval procedure’

SPA.DG.100 ‘Transport of
dangerous goods’;
SPA.DG.105 ‘Approval to
transport dangerous goods’;
SPA.DG.110 ‘Dangerous goods
information and documentation’

SPA.DG.110 ‘Dangerous goods

information and documentation’;
AMC1 SPA.DG.110(b) ‘Dangerous
goods information and
documentation’

SPA.DG.105 ‘Approval to
transport dangerous goods’;
AMC1 SPA.DG.110(b) ‘Dangerous
goods information and
documentation’: (a)(1)

SPA.DG.110 ‘Dangerous goods

information and documentation’;
AMC1 SPA.DG.110(a); AMC1
SPA.DG.110(b) ‘Dangerous goods
information and documentation’

CAT.GEN.MPA.200 ‘Transport of
dangerous goods’

CAT.GEN.MPA.200 ‘Transport of
dangerous goods’;
ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical
Instructions For The Safe
Transport of Dangerous Goods by
Air’, 2.2 Exceptions for dangerous
goods of the operator
 CAT.GEN.MPA.200 ‘Transport of
dangerous goods’;
ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical
Instructions For The Safe
Transport of Dangerous Goods by
Air’, 2.1 Dangerous goods
forbidden for transport by air
under any circumstance

ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical

Instructions For The Safe
Transport of Dangerous Goods by
Air’, Introductory chapter, 2.4 (for
packing purposes, etc.)

CAT.GEN.MPA.200 ‘Transport of
dangerous goods’;
AMC1 SPA.DG.110(b) ‘Dangerous
goods information and
documentation’

ICAO Annex 18, Chapter 8, 8.9

Loading on cargo aircraft;
ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical
Instructions For The Safe
Transport of Dangerous Goods by
Air’, GENERAL PRINCIPLES

CAT.GEN.MPA.200 and related

AMCs/GM

ICAO Doc 10066, Appendix 4

SNOWTAM format

ICAO Doc 10066, Appendix 4

SNOWTAM format

NASA Technical Memorandum

85652 “Factors influencing aircraft
ground handling performance”,
T.J. Yager, June 1983.

NASA Technical Memorandum

85652 “Factors influencing aircraft
ground handling performance”,
T.J. Yager, June 1983.

NASA Technical Memorandum

85652 “Factors influencing aircraft
ground handling performance”,
T.J. Yager, June 1983.
ICAO Doc 10066, Appendix 4
SNOWTAM format
 ORO.FC.330 ‘Recurrent training
and checking — operator
proficiency check’

SPO.GEN.106 ‘Task specialists

responsibilities’

SPO.SPEC.HESLO.100 ‘Standard
operating procedures’ and related
AMCs/GM;
SPO.SPEC.HESLO.105 ‘Specific
HESLO equipment’ and related
AMCs/GM

SPO.SPEC.HEC.100 ‘Standard
operating procedures’ and related
AMCs/GM;
SPO.SPEC.HEC.105 ‘Specific HEC
equipment’ and related
AMCs/GM

0 0 0 0
 2018-2019 syllabus text 2018-2019 2020 syllabus Moved
syllabus reference to/from
reference another
Index

subject

1 PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT - AEROPLANES 081.00.00.00 081.00.00.00

2 SUBSONIC AERODYNAMICS 081.01.00.00 081.01.00.00

3 Basics, laws and definitions 081.01.01.00 081.01.01.00
4 Laws and definitions 081.01.01.01 081.01.01.01
5 List the international system of units of measurement 081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.01
(SI) for mass, acceleration, weight, velocity, energy,
density, temperature, pressure, force, wing loading, and
power.

6 Define ‘mass’, ‘force’, ‘acceleration’, and ‘weight’. 081.01.01.01.02 081.01.01.01.02

7 State and interpret Newton’s three laws of motion. 081.01.01.01.03 081.01.01.01.03
8 Explain air density. 081.01.01.01.04 081.01.01.01.04
9 List the atmospheric properties that effect air density. 081.01.01.01.05 081.01.01.01.05

10 Explain how temperature and pressure changes affect 081.01.01.01.06 081.01.01.01.06

air density.
11 Define ‘static pressure’. 081.01.01.01.07 081.01.01.01.07
12 Define ‘dynamic pressure’. 081.01.01.01.08 081.01.01.01.08
13 State the formula for ‘dynamic pressure’. 081.01.01.01.09 081.01.01.01.09
14 Describe dynamic pressure in terms of an indication of 081.01.01.01.10 081.01.01.01.10
the energy in the system, and how it is related to
indicated airspeed (IAS) and air density for a given
altitude and speed.

15 State Bernoulli’s equation for incompressible flow. 081.01.01.01.11 081.01.01.01.11

16 Define ‘total pressure’ and explain that the total 081.01.01.01.12 081.01.01.01.12
pressure differs in different systems.
17 Apply Bernoulli’s equation to flow through a venturi 081.01.01.01.13 081.01.01.01.13
stream tube for incompressible flow.
18 Describe how IAS is acquired from the pitot static 081.01.01.01.14 081.01.01.01.14
system.
19 Describe the relationship between density, 081.01.01.01.15 081.01.01.01.15
temperature, and pressure for air.
20 Explain the equation of continuity and its application to 081.01.01.01.16 081.01.01.01.16
the flow through a stream tube.
21 Define ‘IAS’, ‘CAS’, ‘EAS’, and ‘TAS’. 081.01.01.01.17 081.01.01.01.17
22 Basics of airflow 081.01.01.02 081.01.01.02
23 Describe steady and unsteady airflow. 081.01.01.02.01 081.01.01.02.01
24 Explain the concept of a streamline and a stream tube. 081.01.01.02.02 081.01.01.02.02

25 Describe and explain airflow through a stream tube. 081.01.01.02.03 081.01.01.02.03

26 Explain the difference between two- and three- 081.01.01.02.04 081.01.01.02.04

dimensional airflow.
27 Aerodynamic forces on aerofoils 081.01.01.03 081.01.01.03
28 Describe the originating point and direction of the 081.01.01.03.01 081.01.01.03.01
resultant force caused by the pressure distribution
around an aerofoil.
29 Resolve the resultant force into the components ‘lift’ 081.01.01.03.02 081.01.01.03.02
and ‘drag’.
30 Describe the direction of lift and drag. 081.01.01.03.03 081.01.01.03.03
31 Define the ‘aerodynamic moment’. 081.01.01.03.04 081.01.01.03.04
32 List the factors that affect the aerodynamic moment. 081.01.01.03.05 081.01.01.03.05

33 Describe the aerodynamic moment for a symmetrical 081.01.01.03.06 081.01.01.03.06

aerofoil.
34 Describe the aerodynamic moment for a positively and 081.01.01.03.07 081.01.01.03.07
negatively cambered aerofoil.
35 Define ‘angle of attack’ (alpha). 081.01.01.03.08 081.01.01.03.08
36 Shape of an aerofoil section 081.01.01.04 081.01.01.04
37 Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: 081.01.01.04.01 081.01.01.04.01
leading edge.
38 Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: 081.01.01.04.02 081.01.01.04.02
trailing edge.
39 Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: 081.01.01.04.03 081.01.01.04.03
chord line.
40 Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: 081.01.01.04.04 081.01.01.04.04
thickness-to-chord ratio or relative thickness.

41 Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: 081.01.01.04.05 081.01.01.04.05

location of maximum thickness.
42 Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: 081.01.01.04.06 081.01.01.04.06
camber line.
43 Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: 081.01.01.04.07 081.01.01.04.07
camber.
44 Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: 081.01.01.04.08 081.01.01.04.08
nose radius.
45 Describe a symmetrical and an asymmetrical aerofoil 081.01.01.04.09 081.01.01.04.09
section.
46 Wing shape 081.01.01.05 081.01.01.05
47 Describe the following parameter of a wing: span. 081.01.01.05.01 081.01.01.05.01
48 Describe the following parameter of a wing: tip and root 081.01.01.05.02 081.01.01.05.02
chord.
49 Describe the following parameter of a wing: taper ratio. 081.01.01.05.03 081.01.01.05.03

50 Describe the following parameter of a wing: wing area. 081.01.01.05.04 081.01.01.05.04

51 Describe the following parameter of a wing: wing 081.01.01.05.05 081.01.01.05.05

planform.
52 Describe the following parameter of a wing: mean 081.01.01.05.06 081.01.01.05.06
geometric chord.
53 Describe the following parameter of a wing: mean 081.01.01.05.07 081.01.01.05.07
aerodynamic chord (MAC).
54 Describe the following parameter of a wing: aspect 081.01.01.05.08 081.01.01.05.08
ratio.
55 Describe the following parameter of a wing: dihedral 081.01.01.05.09 081.01.01.05.09
angle.
56 Describe the following parameter of a wing: sweep 081.01.01.05.10 081.01.01.05.10
angle.
57 Describe the following parameter of a wing: wing twist, 081.01.01.05.11 081.01.01.05.11
geometric and aerodynamic.
58 Describe the following parameter of a wing: angle of 081.01.01.05.12 081.01.01.05.12
incidence. Remark: In certain textbooks, angle of
incidence is used as angle of attack (alpha). For Part-FCL
theoretical knowledge examination purposes, this use is
discontinued, and the angle of incidence is defined as
the angle between the aeroplane longitudinal axis and
the wing-root chord line.

59 Two-dimensional airflow around an aerofoil 081.01.02.00 081.01.02.00

60 Streamline pattern 081.01.02.01 081.01.02.01
61 Describe the streamline pattern around an aerofoil. 081.01.02.01.01 081.01.02.01.01

62 Describe converging and diverging streamlines, and 081.01.02.01.02 081.01.02.01.02

their effect on static pressure and velocity.
63 Describe upwash and downwash. 081.01.02.01.03 081.01.02.01.03
64 Stagnation point 081.01.02.02 081.01.02.02
65 Describe the stagnation point. 081.01.02.02.01 081.01.02.02.01
66 Describe the movement of the stagnation point as the 081.01.02.02.02 081.01.02.02.02
alpha changes.
67 Pressure distribution 081.01.02.03 081.01.02.03
68 Describe pressure distribution and local speeds around 081.01.02.03.01 081.01.02.03.01
an aerofoil including effects of camber and alpha.

69 Intentionally left blank 081.01.02.03.02 081.01.02.03.02

70 Centre of pressure (CP) and aerodynamic centre (AC) 081.01.02.04 081.01.02.04

71 Explain CP and AC. 081.01.02.04.01 081.01.02.04.01

72 Intentionally left blank 081.01.02.05 081.01.02.05
73 Drag and wake 081.01.02.06 081.01.02.06
74 List two physical phenomena that cause drag. 081.01.02.06.01 081.01.02.06.01
75 Describe skin friction drag. 081.01.02.06.02 081.01.02.06.02
76 Describe form (pressure) drag. 081.01.02.06.03 081.01.02.06.03
77 Explain why drag and wake cause loss of energy 081.01.02.06.04 081.01.02.06.04
(momentum).
78 Influence of angle of attack (alpha) 081.01.02.07 081.01.02.07
79 Explain the influence of alpha on lift. 081.01.02.07.01 081.01.02.07.01
80 Intentionally left blank 081.01.02.08 081.01.02.08
81 The lift coefficient (CL) - angle of attack (alpha) graph 081.01.02.09 081.01.02.09

82 Describe the CL-alpha graph. 081.01.02.09.01 081.01.02.09.01

83 Explain the significant points: point where the curve 081.01.02.09.02 081.01.02.09.02
crosses the horizontal axis (zero lift); point where the
curve crosses the vertical axis (alpha equals 0); point
where the curve reaches its maximum (CLMAX).

84 Coefficients 081.01.03.00 081.01.03.00

85 General use of coefficients 081.01.03.01 081.01.03.01
86 Explain why coefficients are used in general. 081.01.03.01.01 081.01.03.01.01
87 The lift coefficient (CL) 081.01.03.02 081.01.03.02
88 Explain the lift formula, the factors that affect lift, and 081.01.03.02.01 081.01.03.02.01
perform simple calculations.
89 Describe the effect of camber on the CL-alpha graph 081.01.03.02.02 081.01.03.02.02
(symmetrical and positively/negatively cambered
aerofoils).
90 Describe the typical difference in the CL-alpha graph for 081.01.03.02.03 081.01.03.02.03
fast and slow aerofoil design.
91 Define ‘CLMAX’ (maximum lift coefficient) and 081.01.03.02.04 081.01.03.02.04
‘alphaCRIT’ (stalling alpha) on the graph.
92 Describe CL and explain the variables that affect it in 081.01.03.02.05 081.01.03.02.05
low subsonic flight.
93 Drag 081.01.03.03 081.01.03.03
94 Describe the two-dimensional drag formula. 081.01.03.03.01 081.01.03.03.01
95 Discuss the effect of the shape of a body, cross- 081.01.03.03.02 081.01.03.03.02
sectional area, and surface roughness on the drag
coefficient.
96 Three-dimensional airflow around an aeroplane 081.01.04.00 081.01.04.00
97 Angle of attack (alpha) 081.01.04.01 081.01.04.01
98 Define ‘angle of attack’ (alpha). Remark: For theoretical 081.01.04.01.01 081.01.04.01.01
knowledge examination purposes, the angle-of-attack
definition requires a reference line. This reference line
for 3D has been chosen to be the longitudinal axis and
for 2D the chord line.

99 Explain the difference between the alpha and the 081.01.04.01.02 081.01.04.01.02
attitude of an aeroplane.
100 Streamline pattern 081.01.04.02 081.01.04.02
101 Describe the general streamline pattern around the 081.01.04.02.01 081.01.04.02.01
wing, tail section, and fuselage.
102 Explain and describe the causes of spanwise flow over 081.01.04.02.02 081.01.04.02.02
top and bottom surfaces.
103 Describe wing tip vortices and their contribution to 081.01.04.02.03 081.01.04.02.03
downwash behind the wing.
104 Explain why wing tip vortices vary with alpha. 081.01.04.02.04 081.01.04.02.04
105 Describe spanwise lift distribution including the effect of 081.01.04.02.05 081.01.04.02.05
wing planform.
106 Describe the causes, distribution and duration of the 081.01.04.02.06 081.01.04.02.06
wake turbulence behind an aeroplane.
107 Describe the influence of flap deflection on the wing tip 081.01.04.02.07 081.01.04.02.07
vortex.
108 Describe the parameters that influence wake 081.01.04.02.08 081.01.04.02.08
turbulence.
109 Induced drag 081.01.04.03 081.01.04.03
110 Explain the factors that cause induced drag. 081.01.04.03.01 081.01.04.03.01
111 Describe the approximate formula for the induced drag 081.01.04.03.02 081.01.04.03.02
coefficient (including variables but excluding constants).

112 Describe the relationship between induced drag and 081.01.04.03.03 081.01.04.03.03
total drag in straight and level flight with variable speed.

113 Describe the effect of mass on induced drag at a given 081.01.04.03.04 081.01.04.03.04
IAS.
114 Describe the means to reduce induced drag: aspect 081.01.04.03.05 081.01.04.03.05
ratio; winglets; tip tanks; wing twist; camber change.

115 Describe the influence of lift distribution on induced 081.01.04.03.06 081.01.04.03.06

drag.
116 Describe the influence of downwash on the effective 081.01.04.03.07 081.01.04.03.07
airflow.
117 Explain induced and effective local alpha. 081.01.04.03.08 081.01.04.03.08
118 Explain the influence of the induced alpha on the 081.01.04.03.09 081.01.04.03.09
direction of the lift vector.
119 Explain the relationship between induced drag and: 081.01.04.03.10 081.01.04.03.10
speed; aspect ratio; wing planform; bank angle in a
horizontal coordinated turn.
120 Explain the induced drag coefficient and its relationship 081.01.04.03.11 081.01.04.03.11
with the lift coefficient and aspect ratio.

121 Explain the influence of induced drag on: the CL-alpha 081.01.04.03.12 081.01.04.03.12
graph, and show the effect on the graph when
comparing high- and low-aspect ratio wings; the CL-CD
(aeroplane polar), and show the effect on the graph
when comparing high- and low-aspect ratio wings; the
parabolic aeroplane polar in a graph and as a formula
[CD equals CPD plus kCL2], where CD equals coefficient
of drag and CPD equals coefficient of parasite drag.

122 Describe the CL-CD graph (polar). 081.01.04.03.13 081.01.04.03.13

123 Indicate minimum drag on the graph. 081.01.04.03.14 081.01.04.03.14
124 Explain why the CL-CD ratio is important as a measure 081.01.04.03.15 081.01.04.03.15
of performance.
125 Intentionally left blank 081.01.04.03.16 081.01.04.03.16
126 Total drag 081.01.05.00 081.01.05.00
127 Total drag in relation to parasite drag and induced 081.01.05.01 081.01.05.01
drag
128 State that total drag consists of parasite drag and 081.01.05.01.01 081.01.05.01.01
induced drag.
129 Parasite drag 081.01.05.02 081.01.05.02
130 Describe the types of drag that are included in parasite 081.01.05.02.01 081.01.05.02.01
drag.
131 Describe form (pressure) drag and the factors which 081.01.05.02.02 081.01.05.02.02
affect its magnitude.
132 Describe interference drag and the factors which affect 081.01.05.02.03 081.01.05.02.03
its magnitude.
133 Describe friction drag and the factors which affect its 081.01.05.02.04 081.01.05.02.04
magnitude.
134 Parasite drag and speed 081.01.05.03 081.01.05.03
135 Describe the relationship between parasite drag and 081.01.05.03.01 081.01.05.03.01
speed.
136 Induced drag and speed (Refer to 081 01 04 03) 081.01.05.04 081.01.05.04
137 Total drag 081.01.05.05 081.01.05.05
138 Explain the total drag-speed graph and the constituent 081.01.05.05.01 081.01.05.05.01
drag components.
139 Indicate the speed for minimum drag. 081.01.05.05.02 081.01.05.05.02
140 Intentionally left blank 081.01.05.06 081.01.05.06
141 Variables affecting the total drag-speed graph 081.01.05.07 081.01.05.07
142 Describe the effect of aeroplane gross mass on the 081.01.05.07.01 081.01.05.07.01
graph.
143 Describe the effect of pressure altitude on: drag-IAS 081.01.05.07.02 081.01.05.07.02
graph; drag-TAS graph.
144 Describe speed stability from the graph. 081.01.05.07.03 081.01.05.07.03
145 Describe non-stable, neutral, and stable IAS regions. 081.01.05.07.04 081.01.05.07.04
146 Explain what happens to the IAS and drag in the non- 081.01.05.07.05 081.01.05.07.05
stable region if speed suddenly decreases and why this
could occur.
147 Ground effect 081.01.06.00 081.01.06.00
148 Influence of ground effect 081.01.06.01 081.01.06.01
149 Explain the influence of ground effect on wing tip 081.01.06.01.01 081.01.06.01.01
vortices, downwash, airflow pattern, lift, and drag.
150 Describe the influence of ground effect on induced 081.01.06.01.02 081.01.06.01.02
alpha and the coefficient of induced drag (CDi).
151 Explain the effects of entering and leaving ground 081.01.06.01.03 081.01.06.01.03
effect.
152 Effect on stalling angle of attack (alphaCRIT) 081.01.06.02 081.01.06.02
153 Describe the influence of ground effect on alphaCRIT. 081.01.06.02.01 081.01.06.02.01

154 Effect on lift coefficient (CL) 081.01.06.03 081.01.06.03

155 Describe the influence of ground effect on the effective 081.01.06.03.01 081.01.06.03.01
alpha and CL.
156 Effect on take-off and landing characteristics of an 081.01.06.04 081.01.06.04
aeroplane
157 Describe the influence of ground effect on take-off and 081.01.06.04.01 081.01.06.04.01
landing characteristics and performance of an
aeroplane.
158 Describe the difference in take-off and landing 081.01.06.04.02 081.01.06.04.02
characteristics of high- and low-wing aeroplanes.
159 The relationship between lift coefficient and speed in 081.01.07.00 081.01.07.00
steady, straight, and level flight
160 Represented by an equation 081.01.07.01 081.01.07.01
161 Explain the effect on CL during speed increase/decrease 081.01.07.01.01 081.01.07.01.01
in steady, straight, and level flight, and perform simple
calculations.
162 Represented by a graph 081.01.07.02 081.01.07.02
163 Explain, by using a graph, the effect on speed of CL 081.01.07.02.01 081.01.07.02.01
changes at a given weight.
164 Intentionally left blank 081.01.08.00 081.01.08.00
165 CLMAX augmentation 081.01.09.00 081.01.09.00
166 Trailing-edge flaps and the reasons for their use in 081.01.09.01 081.01.09.01
take-off and landing
167 From the given relevant diagrams, describe or identify 081.01.09.01.01 081.01.09.01.01
the following types of trailing-edge flaps: split flaps;
plain flaps; slotted flaps; Fowler flaps.
168 Describe how the wing’s effective camber increases the 081.01.09.01.02 081.01.09.01.02
CL and CD, and the reasons why this can be beneficial.

169 Describe their effect on: the location of CP; pitching 081.01.09.01.03 081.01.09.01.03
moments (due to wing CP movement); stall speed.

170 Compare their influence on the CL-alpha graph: indicate 081.01.09.01.04 081.01.09.01.04
the variation in CL at any given alpha; indicate their
effect on CLMAX; indicate their effect on critical alpha;
indicate their effect on the alpha at a given CL.

171 Compare their influence on the CL-CD graph: indicate 081.01.09.01.05 081.01.09.01.05
how the (CL/CD)MAX differs from that of a clean wing.

172 Explain the influence of trailing-edge flap deflection on 081.01.09.01.06 081.01.09.01.06

the glide angle.
173 Describe flap asymmetry: explain the effect on 081.01.09.01.07 081.01.09.01.07
aeroplane controllability.
174 Describe trailing-edge flap effect on take-off and 081.01.09.01.08 081.01.09.01.08
landing: explain the advantages of lower-nose attitudes;
explain why take-off and landing speeds/distances are
reduced.

175 Explain the effects of flap-setting errors, such as mis- 081.01.09.01.09 081.01.09.01.09
selection and premature/late extension or retraction of
flaps, on: take-off and landing distance and speeds;
climb and descent performance; stall buffet margins.

176 Leading-edge devices and the reasons for their use in 081.01.09.02 081.01.09.02
take-off and landing
177 From the given relevant diagrams, describe or identify 081.01.09.02.01 081.01.09.02.01
the different types of leading-edge high-lift devices:
Krueger flaps; variable camber flaps; slats.

178 Describe the function of the slot. 081.01.09.02.02 081.01.09.02.02

179 Describe how the wing’s effective camber increases 081.01.09.02.03 081.01.09.02.03
with a leading-edge flap.
180 Explain the effect of leading-edge flaps on the stall 081.01.09.02.04 081.01.09.02.04
speed, also in comparison with trailing-edge flaps.

181 Compare their influence on the CL-alpha graph, 081.01.09.02.05 081.01.09.02.05

compared with trailing-edge flaps and a clean wing:
indicate the effect of leading-edge devices on CLMAX;
explain how the CL curve differs from that of a clean
wing; indicate the effect of leading-edge devices on
alphaCRIT.

182 Compare their influence on the CL-CD graph. 081.01.09.02.06 081.01.09.02.06

183 Describe slat asymmetry: describe the effect on 081.01.09.02.07 081.01.09.02.07
aeroplane controllability.
184 Explain the reasons for using leading-edge high-lift 081.01.09.02.08 081.01.09.02.08
devices on take-off and landing: explain the
disadvantage of increased nose-up attitudes; explain
why take-off and landing speeds/distances are reduced.

185 Vortex generators 081.01.09.03 081.01.09.03

186 Explain the purpose of vortex generators. 081.01.09.03.01 081.01.09.03.01
187 Describe the basic operating principle of vortex 081.01.09.03.02 081.01.09.03.02
generators.
188 State their advantages and disadvantages. 081.01.09.03.03 081.01.09.03.03
189 Means to reduce the CL-CD ratio 081.01.10.00 081.01.10.00
190 Spoilers and the reasons for their use in the different 081.01.10.01 081.01.10.01
phases of flight
191 Describe the aerodynamic functioning of spoilers: roll 081.01.10.01.01 081.01.10.01.01
spoilers; flight spoilers (speed brakes); ground spoilers
(lift dumpers).
192 Describe the effect of spoilers on the CL-alpha graph 081.01.10.01.02 081.01.10.01.02
and stall speed.
193 Describe the influence of spoilers on the CL-CD graph 081.01.10.01.03 081.01.10.01.03
and lift-drag ratio.
194 Speed brakes and the reasons for their use in the 081.01.10.02 081.01.10.02
different phases of flight
195 Describe speed brakes and the reasons for using them 081.01.10.02.01 081.01.10.02.01
in the different phases of flight.
196 State their influence on the CL-CD graph and lift-drag 081.01.10.02.02 081.01.10.02.02
ratio.
197 Explain how speed brakes increase parasite drag. 081.01.10.02.03 081.01.10.02.03
198 Describe how speed brakes affect the minimum drag 081.01.10.02.04 081.01.10.02.04
speed.
199 Describe their effect on rate and angle of descent. 081.01.10.02.05 081.01.10.02.05
200 Intentionally left blank 081.01.11.00 081.01.11.00
201 Aerodynamic degradation 081.01.12.00 081.01.12.00
202 Ice and other contaminants 081.01.12.01 081.01.12.01
203 Describe the locations on an aeroplane where ice build- 081.01.12.01.01 081.01.12.01.01
up will occur during flight.
204 Explain the aerodynamic effects of ice and other 081.01.12.01.02 081.01.12.01.02
contaminants on: lift (maximum CL); drag; stall speed;
alphaCRIT; stability and controllability.
205 Explain the aerodynamic effects of icing during take-off. 081.01.12.01.03 081.01.12.01.03

206 Deformation and modification of airframe, ageing 081.01.12.02 081.01.12.02

aeroplanes
207 Describe the effect of airframe deformation and 081.01.12.02.01 081.01.12.02.01
modification of an ageing aeroplane on aeroplane
performance.
208 Explain the effect on boundary layer condition of an 081.01.12.02.02 081.01.12.02.02
ageing aeroplane.
209 HIGH-SPEED AERODYNAMICS 081.02.00.00 081.02.00.00
210 Speeds 081.02.01.00 081.02.01.00
211 Speed of sound 081.02.01.01 081.02.01.01
212 Define ‘speed of sound’. 081.02.01.01.01 081.02.01.01.01
213 Explain the variation of the speed of sound with 081.02.01.01.02 081.02.01.01.02
altitude.
214 Explain the influence of temperature on the speed of 081.02.01.01.03 081.02.01.01.03
sound.
215 Mach number 081.02.01.02 081.02.01.02
216 Define ‘Mach number’ as a function of TAS and speed of 081.02.01.02.01 081.02.01.02.01
sound.
217 Influence of temperature and altitude on Mach 081.02.01.03 081.02.01.03
number
218 Explain the absence of change of Mach number with 081.02.01.03.01 081.02.01.03.01
varying temperature at constant flight level and
calibrated airspeed.
219 Explain the relationship between Mach number, TAS 081.02.01.03.02 081.02.01.03.02
and IAS during climb and descent at constant Mach
number or IAS, and explain variation of lift coefficient,
alpha, pitch and flight-path angle.

220 Explain: risk of exceeding the maximum operation 081.02.01.03.03 081.02.01.03.03

speed (VMO) when descending at constant Mach
number; risk of exceeding the maximum operating
Mach number (MMO) when climbing at constant IAS;
risk of a low-speed stall at high altitude when climbing
at a too low Mach number.

221 Compressibility 081.02.01.04 081.02.01.04

222 State that compressibility means that density can 081.02.01.04.01 081.02.01.04.01
change along a streamline, and that this occurs in the
high subsonic (from Mach 0.4), transonic, and
supersonic flow.
223 State that compressibility negatively affects the 081.02.01.04.02 081.02.01.04.02
pressure gradient, leading to an overall reduction of the
CL.
224 State that Mach number is a measure of 081.02.01.04.03 081.02.01.04.03
compressibility.
225 Describe that compressibility increases low-speed stall 081.02.01.04.04 081.02.01.04.04
speed and decreases alphaCRIT.
226 Subdivision of aerodynamic flow 081.02.01.05 081.02.01.05
227 List the subdivision of aerodynamic flow: subsonic flow 081.02.01.05.01 081.02.01.05.01
below compressibility; subsonic flow above
compressibility; transonic flow; supersonic flow.

228 Describe the characteristics of the flow regimes listed 081.02.01.05.02 081.02.01.05.02
above.
229 Explain why some transport aeroplanes cruise at Mach 081.02.01.05.03 081.02.01.05.03
numbers above the critical Mach number (MCRIT).

230 Shock waves 081.02.02.00 081.02.02.00

231 Definition of shock wave 081.02.02.01 081.02.02.01
232 Define a ‘shock wave’. 081.02.02.01.01 081.02.02.01.01
233 Normal shock waves 081.02.02.02 081.02.02.02
234 Describe a normal shock wave with respect to changes 081.02.02.02.01 081.02.02.02.01
in: static temperature; static and total pressure;
velocity; local speed of sound; Mach number; density.

235 Describe a normal shock wave with respect to 081.02.02.02.02 081.02.02.02.02

orientation relative to the wing surface.
236 Explain the influence of increasing Mach number on a 081.02.02.02.03 081.02.02.02.03
normal shock wave, at positive lift, with respect to:
strength; position relative to the wing; second shock
wave at the lower surface.

237 Explain the influence of alpha on shock-wave intensity 081.02.02.02.04 081.02.02.02.04

and shock-wave location at constant Mach number.

238 Effects of exceeding the critical Mach number (MCRIT) 081.02.03.00 081.02.03.00

239 Critical Mach number (MCRIT) 081.02.03.01 081.02.03.01

240 Define ‘MCRIT’. 081.02.03.01.01 081.02.03.01.01
241 Explain how a change in alpha, aeroplane weight, 081.02.03.01.02 081.02.03.01.02
manoeuvres, and centre-of-gravity (CG) position
influences MCRIT.
242 Effect on lift 081.02.03.02 081.02.03.02
243 Describe the behaviour of CL versus Mach number at 081.02.03.02.01 081.02.03.02.01
constant alpha.
244 Explain the consequences of exceeding MCRIT with 081.02.03.02.02 081.02.03.02.02
respect to CL and CLMAX.
245 Explain the change in stall indicated airspeed (IAS) with 081.02.03.02.03 081.02.03.02.03
altitude.
246 Discuss the effect on alphaCRIT. 081.02.03.02.04 081.02.03.02.04
247 Explain the advantages of exceeding MCRIT in 081.02.03.02.05 081.02.03.02.05
aeroplanes with supercritical aerofoils with respect to:
speed versus drag ratio; specific range; optimum
altitude.

248 Effect on drag 081.02.03.03 081.02.03.03

249 Describe wave drag. 081.02.03.03.01 081.02.03.03.01
250 Describe the behaviour of CD versus Mach number at 081.02.03.03.02 081.02.03.03.02
constant alpha.
251 Explain the effect of Mach number on the CL-CD graph. 081.02.03.03.03 081.02.03.03.03

252 Describe the effects and hazards of exceeding the ‘drag 081.02.03.03.04 081.02.03.03.04
divergence Mach number’, namely: drag rise; instability;
Mach tuck; shock stall.
253 State the relation between MCRIT and MDD. 081.02.03.03.05 081.02.03.03.05

254 Effect on pitching moment 081.02.03.04 081.02.03.04

255 Discuss the effect of Mach number on the CP location. 081.02.03.04.01 081.02.03.04.01

256 Describe the overall change in pitching moment above 081.02.03.04.02 081.02.03.04.02
MCRIT and explain the ‘tuck under’ or ‘Mach tuck’
effect.
257 State the requirement for a Mach trim system to 081.02.03.04.03 081.02.03.04.03
compensate for the effect of the CP movement and
‘tuck under’ effect.
258 Discuss the aerodynamic functioning of the Mach trim 081.02.03.04.04 081.02.03.04.04
system.
259 Discuss the corrective measures if the Mach trim fails. 081.02.03.04.05 081.02.03.04.05

260 Effect on control effectiveness 081.02.03.05 081.02.03.05

261 Discuss the effects on the effectiveness of control 081.02.03.05.01 081.02.03.05.01
surfaces.
262 Intentionally left blank 081.02.04.00 081.02.04.00
263 Means to influence critical Mach number (MCRIT) 081.02.05.00 081.02.05.00
264 Wing sweep 081.02.05.01 081.02.05.01
265 Explain the influence of the angle of sweep on: MCRIT; 081.02.05.01.01 081.02.05.01.01
effective thickness/chord change or velocity component
perpendicular to the quarter chord line.

266 Describe the influence of the angle of sweepback at 081.02.05.01.02 081.02.05.01.02

subsonic speed on: CLMAX; efficiency of and
requirement for high-lift devices; pitch-up stall
behaviour.

267 Discuss the effect of wing sweepback on drag. 081.02.05.01.03 081.02.05.01.03

268 Aerofoil shape 081.02.05.02 081.02.05.02
269 Explain the use of thin aerofoils with reduced camber. 081.02.05.02.01 081.02.05.02.01

270 Explain the main purpose of supercritical aerofoils. 081.02.05.02.02 081.02.05.02.02

271 Intentionally left blank 081.02.05.02.03 081.02.05.02.03

272 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of 081.02.05.02.04 081.02.05.02.04
supercritical aerofoils for wing design.
273 Vortex generators 081.02.05.03 081.02.05.03
274 Explain the use of vortex generators as a means to 081.02.05.03.01 081.02.05.03.01
avoid or restrict flow separation caused by the presence
of a normal shock wave.
275 Stall, Mach tuck, and upset prevention and recovery 081.03.00.00 081.03.00.00

276 The stall 081.03.01.00 081.03.01.00

277 Flow separation at increasing alpha 081.03.01.01 081.03.01.01
278 Define the ‘boundary layer’. 081.03.01.01.01 081.03.01.01.01
279 Describe the thickness of a typical laminar and 081.03.01.01.02 081.03.01.01.02
turbulent boundary layer.
280 Describe the properties, advantages and disadvantages 081.03.01.01.03 081.03.01.01.03
of the laminar boundary layer.
281 Describe the properties, advantages and disadvantages 081.03.01.01.04 081.03.01.01.04
of the turbulent boundary layer.
282 Define the ‘transition point’. 081.03.01.01.05 081.03.01.01.05
283 Explain why the laminar boundary layer separates 081.03.01.01.06 081.03.01.01.06
easier than the turbulent boundary layer does.
284 Describe why the airflow over the aft part of a wing 081.03.01.01.07 081.03.01.01.07
slows down as the alpha increases.
285 Define the ‘separation point’ and describe its location as 081.03.01.01.08 081.03.01.01.08
a function of alpha.
286 Define alphaCRIT. 081.03.01.01.09 081.03.01.01.09
287 Describe in straight and level flight the influence of 081.03.01.01.10 081.03.01.01.10
increasing the alpha and the phenomenon that may
occur regarding: the forward stagnation point; the
pressure distribution; the CP location (straight and
swept-back wing); CL; CD and D (drag); the pitching
moment (straight and swept-back wing); buffet onset;
deterrent buffet for a clean wing at high Mach number;
lack of pitch authority; uncommanded pitch down;
uncommanded roll.

288 Explain what causes the possible natural buffet on the 081.03.01.01.11 081.03.01.01.11
aeroplane in a pre-stall condition.
289 Describe the effectiveness of the flight controls in a pre- 081.03.01.01.12 081.03.01.01.12
stall condition.
290 Describe and explain the normal post-stall behaviour of 081.03.01.01.13 081.03.01.01.13
a straight-wing aeroplane.
291 Describe the effect and dangers of using the controls 081.03.01.01.14 081.03.01.01.14
close to the stall.
292 Describe the deterrent buffet. 081.03.01.01.15 081.03.01.01.15
293 Explain the occurrence of the deterrent buffet and why 081.03.01.01.16 081.03.01.01.16
this phenomenon is considered to be a stall limit.

294 The stall speed 081.03.01.02 081.03.01.02

295 Explain VS0, VS1, VSR, and VS1G. 081.03.01.02.01 081.03.01.02.01
296 Solve VS1G from the lift formula given varying CL. 081.03.01.02.02 081.03.01.02.02
297 Describe and explain the influence of the following 081.03.01.02.03 081.03.01.02.03
parameters on stall speed: CG; thrust component;
slipstream; wing loading; mass; wing contamination;
angle of sweep; altitude (for compressibility effects, see
081 02 03 02).

298 Define the ‘load factor n’. 081.03.01.02.04 081.03.01.02.04

299 Explain why the load factor increases in a turn. 081.03.01.02.05 081.03.01.02.05
300 Explain why the load factor increases in a pull-up and 081.03.01.02.06 081.03.01.02.06
decreases in a push-over manoeuvre.
301 Describe and explain the influence of the ‘load factor n’ 081.03.01.02.07 081.03.01.02.07
on stall speed.
302 Explain the expression ‘accelerated stall’. Remark: 081.03.01.02.08 081.03.01.02.08
Sometimes, accelerated stall is also erroneously
referred to as high-speed stall. This latter expression
will not be used for Subject 081.

303 Calculate the change of stall speed as a function of the 081.03.01.02.09 081.03.01.02.09
load factor.
304 Calculate the increase of stall speed in a horizontal 081.03.01.02.10 081.03.01.02.10
coordinated turn as a function of bank angle.

305 Calculate the change of stall speed as a function of the 081.03.01.02.11 081.03.01.02.11
gross mass.
306 The initial stall in spanwise direction 081.03.01.03 081.03.01.03
307 Explain the initial stall sequence on the following 081.03.01.03.01 081.03.01.03.01
planforms: elliptical; rectangular; moderate and high
taper; sweepback or delta.
308 Explain the purpose of aerodynamic and geometric 081.03.01.03.02 081.03.01.03.02
twist (washout).
309 Intentionally left blank 081.03.01.03.03 081.03.01.03.03
310 Explain the influence of fences, vortilons, saw teeth, 081.03.01.03.04 081.03.01.03.04
vortex generators, and strakes on engine nacelles.

311 Stall warning 081.03.01.04 081.03.01.04

312 Explain why stall warning is necessary. 081.03.01.04.01 081.03.01.04.01
313 Explain when aerodynamic and artificial stall warnings 081.03.01.04.02 081.03.01.04.02
are used.
314 Explain why CS-23 and CS-25 require a margin to stall 081.03.01.04.03 081.03.01.04.03
speed for take-off and landing speeds.
315 Describe: buffet; stall strip; flapper switch (leading-edge 081.03.01.04.04 081.03.01.04.04
stall-warning vane); angle-of-attack vane; angle-of-
attack probe; stick shaker.
316 Describe the recovery after: stall warning; stall; stick- 081.03.01.04.05 081.03.01.04.05
pusher actuation.
317 Special phenomena of stall 081.03.01.05 081.03.01.05
318 Intentionally left blank 081.03.01.05.01 081.03.01.05.01
319 Explain the difference between power-off and power-on 081.03.01.05.02 081.03.01.05.02
stalls and recovery.
320 Describe stall and recovery in a climbing and 081.03.01.05.03 081.03.01.05.03
descending turn.
321 Describe the pitch-up effect on a swept wing aeroplane 081.03.01.05.04 081.03.01.05.04
and also an aeroplane with a T-tail.
322 Describe super stall or deep stall. 081.03.01.05.05 081.03.01.05.05
323 Describe the philosophy behind the stick-pusher 081.03.01.05.06 081.03.01.05.06
system.
324 Describe the factors that can lead to the absence of stall 081.03.01.05.07 081.03.01.05.07
warning and explain the associated risks.
325 Describe the indications and explain the consequences 081.03.01.05.08 081.03.01.05.08
of premature stabiliser stall due to ice contamination
(negative tail stall).
326 Describe when to expect in-flight icing. 081.03.01.05.09 081.03.01.05.09
327 Explain how the effect is changed when 081.03.01.05.10 081.03.01.05.10
retracting/extending lift-augmentation devices.
328 Intentionally left blank 081.03.01.05.11 081.03.01.05.11
329 Explain the effect of a contaminated wing on the stall 081.03.01.05.12 081.03.01.05.12
speed and alphaCRIT.
330 Explain the hazards associated with airframe 081.03.01.05.13 081.03.01.05.13
contamination when parked and during ground
operations in winter conditions, and the aerodynamic
effects when attempting a take-off.

331 Explain de-icing/anti-icing holdover time and the likely 081.03.01.05.14 081.03.01.05.14
hazards after it has expired.
332 Describe the aerodynamic effects of heavy tropical rain 081.03.01.05.15 081.03.01.05.15
on stall speed and drag, and the appropriate mitigation
in such conditions.
333 The spin 081.03.01.06 081.03.01.06
334 Explain how to avoid spins. 081.03.01.06.01 081.03.01.06.01
335 List the factors that cause a spin to develop. 081.03.01.06.02 081.03.01.06.02
336 Describe an ‘incipient’ and ‘developed’ spin, recognition 081.03.01.06.03 081.03.01.06.03
and recovery.
337 Describe the differences in spin attitude with forward 081.03.01.06.04 081.03.01.06.04
and aft CG.
338 Buffet onset boundary 081.03.02.00 081.03.02.00
339 Mach buffet 081.03.02.01 081.03.02.01
340 Explain shock-induced separation, and describe its 081.03.02.01.01 081.03.02.01.01
relationship with Mach buffet (high speed buffet) and
Mach tuck.
341 Intentionally left blank 081.03.02.01.02 081.03.02.01.02
342 Buffet onset 081.03.02.02 081.03.02.02
343 Explain the concept of buffet margin, and describe the 081.03.02.02.01 081.03.02.02.01
influence of the following parameters on the concept of
buffet margin: alpha; Mach number; pressure altitude;
mass; load factor; angle of bank; CG location.

344 Explain how the buffet onset boundary chart can be 081.03.02.02.02 081.03.02.02.02
used to determine: manoeuvrability; buffet margin.

345 Describe the consequences of exceeding MMO: light 081.03.02.02.03 081.03.02.02.03

buffet, buffet onset.
346 Explain ‘aerodynamic ceiling’ and ‘coffin corner’. 081.03.02.02.04 081.03.02.02.04
347 Explain the concept of the ‘1.3g’ buffet margin altitude. 081.03.02.02.05 081.03.02.02.05

348 Find (using an example graph): buffet free range; 081.03.02.02.06 081.03.02.02.06
aerodynamic ceiling at a given mass; load factor and
bank angle at which buffet occurs at a given mass, Mach
number, and pressure altitude.

349 Explain why descent increases the buffet free range. 081.03.02.02.07 081.03.02.02.07

350 Situations in which buffet or stall could occur 081.03.03.00 081.03.03.00

351 Explain why buffet or stall occurs 081.03.03.01 081.03.03.01
352 Explain why buffet or stall could occur in the following 081.03.03.01.01 081.03.03.01.01
pilot-induced situations, and the methods to mitigate
them: inappropriate take-off configuration, detailing the
consequences of errors associated with leading-edge
devices; steep turns; go-around using take-off/go-
around (TOGA) setting (underslung engines).

353 Explain why buffet or stall could occur in the following 081.03.03.01.02 081.03.03.01.02
environmental conditions at low altitude, and how to
mitigate them: thunderstorms; wind shear and
microburst; turbulence; wake turbulence; icing
conditions.

354 Explain why buffet or stall could occur in the following 081.03.03.01.03 081.03.03.01.03
environmental conditions at high altitude, and how to
mitigate them: thunderstorms in the intertropical
convergence zone (ITCZ); jet streams; clear-air
turbulence.
355 Explain why buffet or stall could occur in the following 081.03.03.01.04 081.03.03.01.04
situations, and how to mitigate them: inappropriate
autopilot climb mode; loss of, or unreliable, airspeed
indication.

356 Recognition of stalled condition 081.03.04.00 081.03.04.00

357 Recognition and explanation of stalled condition 081.03.04.01 081.03.04.01
358 Explain why a stalled condition can occur at any 081.03.04.01.01 081.03.04.01.01
airspeed, or attitude or altitude.
359 Explain that a stall may be recognised by continuous 081.03.04.01.02 081.03.04.01.02
stall-warning activation accompanied by at least one of
the following: buffet, that can be heavy; lack of pitch
authority; uncommanded pitch down and
uncommanded roll; inability to arrest the descent rate.

360 Explain that ‘stall warning’ means a natural or synthetic 081.03.04.01.03 081.03.04.01.03
indication provided when approaching the stall that
may include one or more of the following indications:
aerodynamic buffeting; reduced roll stability and aileron
effectiveness; visual or aural clues and warnings;
reduced elevator (pitch) authority; inability to maintain
altitude or arrest a rate of descent; stick-shaker
activation.

361 STABILITY 081.04.00.00 081.04.00.00

362 Static and dynamic stability 081.04.01.00 081.04.01.00
363 Basics and definitions 081.04.01.01 081.04.01.01
364 Define ‘static stability’: describe/identify a statically 081.04.01.01.01 081.04.01.01.01
stable, neutral, and unstable condition (positive,
neutral, and negative static stability), and explain why
aeroplanes are statically stable.

365 Explain manoeuvrability. 081.04.01.01.02 081.04.01.01.02

366 Explain the relationship between static stability and 081.04.01.01.03 081.04.01.01.03
manoeuvrability.
367 Define ‘dynamic stability’: describe/identify a 081.04.01.01.04 081.04.01.01.04
dynamically stable, neutral, and unstable motion
(positive, neutral, and negative dynamic stability);
describe/identify periodic and aperiodic motion.

368 Intentionally left blank 081.04.01.01.05 081.04.01.01.05

369 Precondition for static stability 081.04.01.02 081.04.01.02
370 Explain an equilibrium of forces and moments as the 081.04.01.02.01 081.04.01.02.01
initial condition for static stability.
371 Sum of forces 081.04.01.03 081.04.01.03
372 Identify the forces considered in the equilibrium of 081.04.01.03.01 081.04.01.03.01
forces.
373 Sum of moments 081.04.01.04 081.04.01.04
374 Identify the moments about all three axes considered in 081.04.01.04.01 081.04.01.04.01
the equilibrium of moments.
375 Discuss the effect of sum of moments not being zero. 081.04.01.04.02 081.04.01.04.02

376 Intentionally left blank 081.04.02.00 081.04.02.00

377 Static and dynamic longitudinal stability 081.04.03.00 081.04.03.00
378 Methods for achieving balance 081.04.03.01 081.04.03.01
379 Explain the stabiliser as the means to satisfy the 081.04.03.01.01 081.04.03.01.01
condition of nullifying the total sum of the moments
about the lateral axis.
380 Explain the influence of the location of the wing CP 081.04.03.01.02 081.04.03.01.02
relative to the CG on the magnitude and direction of the
balancing force on the stabiliser.
381 Explain the influence of the indicated airspeed on the 081.04.03.01.03 081.04.03.01.03
magnitude and direction of the balancing force on the
stabiliser.
382 Explain the use of the elevator deflection or stabiliser 081.04.03.01.04 081.04.03.01.04
angle for the generation of the balancing force and its
direction.
383 Explain the elevator deflection required to balance 081.04.03.01.05 081.04.03.01.05
thrust change as a function of engine position.
384 Static longitudinal stability 081.04.03.02 081.04.03.02
385 Discuss the effect of the CG location on pitch 081.04.03.02.01 081.04.03.02.01
manoeuvrability and longitudinal stability.
386 Neutral point 081.04.03.03 081.04.03.03
387 Define ‘neutral point’. 081.04.03.03.01 081.04.03.03.01
388 Explain why the location of the neutral point is only 081.04.03.03.02 081.04.03.03.02
dependent on the aerodynamic design of the
aeroplane.
389 Factors affecting neutral point 081.04.03.04 081.04.03.04
390 Describe the location of the neutral point relative to the 081.04.03.04.01 081.04.03.04.01
locations of the aerodynamic centre of the wing and
tail.
391 Location of centre of gravity (CG) 081.04.03.05 081.04.03.05
392 Explain the influence of the CG location on the static 081.04.03.05.01 081.04.03.05.01
longitudinal stability of the aeroplane.
393 Explain the CG forward and aft limits with respect to: 081.04.03.05.02 081.04.03.05.02
longitudinal control forces; elevator effectiveness;
stability.
394 Define ‘static margin’. 081.04.03.05.03 081.04.03.05.03
395 The Cm-alpha graph 081.04.03.06 081.04.03.06
396 Describe the Cm-alpha graph with respect to the 081.04.03.06.01 081.04.03.06.01
relationship between the slope of the graph and static
stability.
397 Factors affecting the Cm-alpha graph 081.04.03.07 081.04.03.07
398 Explain: the effect on the Cm-alpha graph of a shift of 081.04.03.07.01 081.04.03.07.01
CG in the forward and aft direction; the effect on the
Cm-alpha graph when the elevator is moved up or
down; the effect on the Cm-alpha graph when the trim
is moved; the effect of the wing contribution; the tail
contribution.

399 Intentionally left blank 081.04.03.08 081.04.03.08

400 Intentionally left blank 081.04.03.09 081.04.03.09
401 The stick force versus speed graph (IAS) 081.04.03.10 081.04.03.10
402 Explain how a pilot perceives stable static longitudinal 081.04.03.10.01 081.04.03.10.01
stick force stability regarding changes in: speed;
altitude; mass distribution (CG location).

403 Intentionally left blank 081.04.03.11 081.04.03.11

404 The manoeuvring stability/stick force per g 081.04.03.12 081.04.03.12
405 Define the ‘stick force per g’, and describe that the stick 081.04.03.12.01 081.04.03.12.01
force increases linearly with increase in g.
406 Explain why: the stick force per g has a prescribed 081.04.03.12.02 081.04.03.12.02
minimum and maximum value; the stick force per g
decreases with pressure altitude.
407 Intentionally left blank 081.04.03.13 081.04.03.13
408 Factors affecting the manoeuvring stability/stick force 081.04.03.14 081.04.03.14
per g
409 Explain the influence on stick force per g of: CG 081.04.03.14.01 081.04.03.14.01
location; trim setting.
410 Intentionally left blank 081.04.03.15 081.04.03.15
411 Dynamic longitudinal stability 081.04.03.16 081.04.03.16
412 Describe the phugoid and short-period motion in terms 081.04.03.16.01 081.04.03.16.01
of period, damping, variations (if applicable) in speed,
altitude, and alpha.
413 Explain why the short-period motion is more hazardous 081.04.03.16.02 081.04.03.16.02
than the phugoid.
414 Describe ‘pilot-induced oscillations’. 081.04.03.16.03 081.04.03.16.03
415 Explain the effect of high altitude on dynamic stability. 081.04.03.16.04 081.04.03.16.04

416 Describe the influence of the CG location on the 081.04.03.16.05 081.04.03.16.05

dynamic longitudinal stability of the aeroplane.
417 Static directional stability 081.04.04.00 081.04.04.00
418 Definition and effects of static directional stability 081.04.04.01 081.04.04.01
419 Define ‘static directional stability’. 081.04.04.01.01 081.04.04.01.01
420 Explain the effects of static directional stability being 081.04.04.01.02 081.04.04.01.02
too weak or too strong.
421 Sideslip angle 081.04.04.02 081.04.04.02
422 Define ‘sideslip angle’. 081.04.04.02.01 081.04.04.02.01
423 Identify beta as the symbol used for the sideslip angle. 081.04.04.02.02 081.04.04.02.02

424 Yaw-moment coefficient Cn 081.04.04.03 081.04.04.03

425 Define the ‘yawing-moment coefficient Cn’. 081.04.04.03.01 081.04.04.03.01
426 Define the relationship between Cn and beta for an 081.04.04.03.02 081.04.04.03.02
aeroplane with static directional stability.
427 Cn-beta graph 081.04.04.04 081.04.04.04
428 Explain why: Cn depends on beta; Cn equals zero for 081.04.04.04.01 081.04.04.04.01
that beta that provides static equilibrium about the
aeroplane’s normal axis; if no asymmetric engine thrust,
flight control or loading condition prevails, the
equilibrium beta equals zero.

429 Identify how the slope of the Cn-beta graph is a 081.04.04.04.02 081.04.04.04.02
measure for static directional stability.
430 Identify how the slope of the Cn-beta graph is affected 081.04.04.04.03 081.04.04.04.03
by altitude.
431 Factors affecting static directional stability 081.04.04.05 081.04.04.05
432 Describe how the following aeroplane components 081.04.04.05.01 081.04.04.05.01
contribute to static directional stability: wing; fin; dorsal
fin; ventral fin; angle of sweep of the wing; angle of
sweep of the fin; fuselage at high alpha; strakes.

433 Explain the reduction in static directional stability when 081.04.04.05.02 081.04.04.05.02
the CG moves aft.
434 Static lateral stability 081.04.05.00 081.04.05.00
435 Definition and effects of static lateral stability 081.04.05.01 081.04.05.01
436 Define ‘static lateral stability’. 081.04.05.01.01 081.04.05.01.01
437 Explain the effects of static lateral stability being too 081.04.05.01.02 081.04.05.01.02
weak or too strong.
438 Bank angle phi 081.04.05.02 081.04.05.02
439 Define ‘bank angle phi’. 081.04.05.02.01 081.04.05.02.01
440 The roll-moment coefficient Cl 081.04.05.03 081.04.05.03
441 Define the ‘roll-moment coefficient Cl’. 081.04.05.03.01 081.04.05.03.01
442 Contribution of sideslip angle (beta) 081.04.05.04 081.04.05.04
443 Explain how without coordination the bank angle (phi) 081.04.05.04.01 081.04.05.04.01
creates sideslip angle (beta).
444 The Cl-beta graph 081.04.05.05 081.04.05.05
445 Describe the Cl-beta graph. 081.04.05.05.01 081.04.05.05.01
446 Identify the slope of the Cl-beta graph as a measure for 081.04.05.05.02 081.04.05.05.02
static lateral stability.
447 Identify how the slope of the Cl-beta graph is affected 081.04.05.05.03 081.04.05.05.03
by altitude.
448 Factors affecting static lateral stability 081.04.05.06 081.04.05.06
449 Explain the contribution to the static lateral stability of: 081.04.05.06.01 081.04.05.06.01
dihedral, anhedral; high wing, low wing; sweep angle of
the wing; ventral fin; vertical tail.

450 Dynamic lateral/directional stability 081.04.06.00 081.04.06.00

451 Intentionally left blank 081.04.06.01 081.04.06.01
452 Tendency to spiral dive 081.04.06.02 081.04.06.02
453 Explain how lateral and directional stability are coupled. 081.04.06.02.01 081.04.06.02.01

454 Explain how high static directional stability and low 081.04.06.02.02 081.04.06.02.02
static lateral stability may cause spiral divergence
(unstable spiral dive), and under which conditions the
spiral dive mode is neutral or stable.

455 Describe an unstable spiral dive mode with respect to 081.04.06.02.03 081.04.06.02.03
deviations in speed, bank angle, nose low-pitch attitude,
and decreasing altitude.
456 Dutch roll 081.04.06.03 081.04.06.03
457 Describe Dutch roll. 081.04.06.03.01 081.04.06.03.01
458 Explain: why Dutch roll occurs when the static lateral 081.04.06.03.02 081.04.06.03.02
stability is higher than static directional stability; the
conditions for a stable, neutral or unstable Dutch roll
motion; the function of the yaw damper; the actions to
be taken when the yaw damper is not available.

459 Describe how the asymmetric nature of shock waves on 081.04.06.03.03 081.04.06.03.03
both wings, at high Mach numbers, can lead to Dutch
roll.
460 Effects of altitude on dynamic stability 081.04.06.04 081.04.06.04
461 Explain that increased pressure altitude reduces 081.04.06.04.01 081.04.06.04.01
dynamic lateral/directional stability.
462 CONTROL 081.05.00.00 081.05.00.00
463 General 081.05.01.00 081.05.01.00
464 Basics - The three planes and three axes 081.05.01.01 081.05.01.01
465 Define: lateral axis; longitudinal axis; normal axis. 081.05.01.01.01 081.05.01.01.01

466 Define: pitch angle; bank angle (PHI); yaw angle. 081.05.01.01.02 081.05.01.01.02
467 Describe the motion about the three axes. 081.05.01.01.03 081.05.01.01.03
468 Name and describe the devices that control these 081.05.01.01.04 081.05.01.01.04
motions.
469 Camber change 081.05.01.02 081.05.01.02
470 State that camber is changed by movement of a control 081.05.01.02.01 081.05.01.02.01
surface and explain the effect.
471 Angle-of-attack (alpha) change 081.05.01.03 081.05.01.03
472 Explain the influence of local alpha change by 081.05.01.03.01 081.05.01.03.01
movement of a control surface.
473 Pitch (longitudinal) control 081.05.02.00 081.05.02.00
474 Elevator/all-flying tails 081.05.02.01 081.05.02.01
475 Explain the working principle of the elevator/all-flying 081.05.02.01.01 081.05.02.01.01
tail and describe its function.
476 Downwash effects 081.05.02.02 081.05.02.02
477 Explain the effect of downwash on the tailplane alpha. 081.05.02.02.01 081.05.02.02.01

478 Intentionally left blank 081.05.02.02.02 081.05.02.02.02

479 Intentionally left blank 081.05.02.03 081.05.02.03
480 Location of centre of gravity (CG) 081.05.02.04 081.05.02.04
481 Explain the relationship between elevator deflection 081.05.02.04.01 081.05.02.04.01
and CG location to produce a given aeroplane response.

482 Explain the effect of forward CG limit on pitch control. 081.05.02.04.02 081.05.02.04.02

483 Moments due to engine thrust 081.05.02.05 081.05.02.05

484 Describe the effect of engine thrust on pitching 081.05.02.05.01 081.05.02.05.01
moments for different engine locations.
485 Yaw (directional) control 081.05.03.00 081.05.03.00
486 The rudder 081.05.03.01 081.05.03.01
487 Explain the working principle of the rudder and describe 081.05.03.01.01 081.05.03.01.01
its function. State the relationship between rudder
deflection and the moment about the normal axis.
Describe the effect of sideslip on the moment about the
normal axis.

488 Rudder limiting 081.05.03.02 081.05.03.02

489 Explain why and how rudder deflection is limited on 081.05.03.02.01 081.05.03.02.01
CAT aeroplanes.
490 Roll (lateral) control 081.05.04.00 081.05.04.00
491 Ailerons 081.05.04.01 081.05.04.01
492 Explain the functioning of ailerons. 081.05.04.01.01 081.05.04.01.01
493 Describe the adverse effects of aileron deflection. (Refer 081.05.04.01.02 081.05.04.01.02
to Subjects 081 05 04 04 and 081 06 01 02)
494 Explain why some aeroplanes have inboard and 081.05.04.01.03 081.05.04.01.03
outboard ailerons.
495 State that the outboard ailerons are locked beyond a 081.05.04.01.04 081.05.04.01.04
given speed to prevent: over-control; exceeding
structural limitations; aeroelastic phenomena (flutter,
divergence and aileron reversal).

496 Describe the use of aileron deflection in normal flight, 081.05.04.01.05 081.05.04.01.05
flight with sideslip, crosswind landings, horizontal turns,
flight with one-engine-inoperative.

497 Define ‘roll rate’. 081.05.04.01.06 081.05.04.01.06

498 List the factors that affect roll rate. 081.05.04.01.07 081.05.04.01.07
499 Describe flaperons and aileron droop. 081.05.04.01.08 081.05.04.01.08
500 Intentionally left blank 081.05.04.02 081.05.04.02
501 Spoilers 081.05.04.03 081.05.04.03
502 Explain how spoilers can be used to control the rolling 081.05.04.03.01 081.05.04.03.01
movement in combination with or instead of the
ailerons.
503 Adverse yaw 081.05.04.04 081.05.04.04
504 Explain why the use of ailerons induces adverse yaw. 081.05.04.04.01 081.05.04.04.01

505 Means to avoid adverse yaw 081.05.04.05 081.05.04.05

506 Explain how the following reduce adverse yaw: Frise 081.05.04.05.01 081.05.04.05.01
ailerons; differential aileron deflection; rudder aileron
cross-coupling; roll spoilers.
507 Roll/yaw interaction 081.05.05.00 081.05.05.00
508 Explain roll/yaw interaction 081.05.05.01 081.05.05.01
509 Explain the secondary effect of roll. 081.05.05.01.01 081.05.05.01.01
510 Explain the secondary effect of yaw. 081.05.05.01.02 081.05.05.01.02
511 Means to reduce control forces 081.05.06.00 081.05.06.00
512 Aerodynamic balance 081.05.06.01 081.05.06.01
513 Describe the purpose of aerodynamic balance. 081.05.06.01.01 081.05.06.01.01
514 Describe the working principle of the horn balance. 081.05.06.01.02 081.05.06.01.02

515 Describe the working principle of the internal balance. 081.05.06.01.03 081.05.06.01.03

516 Describe the working principle and application of: 081.05.06.01.04 081.05.06.01.04
balance tab; anti-balance tab; spring tab; servo tab.

517 Artificial means 081.05.06.02 081.05.06.02

518 State the differences between fully powered controls 081.05.06.02.01 081.05.06.02.01
and power-assisted controls.
519 Describe power-assisted controls. 081.05.06.02.02 081.05.06.02.02
520 Describe the advantages of artificial feel in fully 081.05.06.02.03 081.05.06.02.03
powered control.
521 Fly-by-wire (FBW) 081.05.07.00 081.05.07.00
522 Control laws 081.05.07.01 081.05.07.01
523 Explain which parameters may be controlled in level 081.05.07.01.01 081.05.07.01.01
flight with the pitch control law.
524 Explain the advantages of using the CG position in the 081.05.07.01.02 081.05.07.01.02
FBW system.
525 Explain what type of flight-degraded control laws may 081.05.07.01.03 081.05.07.01.03
be available in case of failure.
526 Explain what are hard and soft protections. 081.05.07.01.04 081.05.07.01.04
527 Trimming 081.05.08.00 081.05.08.00
528 Reasons to trim 081.05.08.01 081.05.08.01
529 State the reasons for using trimming devices. 081.05.08.01.01 081.05.08.01.01
530 Explain the difference between a trim tab and the 081.05.08.01.02 081.05.08.01.02
various balance tabs.
531 Trim tabs 081.05.08.02 081.05.08.02
532 Describe the working principle of a trim tab including 081.05.08.02.01 081.05.08.02.01
cockpit indications.
533 Stabiliser trim 081.05.08.03 081.05.08.03
534 Describe the working principle of a stabiliser trim 081.05.08.03.01 081.05.08.03.01
including the flight deck indications.
535 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of a stabiliser 081.05.08.03.02 081.05.08.03.02
trim compared to a trim tab.
536 Explain the relationship between CG position, take-off 081.05.08.03.03 081.05.08.03.03
trim setting, and stabiliser trim position.
537 Explain the effect of errors in the take-off stabiliser trim 081.05.08.03.04 081.05.08.03.04
setting on the rotation characteristics and stick force
during take-off rotation.

538 Discuss the effects of jammed and runaway stabiliser. 081.05.08.03.05 081.05.08.03.05

539 Explain the consequences of a jammed stabiliser during 081.05.08.03.06 081.05.08.03.06

take-off, landing, and go-around.
540 LIMITATIONS 081.06.00.00 081.06.00.00
541 Operating limitations 081.06.01.00 081.06.01.00
542 Flutter 081.06.01.01 081.06.01.01
543 Describe the phenomenon of flutter and how IAS and 081.06.01.01.01 081.06.01.01.01
mass distribution affects the likelihood of flutter
occurrence.
544 Describe the use of mass balance to alleviate the flutter 081.06.01.01.02 081.06.01.01.02
problem by adjusting the mass distribution: wing-
mounted engines on pylons; control surface mass
balance.

545 Explain what is the flight envelope free of flutter. 081.06.01.01.03 081.06.01.01.03
546 Intentionally left blank 081.06.01.02 081.06.01.02
547 Intentionally left blank 081.06.01.02.01 081.06.01.02.01
548 Landing gear/flap operating 081.06.01.03 081.06.01.03
549 Describe the reason for flap/landing gear limitations. 081.06.01.03.01 081.06.01.03.01
Define ‘VLO’. Define ‘VLE’.
550 Explain why there is a difference between VLO and VLE 081.06.01.03.02 081.06.01.03.02
in the case of some aeroplane types.
551 Define ‘VFE’ and describe flap limiting speeds. 081.06.01.03.03 081.06.01.03.03
552 Describe flap design features, procedures and warnings 081.06.01.03.04 081.06.01.03.04
to prevent overload.
553 VMO, VNO, and VNE 081.06.01.04 081.06.01.04
554 Define ‘VMO’, ‘VNO’, and ‘VNE’. 081.06.01.04.01 081.06.01.04.01
555 Explain the significance of VMO, VNO and VNE, and the 081.06.01.04.02 081.06.01.04.02
differences between these airspeeds.
556 Explain the hazards of flying at speeds above VNE and 081.06.01.04.03 081.06.01.04.03
VMO.
557 MMO 081.06.01.05 081.06.01.05
558 Define ‘MMO’ and state its limiting factors. 081.06.01.05.01 081.06.01.05.01
559 Manoeuvring envelope 081.06.02.00 081.06.02.00
560 Manoeuvring-load diagram 081.06.02.01 081.06.02.01
561 Describe the manoeuvring-load diagram. 081.06.02.01.01 081.06.02.01.01
562 Define limit and ultimate load factor, and explain what 081.06.02.01.02 081.06.02.01.02
can happen if these values are exceeded.
563 Define ‘VA’, ‘VB’, ‘VC’, and ‘VD’. 081.06.02.01.03 081.06.02.01.03
564 Identify and explain the varying features on the VN 081.06.02.01.04 081.06.02.01.04
diagram: load factor ‘n’; speed scale, equivalent
airspeed; equivalent airspeed envelope; 1g stall speed;
stall boundary (refer to 081 03 01 02).

565 Describe the relationship between VMO or VNE and VC. 081.06.02.01.05 081.06.02.01.05

566 State all the manoeuvring load-factors limits applicable 081.06.02.01.06 081.06.02.01.06
to CS-23 and CS-25 aeroplanes.
567 Explain the relationship between VA and VS in a 081.06.02.01.07 081.06.02.01.07
formula, and calculate the values.
568 Explain the significance of VA and the adverse 081.06.02.01.08 081.06.02.01.08
consequences of applying full, abrupt nose-up elevator
deflection when exceeding VA.
569 Factors affecting the manoeuvring-load diagram 081.06.02.02 081.06.02.02
570 State the relationship of mass to load-factor limits and 081.06.02.02.01 081.06.02.02.01
accelerated stall speed boundary limit.
571 Calculate the change of VA with changing mass. 081.06.02.02.02 081.06.02.02.02
572 Explain why VA loses significance at higher altitude. 081.06.02.02.03 081.06.02.02.03

573 Define ‘MC’ and ‘MD’. 081.06.02.02.04 081.06.02.02.04

574 Gust envelope 081.06.03.00 081.06.03.00
575 Gust-load diagram 081.06.03.01 081.06.03.01
576 Recognise a typical gust-load diagram, and state the 081.06.03.01.01 081.06.03.01.01
minimum gust speeds in ft/s, m/s and kt that the
aeroplane must be designed to withstand at VB to VC
and VD.

577 Discuss considerations for the selection of VRA. 081.06.03.01.02 081.06.03.01.02

578 Explain the adverse effects on the aeroplane when 081.06.03.01.03 081.06.03.01.03
flying in turbulence.
579 Factors affecting the gust-load diagram 081.06.03.02 081.06.03.02
580 Describe and explain the relationship between the gust- 081.06.03.02.01 081.06.03.02.01
load factor and the following: lift-curve slope, aspect
ratio, angle of sweep, altitude, wing loading, weight,
wing area, equivalent airspeed (EAS), and speed of
vertical gust. (Note: For examination purposes, the
ECQB questions will not be calculation based.)

581 PROPELLERS 081.07.00.00 081.07.00.00

582 Conversion of engine torque to thrust 081.07.01.00 081.07.01.00
583 Explain conversion of aerodynamic force on a propeller 081.07.01.01 081.07.01.01
blade
584 Explain the resolution of aerodynamic force on a 081.07.01.01.01 081.07.01.01.01
propeller blade element into lift and drag or into thrust
and torque.
585 Describe how propeller thrust and aerodynamic torque 081.07.01.01.02 081.07.01.01.02
vary with IAS.
586 Relevant propeller parameters 081.07.01.02 081.07.01.02
587 Describe the geometry of a typical propeller blade 081.07.01.02.01 081.07.01.02.01
element at the reference section: blade chord line;
propeller rotational velocity vector; true airspeed
vector; blade angle of attack; pitch or blade angle;
advance or helix angle. Define ‘geometric pitch’,
‘effective pitch’, and ‘propeller slip’. Remark: For
theoretical knowledge examination purposes, the
following definition is used for geometric pitch: the
theoretical distance a propeller would advance in one
revolution at zero blade angle of attack.

588 Describe how the terms ‘fine pitch’ and ‘coarse pitch’ 081.07.01.02.02 081.07.01.02.02
can be used to express blade angle.
589 Blade twist 081.07.01.03 081.07.01.03
590 Define ‘blade twist’. 081.07.01.03.01 081.07.01.03.01
591 Explain why blade twist is necessary. 081.07.01.03.02 081.07.01.03.02
592 Fixed pitch and variable pitch/constant speed 081.07.01.04 081.07.01.04
593 List the different types of propellers: fixed pitch; 081.07.01.04.01 081.07.01.04.01
adjustable pitch or variable pitch (non-governing);
variable pitch (governing)/constant speed.
594 Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of fixed-pitch 081.07.01.04.02 081.07.01.04.02
and constant-speed propellers.
595 Discuss climb and cruise propellers. 081.07.01.04.03 081.07.01.04.03
596 Explain the relationship between blade angle, blade 081.07.01.04.04 081.07.01.04.04
angle of attack, and airspeed for fixed and variable pitch
propellers.
597 Describe and explain the forces that act on a rotating 081.07.01.04.05 081.07.01.04.05
blade element in normal, feathered, windmilling, and
reverse operation.
598 Explain the effects of changing propeller pitch at 081.07.01.04.06 081.07.01.04.06
constant IAS.
599 Propeller efficiency versus speed 081.07.01.05 081.07.01.05
600 Define ‘propeller efficiency’. 081.07.01.05.01 081.07.01.05.01
601 Explain and describe the relationship between propeller 081.07.01.05.02 081.07.01.05.02
efficiency and speed (TAS) for different types of
propellers.
602 Explain the relationship between blade angle and 081.07.01.05.03 081.07.01.05.03
thrust.
603 Effects of ice on propeller 081.07.01.06 081.07.01.06
604 Describe the effects and hazards of ice on a propeller. 081.07.01.06.01 081.07.01.06.01

605 Engine failure 081.07.02.00 081.07.02.00

606 Windmilling drag 081.07.02.01 081.07.02.01
607 Describe the effects of an inoperative engine on the 081.07.02.01.01 081.07.02.01.01
performance and controllability of an aeroplane: thrust
loss/drag increase; influence on yaw moment during
asymmetric power.

608 Feathering 081.07.02.02 081.07.02.02

609 Explain the reasons for feathering a propeller, including 081.07.02.02.01 081.07.02.02.01
the effect on the yaw moment, performance and
controllability.
610 Design features for power absorption 081.07.03.00 081.07.03.00
611 Propeller design characteristics that increase power 081.07.03.01 081.07.03.01
absorption
612 Name the propeller design characteristics that increase 081.07.03.01.01 081.07.03.01.01
power absorption.
613 Diameter of propeller 081.07.03.02 081.07.03.02
614 Explain the reasons for restricting propeller diameter. 081.07.03.02.01 081.07.03.02.01

615 Number of blades 081.07.03.03 081.07.03.03

616 Define ‘solidity’. 081.07.03.03.01 081.07.03.03.01
617 Describe the advantages and disadvantages of 081.07.03.03.02 081.07.03.03.02
increasing the number of blades.
618 Propeller noise 081.07.03.04 081.07.03.04
619 Describe how propeller noise can be minimised. 081.07.03.04.01 081.07.03.04.01
620 Secondary effects of propellers 081.07.04.00 081.07.04.00
621 Torque reaction 081.07.04.01 081.07.04.01
622 Describe the effects of engine/propeller torque. 081.07.04.01.01 081.07.04.01.01
623 Describe the following methods for counteracting 081.07.04.01.02 081.07.04.01.02
engine/propeller torque: counter-rotating propellers;
contra-rotating propellers.
624 Gyroscopic precession 081.07.04.02 081.07.04.02
625 Describe what causes gyroscopic precession. 081.07.04.02.01 081.07.04.02.01
626 Describe the effect on the aeroplane due to the 081.07.04.02.02 081.07.04.02.02
gyroscopic effect.
627 Slipstream effect 081.07.04.03 081.07.04.03
628 Describe the possible effects of the rotating propeller 081.07.04.03.01 081.07.04.03.01
slipstream.
629 Asymmetric blade effect 081.07.04.04 081.07.04.04
630 Explain the asymmetric blade effect (also called P 081.07.04.04.01 081.07.04.04.01
factor).
631 Explain the influence of direction of rotation on the 081.07.04.04.02 081.07.04.04.02
critical engine on twin-engine aeroplanes.
632 Consideration of propeller effects 081.07.04.05 081.07.04.05
633 Describe, given direction of propeller rotation, the 081.07.04.05.01 081.07.04.05.01
propeller effects during take-off run, rotation and initial
climb, and their consequence on controllability.

634 Describe, given the direction of propeller rotation, the 081.07.04.05.02 081.07.04.05.02
propeller effects during a go-around and their
consequence on controllability.
635 Explain how propeller effects during go-around can be 081.07.04.05.03 081.07.04.05.03
affected by: high engine performance conditions and
their effect on the VMC speeds; loss of the critical
engine; crosswind; high flap setting;

636 FLIGHT MECHANICS 081.08.00.00 081.08.00.00

637 Forces acting on an aeroplane 081.08.01.00 081.08.01.00
638 Straight, horizontal, steady flight 081.08.01.01 081.08.01.01
639 Describe the forces that act on an aeroplane in straight, 081.08.01.01.01 081.08.01.01.01
horizontal, and steady flight.
640 List the four forces and state where they act on. 081.08.01.01.02 081.08.01.01.02
641 Explain how the four forces are balanced, including the 081.08.01.01.03 081.08.01.01.03
function of the tailplane.
642 Straight, steady climb 081.08.01.02 081.08.01.02
643 Define ‘flight-path angle’ (gamma). 081.08.01.02.01 081.08.01.02.01
644 Describe the relationship between pitch attitude, 081.08.01.02.02 081.08.01.02.02
gamma and alpha for zero-wind and zero-bank
conditions.
645 Describe the forces that act on an aeroplane in a 081.08.01.02.03 081.08.01.02.03
straight, steady climb.
646 Name the forces parallel and perpendicular to the 081.08.01.02.04 081.08.01.02.04
direction of flight. Apply the formula relating to the
parallel forces (T equals D plus W sin gamma). Apply the
formula relating to the perpendicular forces (L equals W
cos gamma).

647 Explain why thrust is greater than drag. 081.08.01.02.05 081.08.01.02.05

648 Explain why lift is less than weight. 081.08.01.02.06 081.08.01.02.06
649 Explain the formula (for small angles) that gives the 081.08.01.02.07 081.08.01.02.07
relationship between gamma, thrust, weight, and lift-
drag ratio, and use this formula for simple calculations.

650 Explain how IAS, alpha, and gamma change in a climb 081.08.01.02.08 081.08.01.02.08
performed with constant vertical speed and constant
thrust setting.
651 Straight, steady descent 081.08.01.03 081.08.01.03
652 Describe the forces that act on an aeroplane in a 081.08.01.03.01 081.08.01.03.01
straight, steady descent.
653 Name the forces parallel and perpendicular to the 081.08.01.03.02 081.08.01.03.02
direction of flight. Apply the formula for forces parallel
to the direction of flight (T equals D - W sin gamma).
Apply the formula relating to the perpendicular forces
(L equals W cos gamma).

654 Explain why lift is less than weight. 081.08.01.03.03 081.08.01.03.03

655 Explain why thrust is less than drag. 081.08.01.03.04 081.08.01.03.04
656 Straight, steady glide 081.08.01.04 081.08.01.04
657 Describe the forces that act on an aeroplane in a 081.08.01.04.01 081.08.01.04.01
straight, steady glide.
658 Name the forces parallel and perpendicular to the 081.08.01.04.02 081.08.01.04.02
direction of flight. Apply the formula for forces parallel
to the direction of flight (D equals W sin gamma). Apply
the formula for forces perpendicular to the direction of
flight (L equals W cos gamma).

659 Describe the relationship between the glide gradient 081.08.01.04.03 081.08.01.04.03
and the lift-drag ratio, and calculate glide range given:
initial height; L-D ratio; glide speed and wind speed.

660 Define VMD (speed for minimum drag) and explain the 081.08.01.04.04 081.08.01.04.04
relationship between alpha, VMD and the best lift-drag
ratio.
661 Explain the effect of wind component on glide angle, 081.08.01.04.05 081.08.01.04.05
duration, and distance.
662 Explain the effect of mass change on glide angle, 081.08.01.04.06 081.08.01.04.06
duration, and distance, given that the aeroplane
remains at either the same airspeed or at VMD.
663 Explain the effect of configuration change on glide angle 081.08.01.04.07 081.08.01.04.07
and duration.
664 Describe the relation between TAS, gradient of descent, 081.08.01.04.08 081.08.01.04.08
and rate of descent.
665 Define VMP (speed for minimum power) and describe 081.08.01.04.09 081.08.01.04.09
that the minimum rate of descent in the glide will be at
VMP, and explain the relationship of this speed to the
optimum speed for minimum glide angle.

666 Discuss when a pilot could elect to fly for minimum 081.08.01.04.10 081.08.01.04.10
glide rate of descent or minimum glide angle, and why
speed stability or headwinds/tailwinds may favour a
speed that is faster or slower than the optimum
airspeed in still air.

667 Steady, coordinated turn 081.08.01.05 081.08.01.05

668 Describe the forces that act on an aeroplane in a steady, 081.08.01.05.01 081.08.01.05.01
coordinated turn.
669 Resolve the forces that act horizontally and vertically 081.08.01.05.02 081.08.01.05.02
during a coordinated turn (tan phi equals V squared
over gR).
670 Describe the difference between a coordinated and an 081.08.01.05.03 081.08.01.05.03
uncoordinated turn, and describe how to correct an
uncoordinated turn using turn and slip indicator or turn
coordinator.
671 Explain why the angle of bank is independent of mass, 081.08.01.05.04 081.08.01.05.04
and that it only depends on TAS and radius of turn.

672 Resolve the forces to show that for a given angle of 081.08.01.05.05 081.08.01.05.05
bank the radius of turn is determined solely by airspeed
(tan phi equals V squared over gR).
673 Calculate the turn radius of a steady turn given TAS and 081.08.01.05.06 081.08.01.05.06
angle of bank.
674 Explain the effects of bank angle on: load factor (LF 081.08.01.05.07 081.08.01.05.07
equals 1 over cos phi); alpha; thrust; drag.
675 Define ‘angular velocity’. 081.08.01.05.08 081.08.01.05.08
676 Define ‘rate of turn’ and ‘rate-1 turn’. 081.08.01.05.09 081.08.01.05.09
677 Explain the influence of TAS on rate of turn at a given 081.08.01.05.10 081.08.01.05.10
bank angle.
678 Calculate the load factor and stall speed in a turn given 081.08.01.05.11 081.08.01.05.11
angle of bank and 1g stall speed.
679 Explain situations in which turn radius is relevant for 081.08.01.05.12 081.08.01.05.12
safety, such as maximum speed limits on departure or
arrival plates, or outbound speed categories on
approach plates, and the implications/hazards of
exceeding given speeds.

680 Describe the hazards of excessive use of rudder to 081.08.01.05.13 081.08.01.05.13

increase the rate of turn in a swept-wing aeroplane.

681 Asymmetric thrust 081.08.02.00 081.08.02.00

682 Jet-engined and propeller-driven aeroplanes 081.08.02.01 081.08.02.01
683 Describe the effects on the aeroplane of asymmetric 081.08.02.01.01 081.08.02.01.01
thrust during flight, for both jet-engined and propeller-
driven aeroplanes.
684 Explain critical engine, and explain, for a propeller- 081.08.02.01.02 081.08.02.01.02
driven aeroplane, the effect of the direction of propeller
rotation.
685 Explain the effect of steady, asymmetric flight on a 081.08.02.01.03 081.08.02.01.03
conventional (ball) slip indicator/turn indicator.
686 Explain the effect of a crosswind on asymmetric flight. 081.08.02.01.04 081.08.02.01.04

687 Balanced moments about the normal axis 081.08.02.02 081.08.02.02

688 Explain the yaw moments about the CG. 081.08.02.02.01 081.08.02.02.01
689 Explain the change to the yaw moment caused by the 081.08.02.02.02 081.08.02.02.02
effect of air density on thrust.
690 Describe the changes to the yaw moment caused by 081.08.02.02.03 081.08.02.02.03
engine distance from CG.
691 Describe the methods to achieve directional balance 081.08.02.02.04 081.08.02.02.04
following engine loss.
692 Forces parallel to the lateral axis 081.08.02.03 081.08.02.03
693 Explain: the force on the vertical fin; the fuselage side 081.08.02.03.01 081.08.02.03.01
force due to sideslip (using wing-level method); the use
of bank angle to tilt the lift vector (in wing-down
method).

694 Explain the flight hazards at VMC: alpha; side slip; loads 081.08.02.03.02 081.08.02.03.02
on the fin; alpha on the fin.
695 Explain the effect on fin alpha due to sideslip. 081.08.02.03.03 081.08.02.03.03
696 Influence of aeroplane mass 081.08.02.04 081.08.02.04
697 Explain why controllability with one-engine-inoperative 081.08.02.04.01 081.08.02.04.01
is a typical problem arising from the low speeds
associated with low aeroplane mass.
698 Intentionally left blank 081.08.02.05 081.08.02.05
699 Intentionally left blank 081.08.02.06 081.08.02.06
700 Intentionally left blank 081.08.02.07 081.08.02.07
701 Minimum control speed (VMC) 081.08.02.08 081.08.02.08
702 Define ‘VMC’. 081.08.02.08.01 081.08.02.08.01
703 Describe how VMC is determined. 081.08.02.08.02 081.08.02.08.02
704 Explain the influence of the CG location. 081.08.02.08.03 081.08.02.08.03
705 Minimum control speed during approach and landing 081.08.02.09 081.08.02.09
(VMCL)
706 Define ‘VMCL’. 081.08.02.09.01 081.08.02.09.01
707 Describe how VMCL is determined. 081.08.02.09.02 081.08.02.09.02
708 Explain the influence of the CG location. 081.08.02.09.03 081.08.02.09.03
709 Minimum control speed on the ground (VMCG) 081.08.02.10 081.08.02.10
710 Define ‘VMCG’. 081.08.02.10.01 081.08.02.10.01
711 Describe how VMCG is determined. 081.08.02.10.02 081.08.02.10.02
712 Explain the influence of the CG location. 081.08.02.10.03 081.08.02.10.03
713 Influence of density 081.08.02.11 081.08.02.11
714 Describe the influence of density on thrust during 081.08.02.11.01 081.08.02.11.01
asymmetric flight.
715 Explain why VMC, VMCL and VMCG reduce with a 081.08.02.11.02 081.08.02.11.02
reduction in thrust.
716 Significant points on a polar curve 081.08.03.00 081.08.03.00
717 Identify and explain 081.08.03.01 081.08.03.01
718 Identify and explain the significant points on a polar 081.08.03.01.01 081.08.03.01.01
curve.
Total
 2020 syllabus text

Reworded, intent

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR
the same

modified

ATPL(A)
Deleted

CPL(H)
CPL(A)
New

BK
PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT - AEROPLANES

SUBSONIC AERODYNAMICS
Basics, laws and definitions
Laws and definitions
List the international system of units of measurement X X X
(SI) for mass, acceleration, weight, velocity, energy,
density, temperature, pressure, force, wing loading, and
power.

Define ‘mass’, ‘force’, ‘acceleration’, and ‘weight’. X X X X

State and interpret Newton’s three laws of motion. X X X
Explain air density. X X X X
List the atmospheric properties that effect air density. X X X X

Explain how temperature and pressure changes affect X X X

air density.
Define ‘static pressure’. X X X X
Define ‘dynamic pressure’. X X X X
State the formula for ‘dynamic pressure’. X X X X
Describe dynamic pressure in terms of an indication of X X X
the energy in the system, and how it is related to
indicated airspeed (IAS) and air density for a given
altitude and speed.

State Bernoulli’s equation for incompressible flow. X X X

Define ‘total pressure’ and explain that the total X X X

pressure differs in different systems.
Apply Bernoulli’s equation to flow through a venturi X X X
stream tube for incompressible flow.
Describe how IAS is acquired from the pitot static X X X
system.
Describe the relationship between density, X X X
temperature, and pressure for air.
Explain the equation of continuity and its application to X X X
the flow through a stream tube.
Define ‘IAS’, ‘CAS’, ‘EAS’, and ‘TAS’. X X X X
Basics of airflow
Describe steady and unsteady airflow. X X X X
Explain the concept of a streamline and a stream tube. X X X X

Describe and explain airflow through a stream tube. X X X X

Explain the difference between two- and three- X X X X

dimensional airflow.
Aerodynamic forces on aerofoils
Describe the originating point and direction of the X X X
resultant force caused by the pressure distribution
around an aerofoil.
Resolve the resultant force into the components ‘lift’ X X X X
and ‘drag’.
Describe the direction of lift and drag. X X X
Define the ‘aerodynamic moment’. X X X X
List the factors that affect the aerodynamic moment. X X X X

Describe the aerodynamic moment for a symmetrical X X X

aerofoil.
Describe the aerodynamic moment for a positively and X X X
negatively cambered aerofoil.
Define ‘angle of attack’ (alpha). X X X X
Shape of an aerofoil section
Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: X X X X
leading edge.
Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: X X X X
trailing edge.
Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: X X X
chord line.
Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: X X X
thickness-to-chord ratio or relative thickness.

Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: X X X

location of maximum thickness.
Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: X X X
camber line.
Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: X X X
camber.
Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: X X X X
nose radius.
Describe a symmetrical and an asymmetrical aerofoil X X X X
section.
Wing shape
Describe the following parameter of a wing: span. X X X X
Describe the following parameter of a wing: tip and root X X X X
chord.
Describe the following parameter of a wing: taper ratio. X X X

Describe the following parameter of a wing: wing area. X X X X

Describe the following parameter of a wing: wing X X X

planform.
Describe the following parameter of a wing: mean X X X X
geometric chord.
Describe the following parameter of a wing: mean X X X
aerodynamic chord (MAC).
Describe the following parameter of a wing: aspect X X X
ratio.
Describe the following parameter of a wing: dihedral X X X X
angle.
Describe the following parameter of a wing: sweep X X X X
angle.
Describe the following parameter of a wing: wing twist, X X X X
geometric and aerodynamic.
Describe the following parameter of a wing: angle of X X X
incidence. Remark: In certain textbooks, angle of
incidence is used as angle of attack (alpha). For Part-FCL
theoretical knowledge examination purposes, this use is
discontinued, and the angle of incidence is defined as
the angle between the aeroplane longitudinal axis and
the wing-root chord line.

Two-dimensional airflow around an aerofoil

Streamline pattern
Describe the streamline pattern around an aerofoil. X X X X

Describe converging and diverging streamlines, and X X X

their effect on static pressure and velocity.
Describe upwash and downwash. X X X X
Stagnation point
Describe the stagnation point. X X X
Describe the movement of the stagnation point as the X X X
alpha changes.
Pressure distribution
Describe pressure distribution and local speeds around X X X
an aerofoil including effects of camber and alpha.

Intentionally left blank

Centre of pressure (CP) and aerodynamic centre (AC)

Explain CP and AC. X X X

Intentionally left blank
Drag and wake
List two physical phenomena that cause drag. X X X X
Describe skin friction drag. X X X
Describe form (pressure) drag. X X X
Explain why drag and wake cause loss of energy X X X X
(momentum).
Influence of angle of attack (alpha)
Explain the influence of alpha on lift. X X X
Intentionally left blank
The lift coefficient (CL) - angle of attack (alpha) graph

Describe the CL-alpha graph. X X X

Explain the significant points: point where the curve X X X
crosses the horizontal axis (zero lift); point where the
curve crosses the vertical axis (alpha equals 0); point
where the curve reaches its maximum (CLMAX).

Coefficients
General use of coefficients
Explain why coefficients are used in general. X X X X
The lift coefficient (CL)
Explain the lift formula, the factors that affect lift, and X X X
perform simple calculations.
Describe the effect of camber on the CL-alpha graph X X X
(symmetrical and positively/negatively cambered
aerofoils).
Describe the typical difference in the CL-alpha graph for X X X
fast and slow aerofoil design.
Define ‘CLMAX’ (maximum lift coefficient) and X X X X
‘alphaCRIT’ (stalling alpha) on the graph.
Describe CL and explain the variables that affect it in X X X
low subsonic flight.
Drag
Describe the two-dimensional drag formula. X X X
Discuss the effect of the shape of a body, cross- X X X
sectional area, and surface roughness on the drag
coefficient.
Three-dimensional airflow around an aeroplane
Angle of attack (alpha)
Define ‘angle of attack’ (alpha). Remark: For theoretical X X X X
knowledge examination purposes, the angle-of-attack
definition requires a reference line. This reference line
for 3D has been chosen to be the longitudinal axis and
for 2D the chord line.

Explain the difference between the alpha and the X X X

attitude of an aeroplane.
Streamline pattern
Describe the general streamline pattern around the X X X
wing, tail section, and fuselage.
Explain and describe the causes of spanwise flow over X X X
top and bottom surfaces.
Describe wing tip vortices and their contribution to X X X
downwash behind the wing.
Explain why wing tip vortices vary with alpha. X X X
Describe spanwise lift distribution including the effect of X X X
wing planform.
Describe the causes, distribution and duration of the X X X
wake turbulence behind an aeroplane.
Describe the influence of flap deflection on the wing tip X X X
vortex.
Describe the parameters that influence wake X X X
turbulence.
Induced drag
Explain the factors that cause induced drag. X X X
Describe the approximate formula for the induced drag X X X
coefficient (including variables but excluding constants).

Describe the relationship between induced drag and X X X

total drag in straight and level flight with variable speed.

Describe the effect of mass on induced drag at a given X X X

IAS.
Describe the means to reduce induced drag: aspect X X X
ratio; winglets; tip tanks; wing twist; camber change.

Describe the influence of lift distribution on induced X X X

drag.
Describe the influence of downwash on the effective X X X
airflow.
Explain induced and effective local alpha. X X X
Explain the influence of the induced alpha on the X X X
direction of the lift vector.
Explain the relationship between induced drag and: X X X
speed; aspect ratio; wing planform; bank angle in a
horizontal coordinated turn.
Explain the induced drag coefficient and its relationship X X X
with the lift coefficient and aspect ratio.

Explain the influence of induced drag on: the CL-alpha X X X

graph, and show the effect on the graph when
comparing high- and low-aspect ratio wings; the CL-CD
(aeroplane polar), and show the effect on the graph
when comparing high- and low-aspect ratio wings; the
parabolic aeroplane polar in a graph and as a formula
[CD equals CPD plus kCL2], where CD equals coefficient
of drag and CPD equals coefficient of parasite drag.

Describe the CL-CD graph (polar). X X X

Indicate minimum drag on the graph. X X X
Explain why the CL-CD ratio is important as a measure X X X
of performance.
Intentionally left blank
Total drag
Total drag in relation to parasite drag and induced
drag
State that total drag consists of parasite drag and X X X X
induced drag.
Parasite drag
Describe the types of drag that are included in parasite X X X
drag.
Describe form (pressure) drag and the factors which X X X
affect its magnitude.
Describe interference drag and the factors which affect X X X
its magnitude.
Describe friction drag and the factors which affect its X X X
magnitude.
Parasite drag and speed
Describe the relationship between parasite drag and X X X
speed.
Induced drag and speed (Refer to 081 01 04 03)
Total drag
Explain the total drag-speed graph and the constituent X X X
drag components.
Indicate the speed for minimum drag. X X X
Intentionally left blank
Variables affecting the total drag-speed graph
Describe the effect of aeroplane gross mass on the X X X
graph.
Describe the effect of pressure altitude on: drag-IAS X X X
graph; drag-TAS graph.
Describe speed stability from the graph. X X X
Describe non-stable, neutral, and stable IAS regions. X X X
Explain what happens to the IAS and drag in the non- X X X
stable region if speed suddenly decreases and why this
could occur.
Ground effect
Influence of ground effect
Explain the influence of ground effect on wing tip X X X
vortices, downwash, airflow pattern, lift, and drag.
Describe the influence of ground effect on induced X X X
alpha and the coefficient of induced drag (CDi).
Explain the effects of entering and leaving ground X X X
effect.
Effect on stalling angle of attack (alphaCRIT)
Describe the influence of ground effect on alphaCRIT. X X X

Effect on lift coefficient (CL)

Describe the influence of ground effect on the effective X X X
alpha and CL.
Effect on take-off and landing characteristics of an
aeroplane
Describe the influence of ground effect on take-off and X X X
landing characteristics and performance of an
aeroplane.
Describe the difference in take-off and landing X X X
characteristics of high- and low-wing aeroplanes.
The relationship between lift coefficient and speed in
steady, straight, and level flight
Represented by an equation
Explain the effect on CL during speed increase/decrease X X X
in steady, straight, and level flight, and perform simple
calculations.
Represented by a graph
Explain, by using a graph, the effect on speed of CL X X X
changes at a given weight.
Intentionally left blank
CLMAX augmentation
Trailing-edge flaps and the reasons for their use in
take-off and landing
From the given relevant diagrams, describe or identify X X X
the following types of trailing-edge flaps: split flaps;
plain flaps; slotted flaps; Fowler flaps.
Describe how the wing’s effective camber increases the X X X
CL and CD, and the reasons why this can be beneficial.

Describe their effect on: the location of CP; pitching X X X

moments (due to wing CP movement); stall speed.

Compare their influence on the CL-alpha graph: indicate X X X

the variation in CL at any given alpha; indicate their
effect on CLMAX; indicate their effect on critical alpha;
indicate their effect on the alpha at a given CL.

Compare their influence on the CL-CD graph: indicate X X X

how the (CL/CD)MAX differs from that of a clean wing.

Explain the influence of trailing-edge flap deflection on X X X

the glide angle.
Describe flap asymmetry: explain the effect on X X X
aeroplane controllability.
Describe trailing-edge flap effect on take-off and X X X
landing: explain the advantages of lower-nose attitudes;
explain why take-off and landing speeds/distances are
reduced.

Explain the effects of flap-setting errors, such as mis- X X X

selection and premature/late extension or retraction of
flaps, on: take-off and landing distance and speeds;
climb and descent performance; stall buffet margins.

Leading-edge devices and the reasons for their use in

take-off and landing
From the given relevant diagrams, describe or identify X X X
the different types of leading-edge high-lift devices:
Krueger flaps; variable camber flaps; slats.

Describe the function of the slot. X X X

Describe how the wing’s effective camber increases X X X
with a leading-edge flap.
Explain the effect of leading-edge flaps on the stall X X X
speed, also in comparison with trailing-edge flaps.

Compare their influence on the CL-alpha graph, X X X

compared with trailing-edge flaps and a clean wing:
indicate the effect of leading-edge devices on CLMAX;
explain how the CL curve differs from that of a clean
wing; indicate the effect of leading-edge devices on
alphaCRIT.

Compare their influence on the CL-CD graph. X X X

Describe slat asymmetry: describe the effect on X X X
aeroplane controllability.
Explain the reasons for using leading-edge high-lift X X X
devices on take-off and landing: explain the
disadvantage of increased nose-up attitudes; explain
why take-off and landing speeds/distances are reduced.

Vortex generators
Explain the purpose of vortex generators. X X X
Describe the basic operating principle of vortex X X X
generators.
State their advantages and disadvantages. X X X
Means to reduce the CL-CD ratio
Spoilers and the reasons for their use in the different
phases of flight
Describe the aerodynamic functioning of spoilers: roll X X X
spoilers; flight spoilers (speed brakes); ground spoilers
(lift dumpers).
Describe the effect of spoilers on the CL-alpha graph X X X
and stall speed.
Describe the influence of spoilers on the CL-CD graph X X X
and lift-drag ratio.
Speed brakes and the reasons for their use in the
different phases of flight
Describe speed brakes and the reasons for using them X X X
in the different phases of flight.
State their influence on the CL-CD graph and lift-drag X X X
ratio.
Explain how speed brakes increase parasite drag. X X X
Describe how speed brakes affect the minimum drag X X X
speed.
Describe their effect on rate and angle of descent. X X X
Intentionally left blank
Aerodynamic degradation
Ice and other contaminants
Describe the locations on an aeroplane where ice build- X X X
up will occur during flight.
Explain the aerodynamic effects of ice and other X X X
contaminants on: lift (maximum CL); drag; stall speed;
alphaCRIT; stability and controllability.
Explain the aerodynamic effects of icing during take-off. X X X

Deformation and modification of airframe, ageing

aeroplanes
Describe the effect of airframe deformation and X X X
modification of an ageing aeroplane on aeroplane
performance.
Explain the effect on boundary layer condition of an X X X
ageing aeroplane.
HIGH-SPEED AERODYNAMICS
Speeds
Speed of sound
Define ‘speed of sound’. X X X
Explain the variation of the speed of sound with X X
altitude.
Explain the influence of temperature on the speed of X X
sound.
Mach number
Define ‘Mach number’ as a function of TAS and speed of X X
sound.
Influence of temperature and altitude on Mach
number
Explain the absence of change of Mach number with X X
varying temperature at constant flight level and
calibrated airspeed.
Explain the relationship between Mach number, TAS X X
and IAS during climb and descent at constant Mach
number or IAS, and explain variation of lift coefficient,
alpha, pitch and flight-path angle.

Explain: risk of exceeding the maximum operation X X

speed (VMO) when descending at constant Mach
number; risk of exceeding the maximum operating
Mach number (MMO) when climbing at constant IAS;
risk of a low-speed stall at high altitude when climbing
at a too low Mach number.

Compressibility
State that compressibility means that density can X X
change along a streamline, and that this occurs in the
high subsonic (from Mach 0.4), transonic, and
supersonic flow.
State that compressibility negatively affects the X X X
pressure gradient, leading to an overall reduction of the
CL.
State that Mach number is a measure of X X X
compressibility.
Describe that compressibility increases low-speed stall X X
speed and decreases alphaCRIT.
Subdivision of aerodynamic flow
List the subdivision of aerodynamic flow: subsonic flow X X X
below compressibility; subsonic flow above
compressibility; transonic flow; supersonic flow.

Describe the characteristics of the flow regimes listed X X

above.
Explain why some transport aeroplanes cruise at Mach X X
numbers above the critical Mach number (MCRIT).

Shock waves
Definition of shock wave
Define a ‘shock wave’. X X X
Normal shock waves
Describe a normal shock wave with respect to changes X X
in: static temperature; static and total pressure;
velocity; local speed of sound; Mach number; density.

Describe a normal shock wave with respect to X X

orientation relative to the wing surface.
Explain the influence of increasing Mach number on a X X
normal shock wave, at positive lift, with respect to:
strength; position relative to the wing; second shock
wave at the lower surface.

Explain the influence of alpha on shock-wave intensity X X

and shock-wave location at constant Mach number.

Effects of exceeding the critical Mach number (MCRIT)

Critical Mach number (MCRIT)

Define ‘MCRIT’. X X
Explain how a change in alpha, aeroplane weight, X X
manoeuvres, and centre-of-gravity (CG) position
influences MCRIT.
Effect on lift
Describe the behaviour of CL versus Mach number at X X
constant alpha.
Explain the consequences of exceeding MCRIT with X X
respect to CL and CLMAX.
Explain the change in stall indicated airspeed (IAS) with X X
altitude.
Discuss the effect on alphaCRIT. X X
Explain the advantages of exceeding MCRIT in X X
aeroplanes with supercritical aerofoils with respect to:
speed versus drag ratio; specific range; optimum
altitude.

Effect on drag
Describe wave drag. X X
Describe the behaviour of CD versus Mach number at X X
constant alpha.
Explain the effect of Mach number on the CL-CD graph. X X

Describe the effects and hazards of exceeding MDRAG X X

DIVERGENCE, namely: drag rise; instability; Mach tuck;
shock stall.
State the relation between MCRIT and MDRAG X X
DIVERGENCE.
Effect on pitching moment
Discuss the effect of Mach number on the CP location. X X

Describe the overall change in pitching moment above X X

MCRIT and explain the ‘tuck under’ or ‘Mach tuck’
effect.
State the requirement for a Mach trim system to X X X
compensate for the effect of the CP movement and
‘tuck under’ effect.
Discuss the aerodynamic functioning of the Mach trim X X X
system.
Discuss the corrective measures if the Mach trim fails. X X

Effect on control effectiveness

Discuss the effects on the effectiveness of control X X
surfaces.
Intentionally left blank
Means to influence critical Mach number (MCRIT)
Wing sweep
Explain the influence of the angle of sweep on: MCRIT; X X
effective thickness/chord change or velocity component
perpendicular to the quarter chord line.

Describe the influence of the angle of sweepback at X X

subsonic speed on: CLMAX; efficiency of and
requirement for high-lift devices; pitch-up stall
behaviour.

Discuss the effect of wing sweepback on drag. X X

Aerofoil shape
Explain the use of thin aerofoils with reduced camber. X X

Explain the main purpose of supercritical aerofoils. X X

Intentionally left blank

Explain the advantages and disadvantages of X X
supercritical aerofoils for wing design.
Vortex generators
Explain the use of vortex generators as a means to X X
avoid or restrict flow separation caused by the presence
of a normal shock wave.
Stall, Mach tuck, and upset prevention and recovery

The stall
Flow separation at increasing alpha
Define the ‘boundary layer’. X X X X
Describe the thickness of a typical laminar and X X X X
turbulent boundary layer.
Describe the properties, advantages and disadvantages X X X
of the laminar boundary layer.
Describe the properties, advantages and disadvantages X X X
of the turbulent boundary layer.
Define the ‘transition point’. X X X
Explain why the laminar boundary layer separates X X X
easier than the turbulent boundary layer does.
Describe why the airflow over the aft part of a wing X X X
slows down as the alpha increases.
Define the ‘separation point’ and describe its location as X X X
a function of alpha.
Define alphaCRIT. X X X X
Describe in straight and level flight the influence of X X X
increasing the alpha and the phenomenon that may
occur regarding: the forward stagnation point; the
pressure distribution; the CP location (straight and
swept-back wing); CL; CD and D (drag); the pitching
moment (straight and swept-back wing); buffet onset;
deterrent buffet for a clean wing at high Mach number;
lack of pitch authority; uncommanded pitch down;
uncommanded roll.

Explain what causes the possible natural buffet on the X X X

aeroplane in a pre-stall condition.
Describe the effectiveness of the flight controls in a pre- X X X
stall condition.
Describe and explain the normal post-stall behaviour of X X X
a straight-wing aeroplane.
Describe the effect and dangers of using the controls X X X
close to the stall.
Describe the deterrent buffet. X X X
Explain the occurrence of the deterrent buffet and why X X X
this phenomenon is considered to be a stall limit.

The stall speed

Explain VS0, VS1, VSR, and VS1G. X X X
Solve VS1G from the lift formula given varying CL. X X X
Describe and explain the influence of the following X X X
parameters on stall speed: CG; thrust component;
slipstream; wing loading; mass; wing contamination;
angle of sweep; altitude (for compressibility effects, see
081 02 03 02).

Define the ‘load factor n’. X X X X

Explain why the load factor increases in a turn. X X X
Explain why the load factor increases in a pull-up and X X X
decreases in a push-over manoeuvre.
Describe and explain the influence of the ‘load factor n’ X X X
on stall speed.
Explain the expression ‘accelerated stall’. Remark: X X X X
Sometimes, accelerated stall is also erroneously
referred to as high-speed stall. This latter expression
will not be used for Subject 081.

Calculate the change of stall speed as a function of the X X X

load factor.
Calculate the increase of stall speed in a horizontal X X X
coordinated turn as a function of bank angle.

Calculate the change of stall speed as a function of the X X X

gross mass.
The initial stall in spanwise direction
Explain the initial stall sequence on the following X X X
planforms: elliptical; rectangular; moderate and high
taper; sweepback or delta.
Explain the purpose of aerodynamic and geometric X X X
twist (washout).
Intentionally left blank
Explain the influence of fences, vortilons, saw teeth, X X X
vortex generators, and strakes on engine nacelles.

Stall warning
Explain why stall warning is necessary. X X X X
Explain when aerodynamic and artificial stall warnings X X X X
are used.
Explain why CS-23 and CS-25 require a margin to stall X X X
speed for take-off and landing speeds.
Describe: buffet; stall strip; flapper switch (leading-edge X X X X
stall-warning vane); angle-of-attack vane; angle-of-
attack probe; stick shaker.
Describe the recovery after: stall warning; stall; stick- X X X
pusher actuation.
Special phenomena of stall
Intentionally left blank
Explain the difference between power-off and power-on X X X
stalls and recovery.
Describe stall and recovery in a climbing and X X X
descending turn.
Describe the pitch-up effect on a swept wing aeroplane X X X
and also an aeroplane with a T-tail.
Describe super stall or deep stall. X X X
Describe the philosophy behind the stick-pusher X X X
system.
Describe the factors that can lead to the absence of stall X X X
warning and explain the associated risks.
Describe the indications and explain the consequences X X X
of premature stabiliser stall due to ice contamination
(negative tail stall).
Describe when to expect in-flight icing. X X X
Explain how the effect is changed when X X X
retracting/extending lift-augmentation devices.
Intentionally left blank
Explain the effect of a contaminated wing on the stall X X X
speed and alphaCRIT.
Explain the hazards associated with airframe X X X
contamination when parked and during ground
operations in winter conditions, and the aerodynamic
effects when attempting a take-off.

Explain de-icing/anti-icing holdover time and the likely X X X

hazards after it has expired.
Describe the aerodynamic effects of heavy tropical rain X X X
on stall speed and drag, and the appropriate mitigation
in such conditions.
The spin
Explain how to avoid spins. X X X
List the factors that cause a spin to develop. X X X
Describe an ‘incipient’ and ‘developed’ spin, recognition X X X
and recovery.
Describe the differences in spin attitude with forward X X X
and aft CG.
Buffet onset boundary
Mach buffet
Explain shock-induced separation, and describe its X X
relationship with Mach buffet (high speed buffet) and
Mach tuck.
Intentionally left blank
Buffet onset
Explain the concept of buffet margin, and describe the X X
influence of the following parameters on the concept of
buffet margin: alpha; Mach number; pressure altitude;
mass; load factor; angle of bank; CG location.

Explain how the buffet onset boundary chart can be X X

used to determine: manoeuvrability; buffet margin.

Describe the consequences of exceeding MMO: light X X

buffet, buffet onset.
Explain ‘aerodynamic ceiling’ and ‘coffin corner’. X X
Explain the concept of the ‘1.3g’ buffet margin altitude. X X

Find (using an example graph): buffet free range; X X

aerodynamic ceiling at a given mass; load factor and
bank angle at which buffet occurs at a given mass, Mach
number, and pressure altitude.

Explain why descent increases the buffet free range. X X

Situations in which buffet or stall could occur

Explain why buffet or stall occurs
Explain why buffet or stall could occur in the following X X X
pilot-induced situations, and the methods to mitigate
them: inappropriate take-off configuration, detailing the
consequences of errors associated with leading-edge
devices; steep turns; go-around using take-off/go-
around (TOGA) setting (underslung engines).

Explain why buffet or stall could occur in the following X X X

environmental conditions at low altitude, and how to
mitigate them: thunderstorms; wind shear and
microburst; turbulence; wake turbulence; icing
conditions.

Explain why buffet or stall could occur in the following X X

environmental conditions at high altitude, and how to
mitigate them: thunderstorms in the intertropical
convergence zone (ITCZ); jet streams; clear-air
turbulence.
Explain why buffet or stall could occur in the following X X X
situations, and how to mitigate them: inappropriate
autopilot climb mode; loss of, or unreliable, airspeed
indication.

Recognition of stalled condition

Recognition and explanation of stalled condition
Explain why a stalled condition can occur at any X X X
airspeed, or attitude or altitude.
Explain that a stall may be recognised by continuous X X X
stall-warning activation accompanied by at least one of
the following: buffet, that can be heavy; lack of pitch
authority; uncommanded pitch down and
uncommanded roll; inability to arrest the descent rate.

Explain that ‘stall warning’ means a natural or synthetic X X X

indication provided when approaching the stall that
may include one or more of the following indications:
aerodynamic buffeting; reduced roll stability and aileron
effectiveness; visual or aural clues and warnings;
reduced elevator (pitch) authority; inability to maintain
altitude or arrest a rate of descent; stick-shaker
activation.

STABILITY
Static and dynamic stability
Basics and definitions
Define ‘static stability’: describe/identify a statically X X X
stable, neutral, and unstable condition (positive,
neutral, and negative static stability), and explain why
aeroplanes are statically stable.

Explain manoeuvrability. X X X
Explain the relationship between static stability and X X X
manoeuvrability.
Define ‘dynamic stability’: describe/identify a X X X
dynamically stable, neutral, and unstable motion
(positive, neutral, and negative dynamic stability);
describe/identify periodic and aperiodic motion.

Intentionally left blank

Precondition for static stability
Explain an equilibrium of forces and moments as the X X X X
initial condition for static stability.
Sum of forces
Identify the forces considered in the equilibrium of X X X X
forces.
Sum of moments
Identify the moments about all three axes considered in X X X
the equilibrium of moments.
Discuss the effect of sum of moments not being zero. X X X

Intentionally left blank

Static and dynamic longitudinal stability
Methods for achieving balance
Explain the stabiliser as the means to satisfy the X X X X
condition of nullifying the total sum of the moments
about the lateral axis.
Explain the influence of the location of the wing CP X X X
relative to the CG on the magnitude and direction of the
balancing force on the stabiliser.
Explain the influence of the indicated airspeed on the X X X
magnitude and direction of the balancing force on the
stabiliser.
Explain the use of the elevator deflection or stabiliser X X X
angle for the generation of the balancing force and its
direction.
Explain the elevator deflection required to balance X X X
thrust change as a function of engine position.
Static longitudinal stability
Discuss the effect of the CG location on pitch X X X
manoeuvrability and longitudinal stability.
Neutral point
Define ‘neutral point’. X X X X
Explain why the location of the neutral point is only X X X X
dependent on the aerodynamic design of the
aeroplane.
Factors affecting neutral point
Describe the location of the neutral point relative to the X X X
locations of the aerodynamic centre of the wing and
tail.
Location of centre of gravity (CG)
Explain the influence of the CG location on the static X X X
longitudinal stability of the aeroplane.
Explain the CG forward and aft limits with respect to: X X X
longitudinal control forces; elevator effectiveness;
stability.
Define ‘static margin’. X X X
The Cm-alpha graph
Describe the Cm-alpha graph with respect to the X X X X
relationship between the slope of the graph and static
stability.
Factors affecting the Cm-alpha graph
Explain: the effect on the Cm-alpha graph of a shift of X X X
CG in the forward and aft direction; the effect on the
Cm-alpha graph when the elevator is moved up or
down; the effect on the Cm-alpha graph when the trim
is moved; the effect of the wing contribution; the tail
contribution.

Intentionally left blank

Intentionally left blank
The stick force versus speed graph (IAS)
Explain how a pilot perceives stable static longitudinal X X X
stick force stability regarding changes in: speed;
altitude; mass distribution (CG location).

Intentionally left blank

The manoeuvring stability/stick force per g
Define the ‘stick force per g’, and describe that the stick X X X X
force increases linearly with increase in g.
Explain why: the stick force per g has a prescribed X X X
minimum and maximum value; the stick force per g
decreases with pressure altitude.
Intentionally left blank
Factors affecting the manoeuvring stability/stick force
per g
Explain the influence on stick force per g of: CG X X X
location; trim setting.
Intentionally left blank
Dynamic longitudinal stability
Describe the phugoid and short-period motion in terms X X X
of period, damping, variations (if applicable) in speed,
altitude, and alpha.
Explain why the short-period motion is more hazardous X X X
than the phugoid.
Describe ‘pilot-induced oscillations’. X X X
Explain the effect of high altitude on dynamic stability. X X X

Describe the influence of the CG location on the X X X

dynamic longitudinal stability of the aeroplane.
Static directional stability
Definition and effects of static directional stability
Define ‘static directional stability’. X X X X
Explain the effects of static directional stability being X X X
too weak or too strong.
Sideslip angle
Define ‘sideslip angle’. X X X
Identify beta as the symbol used for the sideslip angle. X X X

Yaw-moment coefficient Cn
Define the ‘yawing-moment coefficient Cn’. X X X X
Define the relationship between Cn and beta for an X X X X
aeroplane with static directional stability.
Cn-beta graph
Explain why: Cn depends on beta; Cn equals zero for X X X X
that beta that provides static equilibrium about the
aeroplane’s normal axis; if no asymmetric engine thrust,
flight control or loading condition prevails, the
equilibrium beta equals zero.

Identify how the slope of the Cn-beta graph is a X X X X

measure for static directional stability.
Identify how the slope of the Cn-beta graph is affected X X X X
by altitude.
Factors affecting static directional stability
Describe how the following aeroplane components X X X
contribute to static directional stability: wing; fin; dorsal
fin; ventral fin; angle of sweep of the wing; angle of
sweep of the fin; fuselage at high alpha; strakes.

Explain the reduction in static directional stability when X X X

the CG moves aft.
Static lateral stability
Definition and effects of static lateral stability
Define ‘static lateral stability’. X X X X
Explain the effects of static lateral stability being too X X X
weak or too strong.
Bank angle phi
Define ‘bank angle phi’. X X X X
The roll-moment coefficient Cl
Define the ‘roll-moment coefficient Cl’. X X X X
Contribution of sideslip angle (beta)
Explain how without coordination the bank angle (phi) X X X
creates sideslip angle (beta).
The Cl-beta graph
Describe the Cl-beta graph. X X X X
Identify the slope of the Cl-beta graph as a measure for X X X X
static lateral stability.
Identify how the slope of the Cl-beta graph is affected X X X X
by altitude.
Factors affecting static lateral stability
Explain the contribution to the static lateral stability of: X X X
dihedral, anhedral; high wing, low wing; sweep angle of
the wing; ventral fin; vertical tail.

Dynamic lateral/directional stability

Intentionally left blank
Tendency to spiral dive
Explain how lateral and directional stability are coupled. X X X

Explain how high static directional stability and low X X X

static lateral stability may cause spiral divergence
(unstable spiral dive), and under which conditions the
spiral dive mode is neutral or stable.

Describe an unstable spiral dive mode with respect to X X X

deviations in speed, bank angle, nose low-pitch attitude,
and decreasing altitude.
Dutch roll
Describe Dutch roll. X X X
Explain: why Dutch roll occurs when the static lateral X X X
stability is higher than static directional stability; the
conditions for a stable, neutral or unstable Dutch roll
motion; the function of the yaw damper; the actions to
be taken when the yaw damper is not available.

Describe how the asymmetric nature of shock waves on X X

both wings, at high Mach numbers, can lead to Dutch
roll.
Effects of altitude on dynamic stability
Explain that increased pressure altitude reduces X X X
dynamic lateral/directional stability.
CONTROL
General
Basics - The three planes and three axes
Define: lateral axis; longitudinal axis; normal axis. X X X X

Define: pitch angle; bank angle (PHI); yaw angle. X X X X

Describe the motion about the three axes. X X X
Name and describe the devices that control these X X X
motions.
Camber change
State that camber is changed by movement of a control X X X
surface and explain the effect.
Angle-of-attack (alpha) change
Explain the influence of local alpha change by X X X X
movement of a control surface.
Pitch (longitudinal) control
Elevator/all-flying tails
Explain the working principle of the elevator/all-flying X X X
tail and describe its function.
Downwash effects
Explain the effect of downwash on the tailplane alpha. X X X

Intentionally left blank

Intentionally left blank
Location of centre of gravity (CG)
Explain the relationship between elevator deflection X X X
and CG location to produce a given aeroplane response.

Explain the effect of forward CG limit on pitch control. X X X

Moments due to engine thrust

Describe the effect of engine thrust on pitching X X X
moments for different engine locations.
Yaw (directional) control
The rudder
Explain the working principle of the rudder and describe X X X
its function. State the relationship between rudder
deflection and the moment about the normal axis.
Describe the effect of sideslip on the moment about the
normal axis.

Rudder limiting
Explain why and how rudder deflection is limited on X X
CAT aeroplanes.
Roll (lateral) control
Ailerons
Explain the functioning of ailerons. X X X
Describe the adverse effects of aileron deflection. (Refer X X X
to Subjects 081 05 04 04 and 081 06 01 02)
Explain why some aeroplanes have inboard and X X X
outboard ailerons.
State that the outboard ailerons are locked beyond a X X X
given speed to prevent: over-control; exceeding
structural limitations; aeroelastic phenomena (flutter,
divergence and aileron reversal).

Describe the use of aileron deflection in normal flight, X X X

flight with sideslip, crosswind landings, horizontal turns,
flight with one-engine-inoperative.

Define ‘roll rate’. X X X X

List the factors that affect roll rate. X X X X
Describe flaperons and aileron droop. X X X
Intentionally left blank
Spoilers
Explain how spoilers can be used to control the rolling X X X
movement in combination with or instead of the
ailerons.
Adverse yaw
Explain why the use of ailerons induces adverse yaw. X X X

Means to avoid adverse yaw

Explain how the following reduce adverse yaw: Frise X X X
ailerons; differential aileron deflection; rudder aileron
cross-coupling; roll spoilers.
Roll/yaw interaction
Explain roll/yaw interaction
Explain the secondary effect of roll. X X X
Explain the secondary effect of yaw. X X X
Means to reduce control forces
Aerodynamic balance
Describe the purpose of aerodynamic balance. X X X
Describe the working principle of the horn balance. X X X

Describe the working principle of the internal balance. X X X

Describe the working principle and application of: X X X

balance tab; anti-balance tab; spring tab; servo tab.

Artificial means
State the differences between fully powered controls X X X
and power-assisted controls.
Describe power-assisted controls. X X X
Describe the advantages of artificial feel in fully X X X
powered control.
Fly-by-wire (FBW)
Control laws
Explain which parameters may be controlled in level X X
flight with the pitch control law.
Explain the advantages of using the CG position in the X X
FBW system.
Explain what type of flight-degraded control laws may X X
be available in case of failure.
Explain what are hard and soft protections. X X
Trimming
Reasons to trim
State the reasons for using trimming devices. X X X
Explain the difference between a trim tab and the X X X
various balance tabs.
Trim tabs
Describe the working principle of a trim tab including X X X
cockpit indications.
Stabiliser trim
Describe the working principle of a stabiliser trim X X X
including the flight deck indications.
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of a stabiliser X X X
trim compared to a trim tab.
Explain the relationship between CG position, take-off X X X
trim setting, and stabiliser trim position.
Explain the effect of errors in the take-off stabiliser trim X X X
setting on the rotation characteristics and stick force
during take-off rotation.

Discuss the effects of jammed and runaway stabiliser. X X X

Explain the consequences of a jammed stabiliser during X X X

take-off, landing, and go-around.
LIMITATIONS
Operating limitations
Flutter
Describe the phenomenon of flutter and how IAS and X X X
mass distribution affects the likelihood of flutter
occurrence.
Describe the use of mass balance to alleviate the flutter X X X
problem by adjusting the mass distribution: wing-
mounted engines on pylons; control surface mass
balance.

Explain what is the flight envelope free of flutter. X X X

Intentionally left blank
Intentionally left blank
Landing gear/flap operating
Describe the reason for flap/landing gear limitations. X X X
Define ‘VLO’. Define ‘VLE’.
Explain why there is a difference between VLO and VLE X X X
in the case of some aeroplane types.
Define ‘VFE’ and describe flap limiting speeds. X X X
Describe flap design features, procedures and warnings X X X
to prevent overload.
VMO, VNO, and VNE
Define ‘VMO’, ‘VNO’, and ‘VNE’. X X X X
Explain the significance of VMO, VNO and VNE, and the X X X
differences between these airspeeds.
Explain the hazards of flying at speeds above VNE and X X X
VMO.
MMO
Define ‘MMO’ and state its limiting factors. X X
Manoeuvring envelope
Manoeuvring-load diagram
Describe the manoeuvring-load diagram. X X X
Define limit and ultimate load factor, and explain what X X X
can happen if these values are exceeded.
Define ‘VA’, ‘VB’, ‘VC’, and ‘VD’. X X X
Identify and explain the varying features on the VN X X X
diagram: load factor ‘n’; speed scale, equivalent
airspeed; equivalent airspeed envelope; 1g stall speed;
stall boundary (refer to 081 03 01 02).

Describe the relationship between VMO or VNE and VC. X X X

State all the manoeuvring load-factors limits applicable X X X

to CS-23 and CS-25 aeroplanes.
Explain the relationship between VA and VS in a X X X
formula, and calculate the values.
Explain the significance of VA and the adverse X X X
consequences of applying full, abrupt nose-up elevator
deflection when exceeding VA.
Factors affecting the manoeuvring-load diagram
State the relationship of mass to load-factor limits and X X X
accelerated stall speed boundary limit.
Calculate the change of VA with changing mass. X X X
Explain why VA loses significance at higher altitude. X X

Define ‘MC’ and ‘MD’. X X X

Gust envelope
Gust-load diagram
Recognise a typical gust-load diagram, and state the X X X
minimum gust speeds in ft/s, m/s and kt that the
aeroplane must be designed to withstand at VB to VC
and VD.

Discuss considerations for the selection of VRA. X X X

Explain the adverse effects on the aeroplane when X X X
flying in turbulence.
Factors affecting the gust-load diagram
Describe and explain the relationship between the gust- X X X
load factor and the following: lift-curve slope, aspect
ratio, angle of sweep, altitude, wing loading, weight,
wing area, equivalent airspeed (EAS), and speed of
vertical gust. (Note: For examination purposes, the
ECQB questions will not be calculation based.)

PROPELLERS
Conversion of engine torque to thrust
Explain conversion of aerodynamic force on a propeller
blade
Explain the resolution of aerodynamic force on a X X X
propeller blade element into lift and drag or into thrust
and torque.
Describe how propeller thrust and aerodynamic torque X X X
vary with IAS.
Relevant propeller parameters
Describe the geometry of a typical propeller blade X X X
element at the reference section: blade chord line;
propeller rotational velocity vector; true airspeed
vector; blade angle of attack; pitch or blade angle;
advance or helix angle. Define ‘geometric pitch’,
‘effective pitch’, and ‘propeller slip’. Remark: For
theoretical knowledge examination purposes, the
following definition is used for geometric pitch: the
theoretical distance a propeller would advance in one
revolution at zero blade angle of attack.

Describe how the terms ‘fine pitch’ and ‘coarse pitch’ X X X

can be used to express blade angle.
Blade twist
Define ‘blade twist’. X X X X
Explain why blade twist is necessary. X X X
Fixed pitch and variable pitch/constant speed
List the different types of propellers: fixed pitch; X X X X
adjustable pitch or variable pitch (non-governing);
variable pitch (governing)/constant speed.
Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of fixed-pitch X X X
and constant-speed propellers.
Discuss climb and cruise propellers. X X X
Explain the relationship between blade angle, blade X X X
angle of attack, and airspeed for fixed and variable pitch
propellers.
Describe and explain the forces that act on a rotating X X X
blade element in normal, feathered, windmilling, and
reverse operation.
Explain the effects of changing propeller pitch at X X X
constant IAS.
Propeller efficiency versus speed
Define ‘propeller efficiency’. X X X
Explain and describe the relationship between propeller X X X
efficiency and speed (TAS) for different types of
propellers.
Explain the relationship between blade angle and X X X
thrust.
Effects of ice on propeller
Describe the effects and hazards of ice on a propeller. X X X

Engine failure
Windmilling drag
Describe the effects of an inoperative engine on the X X X
performance and controllability of an aeroplane: thrust
loss/drag increase; influence on yaw moment during
asymmetric power.

Feathering
Explain the reasons for feathering a propeller, including X X X
the effect on the yaw moment, performance and
controllability.
Design features for power absorption
Propeller design characteristics that increase power
absorption
Name the propeller design characteristics that increase X X X X
power absorption.
Diameter of propeller
Explain the reasons for restricting propeller diameter. X X X

Number of blades
Define ‘solidity’. X X X X
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of X X X
increasing the number of blades.
Propeller noise
Describe how propeller noise can be minimised. X X X X
Secondary effects of propellers
Torque reaction
Describe the effects of engine/propeller torque. X X X
Describe the following methods for counteracting X X X
engine/propeller torque: counter-rotating propellers;
contra-rotating propellers.
Gyroscopic precession
Describe what causes gyroscopic precession. X X X X
Describe the effect on the aeroplane due to the X X X X
gyroscopic effect.
Slipstream effect
Describe the possible effects of the rotating propeller X X X
slipstream.
Asymmetric blade effect
Explain the asymmetric blade effect (also called P X X X
factor).
Explain the influence of direction of rotation on the X X X
critical engine on twin-engine aeroplanes.
Consideration of propeller effects
Describe, given direction of propeller rotation, the X X X
propeller effects during take-off run, rotation and initial
climb, and their consequence on controllability.

Describe, given the direction of propeller rotation, the X X X

propeller effects during a go-around and their
consequence on controllability.
Explain how propeller effects during go-around can be X X X
affected by: high engine performance conditions and
their effect on the VMC speeds; loss of the critical
engine; crosswind; high flap setting.

FLIGHT MECHANICS
Forces acting on an aeroplane
Straight, horizontal, steady flight
Describe the forces that act on an aeroplane in straight, X X X X
horizontal, and steady flight.
List the four forces and state where they act on. X X X X
Explain how the four forces are balanced, including the X X X
function of the tailplane.
Straight, steady climb
Define ‘flight-path angle’ (gamma). X X X X
Describe the relationship between pitch attitude, X X X
gamma and alpha for zero-wind and zero-bank
conditions.
Describe the forces that act on an aeroplane in a X X X X
straight, steady climb.
Name the forces parallel and perpendicular to the X X X
direction of flight. Apply the formula relating to the
parallel forces (T equals D plus W sin gamma). Apply the
formula relating to the perpendicular forces (L equals W
cos gamma).

Explain why thrust is greater than drag. X X X

Explain why lift is less than weight. X X X
Explain the formula (for small angles) that gives the X X X
relationship between gamma, thrust, weight, and lift-
drag ratio, and use this formula for simple calculations.

Explain how IAS, alpha, and gamma change in a climb X X X

performed with constant vertical speed and constant
thrust setting.
Straight, steady descent
Describe the forces that act on an aeroplane in a X X X X
straight, steady descent.
Name the forces parallel and perpendicular to the X X X
direction of flight. Apply the formula for forces parallel
to the direction of flight (T equals D - W sin gamma).
Apply the formula relating to the perpendicular forces
(L equals W cos gamma).

Explain why lift is less than weight. X X X

Explain why thrust is less than drag. X X X
Straight, steady glide
Describe the forces that act on an aeroplane in a X X X X
straight, steady glide.
Name the forces parallel and perpendicular to the X X X
direction of flight. Apply the formula for forces parallel
to the direction of flight (D equals W sin gamma). Apply
the formula for forces perpendicular to the direction of
flight (L equals W cos gamma).

Describe the relationship between the glide gradient X X X

and the lift-drag ratio, and calculate glide range given:
initial height; L-D ratio; glide speed and wind speed.

Define VMD (speed for minimum drag) and explain the X X X

relationship between alpha, VMD and the best lift-drag
ratio.
Explain the effect of wind component on glide angle, X X X
duration, and distance.
Explain the effect of mass change on glide angle, X X X
duration, and distance, given that the aeroplane
remains at either the same airspeed or at VMD.
Explain the effect of configuration change on glide angle X X X
and duration.
Describe the relation between TAS, gradient of descent, X X X
and rate of descent.
Define VMP (speed for minimum power) and describe X X X
that the minimum rate of descent in the glide will be at
VMP, and explain the relationship of this speed to the
optimum speed for minimum glide angle.

Discuss when a pilot could elect to fly for minimum X X X

glide rate of descent or minimum glide angle, and why
speed stability or headwinds/tailwinds may favour a
speed that is faster or slower than the optimum
airspeed in still air.

Steady, coordinated turn

Describe the forces that act on an aeroplane in a steady, X X X
coordinated turn.
Resolve the forces that act horizontally and vertically X X X
during a coordinated turn (tan phi equals V squared
over gR).
Describe the difference between a coordinated and an X X X
uncoordinated turn, and describe how to correct an
uncoordinated turn using turn and slip indicator or turn
coordinator.
Explain why the angle of bank is independent of mass, X X X
and that it only depends on TAS and radius of turn.

Resolve the forces to show that for a given angle of X X X

bank the radius of turn is determined solely by airspeed
(tan phi equals V squared over gR).
Calculate the turn radius of a steady turn given TAS and X X X
angle of bank.
Explain the effects of bank angle on: load factor (LF X X X
equals 1 over cos phi); alpha; thrust; drag.
Define ‘angular velocity’. X X X X
Define ‘rate of turn’ and ‘rate-1 turn’. X X X X
Explain the influence of TAS on rate of turn at a given X X X
bank angle.
Calculate the load factor and stall speed in a turn given X X X
angle of bank and 1g stall speed.
Explain situations in which turn radius is relevant for X X X
safety, such as maximum speed limits on departure or
arrival plates, or outbound speed categories on
approach plates, and the implications/hazards of
exceeding given speeds.

Describe the hazards of excessive use of rudder to X X X

increase the rate of turn in a swept-wing aeroplane.

Asymmetric thrust
Jet-engined and propeller-driven aeroplanes
Describe the effects on the aeroplane of asymmetric X X X
thrust during flight, for both jet-engined and propeller-
driven aeroplanes.
Explain critical engine, and explain, for a propeller- X X X
driven aeroplane, the effect of the direction of propeller
rotation.
Explain the effect of steady, asymmetric flight on a X X X X
conventional (ball) slip indicator/turn indicator.
Explain the effect of a crosswind on asymmetric flight. X X X

Balanced moments about the normal axis

Explain the yaw moments about the CG. X X X
Explain the change to the yaw moment caused by the X X X
effect of air density on thrust.
Describe the changes to the yaw moment caused by X X X
engine distance from CG.
Describe the methods to achieve directional balance X X X
following engine loss.
Forces parallel to the lateral axis
Explain: the force on the vertical fin; the fuselage side X X X
force due to sideslip (using wing-level method); the use
of bank angle to tilt the lift vector (in wing-down
method).

Explain the flight hazards at VMC: alpha; side slip; loads X X X

on the fin; alpha on the fin.
Explain the effect on fin alpha due to sideslip. X X X
Influence of aeroplane mass
Explain why controllability with one-engine-inoperative X X X
is a typical problem arising from the low speeds
associated with low aeroplane mass.
Intentionally left blank
Intentionally left blank
Intentionally left blank
Minimum control speed (VMC)
Define ‘VMC’. X X X
Describe how VMC is determined. X X X
Explain the influence of the CG location. X X X
Minimum control speed during approach and landing
(VMCL)
Define ‘VMCL’. X X X
Describe how VMCL is determined. X X X
Explain the influence of the CG location. X X X
Minimum control speed on the ground (VMCG)
Define ‘VMCG’. X X X
Describe how VMCG is determined. X X X
Explain the influence of the CG location. X X X
Influence of density
Describe the influence of density on thrust during X X X
asymmetric flight.
Explain why VMC, VMCL and VMCG reduce with a X X X
reduction in thrust.
Significant points on a polar curve
Identify and explain
Identify and explain the significant points on a polar X X X
curve.
0 0 0 487 ### ### 91 489 427
 Source / Comment

BIR exam
CBIR(A)

BIR BK
IR

No entries in v.3 of this TK

Syllabus Comparison Document
 2018-2019 syllabus text 2018-2019 2020 syllabus Moved
syllabus reference to/from
reference another
Index

subject

1 PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT - HELICOPTERS 082.00.00.00 082.00.00.00

2 SUBSONIC AERODYNAMICS 082.01.00.00 082.01.00.00

3 Basic concepts, laws and definitions 082.01.01.00 082.01.01.00
4 International system of units of measurement (SI) and 082.01.01.01 082.01.01.01
conversion of SI units
5 List the fundamental quantities and units in SI, such as 082.01.01.01.01 082.01.01.01.01
mass (kg), length (m), time (s).
6 Be able to convert imperial units to SI units and vice 082.01.01.01.02 082.01.01.01.02
versa.
7 Definitions and basic concepts of air 082.01.01.02 082.01.01.02
8 Describe air temperature and pressure as functions of 082.01.01.02.01 082.01.01.02.01
height.
9 Define the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA). 082.01.01.02.02 082.01.01.02.02

10 Define air density, and explain the relationship between 082.01.01.02.03 082.01.01.02.03
air density, pressure, and temperature.
11 Explain the influence of moisture content on air density. 082.01.01.02.04 082.01.01.02.04

12 Define pressure altitude and air density altitude. 082.01.01.02.05 082.01.01.02.05

13 Newton’s laws 082.01.01.03 082.01.01.03
14 State and interpret Newton’s three laws of motion. 082.01.01.03.01 082.01.01.03.01
15 Distinguish between mass and weight, and their units. 082.01.01.03.02 082.01.01.03.02

16 Basic concepts of airflow 082.01.01.04 082.01.01.04

17 Describe steady and unsteady airflow. 082.01.01.04.01 082.01.01.04.01
18 Define ‘streamline’ and ‘stream tube’. 082.01.01.04.02 082.01.01.04.02
19 Explain the principle of the continuity equation or the 082.01.01.04.03 082.01.01.04.03
conservation of mass.
20 Describe the mass flow rate through a stream tube 082.01.01.04.04 082.01.01.04.04
section.
21 State Bernoulli’s equation and use it to explain and 082.01.01.04.05 082.01.01.04.05
define the relationship between static, dynamic and
total pressure.
22 Define the stagnation point in the flow around an 082.01.01.04.06 082.01.01.04.06
aerofoil, and explain the pressure obtained at the
stagnation point.
23 Use the pitot system to explain the measurement of 082.01.01.04.07 082.01.01.04.07
airspeed (no compressibility effects).
24 Define ‘TAS’, ‘IAS’, and ‘CAS’. 082.01.01.04.08 082.01.01.04.08
25 Define two-dimensional airflow and its relationship to 082.01.01.04.09 082.01.01.04.09
an aerofoil of infinite span (i.e. no blade tip vortices
and, therefore, no induced drag). Explain the difference
between two- and three-dimensional airflows.

26 Explain that viscosity is a feature of any fluid (gas or 082.01.01.04.10 082.01.01.04.10

liquid).
27 Explain the tangential friction between air and the 082.01.01.04.11 082.01.01.04.11
surface of an aerofoil, and the development of a
boundary layer.
28 Describe laminar and turbulent boundary layers and the 082.01.01.04.12 082.01.01.04.12
transition from laminar to turbulent. Show the influence
of the roughness of the surface on the position of the
transition point.

29 Two-dimensional airflow 082.01.02.00 082.01.02.00

30 Aerofoil section geometry 082.01.02.01 082.01.02.01
31 Define the terms: ‘aerofoil section’, ‘aerofoil element’, 082.01.02.01.01 082.01.02.01.01
‘chord line’, ‘chord’, ‘thickness’, ‘thickness-to-chord
ratio, ‘camber line’, ‘camber’, and ‘leading-edge radius’.

32 Describe symmetrical and asymmetrical aerofoil 082.01.02.01.02 082.01.02.01.02

sections.
33 Aerodynamic forces on aerofoil elements 082.01.02.02 082.01.02.02
34 Define the angle of attack (alpha). 082.01.02.02.01 082.01.02.02.01
35 Describe: the resultant force from the pressure 082.01.02.02.02 082.01.02.02.02
distribution and the friction at the element; the
resultant force from the boundary layers and the
velocities in the wake; and the loss of momentum due
to friction forces.

36 Resolve the aerodynamic force into the components of 082.01.02.02.03 082.01.02.02.03

lift (L) and drag (D).
37 Define the lift coefficient (CL) and the drag coefficient 082.01.02.02.04 082.01.02.02.04
(CD).
38 Show that the CL is a function of the alpha. 082.01.02.02.05 082.01.02.02.05
39 Explain how drag is caused by pressure forces on the 082.01.02.02.06 082.01.02.02.06
surfaces of an aerofoil and by friction in the boundary
layers. Define the term ‘profile drag’.
40 Define the L-D ratio. 082.01.02.02.07 082.01.02.02.07
41 Use the lift and drag equations to show the influence of 082.01.02.02.08 082.01.02.02.08
speed and density on lift and drag for a given alpha.

42 Define the action line of the aerodynamic force and the 082.01.02.02.09 082.01.02.02.09
CP.
43 Know that symmetrical aerofoils have a CP that is 082.01.02.02.10 082.01.02.02.10
approximately a quarter chord behind the leading edge.

44 Stall 082.01.02.03 082.01.02.03

45 Explain the boundary layer separation when alpha 082.01.02.03.01 082.01.02.03.01
increases beyond the onset of stall and the decrease of
lift and the increase of drag. Define the ‘separation
point’.

46 Disturbances due to profile contamination 082.01.02.04 082.01.02.04

47 Explain ice contamination, the modification of the 082.01.02.04.01 082.01.02.04.01
section profile and surfaces due to ice and snow, the
influence on L and D and the L-D ratio, the influence on
alpha (at stall onset), and the effect of the increase in
weight.

48 Explain the effect of erosion by heavy rain on the blade 082.01.02.04.02 082.01.02.04.02
and subsequent increase in profile drag.
49 Three-dimensional airflow around a blade 082.01.03.00 082.01.03.00
50 The blade 082.01.03.01 082.01.03.01
51 Describe the various blade planforms. 082.01.03.01.01 082.01.03.01.01
52 Define aspect ratio and blade twist. 082.01.03.01.02 082.01.03.01.02
53 Airflow pattern and influence on lift (L) 082.01.03.02 082.01.03.02
54 Explain the spanwise flow around a blade and the 082.01.03.02.01 082.01.03.02.01
appearance of blade tip vortices which are a loss of
energy.
55 Show that the strength of the vortices increases as 082.01.03.02.02 082.01.03.02.02
alpha and L increase.
56 Show that downwash causes vortices. 082.01.03.02.03 082.01.03.02.03
57 Define the relative airflow as the resultant of the 082.01.03.02.04 082.01.03.02.04
undisturbed air velocity and induced velocity, and
define alpha.
58 Explain the spanwise L distribution and the way in 082.01.03.02.05 082.01.03.02.05
which it can be modified by twist (washout).
59 Induced drag 082.01.03.03 082.01.03.03
60 Explain induced drag and the influence of alpha and 082.01.03.03.01 082.01.03.03.01
aspect ratio.
61 The airflow around the fuselage 082.01.03.04 082.01.03.04
62 Describe the fuselage and the external components that 082.01.03.04.01 082.01.03.04.01
cause (parasite) drag, the airflow around the fuselage,
and the influence of the pitch angle of the fuselage.
Describe fuselage shapes that minimise drag.

63 Define profile drag as the sum of pressure (form) drag 082.01.03.04.02 082.01.03.04.02
and skin friction drag.
64 Define ‘interference drag’. 082.01.03.04.03 082.01.03.04.03
65 Know the drag formula. 082.01.03.04.04 082.01.03.04.04
66 TRANSONIC AERODYNAMICS and COMPRESSIBILITY 082.02.00.00 082.02.00.00
EFFECTS
67 Airflow speeds and velocities 082.02.01.00 082.02.01.00
68 Speeds and Mach number 082.02.01.01 082.02.01.01
69 Define the speed of sound in air. 082.02.01.01.01 082.02.01.01.01
70 State that the speed of sound is proportional to the 082.02.01.01.02 082.02.01.01.02
square root of the absolute temperature (in Kelvins).

71 Explain the variation in the speed of sound with 082.02.01.01.03 082.02.01.01.03

altitude.
72 Define Mach number. 082.02.01.01.04 082.02.01.01.04
73 Explain the meaning of incompressibility and 082.02.01.01.05 082.02.01.01.05
compressibility of air; relate this to the value of the
Mach number.
74 Define high subsonic, transonic and supersonic flows in 082.02.01.01.06 082.02.01.01.06
relation to the value of the Mach number.
75 Shock waves 082.02.01.02 082.02.01.02
76 Describe shock waves in a supersonic flow and the 082.02.01.02.01 082.02.01.02.01
changes in pressure and speed.
77 Describe the appearance of local supersonic flows on 082.02.01.02.02 082.02.01.02.02
the surfaces of a blade.
78 Influence of aerofoil section and blade planform 082.02.01.03 082.02.01.03
79 Explain the different shapes that allow higher Mach 082.02.01.03.01 082.02.01.03.01
numbers without generating a shock wave on the upper
surface, such as: reducing the section thickness-to-
chord ratio; a planform with a sweep angle.

80 ROTORCRAFT TYPES 082.03.00.00 082.03.00.00

81 Rotorcraft 082.03.01.00 082.03.01.00
82 Rotorcraft types 082.03.01.01 082.03.01.01
83 Explain the difference between an autogyro and a 082.03.01.01.01 082.03.01.01.01
helicopter.
84 Helicopters 082.03.02.00 082.03.02.00
85 Helicopter configurations 082.03.02.01 082.03.02.01
86 Describe (briefly) the single-main-rotor helicopter and 082.03.02.01.01 082.03.02.01.01
other configurations: tandem, coaxial, side-by-side,
synchrocopter (with intermeshing blades), the
compound helicopter and tilt rotor.

87 The helicopter, characteristics and associated 082.03.02.02 082.03.02.02

terminology
88 Mention the tail rotor, the Fenestron, and the no tail 082.03.02.02.01 082.03.02.02.01
rotor (NOTAR).
89 Define the rotor disc area and the blade area. 082.03.02.02.02 082.03.02.02.02
90 Describe the teetering rotor with its hinge axis on the 082.03.02.02.03 082.03.02.02.03
shaft axis, and rotors with more than two blades with
offset hinge axes.
91 Define the fuselage centre line and the three axes: roll, 082.03.02.02.04 082.03.02.02.04
pitch, and normal (yaw).
92 Define gross weight and gross mass (and the units 082.03.02.02.05 082.03.02.02.05
involved), disc and blade loading.
93 MAIN-ROTOR AERODYNAMICS 082.04.00.00 082.04.00.00
94 Hover flight outside ground effect 082.04.01.00 082.04.01.00
95 Airflow through the rotor disc and around the blades 082.04.01.01 082.04.01.01

96 Based on Newton’s second law (momentum), explain 082.04.01.01.01 082.04.01.01.01

that the upward vertical force from the disc, i.e. the
rotor thrust, is the result of vertical downward velocities
inside the rotor disc.

97 Explain why the production of the induced flow requires 082.04.01.01.02 082.04.01.01.02
power applied to the shaft, i.e. induced power. Induced
power is least if the induced velocities have the same
value on the whole disc (i.e. there is uniformity of flow
over the disc).

98 Explain why vertical rotor thrust must be higher than 082.04.01.01.03 082.04.01.01.03
the weight of the helicopter because of the vertical drag
on the fuselage.
99 Define the pitch angle and the alpha of a blade element. 082.04.01.01.04 082.04.01.01.04

100 Explain L and D relating to a blade element (including 082.04.01.01.05 082.04.01.01.05

induced and profile drag).
101 Explain the necessity for collective pitch angle changes, 082.04.01.01.06 082.04.01.01.06
the influence on the alpha and rotor thrust, and the
need for blade feathering.
102 Describe the different blade shapes (as viewed from 082.04.01.01.07 082.04.01.01.07
above).
103 Explain how profile drag on the blade elements 082.04.01.01.08 082.04.01.01.08
generates a torque on the main shaft, and define the
resulting rotor profile power.
104 Explain the influence of air density on the required 082.04.01.01.09 082.04.01.01.09
powers.
105 Anti-torque force and tail rotor 082.04.01.02 082.04.01.02
106 Using Newton’s third law (motion), explain the need for 082.04.01.02.01 082.04.01.02.01
tail-rotor thrust, the required value being proportional
to main-rotor torque. Show that tail-rotor power is
proportional to tail-rotor thrust.

107 Explain the necessity for feathering of the tail-rotor 082.04.01.02.02 082.04.01.02.02
blades and their control by the yaw pedals, and the
maximum and minimum values of the pitch angles of
the blades.

108 Total power required and hover outside ground effect 082.04.01.03 082.04.01.03
(HOGE)
109 Define ancillary equipment and its power requirement. 082.04.01.03.01 082.04.01.03.01

110 Define the total power required. 082.04.01.03.02 082.04.01.03.02

111 Describe the influence of ambient pressure, 082.04.01.03.03 082.04.01.03.03
temperature and moisture on the required power.
112 Vertical climb 082.04.02.00 082.04.02.00
113 Relative airflow and angles of attack (alpha) 082.04.02.01 082.04.02.01
114 Describe the dependence of the vertical climb speed on 082.04.02.01.01 082.04.02.01.01
the opposite vertical air velocity relative to the rotor
disk.
115 Explain how alpha is controlled by the collective pitch 082.04.02.01.02 082.04.02.01.02
angle control.
116 Power and vertical speed 082.04.02.02 082.04.02.02
117 Define total main-rotor power as the sum of parasite 082.04.02.02.01 082.04.02.02.01
power, induced power, climb power, and rotor profile
power.
118 Explain why the total main-rotor power required 082.04.02.02.02 082.04.02.02.02
increases when the rate of climb increases.
119 Forward flight 082.04.03.00 082.04.03.00
120 Airflow and forces in uniform inflow distribution 082.04.03.01 082.04.03.01
121 Explain the assumption of a uniform inflow distribution 082.04.03.01.01 082.04.03.01.01
on the rotor disc.
122 Show the upstream air velocities relative to the blade 082.04.03.01.02 082.04.03.01.02
elements and the different effects on the advancing and
retreating blades. Define the area of reverse flow.
Explain the influence of forward speed on the
circumferential speed of the blade tip.

123 Assuming constant pitch angles and rigid blade 082.04.03.01.03 082.04.03.01.03
attachments, explain the roll moment from the
asymmetric distribution of L.
124 Show that through cyclic feathering this imbalance 082.04.03.01.04 082.04.03.01.04
could be eliminated by a low alpha (accomplished by a
low pitch angle) on the advancing blade, and a high
alpha (accomplished by a high pitch angle) on the
retreating blade.

125 Describe the high air velocity at the advancing blade tip 082.04.03.01.05 082.04.03.01.05
and the compressibility effects which limit maximum
speed.
126 Describe the low air velocity on the retreating blade tip 082.04.03.01.06 082.04.03.01.06
resulting from the difference between the
circumferential speed and forward speed, the need for
high alpha, and the onset of stall.

127 Define the blade tip speed ratio. 082.04.03.01.07 082.04.03.01.07

128 Explain the total rotor thrust that is perpendicular to 082.04.03.01.08 082.04.03.01.08
the rotor disc and the need for tilting the thrust vector
forward.
129 Explain the conditions of equilibrium in steady straight 082.04.03.01.09 082.04.03.01.09
and level flight.
130 The flare (powered flight) 082.04.03.02 082.04.03.02
131 Explain the flare in powered flight, the rearward tilt of 082.04.03.02.01 082.04.03.02.01
the rotor disc and the thrust vector. Show the
horizontal thrust component that is in the opposite
direction to forward velocity.

132 State the increase in thrust due to the upward inflow, 082.04.03.02.02 082.04.03.02.02
and show the modifications in the alpha.
133 Explain the increase in rotor rpm for a non-governed 082.04.03.02.03 082.04.03.02.03
rotor.
134 Non-uniform inflow distribution in relation to inflow 082.04.03.03 082.04.03.03
roll
135 Describe the inflow distribution which modifies alpha 082.04.03.03.01 082.04.03.03.01
and L especially on the advancing and retreating blades.

136 Power and maximum speed 082.04.03.04 082.04.03.04

137 Explain that the induced velocities and power values 082.04.03.04.01 082.04.03.04.01
decrease as the speed of the helicopter increases.

138 Define profile drag and profile power, and the increase 082.04.03.04.02 082.04.03.04.02
in their values with the speed of the helicopter.

139 Define parasite drag and parasite power, and the 082.04.03.04.03 082.04.03.04.03
increase in their values with the speed of the helicopter.

140 Define total drag and its increase with the speed of the 082.04.03.04.04 082.04.03.04.04
helicopter.
141 Describe the power required for the tail rotor and the 082.04.03.04.05 082.04.03.04.05
power required by ancillary equipment.
142 Define the total power requirement as a sum of the 082.04.03.04.06 082.04.03.04.06
above partial powers, and explain how it varies with the
speed of the helicopter.
143 Explain the influence of helicopter mass, air density, 082.04.03.04.07 082.04.03.04.07
and additional external equipment on the partial
powers and the total power required.
144 Describe translational lift and show the decrease in 082.04.03.04.08 082.04.03.04.08
required total power as the helicopter increases its
speed from the hover.
145 Hover and forward flight in ground effect 082.04.04.00 082.04.04.00
146 Airflow in ground effect, downwash 082.04.04.01 082.04.04.01
147 Explain how the vicinity of the ground changes the 082.04.04.01.01 082.04.04.01.01
downward flow pattern and the consequences on lift
(thrust) at constant rotor power. Show that ground
effect depends on the height of the rotor above the
ground and the rotor diameter. Show the required rotor
power at constant all-up mass (AUM) as a function of
height above the ground. Describe the influence of
forward speed.

148 Vertical descent 082.04.05.00 082.04.05.00

149 Vertical descent, power on 082.04.05.01 082.04.05.01
150 Describe the airflow around the rotor disc in a trouble- 082.04.05.01.01 082.04.05.01.01
free vertical descent, power on, the airflow opposing
the helicopter’s velocity, the relative airflow, and alpha.

151 Explain the vortex-ring state, also known as settling with 082.04.05.01.02 082.04.05.01.02
power. State the approximate vertical descent speeds
that allow the formation of vortex ring, related to the
values of the induced velocities.

152 Describe the airflow relative to the blades, the root 082.04.05.01.03 082.04.05.01.03
stall, the loss of lift at the blade tip, and the turbulence.
Show the effect of raising the lever and describe the
effects on the controls.

153 Autorotation 082.04.05.02 082.04.05.02

154 State the need for early recognition and for a quick 082.04.05.02.01 082.04.05.02.01
initiation of recovery. Describe the recovery actions.

155 Explain that the collective lever must be lowered quickly 082.04.05.02.02 082.04.05.02.02
enough to avoid a rapid decay of rotor rpm due to drag
on the blades, and explain the influence of rotational
inertia of the rotor on the rate of decay.

156 Show the induced flow through the rotor disc, the 082.04.05.02.03 082.04.05.02.03
rotational velocity and relative airflow, the inflow and
inflow angles.
157 Show how the aerodynamic forces on the blade 082.04.05.02.04 082.04.05.02.04
elements vary from root to tip and distinguish three
zones: the inner stalled region, the middle driving
region, and the driven region.

158 Explain the control of the rotor rpm with collective 082.04.05.02.05 082.04.05.02.05
pitch.
159 Show the need for negative tail-rotor thrust with yaw 082.04.05.02.06 082.04.05.02.06
control.
160 Explain the final increase in rotor thrust caused by 082.04.05.02.07 082.04.05.02.07
raising the collective pitch to decrease the vertical
descent speed and the decay in rotor rpm.
161 Forward flight - autorotation 082.04.06.00 082.04.06.00
162 Airflow at the rotor disc 082.04.06.01 082.04.06.01
163 Explain the factors that affect inflow angle and alpha, 082.04.06.01.01 082.04.06.01.01
the autorotative power distribution, and the
dissymmetry over the rotor disc in forward flight.

164 Flight and landing 082.04.06.02 082.04.06.02

165 Show the effect of forward speed on the vertical 082.04.06.02.01 082.04.06.02.01
descent speed.
166 Explain the effects of gross weight, rotor rpm, and 082.04.06.02.02 082.04.06.02.02
altitude (density) on endurance and range.
167 Explain the manoeuvres for turning and touchdown. 082.04.06.02.03 082.04.06.02.03

168 Explain the height-velocity curves. 082.04.06.02.04 082.04.06.02.04

169 MAIN-ROTOR MECHANICS 082.05.00.00 082.05.00.00
170 Flapping of the blade in hover 082.05.01.00 082.05.01.00
171 Intentionally left blank 082.05.01.01 082.05.01.01
172 Centrifugal turning moment (CTM) 082.05.01.02 082.05.01.02
173 Describe the centrifugal forces on the mass elements of 082.05.01.02.01 082.05.01.02.01
a blade with pitch applied and the components of those
forces. Show how the forces generate a moment that
tries to reduce the blade pitch angle.

174 Explain the methods of counteracting CTM with 082.05.01.02.02 082.05.01.02.02

hydraulics, bias springs, and balance masses.
175 Coning angle in the hover 082.05.01.03 082.05.01.03
176 Define the tip path plane and the coning angle. 082.05.01.03.01 082.05.01.03.01
177 Show how the equilibrium of the moments about the 082.05.01.03.02 082.05.01.03.02
flapping hinge of lift (thrust) and of the centrifugal force
determine the coning angle of the blade (the blade
mass being negligible).

178 Justify the lower limit of rotor rpm. 082.05.01.03.03 082.05.01.03.03

179 Explain the effect of the mass of a blade on the tip path 082.05.01.03.04 082.05.01.03.04
and the tracking.
180 Flapping angles of the blade in forward flight 082.05.02.00 082.05.02.00
181 Forces on the blade in forward flight without cyclic 082.05.02.01 082.05.02.01
feathering
182 Assume rigid attachments of the blade to the hub and 082.05.02.01.01 082.05.02.01.01
show the periodic lift, moment and stresses on the
attachment, the ensuing metal fatigue, the roll moment
on the helicopter, and justify the necessity for a
flapping hinge.

183 Assume no cyclic pitch and describe the lift on the 082.05.02.01.02 082.05.02.01.02
advancing and retreating blades.
184 State the azimuthal phase lag (90 degrees or less) 082.05.02.01.03 082.05.02.01.03
between the input (applied pitch) and the output
(flapping angle). Explain flapback (the rearward tilting of
the tip path plane and total rotor thrust).

185 Cyclic pitch (feathering) in forward flight 082.05.02.02 082.05.02.02

186 Show that in order to assume and maintain forward 082.05.02.02.01 082.05.02.02.01
flight, the total rotor thrust vector must obtain a
forward component by tilting the tip path plane.

187 Show how the applied cyclic pitch modifies the lift on 082.05.02.02.02 082.05.02.02.02
the advancing and retreating blades and produces the
required forward tilting of the tip path plane and the
total rotor thrust.

188 Show the cone described by the blades and define the 082.05.02.02.03 082.05.02.02.03
virtual axis of rotation. Define the plane of rotation.

189 Define the reference system in which the movements 082.05.02.02.04 082.05.02.02.04
are defined: the shaft axis and the hub plane.

190 Describe the swash plates, the pitch links and horns. 082.05.02.02.05 082.05.02.02.05
Explain how the collective lever moves the non-rotating
swash plate up or down the shaft axis.

191 Describe the mechanism by which the desired cyclic 082.05.02.02.06 082.05.02.02.06
blade pitch can be produced by tilting the swash plate
with the cyclic stick.
192 Explain the translational lift effect when the speed 082.05.02.02.07 082.05.02.02.07
increases.
193 Justify the increase of the tilt angle of the thrust vector 082.05.02.02.08 082.05.02.02.08
and of the disc in order to increase the speed.

194 Blade-lag motion in forward flight 082.05.03.00 082.05.03.00

195 Forces on the blade in the disc plane (tip path plane) in 082.05.03.01 082.05.03.01
forward flight
196 Explain the Coriolis force due to flapping, the resulting 082.05.03.01.01 082.05.03.01.01
periodic moments in the hub plane, and the resulting
periodic stresses which make lead-lag hinges necessary
to avoid material fatigue.

197 Describe the profile drag forces on the blade elements 082.05.03.01.02 082.05.03.01.02
and the periodic variation of these forces.

198 Intentionally left blank 082.05.03.02 082.05.03.02

199 Ground resonance 082.05.03.03 082.05.03.03
200 Explain the movement of the CG of the blades due to 082.05.03.03.01 082.05.03.03.01
lead-lag movements in the multi-bladed rotor.
201 Show the effect on the fuselage and the danger of 082.05.03.03.02 082.05.03.03.02
resonance between this force and the fuselage and
undercarriage when the gear touches the ground.
202 Rotor systems 082.05.04.00 082.05.04.00
203 See-saw or teetering rotor 082.05.04.01 082.05.04.01
204 Explain that a teetering rotor is prone to mast bumping 082.05.04.01.01 082.05.04.01.01
in low-G situations, and that it is difficult to counteract
because there is no lift force to provide sideways
movement.

205 Intentionally left blank 082.05.04.02 082.05.04.02

206 Hingeless rotor, bearingless rotor 082.05.04.03 082.05.04.03
207 Show the forces on the flapping hinges with a large 082.05.04.03.01 082.05.04.03.01
offset (virtual hinge) and the resulting moments, and
compare them with other rotor systems.

208 Blade sailing 082.05.05.00 082.05.05.00

209 Blade sailing and causes 082.05.05.01 082.05.05.01
210 Define blade sailing, the influence of low rotor rpm and 082.05.05.01.01 082.05.05.01.01
of a headwind.
211 Minimising the danger 082.05.05.02 082.05.05.02
212 Describe actions that minimise danger and the 082.05.05.02.01 082.05.05.02.01
demonstrated wind envelope for engaging and
disengaging rotors.
213 Droop stops 082.05.05.03 082.05.05.03
214 Explain the purpose of droop stops, and their 082.05.05.03.01 082.05.05.03.01
retraction.
215 Vibrations due to main rotor 082.05.06.00 082.05.06.00
216 Intentionally left blank 082.05.06.01 082.05.06.01
217 Intentionally left blank 082.05.06.02 082.05.06.02
218 TAIL ROTORS 082.06.00.00 082.06.00.00
219 Conventional tail rotor 082.06.01.00 082.06.01.00
220 Intentionally left blank 082.06.01.01 082.06.01.01
221 Tail-rotor aerodynamics 082.06.01.02 082.06.01.02
222 Explain the airflow around the blades in the hover and 082.06.01.02.01 082.06.01.02.01
in forward flight, and the effects of the tip speeds on
noise production and compressibility.
223 Explain the effect of wind on tail-rotor aerodynamics 082.06.01.02.02 082.06.01.02.02
and thrust in the hover, and any problems.

224 Explain tail-rotor thrust and the control through pitch 082.06.01.02.03 082.06.01.02.03
alterations (feathering).
225 Explain tail-rotor flapback, and the effects of Delta 3. 082.06.01.02.04 082.06.01.02.04

226 Describe the roll moment and drift as side effects of the 082.06.01.02.05 082.06.01.02.05
tail rotor.
227 Explain the effects of tail-rotor failure. 082.06.01.02.06 082.06.01.02.06
228 Explain the loss of tail-rotor effectiveness (LTE), tail- 082.06.01.02.07 082.06.01.02.07
rotor vortex-ring state, causes, crosswind, and yaw
speed.
229 Strakes on the tail boom 082.06.01.03 082.06.01.03
230 Describe the strake and explain its function. 082.06.01.03.01 082.06.01.03.01
231 EQUILIBRIUM, STABILITY AND CONTROL 082.07.00.00 082.07.00.00
232 Equilibrium and helicopter attitudes 082.07.01.00 082.07.01.00
233 Hover 082.07.01.01 082.07.01.01
234 Explain why the vector sum of forces and moments 082.07.01.01.01 082.07.01.01.01
must be zero in any acceleration-free situation.
235 Indicate the forces and the moments about the lateral 082.07.01.01.02 082.07.01.01.02
axis in a steady hover.
236 Indicate the forces and the moments about the 082.07.01.01.03 082.07.01.01.03
longitudinal axis in a steady hover.
237 Deduce how the roll angle in a steady hover without 082.07.01.01.04 082.07.01.01.04
wind results from the moments about the longitudinal
axis.
238 Explain how the cyclic is used to equalise moments 082.07.01.01.05 082.07.01.01.05
about the lateral axis in a steady hover.
239 Explain the consequence of the cyclic stick reaching its 082.07.01.01.06 082.07.01.01.06
forward or aft limit during an attempt to take off to the
hover.
240 Explain the influence of density altitude on the 082.07.01.01.07 082.07.01.01.07
equilibrium of forces and moments in a steady hover.

241 Forward flight 082.07.01.02 082.07.01.02

242 Explain why the vector sum of forces and of moments 082.07.01.02.01 082.07.01.02.01
must be zero in unaccelerated flight.
243 Indicate the forces and the moments about the lateral 082.07.01.02.02 082.07.01.02.02
axis in steady straight and level flight.
244 Explain the influence of AUM on the forces and 082.07.01.02.03 082.07.01.02.03
moments about the lateral axis in forward flight.
245 Explain the influence of the CG position on the forces 082.07.01.02.04 082.07.01.02.04
and moments about the lateral axis in forward flight.

246 Explain the role of the cyclic stick position in creating 082.07.01.02.05 082.07.01.02.05
equilibrium of forces and moments about the lateral
axis in forward flight.
247 Explain how forward speed influences the fuselage 082.07.01.02.06 082.07.01.02.06
attitude.
248 Describe and explain the inflow roll effect. 082.07.01.02.07 082.07.01.02.07
249 Stability 082.07.02.00 082.07.02.00
250 Static longitudinal, roll and directional stability 082.07.02.01 082.07.02.01
251 Define static stability; give an example of static stability 082.07.02.01.01 082.07.02.01.01
and of static instability.
252 Explain the contribution of the main rotor to speed 082.07.02.01.02 082.07.02.01.02
stability.
253 Describe the influence of the horizontal stabiliser on 082.07.02.01.03 082.07.02.01.03
static longitudinal stability.
254 Explain the effect of hinge offset on static stability. 082.07.02.01.04 082.07.02.01.04
255 Describe the influence of the tail rotor on static 082.07.02.01.05 082.07.02.01.05
directional stability.
256 Describe the influence of the vertical stabiliser on static 082.07.02.01.06 082.07.02.01.06
directional stability.
257 Explain the influence of the main rotor on static roll 082.07.02.01.07 082.07.02.01.07
stability.
258 Describe the influence of the longitudinal position of 082.07.02.01.08 082.07.02.01.08
the CG on static longitudinal stability.
259 Static stability in the hover 082.07.02.02 082.07.02.02
260 Describe the initial movements of a hovering helicopter 082.07.02.02.01 082.07.02.02.01
after the occurrence of a horizontal gust.

261 Dynamic stability 082.07.02.03 082.07.02.03

262 Define dynamic stability; give an example of dynamic 082.07.02.03.01 082.07.02.03.01
stability and of dynamic instability.
263 Explain why static stability is a precondition for dynamic 082.07.02.03.02 082.07.02.03.02
stability.
264 Longitudinal stability 082.07.02.04 082.07.02.04
265 Explain the individual contributions of alpha and speed 082.07.02.04.01 082.07.02.04.01
stability together with the stabiliser and fuselage to
dynamic longitudinal stability.
266 Roll stability and directional stability 082.07.02.05 082.07.02.05
267 Know that a large static roll stability together with a 082.07.02.05.01 082.07.02.05.01
small directional stability may lead to a Dutch roll.

268 Control 082.07.03.00 082.07.03.00

269 Manoeuvre stability 082.07.03.01 082.07.03.01
270 Explain how helicopter control can be limited because 082.07.03.01.01 082.07.03.01.01
of available stick travel.
271 Explain how the CG position influences the remaining 082.07.03.01.02 082.07.03.01.02
stick travel.
272 Control power 082.07.03.02 082.07.03.02
273 Explain the meaning of the control moment. 082.07.03.02.01 082.07.03.02.01
274 Explain the importance of the CG position on the 082.07.03.02.02 082.07.03.02.02
control moment.
275 Explain the influence of hinge offset on controllability. 082.07.03.02.03 082.07.03.02.03

276 Static and dynamic rollover 082.07.03.03 082.07.03.03

277 Explain the mechanism which causes dynamic rollover. 082.07.03.03.01 082.07.03.03.01

278 Explain the required pilot action when dynamic rollover 082.07.03.03.02 082.07.03.03.02
is starting to develop.
279 HELICOPTER FLIGHT MECHANICS 082.08.00.00 082.08.00.00
280 Flight limits 082.08.01.00 082.08.01.00
281 Hover and vertical flight 082.08.01.01 082.08.01.01
282 Show the power required for HOGE and HIGE, and the 082.08.01.01.01 082.08.01.01.01
power available.
283 Explain the effects of AUM, ambient temperature and 082.08.01.01.02 082.08.01.01.02
pressure, density altitude, and moisture.
284 Describe the rate of climb in a vertical flight. 082.08.01.01.03 082.08.01.01.03
285 Forward flight 082.08.01.02 082.08.01.02
286 Compare the power required and the power available 082.08.01.02.01 082.08.01.02.01
as a function of speed in straight and level flight.

287 Define the maximum speed limited by power and the 082.08.01.02.02 082.08.01.02.02
value relative to VNE and VNO.
288 Use the power graph to determine the speeds of 082.08.01.02.03 082.08.01.02.03
maximum rate of climb and the maximum angle of
climb.
289 Use the power graph to define true airspeed (TAS) for 082.08.01.02.04 082.08.01.02.04
maximum range and maximum endurance, and
consider the case of piston engine and turbine engine.
Explain the effects of tailwind or headwind on the speed
for maximum range.

290 Explain the effects of AUM, pressure and temperature, 082.08.01.02.05 082.08.01.02.05
density altitude, and humidity.
291 Manoeuvring 082.08.01.03 082.08.01.03
292 Define the load factor, the radius, and the rate of turn. 082.08.01.03.01 082.08.01.03.01

293 Explain the relationship between the angle of bank, the 082.08.01.03.02 082.08.01.03.02
airspeed and the radius of turn, and between the angle
of bank and the load factor.
294 Explain the influence of AUM, pressure and 082.08.01.03.03 082.08.01.03.03
temperature, density altitude, and humidity.
295 Special conditions 082.08.02.00 082.08.02.00
296 Operating with limited power 082.08.02.01 082.08.02.01
297 Explain operations with limited power, use the power 082.08.02.01.01 082.08.02.01.01
graph to show the limitations on vertical and level flight,
and describe power checks and procedures for take-off
and landing.

298 Describe manoeuvres with limited power. 082.08.02.01.02 082.08.02.01.02

299 Overpitch, overtorque 082.08.02.02 082.08.02.02
300 Describe overpitching and show the consequences. 082.08.02.02.01 082.08.02.02.01

301 Describe situations likely to lead to overpitching. 082.08.02.02.02 082.08.02.02.02

302 Describe overtorquing and show the consequences. 082.08.02.02.03 082.08.02.02.03

303 Describe situations likely to lead to overtorquing. 082.08.02.02.04 082.08.02.02.04

Total
 2020 syllabus text

Reworded, intent

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR
the same

modified

ATPL(A)
Deleted

CPL(H)
CPL(A)
New

BK
PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT - HELICOPTERS

SUBSONIC AERODYNAMICS
Basic concepts, laws and definitions
International system of units of measurement (SI) and
conversion of SI units
List the fundamental quantities and units in SI, such as X X X X X
mass (kg), length (m), time (s).
Be able to convert imperial units to SI units and vice X X X X X
versa.
Definitions and basic concepts of air
Describe air temperature and pressure as functions of X X X X X
height.
Define the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA). X X X X X

Define air density, and explain the relationship between X X X X X

air density, pressure, and temperature.
Explain the influence of moisture content on air density. X X X X X

Define pressure altitude and air density altitude. X X X X X

Newton’s laws
State and interpret Newton’s three laws of motion. X X X X X
Distinguish between mass and weight, and their units. X X X X X

Basic concepts of airflow

Describe steady and unsteady airflow. X X X X X
Define ‘streamline’ and ‘stream tube’. X X X X X
Explain the principle of the continuity equation or the X X X X X
conservation of mass.
Describe the mass flow rate through a stream tube X X X X X
section.
State Bernoulli’s equation and use it to explain and X X X X
define the relationship between static, dynamic and
total pressure.
Define the stagnation point in the flow around an X X X X
aerofoil, and explain the pressure obtained at the
stagnation point.
Use the pitot system to explain the measurement of X X X X
airspeed (no compressibility effects).
Define ‘TAS’, ‘IAS’, and ‘CAS’. X X X X
Define two-dimensional airflow and its relationship to X X X X X
an aerofoil of infinite span (i.e. no blade tip vortices
and, therefore, no induced drag). Explain the difference
between two- and three-dimensional airflows.

Explain that viscosity is a feature of any fluid (gas or X X X X X

liquid).
Explain the tangential friction between air and the X X X X
surface of an aerofoil, and the development of a
boundary layer.
Describe laminar and turbulent boundary layers and the X X X X
transition from laminar to turbulent. Show the influence
of the roughness of the surface on the position of the
transition point.

Two-dimensional airflow
Aerofoil section geometry
Define the terms: ‘aerofoil section’, ‘aerofoil element’, X X X X X
‘chord line’, ‘chord’, ‘thickness’, ‘thickness-to-chord
ratio, ‘camber line’, ‘camber’, and ‘leading-edge radius’.

Describe symmetrical and asymmetrical aerofoil X X X X

sections.
Aerodynamic forces on aerofoil elements
Define the angle of attack (alpha). X X X X
Describe: the resultant force from the pressure X X X X
distribution and the friction at the element; the
resultant force from the boundary layers and the
velocities in the wake; and the loss of momentum due
to friction forces.

Resolve the aerodynamic force into the components of X X X X

lift (L) and drag (D).
Define the lift coefficient (CL) and the drag coefficient X X X X
(CD).
Show that the CL is a function of the alpha. X X X X
Explain how drag is caused by pressure forces on the X X X X
surfaces of an aerofoil and by friction in the boundary
layers. Define the term ‘profile drag’.
Define the L-D ratio. X X X X
Use the lift and drag equations to show the influence of X X X X
speed and density on lift and drag for a given alpha.

Define the action line of the aerodynamic force and the X X X X

CP.
Know that symmetrical aerofoils have a CP that is X X X X
approximately a quarter chord behind the leading edge.

Stall
Explain the boundary layer separation when alpha X X X X
increases beyond the onset of stall and the decrease of
lift and the increase of drag. Define the ‘separation
point’.

Disturbances due to profile contamination

Explain ice contamination, the modification of the X X X X
section profile and surfaces due to ice and snow, the
influence on L and D and the L-D ratio, the influence on
alpha (at stall onset), and the effect of the increase in
weight.

Explain the effect of erosion by heavy rain on the blade X X X X

and subsequent increase in profile drag.
Three-dimensional airflow around a blade
The blade
Describe the various blade planforms. X X X X
Define aspect ratio and blade twist. X X X X
Airflow pattern and influence on lift (L)
Explain the spanwise flow around a blade and the X X X X
appearance of blade tip vortices which are a loss of
energy.
Show that the strength of the vortices increases as X X X X
alpha and L increase.
Show that downwash causes vortices. X X X X
Define the relative airflow as the resultant of the X X X X
undisturbed air velocity and induced velocity, and
define alpha.
Explain the spanwise L distribution and the way in X X X X
which it can be modified by twist (washout).
Induced drag
Explain induced drag and the influence of alpha and X X X X
aspect ratio.
The airflow around the fuselage
Describe the fuselage and the external components that X X X X
cause (parasite) drag, the airflow around the fuselage,
and the influence of the pitch angle of the fuselage.
Describe fuselage shapes that minimise drag.

Define profile drag as the sum of pressure (form) drag X X X X

and skin friction drag.
Define ‘interference drag’. X X X X
Know the drag formula. X X X X
TRANSONIC AERODYNAMICS and COMPRESSIBILITY
EFFECTS
Airflow speeds and velocities
Speeds and Mach number
Define the speed of sound in air. X X X X
State that the speed of sound is proportional to the X X X X
square root of the absolute temperature (in Kelvins).

Explain the variation in the speed of sound with X X X X

altitude.
Define Mach number. X X X X
Explain the meaning of incompressibility and X X X X
compressibility of air; relate this to the value of the
Mach number.
Define high subsonic, transonic and supersonic flows in X X X X
relation to the value of the Mach number.
Shock waves
Describe shock waves in a supersonic flow and the X X X X
changes in pressure and speed.
Describe the appearance of local supersonic flows on X X X X
the surfaces of a blade.
Influence of aerofoil section and blade planform
Explain the different shapes that allow higher Mach X X X X
numbers without generating a shock wave on the upper
surface, such as: reducing the section thickness-to-
chord ratio; a planform with a sweep angle.

ROTORCRAFT TYPES
Rotorcraft
Rotorcraft types
Explain the difference between an autogyro and a X X X X
helicopter.
Helicopters
Helicopter configurations
Describe (briefly) the single-main-rotor helicopter and X X X X
other configurations: tandem, coaxial, side-by-side,
synchrocopter (with intermeshing blades), the
compound helicopter and tilt rotor.

The helicopter, characteristics and associated

terminology
Mention the tail rotor, the Fenestron, and the no tail X X X X
rotor (NOTAR).
Define the rotor disc area and the blade area. X X X X
Describe the teetering rotor with its hinge axis on the X X X X
shaft axis, and rotors with more than two blades with
offset hinge axes.
Define the fuselage centre line and the three axes: roll, X X X X
pitch, and normal (yaw).
Define gross weight and gross mass (and the units X X X X
involved), disc and blade loading.
MAIN-ROTOR AERODYNAMICS
Hover flight outside ground effect
Airflow through the rotor disc and around the blades

Based on Newton’s second law (momentum), explain X X X X X

that the upward vertical force from the disc, i.e. the
rotor thrust, is the result of vertical downward velocities
inside the rotor disc.

Explain why the production of the induced flow requires X X X X

power applied to the shaft, i.e. induced power. Induced
power is least if the induced velocities have the same
value on the whole disc (i.e. there is uniformity of flow
over the disc).

Explain why vertical rotor thrust must be higher than X X X X

the weight of the helicopter because of the vertical drag
on the fuselage.
Define the pitch angle and the alpha of a blade element. X X X X

Explain L and D relating to a blade element (including X X X X

induced and profile drag).
Explain the necessity for collective pitch angle changes, X X X X
the influence on the alpha and rotor thrust, and the
need for blade feathering.
Describe the different blade shapes (as viewed from X X X X
above).
Explain how profile drag on the blade elements X X X X
generates a torque on the main shaft, and define the
resulting rotor profile power.
Explain the influence of air density on the required X X X X
powers.
Anti-torque force and tail rotor
Using Newton’s third law (motion), explain the need for X X X X
tail-rotor thrust, the required value being proportional
to main-rotor torque. Show that tail-rotor power is
proportional to tail-rotor thrust.

Explain the necessity for feathering of the tail-rotor X X X X

blades and their control by the yaw pedals, and the
maximum and minimum values of the pitch angles of
the blades.

Total power required and hover outside ground effect

(HOGE)
Define ancillary equipment and its power requirement. X X X X

Define the total power required. X X X X

Describe the influence of ambient pressure, X X X X X
temperature and moisture on the required power.
Vertical climb
Relative airflow and angles of attack (alpha)
Describe the dependence of the vertical climb speed on X X X X X
the opposite vertical air velocity relative to the rotor
disk.
Explain how alpha is controlled by the collective pitch X X X X
angle control.
Power and vertical speed
Define total main-rotor power as the sum of parasite X X X X
power, induced power, climb power, and rotor profile
power.
Explain why the total main-rotor power required X X X X
increases when the rate of climb increases.
Forward flight
Airflow and forces in uniform inflow distribution
Explain the assumption of a uniform inflow distribution X X X X
on the rotor disc.
Show the upstream air velocities relative to the blade X X X X
elements and the different effects on the advancing and
retreating blades. Define the area of reverse flow.
Explain the influence of forward speed on the
circumferential speed of the blade tip.

Assuming constant pitch angles and rigid blade X X X X

attachments, explain the roll moment from the
asymmetric distribution of L.
Show that through cyclic feathering this imbalance X X X X
could be eliminated by a low alpha (accomplished by a
low pitch angle) on the advancing blade, and a high
alpha (accomplished by a high pitch angle) on the
retreating blade.

Describe the high air velocity at the advancing blade tip X X X X

and the compressibility effects which limit maximum
speed.
Describe the low air velocity on the retreating blade tip X X X X
resulting from the difference between the
circumferential speed and forward speed, the need for
high alpha, and the onset of stall.

Define the blade tip speed ratio. X X X X

Explain the total rotor thrust that is perpendicular to X X X X
the rotor disc and the need for tilting the thrust vector
forward.
Explain the conditions of equilibrium in steady straight X X X X
and level flight.
The flare (powered flight)
Explain the flare in powered flight, the rearward tilt of X X X X
the rotor disc and the thrust vector. Show the
horizontal thrust component that is in the opposite
direction to forward velocity.

State the increase in thrust due to the upward inflow, X X X X

and show the modifications in the alpha.
Explain the increase in rotor rpm for a non-governed X X X X
rotor.
Non-uniform inflow distribution in relation to inflow
roll
Describe the inflow distribution which modifies alpha X X X X
and L especially on the advancing and retreating blades.

Power and maximum speed

Explain that the induced velocities and power values X X X X
decrease as the speed of the helicopter increases.

Define profile drag and profile power, and the increase X X X X

in their values with the speed of the helicopter.

Define parasite drag and parasite power, and the X X X X

increase in their values with the speed of the helicopter.

Define total drag and its increase with the speed of the X X X X
helicopter.
Describe the power required for the tail rotor and the X X X X
power required by ancillary equipment.
Define the total power requirement as a sum of the X X X X
above partial powers, and explain how it varies with the
speed of the helicopter.
Explain the influence of helicopter mass, air density, X X X X
and additional external equipment on the partial
powers and the total power required.
Describe translational lift and show the decrease in X X X X
required total power as the helicopter increases its
speed from the hover.
Hover and forward flight in ground effect
Airflow in ground effect, downwash
Explain how the vicinity of the ground changes the X X X X
downward flow pattern and the consequences on lift
(thrust) at constant rotor power. Show that ground
effect depends on the height of the rotor above the
ground and the rotor diameter. Show the required rotor
power at constant all-up mass (AUM) as a function of
height above the ground. Describe the influence of
forward speed.

Vertical descent
Vertical descent, power on
Describe the airflow around the rotor disc in a trouble- X X X X
free vertical descent, power on, the airflow opposing
the helicopter’s velocity, the relative airflow, and alpha.

Explain the vortex-ring state, also known as settling with X X X X

power. State the approximate vertical descent speeds
that allow the formation of vortex ring, related to the
values of the induced velocities.

Describe the airflow relative to the blades, the root X X X X

stall, the loss of lift at the blade tip, and the turbulence.
Show the effect of raising the lever and describe the
effects on the controls.

Autorotation
State the need for early recognition and for a quick X X X X
initiation of recovery. Describe the recovery actions.

Explain that the collective lever must be lowered quickly X X X X

enough to avoid a rapid decay of rotor rpm due to drag
on the blades, and explain the influence of rotational
inertia of the rotor on the rate of decay.

Show the induced flow through the rotor disc, the X X X X

rotational velocity and relative airflow, the inflow and
inflow angles.
Show how the aerodynamic forces on the blade X X X X
elements vary from root to tip and distinguish three
zones: the inner stalled region, the middle driving
region, and the driven region.

Explain the control of the rotor rpm with collective X X X X

pitch.
Show the need for negative tail-rotor thrust with yaw X X X X
control.
Explain the final increase in rotor thrust caused by X X X X
raising the collective pitch to decrease the vertical
descent speed and the decay in rotor rpm.
Forward flight - autorotation
Airflow at the rotor disc
Explain the factors that affect inflow angle and alpha, X X X X
the autorotative power distribution, and the
dissymmetry over the rotor disc in forward flight.

Flight and landing

Show the effect of forward speed on the vertical X X X X
descent speed.
Explain the effects of gross weight, rotor rpm, and X X X X
altitude (density) on endurance and range.
Explain the manoeuvres for turning and touchdown. X X X X

Explain the height-velocity curves. X X X X

MAIN-ROTOR MECHANICS
Flapping of the blade in hover
Intentionally left blank
Centrifugal turning moment (CTM)
Describe the centrifugal forces on the mass elements of X X X X
a blade with pitch applied and the components of those
forces. Show how the forces generate a moment that
tries to reduce the blade pitch angle.

Explain the methods of counteracting CTM with X X X X

hydraulics, bias springs, and balance masses.
Coning angle in the hover
Define the tip path plane and the coning angle. X X X X
Show how the equilibrium of the moments about the X X X X
flapping hinge of lift (thrust) and of the centrifugal force
determine the coning angle of the blade (the blade
mass being negligible).

Justify the lower limit of rotor rpm. X X X X

Explain the effect of the mass of a blade on the tip path X X X X
and the tracking.
Flapping angles of the blade in forward flight
Forces on the blade in forward flight without cyclic
feathering
Assume rigid attachments of the blade to the hub and X X X X
show the periodic lift, moment and stresses on the
attachment, the ensuing metal fatigue, the roll moment
on the helicopter, and justify the necessity for a
flapping hinge.

Assume no cyclic pitch and describe the lift on the X X X X

advancing and retreating blades.
State the azimuthal phase lag (90 degrees or less) X X X X
between the input (applied pitch) and the output
(flapping angle). Explain flapback (the rearward tilting of
the tip path plane and total rotor thrust).

Cyclic pitch (feathering) in forward flight

Show that in order to assume and maintain forward X X X X
flight, the total rotor thrust vector must obtain a
forward component by tilting the tip path plane.

Show how the applied cyclic pitch modifies the lift on X X X X

the advancing and retreating blades and produces the
required forward tilting of the tip path plane and the
total rotor thrust.

Show the cone described by the blades and define the X X X X

virtual axis of rotation. Define the plane of rotation.

Define the reference system in which the movements X X X X

are defined: the shaft axis and the hub plane.

Describe the swash plates, the pitch links and horns. X X X X

Explain how the collective lever moves the non-rotating
swash plate up or down the shaft axis.

Describe the mechanism by which the desired cyclic X X X X

blade pitch can be produced by tilting the swash plate
with the cyclic stick.
Explain the translational lift effect when the speed X X X X
increases.
Justify the increase of the tilt angle of the thrust vector X X X X X
and of the disc in order to increase the speed.

Blade-lag motion in forward flight

Forces on the blade in the disc plane (tip path plane) in
forward flight
Explain the Coriolis force due to flapping, the resulting X X X X
periodic moments in the hub plane, and the resulting
periodic stresses which make lead-lag hinges necessary
to avoid material fatigue.

Describe the profile drag forces on the blade elements X X X X

and the periodic variation of these forces.

Intentionally left blank

Ground resonance
Explain the movement of the CG of the blades due to X X X X
lead-lag movements in the multi-bladed rotor.
Show the effect on the fuselage and the danger of X X X X
resonance between this force and the fuselage and
undercarriage when the gear touches the ground.
Rotor systems
See-saw or teetering rotor
Explain that a teetering rotor is prone to mast bumping X X X X
in low-G situations, and that it is difficult to counteract
because there is no lift force to provide sideways
movement.

Intentionally left blank

Hingeless rotor, bearingless rotor
Show the forces on the flapping hinges with a large X X X X
offset (virtual hinge) and the resulting moments, and
compare them with other rotor systems.

Blade sailing
Blade sailing and causes
Define blade sailing, the influence of low rotor rpm and X X X X
of a headwind.
Minimising the danger
Describe actions that minimise danger and the X X X X
demonstrated wind envelope for engaging and
disengaging rotors.
Droop stops
Explain the purpose of droop stops, and their X X X X
retraction.
Vibrations due to main rotor
Intentionally left blank
Intentionally left blank
TAIL ROTORS
Conventional tail rotor
Intentionally left blank
Tail-rotor aerodynamics
Explain the airflow around the blades in the hover and X X X X
in forward flight, and the effects of the tip speeds on
noise production and compressibility.
Explain the effect of wind on tail-rotor aerodynamics X X X X
and thrust in the hover, and any problems.

Explain tail-rotor thrust and the control through pitch X X X X

alterations (feathering).
Explain tail-rotor flapback, and the effects of Delta 3. X X X X

Describe the roll moment and drift as side effects of the X X X X

tail rotor.
Explain the effects of tail-rotor failure. X X X X
Explain the loss of tail-rotor effectiveness (LTE), tail- X X X X
rotor vortex-ring state, causes, crosswind, and yaw
speed.
Strakes on the tail boom
Describe the strake and explain its function. X X X X
EQUILIBRIUM, STABILITY AND CONTROL
Equilibrium and helicopter attitudes
Hover
Explain why the vector sum of forces and moments X X X X
must be zero in any acceleration-free situation.
Indicate the forces and the moments about the lateral X X X X
axis in a steady hover.
Indicate the forces and the moments about the X X X X
longitudinal axis in a steady hover.
Deduce how the roll angle in a steady hover without X X X X
wind results from the moments about the longitudinal
axis.
Explain how the cyclic is used to equalise moments X X X X
about the lateral axis in a steady hover.
Explain the consequence of the cyclic stick reaching its X X X X
forward or aft limit during an attempt to take off to the
hover.
Explain the influence of density altitude on the X X X X
equilibrium of forces and moments in a steady hover.

Forward flight
Explain why the vector sum of forces and of moments X X X X
must be zero in unaccelerated flight.
Indicate the forces and the moments about the lateral X X X X
axis in steady straight and level flight.
Explain the influence of AUM on the forces and X X X X
moments about the lateral axis in forward flight.
Explain the influence of the CG position on the forces X X X X
and moments about the lateral axis in forward flight.

Explain the role of the cyclic stick position in creating X X X X

equilibrium of forces and moments about the lateral
axis in forward flight.
Explain how forward speed influences the fuselage X X X X
attitude.
Describe and explain the inflow roll effect. X X X X
Stability
Static longitudinal, roll and directional stability
Define static stability; give an example of static stability X X X X
and of static instability.
Explain the contribution of the main rotor to speed X X X X
stability.
Describe the influence of the horizontal stabiliser on X X X X
static longitudinal stability.
Explain the effect of hinge offset on static stability. X X X X
Describe the influence of the tail rotor on static X X X X
directional stability.
Describe the influence of the vertical stabiliser on static X X X X
directional stability.
Explain the influence of the main rotor on static roll X X X X
stability.
Describe the influence of the longitudinal position of X X X X
the CG on static longitudinal stability.
Static stability in the hover
Describe the initial movements of a hovering helicopter X X X X
after the occurrence of a horizontal gust.

Dynamic stability
Define dynamic stability; give an example of dynamic X X X X
stability and of dynamic instability.
Explain why static stability is a precondition for dynamic X X X X
stability.
Longitudinal stability
Explain the individual contributions of alpha and speed X X X X
stability together with the stabiliser and fuselage to
dynamic longitudinal stability.
Roll stability and directional stability
Know that a large static roll stability together with a X X X X
small directional stability may lead to a Dutch roll.

Control
Manoeuvre stability
Explain how helicopter control can be limited because X X X X
of available stick travel.
Explain how the CG position influences the remaining X X X X
stick travel.
Control power
Explain the meaning of the control moment. X X X X
Explain the importance of the CG position on the X X X X
control moment.
Explain the influence of hinge offset on controllability. X X X X

Static and dynamic rollover

Explain the mechanism which causes dynamic rollover. X X X X

Explain the required pilot action when dynamic rollover X X X X

is starting to develop.
HELICOPTER FLIGHT MECHANICS
Flight limits
Hover and vertical flight
Show the power required for HOGE and HIGE, and the X X X X
power available.
Explain the effects of AUM, ambient temperature and X X X X
pressure, density altitude, and moisture.
Describe the rate of climb in a vertical flight. X X X X
Forward flight
Compare the power required and the power available X X X X
as a function of speed in straight and level flight.

Define the maximum speed limited by power and the X X X X

value relative to VNE and VNO.
Use the power graph to determine the speeds of X X X X
maximum rate of climb and the maximum angle of
climb.
Use the power graph to define true airspeed (TAS) for X X X X
maximum range and maximum endurance, and
consider the case of piston engine and turbine engine.
Explain the effects of tailwind or headwind on the speed
for maximum range.

Explain the effects of AUM, pressure and temperature, X X X X

density altitude, and humidity.
Manoeuvring
Define the load factor, the radius, and the rate of turn. X X X X

Explain the relationship between the angle of bank, the X X X X

airspeed and the radius of turn, and between the angle
of bank and the load factor.
Explain the influence of AUM, pressure and X X X X
temperature, density altitude, and humidity.
Special conditions
Operating with limited power
Explain operations with limited power, use the power X X X X
graph to show the limitations on vertical and level flight,
and describe power checks and procedures for take-off
and landing.

Describe manoeuvres with limited power. X X X X

Overpitch, overtorque
Describe overpitching and show the consequences. X X X X

Describe situations likely to lead to overpitching. X X X X

Describe overtorquing and show the consequences. X X X X

Describe situations likely to lead to overtorquing. X X X X

0 0 0 204 ### ### 20 204 204 204

 Source / Comment

BIR exam
CBIR(A)

BIR BK
IR

No entries in v.3 of this TK

Syllabus Comparison Document
 2018-2019 syllabus text 2018-2019 2020 syllabus Moved
syllabus reference to/from
reference another
Index

subject

1 COMMUNICATIONS 090.00.00.00 090.00.00.00

2 CONCEPTS 090.01.00.00 090.01.00.00

3 Associated terms 090.01.01.00 090.01.01.00
4 Meanings and significance 090.01.01.01 090.01.01.01
5 Define commonly used air traffic services (ATS) terms 090.01.01.01.01 090.01.01.01.01
for stations.
6 Define commonly used ATS terms for communication 090.01.01.01.02 090.01.01.01.02
methods.
7 Recognise the terms used in conjunction with the 090.01.01.01.03 090.01.01.01.03
approach and holding procedures.
8 Air traffic services (ATS) abbreviations 090.01.01.02 090.01.01.02
9 Define commonly used ATS abbreviations: flight 090.01.01.02.01 090.01.01.02.01
conditions; airspace; services; time; VFR-related terms;
IFR-related terms; miscellaneous.
10 Q-code groups commonly used in radiotelephony (RT) 090.01.01.03 090.01.01.03
air-ground communications
11 Define Q-code groups commonly used in RT air-ground 090.01.01.03.01 090.01.01.03.01
communications: pressure settings; directions and
bearings.
12 State the procedure for obtaining bearing information 090.01.01.03.02 090.01.01.03.02
in flight.
13 Categories of messages 090.01.01.04 090.01.01.04
14 Identify to which category of messages a type of 090.01.01.04.01 090.01.01.04.01
message belongs and identify the associated priority
indicator.
15 GENERAL OPERATING PROCEDURES 090.02.00.00 090.02.00.00
16 Transmission standards 090.02.01.00 090.02.01.00
17 Transmission of letters 090.02.01.01 090.02.01.01
18 Know the phonetic alphabet used in RT. 090.02.01.01.01 090.02.01.01.01
19 Identify the circumstances when words should be spelt 090.02.01.01.02 090.02.01.01.02
out.
20 Transmission of numbers 090.02.01.02 090.02.01.02
21 Describe the method of transmission of numbers: 090.02.01.02.01 090.02.01.02.01
pronunciation; single digits, whole hundreds and whole
thousands; state how numbers are transmitted in
different circumstances.

22 Transmission of time 090.02.01.03 090.02.01.03

23 Describe the ways of transmitting time: the standard 090.02.01.03.01 090.02.01.03.01
time reference is the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC);
using only minutes, or minutes and hours, when
required.

24 Describe the different ways in which time is to be 090.02.01.03.02 090.02.01.03.02

transmitted.
25 Transmission techniques 090.02.01.04 090.02.01.04
26 Explain the techniques used for making good RT 090.02.01.04.01 090.02.01.04.01
transmissions.
27 Standard words and phrases 090.02.01.05 090.02.01.05
28 Define the meaning of standard words and phrases. 090.02.01.05.01 090.02.01.05.01

29 Recognise, describe and use the correct standard 090.02.01.05.02 090.02.01.05.02

phraseology for each phase of a VFR flight (consider
communication with each type of aeronautical station):
before taxi; taxi; departure; en route; circuit; final;
landing; after landing.

30 Recognise, describe and use the correct standard 090.02.01.05.03 090.02.01.05.03

phraseology for each phase of an IFR flight, including
PBN operations (consider communication with each
type of aeronautical station): before pushback or taxi;
pushback; taxi; departure; en route; approach; final
approach; landing; after landing.

31 Explain phraseology for the selective calling system 090.02.01.05.04 090.02.01.05.04

(SELCAL) and aircraft communications addressing and
reporting system (ACARS).
32 Explain traffic alert and collision avoidance system 090.02.01.05.05 090.02.01.05.05
(TCAS) phraseology.
33 RT call signs for aeronautical stations including use of 090.02.01.06 090.02.01.06
abbreviated call signs
34 Name the two parts of the call sign of an aeronautical 090.02.01.06.01 090.02.01.06.01
station.
35 Identify the call-sign suffixes for aeronautical stations. 090.02.01.06.02 090.02.01.06.02

36 Explain when the call sign may be omitted or 090.02.01.06.03 090.02.01.06.03

abbreviated to the use of suffix only.
37 RT call signs for aircraft including use of abbreviated 090.02.01.07 090.02.01.07
call signs
38 Describe the three different ways to compose an 090.02.01.07.01 090.02.01.07.01
aircraft call sign.
39 Describe the abbreviated forms for aircraft call signs. 090.02.01.07.02 090.02.01.07.02

40 Explain when aircraft call signs may be abbreviated. 090.02.01.07.03 090.02.01.07.03

41 Explain when the suffix ‘HEAVY’ or ‘SUPER’ is used with 090.02.01.07.04 090.02.01.07.04
an aircraft call sign.
42 Explain the use of the phrase ‘Change your call sign 090.02.01.07.05 090.02.01.07.05
to…’.
43 Explain the use of the phrase ‘Revert to flight plan call 090.02.01.07.06 090.02.01.07.06
sign’.
44 Transfer of communication 090.02.01.08 090.02.01.08
45 Describe the procedure for transfer of communication: 090.02.01.08.01 090.02.01.08.01
by ground station; by aircraft.
46 Test procedures including readability scale 090.02.01.09 090.02.01.09
47 Explain how to test radio transmission and reception. 090.02.01.09.01 090.02.01.09.01

48 State the readability scale and explain its meaning. 090.02.01.09.02 090.02.01.09.02

49 Read-back and acknowledgement requirements 090.02.01.10 090.02.01.10

50 Describe the requirement to read back ATC route 090.02.01.10.01 090.02.01.10.01
clearances.
51 Describe the requirement to read back clearances 090.02.01.10.02 090.02.01.10.02
related to the runway in use.
52 Describe the requirement to read back other clearances 090.02.01.10.03 090.02.01.10.03
including conditional clearances.
53 Describe the requirement to read back other data such 090.02.01.10.04 090.02.01.10.04
as runway, secondary surveillance radar (SSR) codes,
etc.
54 Radar procedural phraseology 090.02.01.11 090.02.01.11
55 Use the correct phraseology for an aircraft receiving a 090.02.01.11.01 090.02.01.11.01
radar service: radar identification; radar vectoring;
traffic information and avoidance; SSR procedures.

56 Level changes and reports 090.02.01.12 090.02.01.12

57 Use the correct term to describe vertical position in 090.02.01.12.01 090.02.01.12.01
relation to: flight level (standard pressure setting);
altitude (metres/feet on QNH); height (metres/feet on
QFE).

58 Data link messages 090.02.01.13 090.02.01.13

59 List the different types of messages of the controller– 090.02.01.13.01 090.02.01.13.01
pilot data link communications (CPDLC) function and
give examples of data link messages.

60 Describe a notification phase (LOG ON) and state its 090.02.01.13.02 090.02.01.13.02
purpose.
61 Explain the phrases to be used: when voice 090.02.01.13.03 090.02.01.13.03
communication is used to correct a CPDLC message; in
case of single CPDLC message failure; when CPDLC has
failed; when reverting from CPDLC to voice
communication.

62 RELEVANT WEATHER INFORMATION 090.03.00.00 090.03.00.00

63 Aerodrome weather 090.03.01.00 090.03.01.00
64 Aerodrome weather terms 090.03.01.01 090.03.01.01
65 List the contents of aerodrome weather reports and 090.03.01.01.01 090.03.01.01.01
state units of measurement used for each item: wind
direction and speed; variation of wind direction and
speed; visibility; present weather; cloud amount and
type (including the definition of cloud and visibility OK
(CAVOK); air temperature and dew point; pressure
values (QNH, QFE); supplementary information
(aerodrome warnings, landing runway, runway
conditions, restrictions, obstructions, wind-shear
warnings, etc.).

66 Weather broadcast 090.03.01.02 090.03.01.02

67 List the sources (VOLMET and ATIS units) of weather 090.03.01.02.01 090.03.01.02.01
information available for aircraft in flight, and describe
situation(s) in which a pilot would normally obtain each.

68 Explain the meaning of the acronyms ‘D-ATIS’, ‘ATIS’, 090.03.01.02.02 090.03.01.02.02

and ‘VOLMET’.
69 Explain and demonstrate how to decode ATIS messages. 090.03.01.02.03 090.03.01.02.03

70 Explain and demonstrate how to decode D-ATIS 090.03.01.02.04 090.03.01.02.04

messages.
71 VOICE COMMUNICATION FAILURE 090.04.00.00 090.04.00.00
72 Required action 090.04.01.00 090.04.01.00
73 Action required to be taken in case of communication 090.04.01.01 090.04.01.01
failure
74 State the action to be taken in case of communication 090.04.01.01.01 090.04.01.01.01
failure on a controlled VFR flight.
75 Identify the frequencies to be used in an attempt to 090.04.01.01.02 090.04.01.01.02
establish communication.
76 State the additional information that should be 090.04.01.01.03 090.04.01.01.03
transmitted in the event of receiver failure.
77 Identify the SSR code that may be used to indicate 090.04.01.01.04 090.04.01.01.04
communication failure.
78 Explain the action to be taken by a pilot that 090.04.01.01.05 090.04.01.01.05
experiences a communication failure in the aerodrome
traffic pattern at controlled aerodromes.

79 Describe the action to be taken in case of 090.04.01.01.06 090.04.01.01.06

communication failure on an IFR flight.
80 Describe the action to be taken in case of 090.04.01.01.07 090.04.01.01.07
communication failure on an IFR flight when flying in
visual meteorological conditions (VMC) and the flight
will be terminated in VMC.

81 Describe the action to be taken in case of 090.04.01.01.08 090.04.01.01.08

communication failure on an IFR flight when flying in
instrument meteorological conditions (IMC).
82 Explain the causes and possible safety impacts of a 090.04.01.01.09 090.04.01.01.09
blocked frequency.
83 DISTRESS AND URGENCY PROCEDURES 090.05.00.00 090.05.00.00
84 Signals and procedures 090.05.01.00 090.05.01.00
85 Distress 090.05.01.01 090.05.01.01
86 State the DISTRESS signal(s) and DISTRESS procedure(s). 090.05.01.01.01 090.05.01.01.01

87 Define ‘DISTRESS’. 090.05.01.01.02 090.05.01.01.02

88 Identify the frequencies that should be used by aircraft 090.05.01.01.03 090.05.01.01.03
in DISTRESS.
89 Specify the emergency SSR codes that may be used by 090.05.01.01.04 090.05.01.01.04
aircraft, and the meaning of the codes.
90 Describe the action to be taken by the station which 090.05.01.01.05 090.05.01.01.05
receives a DISTRESS message.
91 Describe the action to be taken by all other stations 090.05.01.01.06 090.05.01.01.06
when a DISTRESS procedure is in progress.

92 List the correctly sequenced elements of a DISTRESS 090.05.01.01.07 090.05.01.01.07

signal/message and describe the message content.

93 Describe the use of discrete frequencies (DEF) in case of 090.05.01.01.08 090.05.01.01.08

distress or urgency.
94 State that DISTRESS messages take priority over all 090.05.01.01.09 090.05.01.01.09
other messages.
95 Urgency 090.05.01.02 090.05.01.02
96 State the URGENCY signal(s) and URGENCY 090.05.01.02.01 090.05.01.02.01
procedure(s).
97 Define ‘URGENCY’. 090.05.01.02.02 090.05.01.02.02
98 Identify the frequencies that should be used by aircraft 090.05.01.02.03 090.05.01.02.03
in URGENCY.
99 Describe the action to be taken by the station which 090.05.01.02.04 090.05.01.02.04
receives an URGENCY message.
100 Describe the action to be taken by all other stations 090.05.01.02.05 090.05.01.02.05
when an URGENCY procedure is in progress.
101 List the correctly sequenced elements of an URGENCY 090.05.01.02.06 090.05.01.02.06
signal/message and describe the message content.

102 State that URGENCY messages take priority over all 090.05.01.02.07 090.05.01.02.07
other messages except DISTRESS.
103 VHF PROPAGATION AND ALLOCATION OF 090.06.00.00 090.06.00.00
FREQUENCIES
104 General principles 090.06.01.00 090.06.01.00
105 Spectrum, bands, range 090.06.01.01 090.06.01.01
106 Describe the radio-frequency spectrum with particular 090.06.01.01.01 090.06.01.01.01
reference to VHF.
107 Describe the radio-frequency spectrum of the bands 090.06.01.01.02 090.06.01.01.02
into which the radio-frequency spectrum is divided.

108 Identify the frequency range of the VHF band. 090.06.01.01.03 090.06.01.01.03
109 State the band normally used for aeronautical mobile 090.06.01.01.04 090.06.01.01.04
service (AMS) voice communication.
110 State the frequency separation allocated between 090.06.01.01.05 090.06.01.01.05
consecutive VHF frequencies.
111 List the factors which reduce the effective range and 090.06.01.01.06 090.06.01.01.06
quality of VHF radio transmissions.
112 Other communications 090.07.00.00 090.07.00.00
113 Weather observations, Morse code 090.07.01.00 090.07.01.00
114 Meteorological observations 090.07.01.01 090.07.01.01
115 Explain when aircraft routine meteorological 090.07.01.01.01 090.07.01.01.01
observations should be made.
116 Explain when aircraft special meteorological 090.07.01.01.02 090.07.01.01.02
observations should be made.
117 Use of Morse code 090.07.01.02 090.07.01.02
118 Describe and list Morse code. 090.07.01.02.01 090.07.01.02.01
119 Find the Morse code identifiers of radio navigation aids 090.07.01.02.02 090.07.01.02.02
(VHF omnidirectional radio range (VOR), distance-
measuring equipment (DME), non-directional radio
beacon (NDB), instrument landing system (ILS)) using
aeronautical charts.

Total
 2020 syllabus text

Reworded, intent

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR
the same

modified

ATPL(A)
Deleted

CPL(H)
CPL(A)
New

BK
COMMUNICATIONS

CONCEPTS
Associated terms
Meanings and significance
Define commonly used air traffic services (ATS) terms X X X X X X
for stations.
Define commonly used ATS terms for communication X X X X X X
methods.
Recognise the terms used in conjunction with the X X X X X X
approach and holding procedures.
Air traffic services (ATS) abbreviations
Define commonly used ATS abbreviations: flight X X X X X X
conditions; airspace; services; time; VFR-related terms;
IFR-related terms; miscellaneous.
Q-code groups commonly used in radiotelephony (RT)
air-ground communications
Define Q-code groups commonly used in RT air-ground X X X X X X
communications: pressure settings; directions and
bearings.
State the procedure for obtaining bearing information X X X X X X
in flight.
Categories of messages
Identify to which category of messages a type of X X X X X X
message belongs and identify the associated priority
indicator.
GENERAL OPERATING PROCEDURES
Transmission standards
Transmission of letters
Know the phonetic alphabet used in RT. X X X X X X
Identify the circumstances when words should be spelt X X X X X X
out.
Transmission of numbers
Describe the method of transmission of numbers: X X X X X X
pronunciation; single digits, whole hundreds and whole
thousands; state how numbers are transmitted in
different circumstances.

Transmission of time
Describe the ways of transmitting time: the standard X X X X X X
time reference is the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC);
using only minutes, or minutes and hours, when
required.

Describe the different ways in which time is to be X X X X X X

transmitted.
Transmission techniques
Explain the techniques used for making good RT X X X X X X X
transmissions.
Standard words and phrases
Define the meaning of standard words and phrases. X X X X X X

Recognise, describe and use the correct standard X X X X X X

phraseology for each phase of a VFR flight (consider
communication with each type of aeronautical station):
before taxi; taxi; departure; en route; circuit; final;
landing; after landing.

Recognise, describe and use the correct standard X X X X X X

phraseology for each phase of an IFR flight, including
PBN operations (consider communication with each
type of aeronautical station): before pushback or taxi;
pushback; taxi; departure; en route; approach; final
approach; landing; after landing.

Explain phraseology for the selective calling system X X X X X X

(SELCAL) and aircraft communications addressing and
reporting system (ACARS).
Explain traffic alert and collision avoidance system X X X X X X
(TCAS) phraseology.
RT call signs for aeronautical stations including use of
abbreviated call signs
Name the two parts of the call sign of an aeronautical X X X X X X
station.
Identify the call-sign suffixes for aeronautical stations. X X X X X X

Explain when the call sign may be omitted or X X X X X X

abbreviated to the use of suffix only.
RT call signs for aircraft including use of abbreviated
call signs
Describe the three different ways to compose an X X X X X X
aircraft call sign.
Describe the abbreviated forms for aircraft call signs. X X X X X X

Explain when aircraft call signs may be abbreviated. X X X X X X

Explain when the suffix ‘HEAVY’ or ‘SUPER’ is used with X X X X X X

an aircraft call sign.
Explain the use of the phrase ‘Change your call sign X X X X X X
to…’.
Explain the use of the phrase ‘Revert to flight plan call X X X X X X
sign’.
Transfer of communication
Describe the procedure for transfer of communication: X X X X X X
by ground station; by aircraft.
Test procedures including readability scale
Explain how to test radio transmission and reception. X X X X X X

State the readability scale and explain its meaning. X X X X X X

Read-back and acknowledgement requirements

Describe the requirement to read back ATC route X X X X X X
clearances.
Describe the requirement to read back clearances X X X X X X
related to the runway in use.
Describe the requirement to read back other clearances X X X X X X
including conditional clearances.
Describe the requirement to read back other data such X X X X X X
as runway, secondary surveillance radar (SSR) codes,
etc.
Radar procedural phraseology
Use the correct phraseology for an aircraft receiving a X X X X X X
radar service: radar identification; radar vectoring;
traffic information and avoidance; SSR procedures.

Level changes and reports

Use the correct term to describe vertical position in X X X X X X
relation to: flight level (standard pressure setting);
altitude (metres/feet on QNH); height (metres/feet on
QFE).

Data link messages

List the different types of messages of the controller– X X X X X X
pilot data link communications (CPDLC) function and
give examples of data link messages.

Describe a notification phase (LOG ON) and state its X X X X X X

purpose.
Explain the phrases to be used: when voice X X X X X X
communication is used to correct a CPDLC message; in
case of single CPDLC message failure; when CPDLC has
failed; when reverting from CPDLC to voice
communication.

RELEVANT WEATHER INFORMATION

Aerodrome weather
Aerodrome weather terms
List the contents of aerodrome weather reports and X X X X X X
state units of measurement used for each item: wind
direction and speed; variation of wind direction and
speed; visibility; present weather; cloud amount and
type (including the definition of cloud and visibility OK
(CAVOK); air temperature and dew point; pressure
values (QNH, QFE); supplementary information
(aerodrome warnings, landing runway, runway
conditions, restrictions, obstructions, wind-shear
warnings, etc.).

Weather broadcast
List the sources (VOLMET and ATIS units) of weather X X X X X X
information available for aircraft in flight, and describe
situation(s) in which a pilot would normally obtain each.

Explain the meaning of the acronyms ‘D-ATIS’, ‘ATIS’, X X X X X X X

and ‘VOLMET’.
Explain and demonstrate how to decode ATIS messages. X X X X X X

Explain and demonstrate how to decode D-ATIS X X X X X X

messages.
VOICE COMMUNICATION FAILURE
Required action
Action required to be taken in case of communication
failure
State the action to be taken in case of communication X X X X X X
failure on a controlled VFR flight.
Identify the frequencies to be used in an attempt to X X X X X X
establish communication.
State the additional information that should be X X X X X X
transmitted in the event of receiver failure.
Identify the SSR code that may be used to indicate X X X X X X
communication failure.
Explain the action to be taken by a pilot that X X X X X X
experiences a communication failure in the aerodrome
traffic pattern at controlled aerodromes.

Describe the action to be taken in case of X X X X X X

communication failure on an IFR flight.
Describe the action to be taken in case of X X X X X X
communication failure on an IFR flight when flying in
visual meteorological conditions (VMC) and the flight
will be terminated in VMC.

Describe the action to be taken in case of X X X X X X

communication failure on an IFR flight when flying in
instrument meteorological conditions (IMC).
Explain the causes and possible safety impacts of a X X X X X X
blocked frequency.
DISTRESS AND URGENCY PROCEDURES
Signals and procedures
Distress
State the DISTRESS signal(s) and DISTRESS procedure(s). X X X X X X

Define ‘DISTRESS’. X X X X X X
Identify the frequencies that should be used by aircraft X X X X X X
in DISTRESS.
Specify the emergency SSR codes that may be used by X X X X X X
aircraft, and the meaning of the codes.
Describe the action to be taken by the station which X X X X X X
receives a DISTRESS message.
Describe the action to be taken by all other stations X X X X X X
when a DISTRESS procedure is in progress.

List the correctly sequenced elements of a DISTRESS X X X X X X

signal/message and describe the message content.

Describe the use of discrete frequencies (DEF) in case of X X X X X X

distress or urgency.
State that DISTRESS messages take priority over all X X X X X X
other messages.
Urgency
State the URGENCY signal(s) and URGENCY X X X X X X
procedure(s).
Define ‘URGENCY’. X X X X X X
Identify the frequencies that should be used by aircraft X X X X X X
in URGENCY.
Describe the action to be taken by the station which X X X X X X
receives an URGENCY message.
Describe the action to be taken by all other stations X X X X X X
when an URGENCY procedure is in progress.
List the correctly sequenced elements of an URGENCY X X X X X X
signal/message and describe the message content.

State that URGENCY messages take priority over all X X X X X X

other messages except DISTRESS.
VHF PROPAGATION AND ALLOCATION OF
FREQUENCIES
General principles
Spectrum, bands, range
Describe the radio-frequency spectrum with particular X X X X X X
reference to VHF.
Describe the radio-frequency spectrum of the bands X X X X X X
into which the radio-frequency spectrum is divided.

Identify the frequency range of the VHF band. X X X X X X

State the band normally used for aeronautical mobile X X X X X X
service (AMS) voice communication.
State the frequency separation allocated between X X X X X X
consecutive VHF frequencies.
List the factors which reduce the effective range and X X X X X X
quality of VHF radio transmissions.
Other communications
Weather observations, Morse code
Meteorological observations
Explain when aircraft routine meteorological X X X X X X
observations should be made.
Explain when aircraft special meteorological X X X X X X
observations should be made.
Use of Morse code
Describe and list Morse code. X X X X X X X
Find the Morse code identifiers of radio navigation aids X X X X X X
(VHF omnidirectional radio range (VOR), distance-
measuring equipment (DME), non-directional radio
beacon (NDB), instrument landing system (ILS)) using
aeronautical charts.

0 0 0 79 ### ### 3 79 79 79 79 79
 Source / Comment

BIR exam
CBIR(A)

BIR BK
IR

No entries in v.3 of this TK

Syllabus Comparison Document

X X

X X

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3 2

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X

X X
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X

X X

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X

X X

X X

X X 3 2

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3 2

X X 3 2

X X 3 2

X X 3 2
X X 3 2

X X 3 2

X X 3 2

X X 3

X X

X X

X X

X X 3

X X

X X

X X 3

X X
X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3
X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X 3

X X
X X 3

79 79 43 22